You are on page 1of 242

^yfrnmrr^^t, ipjuijpii.

,ii

a^rrlUiai^'H'injTr,i*tLt:7.n..fl'

liiiEisartxiT.

'>Mt'inMiC:ff>HaW.

WEWtr?>TmUT'

l:

D'visioQ

SectioQ

-'

*B'

'

<^^'\^'''^.

:^.

C T S

i^cslSftvKii

OF

II

A P

T L E S

(iCniusIatc^ from

tijc

(^rtcli,

ON"

THE BASIS OF THE COMMON ENGLISH VERSION.

WITH NOTES.

He that hath my word, let him speak my word faithfully. What is the chaff to the avheat? saith Jehovah.

NEW YORK: AMERICAN BIBLE UNION.


LOUISVILLE: BIBLE EEVISION ASSOCIATION.

LONDON: TKUBNER &

CO., No. CO

PATERNOSTER ROW.

1858.

Entered, according to

Act

of Congress, in

tlie

year 1858,

by

THE AMEEICAN BIBLE UNION,


In the
Clorli's Office of the District

Court of the Southern District of

New

York.

Thomas IIolman,

Printer and Slereotypcr,

New

York.

ADYEETISEMENT.
The
accounted
occasional

extraordinary delay, -which has attended the issue of


for

this

revision,

is

readily

by the distance of the reviser from


duties,

the

place

of

publication,

and

his

engagement in other

Avhich
itself

compelled

him

to

be absent from home,

sometimes for long periods.


to

The work

has been prosecuted with an intense desire


inspiration.

make a

faithful

and perspicuous translation of the words of

Antiquated
the

phi-aseology

has

been exchanged for the language of the present day.

Errors in

Common

English Version have been corrected, and obscurities removed.


to give expression to the

The most simple


original,

and appropriate terms have been sought, and every


of the
effort

meaning of the

has been employed to

make

the ordinary reader acquainted with the

mind

Holy

Spirit.

The general

principles,

which
:

have

controlled

the

revision,

are

expressed

in

the

following rules and instructions

' '

General Rules for

the

direction

of Translators and Revisers emploijed by the


Union.
it

Americaii Bible
" 1.

The exact meaning of

the inspired text, as that text expressed


first

to

those

who

understood the original scriptures at the time they were

written, must be translated

by corresponding words and phrases, so far as they can be found, in the vernacular tongue
of those for
" 2.

whom

tlie

version
is

is

designed, with the least possible obscurity or indefiniteness.

Wherever there

a version in

common

use, it shall

be made the basis of revision,


;

and

all

unnecessary interference with the

established phraseology shall be avoided

and

only such alterations shall be made, as .the exact meaning of the inspired text and the
existing state of the language
" 3.

may

require.

Translations or revisions of the

New

Testament shall be made from the received

Greek

text, critically edited,

with

known

errors corrected.

IV.

A n V E RT

MENT
of

^'Special Inslructions to the Revisers


" 1.

the English

New

Testament.
:

The Common English Version must be

the basis of the revision

the

Greek Text,

Bagster
" 2.

&

Sons' octavo edition of 1851.


alteration from that version
is

Whenever an

made on any

autliority additional to

that of the reviser, such

authority must be

cited

in

the manuscript, either on the same

page or in an appendix.
" 3.

Every Greek word or phrase,


Version
the
is

in the translation of Avhich the phraseology of the


it

Common
occurs
in

changed, must be carefully examined in every other place in which

New

Testament, and the views of the reviser

be given as to

its

proper

translation in each place.


" 4.

As soon

as the revision of any one


Bilile

book of the

New

Testament

is finished, it shall

be sent to the Secretary of the

Union, or such other person as shall be designated


that copies

by the Committee on Versions,

in order

may be taken and

furnished to the

revisers of the other books, to be returned with their suggestions to the reviser or revisers

of that book.

After being re-revised with the aid of these suggestions, a carefully prepared

copy shall be forwarded to the Secretary."

There

is

no pretense or supposition, that

this woi-k is perfect.

It is published to call

forth criticism.

The
one

desire

is

that

its faults

should be detected, in order that they

may be

corrected.

No

who

really loves the truth, will prefer that a mistake or oversight of

his should pass cm-rent for the

word of God.

To know and do His

will,

should constitute

the sole aim of a disciple of the Divine Teacher.


his

Whoever, by a just
of

criticism, contributes

mite to the

correction of

living

translation

the Sacred

Oracles,

so

as

more

clearly to bring out the truth, deserves

more gratitude than the man who discovers a mine

of gold or of diamonds.

nPAlE^EIE

TON AnOSTOAON.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES*.


KING JAMES' VERSION.
CHAP.
I.

GREEK TEXT.
CHAP.
I.

REVISED VERSION.
CHAP.
I,

The
made,
*

former treatise have I


Theophilus, of
all

TON

fieu

irparov

Xoyov
a>

The

former

Narrative,

that ewotrjara/xi]!/ Trepl TravTcav

Oeo- "Theophilus, I 'composed, of


Christ.

The common Englisb title of this book is not truthful. is no such book extant .is "The Acts of the Apostles". The Acts, public or official, of not one of them are recorded. It is, indeed, more truthfully given in all the Greek copies which I have seen, "Acts of the Apostles ". We cannot avoid
There
saying of this book, that
it

Memoirs of Jesus

He

calls his gospel

"a declaration"

Oranmer, the Geneva and Rheims, in their respective versions, give treatise, merely followed in the com. ver. Murdock's ver. of the Syriac gives
hook

of the things concerning Christ.

this is no more pertinent. ; but "Wiclif gives semon. Boothroyd gives relation, as also Granville Penn, Esq. The But while this may be its current word treatise is appropriately followed by i/pon. Such a work Apostles, reported to us. value with us, still we should have it translated and presented Luke has not given to us.

contains all the acts of all the

just as

it

appears in the original


is

Acts of the Apostles.

And
it.

''

0soi/'de.

D,
it is

exclamatory,

is

retained, or translated
;

this certainly

as true as the original, because true to

by O, and Oh,
simple address

indicative of strong feeling or emotion

but in

by the Bible Union, being our standard copy, we should have it "Acts of the Holy Apostles ", nPAEEIS TUN ATIiiN ABOSTOAQN, which lacks plenary authorit}'. The Vulgate has Actus Apostolorum, more in accordance with truth. The Hebrew translation of the Bihlia
The text
selected

not necessarily

so,

being merely the sign

of the vocative.

has given

it

Hence Beza omits it, Wiclif also. Tyndale a special sense, " Dear friend ", and is followed
.and the

by Cranmer,

Rheims

vers.

The Geneva

gives

it

no

representation, nor even do the King's translators translate or


:

See its transla- transfer it, in eh. 27 21, where we have w AvS^es translated Hebrew. S. Lee. .S. T. B. Sirs, com. ver. To be consistent they ought not to have London, 1831, Samuel Bagster. As there were no unholy transferred it before Geocfdt. Luke in his Gospel having apostles, we cannot appreciate the propriety of the epithet addressed him as "most excellent" (Koaztare), it seems
Pohjglotta
h.as

also ^^Acts of the Aplastics ".

tion of our

common Greek

into the

HOLY, unless Jud.is be the exception.

enough, in his second dedication, simpler and more familiarly


to call him, Theophilus.

'

Tov

/isv TCQciirov Xoyov.

The former

treatise.

The former

printed,

The copy of Beza which I use was London, 1581, and crowded with his critical notes and

annotations. He was decidedl}', by common consent, the treatise is rather a philosophical or a logical some thesis or topic a logical and methodical most learned and able Latin and Greek critic of the sixteenth discourse. Such is not this book of Acts. It is a narrative centurj\ of certain sayings and doings of the Messiah, his Apostles, ' The aorist indicative is here better rendered by our impertheir associates and contemporaries. fect, composed, which is really an aorist, or an indefinite, than The word loyos in the com. ver. is represented by treatise, by our perfect, have composed.

Narrative.

discussion of

account,

communication, speech, utterance,

words, tidings,

Hoieio signifies,

to

make, form, construct.

When

applied to
it

preaching,

But only in this place treatise. a narrative it is more congenial with our language Account or narrative seems much more apposite to Luke's composed, as in this revision.
sai/ing.

and

to render

; ; ;

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KlJVG

CHAP.

I.

JAMES

VEIISION.

GREEK TEXT.
(iou

KEVISED VERSION.

Jesus
teach,

begau both

to

do and (piXe,
TTOLiiv
?;y

yp^aro

re koI

2 Until the day in which lie was taken up, after tliat he through the Holy Ghost had given coniniandments unto the apostles whom he had chosen 3 To whom also he shewed himself alive after his passion, by many infallible proofs, being seen of them forty days, and speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God: 4 And being assembled together with t/iem, commanded

Ti']fj.pas

'Iijcrovj all that Jesus ""began both to do > V and to teach, even to the day, f^XP^ on which he was taken up, after iuTei.\afjievos rols that he, through the 'Holy

SiSui aCTKiLV,

aTTocrroXoLS
'

Sia

Huev/xarof
dueXi'jcfjffi],

Spirit had given

'command-

Ayiov, ov^e^eXe^aro,
Oif
/cat

ment

to the Apostles
;

irapeaTrjaev

^aJuTU fieTO. TO iraOelu avToi^,

eavTov he had chosen to he showed himself


ii>

whom whom also

alive, after

TToAAory

TeKp.ripioLS,

Si

t)p.epa}v

TeaaapaKOUTa oTrrauopeuoy Tois, Kol Xeyau to. irepi


^aaiXciay
rov

Oeov.

'^

his sutfering, ''in many convincing 'proofs, 'during forty av- days 'appearing to them, and speaking of the things pertainTrjs ing to the Kingdom of God; Koi

avvaXL^ofjievos TTaprjyyeLXev

and having convened them av- 'together. lie commanded them

Boothroyd; "after he had given a charge", Dodd. "having commandment ", Wesley, Anonj-mous. London, 1836 this version he afSrms, on considerable authority. That the " after giving his commands ", Wakefield ; " after giving a verb apxo/uai, with tlie infinitive of another verb, defines the charge ", Thorn. Reference seems here to be had to Luke
''

"Began
;

to

do and teach

".

''

Performed and taught ",


''

AVakeficlJ

" did

and taught

", Bootliro3-d.

In vindication of

given

time of the verb

".

But the
all

fact,

that

all

tlic

Evangelists to-

24

48, to a specific
is

command

to wait for plenary power.

gether did not relate

that Jesus did and taught, seriousl^^

There

no good reason

why

the com. ver. should assume the

impairs the value of the criticism.

And

the affirmation of

plural in this case.

Either a special

command

or a general

John, " that the world could not contain the books that might
liave

commission must be understood.


^

been written

",

had

all

his sayings

and doings been


if

re-

corded, seems to question the propriety,


of his conclusion.

not the

validitj-,

lators

Sielilmo. There is a general consent among transand critics that reference is here had to the special call

of apostles at the

commencement
is

of his public ministry

and,

Holy Spirit occurs in the com. ver. of the Old Testa- therefore, ment seven times. In the New Test. Holy Ghost occurs Grammar
ninety-one times
translators and
;

a pluperfect sense of the

given to the verb.


p. 102.

Stuart's

New

Testament,

not once in the Old Test.


this

Why
word,
I

the royal

''

Ei> TioV.oig rexiir]Qiois.

In or hy

not

among,

in

this

some others so translated


Could
it

presume

not dogmatically to affirm.


to become,

have been that they un-

derstood that the IJoly Spirit of the former Uispeiisation was

His showing himself alive was not one among many but during forty days' living, or appearing, signs or proofs among them, they had many opportunities of realizing and
case.

and did become, the Holy Ghost, or the Holy Guest.

of the

New ?
we have
almost exclusivel}' given the
title

identifying his person.


'

In our currency,

" Infallible

proofs

",

com.

ver.

Arguments,
to/ics ",

Wiclif

spirit of a dead man. Unless by "Holy " proofs ", Wakefield " many arguments ", Rheims pluGhost " our contemporaries understand Holy Guest much ". French; "i multis ar^umcn/is ", Vulgate preuves sieurs more suitable and intelligible to them, it will be better uniTo these, formly, in the New Testament as in the Ulil, to use, as its Biblia Sacra Pol. S. Lee. S. T. B. London, 1831. we prefer convincing proofs", Wakefield. Tcy.,uri^tov occurs representative, Holy Spirit. The transcendent glory of the Now Constitution and Church but once in the N. T. "Many conrlncing manifestations", " by numerous signs ", Murdock's trans, of the of Jesus Christ is, that while .Jesus, the Lord of glory, is its De Wette

"ghost", to the

tokens,

Tyndale and Cranmer;


;

'^infallible

Geneva
'' ;

''

Holy Guest ; and thus the Syriac Peshito version. New Constitution is written upon the lleshly tables of the iJta, before words of heart, while the Old was written on granite or marble tables, ^ I take this participle and presented to the outward eye. How justly, in harmony
living head, the

Holy

Spirit

is its

time,

means during.

in its active sense.

with this view, does Paul say to the Corinthian Church, "' You are the temple of the living God, as God has said, I will dwell in them, and 1 will be their God, and they shall be my people."
'

' "And having assembled them together". "And being assembled together with them ". "And when eating together ".

EyretXaucfOi

dcdisset,

Beza

" having

commanded

",

These three versions have been given to aiinXiC,oueroi arguments and versions have been adduced for each of them, and by critics, too, of high rank translators and commentators. We shall first hear the versions. "And when be had eaten

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KIN'G

CHAP.

I.

JAMES VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.
lepOaoXvjXCOV
fMl]

REVISED VERSION.
)(OipLttji^

them tliat tliey should not de- ToTs OLTTO part from Jerusalem, but wait ^eadai, lor the promise of the Fatlier,

not to depart from Jerusalem

dXXa

TrepLfiei^eiv

but to await the gift "promised

them by the Father, which, which, saith he, ye liave heard rjKOVcraTe p.ov otl laavvrj^ says he, you have heard from of me. 5 For John truly baptized [xev ifiaTTTLaev udarc, vpelf Se me for John indeed "immersed
irarpos,
'

iTrayyeXlau

rod

tqv

"" En:ayyiXia is here, by a metonomy, used for the thing Muidock's trans, of the Syr. Pesh. Et congregans promised. The promise itself having already been given, they eos, "And congregating them", Beza. London Ed., 1581, with could not be required to await it. Junius and Tremellius. "And being assembled with them ",

bread with them, he instructed them not to depart from Je",

rusalem

Ei-lamiae-i' vSari, v^teis Se ^aTiTiod'r^aiad'E ev Ttvevfiaii ayit^.


in.

Granville Peun, Esq., London, 183(3.

"And

eat with
fro

hem and
",

"

Immersed

water "

''Immersed in

the

Holy
it,

Spirit

".

The

commanded, that they shnlden not departe,


Wiclif, 1380.
"x\.nd

Jerusalem

BuTiTO} family, and the Ba7tTit,o> branch of

have become

"And gaddered them togeder",


together with

Tyndale, 1534.
",

famous through

all

Christendom.

They

are honorably de-

being assembled
IGll.

them

Authorized

scended from a very ancient family, in classic heraldry.


are descended from (iaTi

They

version,

'"And gathered them together", Cranraer,


",

1539.

"And

gathering them together


",

Geneva, 1557.
all

"And
these

eating with

them

Kheims, 1582.

Uoothroyd, with

premises before him, renders the passage thus,


assembling them together, he
part, &c."

"And then
to de-

commanded them not

Prof. Haokett, for

whose

ability

and candor
"

I entertain a

very high regard, in his recent very learned

Commentary on

by an onomatojiceia, " wliich coins a word from sound, by which alone its meaning may be ascertained ". It is self-interpretive. We have dij' and plunge from the sound of any instrument or matei-ial variously brought into contact with water. Vip, bap a.m\ plunge, indi cate the sounds made by variously applying any solid substance to water. The air echoes plunge, when a person is suddenly immersed in water it echoes dip and bap, when persons or

the Original Te.\t of the Acls of the Apostles", Boston, 1852, says, " The active sense of this verb has not been prfived ",

other solid substances are suddenly submerged.

Being words of
but one literal

and gives

it "

being assembled

",

giving Meyer, Olshauscn. and


"

De

Wette, as confirmatory of his conclusion.


",
is,

Having

as-

N. T.
occurs

and not of mode, they can have Banroi occurs in the three times, always trans, com. ver. by dip. BariTi^ia
action,

and proper meaning.


times,

sembled them together

however, maintained by some

eighty-one

transferred

seventy-eight
efl'ect

times,
for tho

Doddridge distinguished scholars, I might say by many. renders it, " having assembled them together ", stating, too, " that some ci-itics, ancient and modern, particularly Chrysostom and Theophylact, understand the word avvaXi^o/icvo^
as

thrice translated wash,

by a metonymy of the

cause. Banriauos occurs only four times, once translated washing by the same figure. BaTfciorrjs occurs fourteen times,

exclusively

applied to .John, the Harbinger.

Bamiofia

is

expressive of Christ's
".

eating

with his
"

disciples

during

uuiversally transferred in the com. ver.


is

John, the Harbinger,

the forty days

But he adds,

The notes of Eisner and

the only one called Baptist in King James' version.

Kaphelius seem abundantly sufficient to justify the version


I

have given

".

We

have also ovrav).t^o/iai

una commoror,

In tracing their ancestral history up to jMoses and his law


of ceremonial observances,

living together, in the

same
in

avX/j

hall,
is

or court, which has

been seized by some,


gether
".

aid of tlieir version of "eating to-

we find, on a grand occasion, the whole tribe of modes of wetting were convened, in Baniio, Paivio, Xsto, 'PavTit,a), on special duty, each one in
own
pour
official
oil

But, in our esteem, Leigh

our best authority.


1
:

his

service,

with his armor on.


his left
oil
oil

The
;

priest

was

In his Critica Sacra, London, ed. 1650, on Acts


convescens,

congregans

conversans
loco, quia

4,

he gives

to

into the

palm of

hand
that

he was then
in

and adds. Item, qua

to dip his right

forefinger in the

was

his left

pastor dispersas oves sub tectum collegit; quiB signiflcationes

hand, and then to sprinkle of the

seven times before the

optime congruerent huic


militiara armavit.

Christns discipulos fugiticollegit, et

Lord.
Prof. Stuart, of Andover, affirms, that all lexicographers
critics of

vos velut disperses oviculas iterum

ad spiritualem
together
", re-

There
;

is

nothing in
is

" eating

note agree that

fSaTircu

and and ^utitiZco indicate to


p.

tevant to a mission

but there

something

in congregating,

dip, plunge, or immerse.

Bib. Repository, 1833,


cites

298.

In

or calling together a
ter

company

of persons, in order to the bet-

support of

which, he

Lucian,

in

Timon,

Plutarch,

accomplishment of their mission, or for commissioning Strabo, Themestius, the Sybylline verse concerning the That such an assignation or appointment was made, we city of Athens, Josephus, Homer, Pindar, Aristotle, Arislearn from ]Matthew 28 16, in connection with Matt. 26 32 tophanes, Heraclides, Herodotus, Aratus, Xenophon, Diodorus
them.

" I will

go before you into Galilee, after


is

am

risen again

".

Sicuhis, Plato, Epictetus, Hippocrates, Heliodorus,


aliis.

cum

multis

This appointment
their context.

fairly indicated in

these passages with

To

these

we might add

the testimony of Wall, Locke, Tillot-

" ;

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP.

I.

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.

with water; but vft shall he^aiTTiaOrjcreo-Oe iv UuevfjLaTi ill water, but voii shall be immersed in the Holy Spirit, baptized with the Holy Ghost 'Ayico, ov jxera TroAAay ravras not many days hence. not many days hence.
I

son, Seeker,

Samuel Clarke, Locke, the philosopher, Wall, Wells, many

places.

Sometimes, however,
:

we find
In the

the article omitted


first

Bisliop Nicholson, Doddridge, Whitfield, Wesley, Macknight,

before Oeog, as in Slatt. 22

32.

part of this

and the Assembly of Divines, as concurring with this inter- verse, we have o 0eo?, and we translate properly, "I am the So testifies also the God of Abraham &c." but in the latter clause we have ovx pretation of tlie words of this family. whole Greek Church. The ancient versions the Syriac, (both eariv 6 Oeos, Oeos i'eyocoi' etV.a t,o}VTO)7'f literally, the God is the Peshito, 2d centurj-, and the Philoxenian, Cth century.) not God of dead, but of living," but properly, " God is not the God of the dead, but of the living." Here, we the Arabic Polyglott, 7th century, the Propaganda, a. d. 1C71, all give the same family immerse, of which word not only omit the Greek article, where it is in the text, but " amada " supply the English article in three places, where there is no the Greek representative is anxit,io. article in the original. In Mark 12 27 and Luke 20 38, we IIievitaTi ilyim. In V. 2 of this same chapter, we have have the parallel passages, and the same construction. The Jl^'evfiaTos'Ayiov. In v. 8 we haveTovIly(oi^27i'iJ,aTos; y. 16 use or omission of the Greek article, in these places, is we again have to IJtei'ua ro 'Ayiof and, again, another form governed by a very general principle of the Greek language, ch. 2 4. Hvtviimos ISyiov. according to which they employed the article simply to disThe Book of the Acts, or of Acts of Apostles by some of tinguish between the subject and the predicate of a sentence. the Ancients was not inappropriately called "The Gospel of In the sublime and abstract language of John's introduction the Holy Spirit." He is, indeed, more frequently spoken of in Er aq-/r without an to his Gospel, we have a similar case. this book than in the whole Four Gospels. His personal But in the latter article, we translate, ' in the beginning." attributes, mission, and work, are more fully developed in the part of the 1st verse of this chapter, we have Qcos r^v b ).oyos. details of the apostolic mission than in any other portion of Why do we not translate, in the order of the Greek, and say,

*'

'

'

'

'

'

'

the Christian Scriptures.


versions and criticisms

Speculative Theologians, in their

"

God

rt'as

the

word " ?

metaphysics, have, indeed, been

much perplexed

clearly,

because 6 }.oyoi

is

shown

to

in

their

upon the anarthrous forms

of this

be the subject of the sentence, not only by the context, but by the use of the article before loyos, and its omission before
Qtoi.

Divine person.
After a very special and protracted examination of his

according as

This principle of employing the Greek article or not, it is connected with the subject or predicate of a
it would be upon so extended

Divine personality and his work,

we have much

confidence in

sentence, might be illustrated at great length, but


foreign to the purpose of this note to enter

the result indicated in the following analysis and synthesis

of the Christian oracles, and especially of this book

and

a field of criticism.
ver}' frequently in the scriptures,

because of

its

importance, and to prevent frequent allusions


special positions
it

and references to the he appears, we judge

and attitudes
full

in

which

expedient, in the opening of this

This word ^vevfia occurs Book and with various adjuncts.


lliird

We

note, these five expressions

of Acts apostolic, to take a critical and


2>ersonal manifestation of Jehovah.

view of this

We

have one Jehovah

in

the person of the Father, in the person of the Son, or word


Incarnale, and in the person of the Hoi)' Spirit.

to Ttvev/ia (the spirit), TCvwfia ayiov (spirit holy). TO ayiov jtvmifia (the holy spirit), and to nreviia to aycor (the spirit the holy). Let us consider first, the question
Txvtvfia (spirit),

does the use or the omission of the


in ren-

article, in

the Greek, de-

JJfevua 'Ayiov
dering
it,

is

without the Greek


to,

article,

though

we

are required to u.se the English definite article


6,
f;,

THE.

The Greek

commonly

called the

Greek

article,

must not bo confounded with our definite English article, merely because they are called by the same name. Their JIark 1 10, ''and the spirit {to urevaa), like a dove," &c. uses, in the two languages, are by no means parallel. AVe Here we have the article, as before, but now it means the are constrained, by the laws of the two languages, to employ Holy Spirit or "the spirit of God" (to Tcim'ua xov &eov), as the English article frequently, when it is not used in the JIatthew expresses it 3 16. In Luke 9 39, " Lo a spirit Original, and vice versa. Each case must be considered with (Tivevfta), taketh him," &.C. Here there is no article, and it is reference to the general principles of composition which ob- a demoniacal spirit. In ch. 24 37, "They had seen a spirit tain in the English and in the Greek respectively. AYe (.T'i/(rt), and V. 39, "a spirit (.-rirn), hath not flesh and
:
:

whether it is the divine, that is. the infinite, or a finite spirit, which is spoken of 1 In Mark 9 20, " the Here we have the article but spirit (to Ttvevfia) tare him." So elsewhere. In it is a demoniacal spirit, that is spoken of.
termine the
fact,
:

usually translate 6 Otoi, simply Gvd. not the God."


is,

Yet

it

bones," &c., without the article.


article.

with but few exceptions, o Gcos,


In
^'

"

llie

God,"

in the Origi-

Jno. 3

5,

But then, also, without the ; "of water and of the spirit (;rjnro.)
;

nal.

i\Iatt. 1

23,
us,''

we

correctly translate, MtO-' ifnoy 6


'"the

so frequently in the epistles

as in Gal. 5

2.5, '-If

we

live in

&to;,

God with

and not

God with

us."

So

in

the spirit (:rrtvunTi), let us also walk in the spirit (TiftifiaTt)"

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KIXG JAJIES' VERSION.
G AYhen they therefore were
rjfjiepas.

CHAP.

I.

GREEK TEXT.
"^

REVISED VERSION.

01

fieu

ovv crvveX-

They now ha^^ng come

pto-

come
P

toffether,

they asked of OovTes


command

eTrrjpcoTcou

avrou Xeyovres, gether, 'asked him, saying,


passage,

This agrees with the


",

to 'continue in Jerusa-

when

dissenting

from

De Wette,

lem

Luke 24

49.

Some

interpreters,

with the concurrence

Prof. Ilackett, 01 jxev

ow

avvi).9oi^ss\

as quoted by They now haling

of De Wette. construe the participle substantiveh", " They come together. t E.-Tr;pa>TOJi; literally u-ere asJcing, tantamount to asked, now, who came together". Grammatical enough, but not in accordance with the author of this book, in the case and in most instances, in our idiom, represented by asked. alluded to. So Olshausen judiciously remarks on this Matt. 15 23, John 4 40; 8:7; 12 21, &c.
: :
:

again Eph. 2

22,
;

"

Habitation of
in 1

God through
'

the spirit
the spirit

verse, in narrating the efieet of this spirit, it is said, " It

was

( TtrEvuari) "

and

Tim. 3:16,

.Justified in

revealed to

him by the Holy Spirit,"


which

&c. (a,To rov TTi-eiftnroi

(< TTrci'unri)."*

rov ayiov), with the article before both nyivuit and uyior,
it is clear,

From
not of

these citations,

that the Greek article does

clearly because of the relation

this second introduction

itself necessarily, indicate

anything as to the quality,

of the

word

sustains to the subject, as alreadj' introduced in

noun with which it stands connected but these must be ascertained from other sources. What
nature, or essence of the

TtvBVfia aytov.

The

article

does not introduce the idea of de-

finiteness, or individuality,
tia in

but simply demonstrates the


the

tcvcv-

other aids hare

we

in respect to the

word Tiieiual
''sjArit,"

Besides

the second place, as the Trrsvun, already named, which


simplj' a spirit, but a particuL-ir, that
is

the general scope of the context, there are both epithets and
attributive or limiting clauses.

was not
Spirit.

Holj

Thus, to

we have

So
is

added,

'"unclean,"

"dumb." "deaf,"

"eTil,"

'demoniacal."
Christ," "of

being
aytov
rci>

now

next verse (27), the connection of thought clearly and closely established, the specific adjunct
in the

"pythonic,"

&c.also "holy," "of God," "of

dropt, as

no longer necessary, and we have simply


is,

the Lord," "of adoption," "of his son," &c.

By

these and
article,

:xvfvfiaTi, ike sjnr^, that

the spirit alreadj' referred

to,

such like

tests,

and not by the use or omission of the

must we determine the quality, nature, or essence of nreiua, in any place. The article may or may not be used with any one of these expressions. This will depend upon
its logical,

known to be the Holy Spirit, not by the article simplv, but the by tliat to which the article refers, to wit, the ni'ei'/ia nywi;
first

mentioned.
far

So

from the

article

being necessary to give definiteness


it

that

is, its

sj'ntactical relation in the

thought of

or individuality to Tctivfta nyiov,

is its

very definite and


artiis

the speaker or writer.

syntax to

The article is in fact a contrivance of individual character that enables it to stand uilhout the render words, however general, so individual, dis- cle. It is a great mistake to suppose that Tiytviia aytov
they

an

tinctive, or definite, as that

may be

fitted to

form the

abstract noun.

ITrcvua alone

may

be used as an abstract

subject of a proposition
will be governed

hence

its

introduction or omission

noun, but surely not with the qualifying and specific adjunct
ayiov.

by

this general principle,

and the same word,

with precisely the same essential signification, will be found with or without the article, according to its sj'ntherefore,
tactical relation in the context.

The Christian

dispensation,

being a dispensation

of,

or

The uses of the word Ttitiua afibrd ample illustrations of Greek language. It means, gener- cific ch.iracter, as nvet/ia aytov; not an influence of someneither definite nor specific in itself but, by the thing else, an effect or product of some superior antecedent ally, spinl use of some adjunct, it may be rendered so, and then it will cause, but a concurring and self-acting personal divine agent, take or reject the article according to the general rule of the in consummating and completing the work of redemption. language. Thus nvBvua becomes definite, because specific, bj- Therefore our Saviour said in his farewell discourse (-Jno, the adjunct ayior. The adjective specifies what spirit, and, 14 20), that the Father would send in his, the Son's, name when placed after the noun, stands in the relation of the the advocate," the Holy Spirit, ''who should teach them," ic. Hebrew genitive, and exerts, along with its qualifying sense, It is here to 71m fia to aytov, and in this first chapter of Acts also a limiting and individualizing influence upon the noun. every thing is in perfect keeping with this divine distribution Therefore we find iivcvfta, when succeeded by ayiov, uni- of the parts assigned to the Son and the Sj)irit respectively, formly without the article In the first verse the command3-et alwaj-s most specific and in the salvation of man. There is no room for mistake. Thus (Luke 2 25. ments given to the apostles are referred to this promised definite. 20) it is said of Simeon, that the Holy Spirit was upon him. {nvnita aytov) Holy Spirit, 6 zia^ay.hjoi. In the 4th verse, Here it is iti'tx'ua uytov, without the article. Yet in the next the narrative represents the Saviour as commanding them to
this i-uling principle in the

through the Holy Spirit, he is in the very beginning of the kingdom, as it was formally set up on tlie day of Pentecost, most appositely set forth in his individual, personal, and spe-

tarry at Jerusalem
* In these critical notes, the common version for convenience of reference simply.
is

till

this

promise of the Father should be

adopted,

fulfilled

identifying with the baptism in the Holy Spirit (nvivfia which had been promised by John, the
it

aytov"),

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KI.\G

CHAP.

I.

JAMES VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.

liim, saying,

this

doni to Israel ? 7 And he said unto them, It TcS

Lord, wilt thou at l\.vpie, c (.V Tcp yjiavcp tovtco Lord, dost thou at this time time restore again tiie liingaTroKaOiaTaveLS ti]v ^aaLXnav restore the kingdom to Israel?

'laparjX;

Elire

8e

irpos

And he

said to them. It

is

not

Greek language, that we need not illustrate it by other As iSazi stands to the immersion by John, so tells tliein, "they shall receive power, after that the Holy precisely dues ev nvev/iazi stand to the immersion by Christ. Spirit {rov ayiov Tivevfiaros) shall have come upon them," &c. The relation, in both cases, is expressed by the dative or Here there can be no mistake. The to nvev/ia to ayiov locative case, and is clearly that of where or in which the It should be noted by those who promised in Jno. (l-l 20) is the nvevfia ayiov, in which action was performed.
Baptist; ami in the Sth verse, in reply to their questions con(v. G),

of the

cerning the restoration of the kingdom to Israel

he examples.

the Harbinger promised, they should be immersed, the same


nvn>/ia ayiof, for which
tlie

Saviour bid them to tarry at

speak of this connection, as the dative of instrument, that whilst the genitive is the whcnce-ca&e, and the accusative the
ivhither-ca.se,

the dative is strictly and properly the wlicreand can only be used to express instrumcntalily in a V. 8. The identity of the subject indicated by the several strictly passive sense. It is not properly employed to express expressions Tivivixa ayiov, to nveviia to ayioi', and to ayiov concurrent action or co-agency. The action in this case is TtviVfta, cannot be doubted. To those who think that the expressed by "immerse," the agents were John and Christ, idea of the personality of the Spirit was not distinctly held the whither or object i/tag, those addressed, and the place by the Jews, and who yet contend that this idea is only that in which, in the action of John, rSan, in water, and in properly and fully conveyed by the expression to nvivfia to the action of Christ, ev UvEvuart 'Ayim, in the Holy Spirit. nyiov, it may be suggested, that in the only places (three in There are five distinct conceptions of the Holy Spirit in the all), where the expression Holy Spirit " occurs in the Holy Scriptures. The first is his nature, all Divine; the second, Sejjtuagint, this arrangement of the article with the noun his 2'erson, distinct from that of the Father and the Son the and adjective is uniformly employed. The same form is also third, his office of illuminator and sanctifier; the fourth, his used by Peter (in Acts 1 16), to designate the Spirit, prophe- influence; the fifth, his work, peculiarly developed in creation, sying by the mouth of David. providence, and redemption. As to the use of the definite English article, ihc, always 1. In creation he "moved upon the face of the waters," imbefore Holy Spirit, it is found necessary in the fact, that we pi-egnating them with life-giving power; Gen. 1 0. "By his recognize the Spirit's agencj^ always in relation to the Father, Spirit he Las garnished the heavens " " bis hand has formed and to the Son. We may and do sometimes say Father, the crooked serpent " the milky way Job 26 13. The Son, and Holy Spirit," but this rather to unify than to dis- Spirit of God has made me, Job 33 4. "The Spirit gave the
.Jerusalem, and the to ayiov nvtvun, which was to

come upon

them, in order to endue them with power, &c., as found in

case,

''

'

tinguish.

'Were there scriptural warrant for addressing the

apostles utterance," Acts 2


2.

4.

Holy

Spirit ilirectly, as is

sometimes done, we would omit the


"

English article.
'TSati,

30. By the Holy Spirit the These baptisms, or immer- of the earth." Psalm lU4 sions, are spoken of by Matt. 3:11; Mark 1:8; Luke humanity of Jesus the Jlessiah was created out of the person 3 and 1 Cor. 12 13. In all these places of the Virgin Mary. The Holy Spirit (Hvevfta 'Ayiov) shall 10; Jno. 1 33 the preposition ev is expressed both before vSan and Ttvev- come upon thee, Luke 1 35. Therefore she was found with
IIvtv/inTi 'Ayio>.
:
: :

In providence, annually renewing the face of the earth. Thou sendest forth thy Spirit, and thou renewest the face

iiaxi,

by the Holy Spirit, JIatthew 1 18. Hence the Christian case, before iSaxi. The insertion or omission, therefore, of church commenced by the direct and special influence, or tlic preposition does not alter the construction or the sense The Father sent creative power, of the Holy Spirit, Acts 2. in either case, the noun is the dative of the manner, or the his Son into the world the Son promised to send, and did way in which, or after which, or the place or medium in send, with the concurrence of his Father, the Holy Spirit; and, which, the action is performed. Both the preposition iv and by his gifts vouchsafed to the apostles, they instituted the the dative case-ending indicate the same primary thought, Christian church, Christ's mystical body, of which he is the that of relative place. The Sanscrit has an implcmentive living, active, and efficient Spirit.
except that in Luke, where ev
is

omitted, as in this

child

'

all of 3. In redemption, He is the sanctifier, and comforter, or adwhich are expressed, in the Greek, by the one, dative. But vocate, of the claims of Messiah, shedding aljroad copiously, the primary and distinctive import of .ill these is ^' locative.'^ the love of God in the heart of his people; making interThis is also the import of the preposition ev, and, therefore, cessions for us with groanings inexpressible, which only lie

or instrumental," a '"dative" and a ''locative" case,

wo

find tlie case-ending of the dative, sometimes with, and that searches the heart can interpret. sometimes without, the preposition, in precisely the same conSuch are tlie evangelical developments of the remedial disnection, and in the same sense. This is so common a liberty pensation, all found in the Divine essence and personalities.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES' VERSIOM.
is

CHAP.

I.

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.

not for you to

know

the times avTOVf,

Ov^
'/

vficoi'

icrri

yvwvai

for

or the seasons wliich the Father )(popovs hath put in his own power. eOero eV

Kaipovs ovs o JIaT7]p


ISia i^ovcria.

casions,

you to know times or 'ocwhich the Father

rry

dXAa

has reserved for his


posal.

own

'dis8

8
after

But ye
that

shall receive

power

X7]-drecr(/e

^vvafxiv,

eireXdovTOS

But you
is

shall receive

Gliost is Tov 'Aytov UvevfiaTOs i(p vpas, and ye shall be KCLL eaeaOe fiOL /j-aprupes eu re witnesses unto me, both in Je- 'lepovcraXijp, /cat eV Traarj rfj rusalem, and in all Judea, and in 'lovSala Kol 2!ap.ape\a /cat ewy Samaria, and unto the uttermost

the

Holy

'power, after that the


Spirit

Holy
:

come upon you

come upon you

and

la^arov

ti]^

yr/?.

Kou

be witnesses for "me, both in Jerusalem, and in all Judea, and in Samaria, and to ravra tlie uttermost parts of the
shall

you

part of the earth.


9

And when he had spoken KOL i^e(peXT] vireXajiev avrov airo these things, while they beheld, these things, while they bekol Tu>v 6(l>6aXjxu)V avTcov. he was taken up; and a cloud held, he was taken 'up, and a rjaav tov ccTevL^ovres els coy received liim out of their sight. cloud received him out of their 10 And while they looked ovpavov, TTOpevopevov avTOv, kol sight. And while they were
steadfastly

And when he had spoken

elTrcou, (SXeTToi'Tcou

avTcov

eTrrjpdr],

earth.
-0

lo

gazing "into the heaven as went up, behold, two men stood avToli iv iadTjTL XevKrj, ol koll he went up, behold, two men by them in white apparel Av8pes raXiXaloi, tl stood by them in white apehrov, 11 Which also said. Ye men iaTTjKare ipjiXtirovTes et? tov parel; who also said, Galileans, why stand you gazing of Galilee, why stand ye gazing ovpapov ovTos o Irjaovs o This same into the heaven? up into heaven? this same Jevpcov els tov Jesus, who is taken from di'aXy(p6eL9 (/.(f) sus wliich is taken up from you ovpavov, ovtws eXeuaeTac ov you into the heaven, shall so into heaven, shall so come in like eOeatTaaBe avTov iropev- come, in like manner, as you TpOTTOu manner as ye have seen him go have seen him going into op.evov tp TOV ovpavov. 1 ore into heaven. Then they rethe heaven. 12 Then returned they unto vireaTpe'^av els lepovaaXijp. airo turned into Jerusalem, from a Jerusalem, from the mount called opovs TOV KaXovp-evov J^Xacwvos, mount called ^Olivet, from
', '

toward heaven as he t8ov ai^dpes 8vo

7rapLaT7]Keia-ai'

li

12

'

Xfovovs

i;

xni^ovi, "times or occasions".


",

"The

seasons

witnesses might depose against me, and not be "witnesses

of time, 9r the exact time

Wakefield.
;

Ed-ETO
ver.
;

ev
'

Trj

iSia e^ovaia

'

put in his ovrn power

fjr me". I therefore, a priori, prefer the latter to the former the text to the emendation.

",

own autliority". These, howcom. " "Was taken up", evi>;o9-';, not avclr^tfdr^, v. 2, indicating ever literal, are not in the common currency of our present the commencement, not the completion of his ascent. lie, language. jMen may place a matter in their own hands in it appears from the terminology here employed, gradually And by a very common figure, we speak and with great dignity, ascended, not as a flash of lightnmg, their own disposal. of "'reserved rights'', we very seldom j^ul. that which we nor as a meteor passes away, but slowly and with majesty, It is, therefore, a figurative expossess, in our own hands. that they might clearly perceive and be assured of his return reserving or placing in one's own pression, tantamount to Several of the old versions read, "And to his native heaven.
appointed in his

dispensation or disposal.

It

is,

indeed, t.^ovaia, moral power,

or authority of dispensation
'

at one's own disposal.

while they were looking steadfastly, as he was going towards

heaven

".

dvvaniv, not here e^ovoca, moral power or authority, indicative of the powers of the Christian age "the world
that

" Eli TOV ovfiaroi/; into the heaven.


this

In vv. 10. 11,

we have

precise Ibrmula four times, and. therefore, we must was to come ". There was not only eiovata, authoritj' We have also etg twice have it just as often in the version. or moral power but also Svi'nut-, intellectual strength and in vv. 12, 13, and should have inio .Jerusalem, and iytto the miraculous power equal to their day and work. upper room, for in both instances they went not only to, or " Mov, tor fioi, is substituted by the authority of Lachm.ann unto, but into -Jerusalem, and into the upper room. and Tischendorf (abbreviated Ln., Tf). The difference between * " my witnesses ", and " witnesses for me " is considerable. M}' Olivet ", olive yard.

''

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAUES
Olivet,

CHAP.

1.

VERSIOX.

GKEEK TEXT.
^arov k^ov hhov
'

REVISED VERSION.
a

which

is i'loia

Jerusalem

IcTTLv iyyvs' 'lepovaaXrjfi,, aa/S- Jerusalem,

sabbath-day's
13

a sabbatli-day's journey.

'journey.

And when they had

13
ill,

And

vvlieii

they were come

they weut up into an upper eh TO virepmov ov -qaav Kararoom, where abode both Peter, IXiVOVTiS, o Te IliTpos KCU 'laKCOand James, and John, and Andrew, Piiilip, and Thomas, Bar- /3os" Kol Icoavvr]^ koL Av8peas, tholomew, and Matthew, James 'PlXlttttos kol Oco/xas;, BapdoXo'

KuL

ore ilarjXOov, uue^rjaav entered, they went up into the


upjier room, wlicre abode both

Peter, and James, and John,

and Andrew, Philip and Thomas, Bartholomew and Matthew, James, son of Alpheus.

llic

snib

of Alpheus, and

Simon

Zelotes, and Judas the hruthcr of 'AXiprxLOV KOL

James. 14 Tiiese all continued with one accord in pra3'er and suppUcation, with tiie women, and

Mary the mother


with
15
his brethren.

of Jesus, and

And

ill

those days Peter

stood up in the midst of the disciples,

the

and said, (the number of names together were about


and
brethren,
this

p.a6i]T(i>v

and Simon Zelotes, and Judas, the brother of James. These ^* Koi 'louSoty 'laKco^ov. ovroi were all 'j^ersevering with one irauTes ycrau Trpoa-Kaprepovuref consent, in pra3'er and supofj.odvp.a8ou rfj irpoaev^^ kou rrj plication, with women, with Berjcrei, avv yvvai^l kol Mapla Mary the mother of Jesus, and kol avv with his brothers. rf] p.-)iTp\ Tov 'I-qarov, Tols d8eX(pois avTou. And in those days Peter ^ KAIiv rats i)p.epaLs ravrais stood up in the midst of the disavacTTas JJerpoi eu p.e<ju) rSiv ciples, and said, (the number
2![/j.cou

jxalos

KOL

MarOalos,

'

laKcolSos

6 ZjjXcoti]^,

15

iiirev

i]v

re

6y(Xos

an hundred and twenty,) IG Mt'u


scripture

ovopuTcov

iiTiToavTO
''

a>f

eKarov

of the

names together being


lu

eLKoatv

'

AvSpe^

about one hundred and twenty),

uSeXcpol,

must needs have been eSec ij-XrjpcoOrjvaL ti]v ypa(j)7]i> fullilied, which the Holy Giiost TavT-qv, i]v Trpoelire to Jluevp.a by the mouth of David spake TO Ay LOU Sia (TTopiaTOs Aafi\8, before concerning Judas, which irepX louSa tov yivopavov oBrjyov was guide to them that took Tols avXXafSovaL tov Ii]aovv
Jesus.
'

"Brethren, this scripture

must needs have been fulfilled, which the Holy Spirit, by the
moutli of David, before spoke,

concerning Judas,

who was
17

guide to them that seized Je-

17 For he
us,

was numbered with


this

OTi

KaT7]pLdp.l]p.(l'09

rju

(TVV sus.

For he was numbered

and had obtained part of

I'jjjuu,

Kol eXa)^ tov KXijpov Tijf with us, and had obtained part
*

ministry.

SiaKovlay TavTTjstliis

Ovtos

p-ev of this ministry.

(Now

a field

is

IS

Now

man

purcliased a ovv (.KTYjaaTO )^copiov eK tov p.ia- was purchased with the re-

Geld with the reward of iniquity;

6ov

TYjS

uSiKiay,

koL

irprjVTjS

ward of

his inicpiity,

and he.

J'

E/nv, having, not


from''''
;

nrtc/or, di.ilant.
iter,

Ilackett, in loco.,

are not

two

classes,

while

men and

brethren are.

'Without a

'

having

Sahbati habens

Vulgate

from", Syriac

" containing a saboth ". Tyndale. Geneva. " conteyning a sabbath dayes iorney ".
",

between them, with us. they simply indicate So, also, the bretliren, which is more Anglo-Saxon than " men brethren ". Distant a In a brother we alwaj-s find a man, while sometimes we may
;

" distant

conjunction

'

sabbath day's journey


longs
'

Rheims

" distant

about seven fur- find a man, but not in him a brother.

",

Syriac Version.
to jJersixt

Men
in adherence
to,
:

of Galilee,

men

of Judea,

men

of Israel,

men

of Cyprus,

ITnoaxnnrt^eia signifies,

in,

to

he

men

of JIacedonia, &c.. &c., are, with us, Galileans,


&c., &c.

intcnllt)

cngiigcd
;

in, to

attend cnnslantUj

Acts 2
;

42; Rom. Israelites. Cyprians, Macedonians,


:

13

stantly,
*

to remain constantly, Acts 2 4G to attend con- has men. The English Rheims vcr. Mark. 3:9; to continue with, Mark 8:13; 10 7. men brethren ". Beza, London Ed., 1081, has Viri fratres : "Men brethren" occurs some eleven times in this book Boothroyd's London Ed., 1836, has simply " brethren " our
G,

&c.

Jews, Murdock's Syriac of the Vulgate has '" you

of Acts.
brethren.

our idiom, simply equivalent to com. vcr. follows Tyndale's Thompson, " men brethren ". Men, brethren and fathers, is a proper address, We do not say, men and Virginians, men and Pennsylva-

Hebraism,

in

when

three distinct classes are present

but

"

mc brethren "

nians,

!cc.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KINO JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP.

I.

GKEEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.
falling headlong, burst asunder in the midst, and all his

insomuch
ma, that
blood.

and falling headlong, he burst yei'Ofj.ei'09 eXaKrjcre fieaos, kol asunder in the midst, and all his bowels gushed out. Kat, yvcocTTOv eyei^ero auTOv, 19 And it was known unto Tvaat. TOLS KaTOiKOVcriv lepovaaall the dwellers at Jerusalem Xiifx, ware KXr/dTJvai to )(a>pioi'
as that field is called
TTJ

bowels gushed out.

And

it 19

was known
in
field is

to all the dwellers


;

eKeli/o in their proper tongue, Aceldais

Jerusalem insomuch as that called in their proper I8ia biaX^KTco avTav tongue Aceldama, that is to
TovrecrrL

to say.

The

held of 'AKe\8afxa,
alixaro^.
""^

^copiov say, the


is

field

of blood.) For it
the

20

yiypaivTai yap iv
rev-qOrjTU)
i]

written

in

book of

20 For it is written in the /3//3Am book of Psalms, Let his habita- eTravXi?
tion be desolate, and let no
:

''FaXp.wv,

avTov

ip-qpos,

kuI

prj

man

earo) 6 KaroLKiou ep

civTrj,

Kac,

dwell therein and. His bishopaurov XafSoL liTL(TK.OTrrjv T'rjv rick let another take. ^ 'del ovv rwv avueXk'repos. 21 Wherefore of these men i]plv av8p<av ei/ vravTL OovTwv which have companied with us, all the time that the Lord Jesus )(p6i/a> iv CO elcrrjXOe kcu i^i^XOev Irjaov^, "'ap^awent in and out among us, i(f) rjpas 6 Kvptos 22 Beginning from the bap- /xepo9 rov ^airTLcrpaTOs ttTTO tism of John, unto that same day Icodvvov ecos rrj? rjpepay ?)$ fethat he was taken up from us, i]pcou, piapTvpa Trjf Xrjtpdrj d(f) must one be ordained to be a dva(TTa.(reco9 avTov yeueadai witness with us of his resur" Ival earr]i^piiv eva TOVTCOV.
'

aw

Psalms; Let his habitation be desolate, and let no man dwell in it, and his 'episcopate let another take. Wherefore, of these men that have accompanied us all the time that the Lord Jesus went in and out among us, beginning from the immersion of John, to the day that he was taken up from us, must one be appointed to be witness with us of his resurrection. And they appointed 'two, Joseph,
called

22

23

rection.

23 And tlie}' appointed two, aav 8uo, Iaai](j) top KaXovpepov was surnamed Justus, and Joseph called Barsabas, who Bapaa^dv, oy iiveKXi]6r] lov- Matthias. And they 'pi'aying "^ /cat Trpowas surnamed Justus, and Mat- crrof, KUL MarOiav. said Thou Lord, who knowest
' '
:

Barsabas,

who

24

tliias.

they praj'ed, and said. Thou, Lord, which knowest the KapSioyuaara Trdvrcou, dvaSei^ov hearts of all mm, shew whether e/c TovTcou Tcou duo eva ov e^eAe^o) "^ of these two thou hast chosen, Xa^elv TOP KXrjpov Trji SiaKO25 That he may take part of f/a? TavTrjS kcu aTrocrToXijs, e^ this ministry and apostleship, TTape^rj 'louSas, Tropeudijpai rjs from which Judas by transgresJ\.ai sion fell, that he might go to his ei? TOP TOTTOP TOP LOLOP.
2-1

And

aev^dpevoL

elirov,

^v Kvpie

the hearts of all men, show which of these two thou hast chosen, to take a part in this
25

ministry and an Apostleship,

from which Judas by transgression fell, that he might go to his own place. And they gave forth their lots and
;

2C

own

place. eScoKUP KXi]povs avTwp, /cat 7re- the lot fell upon Matthias, 26 And they gave forth their crep 6 kA//)o? eVt MarOlap, kcll and he was numbered' 'tolots; and the lot fell upon Matgether with the eleven Aposthias and he was numbered with (TvyKaTe^rjCpLcrOrj pera tcop epSetles. the eleven apostles. Ka diroaToXcDP
;

i"

Episcopate. This term, being

now canonized by Webster,

is

'

^vYy.aTf>;ifta9-r;.

This indicates more than that


with,
i.

lie

was
en-

more apposite than any other word


the
office

in our currency, to indicate

numbered with.
rolled

of oversight or superintendency.

The only question

He was numbered together among thim, Beza, Calvin, De Wette,

e.

Hackett.

Tho

with us is, whether it would not be more intelligible to the masses to say " his office of Superintendant ", or with Wiclif,

fact here stated justifies the version given of v. 25, ''a par)

and an Apostleship " from which Judas fell. " his bishoprick let another take ". He was a perfect and complete substitute, possessing all the oversight. Eitiaxonri His treachery and fall arc ' ' EaTr,anr dvo. qualifications equally with him. idiomatibut Literally they placed two", thus made to strengthen and complete the apostolic testically, they nominated or appointed two.
in this ministry,

II<yoaevin/ui>oi ccTiov " they praying said"

mony.

10

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. CHAP.


KING JAMES
CHAP.
VERSION.
II.

IE
REVISED VERSION
CHAP.
II.

GREEK TEXT.
CHAP.
II.

And when
cost
all

the clay of Pente-

KAI
Tr]u

iv

Tw avfnrXT^povadaL
TrJ9

When the day of "Pentecost


was fully ''come, they were all with one accord in one place. And suddenly there came a
sound 'out of heaven,
filled all

was

fully

come, they were

yj/xepau

Ilei'T^jKoarrjf,

with one accord in one place. fjaav airavres ofiodv/j-aSov iiri2 And suddenly there came a ToavTO. Koi lyivero a^j/w Ik. sound from heaven, as of a rush- Tov ovpavov tixps coajrep (pepoing mighty wind, and it filled pLevrjs TTvoT]^ jSialay, kol eyrAijall the house where they were pu)aev oXov rou oIkov qv rjaav
sitting.
Ka9r][j.V0L-

as of a
it

rushing mighty "'wind, and

the house where they

Kou 6i(^9r]aav av-

were

sitting.

And
fire,

there ap'disit

And

there

appeared unto

roL9
uxrei

Sia/jLepLC^o/JLevac

yXwcraai
i(j)

peared to them tongues


tributed, as of

them cloven tongues like as of fire, and it sat upon each of


them.

and

sat

irvpos,

iKudiae re

eva

upon every one

of them.

And

eKaarou avTcou,

KoieTrXrjad-qaav

4 And they were all filled with the Holy Ghost, and began rjp^auTO
to speak, with other tongues, as crais,

airavres IIvevp.aTos

they were all filled with the Ayiov, koi 'Holy Spirit, and they began
in other tongues, as iSlSov the Spirit gave them ^utter-

XaXeiu erepais yXacr- to speak


'

Kado)9 to Ui/evp-a

the Spirit gave


'

them

utterance. avTols dwoipdeyyeaOaL.

Haav
;

ance.

JIeiTt]xoarr;Si

from

TtsvrTjy.oorTj

= nevrrjxovrq, fifty.

vided, 5 times
only).

parted, 6 times

cloven, once, (in this passage

The Pentecost commenced the fiftieth day from the lirst day of unleavened bread on the morrow after the Paschal Lamb

was
''

offered.
Ev/i7T).r;^ovo9ai.

Garments and property arc "parted", kingdoms, It would seem apropos, that families, and food, are divided. one tongue was visible on the head of every apostle. Wakefield freely
fire,
'

times,

The verb oi\u7th}^oca occurs only three and exclusively in Luke's writings twice in his Gospel and once here " completely filled ". The action of

translates

it,

"And they saw,


and

as

it

were, tongues of
".

distributing themselves
Hieii/iaTOi 'Aytov
;

settling

upon them

we have

nvtvfia, to mivftu,

Trrtv/ia

the verb

(literally, to

be completed) refers to the interval be-

'Aytorj

fore his arrival.

Olsh., Ilackett.
;

"And when
".

the days of

TO Aytov ^rsvfta, and ro -Jirevf^a to 'Aytop in the Christian Scriptures, and samples of each in the book of Acts.
These, too, occasionally occur in connection with the third

Pentecost were fully come "


"

Mur., Syriac Peshito Version.

The .Jews were on person of the Divinity, or Godhead. that day to celebrate a holy convocation according to the law. That the same jiersonality is occasionally indicated by each ' Ex rov ovgavov, literally out of heaven, usually represented of them, is conceded by all learned men, so far as known to us. Our best Greek texts distinguish them, when supposed to from, heaven. refer to the Holy Spirit, by capital letters. mighty rushing mightj' ni'orjs plains, a blast yepoftu'r;;, a On a special examination of every passage in this book where wind (pigcaO'at, rapid and violent motion, ///o, must be The morrow
after the seventh

Sabbath

''

regarded here as the nom. case to

c7rXr;pioae)'.

sound

filled

the apartment in which they were assembled.

The echo or these terms occur in Luke's writings, his gospel and his Acts, we find it with the article, to nievttn, thirty-two times, with-

ever}- case with the article, been in the temple it would doubtless have been out it nineteen times. In almost Holy Spirit is intended, and sometimes without it. the named. No symbol of spirit known to mankind, is better Now, as there is but one Holy Spirit of a Divine conception than the wind. John 3 8.

Had

it

upon each of Distinct tongues as of fire, and it sat them ", Thompson. upon each of them", Wesley. ' Tongues which were divided like flame, and they rested upon each of them ", Jlurdock. "Divided tongues as of fire, and a tongue eat on each of them ", Boothroyd. He adds, " Calvin, Heinrichs, and many of the older commentators render the participle disparted, or

"

Separate tongues as of
'

fire,

and

in

the Christian religion,


is

we

are constrained to think that

it

settled

when any one

said to he filled with, or led

by a Holy

Spirit

whether with or without the article, the Spirit of God is intended and intimated. But that Spirit, now as formerly, distributes or confers his graces .as he wills, and especially in answer to the prayer of faith. It is God who works in us to
will

and to

do,

of his
:

own

benevolence

to &t).eiv xtu to

cleft,

and suppose

it

to describe the flame as exhibiting in each

evtQytiv.

Phil.

13.
is

instance a tongue-like, forked appearance".


yXioaoni.
MiafisgiC.ofiai

^taiisQi^o/ufai

' AitotfO^tyytad'ai

found only in this book, and occurs


:
:

12 times, 8 but three times, chap. 2 14 ; 26 25. of which are in Luke's writings, translated com. ver. by di- mates more than ordinary utterance.
occurs
in

the N. T.

In this place

it inti-

"As the

Spirit gave

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSIOK.
5

CHAP.

II.

11

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.
5

were dwelling at 8e ev IepovaaXi]iJL KarocKOvvTes And there were dwelling Jerusalem Jews, devout men, out 'lovSaioL av8pe9 evAa^ei? oltto in Jerusalem Jews, ""devout of every nation under heaven. TTavTOi eOvovs riov viro tov ovpa- men, of every nation under
there

And

was noised vov. Now when this was yevojxevrjs fie rrji (jicovrjs heaven. came to- TavTT]s, avvrjkde to ttXtjOos kcu noised abroad, the multitude gether, and were confounded, avvc^vOr)' hri rjKOVOV etf eKacTTO? came together, and were con6
this

Now when

abroad, the multitude

because that every

man
all

heard
rrj ISia

them speak
7

in his

own

language.

SiaXeKTCo
'

And they were


marvelled,

amazed,

Twv.

XaXovvTWv av- founded, because i^larai'TO Se iravTei heard them speak


Trpos 'tongue.

'every one
in his

own
7

aone to KCU idavfia^ov, Xeyovre? mazed, and marvelled, saying another. Behold, are not all these aXXtjXovf, OvK l8ov Travres ovroi one to another. Behold, are elaLV OL XaXovvres JTaXiXaioi ; which speak, Galileans? not 'all these who speak, Ga8 And liow hear we every man ^ Kcd TTCos t^p-els aKOvop.ev eKa(TT09 lileans ? And how hear we, in our own tongue, wherein we TY] ISlo. ^LaXeKTw I'lfiau eV rj eyevevery man in our own tongue, were born ^ ndpdoi. V1]67]p.V, KCU MrjSoL 'in which we were born ? Par9 Partliians, and Medes, and Kou EXaplrai, kcu ol KaroLKOvvres thians, and Medes, and ElamEhimites, and the dwellers in Trjv MeaoiroTapnav, lovSaiau re "inhabiting ites, and those Mesopotamia, and in Judea, and Koi KairiraBoKiav, IIovtov kcu Mesopotamia, both "Judea Cappadocia, in Pontus, and Asia, TTjv 'Acrlav, ^pvylav re kcu and Cappadocia, Pontus and JO Phrygia, and Pamphylia, IIa/jL(f)vX[av, AlyvTTTou kolI ra Asia, Phrygia and Pamphilia, in Egypt, and in the parts of Libya about Cyrene, and stran- p-cprj Ti]i Ai^vrj^ TrJ9 Kara Kv- and the parts of Lybia about gers of Rome, Jews and prose- prjVTJV, KCU ol iirL5iipovvTs Pu)- Cyrene, and Roman strangers

and

saying

And

all

were

'?

lo

lytes,

fxaloi,

lovSoLOL
^^

re

/cat
'

irpocri]-

both Jews

and Proselytes,

ii

11

Cretes and Arabians,

we do

XvToi,

KprjTes Kol

Apajies, Cretes and Arabians,

we hear
This,
trans-

them

to

make solemn addresses", Thom.


it is

Eisner, on this

Acts."
as
in

It is

with us more familiarly rendered tongue.

passage, quoting Diogenes Laertius, lamblichus,

and Kypke,

the case of

paimaua, we

prefer

to a

mere

shows that

applied specially to indicate oracles or pro-

ference.
^ Ilavres is doubtful, and is rejected by But Hackett and some others regard it as

phetic responses.

So used

h}-

Josephus, Strabo, and Philo.

See Doddridge.
themselves.
i"

'"As the Spirit gave

them utterance" has

Sch., Ln.,

and
It

Tf.
is.

respect to the import of the communications rather than to

empliatic.

the fact of their mere powers of speaking, or of expressing

indeed,
1

if

genuine, a figure of amplification.


-in which, not, "

El'

wherein

".

devout.

" For the dwellers, now also obsolete, substitute those inT., always rendered and evXa/ieouai are found habiting, as not only more modern, but more indicative of the but seven times. It is only in Hellenistic Greek found in this regimen and more in harmony with it. Inhabit, in our vernaThe pious Eneas and the devout Greeks correspond cular, is both transitive and intransitive. usage.

Evla^eig occurs but three times in N.


Its

whole family

evXa/ieia

with this use of


sojourners in
all

it.

It

is

probable that the Jews, then


in this great anni-

nations,

were represented

versary of the giving of their law by

men

the most pious and

" Judea ". Some eminent critics, such as Dr. Bloomfield and Granville Penn, Esq., regard this as a vitiation of the

devout
'

in their nation.

common
of the
Jledes,

reading.

^^Idumea exactly

fits

the geographical order

Eii exaoTog

literally each one,

but

in

our usage, every one,


it

is
is,

more congenial. In some eighty occurrences in the N. T. with some few exceptions, translated by every one.
1

Parthians, and and Elamites those who inhabit Jlesopotamia and Idumea". Besides, it is not likely that, in such a collation of countries, Judea, in which they were assembled, would be named and named, too, out of its proper place. But Bagster's

countries named,
;

Judea does not

I8ta Smley.To): literally dialect.


is

This word in the Christian


"

text, being the

standard text, renders this position gratuitous.


incline to

scriptures

found but six times, and these are found in

The Otherwise we strongly

Idumea.

12

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMEs' VERSION.

CHAP.

II.

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.

XaXovvTwv avrS)v rai9 them speaking in our own yXwaaais ra [xeyaXeTa tongues the -majestic works 13 And tliey were all amazed, Tov Oeov ; 12 _E^[a-TavTo Se of God. And they were all and were in doubt, saying one to iravTes Koi dirjTTopovv, aAAo? amazed and perplexed, saying another, What meaneth this ? Tvpo^ aXXov Xeyoprei, T'l av OiXoi
hi

hear them speak

our tongues aKovofiev

the wonderful works of God.

i]lxeTepaLs

'

12

1-3

Otliers mocking, said,

one to another,

These TOVTO elvai


a^ovre^
his

What means
of

^'^.Erepot. Se ^Xev'

men

are full of

new

wine.

eXeyov,

On

this?

Others (mocking)
are
full

said, 13

yXevKovs
(tvv to?^

14 But

Peter,

standing
lifted

up pepecTTcopei'oi

pThey
wine.

"sweet

elcri.

with the eleven,


voice,

up

Srade).? 8e

Uerpos

But

Peter, standing

up

14

and said unto them, Ye evSfKa,


all

eirripe ti]u (pcop^jv

avrov,

with the eleven,


voice,

raised his

men

of Judoa, and
at

yc that

Krxi

arreCpdey^aTO avToIf, ' AuSpes


KOL
o'i

and said to them, 'Jews,

dwell

Jerusalem,

be

this

lovSaioi,

KaroLKOvvreg and

all

you that reside


tliis

in Jeruto you,
:

known unto
to

you, and hearken

lepovaaXiip. airavres, tovto vpuv salem, bo


yv(>(TTOv

known

koI fi'coTiiraaOe and hearken to my words for 15 For tliese are not drunken, ra pypara /jlov. ov yap &)$ these men are not drunk, as as ye suppose, seeing it is but vp.eif VTToXapL^dveT, ovtol /.teyou suppose, seeing it is but the third hour of tiie day. Ovovcriv tan yap copa Tplrrj rrjs the third "hour of the day. 16 But this is that which was jjpepas' aAAa tovto (cttl to But this is that which was spoken by the prophet Joel, elp7]pei^ov Sia tov wpocjii'^TOv spoken 'through the prophet 17 And it shall come to pass 'IcorjX, Ktii (TTai Iv toI^ in the last days, saith Grod, I will ficrya.Tai's -ijpepaL^, Xeyet 6 Oeos, Joel, And it shall come to
earco,

my words

15

ic

17

pour out of
llesh:

my

Spirit

upon

all

eK^^eco
ivrl

avro

tov

Tri>v/j.aT09

/mov

pass, in "the

last

days, that

and your sons and your

iraaav aapKa,
o'i

kclI irpodyTjTev-

I will

pour out of
all flesh,

my

Spirit
shall

daughters shall

prophesy, and aovaiv

viol

vpwv kcu
KCU
o't

al

Ovya- upon
ol

and they

your young luen shall see visions, Tepes and your old men shall dream vptaiv
dreams

vpSiv
opaaeLf

veavLtrKOL

prophesj'.

Your young men


and your old
"in

oyj/oi'Tai,

koI

shall see visions,

TrpecrfivTepoL

vpwu IwrrvLa

ivv-

men

shall

dream

dreams:

"

Ta

/teya).iia is

more than migJdy, or wonderful.


:

Trjv /ue-

'

Nine o'clock
.^iff,

in the

morning. V. IG. 'Tno frequently indicates

yaXeiorrira is rendered magnificence, Acts 19

2 Peter
" "

16.

In this context,
",

its full

27 ; majesty, import of grandeur is

'

ilirovgh;
;

not hy.

called for.

"Wonderful
of

disjiensations of

God

",

Thompson;

hy, as

an author
".

but Sm, through, as an agent, or messenger.

Wonderful works of God

WakeQcld, Boothroyd, Wesley;


Xf.eva^ovzcs

So Vigerius,
tur sub

p. 670, Sec. 6, "

cum

dativo, ut

plurimum reddi-

Wonders
1'

God

",

Jlur. Syriac.
is

Men

is

supplied in com. vers.


Tf.,

repudiated

"

In these writings,

' ihe

last

days " generally,

if

not

by
''

Gb., Sch., Ln., and

and SiaxXsva^oiyreg substituted.


recens

always, indicate the Christian age.

Indeed, the conclusion

of the Jewish dispensation was the commencement of the expressum Christian. As the morning star sets in day, so did the et synecdochice, quivis dulcis potus quasi, a sweet wine. Stockius, Wesley, Thompson, Geneva, Kheims. Musto, Vulgate, Harbinger decrease as the sun of righteousness arose with Wickliff. New wine, Murdock, cum multis aliis. The Pente- healing in his wings. Jesus Christ is, in this view of the premises, properly said to have "Appeared in the end of the cost occurred in June, the First Vintage in August. Conseworld ", to put away sin-offerings by the sacrifice of himself. quently, it could not be wine.

D.evxovs,

mustum vinum

ex

uvis

new

AvSqcs lovSatoi, Jews; boi-n in Jerusalem, ai y.aToiy.ow' " Sliall dream dreams "', or dream with dreams ; for cvijiriots " Jews, and Jewish converts, or Jews born Tes. in Jerusa- Mill gives evvTtvia. With Prof. Ilackett and some other lem, and Foreign .Jews." Ilaekett, cum multis aliis. translators, we, in this case, prefer Gricsbach's te.\t.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
18
VERSION.

CHAP.

II.

13

GREEK TEXT.
18
'

REVISED VERSION.

on

And on my my hand-maidens,
shall

a' servants, and irvLacruricrovTaL.


I will

Kai,

ye
eVi

'

eiri

and on

my man

servants,

and

18

pour Tov?
vai^

8ovXov9
jjLOV,

/J-ov

Kol

ra?

out in those days of

my

Spirit;

8ov\a^

eV ralf ij/xepaif eKelairo

my maid servants, in those days I will pour out of my Spirit,


shall prophesy.

and they
19
in

prophesy:

eK)(u)

tov Truev/xarof and they


'

And

19

And I will shew wonders fxov, Kol Trpo(pT]reva-ovaL. kol I will show wonders in the heaven above, and signs in Sccxrco repara ev rco ovpavcS auco, heavens "above, and signs on the earth beneath; blood, and Kol arjpeca eVi r^y yrjy Kara), the earth beneath blood and The fire, and vapour of smoke. al/ia Kai irvp Kai ar/xiSa Kairvov. fire, and smoky 'vapor. shall be turned into dark20 The sun shall be turned sun o JjAiOf /xTacrTpa(pr](7Tat ejf

20

into darkness, and the

moon

into

o"/corof, Kol
Trpli'
77

T)

(reXi]vr]

eiy aifia,

ness,

and the moon into blood,


come.

blood, before that great and notable day of the

iKOeiu rrjv

rjp.epai'

Kvplov
^^

before that great and illustri-

Lord come.

21
tltat

And

Trjf fj.eya.Xi]u kol eirKpavr],

kol

ous day of the Lord

it

shall

come

to pass,

earai,

Trar

by au iTriKaXearjTai

And it
the

shall

come

to pass, that 21

whosoever

shall call

on the
TO
'

every one
bvojxa

name
22

Kvpiov,

who

shall call

upon
22

of the Lord, shall be saved.

acoOi'jaeTaL.

Ye men

of

Israel,

hear

AvSpes

name
:

of the Lord, shall be

'lo-parjXiTai,

olkovIt)oltto

^saved.

Israelites,

hear these

aare tovs Xoyovs tovtovs' these words; Jesus of Nazareth, aovu TOV Na^wpalov, av8pa a man approved of God among 0ov OLTToSeSeLy/xevou TOV you by miracles, and wonders,
and
signs,

ejy

which God did by him vfiaf

Suva/xecri

Kai

Tepaai

Kai

in the

nudst of you, as ye your-

(rrj/jLeiot^,

0I9 eirolrjae di

avTov 6

selves also

know

Oeos if

fieacp v/xav,
"^

Ka6a>s Kai

tovtou Trj (api23 Him, being delivered by auTol o'lSaTe, the determinate counsel and ap.evrj ^ovXrj Kai Trpoyvaiaei tov
" Peter inserts avio, oijucta,
' ' y.area,

words Jesus, the Nazarene, a man approved of God among you, by miracles, andwouders, and signs, which God did by him, in the midst of you (as you, yourselves also know) him having seized, who, by the 'declared counsel and fore-

23

not in the Hebrew.

Smoky vapor ", Thompson.


i.

"

Clouds of smoke ".

That the person, mission, and work of the Lord Jesus marked out and defined, in The the Law, the Prophets, and the Psalms, no enlightened
Christ was declared, promulged,
Christian can or will deny.
translation
is

Tcoara xai aijucia have placed in apposition to them,


noQ, ax/iiSa xaTti'ov,
fire,

atfia,

In cases of this

sort,

our rule in

e.

the prodigies and signs are blood,

to give, not a particular, or a private interpreta-

and smoky vapor. These are but the portents of the tion, but either a generic, or a specific one, as the case may and not the desolations of the Jerusalem that then clearly indicate. AVe have the genus, the species, and the Such are the rs^ara er toj ov^ai'<t}, and the af]^iia em individual in words, and their acceptations, as we have in aniwas.
destiny,
rrjs

yrg.

mals or plants.
be saved from the then impending judgit tliis meaning in this place, though
it

Where

there

is

no reasonable doubt, we prefer

y Sa>d'r]aeTa.t, shall

ments.

The context

gives

the precise individual meaning, clearly indicated in the context ; next to this, the specific ; and when neither is clearly

usually in this
salvation.
*

Book

of Acts,

refers to the future

and eternal

mdicatcd, the generic sense

thus giving an equal chance to


of the

every one to foi-m his

own judgment

word

or sentence,

as to the meaning of the Spirit.

'Qota^uEi'T] (3ovlrj y.at TC(>oyvo3aEt

Oeov.

In this phrase o^t^co

is

emphatic and important.


42.

It is defined

m'ne. ordain^ declare, limit, in our com. ver.,

by the words deterLuke 22 22


:

Bible, the

Christ Jesus being the centre and circumference of the Alpha and the Omega of the whole volume of God,

Acts 10

Which
is,

of these four shall be selected in any

given passage

of course, according to the context, in the

judgment of the translator; and that, generally, is according to his analogy of faith. But to these four definitions may be added termino, finio, definio, do definitioncm rei, Aristotle, To define, and to declare, are its most determinate, Luke 22 Scapula, Rulicrtson. 10 42 11 29 17 general acceptations. etymological and
: ; :

Jloses in the Law, and all the Prophets, the Evangeand the Apostles, spoke and wrote, the sun of the spiritual and the moral universe, the testimony which God the Father has given of him, is the spirit of the whole oracle Rev. 19 10. or testimonj' of God. 'OQit.ia occurs eight times in the N. T. represented by of

whom

lists,

22

ordain, declare, limit.


;

See Acts

20, 31

Romans 1:4;

Ilcb.

7.

14

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP.

II.

GKEEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.

foreknowlcJge of God, ye have and by wicked hands have crucified and shxin 24 Whom God hath raised up, having loosed tlie pains of death: because it was not possible that he should be liolden
taken,
of
it.

pcoi^

avofJiCdv irpoain'j^ai^Te? avil"

Xere-

knowledge of God was yielded "up, you have, by wicked hands, crucified and slain, ov b 0eos dveaTi]ae,

21

Xvcras Tas coSlvas tou davarov,

whom God

has

raised

up,

KuOoTL

ovK

i]u

Suvarou Kparelavrov.
^^

aduL avTOv

vtv

AajSlS

25 For David speaketh con- yap Xiyei ei? avrov, JIpocopu!p,7]i> cerning him, I foresaw the Lord TOP KvpLOv euaiTLOv pov Slo. irav always before my liice for he is To^- OTL eK Se^iwv p,ov iarlu, tVa on my right hand, tluit I should p-Tj aaXevdwSia touto evnot be moved (ppavBi] 1] KapSia pov, Kal rjyaX20 Therefore did my heart rejoice, and my tongue was glad; XiaaaTO rj yXutaaa p,ov en 8e joice, and my tongue was moreover also, my tlesh shall rest Kal ?} (Tap^ pov KaTaaKi]i'U)crt glad moreover my flesh shall in hope: '^' iir iXiTLdL. in ovk eyKara- rest in hope, 'that thou wilt 27 Because thou wilt not not leave my soul among the leave my soul in hell, neither Xel^eif Ti]V '^V)(rju p.ov els a8ov, 'dead, neither wilt thou suffer
: ;
''

having loosed the 'bands of it was impossible that he should be lield under it. For David sjieaks for "'him I have alwaj^s regarded the Lord, as before my face; for he is on my right hand, that I should not be moved. Therefore did my heart redeath, because
:

25

2G

27

"

ITooyi'waii occurs but tn-ice in the Christian scriptures.


it

That

is

most generally adapted to declare


than because, or because that.
547.
p.

its full

sense,

and

In butii cases

refers to God's foreknowledge.

This, indeed,

in better taste

Vigerius on oxt

in condescension to our

modes

of viewing events.
all

To

a being

and Toivvv,
f

London, 1824.
is

inhabiting eternity

to

whom

things past, present, and to

come are ever and


ledge applies not.

alike present

foreknowledge or past knowIs.

Eie aSov.

Such

Eternity past and future are a nunc stans,

But, although in the main

the reading of the selected Gr. text. we regard it as the best Ed. of the
it.

an everlasting now.
57
'' :

Does not he "inhabit eternity"?


This

N.

T.,

we cannot
and

uniformly conform to
Tischendorf.
life

In this case

we

15.

prefer eie aSijp, the marginal reading adopted

by Griesbaeh

ExSoToi'

dedilus, yielded

up.

is literal,

but, being

Lachmann,

much
'

litigated passage, vre prefer

being

was, that his soul or


literal to

fault.

The object of this hope would not be lost among the dead.

"In hope
jiSiji
is

that thou wilt not leave, &c., not " because ".

Bonds, bands, cords, pangs, have been by divers trans-

lators

and

critics

regarded as appropriate representatives of


probability Beza conjectures that as the
little
is

rendered

hell.

laSti'as.

With much
'Isan,

by Romanists and some Protestants frequently The king's translators of the Bible render
Old Testament,
hell.

biK'a, sheol, in the

Hebrew

with the variation of one

point,

may

Yet, says Leigh, in


that grai-e

in-

differently signify

pains or bonds, the former

here preferred,

because agreeing best with the connection


Dodd., compare JIatth. 24
of death better agree with

else it

must

signify

the confinement to which the pains of death had brought him.


:

1. But as the bands 15. Rev. 17 what follows we prefer it. Again
:

there seems to be an allusion to David's triumph over the


Philistines, or over Saul,
in these
:

is more The Hebrews had no word proper to indicate hcU, as Christians understand it. They liad Tophct and Gehinnom. The Hebrew Shcol signifies a place dark and obscure, where nothing can be seen. Job calls it " the land of darkness ". The Romans had their infernal, as well as their supernal regions, their Orcus and their Plutonic realms.

his Critica Sacra, "All learned


hell.

men know

proper than

supposed to be described, Ps. 18 words The cords of Hades enclosed me, The snares of death were laid for me. In my distress I called upon .Jehovah, Then the earth shook and trembled, The foundation of the mountains rocked.
it,

5.

is a Heaven, a Haand a Gehenna. Their Hades is a state of separation of body and spirit. The bodj' returns to the earth whence it was created, and the spirit returns to God who gave it. 'J'his

Christians believe and teach, that there

des,

separation continues

till

the Resurrection of the dead.

Then

We
''

the wicked dead shall be turned into Gehenna, and the righteous shall ascend to their Father and their Savior, and continue
forever with them.

prefer this view of

as appropriate to Christ's resur-

The Apostolic use of

this word,

and their

rection.

Thou wilt not leave tg avTor :for hint, or in reference to him, impersonating my soul in hades, nor suffer thy Holy One to see corruphim. tion", indicate that -Jesus, the Messiah, was not in his body 'Ore com. ver. is frequently rendered by for, that, because, to perish, not even to decompose and though really dead, and " because that ". The last of these is as redundant as for to. his body interred, should see no corruption but, as from a
; ;

application of the saying of our Lord, "

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSION.
wilt thou suffer thine
to see coiToption.

CHAP.

II.

15

GREEK TEXT.
8cl)(TL9

REVISED VERSION.
to see
cor2S

Holy One ovBe

tov ocriov crov ISelv thy Holy One


^^

8ia(j)dopai'.

iyvcopicrdf

fioi

ruption.

me

23 Thou hast made known to 68ov9 ^'^f 7rXrjpcocrL9 /^e (vthe ways of life thou shalt (ppoavvqs fxera tov TrpoacoTrov make me full of joy with thy (Tou. ^^ Ai^8pes dSeX(j)o'L, i^ou of joy with
;
: '

made known to me the ways of life thou wilt make me full

Thou

hast

thy

presence.

countenance.

29

Men

and brethren,

let

me

eLTveiv fiera Trapprjcrlas rrpo? vp.a.s

Brethren, let

me

freely speak 29

freely speak unto

you of the

irepl

TOV TTUTpiap^ov AafilS, otl to you of the Patriarch David,

patriarch David, that he is both Koi ^TeXevTTjcre kul iTa(pr], kcu to that he is both dead and budead and buried, and his se- p.vr]p.a avTOV eaTLv if rjplv a)(pi ried, and his sepulchre is 7rpo(pr]Tr]S with us to this day. pulchre is with us unto tliis day. TTjs rjfiipa^ TavTTjS. But 30 Therefore being a prophet, ovu vrrap^cov, koI elScoy otl opKco being a prophet, and ^know-

30

and knowing that God had sworn with an oath to him, that of the

0os, (k Kapirov inc; that God had "sworn to avTOu to KUTa aapKa him, that of the fruit of his fruit of his loins, according to dvaaT-qaeiv tov XpiaTOU, Ka- loins he would raise up the the flesh, he would raise up tov Opouov avrou, Christ, to sit on his throne; Oiarai iin. Christ to sit on his throne;
cofiocrev avTcS 6
TTj^ 6(T(pvo^
i

31 He seeing this before, spake '^^ Trpo'idmu iXdkricre ivepX ttj^ he, 'foreseeing this, spoke of of the resurrection of Ciirist, dvacTTacreas' tov XpiaTov, otl tlie resurrection of the 'Ciirist, that his soul was not left in hell, '^v)(i] avTov els that his isoul should not be neither his flesh did see corrup- ov KaTfXL(f)di] 1] rj avTov elSe left among the "'dead, nor his ov8e adp^ ciSov, tion.
state of

31

whole personality.

suspended animation, would awaken and resume Iiis He was, therefore, but some thirt3'-seven
tliree daj'S

both

tongues.

hours in the grave, portions of

and three nights.

iSiui, active,
Ooy.ca

De Wette
literally,

knowing, Hackett.

had sworn with an oath, covenanted prophet, the High Priest, and the and oaths are, in the ancient Jews' mised and prefigured as the equally the son and the Lord of David. The Zion, King of equivalents. Ps. used as God and man, reference to usage, in Christians so received and represented the 89 3. "I have made a covenant with m}' chosen, I have sworn Jews and the controversy was, Is Jesus of Nazareth the The Messiah. latter is to be preStill, in an exact version, the to David." Messiah the Christ of God ? To maintain this was the main
''

cauootv

and perfect equivalents in their respective not a Christ nor a Messiah. And as both titles belong to one and the same person, it behoves that he stand in the same rank in both. Although there were many Christs, or anointed kings and priests, that preceded and preHe was profigured him, still he alone is the Christ of God.
official

It

is

with David.

Covenants

ferred to the former.


'

drift of all apostolic

preaching and teaching.


all

So important

is

aaoxn avaarr,ativ tov Xoiaxov seem to be redundant after oofvos ainov they are, however, retained by Scholz, and in the selected text of Mill, Bagster's Edition. A majority of Editors omit them.

To

y.ara

it,

then, that

it

should stand before

men

in the proper atti-

tude.

In reading the

five historical

books of the Christian

whole question given by Peter, to whom were vouchsafed " the keys " of the kingdom, or reign of heaven, commands the profound regard of all mankind. Being honored by the great Master with such a conspicuous

The whole answer

to the

every intelligent reader must have observed that the issue concerning Jesus of Nazareth is. Is he, or is he not. the Christ of whom Moses in the laio, and all the prophets wrote
religion,
.'

sold, or

position, does not his

whole conduct

in the

premises merit

the most profound respect for the answer he gave under this

plenary inspiration and direction?


i

found some 400 times, but never represented by lose his soul or life, but can never Hence no such intimation as the loss of a lose his spirit. The spirit is, indeed, the man spirit is found in the Bible. proper, and never can die, any more than an angel spirit. There there is a will be spiritual bodies for human spirits; "for
1

Urevfta
life.

is

A man may

nooiScoi'-.
8,

com. ver.

He foreseeing this. And the scripture


he foresaw, Mur.

It is thus rendered, Gal.

spiritual

foreseeing
ly,

this.

Dodd., Booth., Rheims.

foreseeing that, com. He spoJce propheticalvcr.,

worthy of notice the text by the from here, v. 31, that ) \pv/,t] celebrated collators, Griesbach, Lachmann, and Tischendorf. body
as well as animal body."
It is

nvrov

is

rejected

Thorn.

And

Ho saw

before,

Tyndal.

" Ei; aSovi]


in

V'l'yji

nvrov

"

That he" (Christ)

'

was not

left

k "

The Christ ". The Messiah. These

are equivalent

names

Hades," Booth.,

''that his hfe

was not

left in

the grave,"

10

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VEUSION.

CHAP.

II.

GREEK TEXT.
Bia(l)Oopdv.
^"

KEVISED VERSION.
^

82 This Jesus hath


up,

God raised
are

TOVTOv Tov

Irj-

flesh

see

corruption.

This

32

whereof we

all

wit-

aovv apiarrjcrev
re?
7;/xt?

6 Oeos, ov irav Jesus has


tj;

nesses.

eajjuv fiaprvpes.

33 Therefore being by the right hand of God exalted, and having received of the Father the promise of the Holy Ghost, he hath shed fortli this, which ye now see and hear. 34 For David is not ascended into the heavens, but he saith himself, Tlie Lord said unto my Lord, Sit thou on my right hand, 85 Until I make thy foes thy
footstool.

Se^Loi

ovv TOV Oeov

v-^oi6e\s, t{]v

re iirayyeXlav tov

Ayiov llv^v-

fxaTOs Xal^cov irapa tov TTUTpof,


i^e)^e

TovTO o vvv vpels pXeireTe


"^^

Kol uKoveTe.
dfefii] Cif

ov yap

Aa^lS

Tovs ovpavovs, Xeyei 8e


o Ivvpios t(S Kvpuo
Se^icoi'

"God raised up, of which we are all "witnesses. Therefore, being exalted by the right phandof God, and having received of the Father the promise of the Holy Spirit, he was shedding iforth this which you now see and hear. For David is not ascended into the
heavens; but he himself says,

33

31

avTos,

Ebrev

pov, IvdOov

e'/c

pov

""^

eW

The Lord
on
I

said to

dv 6d> Tuvi e)(6povs bLOVTavTvoBapaov.

crov inroTro- Sit thou


""

my Lord: my right hand, till

35

AcrcpaXcoy

3G Therefore let all the house ovv yipaaKeTCo ivds oIkos IcrparjX, of Israel know assuredly, that OTl Kvpiov Kac XpLaTov avTov 6 God hath nnide that same Jesus Oeos 7rou](re, tovtov tov Iijcrovv whom ye liave crucified, both ov vpels eaTavpcoauTe. Lord and Christ. "' AKOvaavTe? 8e KaTevvyr)37 Now when they heard this, they were pricked in their heart, aav T/j KapSla, eiirov re irpof tov and said unto Peter and to the UiTpOV KOL TOVS XoLTTQVS dlTOrest of the apostles, Men and aToXovs, Tl iroLijcropev, dv8pes bi'ethren, what shall we do? "*' Jlerpos Se 0?; TTyooy 33 Then Peter said unto them, dSeXcJjol; Eepent, and be baptized every avTOVs, MeTavorjaaTe, koI /3a7rWakefield, " not
left in

foes thy footstool. the house of Israel, 3G therefore, assuredly know, that

make thy
all

Let

God has
Jesus,
fied.

constituted that same


'cruci-

you have Lord and Christ.

whom

Now
they
37

when they heard

this,

were pieixed to the heart, and said to Peter, and to the


other Apostles, Brethren,
shall

we do ?

what Then Peter


and be

38

said to them, ^Eeform

the mansion of the dead," Thom., " his


the unseen world," Dodd., " that his

Ou navTBs &c. of which

(fact)

we

all

are witnesses.

The
here

soul should not be

left in

resurrection of Jesus, being the

consummating
all

act of approval
is

soul should not be left in hell,"

Kheims.
are

"

Not

left in

Death,"

of his innocence of the charges alleged against him,

Penn.

The words
'S

" his

soul "

omitted by A.B.C.D.

made
P

conspicuous, being affirmed by

the apostles present


it.

S3'riac, Coptic, ^'Ethiopic,

and Vulgate.

Adam

Clark.

But

?]

from the sensible demonstrations which they had of


Trj

ifvxi

found
is

in

the text, selected as the most approved.


of

Serial Dative o( the instru?ncnt.

By

the right hand

'11x1.1-/7]

110 times, translated


called a
^'v/_ij.

life s.nd soul,

once mind,

God exalted. Some versions have


at the right

to the

right liand of God. Booth., Dodd.

and once heart, and heartily.

Penn.

hand of God
of God.

Wakefield, Thompson.
Tyndale,
Cran.,

God is never by his own son

But he
spirit

is

emphatically called

By

the right hand

Wic.,

Gen.,

ITievua.

Not a

but Spirit.

God

is

Rheims, Jlurd.
:

never called a Ilubj Ghost, but there

' Shed is a Holy Word and a " sent forth this gift", Murd. 1 Sexee fvrlh'K TynHoly Spirit of equal divinity, power, and glory, with himself. dale, Cranmcr, Geneva, Dodd. It is well represented by shed Tliere is Jehovah God, the Father, and Jehovah God, the Son, or, rather, was shedding." by some regarded as here indiand Jehovah God, the Holy Spirit, in the Christian revelations. cative of a continued act at the time of his speaking. For it Such were not the Jewish but such are the Christian reve- occurred while he was yet speaking. lations and manifestations of Jehovah Elohim. " Both" appears to be redundant for " made that same The following profound note on rhii Deus El, Eloah, Elohim, Jesus" that same Jesus Lord and we prefer ''constituted''' Duo haecnomina conjuncta distinis worthy of a jjlace here:
'

Christ.

guunt verum

Doum
3G.

falso

nominatis Diis, Deut. 10

17

Dan.
MerarorjanTS
y.nl fia7tTia0i;Tio

2:47;

11

Elohim

significat relationem

quandam Dei
Critici Sacri,

ixaOTOs vfuor.

Reform., not

ad creaturas, designat, nonien, dominium, ct potentiam Dei,


auctoritatcm ct vim quara exerit in muudo.
p. 11.

repent, is the first part of the response, or the first step nfler

faith.

No

apostle ever employs any part of the verb //t-

Trinted, Loudon, 1G50. A. D.

tido/iiat, literally indicating repent, in

any exhortation to

saint

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
one of you
in the

CHAP.

II.

17

VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.
iKaaros
vfJLav

REVISED VERSION.
eVt
etf

name

of Jesus TL(r0i]rco

rw 'immersed, every one


in tlie
'for

of you,
Christ,

Christ, for the remission of sins, ovojxaTL Irjcrov and ye shall receive the gift of (Tiv ajjiapTLWV

XpLcrTOv

a0e-

"name of Jesus

Kol Xrj-^eaOe ti]u


Jlvevfiaros.
-q

the remission of sins, and


shall receive the "^gift of

the

unto you, and to your children, and


is

Holy Ghost. 39 For the promise

Scopeav Tov
v/j.Li'

Aylov

you
the

yap eartu

tirayyikia

Holy
is

Spirit.

For

the

39

promise

to you, and to

your

to all that are afar

oft",

even as

many
call.

as the

Lord our God

roty TtKvoi^ vp.coi', kul Traai children, and to all those that T0L9 et? fxaKpau, oaov^ ai> irposhall are afar otl", even as many as (TKaAea-TjTaL Kvpios 6 0eo9 r}p.a)v. the Lord our God shall call.
/cat

or sinner, in the whole of their reported labors in the N. Testa-

with

fearful anticipations of the future.


feelings, or of the affections,

Yet that word is found in the Christian Scriptures as in use by Paul and Matthew. They never used it in preaching the gospel. They commanded all men everywhere to reform to turn to God " " to do the first works" " To cease to do evil" to bring forth works meet for faith a change of views, a change of heart, and a new life. The fieravoia family appear Jifly-eighl times, in the New Testament, and the fitTauclo/xai. family only /i!;e times!! There is, indeed, an outward reformation of life, not proceeding from evangelical faith, of conment.
''

change of

A change of views, a and a change of life,

all implied and commanded by John, by Jesus and his apostles, in preaching repentance, or rather, a

or of conduct, are

reformation of purpose, of affections, and of conduct towards

God,

all

of

which are indicated and implied


is

in fiexarota.

Merafitleia

not found at

all

in the Christian Scriptures.

The verb

is

only used five times in the Greek text of the

Christian oracles, and one of these in reference to Judas,

when

he returned to the Chief Priests and Elders the price of the

siderable value in a worldly point of view, but

which

is

not betrayal of his master.


'

akin to that reformation, or repentance into

life,

preached and
38-41.

SeeN.j,

5.
:

and in such by our prepositions in or upon ; in ciples lie aback of these acts, which are developed, or perfected the name, or upon the name of the Lord be immersed every And specially the question propounded in the details given. one of you its, immediately following, intimates transition in some particular cases applies to every Christian or immersed such as matrimony, citizenship, into a new state, or relation person, "/nto luhat were you immersed?" Acts 19:3-5. servitude, or freedom. They responded, En to Iwawov (iannafta. Into John's hajttism. ' Eis is found some 1700 times in the N. Test, translated by He preached to them the gospel. They now understood and unto, for, to, in order to ; its most common version, cum into, believed it. And what then 7 EflanTwiyrjaav ets to ovofia rov Kvoiov h]aov, They were immersed into the name of the Lord verbis significantibus motura. AYe have the phrase eig aSov
"

expounded

in the Christian Scriptures.


is

Evangelical repentance

summed up Acts

Em
is

ret)

ovofiaxi

This indicates authority

Prin-

cases

well represented

Jesus.

but

this

only as an abbreviated formula for

eie

oixov nSov, Sca-

Reform, and be immersed. McTnvoijTaTe. Meravoeio, the verb, and fieravoia, the noun, occur frequently in the Christian They Scriptures, the former 34 times, the latter 24 times. are uniformly translated in the com. ver. by one and the same word the verb hy.repent, and the noun by repentance. This

pula,

v. 37. Ets afeatv.

We

enter into contracts, states, conservitude,

ditions

into

marriage, into

into

freedom, into
in

Christ, into the church, into heaven.

Eis and ev can never be

substituted the one for the other.

cannot enter into

it,

so he that

is

As any one commanded to


to,

any state any

repent, or to
or into

is

manifestly wrong, inasmuch as we, in so doing, stultify the

reform, or to be baptized eigfor, in order

by employing one word, when he employs state, condition, or relation, cannot be supposed to be already The Holy in that state, condition, or relation, into which he is comtwo. He uses /leTnntf.ouai as well as /lernvoeto. enter; or for which, as a subject, he is to become, Spirit in commanding sinners, always employs furttvoew. In manded to speaking of evangelical repentance, he never uses fiexafieXo- he is to do, or he is to sutler, anything. Hence those imPeter were immersed into Christ, into a relation, fiai; this word is found only five times in the N. T. It is mersed by used in the case of Judas, who repented without reformation, and into privileges not secured to them before. Eis immediately following and indicating transition, not rest, but never occurs in any case of conversion or change of moral
Spirit of inspiration

conduct.
ueXo/iai,

Christians are said to repent, in the sense of ftcrn-

when they merely

grieve, or are sorry for

like ev, intimates an important change, if not in the character, this Divine Law, something at least in the stale of the proper subject of
he,

done.

Paul in this sense repented.


I did repent ", that I
is

" I

do not repent, said

or Oi'dinancc of admission.

though

wrote to you.

" TrjT ScoQcnp TOV 'Aytov ITi'cv/taTos.


freest
;

.ilioQca indicates

the

and most benignant gifts while dioQov means a legal person ever used /lerafielofcai, but always /letavoEm. The former gift or offering, which law or custom enacts. So witness our indicating only painful retrospections of the past, accompanied most estimable lexicographers and concordances.
In preaching what
usually called repentance, no inspired

, :

IS

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.
"*

CHAP.

II.

GREEK TEXT.
'JErepOLs

REVISED VERSION.
TrAeiocrL

40

And with many other words

re

Xoyois

And with many


ing,

did he testify and exhort, saying, Sie/JLapTvpeTO kol TrapeKaXec AeSave yourselves from this unto- ycoi', ^^codrjre utto rrjs y^veas ttjs ward generation. ^^ 01 (TKoXias ravTrjf. fiei/ ovv 41 Then they that gladly reaafxevcoi UTTo8e^ap.VOi tou Xoyou ceived his word, were baptized: avTOV elSaTTTiadrjaai'- kol Trpoaand the same day there were

other words he testified, and exhorted, say-

40

added viUu them about three eredrjaav rfj wcret rpL(T)(iXiaL. about three thousand souls. thousand souls. 42 And they continued stead'Hcrai' 8e TrpoaKaprepovv- And they perseveringly conlastly in

Save yourselves from this froward generation. having They, therefore, gladly received the 'word, were ^immersed ; and the i]p.epa eKeiurj ^v)(ai. same day there were ^added

41

42

the apostles' doctrine rey Kou

ry

SiSa^fj

tu)V aTTocTToXcav tinued

in

the Apostle's teach-

and fellowship, and in breaking of bread, and in prayers. 43 And fear came upon every soul and many wonders and signs were done by the apostles. 44 And all that believed were together, and had all things
:

and in the "contribuand in the breaking of apTou Kol TOLS Trpoaev^aif. eyethe loaf, and in the ^irayers. pero 8e Traay '^v)(^r] (f)6[3o?, iroXXd
rfj KOLVcovLo.

Kcu

TTj

KXaaei tov

ing,

tion,

re Tepara Kai

aij/uceLa

CTToXcou iyivero.

And fear came upon every 43 oia ruiv airo- soul ; and many wonders and iravre^ fie oi signs were done by the
Apostles.
lieved

TTiiTTevouTes Tjaav eTU to avro, koI


^^

And

all

that be- 44

common 45 And

sold their possessions

and goods, and parted them to all 7iu:n, as every man had need. 4G And tliey, continuing daily with one accord in the temple, and breaking bread from house to house, did eat their meat Kar with gladness and singleness of

were together, and had el^ou mvavra kolvol, kcu ra things common, and sold all KTrifiara kol to.? virap^ti^ eTrlirpatheir possessions and goods, (TKOV, Kol Sie/xepi^oi' avra Trdtri, and distributed them to all, KaOoTL dv TL9 y^pelav et'^e- '"' Kad' as any one had need. And i']/jLpai' re irpoaKapTepovvTes opo- they, continuing daily with OvpaSov ei> Tco lepa, kXmuts re one accord in the temple, and
oIkov aprov, p.ereXapjSai'Ov

45

46

breaking bread from house to house, did eat tlieir food with Tpo(f)ri9 eV dyaXXiacreL koI d(j)Xo- gladness and heart, singleness of 47 Praising God, and having T1]TL KapSla^, alvovvres tov heart, praising God, and hav-

47

' Tov ).oyov The word the message. See chap. 1 v. 1 The Apostles'' doctrine and fellowship. With that combination, of this book: " The message", ' the gospel", or " the word of we should have had, regularly, the genitive after the second See W., 18, 4. life " is generally presented in, or by this term, often expres- noun, without a repetition of the article.
: ,

sive of the
y

To Evayyahov.
j,

Some

(Vulg., Bloomf.,)

assume a hendiadys: the communion

See N.

5.

in the bre.iking of broad.

The analysis

is

It

is

The supplement to them is pleonastic, and better omitted. the breaking of the bread, italicised by Wesley, omitted by Wakefield and others.
See 20
:

but opposed by
11

t/;

before yj.aaii.

not only awl-iward,

ti;

xXaaei tov a^rov denotes

as performed at the Lord's Supper".


:

7,

1 Cor. 10

10.

Koivmvia occurs

in

the

N.

T.

20 times;
times,

translated

designate an ordinary meal, as in


.in

The expression itself may Luke 24 35 but that here


:

fellowship 12 times,
distrlhution,

commumon 4
in
all

contribution

and would be

unmeaning

notice.

There can be no doubt that

communication and communicate severally once. the Eucharist, at this period, was preceded uniformly by a
acts of social worship, in ob-

There

is

communion

common
stituted.

repast, as

serving not the Lord's supper alone, but in prayer, praise,

Most

scholars hold that this


centuries after Christ.

was the case when the ordinance was inwas the prevailing

the meeting on the Lord's day, and in contributions for the usage in the

first

We

have traces of

poor saints, or in contributions to a Missionary fund the that practice in 1 Cor. 11, 20, sq., and, in all probability, in v. 40 Bible Union, or to any grand humane enterprise. See Rom. below. The Iread only being mentioned here, the Catholics 15 20 2 Cor. 9 13. The contribution of money for the appeal to this passage as proving that their custom of distriwants of the brotherhood, appears to be its import in thi.s buting but one element (the cup they withhold from the
: ; :

Rom. 15 10. P.aul desired Philemon to have laity) is the Apostolic one. It is a case obviously in which communion with him in aid of Onesimus, a servant. the loading act of the transaction gives n-ime to the trans" The English version unites aTtoarolcov with both nouns action itself". Hacketl.
p.assage as in
:

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
favour with
all

CHAP.

III.

19

VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.
ing favor with
all

the people.

And

the people.

the Lord added to the church oAov Tou Xaov. daily such as should be saved. TvpoaeTLdei

5e

Kvpio^

And

the Lord daily added the

rov? awC^ojxevovs Ka&

"saved to the ^congregation.

i^fiepau TTj eKKATjcria.

CHAP.

III.

CHAP.
vs^ent

III.

CHAP.
ical

III.

Now
hour of
hour.

Peter and John


j)i"fyer,

up

EIII
Tcoai/u-ijs

TO avro Se IleTpos

Now
at the

Peter and John went

together into the temple, at the


hcing the ninth

avifiaLvov elf to lepou up together into the temple,


ti-js

em
/c

rr]i>

wpav

Trpoarevy^r]^ rrju

hour of

''prayer

the

2 And a certain man lame from his mother's womb was


carried,
is

ivvarriv.

Kal tls aurjp ^(coXos ninth hour.


fJ.rjrpos'

And

a certain

KoiXtas

avrov

virap'^cdv

man, lame from

his birth, 'was

they laid daily ejSaaTa^eTO- ov iridovu Ka6' y/xe- carried thither, whom they at the gate of the temple which pav irpos Ti]v Ovpau tou lepov daily 'laid at the gate of the
of
called Beautiful, to ask. alms them that entered into the
Ti-jV

whom

Xeyo/xei'yi'

f2paLav, tov al

temple, which
tiful, ""to

is

called ^Beau-

temple
3

Telv eXeTjixoavvqv irapa tcov el

ask alms of those 'en-

Who,

seeing Peter and

John airopevopevav

els

to lepov

^U
;

tering into the temple, 'who,

^ Tovi ao)t,uftEvovs. but a fact", Hackett.

saved.

saved
saved
'

", ",

"The Greek asserts not a purpose hour of prayer, the ninth hour", Wesley; "being at the They were actually saved, not to be ninth hour", Dod. "at the ninth hour", Wiclif; "ninth Ton ocot,ofievovg. "The saved", those that "'were hour of prayer", Rheims, Tyndale, Cranmer, Geneva; "being Boothroyd " That were cured ", Thorn. " who were the ninth hour ", Murdock " at that hour of prayer ", Wake" now at the same time, that Peter and .John, were field Dudd.
;

Exylrjaia

is

represented in the com. ver. by Church, singu-

and plural, 112 times; by assemtZi/, three times, neither Vatican Manuscript alone reads " last ". Not noticed by of which in our tongue exactly represents the word, which Wetstcin, Granville Penn, London. 1837. etymologically indicates the called out, or a community called Tt^v evvaTTjv. The believing Jews, not being yet separated Church, being a comout from the world, while living in it from their Jewish brethren religiously, respected their instiwhence xv^iom compounded: of xv^ioe and oi-y.oi pound Regarding six o'clock as their sunrise, or first hour tutions. Kyrke. is applicable to a material building for the Lord, as well of the day, the ninth hour, here named, corresponds with our as to the community which meets in it. The word CongregaThis hour was consecrated to their eventhree o'clock P.M. tion is also too vague, for it indicates merely an assemblj'. Jewish converts to Jesus Christ, for some ing sacrifice. The Still in the appropriated currency of our day and people, and considerable time religiously observed some of their own pelar

going up to the temple, at the hour of prayer, at the ninth " at the last hour of prayer ". The hour ", Thompson
;

gregation in one place,

community assembled, or a conculiar institutions. word in ' Bnard^io, com. ver. renders by carry, hear, take up. The our currency, intimates its evangelical significance. We, therefound in the imperfect tense indicates an fore, after much reiiection, give it our suffrage, and would so verb being here have it represented in all the Christian Scriptures. Add to imperfect act. He was being carried not there but thither. f 'Eitid-ovv is also imperfect, because it states what is 17. For eis we prefer for to any other repreN. v.,
because of
its

indicating a
it,

better than any other

p.

sentative in this language, because of its present use

in-

customary.
''

^ ^-Beauty Gate", Q^alav, Thompson; sjiecious", Rheims. asmuch as to, into and unto, its other representatives, would This gate was called Beautiful. Triv Xeyofterrir oiQauov not more fully or clearly represent it with the article here folding doors immense temple. Its of the side on the East found " for the remission of sins ". The word occurs over some 75 feet high and 60 broad of Corinthian brass 1750 times in the Christian Scriptures, represented in the N. T. by to, into, unto, for, at. When indicating any means to covered with plates of Gold and Silver, were, at the rising Hence we sun, most beautiful indeed, beyond description. any end, for is its generally current value.

find

"

" for a

testimony
&c.

",

" for

a memorial

",

" for

a sign

",

>"

tov aneiv

is

usually called a TeUc infinitive, denoting the

" for a journey ", " for a witness ", " for remission ", " for a

purpose or
'

final

cause

equivalent to iva, oitms, in order to ask.

this one.

possession
''

", &c.,

Uaga

r<ov etaTtoQSvouevaiv, from those in the act of enter-

And

Peter and .John were going up to the temple at the

ing,
i

last hour of prayer", Penn's Ver., London, 183G; "at the

not yet entered into the temple. Oi here, as elsewhere, often stands for ovtos

20

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VEKSIOX.

CHAP.

III.

GREEK TEXT.
iScoi'

REVISED VERSION.
Peter and John about

about to go into the temple, asked an alms. 4 And Peter fastening his eyes upon him with John, said, Look on us. 5 And he gave heed unto them, expecting to receive something of them. a Then Peter said, Silver and gold have I none; but such as I have give I thee: In the name

Uerpoi' koI
(.l<TLVaL

'Icoaui/rju fxeX- seeing

AofTUf
ripara

TO

lepOV, to go into the temple, asked

ikerjixoavv-qv

Xa^elv. "alms.
e^y

And

Peter, 'earnest-

arevtVay 8e lliTpo^

aw
^elv.

T(S

Icoafi^rj,
"^

etVe,

avrou ly looking upon him with BXei^ov John, said. Look on us. And
Xa- ing
to receive

els yp.ds.

O
TL

8e iirel^^eu avrols, he gave heed to them, expectTvap

TTpoadoKwv
*"

avTuiv

something from
said: Silver

etVe 8e IJerpos,
)(fivaLOv

pLOv
fior

/cat

'Apyv- them. Then Peter ov^ virap^ei and gold I have


"what
I

"not, but "In

o 8e ex^^y touto ctol SlScofMi.

have, I give you.

alms "

c^.ei;uoain'>jv Xa^iuv, literally " asked to receive and varieties of thought, modes of action, passion, and debegged to receive alms ", Anonymous ; " an alms "> pendence. Thompson, Wesley ; ' to ask alms ", Doddridge ; ' asked to We have tls to oro^ia, into the name ; sv to oro^iaTt, in the receive alms ", Rheims ; les pria delui donucr I'aumone, French name ; sttI to oro/ia. uj>on the name and Sia tov orouaTos,
''

Hoiora
;

"

com. Fest.
1

through the name, or


Fixing, or having fixed, his eyes

bij

the name.

These, historically conto certain

Arei'iang.

upon him

sidered, indicate four distinct ideas, in reference

by immi2nd by adopting, in the name of God, its constitution and renouncing all former allegiance 3rd by " " Silver and gold I have not". However use majr have calling iijjon God to witness and attest his sincerity and all sanctioned the phrase " Silver and gold I have none ", it these tlirough the officers of state, or courts appointed for cannot be justified. " None", is an abbreviation of "not one," such solemnities. Such is the use of these prepositions, in the which does not apply to these metals named, in the form of afiairs pertaining to the kingdom of Grace, over which, presides money. " Silver and gold I have not ", was strictly true in his his Divine Majesty Jesus, the King of kings, and the Lord case, and more eloquent than to say he had not an obolus or a
defined in Latin

by

defigo, indicating intensity of action; in

public acts.

E.

g.

An

alien

becomes a

citizen, 1st

our idiom happily expressed by earnesllij looking.

grating into a country;

of lords.

denarius.
"

'O Se

e//i>,

literally that
is

which I have

but in our lan-

the

"/ the name of the Lord", equivalent to hy the authority of Lord. Ever since his coronation in the heavens, he is the only

puage, what
in value.

I hare

its

So Wakef., Mur. Syriac

present currency, and tantamount authority for any Christian act, observance, or institution. ver., Uodd., Thonip. cum Nothing is ever done, or commanded to be done, in the name

multis

of the Father, or in the name of the Holy Spirit, from the comen to orotta, are two formulas, mencement of the Acts of the Apostles to the end of the wholly incommutable, and well marked, in this book of Acts. Apocalypse.

aliis.

Ef

Tio

oi'ouazt,

and

till the close of its The reason is obvious. On his ascension into the Heavens' name of the Father, and formal investiture with the government, management, and all things are to be the Son, or the Holy Spirit" nor in any name whatever. ultimate judgment of Angels and of men They were all baptized into the name of the Father, the Son, done in his name, or by his authority. Hence in Christian and the Holy Spirit. These are very important fixtures in the Baptism, as enacted by himself, he commands all converts to Greek of the New Testament. In all cases of authoritj' we be immersed not Mi, but ''into (en) the name of the Father,

No

person

in

the annals of the Bible,

canon, was baptized or immersed "in the

have c

TO) oiouart,

never

sis

xo ovoua.

and of
itself

We
in

have in the Book of Acts four prepositions occasionally

This is jmrely a the Son, and of the Holy Spirit." Christian Institution not of Moses nor of the prophets.

is a perfectly original and unprecedented There had been washings, clcansings, and purifyAeolians oio/m, indicative of name, fame, celebrity, and pre- ings amongst Jews, S.imaritans, and Gentiles, by various into the But not one like this plulosophically defined, authorities and enactments. It is, in ''Critica Sacra" text. name the into Son, and name the the Father, into usurain agnosceres. Nomen the name of of "quasi oveo/ia, a juvando ut cujus ' The number of names " Therefore in the name and into the indi- of the Holy Spirit. quasi nntamen Acts 1 15. cative of jiersons. NAME indicate two distinct and inconvertible acts which no

found in connection with ovoua, which has


Grecian usage.

three forms Hence the Formula

The

poets sometimes prefer ovtoua, the institution.

In connection with oiofia,


Acts
eis, cr, C7II,

we

find in this single

book of grammar nor dictionary


shades or synonymize.

in the civilized

world can equivalence

and

Sta, indicative of, at least as

many

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP.

III.

21

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.

of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, rise eV

TM

OVO/JLUTl

IrjaOU XpiCTTOV the name of Jesus Christ of


Trepirrjs

up and walk.
7

Tov Na^wpa'iov, eyeipai kol

And

he took him by the TrareL.

Kai

Trtacra?

avTov

right hand,

and

lifted

1dm up
feet

8e^ia.9 x^'poy ifyetyoe'

7rapaxpr]fJ-a
fid-

up and walk. him by the right hand, he lifted him up; and
Nazareth
rise

And

seizing

and immediately
8

his

and 8e e<jTpeco6riaav aurov at


cTiLi KCii

immediately

his

feet

and

ancle-bones received strength.

ra

a(j)vpa,

kol i^a\-

pankles received strength.

And

And

"leaping forth, he stood, and

he, leaping up, stood,

Xofxevos

ear-)]

kcu TrepceTrareL, koI

and walked, and entered with elarjXde

aw

walked, and entered with them


into the temple, walking, and

auroiy
kol

eh to

lepov,

them
9

into the temple, walking, irepnraTcov

aAAo/nei'o?

kol leaping,

and

praising

God.
9

and leaping, and praising God.

alvcou TOV Oeov.


Trds 6

kol eldep av-

And

all

the people saw him

And

all

the peojjle

saw him Tov


:

walking and praising God


10

And

they knew that


sat for

it

Xao9 ivepLiraTovvTa kcu walking and praising God alvovvTa tov Oeov ^^ eTreyivco- and they well knew that it was CTKOV re avTov otl ovtos fjv 6 was he, who sat for alms, 'at
:

lo

alms at the TTpos TTjv iXerip.oavv7]v Ka9i-jp.evos the Beautiful gate of the filled Beautiful gate of the temple ilpala ttuXyj rou lepov- temple and they were irri Trj with wonder and amazement, and they were filled with wonder Kou iiTXrjadi]aav Oapfiovs kou (kat that which had happened and amazement at that which (TTao-eco? eVt rw avp.fiefir]KOTL to him. avTco. had happened unto him. And while the lame man, ^ KpaTOvvTOs de rod laOevTos who was healed, 'held fast 11 And as the lame man which

he which

ii

was healed held Peter and John, ^coXov TOV HeTpov KOU Icoavvrjv, Peter and John, all the people irpos avTovs Tray o ran together to them, "upon all the people ran together unto auveSpufie them in the porch that is called Aao? 7ri Ty aTod tij KaXovp.evrj the porch, called Solomon's,
'

Solomon's, greatly wondering.

SoXofxoiVTOs, exdaplBoi.

12

LOCDV greatly '.8a

wondering.

And when

12

P His feet and ment unnecessary.

ankles.
It

"Bones"

is,

com.

ver.,

a supple-

with a Jew or a Greek.


cases, decide
;

The
is

context, therefore, must, in all


all

was rather his ankle joints that were

and that

our special umpire in


is in

ambiguous
per-

strengthened.
1

cases.

Nothing essentially doctrinal

jeopardy but

alXofievo;.

This would indicate leaping for\yard, rather


lie

than leaping up.


'

was

sitting, as

intimated by y.a&r;ucfos.

spicuity being the desideratum, that will be better secured in this case by the context than by either dictionary or

grammar.
'0x1.

ovTos. very definitely indicates the person alluded to


I

the identical person that sat begging.


And
they well

K^niTodi-rosavrov,
;

Gb.,
fast

Sch., Ln., Tf.

Holding them

knew

cTieyirioaxov.

They

recognized,

may

fast

or,

" as he held

them

"or,

" kept near to

them ".

not be forcible enough.


indicative of an etTort.

It

is,

however, in

our present currency De Wette, Meyer,

Ilackett concur in the former meaning, and

the

first

But no edbrt was here necessary at glance they seem to have known him as a familiar

in

our judgment with satisfactory evidence.


"

Em

Ttj

(7To<; for the preceding reasons given,


^'

we

h.ave

person.
'

here preferred
rrj TivXr]

upon

the

porch called Solomon's."

' 2'roa lokofimyros. This porch is named twice in this book would indicate that he sat Again once in John 10 23. This 5 12. company with in ch. in and Test, -here Eiti is found in the N. three cases, and this fact makes it a hard case, on some occa- portico, or hall, was in the court of the heathen on the Eastern The common opinion has long been and sions, to give a decided preference. Upon is decidedly its most side of the temple. that, being placed on the spot where Solomon had made distinctive, and probably its most etymological and common yet is import. It is found in construction with genitive, dative, and the entrance into the old Temple, it still retained his name. accusative, occasionally translated by upon. And very fre- There are not wanting some distinguished moderns who think quently so found in Luke's and Paul's writings. At is a sort that it was the identical porch that Solomon himself reared.

7cc

in

this context

upon the

gate.

of

compromized representative of

it,

in

Luke's and Paul's deThis


is

Josephus

calls this

porch Eoyov ^aXo/ioii-Tos.


this

Ilackett,

partments of the Christian Scriptures.


dient,

happy expe- Tholuck.

Lightfoot afTirms the conviction that the

Jews

in-

and places the English reader

in the

same predicament dicated the court of the Gentiles by

name.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. CHAP.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

III.

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.
Peter saw it, he addressed the people Israelites, why mar;

12 And when Peter saw it, Se Herpoy aireKpLvaro Trpof tov lie answered unto the people, Xaov, Av8pe9 'IcrparjXiTat, tl Ye men of Israel, why marvel davpa^T eirl tovtco, rj rjfj.ii/ ri ye at this ? or why look ye so arevL^iTe, coy IBia 8vpap.i, i] evearnestly on us, as though by ae^eia TreTroLrjKocri tov Trepnraour own power or holiness we reiu avrov ; ^^ 6 Oeoy Afipaap. had made this man to walk ? 13 The God of" Abraham, and Kai faaaK koll laKco/S, 6 Oeo9
'

vel

at

this?

or

why

look

so earnestly on us, as though,

'

by our own '"strength, or "piewe had caused this man to walk? The God of Abraham, and of Isaac, and of Jacob,
ty,

13

of Isaac, and of Jacob, the God of our lathers hatli glorified his Son Jesus ; whom ye delivered up, and denied him in the presence of Pilate, when he was de-

termined to let /tim go. 14 But ye denied the Holy One, and the Just, and desired a murderer to be granted unto

you;
15
life,

And

killed

the Prince of

Oeos Tjyeipev e/c vKpwv, ov God raised from the dead: ^^ 7//xei"? papTvpe^ iapev. Koi whose witnesses we are. And nesses. upon the faith in his name, he 16 And his name, throuiifh 7rt Trj TTttrret tov ovop-aTOs avmade this man strong, has faith in his name, hath made Tov, tovtov ov decopfiTe /cat you behold and know. whom this man strong, whom ye see olSaTe, ecTTepeaxre to ovopa avand know: yea, the faith which Yes, his name, and the faith Tov- KOL rj irtaTLS rj Sl avTOv is by him, hath given him this which is through him, lias avTcS ti]v 6XoKXi]ptav given him this perfect soundperfect soundness in the pres- eScoKev ence of you all. TavTi-jv arrevavTL ttuvtcov vpcov. ness, in presence of you all.
" ^vvafiei indicates physical strength or ability, and neither official power. Therefore to be apposite to the occasion and the fact, it is, in this case, more appropriately rendered
than poiver.
33.
1.5

whom God hath raised from ov the dead; wiiereof we are wit-

God of our fathers, gloriov vpeis fied his 'servant Jesus, whom irapeSwKaTe, kol i)pvi^(Taa6e av- you delivered up, and disTov Kara irpoacoirov ITlXcltov, owned, in presence of Pilate, vs'hen he was determined to KptvavTOS eKeluov anoXveLv. 'acquit him. But you disvpeTs 8e tov ayiov Kol SiKaiov owned the Holy and the Just rjpvTjcraa-de, koI rjTijaaaOe avSpa One, and desired a murderer to ^^ (j)ovea ^apiaOrivai vplv, tov be granted to you and killed 8e apyrqyov ti]9 ^^? UTreKTeivaTe' the Author of "the Life, whom
TralSa avTOv 'Iijaovf
:

Tcou TraTf'pcai' i]pu)v, eSo^acre tov the

14

15

IG

usage, com. ver.

Being

in a quotation

from Isaiah 42
uphold, in
ver.

1,

by

moral nor

Matthew
"

applied to Jesus

it

should here be servant, not son.

Behold

my

servant

my
Again

elect,

whom

whom my
more
fre-

slrcni^lk,

On

other occasions

it

may, without

.soul

delights &c."
it

v. 26, 27.

The com.

hazarding any ambiguity, be appropriately rendered jiotfer, as in


chapter 4
'
:

quently renders

servant, than child.

HatSa, servant.
times in the N. T.

Uati occurs

in this

book of Acts applied

Evae,3eia, occurs

times translated godliness

be an impropriety
avvt;,

ness.

There seems to twice child. With us child is common gender. It is, thereand ayuo- fore, once translated maid, Luke 8 24, once maiden, Luko occur in the N. T. ouly 4 times, always translated holi- 8 51 also by servant Jesus was personally a son ojjicialty Between these and evae^leia there is a difference. The a servant, v. 13.
holiness.
in this change.

here

It is fourteen

to Jesus Christ four times, translated com. ver., twice son and

Indeed

ayioTr;s,

latter usually denotes a quality of

mind or

heart.

The former
'

has respect to state or relation.


of comparison.

In these there are no degrees


is

And.vco
to

is,

in

this

book, suitably represented

by the

No

liberty. To acquit in a case of trial before a magistrate is, in more married, or more a citizen than another. To live in harmony with cither state, more or less conjugally, our present currency of courts, preferable to j)i away, release, depart, or to set at liberty. or loyally, is conceivoable, But piety is an attribute of man,

person in matrimony or citizenship,

words

put away,

release, forgive, dismiss, depart, set at

himself, apart

from

all

conTcntioual, arbitrary, or legal arrange-

'

The

life.

In this association of ideas

it

is

due to the

ments.

Leigh's Critica Sacra, Schrevelius, Doddridge, Wesley,

Thompson, Geneva, and some others, "godliness".


y

and to the reader that as it is definitely rrjs ?(<7s, and connected with Afx';yov, the Prince or Author of it,
original,

ITaii

in

the

Hebrew Greek

indicates
is

child,

a ser-

should be rendered The Prince of the Life

of

all life,

indeed,

pa.'it.

a SDH, a maid, a

young man, and

so found in N, T.

but here especially. The Life Eternal.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSION.
17

CHAP.

III.

23

GREEK TEXT.
wot
it,

REVISED VERSION.
oioa

And now,

brethren, I

/cat

I'vu,

aoeAcpoL,

on

And now

brethren, I

know

17

that through ignorance ye did as did also your rulers.

Kara ayvoiav

lirpdl^aTe,

Koi OL clp-^ovres vixav

18 But

those

things

which

God before had shewed by the mouth of all his prophets, that
Christ should suifer,
lie

0os a TrpoKaryy/fiAe Sea arofxaros' TvavTcav ru)v TrpocprjToii'

(ocnrep that ''you acted in ignorance, But as also did your rulers. 6 8e Grod has thus accomplish-

18

ed those things which he had avformerly announced by the

hath so Tov TraOeiv tou J^pcarof, 7rA?;pcoaeu ovrco. fulfilled p^eTavorjcraTe 19 Repent ye tlierefore, and ovv Kol iTna-Tpe\lraT, eh to e^abe converted, that your sins may AeLCpdrjudL vp.o)v raf ap-apriai, be blotted out, when the times of refreshing shall come from the oTTcoy av ekduxTL Kaipol aua-^v;

mouth

of

all

his

prophets,
I'j

'that the Christ should sufter. 'turn, Reform, then, and


tliat

your sins may be blotted out, and that seasons of refreshing may come from the and presence of the Lord ^ew? ftTro TrpoacoTTOu rod Kvplov, presence of the Lord 20 And he sliall send Jesus Kai aTrocTTeiAr] tou TrpoKeKT]- that he may send 'Jesus Christ, the one before 'prepared lor Christ, which before was preachpvyp-iuov vplu li^aovv ^^pi-aTov, you, whom the heavens must, ed unto you: ^^ ov Sel ovpavov [xev de^acrdai. indeed, "^retain until the times 21 Whom the heaven must receive, until the times of resti- a.)(pi ')(^povwv diTOKaTaaTaaecos of the "completion of all things,
:
'

20

21

''

Kara
"

ciyvoiav in^a^aTe,

you acted

in ignorance,
"

is

better

us,

now very
tlie

distinguishable acts and ideas. It

is true, in

fact,

through ignorance you did it " though it be more ing to ignorance,"


than

or

you acted accord- that

literal.

"zeal accordis in

final

heavens must retain the Messiah, our Lord, until the consummation of this drama of humanity.
still

ing to

knowledge"

is

also too literal

,an

intelligent zeal

Ilackett and some others would have receive


in
is

retained

better keeping with our present vernacular, and equally true


to the original.
'

the text.

We

concur with him that


retain,

St/,ouai
it

by

itself

no where rendered

but we connect

with ax^i,

Is not That the Christ not Christ should as fully indicative, in our currency, of, to retain. was not of a Christ but of ihe Christ the prophets "to receive a person into our iiouse until any specified timeto retain him till that time arrive " How, otlierwise, could spoke, as here alluded to. the heavens retain him until ? The most literal rendition in " ^ ETtiar^Expaze fully represented by is turn, or turn to this case is, therefore, equivalent to that proposed. But in him," Wakef., Dodd., Tyndale, Geneva. Return, Thompson. either case there is no diflerence in the sense. He must conIn the com. ver. of the Acts it is translated by turn eight tinue in the heavens till the consummation of all the promises and in Luke's Gospel turn and return tire times. times concerning his church. " Turn from your present course, or character." Ilackett.

Ilad-ein TOP Xoiaroi


It

suiier.

'

To

receive " indicates a special act

Tov, in this verse should, in our conception of


if

it,

be placed
Gb.,
the

before Jesus Christ,

the reading

we
"

tinued act

prefer be adopted.

and

this ax^t,

imports.
till

but to retain a con In any case he must


all

Sch., Ln., Tf., IlQoy.iyciniauefor,

And

that he

may send

continue in the heavens,

the

consummation of

the

Jesus Christ before .announced to you "

whom
is

promises touching the earthly career of his church.


''

the Heaven

must
'"

retain &c.

A^ni

TCavTtov,

'^

until the times of Ihe restoration

nqoKB^ciQiofievov (Gb., Sch., Ln.. Tf.)

by distinguished

things," to primitive order

and

felicit}'.

of all This seems to be an

critics preferred to nooy.sy.rjQvy/iei'ov, the

former represented

allusion to the Kai^oi ai-afv^eiag

the restoration of primeval


in

by

appointed or before prepared, the latter bj' before announced. The former, we presume, to be the genuine readhefiire

rectitude

and

felicity,

contemplated

the triumphant epoch

of Christ's reign.

ATtoy.araaxaaiius. This is one of X\\chapax legomena But .as to the significance the}' are materially the same. Both indicate a previous arrangement or purpo.se. It is an completion, Boothroj'd, Murdock restoration, Wakefield conunquestionable fact, that his mission or work was previously summation, Thomp restitution, Wesley, Rheims, Wickliff; all announced and prepared as Christ himself is the Lamb that things be restored again, Tyndale, Geneva, Cranmer; regulawas slain from the foundation of the world, in all the proceed- tion of all things, Dodd. We yet prefer completion, because and also that he will appear a second more generic, as 'the full sense of all the prophetic oracles. ings of redeeming grace
ing.
;
;

time without a sin-offering, at the consummation of the mediatorial interposition.

Leigh's

Critica

Sacra,

while giving

restitutio

observes

Astronomis, Reversio Stellae ad

eum locum unde

discesserat.

' Almost all the modern versions, have receive. Referring to Moses and all the prophets concerning the Yet with Murdock, I prefer retain. Reception and retention are with times of the Jlessiah, as Peter now does, it would seem to us

'2i

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP.

III.

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSICV.

tution of all things, which


hatii
all

spoI\en b\' the

God TravTcav, oiu iXaXriaeu 6 Oeof Sia which God has spoken through mouth of aro^aros Trai/rcou ayiav avrov the mouth of all his hoi}' proTrpo(f)r]TU)U dir

his

holy prophets, since the

alcouos.

^^

world began. crrji ixii> yap irpoi tovs iraripa'i 22 For Moses truly said unto eiTrei/, On. 7rpo(j)ijTrji^ Vjjuv avathe fathers, A Prophet shall the (TTrjCTiL KvpL09 6 0iO9 V/JLCOl' e/C Lord your God raise up unto you, of your brethren, like unto Tcoi' u8eA(p(oi' ufj.coi', co? i/xe' avme him shall ye hear in all Tou aKoucreade Kara iravra ocra things, whatsoever he shall say av XaXi]arj wpos vp.as. eaTai
;

3fco- phets, since the world began. For Moses, indeed, said to the 22

Fathers, That a propliet shall

unto you. 23 And it shall come to pass, that every soul which will not hear that Prophet, shall be destroyed from among the people. 24 Yea, and all the prophets from Samuel, and those that follow after, as many as have spoken, have likewise foretold of these days.

8e, JTaaa
crrj

\j/v)(i], 'I]Tis

av

Lord your God 'raise up you, from among your brethren, as he raised me up; him shall you hear in all things, whatever he shall say to you.
the
for

jxi]

olkov-

And

every soul

who

will not 23

Tou

'7rpo(j)r]Tov
6/c

iKeivov, i^oXo^^

hear that prophet, shall be

destroyed from among the iravres Se ol 7rpo(j)yJTai airo 2^apeople. And, indeed, all the 24 fiovrjX Kal Twv KuBrj^r]?, oaoi prophets, from Samuel and

0pevd7](TfTaL

Tov Xaov.

ICa]

eXaXrjaav,

koI

vrpoKUTij-yyeiXai/ those following in order, as


'^

Tas
v'ioi

rjpLipas

ravras.

Vjiih

e'crre

many
You

as

have spoken, have


these
days.

Twv

7rpo(p7]Taii',

Kal rrjy 8ia- also

foretold

dijKYjy

ijf

Sudero

0eo9

rrpos

are 'the sons of the pro- 25

25 Ye are the children of the prophets, and of the covenant which God made with our fathers, saying unto Abraham, And in thy seed shall all the kindreds of the earth be blessed. 2G Unto you first, God having raised up his Son Jesus, sent

rovs Trarepas

I'jp.coi',

'A(3paafx, Ival rcS (nrepfxaTL

Xeyoiv TTpos phets, and of the covenant which God made with our

aov
ira-

tveuXoyrjOijaourai iraaaL
\

fatliers,
a'l

saying,
in

to

Abraham,
all

"

rpiat T);9 y?;?.


o

2 (J

\r ip.LV irpcoTOV

"

"

And

thy seed shall

the kindreds of the earth be


26

Oeos dvaaT7]cra^ tov iralSa av- blessed." God having raised 'Itjctovv, direareiXev avrov ed up his 'servant Jesus, sent evXoyovvra vp.dy, ev ru> dirocrrpi- him first to you, to bless you him to bless you, in turning away every one of you from his (})iv eKaarov diro rcov irovqpLcciv in turning away, everyone of
rov
inicjuities.

VjXCOV.

you, from his iniquities.

that the comjAction of the ancient oracles respecting Messiah

mercies.

On

these promises he urges their right and duty to

and

kingdom covers the whole area of his premises and, accept these promised blessings. tliei-efore. meets all the demands of the case better than Ir.aovv is, in this case, rejected as Toi' TraiSa Ir,aovv. restilulion, resloralion, regulation, or consummation whether promises or predictions, (and these include the whole prophetic spurious by Gb., Sch., Ln. and Tf. /Zais is found applied to Jesus only once in Mattliew as a servant, and in Luke's school,) comjilclion is quite apposite. once in his Gospel, referring to him writings five times
liis
;
!

'

ArnoTiati

D'^pi

will raise uj)

cause to appear
me
up.

o>; lus.

where
This

literally a child, ch.

43
soti

and

in his

Acts four times

tike me.

Hence

a rendition quite as peculiar as the former


like as

not like to me but


'

twice rendered in com. ver.,


is

Jesus, and twice child Jesus.

he raised

an anomalous license.

}*foi
vio'i

Ti;;

SinOr^y.rjs,

sons of the covenant, or


parti-

cases, rendered servant.

It is most generallj-, in other The -Jews are called ^'sons of the

institution

here Hebraistically indicates heirs;


is

Prophets," not merely of the four major prophets, or of the

cipators

still

the sons of the prophets All believers

the proper expres-

twelve minor prophets, as the Jews

call

them

in distinction

sion of the original.

all

Christi.ans are heirs in

from the Patriarchal prophets.


gogues.

They were educated by these


tlieir

common

of

all

the spiritual blessings promised in the seed of

sixteen Jewish Prophets, being weekly read in

syna-

Hence, we presume, they were called ''sons of the inheritors of the prophets;" and, therefore, ought to have recognized and Sons, rather than c/ift/roi.of the proiiliels heirs of covenanted acknowledged their own Messiah. blessings which the prophets foretold

Abraham.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
CHAP.
VERSION.
IV.

CHAP.

IV.

20

GREEK TEXT.
CHAP.
IV.

REVISED VERSION.
CHAP.
8e
IV.
i

they spake unto the people, the priests, and the captain of the temple, and the Sadducees came upon them. 2 Being grieved that they taught the people, and preached throu2;h Jesus the resurrection
as

And

AAAOYNTDN

am&v

And while they were speak-

irpos Tov Xaov, eTnaTrjcrav av- ing to the people, the priests, and the captain of the temple Tols OL lepeis Koi 6 aTpaTrjyos guard, and the Sadducees came TOV lepov Kal ol I^aSSovKoioi, upon them, being 'indignant ^ ScaTTOVOvpevoL dia to diSacrKetv that they taught the people,

and preached, that through Xfiv eV TM Irjaov ttjv dvacTTacriv Jesus is the resurrection from from tlie dead. Kol eiTefiaXov the dead. And they laid hands 3 And tliey laid hands on TTjv Ik vKpu>v them, and put them in hold unto avTOLf Ta^ ^(7pas, koI edevTo et? on tliem, and put them in the next day for it was now TrjprjdLV els ti-jv avpiov i]v yap prison, until tlie next day
:

avTovf TOV Xaov,

/cat

KaTayyeX-

even-tide.

about five thousand, luyevero oe em ttjv avpiov on the And it came to pass, on the morrow, that their rulers, and avva^Orjvai avTcov tov? apyov- morrow, that their rulers, and elders, and scribes, Tas Kal irpeafivTepovg Kal ypap- elders, and scribes, and Annas, 6 And Annas the higii priest, paTeis 6i? FrjpovaaXijp, ^ Kal the High Priest, and Caiaphas, and Caiaphas, and John, and Avvav TOV a.py(Lpea Kal Kaiaand John, and Alexander, and Alexander, and as many as were Kal Iwavvqv Kal 'AXe^av- as many as were of the "ponti(f)av of the kindred of the high priest, were gathered together at Jeru- Spov, Kal ocroL rjaav (k yevovs fical family, were gathered to5

ttoXXoI Se tcov ecnrepa rjS')]. 4 Howbeit, many of them oiKovcravTcov tov Xoyov eTricTTeuwhich heard the word, believed aav Kal iyevrjOi] 6 apiOpio? twv and the number of the men was avSpaiv dxrel ^lAiaSe? irevTe. about five thousand.
;

for

it

was already evening.


4

But many of those who heard the "word believed; and the number of the men became

And

it

came

to pass

'

'

salem. 7 And

apyiepaTiKOv.

Kai aTrjaavTfs cether


p.eaa),

in

Jerusalem.

And

when they had

set

them in the midst, they asked, By what power, or by wiiat name


have ye done this ?
8

avTovs iv
TO,

Tco

(.irvvOavovrj

"placing

them

in the midst,

Ev

TTo'ia

Svvapei

ev ttoico

ovopaTL liroLTjaaTe tovto vpels;

Then Peter, filled with the ^ ToTe HeTpos irX-rjadels HvevHoly Ghost, said unto them, Ye paTos Ayiov, ehre Trpos avT0vs> rulers of the people, and elders Ap)(ovTS Tou Xaov Kal irpecr^vof Israel,
'

9 If we this day be examined Tpoi TOV 'Iapai]X, " of the good deed done to the pepov avaKpivopeda

et rjpels cn']eirl

evepye-

they asked, 'In wliat strength, or in what name, have yo u done this? Then Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit, said to them, Rulers of the people, and Elders of Israel, if we be exexamined this day concerning a good deed done to an infirm

/liaTtovoviiwoi, "being grieved,"

is

not indicative of the

"

Ey.

yevovs aqyuqaxiy.ov.

Pontifical family

is,

in

our

feeling

of the Apostle Paul, in witnessing the malice of a currency,


spirit,
:

wicked

indignant.

reported in Acts 16 18. In that case Paul was of In this case the Saducees and the priesthood were personally interested in the premises.
interested were, doubtless, present.

more definite and perspicuous than the "kindred the High Priest," which might comprehend more than
Those specially

could be no less indignant, while witnessing the power of the


Apostles' doctrine, in stultifying their doctrine of no resurrection

of the

dead.

AYe,

therefore,

prefer

"

indignant " to

"

'

When

they had set them."

Placing them, indicates the

"grieved", as more truly indicative of their feelings on this whole work comprehended in oT>;aarrei avrov^. occasion. The word is found only in these two cases in the ITotn Svi'afiei, not Ttoia ciovuiqphy&icaX strength. In Apostolic Scriptures. what strength in what name? There was strength and au!

" Tor

!.oyor, the

word.

This has exclusive reference to the


It

thority also in the

name

of the Lord.

But

as to the spectators

gospel of the resurrection of Jesus Christ.

was the

special

in this case of phy.sical

infumity
forth.

their

attention

was ab-

message of the day.

sorljej in the strength

put

20

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KIXG JAMES
VERSIOX.

CHAP.

IV.

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.

impotent mail, by what means aLO. ui'dpcoirou acrOivovs, iv t'luc man, in what 'name he is made he is made whole; ovTOS (riawcTTaf yvaarov whole, be it known to you 10 Be it known unto you all, all, and to all the people of tCTTOi TraCTLV Vjxlv KOU TravTL TCO anJ to all the people of Israel, Israel, that in the name of
that

lo

by the name of Jesus Christ

Xaca IcrparjX, otl

ei/

rw

ovo/xari

ye crucified, whom God raised from the dead, even by him doth this man stand here before you whole. 11 This is the stone which was set at naught of you builders, which is become the head
of the corner.

of Nazareth,

whom

'Itjcov XpLCTTOv Tov JVa^copaiov,

Jesus Christ, the Nazarene

whom you

crucified

whom
11

(aTavpuxrare, of 6 Oec^' God raised from the dead, rjyeipev 6/c veKpwv, tv tovtco ov- by him does this man stand Tos TrapearrjKev ivwiTLov vp-wv before you sound. This is iiyL7]f. ovroy iariu 6 XlOos 6 the stone which was set at l^ovdevi-jOeis v(f) vptou Tau oIko- nought by you, tlie buiklers, which is 'made the head of tiie 8op.ovvTO}p,
ov
v/xe'if

6 yei'opevoy

eis"

Kecfja-

another person for uWco ovSeuL 1] crcoTtjpia- ovre there is not another name unin any other: for there is none other name under heaven given yap bvofxa ianu erepov vtto tov der the heaven, given among among men, wliereby we must ovpavov TO SeSop.ei'ov tv ai>dp(o- men, by which it 'behooves be saved. 17019, iv (p Bel acaOrjvai rjpas. us to be saved. 13 Now when they saw the Now, "considering the 'freeOecopovpTe? Se Trjv tov Jleboldness of Peter and John, and dom of speech, of Peter and Tpov TV ap pi] (J Lav koI Icoavvov, perceived that they were unJohn, and having ^perceived Kal KaT aXa fiop.VOL otl avOpcoiroL learned and ignorant men, they that they were "illiterate, and elcn Kal ISicoTaL, persons in private life, they marvelled; and they took know- aypapp.aToi ledge of them, that they had been tOavp-a^ov, eTreylvcoaKov re ai;- marveled; and they knew with Jesus. row OTL too Irjaou rjaav them well, that they nised 14 And beholding the man And to be with Jesus. TOV Se avOpooTTOv (BXeirovTes which was healed standing with beholdinar the man who was auToIs eaTcoTa tov TeGepa- liealed, standing with tliem, them, they could say nothing against it. irevp-evov, ovSev tl)(ov avTeLirelv. they 'had nothing to say
is

12 Neither

Xrjv yuivLas.

there salvation

koI ovk icrriu eV

corner.

And

"the salvation
;

is 12

not

in

13

aw

aw

Ev
'O

iivi

reference

is

here to ovoua^ as the answer given

premises implies more than seeing them, or even looking at

clearly intimates
^

In the name of Jesus Christ. yevofierog made y.tfahjV.


ts

them.
'

Haf Areata,
word
is

boldness of speech, 2 Cor. 7

4.

The

dative of

'

The common version does not


It
is

indicate the fullness of the

this

used adverbially, and indicates speaking, writing,

original.

in

the original

general, but the salvation

OvStvi, no person
'

vation of the bod}',

Here, contextually acting boldly, or with much freedom. amrrota not salvation in viewed, it indicates a freedom of speech which they could not which the gospel brings not a salreconcile with the apparent condition, education and circumof the soul, or of the spirit, but of the man. stances of men in private stations of life. Freedom of speech, n).).o>
fj

ovStvi, not another person.

^ii, behooves.
;

Nor

in all the associations of this scene, best


is it

harmonizes with the


"Wakefield
''

presented with a must


be,

be,
;

as a

fatal necessity

nor with a

may

as of doubtful import

embrace it, whidi they observed ", Boothroyd. " Having perceived ", Hackett. latter word is inclusive of all its claims, and of all our wants. The tense differs from that of the other participle. It is necessary, expedient, blissful. " A/^aufiarot y.ai iSicorni, "illiterate and obscure". Hack.;

as claiming, commanding, behooving, us to

circumstances, and the terms employed. but " KazaXafiofiiioi., " when they saw

",

when

must, should, ought.

by three of its current acceptations unlearned and obscure", Booth. " unlearned and common one word fills its area so well as men", Wakefield; sans lellrcs, du commun peuple", French. behoove, which word is selected in Luke to indicate all the So in most modern versions. S. Lee, Polvglott. causes concurring in the death of Christ. Thus it behooved ? On ovv tut Ir^aov r,aav indicates more than a casual interChrist to suffer &c., Luke 24 7, 20, 40, where all these terms view. They were wont to be with Jesus. must, ought, behoove, occur. ' Avremetv literall)'. they to contradict, to speak against Oempovprfs, eonsidtring, not merely seeing, or looking at had nothing to speak against it, or, they could say nothing it, but contemplating upon it considering it. To theorize on against it.
-^ti fully indicates this,

No

'-

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSION.

CHAP.

IV.

27

GREEK TEXT.

RE VISED VERSION.
15

15 But when they had comKeXevaaures Se avTovs e^co against it. But having commanded them to go aside out of Tov o-vveSpiov aireXdelv, avvi- manded them to withdraw the council, they conferred among from the council, they coniSaXou 7rpo9 aXXrjXovs, ^^ Xeyovthemselves.

do TovTOLs ; OTL jxev yap yucoarou to these men? for that indeed a notable miracle hath been done arj/xeiou yeyove 8l avrcou, iraai. by them is manifest to all them Toh KaroLKovaiv 'lepovcraXTjp. that dwell in Jerusalem, and we (pavepov, Kal ov 8vvapeda apvrjshall

16 Saying,

What

we

Tes,

Ti

iron^a-ofieu tol? avdpcoTroLS

ferred with one another, saying.

What

shall

we

do to these

is

men?

for, that,

indeed, a 'no-

aaadar aXX Iva /j.rj eVt spread no fur- wXelou biavepiriOfj els tov Xaov, ther among the people, let us uTreiXr) aireiX-qcruip.eOa avrois p,rjstraitly threaten them, that they Keri- XaXeiv eVt tw ovopaTL tovtco speak henceforth to no man in ^^
cannot deny it. 17 But that
it

A'at KaXeaavres avTOvs, iraprjyyeiXav avIS And tliey called them, and Tols KadoXov TO p.y (pdeyyeadai commanded them not to speak
this

name.

p.r]8eul dvdpcoTTCDu.

at

all,

nor teach in the

name of

fJLTjde

SiSaa-Keif
^

tiri

Jesus. 19 But

TOV

'Irjcrov.

6 8e

tw ouofxaTL UeTpos Koi name

has been manifest to all those who dwell at Jerusalem, and we cannot deny it. But, that it may ''be spread no further among the people, let us strictly threaten them, that they speak, henceforth, to no man upon this name. And they called them, and commanded them not to speak at all, nor to teach, upon the
torious

miracle

wrought by them,

is

17

18

of Jesus.
19

Peter and John an- loavvt-js uTroKpidei'Tes Trpos avswered and said unto them, Whether it be right in the sight TOV! elirov, jEI diKaioi' ecrTLV of God to hearken unto you ivwTVLov TOV Oeov, vpu)v CLKoveiv more than unto God, judge ye. jxaXXov 1] TOV Oeov, KplvaTe. 20 For we cannot but speak ' ov 8vvap.e6a yap ij/xels, a e'lSothe tinners which we have seen fiev Kal rjKovaapev, pi] XaXeLv.

But Peter and John answered, and said to them. Whether


be right in the sight of God, to hearken to you, rather than to God, judge. For we cannot but speak the things which we have seen and heard. So, when they had further threatened them, they- discharged them, finding no means of punishing them, because of the people for all
it
;

20

and heard. 01 Se 7rpoaa7reiXr]aap.euot aire21 So when they had further threatened them, they let them Xvaav avTovi, pTj8ev evplaKOvgo, finding nothing how they Tes TO TToJs KoXaaavTai avrovs, might punish them, because of 8ia TOV Xaov, otl TrdvTes eSo^athe people for all men glorified ^ov Tou Oeov eTTL TO) yeyovoTL. were glorifying God, for that God for that which was done. 22 For the man was above eTU)v yap rjv TrXeiovcov Tea- which had been done. "For the
:

21

'^

22

'

Fi'iooroi', 'signal",

Booth., Doddridge; notorious,

Rheims

language, such as

''f,

the

manifest sign, Murdock.


''

and

'

into the

name

of".

name of"- "upon the name of" These three formulas are as distinct
authority,
viz.,

^lavefiijd'ri

being passive,

we
it

prefer,

on

all

the premises,

in

sense as in form.

The

first indicates

in the

to retain the passive {ovm^-that

may

he spread.

name of the

king, or

commonwealth.

The second

indicates

the subject, on which


Etii,

the authority terminates, the citizens

and ev

expressions.

for which, the action is performed. By the authority of the goare not equivalent enunciations. The latter has respect to vernment, I, A. B. will speak to you iipon American citizenauthority, and the former to a topic, or subject. The mysteries ship, and then I will introduce you into the possession of it.
of this
people.
En:i Toj oi'Ofiari rov Irjaov.

These are not identical To speak upon a name, and to teach in a name,
rtj)

ovofiari, rovrca.

of the commonwealth,

and the third the reason why, or

object

name

constituted the secret of their

power with the

To

this agree, so far as I

know,

all

Grammarians and Lexicocommission.

graphers.

So we find

it

in the Apostolic

In the

In as

much

as

we have
it

in the

name

of the Lord, I baptize

you

into the

name

of the Father,

original Scriptures three forms of expression connected with


ovofia.

rov Iijaov Xoiarov, of very different import,

me
to

not merel}' expedient, but obligator}-,

the Son, and the Holy Spirit, for, or in order to introduction seems to into his kingdom. ^ In conformity with the order and arrangement of words that we should give
in

an EugUsh reader three corresponding formulas

our

in the

Greek text we might, grammatically, render

this verse

28

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP.

IV.

GREEK TEXT.
this

REVISED VEKSION.
e(j)

forty yuars

old

on

whom

aapaKOvra
eyeyovei
^^

avOpcoiros
arjixilou

ov

man on whom
more than

this miracle of

miracle of healing

was shewed.

ro

tovto
8e

rrjs the healing

was wrought, was


having been
dis- 23

23

And
all

being let go,

they laaews'A-rroXvOevTes

forty years old.

went

to their

own company, and

rjXdov

And own

novv^,

reported

that the chief priests TT/oof Tovs iSlovy, Kol aTtrjyy^ika.v

charged, they
'friends,

went

to

their

7rpo9 auTOus ol ap-^iepeis Kai all that the priests and 24 And when they heard that, ol Trpea^uTepoL eiirov. ol he elders had said to them. tliey lifted up their voice to God opodvpadou ijpav And they, 'hearing, raised a 24 oLKOvaavTes, with cue accord, and said. Lord, (pcovrjv irpos tov Oeov, kol etVoj/, voice to God, with one accord, thou art God, which hast made AecnroTU, av 6 Oeos 6 iroirjaas and said, ^Sovereign Lord, thou heaven, and earth, and the sea, art the God who hast made the rrjv yrjv /cat tt]v

and elders had said unto them.

and announced

oaa

TOV ovpavov Kal and all tliat in them is Qakacraav koH ivdvTa ra eV avroTs, 25 Who, by the moutli of thy "^ 6 hia arop-aTOS Aafi\b tov iraiservant David hast said, Why aov elwcov, IvaTL e(j)pva^ai' did the heathen rage, and the 5o? iOvT], Kol Xaol ipek^Ti^aav Keva people imagine vain things ** iraptaTTqcrav ol ^aaiXtis Trjf 26 The kings of the earth
'?

heavens, and the earth, and the


sea,

and

all

that
said,

is

in

them

who by thy
mouth
nations
hast

servant David's 25

rage,

''Why did and people

imagine a vain thing"?

The

2C

Koi OL ap^ovTC} (Tvvi]\0ri(rav kings of the earth presented eiTL aVTO KUTa TOV Kvpiov, themselves, and the Princes TO gathered together against the were gathered together against avTOV. KcCi KaTa TOV XpiaTov Lord, and against his Christ. the Lord, and against his A27 For of a truth against thy "' !Evv)i')(6iiaav yap eir aXi^Oeias nointed. For, of a truth, in this holy child Jesus, whom thou eVi TOV ayiov iralSa aov, Irj- 'city, against thy holy 'son, Je-

stood up, and the rulers were

yyjf,

27

ns

fuUows

" of years, for

was of more than

forty the

man

'

Ei>

rr]

noXei ravrr;, after

a/.i;d'etrig is

found in man}' ancient

on

whom

had had the miracle this of the healing."

Tliis is

copies,

but rejected by Bloomfield, though resting on good

anthoritjHacketl. It is found in most ancient manuscripts, Greek text before me. Nor could all the rules of grammar, (Vul.) the two uncial Mss. Codd., Clermont, Angiensis, and So also alone, or without a knowledge of the subject, as well as of the the Codex Alex., which last after aov adds noXei. verbiage in which it is clothed, enable any one to give the reads the Latin with the Coptic, Arm., Ethiop. versions, exact ideas, contained in tlie original oracle of the inspired Irenaeus, Cyril. Tertullian, and other fathers. There can be no just ground of supposing the clause an Tliis fact, incontrovertible as it is, demonstrates, how writer. much depends upon a translator's knowledge of tlie subject, as addition in the oldest copies extant, until a still older copy See Ann. to the well as of the language from which, and of the language into can be produced, which has not the clause. which, he transfers the ideas which existed in the mind of the Book of the New Covenant, London Ed., 1807. By Gran-

exactly according to the order and meaning of the words in the

original writer or speaker.

ville.

Penn, Esq., Hackett.

Ou

the authority of Griesbach,


I

Uooi Tovs

tSiovg, to (heir oivn friends,

not especially to
parti-

Scholz,
clause.

Lachmann, and Tischendorf,

would restore
in

this

the Apostles.
'

01 Se ay.ovani-TEs.

It

cipial construction here,


'

seems better to preserve the and to render the oi, ih.ey.


given to the Messiah, 2 Pet.

Penn's work,

now

lying before me,

is,

my

judgment, a His

work of much

learning, ingenuousness

and

real merit.

JeoTtora.
4.

This

title is

Judas

It

occurs ten times in the

New

Testament

2:1;
five

version

is

dedicated to the Universal Church.

London, 1837,
v.

two

vols, octavo.

He

renders the passage thus,

27

For, of

and Pontius Pilate, with the Gentiles and Here it seems fitting to give people of Israel, were gathered together in this city, against masters, or proprietors of men. This was to it all its grandeur, and therefore, we render it Sovereign thy Holy child Jesus, whom thou hast anointed. fact. certainly true in between current difference by the warranted Lord. This is Hats is applied to Jesus only six times in the Christian This tlie spirit of the context seems to ScoTioTrji and xv^iog.
times indicative of our Master in heaven, and five times of
a truth, both Ilerod

'

require.

It is

or authority.
''

found five times indicative of supreme power Judas 4, Our only sovereign God and Lord.
ycvriZni,

Scriptures

four times

in the Acts,

once in Luke's Testimony,


:

'JfUTi,

an abbreviation of h>a rt
HaclccU.

why, or

in order

to which miglit be

and once quoted from the Septuagiut, Matt. 12 18. It is In other translated, com. ver., servant ten times, child twice. cases, and once, on allusion to the Lord Jesus, when he is

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSION.

CHAP.

IV.

29

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.

hast anointed, both Herod, and aovv, ou e^pirras, 'HpaSi^s re sus, whom thou hast anointed, Pontius Pilate, with the Gen- Kou IIovTLO^ ULkaros, (Tvv eduea-L both Herod and Pontius Pilate, ^^ iroLrjaai, with the Gentiles and the peotiles, and the people of Israel, Koi Aaots- 'IcrparjX, ple of Israel, were assembled, were gathered together, l3ovXr] aov ve/p aov koI oaa to do whatever thy hand, and 28 For to do whatsoever thy Kac ra yevecrcai. thy counsel had before "deterhand and thy counsel determined irpomptae aTreiXa? iwl ras einSe Kvpie, vvv, mined to be done. And now, before to be done.
)']

I'j

28

29

Lord, behold aVTWU, Kol 5oP TOLf SovXoiS (TOV Lord, behold their threatentheir threatenings and grant /xeTO. Trapprjalas Traarjs XaXelu ings, and grant to thy servants, unto thy servants, that with all Xoyov aov, "^ ei> rw rrjv that, with all boldness, they boldness they may speak thy TOV may speak thy word, by ^eZpa (TOV eKTLveLv ere et? lacnv, word, stretching out thy hand to 30 By stretching forth thy KOU arjfxe'La kol repara yiveaOaL heal ; and that signs and wonhand to heal and that signs and 8i.a TOV 6vop.aTOS rov aylov irai- ders may be done, by the wonders may be done by the ^^ Kal Serjdeu'I-qaov. aov 809 thy holy son, Jesus. name of thine holy name of child Jesus.
:

29

And now,

so

31 And when they had pray- Tcov avTuiv laaXevdrj 6 tottos ev co ed, the place was shaken where Tjaav avveyp.evoL, /cat iTrXijaOrjthey were assembled together; aav airavTes Huev/xaToy Ayiov, anii they were all tilled with the tov Oeov Holy Ghost, and they spake the KOL eXdXovv TOV Xoyov peTo. vapprjalas. word of God with boldness. 32 rj^fjY 32 And the multitude of them g^ TrXi]Bovs Tav ttlthat believed were of one heart, arevaavTcov rjv t] KapSta kul tj and of one soul: neither said tl tu)v any of them tliat ought of the '^vxi] p.la' KOL ovSe etv 'l8lou eXeyev avTco virap^ovTcov things which he possessed was his own; but tliey had all things elvai, airavTa i^v avTols aAA'

And, they having prayed, the place in which they were assembled together was shaken, and they were all filled with
the

31

Holy Spirit, and spoke the word of God with boldness.


the multitude of those were of one heart believed that neither did any soul, of one and of them say, that any of the things which he possessed was his own; but they had all And with things common. great 'power the Apostles gave testimony concerning the resurrection of the Lord Jesus: and great grace was ujDon them all. For neither was there any among them who lacked; for as many as were possessors of

And

32

common.

^'^ Kol pceydXr] SwapLet KOLvd. 33 And with great power papTvpiov ol dwo(XTreSiSovv to gave the apostles witness of the tov KvdvaaTaaecos resurrection of the Lord Jesus: aToXoL Trj? and great grace was upon them p'lov 'Ii-jaov, xdpii re pLeyaXrj tjv all. ovSe yap eVt irdvTas avTOvs. 34 Neither was there any

33

34

among them that lacked: for as ivSerjS' Tis VTrrjpxev ev avToh' many as were possessors of lands iaoL yap KT^jTopes ^opiwv rj ol-

or houses sold them, and brought Kiaiv vnfjpxov, TTcoXovvTef eipepov lands, or of houses, sold tliem, and brought the prices of the the prices of the things that were Tas Tip.ds Td>v TTiTrpaaKop-evcov, things sold, and laid them sold, ^^ Kal eTidovv irapd tovs irohas down at the Apostles' feet. 35 And laid Ihcm down at the SceSLdoTO oe And "'it was distributed to 35 apostles' feet and distribution T03V uTToaToXcov:

found in the temple answering questions,


lated
child.

it is

properly trans-

out
'

before, to

hound or

to

limit

In the Acts, In this case,

it

is

twice translated son, and

He

limiteth a certain day".

Hence, Ileb. 4 7, before. "Whether used to indicate a


:

twice child.

we

think, in all dignity

priety, it should

be translated son.

and pro- purpose, a delineation, description or prediction, as respects the Divine knowledge, or will, it equally involves one and the

same
I"

radical idea.

With God

there

is

nothing past, present

U^oo^i^to, occurs 8 times in N. T. rendered

ordained, declared,

Rom.

4,

limitelh.

by determined, Luke uses oQt'^m,


five

or future.
1

He

fills,

he inhabits eternity.
i.

six times out of its eight occurrences.

Translated determined, times out

Meyrdrj Suvaftcc, with great power,

e.

physical demon-

ordained, determinate.
of
its

Paul uses TtQooQi^m


Etymologtcally,
it

stration,
'"

not i^ovoiq, authority.


it

six occurreuces.

indicates, to

mark

JiiSiSoTo, being impersonal

was

distributed.

30

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. V.
REVISED VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.

was made unto every man ac- eKaarco kuooti av tis ^etav every one, according as any lie had need. one had need. *'' 3G And Joscs, who by the Now Joses, who, by the 'Icoarjs Se 6 lirLKXiidets apostles was surnamed Barnabas, airoaToXcov, Apostles, was surnamed Barviro twv Bapvafias
cordinEr as

36

(which
vite,

is,

being

inteqireted,

laTL

jXiOepjxrjvevofXivov,

vlos nabas (which

is,

being trans-

Tlie son of consolation,) a Le-

and of the country of Cy-

irapaKXijaeu)!, Aevirij^, Kvirpios lated.

Son of Consolation),

prus,

rw

yevei,

^'

virdp^ovTOi

avTw

a Levite, a Cyprian by birth,

37 Having land, sold it, and dypov, TTCoXrjaai i)peyKe to XPV' having land, sold it, and brought the money, and laid it pa, Kol kOrjKe napa tovs noSas brought the money, and laid
at the apostles' feet.

TWV

UTTOCTToXcOV.

it

at the Apostles' feet.

CHAP.

V.

CHAP.
'Avi]p
8e
TL9

v.
'

CHAP.

V.

But a certain man named Ananias,

Avavta? ovorij

"But a

certain

man named
his

with Sapphirahis wife, sold pLUTL, ai'v


avTOv,

21air(l)e'iprj

yvvaKL Ananias, with Sapphira


Kol wife

a possession,

tTcwXTjo-e

Krijpa,

sold a possession, and

inrt of the voa(pLcraTO diro rrjs riprjf, avv- "purloined from the price (his KOL TTji yvvaiKO? avrov, price, (his wife also being privy eiSvia^ wife also being privy to it), to it,) and brought a certain part, KttL tpeyKas pepos' ri irapa tovs and brought a certain part, TToSas Twu caroaToXwv tOi^Kev. and laid it at the apostles' feet. and laid it at the Apostles' 3 But Peter said, Ananias, ^ elire 8e TI^Tpos, Avavta, StaTi feet. But Peter said, Ananias, 3 why hath Satan filled thine heart eirXrjpcoaev 6 EaTavds Tiju Kapwhy has pSatan ppossessed your aou, yj/evaaadai ere to to lie to the Holy Ghost, and to biav heart, to "lie to the Holy keep back part of the price of Uvevp-a to Ayiou, koI voo-(I)[to purloin from aaaOaL dwo rijs Tipijs tov ^m- Spirit, and the land ? While 4 ov^L pevov crol kpeve, the price of the land ? 4 AVhile it remained, was it piov; your not it was not thine own ? and after it was Kol Trpadeu eV tij ar) i^ovaia it n-emained,

And kept back

'

'

Je,

but, in contrast

with Barnabas.

SuveiSvias, having been cognizant, having participated in a

knowledge of
"

it,

being privy to

it.

Etoatfiaaxo, Ind. mid. purloined, took


voice
is

away

for himself.

The mid.

most apposite to

this case, indicating the

and hypocrisy of the man. Purloin is not obsolete, though not so much in use as formerly. It is found com. vcr., " When a man is taken from a ship sailing before the wind. 10. It is, in com. yer., twice represented in this book Tit. 2 as the sail temptation, with or commandment, the filled with by " kepi hack." There is no absolute impropriety in keeping ship by the wind, he is said to be filled with it," Critica of a back ; but there is always in purloining. This is a complex Of Sacra. It is found almost one hundred times in the N. T. It was not simply keeping back, but felonioushj keepsin. ver. fifty times it is represented by fulfill, com. some these, ing back, with intent to conceal, associated with deliberate
selfishness
:

Sararas, a proper name, and retainable here. np ; in our more modern style possessed your heart. nlr,ooco, used here metaphorically, is
P '0
E7t}.>i(><ooer, literally filled

It here indicates a full possession of the heart.

lying.

Possessed WinsWy
roofi^oftni. Josh. 7
:

filled.

This

is

a bold figure in either


It is the

The Septuagint employs


of Achan.

1,

in the case

case, to indicate a strong temptation.

language of

by Leigh in his Critica Sacra: earnestness or surprise. Non est tolam rem anferrc seel paululum tanlummudo ahslra1 Wtvaaad-ai,, to lie, to deceive, not the Holy Beza employs inten-crtit, whicli he interprets by collide here. contemplated, but through the Apostles. stractly In our vernacular, to embezzle, to filch, most exsurripuit.
It is well defined

Spirit ab-

actly represents

it.

We
^-

prefer purloin, because already fato

'

Ovy_i fiEvov aoi cfceve.

Literally,

Remaining, did

it

not ro-

miliarized in com. vcr.

Kept

himself,"

Wakef and

Boothr.;

^'earned

away a pari" Murd.,

Syr.

being sold, remained it not in your power? main "While it remained In our idiomatic currency, we would say:
to

you

And

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSION.
sold,

CHAP.

V.

31

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.

was it not in thine own VTn]p-)(^e; tl otl eoov kOov u tt] Kap own? and after it was sold, power ? why hast thou conceived oia aov TO Trpay/xa tovto; ovk was it not in your own power?
this thing in thine

heart? thou
e\j/ev(ra>

hast not lied unto men, hut unto

uuBpcoTrois,
""

aXXa

tcS

'Why have you


not lied to

'conceived this
?

God.
5 And Ananias hearing these words, fell down, and gave up the ghost. And great fear came on all them that heard these things. 6 And the young men arose, wound him up, and carried him out, and buried liim. 7 And it was about the space of three hours after, when his wife, not knowing what was done, came in. 8 And Peter answered unto her. Tell me whether ye sold the land for so much? And she said. Yea, for so much.

Oecp.

Akovcoi'

8e

'Avavla^

thing in your 'heart

you have
hearins:
5

Tovs Xoyovs T0VT0V9, Treacov i^eyj/v^eeirl

men

"only, but to

God.

And Ananias

Kol (yeuero (f)6^09 p-^ya^ "these words, "falling, expired iravTas tovs uKovovras rav- and great fear came on all that
*"

ra.

avaardvTes Se

o'l

uicorepoi ^hcard these things.

And

the

i^evey- young men ^arose, wrapped KavTis eOay^av. Eyevero 8e him up, and 'carrying him "Now an out, buried him. cos copau TpLWv SLaaTi]p.a, Kol tj interval of about three hours yuvrj auTOV p.rj elSvIa to yeyovos occurred, and his wife, not

avve(TTLXav avTov,

/cat

eLarjXOeu.

aireKpiOr) Se avrfj 6
p.oi,
el

knowing what was done, came

JTeTpos, JEhre

TO )(0)p[ou uTreSoa-de ;

H
8e

ToaovTov
he elwe,

And Peter said to her, me whether you sold the for so much? And she
in.

Tell land
said

Nai, TOcrovTOv.
sold,

'^

'

UeTpos

verily,

for

so

much.

Then

^Yas it not your own your own power, or at

'?

And

after

it

was

was

it

not

in

3'our

own

disposal ? "

We

opine that
its

when followed, as in this case, b\' an active verb in the aorist, may indicate that the act expressed in the verb was the
result of that expressed

the interrogative character of


close,
i.

tliis

sentence continues to

by the

participle,

and, especiall3',

e.

to intj^x^-

when

y.at is

wanting between the participle and the verb.


heard these" would be better than "that heard

Our reasons
texts.

are

two

It

is

so pointed in our most approved

"Who
And

And,

again, because the impassioned speaker constyle of emotional feeling in


ei' rrj

these things."
"

This

is

a matter of taste, and not of etymology.

tinues the

same

another interTTQnyaa tovto;

the

young men

nvaoTavTes,

arising,

or

having
t^c-

rogation:

Tt oTt si^ov

y.n^Sta aou to

why have
Meyer,
'

arisen, avi'eoTeikav (as ne^teoTedav),

3-ou conceived this thing in


v. 0,

your heart?
vsyxai'Tss, 1st aor. part.,

wrapped him up, and having carried him out &c.

Tl oTi, for Tl eoTiv on, as in

what

is

this ?

Fritzsche,
'

De Wette.

E^Et'eyy.aircEs,

having carried him forth, out of the

city.

Jlost proLiabl3' as the .lews did not usnall)' bur\' within their

ES'ov, aor. ind. mid. of Tt&ijfu, literally,

why

have you

city walls,
*

and not
y.ni,

in

consequence of his judicial death.


it

placed, or deliberately machinated, this in 3'our heart?

The

EyereTo

now

came

to pass.

whole contour of the style indicates a deliberate design, callof about three hours. ing forth a burst of feeling, bordering on excitement, on the
part of the Apostle.

Then &c. "


So Ilackett

There was an interval


nut here the

aj SiaaTr]/in is

subject of eyereTo, but forms a parenthetic clause and (see on


1
:

For a similar use of


19
:

Ti&rjfu see

Luke

10) introduces the apodosis of the sentence.


in loc.

De Wette,

6G

21

14.

Acts
is

21

27

12.

In Luke's currency

Meyer, Fritzsche."
of
y.ai

This Hebraistic use

Tc9-t;ftt,

in

such cases,

in the apodosis of a sentence, after


is

an expression or
See Brud. Gr.

indicative of settled design, fixedness of purpose, strong deter-

mination.

horarum trium his wife. intervallum quum uxor quoque ipsius, nesciens quod factum, " "Only" is supplied, but not called for. It is true in ingressa est." Beza. "Factum est autem quasi horarum trium fact, that he lied to men, and to God. And therefore it is spatium, et uxor ipsius, nesciens quod factum fuerat, introivit."
p. 450.

Hence the aggravation of the sin of Ananias and Concord, They concealed, wilh inlenl to lie, for popularity.

idea of time,

frequent in the N. Testament.


"Intercessit autera fenne

implied.

Modern

translators diller.
.

Ilackett sa3'S

it is logic-

Vulgate.
.Je,

ally correct to translate ovy. this


is

a?da, not so

much

as

but

now

StnaTr;iia,
;

defective in form,

and

less forcible.

Others, like Booth-

syeieTo, occurred

y.ni

i)

an interval of about three hours This preyvi'r; avToi', and his wife.

royd,

and Penn, supply

only.

It is therefore a

matter of

taste,

vents the necessity of the supply of the article, and the trans-

To yeyovos, lation of yai by ^when,^' as in some versions. TavTa, after axovpras, is of doubtful authority ; rejected what had occurred. This agrees with the perfect tense of the by some editors, wanting in the vulgate and some other ver- participle, and with the active rather than with the passive sions. It is applied to a single event, Lachmann, Ilackett, &c. sense. It was what had come to pass a providential act and
"

or discretion.

* Hcacoi' s^et^vie,

falling, expired.

This participial form, not a mere act of Peter.

32

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAJIES
9

CPIAP. V.
REVISED VERSION.

VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.

said unto lier, etVe TT^oy avTrjv, Ti otl avvi(^(x>- Peter said to her, ^Why is it, that ye Iiave agreed vrjOr] vfuu Treipaaai to Truevfia tliatyou have agreed together, together to tempt the Spirit of Kuplov; l8ov, ol TroSe? ra>u 6a- to tempt the Spirit of the Lord? tiie Lord/ behold the feet of Behold the feet of these who \j/ai>Tcoi' Tov av8pa aov, eirl ry them wliich have buried tiiy hushave buried your husband are ' ^^ 9vpa, Kou i^oicrova-l ere. JiJireband are at the door, and shall at the door, and shall carry (T Se 7rapa)(prjpa irapa rovf ttocarry thee out. you out. 'Then she instant-

Then Peter
is it

How

10

10 Then

fell

she

down

straiglit-

8a9 avrov,
ol

/cat

i^e-^v^ev elaeX-

ly fell

down
:

at his feet

and

way

at his feet, and yielded

up dovTes 5e

veavlaKOL upoi> avriiv expired

and the young

men

veKpav, KOL i^eveyKavres ^Oa^^av came in and found her dead, came in, and found her dead, and Trpoy rap ui>8pa avTi]?. /cat and carrying her out, buried carrying her forth, buried hir by eyevero (po^oy p-i-yas e(j) oXrjv her by her husband. And her husband. Ti]u KKXTjaLav, Kcu eVt TravTas great fear came upon all the
11

the ghost.

And

the young

men

ii

And

great fear

came upon

the church, and upon as many " V jv 12 /f Ziia oe TU)v )(ipcou rau as heard these things. 12 And by tlie hands of the aTTOaToXuiu eyei/ero crrjpeia Koi apostles were many signs and repara Iv rw Xaw ttoXXcc- /cat wonders wrought among the rjcrav opo9vpa8ov airavres iv rrj people ; (and they were all with CTTOa. ^oXopWl'TOr TU)V Se one accord in Solomon's porch.
all
V-i

Tovs aKovovTUi ravra.

''congregation,

and upon

all

those hearing these things.

'through the hands of the Apostles were many signs and wonders done among the
people, (and "they were
all

And

12

And

of the rest dnrst no XoLiTcov ovSels eToX/j.a

KoXXaaOai

with one accord in Solomon's porch. And of the ^rest durst

13

">

Ti 6zt,

why
it

is

it

that?

^vi-cfcarrid-r;, 3(1 pcrs. sing. aor.


{/uti;
tlic

ind. pass.

5:21: "Grace

reign through (Sta) righteousness hy (Sia)

was concerted,

by you

an

instance well

sustained of the dative after

passive, instead of the gen.

with
'

t';ro.

The condemnation by, or through Adam, and the righteousness by or through Christ are represented by one and the same Sia, &.Q. Such also is our popular
Jesus Christ our Lord."

Eneae

Sc,

and she

fell

Tta^axor/un, immediatclj', just then,


_/

as Peter pronounced the last word.


sense.

use of by and through. Where there is no established antihas merely a copulative thetical diSercnce in the meaning or use of particles in the

her dead.
'

And the young men, And carrying her


great fear

etaelO-ovTe-;,

coming

in,

found

Christian Scriptures,
there
is,

we

should not create it; and where

out, e^Eveyy.avTcs,

they buried
oh;v

her, e&axfav.

And

came upon

all

the congregation,

cjii

tTjv txxhioiav.

Any assembly

in this

book being

called an

and the word occurring 131 times in the Christian it has been much in controversy, and consequently has caused much strife amongst Christians. It should be known and deliberated upon, that this word exx}.r,aca is
cxylr^oia,

Scriptures

it. All that God has done man, since he created him, has been through {Sia) agencies. Indeed, we are informed by Paul. Eph. 3 9, that God created Moreover, by, and all things {8ta) through Jesus Christ. through, are used at the present time interchangeably. " Il7ra;Tb-, refers to the Apostles mentioned in the l.ast Olsh., De Wette, Mey., Bengel. extend it to all the clause.

we

should not annihilate

for

believers.

Hack.

' '0/ioO^vfiaSoi' ccTzai'Tes tr r/; oroit ^oXoficoiTog. by the following Solomon's words, church, churches, assemhli/. It is, by apostolic use, porch, being a place of much resort, and the disciples as yet indicative of any meeting or assembly' of persons in any place, being all Jews, and having a common national right to resort at anj' time, or for au)' purpose, with, or without a special call thither with their own nation, it was for them legitimate

represented

in

the

Christian

Scriptures

of those in authority. In the 19th chapter of Acts, com.


thrice represented

v., it is

missionary ground

by the word assembly.


out,

Its etymological

and there, with much boldness, they announced the claims of Jesus as the Messiah.
;

import

is

simply called

or congregated.
is

Hence assembly,

''And of the rest.'


last clause.

The sense of t(u'

Aojrrwa' is explained

concourse, or congregation, of any sort


tlie
'

indicated in and by

by the

Doddridge, Boothroyd, Hack.

Dr. Light-

word

exyJ.rjoift.
is,

foot explains this


in all boolcs.

Jut, indicating iiistrumentalili/,

and

especial61/,

"of tlie rest," ''of the one hundred and twenty," from which Dr. Whitby dissents. Beza, would render
This
is

ly in the Christian Scriptures, interchangeably


throuf^li.

rendered
liy

or

y.oV.aai>ni, in this passage, " to attack."

too far fetched,

Whatever metaph3'sics may


tliis

say,

and through
agency.

and inappropriate to the contextual scope.


critieally to join

Tlicy feared bypo-

arc ei|ually indicative of both Divine and

human

AVe

them.
Tiiterally,

have many instances of

in

the com. vcr., such as

Kom.

Tinr Se lomuir.

of

llie

rcmniiulcr.

Those yet

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSION.

CHAP.

V.

33

GREEK TEXT.
:

REVISED VERSION.

man
14

join liimsclf to

them
were

but avToi^,
6
tlie

aXX ifxeyaXwev avruvs no man


'

the people miiguiSed them.

Aaoy

join himself to them, jxaXXov 8e Trpoaerl- but the people ''magnified them.
rcS

And

believers

6evT0
7rX->]dT]
*

TTiaTevoi'Tey

Kvpico,

And

believers
'to

were

still

more

14

more added
1-5

to the Lord, multi-

tudes both of
fortli

men and women.)

av8pS)v re

/cat

yvvaLKCov
eK(f)e-

added

the Lord, multitudes


15

Insomuch that they brought


the
sicls.

wore Kara ras TrXarelas


aaBcvels,
/cat

of men and also of women), in-

somucli

that

they brought

into the streets, and

pLv Tovs
tiTi

laid tlicm

on beds and couches,

that at the least the shadow of

kcu TiQivat forth their sick into the streets, Kpa^jiarcov, Iva and laid them on beds and ep^Ofievov JJerpov kolv i) aKia couches, that at the least, the

KXtvau

Peter passing by might over- eTriaKLacrr) tlvl avTwv. crushadow some of them. vi]py^eTO Se kou to iTXrjdos tS>v 16 There came also a multi- Trepi^ TToXeoiv els 'lepovaaXijp., tude out of the cities round about (pepovres aaOevels kou 6^Xov/xeunto Jerusalem, bringiniir sick uovs VTTO irvdvpiaTcov aKaOaprcou,

shadow of

Peter, passing by,

might overshadow

some of
16

and tiiem which were OLTLves edepcnrevoi'TO ccTravTes. vexed with unclean spiiits and AvacTTaf oe o ap-)(t.epev9 they were healed every one. avTw, i) ovaa 17 Then the higli priest rose KCLL iraPTei ol up, and all tiiey that were with aipecTLS Twp ^aSSovKalwv, eVA?;him, (winch is the sect of the crdi-iaav ^i]Xov, ^^ koI eirejiaXov Sadducees,) and were fdled with Tas ^elpas avTcoi> eVt rovs dirof'oliis,
;

them. And the multitude of the surrounding cities also came together into Jerusalem, bringing the sick and those harassed with unclean spirits, and they were every one
healed.

aw

But the High


ing,

Priest

aris-

and

all

who were with


party
of
18

him (being
the

the 'Sadducees),

were

filled

indignation,

15 And laid tlieir hands on the apostles, and put them in the common prison. 19 But the angel of the Lord by night opened the prison doors, and brouglit tlicm forth, ami said, 20 Go, stand and spealv in the

with zeal, and 'threw tlieir hands upon the Apostles, and ^^ Typi]crL 8rjp.ocr[a. ayyeXos put them in public 'custoSe KvpLOu Slu rr]s vvktos rjvoi^e dy. But an 'angel of the Lord, under ""cover of the night, openTui Ovpas rrjs ^vXaKrjS, i^ayaed the prison doors, and bring"" ycou re aurovs etVe, Uopev- ing them forth, said, "Go stand

aroXovs,

kcu

kOevTO

avrovs

ii>

19

20

eade, koI araOevres XaXelre kv and speak in

tlie

temple to the

" Sadducees." The reason of their activity in this case, is The remainder, though an exact representation of rcov Se ).oi- happily illustrative of our indebtedness to sectarianism, at nmv, seems to be somewhat indefinite. The term, Xaos, peo- least in one respect its eternal vigilance to guard proof texts None could look against all violence. The Sadducees saw in Christ's resurple, immediately after, is its best exponent.

lUiconverted dared not to associate themselves with them.

'

upon these wonder-working men without fear and reverence. rection the refutation of their system; and therefore The fate of Ananias and his wife is as a fearful caveat against violently seized the Apostles, because their preaching hypocris}-. If every one "glorified God for that which was doctrine was fatal to their distinguishing tenets. done" (oh. 4 21), in the case of the impotent man, why E:tejialov. This verb indicates strong violence. should not these keep back from presumptuous sin, from the fiercely threw their arms around them, or their hands spectacle before them in the case of Ananias and his wife ?
:
''

they
that

They
upon

them.
1

Tr,Qt}aet,

with

us, custody.

Eiaeyalvrei' avrovs, magnified them.

The Apostles, at

this

time, were greatly exalted in the esteem of the multitude, as,


in the sequel, still further appears.

Ayyelo;. AVliy an angel should here become some particular


is

angel

destitute of authority.

Had some

angel been

named

As

quassare

is

more than
is

quatere, taxare than langere,

in the context, there


finite article.

might have been some reason

for the de-

jaclare than jacere, so vexare

more than

vehere, yet

not one

Jia, through the night, or under cover of the night. of these, shaken, troubled, terrified, strangled, is so grievous as the feeling indicated in the text. According to Critica Sacra, "It Jlore seems to be indicated than the escape by night rather Eiayayioi' re av-zovs BiTie, bringing is to be distracted hither and thither having no power of itself." by means of the night
'

TV) xvptca.

This verse

is

evidently parenthetic.
it,

Believers

them
"

out, said.
in the

not added in the Lord, as some would have


Its case

but

to

depends on the verb.

Uo^ivead-caraS-ii'TeiSO, and, standing the Lord. This form abounds in Luke's style. speak.

Temple,

34

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSIOX.

CHAP.

V.

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.
people,
life.

temple to the people all the words of this life. 21 And when they heard that, they entered into the temple early in the morning, and taught. But the high priest cauic, and they that were with him, and called the council together, and
all

r Lfpw Tw XacS iravra ra pr]fj.aTa AKOvoavTrjs C^rjf TavTrj9.


'

all

the words of this

re? Be flavjAOou vwo tov bpOpov


els

And

v^'hen

they heard that,

21

TO

lepov,

koL
oe o

they entered into the temple eSiSaa-Koi'. "early in the morning, and were
teaching. But the High Priest avveKaXeaav came, and those that were with
r?;z/

Tvapayevopevos
KUL ol

ap-^cepevs

aw
tG)v

auTcp,
/cat

TO avueSpiov

iraaav

ye- him, and called the council


koll

the senate of the children of

povaiav

v'mv

Israel,

and sent to the prison to uireaTeiXau

els

together, and to 8eap()Ti]piov, the children


"'

lapai^X,

all

the senate of

of Israel,

and

have them brought. 22 But when the officers came, and found them not in the prison, they returned, and told, 23 Saying, The prison truly found we shut with all safet}^ and the keepers standing without before the doors but when we had opened, we found no
:

a-^OrjvaL avrovs.

ol 8e vTrrjpe- sent into the prison to have

Tai TTapayevo[ievoi ou^ ehpov uv-

Tovs ev Ty (pvXaKrj- dvaa-Tpe\j/ai'TES 8e aiTTriyyeiXav,

XeyovTes,

them brought. But when the officers came and found them not in the
prison, tliey returned and re-

22

0TL TO pei> 8eafxcoTripLOV evpofiev ported, saying: The prison KeKXeiapevov ev iraaij da(f)aXe[a, deed we found ^shut with
/cat

in- 23
all

man

within.

24 Now when the high priest, and the captain of the temple, and the chief priests heard these things, they doubted of them whereunto this would grow. 25 Then came one and told

them, saying. Behold, the men ed, saying, Behold, those whom whom ye put in prison are stand- dv8pes ovs eOeade ev ty] (f)vXaKfj, you placed in the i)rison are ing in the temple, and teaching elcTLV ev Tco lepco ecTTcoTes /cat 8iin the temple and
standing

Tovs (f)vXaKa9 e^co eaTCOTas ^security, and the guards, Trpo Twv QvpSiv duol^avTes 8e, standing before the entrances; eaco ovheva evpopev. '/i? 8e but on opening, we found not iNow when the witliin. rjKovcrai' tovs Xoyovs tovtovs o one Priest, and the Captain High Te lepeus /cat 6 aTpaTijyos tov of the temple, and the chief lepov Kat OL ap^Lepeis, OLrjTTopovv Priests, lieard these words, Treyot avTCDV, tl av yevoiTO tovto. they were in perplexity about Trapayevopevos Se rt? a7r?;yyet- them, wliat this might come to Xei> avTol.s Xeycov, Otl l8ov ol be. But 'one can>e and report'^''

24

25

the people.

SdoTKOvTes

TOV

Xaov.

ToTe teaching the people.

Then,

26

20 Then went the captain with the officers, and brought them without violence for they feared the people, lest they should have been stoned.
:

the ofaireXOav 6 crTpaTTjyos crvv toIs the Captain went, with ficers, and brought tliem withVTnjpeTatf, rjyayev avTovs, ov pera out force (for they feared the ^ias, e(j)o^ouvTO yap tov Xaov, people), that they 'might not Iva pi] Xidacrdcoo'Lv.
"'

ayayov- be stoned.

&(ios

'Yno tov o^x^Qov. Literally, under the dawn of day. Oqoccurs but three times in the N. Test., and always
'"early

'

Now wg,

as the

High Priest

tc.

rovTovs.
ty
;

Jir^no^ovv, imp. were being perplexed

represented by

in the morning.^'

Its use

amongst the

TitQi avToiv,

about them

These words, rovg koyovs = in perplexithis

" to
;

what
res,

might amount."

Greeks was equivalent to our " daivn of " the break of day."
P

daij," usually called

^e,
'Ore,

ytvofitvos,

KexXeta/zEvoi', being the ace. sing. neut. perfect pass., indi-

na^a; having come (aor. part.); reported, aTitiyyedev. pleonastically used ovs cSsaO't, those whoin you placed
but, in

this perplexity

a certain one

cates in all aofaXtia, sccurili),

or firmness of defense, im-

in

T/?

fvXuxj], the prison

ionoTcs, perf. part., having taken a

pregnable.

'Oil, in this verse, is

a pleonasm, because reciting

stand

= are standing;

xai Sidnaxoyrc; ror Xaoi; and teaching

the words of others.

This

is

not unusual with Luke.

And
it is is

the people.

the guards standing (rather, being perfect participle,

The English
firj,

translation,

as

well

observed
follow,

by

Prof.

tantamount to our having been omitted by Gb., Sch., Ln. and Tf. doors, too specific.

jilaced).

E^m,

outside,

Hack., here assumes an impossible connection,


of fearing,
ur/Tiaii

as. after

verbs

Tiov &vQa>v, the entrances

and the

like

do

but never

ha

/"!

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KIXG
JAIIES'

CHAP. V.
REVISED VERSION.

3-5

VERSIOX.

GREEK TEXT.
re? 5e avTOvs kaTrjaav eu tco avveSp'iu)'

27 And when they had brought them, they set them before the council and the high priest asked them, 2S Saying, Did not we strait ly command you, that ye should and not teach in this name? Jerusalem beliold, ye have filled with your doctrine, and intend to bring this man's blood upon
:

Kol i7rrjpcoTi]cru
'*

avrovs they

dp-^iepev?,

Xf'ycoi',

Ov

irafirj

payyeXia TraprjyyeiXapeu vplv


SiSaa-Keiv
KOLL
eirl

them away, them in the council and the High Priest Did we not asked them

And

'having led

27

placed
:

28

tw ouopari

rovTcp
le-

strictly

command you

not to
and,

us.

29 Then Peter and the other apostles answered and said, AYe ought to obey God rather than men. 80 The God of our fathers raised up Jesus, whom 3'e slew and hanged on a tree -31 Him hath God exalted with liis right hand to be a Prince and a Saviour, for to give repentance to Israel, and forgiveness of sins.
:

you have filled up povaaXrjp. ttjS' 5i5a;()/f vp-du, KCti Jerusalem with your doctrine, ^ovXeade ivrayayelu i(j) vpaf and are intending to bring the TO aipa Tou ai'dpcoirov tovtov. blood of this man upon us. ^^ 'ATTOKpideh Se 6 nerpos kol But Peter and the Apostles 01 a-iToaToXoL elirov, UeiBapxeLV ought to
behold,

i8ov TreTrXijpcoKare

rrjv

teach "upon this

name?

29

answering,

said,

We

Sel
^^

OeS paXXov
6

r]

dfOpdiroi?.
i^puyv

obey God rather than men.


30

The God of our fathers has raisov v/xeh Siex^i- ed up Jesus, whom you slew, piaaade KpipdaavTes eVi ^vXov having hanged him on a tree. eof apy^ijyov Kai This person has God exalted TOVTOV 6 Oeo
rj'yeiper 'hjcroiiv,

Oeoi

rcov

irarepcov

3i

crcoTiipa v-^cjae Trj Se^ia avTOv, to his right hand, a "Prince and Sovvai peTavOLav tc2 laparjX kul a Saviour, "to grant repentance

d(f)eaiv

apapTmv.

"'

kol yp-els to Israel, and forgiveness of

AynyofTei, haring leid them away, i. c. from the Temple carr^aar, they caused them to stand, they placed them.
'

subject

is

not, at the bar of right reason, incompatible w^ith

"

See

V. I", ch.

4.

This

strict charjre,

on the part of the

making or propounding faith, repentance, baptism, or prayer, The beggar cannot think that as means of receiving pardon.
the extending of his arm, or hand, to receive alms, annihilates

shows how much thej' dreaded the name of Jesus the nature of alms, or converts the receiving of them into a To speak upon it, or to speak by it, was to them Christ. work of merit. No more can common sense, unperverted by They, therefore, pro'terrible as an arniv with banners.'' false views, imagine that pardon, based on any principle of from this view of the whole hibited a word upon that subject
council

case, or premises,

we concur with
com. ver.
is

those

who

prefer upon, to in

faith,

repentance,

prayer,

or

baptism

&o.,

annihilates

the

or by.

Besides

cttc

rendered some 150 times by

nature, or entrenches

upon the

character, of grace, even if

upon
is grammatically and logically in apposition. Af/xyoi; SioTy;oa, I>,aovv under the regimen oi riyctocv, and rovtov A^yj-yov IviTr^oa under that of v-^noae, and in apposition with Ii,aovf, as we must regard it. We
"

special

This verse

I/^aovv TOVTOV,

crowded with the absurd prefixes of free, sovereign, and ; not one of which is found in Holy Writ. By a special reference to Acts 11 18; Luke 1 74; Acts
:

14

Rom.

1.5

Eph. 3

IG

2 Tim. 2
is

18

Rev. 3

21

&c.,

com.

ver., it will

appear that SiScofiai

occasionally rep-

resented in Luke, Paul and John, by the words grant, bestow,

then render
his right

and to give, give gratuitously, &c. De Wette understands giving or granting repentance, in the ation to Israel, even the remission of sins." sense of giving time or space for it. This may, in some cases, is always, and in all cases, an act of Sovereignty, of pure be equivalent to granting it, but to confine it to this view grace. Hence it is not, in any case, ex merito, based upon any would stultify, or annihilate it, as properly a gift.

it

''This Prince

and Saviour God has


the benefit

exalted

to

hand

to

grant reformation," or "

of reformKemission of sins

thought, volition, word, or deed of any sinner in the universe.

Grace and merit are as incompatible as light and darkness, as good and evil. If of grace, it cannot be of works, of any work. If of works, or of any work, it cannot be of grace. Otherwise, grace and work cease to be of any difference. It is an act of grace, and all grace is sovereign. There is not, nor can
there be, any grace that
is

" "To grant repentance." This indicates the benefit of repentance the forgiveness of sins. Legally we. do not grant repent.ince. God to the lawless and disobedient, any benefit to Hence acceptance. and pardon repentance, grants mercifully promises the most precious are annexed to faith and repentIn Hebrew style, God grants repentance to life, by granting pardon and acceptance, through the sacrifice of the
ance.
faith.

not an act of absolute sovereignty.

So the oracles of God, and so the oracles of man, of enlightened and cultivated reason, have alwaj-s decided. This view of the Lord Jesus, received by

3G

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
32
VERSION.
ecrfiev

CHAP.

V.

GREEK TEXT.
uvrou fiaprvpes tcov
prjfia- sms.

REVISED VERSION.

And we

are his witnesses


;

And we

are his wit- 32

of these things
tiie

and

so

is

also

Tcov TovTcov, KUL

TO Ilvevjxa

Hv

Holy Ghost, whom God hath TO AyLov, o given to them that obey him.
33

e8(oKei> 6

Oeos

toI.9

hi C uesses of these things ; and SO is also the 'Holy Spirit,

When they heard thai, they


to

7rL6ap-^ovo-Li>
O'l

avTW.

whom God
hearing,
their

has given to those

who obey him.


aveXelv and
Tif
ei>

were cut

the lieart,

and took
OVTO,

Se aKOV(ravTes SieirpL-

^Now

those 33

counsel to slay them.


in the council, a Pharisee,

Koi

ejBovXivovTO

34 Then stood there up one avTovs.

avaaTas oe
^apLaalos,

tco

were exasperated, they were making up mind to slay tliem.

named

(ruj/eSpico

oifO/xuTi

Ta- But

a certain one, arising in 34

Gamaliel, a doctor of the law, /i,aAi);A, voixobihaa-KaXog Tifxios the Sanhedrim, a Pharisee, Gamaliel by name, a teacher had in reputation among all the iravTL Ttp Xao), eKeXevaev t^co of law, 'honored by all the people, and commanded to put I3pa)(y Tt Tovs aTTOfxroAow ttoltj- people, commanded to put the apostles forth a little space ^ aai, t7re re irpos avrovs, the Apostles out, for a little 35 And said unto them, Ye while, and said to them, men of Israel, take heed to your- Avhpes laparjXlTaL, irpoo-e-^eTe 'Israelites take heed to 5'ourselves what ye intend to do as eavTols (ttI tol^ duOpcoTrois tov- selves, what you ''execute touching these men Toif TL fxiXXeTe irpaaaeii'. ""' irpo upon these men. For be3G For before these days rose yap TOVTCOV tuiv ijpepcou avlaTrj fore these days Theudas arose, up Theudas, boasting hiniself to OeuSa?, Xeycou elval tlpu iavTov^ declaring himself to be somebe somebody to whom a numbody, to whom a number of ber of men, about four hundred, CO wpoaeKoXXyjOi] dpidfios dvhpwv njeii, about four hundred, 'atjoined themselves: who was cocrei, TTpaKoaLWV os avrjpedi], tached themselves who was
;
:

35

3G

^ovrni fitxavoiav, i. c. " the grace or disposition to exercise stood in the sense of to kill, but lo put them aside it." Compare 3:16; 18:27, Jolm 16:7,8. Haclcett, De literal, and therefore to be preferred. Wctte, ant] others give this doctrinal view of it. When the Lord grajits hcaltli or wealth etc., does he onlj^ grant the d\s' This gives the genuine moaning of nuios.
2>osilioii

is

more

to acquire it? He grants the blessing at once; but it may be through means. But to Judas, lie gave not repentance though he did i-epent. But God gave no benefit to his repent-

"

ArSoei
in

Ia(>ar,7.trai

Israelites, is

more

Does not the phrase, or formula, indicate, that he gave them the avails or benefit of it? namely pardon. Perance.

more

our usage, than

sition.

In such cases
but Israelites.

men of Israel. They the common yields to

forcible, as well as

stand in appothe special and

not the special to the common.


Israel,

Ilcnce not men, nor

haps
'

it is

safer to say

he gives both.

men of

"Men of Israel" is more literal than Israelites; so is "men, brethren, and fathers," than "brethren and fathers," the Spirit, viz. the Holy one which God has given to them as we give it. This is measurably a matter of taste, and also that obey him a (neuter), which, eScoxcv (aorist), God gave of grammar. Grammatically ihey stand in apposition, and to those, TieiO'any^ovoip avTi^. This preserves the idiom. not in regimen. Man, in our vernacular, is absorbed in all ' 01 Se axovaams, now those hearing; SirTT^ioiTo (lit- nationalities because Virginians are men nf Virginia, men
is,

Ktti TO Tirei'fia Se to'Ayiov.

Js

in this case, e.vcgetical

as

is

evident from

its

position

between nfev/ia and

'Ayiov,

erally),

were being sawn through.

This expression, in this

of Israel are also Israelites.

jiassice form, indicated

not what they were doing, nov feeling,


inflicting

wo

should, as far as idiom permits, place

Being in one case in the original, them in one case in

but the death blows the Apostles were


opposers of the truth.
EfiovlevovTo,

on them as our version.

and

theij

were

making up

their

seems to have been the object of this historian not what was done, but what was being done.
much, time occupied
all

But the title Israelites is equal to men of Israel, harmony with the spirit and feeling of the orator, minds. It especially when animated. to express ZTjjaaaetv etci, to execute vpon; more familiarly and There was literally expressed by to do vpon them. But to do officially,
and more
*

in

their aSairs.

by these events, and much conlinulli/ The continvatire force of the Greek imp.
all

iu
is

in legal usage, is to execute.


'

But

if

ntjoaxlivo) be preferred, as the true reading, of


is

beautifully exhibited in this narrative,


lost in the com. vcr.

of which

is

entirely

which, to me, the evidence

not satisfactory

indicate only an inclination to

then it would him rather than an adhesion.


;

Ave).Etp avrovs, to

put them aside.

The Greek and English There being nothing of


is

real

consequence in the matter, iu


it

are idiomatically the same here.

In both the plirase

under-

either view of

it,

we

are disposed to leave

suh jiidice.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KIXG JAMES
sluiii
iL'd
;

CHAP.

V.

37

VEKSIOX.

GREEK TEXT.
avra,
slain;

REVISED VERSION.

and

all,

as

many

as obe}'- /cat 7ravTs ocroL eTreidopTco

liiai,

were

scattered,

and 8ieXv0i]o-ai> Kou iyevovro


Seu.
'"

brought to nought. 37 After this man rose up Judas of Galilee, in the days of the taxing, and drew away much people after him lie also perished and all, even as many as obeyed him, were dispersed. 38 And now I say unto you, Refrain from these men, and let
:

fj.eTa

tovtov

'lovSas 6 raXiXatof, eV raty


pais
rrjs

and all, as many as obeyed him, were scattered els ovand brought to nothing. avearrj After this man, "Judas the
rj^ie-

37

aiToypa<^rjs,

Kol

Galilean rose up, in the days direof the 'enrollment, and drew

aTTjae Xaov LKavov oTnau) avTOV' away sufficient people after KOLKetvOS OLTTCoAeTO, KOU TTUVTeS him and he utterly destroyed
:

haoL eTreiOovTO avrS ^LeaKopiria- himself;


di-jaav.
"^
KoCi

and

all,

as

many
38

ra vvu Xeyco

vpuv, OLTroaTrjTe diro


TTCou,

were obedient to him, And now I tcov dvdpco- were dispersed.


as

tliem alone or this

for if this counsel

TOVTCou, KOL iacraTe avTOvs'


fj

say to you,
these

come

i^ dvdpwTTCov rj jBovXrj for if this purpose, or this avTYj 1] TO kpyov rovro, KaraXvwork be of men, it will be de39 But if it be of God, ye ^'' el be eK Oeov eariv, stroyed; butifitbeof God,you cannot overthrow it; lest haply 6i]o-eTaiOTL lav
to

work be
nought

of men,

it

will

"Withdraw from men and let them alone

ye bo found even to fight against

01)

buvaade KwraXvcrai amo,


/cat

p.rj-

are not '^able to destroy


^lest,

it,

and
39

God. 40 And to him they agreed EireLaOTjaav 8e avrcS' /cat and when they had called the irpoaKuXecrdpievoL rovs diroaroapostles, and beaten them, they Aouy, Beipavres irapi^yyeiXav fx-q commanded that they should not XaXeiu eTU ra ouofiari tov 'Ittjspeak in the name of Jesus, and aov, Kol direXvaav avTov?. 01
: '

TTore

6eop.ay(OL

evpedijre.

perhaps, you be found

let

them

go.

41 And they departed from fiev the presence of the council, re- UTTO joicing that they were counted on VTrep tov ovojxaTos avTov

God. And they were persuaded by him and having called the Apostles, and ''scourged them, they commanded that they should not speak "upon the name of ovv eiropevovTO '^(aLpovTes Jesus, and released them. So they departed from the preTrpOQ-COTTOV TOV (TVVeSploV,
to fight against
;

40

41

worthy

to suffer

shame

for his

name. 42 And daily in the temple, and in everj'^ house, they ceased not to teach and preach Jesus
Christ.

sence of the council, rejoicing that they were esteemed wor" ttolTrj^icodrjo-au dTifxaadi^uuLthy to be dishonored for his And they did not tco lepcS /cat name. aav re ijfxepav ev cease teaching every day, in /car' oIkov ovk eravovTO dcSaaKoi'the temple, and in every house, re? /cat evayyeXL^ojxevoL I-qaovv and 'proclaiming Jesus the
/ca'

'

TOV XpiaTov.
in the

Christ.

Judas the Galilean rose up


).aov ly.afov.
;

days of the enrollits

Ivco, to

loosen down.

ment,

I think that txarov should be taken in

or "It will

come to nothing,"
little

"It will be dissolved or destroyed;" is too far from the passive


too strong in
its signification.

primitive sense
people.

sufficient,

or enough, Xaoi noUoe,

is

many

form,

and withal a

It is

He drew away

sufficient people after

him

xay.eirog,

rendered destroy and dissolve in the com.


place only ''come to nought."

ver.,

but

in this

by
to

crasis. for y.at excttos,


all,

and he
as

uixml.Lxo, aor. mid. utterly

destroyed himself, and

many
aizm

as persuaded themselves
(dat.)

him

ETtcid-oi'To

(aor. mid.)

here in the passive form of disaxo^. pass, forms used by this historian should be preserved.

f Ov Siraad-e xcnalvaai, you are not able to destroy were dispersed, is This enables us to retain the infinitive form of xaralvco. I think the mid. and

it.

'

The transposition of
others.
It

"lest perhaps"
is,

is

sanctioned

by

Others have

it,

"

In the days of the registration"

having

De Wette and

however, a matter of taste.

reference to the levying of the tax,

w Tam^uc^ais

uTioyQatpr^s,

Boothroyd, Wakefield, Hackett, Penn.

Equivalent in our Literally, "having scourged them." English idiom, to " had scourged them," which is more usual.
^e^co, excorio.
'

We presume the dual t v. 38 refers to these two directions


two them
things to
alone."

--"Refrain from these men.


these

you

"

Let thrm alone," equal to


'"

'!

say

Avrov

is

repudiated from the text by the best Jlanu-

withdraw from these men," and


xara-

scripts.
'

Gb., Sch., Ln., Tf.


difference

"let

Ku!.a/.v9'i;aerai, future ind. pass, of

The

between preaching and teaching Jesus

88

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
CHAP.
VERSION.
VI.

CHAP.

VI.

GREEK TEXT.
CHAP.
VI.

REVISED VERSION.
CHAP.
VI.

Amd

in those days,

when

the
vi^as

JEN

8e TOLs i]iJ.epai9 ravrais


/j.adijTcoi',

'Now,

in

those

days,

the

number of the
multiplied,

disciples

TrXridvvovTOiv tS)v

eye-

number

of the disciples be-

there arose a mur- vTO muring of the Grecians against


cTTcoi'

yoyyvafJLO^
TTpof

twv
'

rov^

the Heljrews, because their wi-

^pa[ov9, on
tij

JiXXrjVL- ing 'multiplied, a murmuring of the "Hellenists against the

dows were neglected


ministration.

in

the daily

irapedecopovvTO
Tjj

iv
ai

StaKOvia

"Hebrews occurred, because their own widows were "neg2

KadiijiepLvij

')(J]po.i
o'l

Then the twelve

called the

irpoaKaXeadpevoL Se

in the daily ''ministraScodeKa tion. Then the Twelve, having

avrav. lected

and to their proper repi-escntatives, but most English versions it is rendered against them." See The xr^^v^ is but a herald, and his work is to herald, to an- also Acts 6:1; 9:5; Mark 12 12. He spoke a p.arable nounce, proclaim, or preach but the StSaoy.aXos, from ScSaoxca, " against them," com. ver., yet he spoke it to them. " Dash teaches. He simply addresses the understanding didactically. thy foot against a stone," n^os hO'ov, Luke 4 11. " Murmured lie may explain, or expound, or interpret a doctrine, or even against his disciples," Luke 5 30. " Kick against the goads," a fact, or an event. But here his work ceases. But the Tt^os y.tvjqn. Acts 9 5.
Christ,
is

very distinctly specified in this passage

It,

in fact,

certain liusbandmen,
in

])ervades the narratives of the propagation of

Christianity.

^^

preacher proclaims a person, or


portance, and

facts,

or events, of public im 'Ori,

may

herald his advent, and announce his mission.


for its subject,

7iaQid'u>(iovi'To.

Literally, looked at askance, implied-

and the ly with some degree of neglect. AVidows were not universally Apostolic teaching had Christ for its subject. They preached neglected, but aincov, of themselves, i. e. their own widows. Jesus as tlie Christ, and they taught Christ as the most grand nn^aO-ewQovi'To, used to be " less regarded." This view is intimated in the radical conception of the verb Tia^nO'ecofftio and Divine official in the universe.

The Apostolic preaching had Jesus

" to

look at things side


less.

bjf

side,"

hence comparatively to

Je

is

here merely coutinuative and connective, not re-

regard

See Xen. Jlemorabilia


Sect. 30. p. 218.

4, 87.

Dem.

1414, 22. Diois

sumptive nor adversative.


paragraph,
tion
is

Either and, or now may, in this


JSotv, in

dorus

Sic.

In the N. T. this

an 7rn|

position, represent its full force.


is

the beginning of a

?.yO/lt'OV.

generally preferred, but, where intimate connec-

indicated, and, for the

most

part, is to

be preferred.

El'
place.

Ti]

Siaxorin.

Some

prefer
;

administratiun

in

this
;

Such
other

is
it

Thompson, ministration or administration, jjiaxona delogicalb/ related to the facts stated in the preceding narrative, notes all voluntary ministrations, from the humblest to the most august, from that of a church deacon to that of an and, therefore, we prefer now. apostle, even to that of the Lord Jesus Christ. Roman nlri!>iti'oi'rcoi: nh]!)vi'U), found twelve times in N. T., is, m.igistrates, the apostles, and the Lord himself are, in the with one exception, always translated by the word multiply, N. T., represented under the word Smxovoi, " mi7iisters of as more expressive of its impoi-t than our word increase. God." Sister Phoebe was a Siaxoi'os, a deaconess (com. gen.), With only two exceptions, Tclrjd'og occurring thirty-two times or servant of the Church of Cenchrea, Rom. IG 1. By the in our com. ver. is rendered multitude. And what is the fact same apostle and in the same epistle ch. 15 8, Jesus Christ
I :

the case before us, in one point of view, but in anmay be regarded as the opening of a new scene, not

Ministration, Dodd., Tyndal

Cranmer,

distribution

here
in a

In a few days the disciples increased from 120 to

.3120,

is

called a Siuxoros, a deacon or " minister of the circum-

few days more, to 5000.


"

Acts 4

4,

and 21

20.

There cision."

were
">

many

nii/riads of the

Jews " that

believed.

against the

Not Greeks, 'iV.^ijrfi, Hellenists. Hebrew Jews."

The

'

We have our ministers of state, ordinary and extraordinary So has God. He made his Son, his angels, his prophets, Greek Jews priests, and kings, his Staxovoi, his deacons in the drama of Creation, Providence, moral government, and redemption.
ttoos
It is of

ITnog Totv 'Efioaiovs, against the Hebrews.

occurs

some 750 times


to,

in
is

the N.

T.,

and

is

While commonly

Home, and her descendants, and


all

espcciall}- of

the

ren-

Greeks, and not of Jesus Christ, to name one class of ecclesiothers.


It should also

dered

and

unto,

it

occasionally, necessarily

rendered astics deacons, to the exclusion of


arc never convertible terms.

against, as well as among, because in appearing in certain attitudes, and in certain crises, or places, we appear for, or

be noted of Siaxovos aud SovXoi, that Siaxovia and SovXeiat

The same person may,

indeed,
is

against certain purposes, persons, or undertakings. Jesus once spoke a parable Tifjoi toi's,- yew^yov^ in reference to

be a Sovlos and a Siaxoroi, but the relation, or attitude,


'

not

thereby changed.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSION.
them,

CHAP.

VI.

39

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.

multitude of the disciples unto TO ttXtjOos Ta)U fiadrjTcoi', elirov, icalled the multitude of tiie and said, It is not reason OvK apearov icmu rjfid?, Kara- disciples to them, said 'Rethat we should leave the word Xeiy^avras rov Xoyov rod Oeov, linquishing the word of God to
:

of God, and serve tables.


3 Wherefore,

8iaKovelv Tpaire^aLs.

ewiaKe- serve tables

is

not pleasing to
loolc

brethren,

look
\j^acr0e

ye out among you seven

men

of

ovu, dde\(f)o'i, av8pai

i^

us.

Wherefore, brethren,

lionest report, full of the

Holy

vfiav /jLapTvpovixefovy eVra, ttAj;- out among you seven men =of
peif IIvevixaTos

Ghost and wisdom,

whom we

Aylov

kolI

may

appoint over this business.

(pia^, ous' KaTacm]crop.ei/ eTn.

ao- attested character, full of the Holy 'Spirit and of wisdom, rrj^

rjp-el? 8e rfj 4 But we will give ourselves ^peiay ravrr]?' "business but we will give ourcontinually to prayer, and to the 7rpo(TU)^f] Kol rfj SiaKOfla tov selves 'wholly to prayer, and to ministry of the word. Xoyov irpoa-KapTepijo-o/xev. " Kai the ministry of the word. And 5 And the saying pleased the I'jpio-ev 6 Aoyof evfOTTLOv TravTos the speech was pleasing in the whole multitude and they chose TOV 7rXii']dovs' Kol i^eXe^avTO mind of all the people and Stephen, a man full of faith and l^Tecpavou, dvSpa TrXyp^] TrlcrTecoy they chose Stephen, a man full of the Holy Ghost, and Philip, KOL HuevfJiaTO? 'Aylov, koI ^Pl- of faith and of the Holy 'Spirit, and Prochorus, and Nicanor, and Xiinrov, Kca IIpo-)(opov kol JYt- and Philip, and Prochorus, and Timon, and Parmenas, and NiKavopa, Kol TlpoDua kou Jlap/xe- Nicanor, and Timon, and Parcolas a proselyte of Antioch, G Wiiom they set before the vdv, KOL JYiKoXaou Trpoa-t-jXvTov menas, and Nicliolas, a prose^ ovs ecrrriaav eVcu- lyte of Antiocli whom they apostles and when they had AvTLO')(ea,
; :
;

whom we may

appoint over this

prayed, they laid

their

hands on

TTiOi'

them.

diroaToXcov kul irpoa- presented before the Apostles ev^dfjLevoL ^TreOrjKav avToIs Ta? and, "praying, they ""laid their
Tcav
;

UjioaxaXcauueroi

(1st

<aor.

part. mid. of n^oaxaXso/iai,

important to their
should

still

office,

and, therefore, in

all

similar cases,

it

advoco), having called.

be made an indispeusable prerequisite.


z?^'s ravrrjs, over this business, over this nelatter is

Text

not pleasing to us,

Relinquishing the word of God to serve tables is is in strict confonnity to the Greek con-

7tt

rrjs

cessity.

The

more

in accordance

with scriptural

struction of the text as

we

judge, and better comports with

the occasion and the feelings of the Apostles than any version of it we have seen, and has this preeminence that it impinges not in the least upon the grammatical construction and import of every word in the text. It is true it might be

an employment, and they were to make it a calling, a business. It was a necessary employment, and being an employment it interfered with the Apostles'
usage.
It was, however,

proper business; and viewed in this contextual light

it

falls

under the character of a business, and

is

a work as

much

as

more

literally read,

But this

Having relinquished the word of God, &c. evaporates the spirit of the response, and in the conis

was the
'

special

work

lying

upon the Apostles.


It im"

U^oaxniyTeQem, generally rendered by continue.


urgency, a continued steadfastness,

struction of the 1st aorist participle

not absolutely de-

plies earnestness,

instant

manded.

in

prayer."

To persevere with

strength, Critica Sacra.


rcc.;

Ma^rvoovfceuovi, attested character, ''good fame," Wic''good testimony," Murd.


;

" Ilooaev^n/ieioi

tned'iiy.av avrots

^ti^as.

This specially

lif;
'

''of reputation,"

Thompson.
though

refers to the Apostles, wliile praying for these seven


elect,

deacons

they placing their hands upon them solemnly set them there is no article in the original, yet we prefer to retain the usual apart to the work to which they had previously been elected In pursuance of this solemnity, form, " The Holy Spirit." It may be questionable, indeed, whether by this great congregation. such a possession of the Holy Spirit as was given to the apostles, and and the undivided attention of the Apostles to the preaching
nkq^eis Ttvivjuaroi.
Literally, ''full of

Holy

Spirit,"

by which they were enabled


the church.

to

work

miracles, etc.,

was a special

pre-

of the gospel,

we

are informed that the


its

word of the Lord

requisite, in the case of these seven,

more than

in

other nicnibcrs of

rv^ave (increased) in

influence and power, insomuch that

That they were to possess the

influence and personal

even of the priests a great multitude became obedient to the


faith.

abiding of the Spirit of

God

such a possession of the Holy Spirit


its

manifested in such demonstrations of


qualify

sanctifying power, as to

"" "They

laid

their hands
office,

upon them."

This

Apostolic

them

for

faithful discharge of their special duties,

was

all

usage, in appointing to

was

indicative of the devotion

40

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSION.
7

CHAP.

VI.

GREEK TEXT.
in'

REVISED VERSION.
7

And
;

the word of

creased

and the

God number of

the

disciples multiplied iu

Jerusalem

greatly

and a great company

of the priests were obedient to

8e TrXi'jpr)^ "was becoming submissive to Stephen, full of faith "the faith. And Stephen, full and power, did great wondei's TTLarecos KCU Svuap.C09 eirolei re- of faith and power, did great and niiracles among the people. para kul cn]fj.ela /leyaXa eu rm wonders and miracles among duearrjaau Se tiv(.s tu>v the people. 9 Then there arose certain of Xaa. "Then there arose certain of the synagogue, which is called 6/c TJ;? (Tvvaywyri'i rrj^ Xeyop.ei^r]f the Synagogue of tliat comtlie sijnagogue of the Libertines, jiL^fpTivwv, /cat KvpTjvaicdv koI posed of the freednien Cyand Cyreuians, and Alexandrians, 'jiXe^apSpecop, Kol tcov airo KlXi- renians and Alexandrians, and and of them of Cilicia, and of KLUS KCU 'Acrias, av^^-jTovvTes tcS of those from Cilicia, and of Asia, disputing with Steplien. 2^T(pai'cpKUL ouK L<T')(yov ai>- Asia, putting questions to Ste10 And they were not able to phen; and they were not able TLaTi]i'ai TY] ao(j)ia kol tco irvevresist the wisdom and the spirit to resist the wisdom and tlie ^ rare vire^a- ''spirit by which he spoke. fxari CO eXdXei. by which he spake. ukt]- And they 'privately procured 11 Then they suborned men, Xou avbpas Xeyovras, '

the faith.

)^elpa^. Kcu 6 Aoyoy tov Oeov hands upon them. And the word of God 'was increasqv^ave, Koi eirXrjOvveTo 6 apiOixos ing, and the number of the tS>v p.a6i]Ta)v iv lepovaaAy/j. disciples in Jerusalem was bea(po8pa, TToXvs re b)(Xos twp ing greatly multiplied, and a upecov virrjKovov rfj Triarei. 'great crowd of the priests

And

ETE^^ANOE

fl

lo

On

of the person

to

Ood

and

to

some

specific service

accompanied
laid

witli prayer, indicating that, as the

also Stephen is both better grammar and sense than disputing hands were with Stephen, and is in hamiony with the most radical mean-

upon

liim,

God wduld impart


.-ie9'riy.rir

to liim the grace

and

tlie

ing of ar^tjTcto, mutuo qurero, alterior discepto.

See Critica

spirit of that O.Tice.

avrot^ rag xci^ae.

Sacra on this passage under

ovi,r,rta>,

ov^t/teti',

non solum
:

This imperfect signijicatum altero de re atiqua disquirere, Acts C 9, and 29. Sed etiam rci alicujus ncvitate perculsum alterum form of the verb happily illustrates a continued progressing 9 intincnce upon the community, which our indefinite past tense interpellare, Mark 1 27, and 9:16.
Ilv^are, imperfect active, icas incrcasitig.
: :

Preedmen, both Cyrenians and Alexandrians. Critics have much debated this namei Uolvg le uylos. This is a bold representation of a great each with seeming probability, but without much assurance. crowd of the priests, and intimates a great excitement, a These Freedmen, if we so call them, being Jews, had their
does not express.
y

AijSeQrivtor, denotes a class of

tumult, an uproar.

TTtuxovu) indicates a submissive hearing, especially in

New

own language

at Jerusalem.

Had

these three been distinct

classes, regular

usage would have called for raiv, before each Quite probable,

Testament usage, but with a dative in the imperfect it means of them. were becoming submissive, and clearly indicates the progress
city,

Pierce contends that they were inhabitants of a

or district of Lybia, called Libertina.

of the reformation of the priests.

"
"

'

The

faith"

here

(Boothroyd), could
^

we

find such a place.

indicative of the Evangelical system.


ii
cXaXet.

Tri TTiarct.

This being the dative of the cause, or instruassign this defense to the immediate inspira-

Hence the impregnability of his Spirit. and Cyrenians, and Alexandrians, and of defense. those from Cilicia and Asia, disputing with Stephen, and they ' 'T7te,3idor, they suborned. We liave been at considei-able wore not able to resist the wisdom and the spirit by which he This is an awkward sentence granmiatically contem- pains in tracing, in Greek literature, sacred and profone, the spoke. In liis mind, he is about current acceptation of i-^iopalho to save these .Jewish infidels plated, yet of easy interpretation. But it lias been certain of the Libertines " (rwf XtjSepru-coi'), of the from the imputation of briber)' and murder. to say, Freedmcn, but in the act of writing this, he throws in as a fruitless eflbrt. ^YnoflnD.m is to snboni, to hire or employ explanatory (x rrjg cwvayiuyris tijs i-eyouevrjs) out of the Syna- men to falsify, to swear a man's life away for a paltry reward. To suborn is simply Still the sense is Subjicio and suborno are its whole area. gogue, that being called the Libertines. clear: Then certain of the Synagogue, that being composed to put on a lie of any sort for a reward of any sort. It is of freedmcn, T);g ?.tyoficrr;g (part. pr. pass, of f.eyto), to lay, found but this once in the Christian Scriptures. Stephen died
called Libertines,

Then

there arose certain persons of the Synagogue that

ment, or
is

we must
Holy

tion of the

''

lo

arrange together,
participle
is

or, as

we
tlie

saj'

of a discnurse,

to

compose.
to

for the truth

through the falsehood and bribery of a corrupt

The

.also

in

Gon.

Putting

(jucstions

priesthood.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSION.
said, We have heard him speak blasphemous words against Moses, and against God. 12 And they stirred up the people, and the elders, and the scribes, and came upon him, and cauglit him, and brought him to

CHAP.

VII.

41

GREEK TEXT.
Koafxeu avTou XaXovvTOs /)?;/iara
f3Xa(T(j)r] fjia

REVISED VERSION.

which

men who said, We have eh MaKrrjv koI tov heard him speaking reviling
re

Oeop.

"

SlvveKLvi-jadv

tov words

against

Moses
and

and
12

Xaov Kcu Tovs irpeajivTepovs kou


T0V9 Ypafxixarels,
avvr^pTvacrav
koll

against God.

And

they 'exthe

eTrio-rauTe^ cited

the

people,

avrov, kol rjyayov elders, and

the scribes, and

the council,

13

And

set

up

false witnesses,

eh TO crvveBpiov, ^^ eaTr]adv re came upon him, and seized, papTvpas yj/evSeis XeyovTa^, 'O and brought him to the counavOpcoTTos ovTOs oviraveraL pi-ip.aTa
cil,

which

said,

This

man

ceaseth

and set up

lalse witnesses, 13

not to speak blasphemous words l3Xaa(f)r]p.a XaXav Kara tov tottov saying, This man ceases not to against this holy place, and the TOV aytov tovtov kol tov vop.ov. speak ""words against this holy
uKT-jKoapLev yap avrov Xeyovro?, law 14 For we have heard him On Ii]aovs 6 JVa^copalo^ ovtos say, that this Jesus of Nazareth KaraXvaei tov tottov tovtov, kol shall destroy this place, and shall dXXa^eL ra edi] a TrapeScoKev i]p2v change the customs which Moses ^ Jlcovcri]^. Kal dreviaavTes delivered us. els avrov airavres o'l Ka6e^opLevoi
'

place, and the

law

for

'we

14

have heard him saying, that


this Jesus, the Nazarene, will

destroy this place, and change


the customs which Moses delivered us.

15

And

all

that

sat

in

the

And

all

who

sat in 15

council, looking steadfastly on him, saw his face as it had been aunrov avrov dyyeXov. the face of an ansrel.

ev rep

(Tvvedpla),

el8ov

ro irpo- the council, looking steadfastly

d)ae\

Trpoacoirov on him,

saw

his face, as if it
ansrel. o

had been the face of an


VII.

CHAP.

VII,

CHAP.
priest,

CHAP.

VII.
i

Then
2

said

the
so

high
'?

Eirre 8e 6 dp)^iepevf,

El dpa
8e
e(pi],

Then
said,

the ""High Priest said,


tilings so?

Are these things

And

he

said.

Men, brethren,
;

ravra ovrcos ^Xfi;


'

'

Are these

And he
fathers,

and

fathers,

hearken

The God
;

AvSpes a5eA0ot
suppono, as well as

kuI

irarepes,

'Brethren

and

^Xitepalov, vnojiaU.ai, V. 13

subjicio,

middle) liycov, saj'ing, or from speaking, or from uttering


slanders against xov ronov tov aytov rovrov, (most emphatic)
this, the
'

suborno.

To

suborn

to procure privately, or

by

collusion

to procure

by any

indirect

means.

The connection here

consecrated place,

and

the law.
;

would

indicate, not so

much

that they were foresworn, as pri-

For we have heard of him

no, but

we have heard him

vately furnished with answers or instructions.


"i

saying, that this Jesus the Nazarene will demolish, xazaXvaei

BXaaf7;u(i,

is

of doubtful authority, and repudiated

Griesbach, Sch., Ln., and Tf.

The Vatican, Ephrem, Beza, and


is

by tov roTTov Tovror, yai a).),a^t ra edr^j will change the customs which Moses na^sdcoy.ev, gave over, r,fiiv, to us.
^

Alexandrian MSS., and the most ancient versions,


the reading.
BlaofTifin, in this place, which
of a later age
scripts read,
!

know not

And

all

these, y.a&c^oiitvoi,

seating themselves in the

a pleonastic supplement

for

lalmu

^rjftara y.ara as the first

two manu-

Sanhedrim, anviaavrsi, fixing their eyes iipon him, saw his fiice, aiaei, used here in comparison, like the face of an angel.
"

and

^r^/iara lalcov y.ara. as the last two, express

the sense of

p'Kaaipr^fia,

Granville Penn, Esq.

London, 1837.

This
ing.
"

is,

more than

probabl}', a justifiable

view of this

Then the High Priest said Then the Chief Priest said. prefer the latter, some the former. 'O a^xit^cvs never read- means the Chief Priest. We have Chief Priests some sixty In or more times in com. ver., High Priest, some fifty times.

Some

In this case, they stirred up

the jjeople, is too gross.


:

The

the singular number, o aoxu^ai:; always indicates the

High

people were commoved, or put into commotion

elders, priests,

Priest; the plural, CJiief Priests, never includes him.


'

There appear but two classes addressed here, not men, scribes, and people were commoved ; and they seized and brought Stephen into the Sanhedrim. They caused false and brethren, and fathers. AfS^cs, qualifies both nouns, and witnesses to stand up saying, in the most definite language. therefore, being not a distinct class, we absorb it in brethren

The man,

this one, ovzoe,

does not restrain himself (indicative

and

fathers.

With

this concur Prof.

Hack. "Brethren and

42

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.
fa-

CHAP.

VII.

GREEK TEXT.
aKovcraTe.
6

REVISED VERSION.
So^?;? hearken
:

of glory iippeared unto our

Oeos

rrjy

The God of J'the glory

ther Abraham when he was in 03(pd7] rep irarpl rj/Jiiou AjSpaafx Mesopotamia, before he dwelt in ovTL ef rjj MecroTTOTajuLta, TTp\v

Charran,
77

KaTOiKrjaai avrov ev A.appai>,


Kal
erne irpos avrov,

3 And said unto him, Get thee out of thy country, and Irom thy kindred, and come into the laud

"^

.E^eXde
rrjs

6/c

r?;? yrjs

aov koI
/cat

e'/c

avyyrjv

which I

shew thee. 4 Tlien came he out of the


shall

yez/e/ay
rjv

aov,
(TOL

Sevpo
"^

et?

av

Sel^co.

Tore e^eX-

appeared to our father Abraham, when lie was in Mesopotamia, before he dwelt in "Haran, and said to him, " Go forth out of your country, and from your kindred, and come into a country that I will show you." Then he came

land of the Chaldeans, and dwelt dcov tK yi]S XaX8aLcov, KarcoKrj- out of the 'land of the Chalin Charran.

And from
into

thence,

when

his

father

was dead, he
t]iis

removed

him

land

wherein ye now dwell. 5 And he gave him none inheritance in it, no, not so much (IS to set his foot on yet he promised that he would give it to him for a possession, and to
:

his seed after him,

when

us

yd

fiera deans and dwelt in Haran; his father ro dirodaueli/ rov irarepa avrov, and thence, "after was dead, God caused him p-ercpKiaei^ avrov i.s rrjv yrjv to remove into this land, in ravrrjv et? tjv v/xeL^ vvv Karoi- which you are now dwellbut he did not "give /cat Keireovk eScoKev avrco ing inheritance in it, not him an Iv ovSe KXrjpovofjLLav aurfj, firjixa even a foot breadth. Yet he TToSos' /cat iirriyyeiXaro avroo promised that he would give Sovvac eiy Karaa^eaLV avrrjv, Kal it to him, for a possession, and rep aTrep/xari avrov fier avrov, to his seed after him, wiien,

aev eu

Xappav KaKeWev

"^

he had no
6

child.

thus to him: That ' ecrrai his seed should besojournersin That his seed should sojourn in Xi]a Se ovrcof 6 Oeo^, a strange land; and that they ro airepfxa avrov irapoiKOv ev yq a strange land, and that they
this wise.

And God spake on

OVK ovros avTcS rtKvov.

iXd-

as yet, he

had no

child.

Then

On

God spoke

Fathers," Booth.
Italian, Spanish,

Viri fratres et patres, Vulgate.


and French. Biblia Sacra
loco.
(r>;s SoSris)

So

also the

Charran, com. ver. Ilaran.


called to the

From

this place

Abraham was
familiar

Polj'glot.

Dr. Leo

promised land.

Stephen, by this allusion, seems

also
'

Adam
T7ie

Clark in

to endeavor to subdue prejudices,


the glory.

by associations
v. 3,

and

God of
rj

"We have

7}

/Snodein,

agreeable to his audience.

i]

Svvafiig, xui

So^a, in the Lord's prayer.

In the Acts \re

In the same felicitous manner,


call, ey.

he emphasizes on his

rr^e )'i;s and x So^a four times, twice in this chapter, once uilh, and once country and your kindred Again we have it ch. 12 23, eSioxe without, the article, v. 55.

liave

oovj

rr^s

ovyytrstas oov^

forsake

your

just

what the martyr Stephen


in joining

rijv

do^av rvj Qtto, and ch. 22

11, arro rr,s So^r;g

rov <pu>Tos

and

his associates

were virtually doing,

themselves

cxeivov.
cases,

reason
the

There is a specific glory indicated in some of these kindred tis yr,v, into a country. The power of the article but not in all. In the case before us we see no special and of the want of it is well exhibited here, out of the into a for the article, before glory, unless allusion
;

to the Christian party.

Ex

t/,s yr^i,

out of the country of their

be

made

to

call of

Abraham out

of LTr of the Chaldces,

where God

first

country.

^ XttA^m', now the resort of wandering Arabs, is a monuappeared to him, which glorious appearance gave to that place the name ovn, or our, contracted LV, which in Chaldee means mental name. It was Haran, in Mesopotamia, monumental In Hebrew and Chaldee -.is signifies ligld and fire. It of the son of Tcrah, fixthcr of Aliraham, Nahor, and Haran. light.

is,

therefore, highly probable that, as on other occasions, Bethel,


'

Becrsheba, Gcrshom, Eliezer,


festations

etc.,
;

commemorate Divine mani-

Here there
differ

is
is

no

article before

/.;;.

and interpositions

so Stephen here

may

cause this land

already defined and


excel,

Yet we allow it bemade definite. In this


liad

allude to

the special manifestations of Jehovah to the people of Abra-

we

from,

and

the

Greeks who

onlv one

ham, and, therefore, prefixes


here insert
it

the article, or those


;

preted his speech did so allusively


as

at

all

events,

who interwe should

article.

" After, rather than


Ace. post, after.

u-he7i,

his father

was dead.

Mira with
him not

we

find

it

in this significant scene.

'0 0eos t;;s <5os/;s, literally, the God of the glory lias the light, or the visible splendor, in which he appeared to the

"

Ovx

cScoxci'

aiTti)
it,

xXr,povouiai> iv iwr^, he gave


flr;fia

an inheritance
article.

in

ovSe

tioSos,

not even afoot breadth.

Fathers of Israel.

The symbol of
appeared

his presence.
to,

Bloomf.,

W.,

wyi?;;, seen by, or

Abraham.

> XaAiiuv,

De How

precisely the sense

is

here given by the absence of the

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
and entreat them
VERSION.

CHAP.

VII.

43

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.
oppress

should bring them into bondage, dAXoTpia, KoL BovXoaovaiv avro should enslave, and
evil four

hun- Koi KaKa(T0V(ni>, ery TerpaKocria. them "fourhundred years.


Koi

And
they

dred years. 7 And the nation

TO

iOvos,
iyco,

to

whom

(p

iau
elrreu

SovXeu- the
6 Oeos'
shall

nation

to

whom

crcocri,

Kpii/ca

be in bondage, I will
they shall

they shall be in bondage will I KOL fxera ravra judge, said God and after that Xarpevaovcrl Kcu shall they come forth, and serve
:

e^eXevaovrai,
fjioc

ppunish, said God, and after


this

eu

rw

tottco

come

forth

me
8

in this place.

TOVTCo. t

Kcu

eScoKeu avrco dtaL

and iserve

me

in this place.

covenant of circumcision and nant of circumcision. And so VYjae Tov laaaK, koll TrepieTe/nev so "he begat Isaac, and circumAhrulutm begat Isaac, and cir- avTov rfj rjpfpa rfj oySor)' kou 6 cised him the eighth day. 'And cumcised liini the eighth day IcraaK tov Iukco^, Kac 6 laKcofi Isaac begat Jacob, and Jacob and Isaac begat Jacob, and Jacob Tovs ScoSeKU iraTpiap^as kou patriarchs.
;
' .

And he gave him

the cove- OriKiiv irepLToprji- kol ovtws lyiv-

And God gave Abraham

begat the twelve patriarchs.


9

And
:

the patriarchs,
sold

moved
into

with

envy,

Joseph

Egypt
10

but

God was with

him,

And

delivered

him out of

all his afflictions,

and gave him

begat the twelve tov And the patriarchs, "moved laxTTjcf) oLTreSovTO elf A'lyvirTov with envy, sold Joseph into Oeoi peT Koi rjv 6 avTov, Egypt. But God was with ^'^ /cat i^elXeTO avTov e/c Traacov him, and delivered him out of Tu>v dXlyj/ecov avTov, kol eScoKiv all his afflictions, and gave
o'l

TraTptap^aL

^ijXcoaavTef

lo

"

"

Four hundred

years."

This

is

a round sum, rather than

in

the oldness of the


in

letter,

but Christians worship and serve


in truth,

a precise one.

Paul, in a chronological argument concerning

God

newness of

sjnrit

and

and not

in the oldness

the supcriorit)', in point of antiquit_y, of the Promise, to the


giving of the Law,
thirty j-ears

of the letter.
^lad'Kixrjv ncQiTo/irfi,
cision,

makes that
:

interval

four hundred

and

(Gal. 3

17),

beginning with the calling of


This event antedated the

he gave him a covenant of circuman institution of circumcision. ^lad'i^Krj occurs 33 times


represented by testament 13 times.
It properly indi-

Abraham,

at the age of 75 years.

giving of the law 430 years

which Paul com- cates an institution, not a testament, only in the case of a tesputes, between the i3rst promise made to Abraham, concerning tator. Generically, any institution proposed by one part}'. 2lvvthe Seed, in whom all the families of the earth should be &r;y.r] with the Greeks indicated a covenant or contract between The whole period of the sojourning of Abraham and two parties, equal or confederate. But a Sia&r;y.r! is, or may blessed. his seed, from the first promise to him, at 75, till the Exodus, be, absolute, and enacted by one party in power, to which subwas 430 years 215 before their descent into Egypt, and 215 mission and acquiescence may be due from another party. years in it. The covenant of the promised seed antedates the Such are all Divine institutions. covenant of circumcision, consummated on the bii'th of Isaac, " Ovrwi syEi'vr^oe top laaay.^ y.at 'X^^uxEuf^v. Tile ourtos

the interval

in

N.

T.,

twenty-five years.

here has respect to the circumcising, as the context indicates,

The sum

of four

hundred and thirty

is

computed

as follows

and yet

it

is

not

in

our idiom so historically direct as

we

From

the promise to the birth of -Isaac, 25 years.


:

From
26
;

the

birth of Isaac to that of Jacob, 60 years, Gen. 25

was 130 years

Jacob These of circumcision, which everybody understood. added, give 215 years. And just as long time his children ' Kcu 6 laaay. rof laxcoiS. This is preceded by lyen-r^os tov dwelt in Egypt, Gal. 3 17. See Dr. "Whitby, Dr. Adam laaax. Here, as in other cases, we have the article, to give Clark in loco. eminence or special conspicuity, as in the same verse rovs SaiSexa TtaxQia^xas the twelve patriarchs presuming that
old,

But, the point being so well understood by the Jews, he proceeds with the genealogy and not with the details

could wish.

when he went down


:

into Egypt.

K^tvw

eyio.

Kqivoi

is

represented by " sue at

law" judge,

ordain,

esteem,

determine,

condemn, decree, damn, avenge,

they were notorious persons.


"

punish.
1

Zr,).ioaaiTs.

Zr;Xoa) is

used in four acceptations in the

Christian Scriptures.

It indicates simple desire

and
I

zeal.

It

Aar^ivaovat.
;

Aar^evco, represented
ver.

by

serve, seventeen
is

is

taken in lonam piartem and in

malam partem.

am

jealous,

times

four times by worship, com.


is

Serve

generic,

am

zealous, I desire, I covet.

" Covet," says Paul, " the best

worship

specific

and, therefore, in this case

we

prefer the

gifts,"

not for

genus to the
rather a fleshly

species,

inasmuch as the Jews' religion was Here it is service than a spiritual worship. They served archs were moved with envy.

your own sake, but for tlie sake of others. taken in a bad sense, in malam partem, the patri-

44

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAITES
VERSION.

CHAP.

VII.

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.

'favor and wisdom in in the sight avTa XOipLV KCLL cro(j)Lav ivavTLOV him the sight of Pharaoh, king of of Egypt and king of Pharaoh 0apao) ISaa-iXecof Alyvirrov, kol Egypt and he made him governor over K.aTiaTi](Tev avTou ij-yov/j.ei'oi' eir he made him governor over Egypt, and all Egypt, and all his liouse. AlyvTTTov Kol oXoi' Tov oIkov av-

favour and

wisdom

11
over

Now
all

there

came

a dearth

Tov.

rjkde Se Xifxos

e'0'

oXrjv

his household.

the land of Eg3'pt and


affliction

Ti]v yrjv

AlyvTTTOv koI Xavaav,


Kai ov)( evo'l

Now
upon
tion:

there

came

a "famine

11

Chanaan, and great


nance.

all

the land of

Kai dXixj/is fJ-eyaXiy

Egypt
afflic-

and our fathers found no suste12 But


there

piaKov yopTaajiara
I'jpcoi'.

and Canaan, and great


Trarepes
laKcojB

and our lathers found

when Jacob heai'd that


in

aKOvcraf

Se

no

sustenance.

But Jacob,

12

was corn

Egypt, he
first.

oura (Tira ev AlyvTrrw, i^aire(TTeiXe rovs


^

'having heard that there was

'grain in Egypt, 'first sent our Kol iu TcS SevTepcp ave- fathers. And at the second seph was made known to his yucopiadr) 'Icoarj^ toIs aSeX(j)OLS time, Joseph was^made known Jobrethren and Joseph's kindred avTOV, /cat (jyavepov eyeuero rcS to his brethren ; and

sent out our fathers

Tranpas

ij/icof irpco-

13

And
:

at the second time Jo-

Tov

was made known unto Pharaoh. 14 Then sent Joseph, and called
liis

f[>apau>
^*

TO

yivos tov
'laxTTjCJ)

lo^a^jtp.

seph's kindred ''became well

oLTToaTtiXas 8f

/xere^a-

known
Then
;

to Pharaoh.

father Jacob to him, and Aecraro tou Trartpa all his kindred, three score and Kco^, Koi iraaav
fifteen souls.

avTou

la-

Joseph
his
all

sent

and

14

ti-jv

(Tvyyei'eiau called

father Jacob to
'his

15 So Jacob went

down

avTOV, iv y^v^ah elSSopyjKovTa- him


into
irei'Te.
^

and

kindred,
15

Egypt, and
thers,

died,

lie,

and our

KaTejSi] 8e 'laKajS els

fa-

A'lyvTTTOu,

Koi eTeXevTtja-ei/ av^

IG And were carried over into Sychem, and laid in the sepul- peTeTidi]aav chre that Abraham bought for a Orjcrav Iv to

Tos Kou

ol TraTi'pes rjpuiu'

kcu
ere-

et?

^v^ep, kul

pi/rjp.aTC b u)vr}aaT0

sum of money of the sons of A^paap. Tipijs dpyvpiov, Trapa Emmor, the father of Sychem. TaV v'lU>V 'Epp.Op TOV 21v)(ip. money
'

So Jacob went down into Egypt, and died, he and our fathers, and were carried over into Sliechem, and laid in a sepulchre that which Abraham ^purchased with a sum of
seventy-five souls.

I6

of Hainor,
This
13

father

of
}.yO'

God

g.ive

to

Joseph yn^n/ xai aofiav

both

anarthrous.

* At'syrcoQiad'r]

ai'ayvo}QtL,ofint.

an

,Trt|

But not a favor and a wisdom this would have been only a fiEvoi', found only in this place in N. T. Joseph was made special case. But it is unlimited, like nvtifia 'Ayiov, not known, or revealed to his brethren. We need not pleonasticmerely indefinite, but abstract or absolute, as the case may be. ally say he was again made known, but simply made known, Like grace, or favor, it may be absolute and without measure, never before having been made known.
or
gift.
^ 0arioov xo yti'os, his.kiudred became well-known. a favor and a wisdom, nor the favor " Airov omitted by Gb., Sch., Ln., Tf fairly, however, and the wisdom, but, superior to both, and more honorable, implied. undefined favor and wisdom in the presence of Pharaoh, the These " seventy-five souls" must include the five sons of king of Egypt. Ephraim and JIanasseh and probably other descendants of " Aif/os d-Xiifig /iyah; y.iu ovy^ yoq-raofiara all indefinite, Joseph, to sustain the reading adopted of which, however, famine, tribulation, no sustenance. we have never seen a wholly satisfactory vindication. We ' Av.ovaiK, part, aor., having hoard, but quite as truthful follow the text of Bagster. JleiTe is of doubtful authority. and as tasteful, xchcn Jacob heard. ' O cutronro Tifir^s apyvnioi^, purcha.sed with a sum of 1 Tiros, fourteen times found in N. T., twelve times rendered money, an estimate of silver. Hn^a, beside of the sons of wheat, twice corn, com. ver. Frumenlum is its most general Hamor. Tov ^vyj/t tov cv Svysii, rejected by Ln.

it

may
It

be. in certain circumstances, a special grace, favor, or

is,

therefore, not

'^

Bense, triticum, often.

Grain

is

a generic term, including

all

Ilaoa

rcoi' vhoi'

Eiiitop rov ^vyFu, near to.


is

Dr. Clark's

sorts, therefore preferable here.


'

correction of the text here


time.

plausible. AVhether the purchase


liti-

Uquixov, adverb,

first, first

Eiarceozcde, they were

here mentioned was

literally his apostles, in

quest of food.

gated on manuscript authority.

made by Abraham or by Jacob is But as manuscripts are

still

'

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP.

VII.

45
REVISED VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.

17 But when the time of the promise drew nigli, which God

^But, according as the time of the promise, wiiich Trjs iTTayyeXlas ?;? wfj-oaev 6 Oeof had sworn to Abraham, tlie God has sworn to Abraham, Tcp 'AfSpaa/x, -qv^rjaev 6 Aaoy KOi people grew and multiplied in was drawing near, the peoeirAriUvvoTi ep AiyvTrrco, Jigypt, o-XP'-^ ple had grown and multiIS Till another king arose, ou dvearr] (3a(ri\Vf erepo?, by plied in Egypt, ""till another

Shechem.

17

18

which knew not Joseph. oiro? king arose, who had not known ovK j]8L rov 'Ia>ai](f). 19 The same dealt subtilly Joseph. 'The same 'havwith our kindred, and evil-en- KaracrocpiaafjLei'o^ to yeuos rjfimi', ing treated our race craftily, treated our fathers, so that they (KaKcocre tovs irarepas tj/jlcou, rov oppressed our fathers, that cast out tlieir young children, to TTOielv enOera ra I3p(f)i] avrmv, they might expose their ''inthe end they might not live. eh TO p.1] ^oioyoveiaOai. "" 'Ev fants, in order that they 20 In which time Moses was might not be preserved alive. born, and was exceeding fair, and (p Kaipco eyvvi]drj 3f(o<TrJ9, Kai At this time Moses was born, nourished up in his father's house rju a.(7TL0S TW OeS- b? dveTpaCJ)!] and was 'exceedingly beautithree months: who was nourished in his fxrjvay Tpeis eV t oXkco tov 7ra- ful . 21 21 And when he was cast out, father's house, three months. a S'^ iKTeoevTa oe auTov. avTpof Pharaoh's daughter took him up, And, he being exposed, Pharaand nourished him for her own Tov, dveiXeTO avTov rj OvyaTTjp oh's daughter "adopted him, 0apaa), kou aveOpe'^'aTO avTov and "nourished him for her own son.
;

19

20

-~

'

'

21

accumulating

we

shall not enter into the merits of the question,


is

have not

all

the ancient manuscripts,

we

shall retain this


it.

till

on which there
ing.

not an element of faith or piety depend-

we
^

flud

some more plausible authority


(y.ad'io;)

for repudiating

But

according to the time of the promise which


Ln., Tf,

It is

not a historic

fact,

that

Abraham
is

boiight this

field,

God
'

{ciiiio?.o-/i;aEi;

or plot of ground.

This

on the authority of A.B.C. vul. 15,

discrepancy

happily corrected by

36, so Alf.) openly declared.

Adam
'

Clark.
full.

His

critical

note on the passage

we

shall here

Axoig ov areart} /Saailevg ize^os.


f.T

Ln. and some others

quote in

add
' J

Aiyv:iTov, in Egypt.
v. 18.

accounts seem here to be confounded. 1st. The purmade by Abraham of the cave and field of Ephron, which was in the field of Machpelah this purchase was made from the children of Heth, Gen. 23 3. 10, 17. 2nd. The purchase made by Jacob, from the sons of Ilamor, or Emmor, of a sepulchre, in which the bones of Joseph were laid this was Josh. 14 32. The word in Sychera, or Shechem, Gen. 33 19 Abraham, therefore, in this place, is certainly a mistake and the word Jacob, which some have supplied, is, doubtless, more proper. Bp. Pearce supposes that Luke originally wrote, 6

Two

OvTos, this king,

chase

K.araaoifiortuEvos to yevos r^ucoVj having craftily treated.


:

Ingeniosus adversus aliquem, Acts 7

19, Critica Sacra.

It is in

worthy of

notice, that this is the identical


:

word found

the

Exodus 1 10, as expressive of the wicked subtilty practiced upon the Israelites by the Egyptian despotism, well
Septuagint.
defined, " Sophismatis, et argutis fallaciis utor adversus ali-

quem, quasi
redarguens.

falsis et sophisticis

rationibus et cavillationibus

LXX.

Interpretes utuntur hoc verbo.

Ex.

10

Dealt subtlleUj, Penn.

HUschicvoushj

polilic,

Thom.

Unjustly,

money

which he bought for a sum of which Jacob bought, who is the last person of the singular number spoken of in the preceding verse. Those who saw that the word eorr;aaTo, bouglit, had no nominative case joined to it, and did not know where to find tlie proper one, seem to have inserted Apfinafi, Abraham, in
eartjaaro
;

Ttftrjg

a^yv^tov,

that

is,

Wak,. Wes. CrafUh/, JIurd. Tov Tioieip ey.&eztt ra fl^ef)] avraii', by casting posing their babes that they might not live.
''

out, or ex-

Kat

Tjv

ttOTsios ICO

0eit>.

He was

exceeding beautiful,

God. The Hebrews, to express the superlative degree, were sometimes accustomed to add to their nouns the the text, for that purpose, without sufficiently attending to the word God. Hence we read in Hebrew of the cedars of God," " the mountains of God." indicative of lofty mountains and different circumstances of his purchase, from that of Jacob." towering cedars. Moses then was beautiful to God, that is, Acts 7 16. Some think that Dr. Clark is not sufficient authority for superlatively beautiful. Ilohs /leyah] tea Gerii, Jonas 3 3, Hack. correcting the text, against the authority of so many manu- Sept., the same form of the Hebrew superlative. " Ai^etf.ero, not from the water, but iollere liberos, adopted. scripts. Some of which read ' our father," without anj' proper
beautiful to
"

" Ai'sd'osxpazo avrof invrr; ii; viov, nourished him m, in But the Syriac the oldest translation retains the name Abraham. Murdock's Syriac reads it, ''which Abraham order to, or for a son to herself for her own son. Avtov with bought with money of the sons of Emmor." And as we the participle is not an accusative absolute.

name.

4G

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP.

VII.

GREEK TEXT.
son.

RE VISED VERSION.

22 And Moses was learned in eavrfj els vlov. " kcll iiraiBevOrj the wisdom of the Egyptians, Mcaarjs iraarj (ro(j)ia AlyvTrTLCov and was mighty in words and in r]v 8e Svvaros ii> Aoyois Kai eu
all

in all the
tians,

AndMoses was "educated wisdom of the Egyphis

22

deeds.

to

avTcp TeaaapaKOuTaeT7]9 xpovos, years old, it came into his heart years Itu Ti^v Kap8iav avrov avifirj visit his brethren the children of Israel.
seeing

23 And when he was

ipyoL9.
full forty

'

f2s

Se

lirXripovTO

and was rmighty in words and in 'his actions.

And when
old,
it

he was

full forty 23

came

into

his

heart to look after his brethren,


the children of Israel.

eTTiaKe^aadat tov^ u8eA(povs av-

And see-

24

/cat one of them Tov T0V9 VLOVs -lerpaijA. 24 And suffer wrong, he defended him, 18(01/ dSiKovp.euoi', ijpvTiva and avenged him that was op- varo KOLL eiTOL-qaev Ik8lkt}(Tiv tco pressed, and smote the EgypKaTaTTOvovpuvw, iraTa^as tou Al-

ing one of them 'wronged, he

defended

him,

and avenged
ojipressed,

him

who

was

smiting

the Egyptian.

He

25

yvTTTLOu. tvofxi^e 8e avvieuaL supposed, 'indeed, his breth25 For he supposed his brethren would have understood ren would have understood how Tovf d8e\(pov9 auTov, otl 6 Oeos that God, by his hand, would tiiat God by his hand would de- 8t.a ^etpof avTOU Slocoaii' avTols but they did deliver them liver tliem: but tliey understood awTTiplav o'l 8e ou avvrjKav. not understand. And the next not. rrj re iiTLOVcrrj i']pepa U)(^6t] 26 And the next day he shewday, he 'showed himself to ed himself unto them as they avTOLs pa')(opivoLs, Kol avvijXa- them as they were quarrel:

tian

"''

2G

and would have set them aev avTovs e(? eipi]in]i', enrcof, ing, and would have "compelat one again, saying, Sirs, j'e ' Ai>8pe9, dSe\([)OL itrre vp-eii- led them to peace, saying, You are brethren ; why do yc wrong [pari u8iKlT dXAyXovs ; ^' are brethren ; why do you one to another? 27 But he that did his neigh- 8e d8iKU)v TOV 7rX')](rioi>, aTTcocraro wrong one another? But he bour wrong, thrust him away, avTov, elirav, Tls ere KarearTjaev who did his neighbor wrong,
strove,

27

saying, made thee a ruler (ipyovTa koli 8iKaaTi]P and a judge over us?
'^

Who

e(})

'i]fxds;

thrust him away, saying, Wiio

pi] dpeXeiu pe av deXen, hv 2S Wilt thou kill me, as thou TpoTTov dveiXes X^^^ '^'^'^ Alyvdidst the Egyptian yesterday ? 29 Tlien lied JIoscs at this TTTWV ; '"^ J(j)uye Se Mcoarjs iu saying, and was a stranger in the TCO Xoyco TovTco, Kat eyeveTO 7raland of Madian, where he begat Iv yfj Ma8Lap, ov iyippi]poLKOS two sons.
'

made you
over us
?

a ruler and a judge Will you kill me, as

28

you killed the Egyptian yesterday? Tlien Moses fled 'at this saying, and was a stranger in
"the land of Midian, in which
29

30 And when
"

forty years

were aeu vlovs 8vo.

"^^

Kou

irXripco-

he begot two sons.

And when

so

but of

instrument, of his countrymen. After earc rum is redundant. 'Jvari, and some others, render usually rendered why, is an abbreviation of tlirec words, Iva winj 1 it, 6^ the wisduni of tlie Egyptians, as the instrument of his It yEvrjiai, in order to what should it he " The accusative would be the ordinary case after " ^vrfilaaev, drew culture. would have comtogether, compelled this passive." Hack. pcUed them to peace, as the sequel shows, but failed, through
71 atSevO'ii naai; aofin,
tlie

dative, not of the

manner.

De

^Vettc, Win.,

'

'

P ^vt'ttTos IV Xoyots,

in strength, as his speeches fully attest.


1

not so fluent as Aaron, but above hira the acerbity of their temper. Oidy found T. Not by violence but by argument.
\ j

in this

passage N.

Ln..

ASiy.ovfivov,

' Et> TO) ).oyio lovrio. This is superlatively definite, beAuTov should be added to er Xoyois xai coyois. Gb.. Sch., cause it became a pregnant fact in his future historj-. Exodus Tf It is more definitive, and seems to bo demanded. 2 12. Pharaoh now sought his life. injured by violence, Ex. 2:11. ,toit;ae/'
1

avenged the wrong, or wrought redress. TOV Aiyvnrioi', smiting, killing the Egyptian.
exSiy.r,aiv,

JTara^as

"
It is

Ev yrj MaStafi, in common to omit


is

the land of Midian, or rather Madiam. the article before


yr;,

"

when any
it,"

ad-

Me

is

frequently, in Luke's style, very elegantly rendered,

jective or adjunct

connected innnediately with

just as

indeed

rcro,

which

in

such cases as

this,

we

conceive

is

in

in the case of Uitv/iin,

with 'Aywr.

Cases of special import

better taste than autem, igilur, scd, tamen, quin, or jjorro.


'

not requiring
V.

it,

the adjective itself being deiiuitive.

See

Siy&Ti avToii,

showed

himself, ajijjoared

to

them

two

30

13

19, tv yij

Xuvaav.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP.

VII.

47
REVISED VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.
Sina,

expired, there appeared to


in the wilderness of

mount

him OevTcov erwv reaaapaKOVTa, co(p9r) forty years were expired, there avTco kv rfj epyjfJ-co toO bpovs Siva appeared to him, in the wilder-

an ansel of the Lord in a flame ayyeKoi Kvpiov iv (j)Xoyl irvpos ness of the mountain, Sinai, a 'messenger of the Lord, ''in a of fire in a bush. ^^ (Bdrov. 6 Se JMwarjS l8cou flameoffireinabush. Andwhen 31 When Moses saw it, he idavpaae to hpapa- irpoaepyo- Moses saw it, he wondered at wondered at the sight and as fxivov 8e avTov Karavorjaai, iye- the sight and, as he drew near he drew near to behold it, the vero (povTj Kvpiov irpos avrov, to 'contemplate it, the voice of voice of the Lord came unto
; ;

31

him, 32 Saying, I am tlie God of thy fathers, the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob. Then Moses trembled, and durst not behold. 33 Then said the Lord to him. Put otf tiiy shoes i'rom thy feet for the place where thou standest is holy ground. 34 I have seen, I have seen

^'^
'

Eyco

Oeo^

TOiv

Trarepcov
o

the Lord
I

came "to him,

saying,
32

crou, 6 (9eoy

ji^paafi

/cat

'laauK Kcd 6 Oeos laKcofB. rpopos Se yevopLevos Mcoarjs ovk God of


eToXjxa Karavorjaai.
**"

am the God of your fathers, Oeos the God of Abraham, and the Ev8e

elire

and the God of Then Moses trembled Then and durst not look.
Isaac,

Jacob.

33

the Lord said to him. Put oft' Srjpa tCov ttoScou crov o yap your ''shoes from your feet, for TOTTOf ev CO eaTrjKas, yrj ayia the place on which you stand
ecTTLv.
"

auTcS 6 KvpLOs, A-Vcroif to

vtto-

IScou elSou ttjp kolkco- is 'holy ground.

''Truly I

have

34

'^

"

An

angel of the Lord."

Bather in

this case,

a messenger

have been appositely translated or transferred in their original


form.
'

of the Lord.
for the

There does not appear to have been an angel here


to Moses, in his

There

is,

however, no controversy as to their meaning.


IIuqos here supplies the place of an

Lord himself was here and spoke

own

Ev

cpoyi Ttv^os ficnov.

person.

The

supernatural

fire

was, in this case, a messenger of


presence.

adjective, in the ficiij flame

of a bush.

Comp.

15

2 Thess.

the Lord, to indicate his

own

We

are elsewhere told


fire his minisin favor of the

1:8.
'

"

He

maketh the winds

his angels,

and a JIame of

KnTai'orjaai, not to behold, nor to observe a vision (a rare


!)

ter."

Paul to the Hebrews, founds an argument


the Lord Messiah, on the

work, indeed

but to contemplate, to consider, animadvert


appropriated acceptation, but in
to
its

not

supi'erae Divinity of

name given

in its present

original ety-

to

mological sense,

turn the mind to an object or subject.

We
Non
in

him, in contrast with that given to the higest rank of created


spirits.

find it well defined


est,

by an

old critic long laid on the shelf.

simpliciter intclligere, inspicere, sed


intendere.

magna
:

studio

mentem

The Jews

said the

law was given by angels, and gloried

in

it.

rem
'

Parens on Hebrews 3
Ln.,
Tl'.,

1.

Crit. Saer.

But

says Paul, he gives this title and style to the winds and

Uoog avrov omitted by


'O Tf.

a probable omission with

lightnings of heaven.

But

to the
etc.

Son he

saith

"

Thy

throne,

Griesb.

Geo^ before laany. and before laxco^ omitted by Ln.


of

God,

is

for ever

and ever,
oil

God
above

thy
all

God

has christed

and
''

The God

Abraham,

Isaac, and

Jacob

is

equipollent.
Hackelt.

anointed thee with the


ries.

of joy

"

coordinate functiona-

'I'jToSijurt, a distributive singular for the plural.

This beautiful and triumphant argument of the supreme


is

'

Fq ayia earn; comparatively


full

few of the Christian profession


'Ayiog, ayiorr;^, ayiwaviT,,
is

Deity of the Lord Jesus

measurably

lost in the

com. ver.
especially

AVe,

realize the

force of this family

therefore, prefer to translate angel

by messenger, But

when

ayiai^co, etc.

Its root etymological


yt],

simply ayq, a negative or


it

an argument depends upon

it.

All missionaries, whether spiritual


ail

privative of
at,co,

earth.

Wo

are aware that some derive


;

from

or material, are properly styled angels.

angels are not

colo, veneor, I

worship, 1 venerate

and a few from ayog,

properly styled
It

spirits.

vcneratio, a

would seem expedient,

malam
in
all .such

cases, either to transfer

the word angel, or uniformly translate it messenger.


the

And

so of

words

ajtoarolost

Staxorog^

EvayyeXtarr^Sf

7t^a/3vTe^os,

in bonam et &rp, Kodesh, non rem sanctam, neque sanctitatur, sed Sanctuarium sive locum eanctum significat, 3 (ut Ps. 20 3, et 63 3) non quidcm Templwn sed Ps. 110 vel urbem Hierosolyma, uti Kimchius voluit, vel potius arccm

word

of

two very

diverse significations

cadit

significationem.

tTtiaxoTiog, Apostle,

Deacon, Evangelist, Presbyter, Bishop.

This

Sionis, Bootius Animadversiones.

Sac. Lib.
is

2.

Leigh, Holiness
the tap-root of

class of
ings,

words has a cun-ency and a sense


in their

in the Apostolic writIt


is

to the Lord, Separation to the Lord,


this tree of life everlasting.
<

the

radi.t,

which they have not

mere etymology.

rather

Hebraistic than Grecian, and can be ascertained only through a

IStov eiSov
absolute

= Tp^-t
a

nx'i. truly I

li'i^'e

seen.

An

infini-

very strict analysis of

New

Testament usage.

They ought

all

to

tive

Ijeforc

finite

verb

indicates

the

reality

of an

48

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KIXG JAMES
VERSION.
criv

CHAP.

VII.

GREEK TEXT.
Tou Xaov
jjlov

REVISED VERSION.

the affliction of
is

my people which
I

in Eny()t,

and

have heard

tlieir

groaning,
to

and

am come

dow^n

now
-3-5

deliver them. And come, I will send thee into

Egypt.
This
]\IoscR,

refused, saying. a ruler and a judge? the same did God send to he a ruler and a deliverer by the hand of the

whom they Who made thee

TT] j3aTco. ovTOs i^ijyayev aubrought them out, af7rou](ray TepaTa Kai arip.tia Tovs, ter that he had shewed wonders and signs in the land of Egypt, kv yfj AlyvTrTov Kal Iv IpvQpa and in the Red sea, and in the daXaaayj, kolL iv Tij epy]/xco eTi]

angel which appeared to him the bush.

in

tov Iv A\yv- seen the affliction of my people, TTTO}, arevayfj.ov avTcov who are in Egypt, and have rjKOvaa- kcu KaTifii]u e^eXeadac heard their groaning, and am come down to deliver them. avTovs' KOL vvv Seupo, aTroareXu) And now, come, I will send you "'^ (re tf AtyvTTTov. Tovtou tov into Egypt. This Moses, whom Moyvarjv ov rjpvi^cravTO tlirovTes, they had rejected, saying. Who Tls ere KaTtaT-qcreu a.p-)^ouTa kol made you a ruler and a judge'/ 8LKaaTi]v ; tovtov o Oeos ap^ovTa God sent "the same to be a rulKoi \uTpa)Ti}i> a-TTeaTeiXev iv ^ipi er and a deliverer, by the hand ayyeAou tov offjOepTOs uutS iv of the messenger that appearKol TOU
''*'

^5

36

He

ed to him iu the bush. He brought them out, after showing wonders and signs, in the
'land of

3G

Egypt, and
This
is

in the

Ked
37

wilderness forty years. "' TiaaapaKoi'Ta. Ovto^ iaTiv 37 This is that JIoscs, whicli McoiJarji (.lirwv Toh vlol^ 6 6 said unto the children of Israel, prophet shall the Lord your laparjX, IIpo(pi]Tr]u vplv avaGod raise up unto you of your aTTjCTii. Kvpios 6 Oeos vp.coi> in brethren, like unto me ; him shall T(ov dSeXclMu vpwv w? e'/xe* av-

Sea,

and

in the wilderness, for-

ty years.

the Moses

who
raise

said to the children of

Israel,

The Lord your God will up a prophet for you, of


38

ye hear. 38 This is he, that was in the Tov uKOvaeade. church iu the wilderness with 6 yevop-euos eV
act.

"^^

Trj

your brethren, as he raised me up; you shall hear Miim. This Ovtos iaTiv is he who was in the ''congreeKKXriala iu gation in the wilderness, with
;

or an effect of

it

in the highest degree.

See Gesenius,

assembly

persons convened by authority, a people obedient

lleb.

Gram.,

128, 3.

Some

prefer a:toarciho to aTtoaxM.co. as future (^Y. 42, 4), adopted

to a Divine call.

But

/.oyin ^cayra are likewise anarthrous,

The subjunctive couUl be used


probably from the Sept.
'

yet not to be represented living oracles, but the life-giving


oracles.

Hackell.
HQi'i;aavTo, one person's act,
v. 27,

Tovtov
etc.,

is

here emphatic.
constituted

ExxhiOia.

"In the church

in

the wilderness."

"In the
in

is

here representative of the nation

ns

ae xareoTrjoav

congregation in the wilderness."


Christian Scriptures 115 times
;

This term

is

found

the

anym-ra

who

you a

captain over us?

of these. 111 times translated

A^/oiTa

y.ni

StjinoTi;i'= It'T^Jcort^r,

they renounced Moses as

com. ver.

church, and thrice, assembly.

In the Septuagint

a Ruler and a Judge, yet

where Ruler and in the English we have congregation : while in the New, Tov com. version, we find congregation once, and assembly once ofS'BvTos, the one wlio xoas seen by him, or who appeared to "With us the word for the Greek exyXijain, 115 times. him, in the unconsumed burning bush. " church" and meeting are most current. Of dissenting de^ J^i' yrj AtyvTirov y.ni er FovO'^^rt O'a).aoor., not in a land of nominations it was said formerly they go to '^meeting," Egypt, nor in a lied Sea; for although anarthrous in form they but now they all go to '^church," as the Jew goes to his are delinitc in tlie grammatical fact, that adjeclires and definisynagogue. tive circumstances, dispense with the proper or peculiar use of A new and improved version should harinouiz.e the article. This further illustrates and confirms the fact that these denominational diversities. We, therefore, substitute Ht'tv/ia 'Ayiov is not grammatically a Holy Spirit, anj' more the word " congregation," as most appositely representing the than yrj Aiyvnrov is, grannnatically, a land of Bgypt. original. True the words "called out." or " the called out," ^ AvTov nxovacaO'e is repudiated from the text by Gb., were it a current designation, would still more literally deSch., Ln., Tf, and so is xrpios and v/icu>' by Gb. velope the import of exxXr;aia. It is associated with !iarr;yoota, ' This is a verj' definite verse. Olios eotiv 6 yei'oiiei'os in Heb. 12 23, which is rendered the " General Assembly" ttj eor^itm tov ayye).ov tov ).ft).ovvTog, tv no even the congregation of the " First Born." Kv^wxi, as an Tji yy.?.r^aiq ooet Tio}' 7inxfQo}r. It settles the grammatical and historical abbreviation of xi'^iov oixoi, a house of the Lord, is not found import of cxxl.i-on; beyond logical or grammatical debate. It in Ecclesiastic antiquity. The Scotch Kyrk, or kirk, or the

God

constituted

him

their

version of 0. Testament,

we commonly

find exy.lr.aiu,

Redeemer; and

that,

too,

by the hand

of an

angel.

was and

is,

and evermore

shall be,

peoj^le called out,

an Saxon Cyric, or

aire,

or th Danish kirke, was applied to the

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. CHAP.


KING JAMES
VERSION.
TVj
pi]/j.co

VII.

49

GREEK TEXT.
fiera tov
ei>

REVISED VERSION.

the angel wliich spake to liim in

the

mount

Sina, and

ivith

our XaXovvTos avTcp


kolI

rco opei

uyyeAov tov the messenger that spoke to Siud him in the mount Sinai, and

os iSe^aro with our lathers, who received ^^ cp the life-giving oracles to give to Aoyia ^coi'Ta Soiwul i^jxlv. 39 To whom our fathers would whom our fathers would ovK y^OeXi-jaav inri^Kooi y^viaQai us not obey, but thrust liim from not obey, but 'thrust him from OL Trarepe? i]/J.a>i^, aAA' airwaavTO, them, and in their hearts turned them, and in their hearts Kol ecTTpaCprjaai' ralg Kapdlais back again into Egypt, turned back again into Egypt, '"' avTwu els A'iyvnTov, enrovTeg 40 Saying unto Aaron, Make saying to Aaron, Make us tS Aapmv, noirjaov yp.'iu Oeovs us gods to go before us for as jgods to go before us because, OL TrpoTTopevaovraL yjp.coi'' 6 yap for this Moses, which brought us as for this Moses, who brought Mcnarjs ovTos, by 4^i]yayev i]fj.a9 out of the land of Egypt, we wot us out of the land of Egypt, we iK yfjs AlyvTTTOv, OVK olSa/xeu tI not what is become of him. do not know what is become "'^ Ival ipLoaxo- of him. And they 'made a 41 And they made a calf in yeyovev avrcS.
tS)u TraTepcov
ij/xcoi',

fathers:

who

received the lively

oracles to give unto us

39

40

those days, and offered sacrifice TTOiTjaav iv rais rjfiepais iKeivaLS,


idol, and rejoiced in the works of their own hands. 42 Then God turned, and gave them up to worship tlie host of

calf in those days,

unto the

Kcu avi]yayov Ovaiav rco elScoXco, sacrifice KOL


f:V(ppaivovTO

and offered to the idol, and 're42

ev rois

TU)v ^etpoiv avTuiv.

Jilarpe^j/e

epyois joiced in the work of their own hands. Then God ""turned and

Be 6 Oeos, Kol TrapeScoKeu avTovs gave

them up

to worship the
:

heaven

as it is written in the
tlie

XarpeveLP
vov'
Ta)v

tij

book of

arpaTid tov ovpa-

"army of heaven
phets

as

it is

writ-

prophets,

ye house

of Israel, liave ye offered to


slain beasts

me
the

KaOcos yiypaiTTaL Iv jiijiXw


7rpo(p-)]Ta)i',

ten in the book of the pro;

and

sacrifices

Mrj

house of

Israel,

have

a(j)dyia koI
jxat
err)

i?/

space

o/' ?

forty years in the wilder-

OvcTLas

TrpoarjueyKare

ness

TeacrapaKOVTa ev

43 Yea, ye took up the taber- 'la-parjX; nacle of Moloch, and the star aKT]Vl^V TOV
house, in -which Christians

sacrifices, during forty oIkos years in the wilderness? "You 43 koI u.veXdj3eT ti^v even took up the tabernacle
rjj eprjixw,

you and

offered to

me

slain beasts

]\IoXo^,

KOL

TO of Moloch, and the star of


C.

met

for worship.

In the

Greek mentioned Ex. 32


"
rin, 'O

Ton

cQyots

shows

it

to have been a

church, and in some


Ecclesiastic goods.

Koman

communities. xvQtaxa, included

conjoint operation of the people.

We

cannot but regret the present cur-

rency of this indefinite term.

Any one can understand "con'

0COS

eoTQiijie

TiaqcSoy.w

avrovg ^.nrpsveiv

t/;

OTQa-

God turned
JJr^ixrin,

awaj- from them

gregation" a " meeting of the people,"

an assembly

;"

but

or -worship, the hosts


"

the stars of heaven.


:

abandoned

them

to serve,

how few know much,


of that in Greece,

or anything, of

^'

a,

church,''^ as indicative

Rome, England, America, or that

in ancient

Jerusalem
'

1 1

ATTcoaavTO (3 pers. plur. aor.

mid. from anco&eouai), they


:

The latter is used only by Paul, and the former only by Luke, and is by him indicative of a host, and so found, Luke 2:13; Acts 7 42, the host of heaven. sun, moon, and Trj oT^nria tov ovQavov, the army of heaven
not aToazetn.
:

him from them ; so rendered, Acts 7 dered cast away, Rom. 11 1, 2; put away,
thrust
: '

27, 39, twice ren1

stars.

"

From

the

Hebrew

this star-worship is called Sabaism,


in

Tim. 1

19.

from srj;-"
theism, the
It

Hackelt.

Educated

Egypt the hot-bed of polyJews, as

Qeovs ol TrooTtonex'oovrnt, a
:

literal translation of

Exodus
but
this

Jews were

for ages the victims of creature-worship.

32

8,

pluralis escellentiK.

Aaron made but one

calf,

was the

capital sin against the theology of the


is

they asked for gods, Osoi, in the Hebrew CTi'bs. Oiros, Moses, like iste. in Latin, is contemptuous that Moses 2S.Hackctt.

sairei-worship and an^ci-worship


sin of the

the capital and soul-ruining

W.

Roman

apostasy.

Euoayonoir^aav.
in

not found
"

The
'

calf,"

" " No, you apostatized and took up the tabernacle of your The science and art of calfmaking are any Greek extant. It was an Egyptian art. god Moloch," i. e. to carry it with them in their marches or in like the ox at Memphis, called Apis, and that at religious processions. The Tabernacle was, no doubt, intended

Ueliopolis, called Mnevis.

Win., Rcalw.

I.

p. 644.

Hackelt.
is

to resemble the one consecrated to Jehovah.

Stephen follows

EvifQatvofTo tv Tois epyois.

This festive celebration

the Septuagint. /?acte.

The Seventy supply the name of

60
KING JAMES
of your

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


VERSION.
figures

CHAP.

VII.

GREEK TEXT.
aarpov rod Oeov
v/xcov
Pe/jL(l)ap,

REVISED VERSION.

your god Remphan, images wliicli ye made to worship them: Tovy TVTTovs ow tTTOii^aare vrpo- which you made to worship and I will carry you away be- (TKweLu avTois' kol fxeroiKLCo v/xas therefore, I will carry you away yond Babylon. beyond Babylon. Our fathers taberhad the fathers 44 Our had the pfabernacle of testimoaKrjvr) rod /xaprvpiov rju lu to7s nacle of witness in the wilderny in the wilderness, as he had irarpaaLv rj/xaiv ev rfj epij/xco, ness, as he had appointed, speakappointed, speaking to Moses, XaXwv tco ing unto Moses, that he should Kadas Sierd^aro 6 that he should make it accordmake it according to the fashion Mcoafj, TvoLTjaac avrijv Kara rov ing to the pattern that he had ^ Kai i]v TVTTov ov icopuKer that he had seen. seen: which tabernacle also our 45 Which also our fathers, elai]yayov dtaSe^dfiei'Oi ol irarefathers having received, they that came after, brought in with pe? i]jx6i)i> pcrd Iijaoi) Iv rrj kutubrought in with Joshua, into Jesus into the possession of the (jxecrei rwv iOvwv, cov e^coaev o the possession of the heathen, Gentiles, whom God drave out 0O9 diro irpoawTTOv tujv irare- whom God drove out before

God Rempban,

44

45

'

before the face of our fathers, pcov rjfxcop, ew? rai' nj/x^pcov Aaunto the days of David Of vpe X^P'-^ ev(OTnov rov 4G Who found favour before ^18' rjTrjaaTO evpilv CTKr]Kol 0OV, find taberdesired a and to God, * nacle for the God of Jacob. OecS 'laKw/S. ^oAoTcp vaipa 47 But Solomon built him an fjicou Se a>Ko8ofxi](reu avrm oIkov.
;

the face of our

fiithers, until
;

the days of David

who

found

46

favor before God, and desired


to find a tabernacle for the

house.

*^

'^AA' ov^ o v-^LaT09 eV

X^i-po-

48 Howbeit, the Most High 7roir]roL9 vaol? KaToiKti, Kadcos' o dwelleth not in temples made ^^ 'O ovpavos 7rpo(j)7]T-i]f X^yei, hands; as the prophet says: with hands as saith the prophet, de yrj viroirodiov The heaven is my throne, and fxoL 6p6vo9, 4!) Heaven is my throne, and what TaU TToScol' pLOV TTOLOV oIkOV oIkO- the earth is my footstool. What earth is my footstool
;
)']
:

But Solomon him a house. Nevertheless, the Most High does not dwell in temples made with

God

of Jacob.

47 48

built

49

house will ye build me? saith BofirjaeTe fxOL;


the Lord
of
all
:

Aeyet Kvpios'

tj

house will you build


says the Lord
:

for

me?

or

what

is

the place

ri'i

TOiros Trjs KaTairavcrecos jxov


)]

or,
?

what

my

rest?

^^

ovxL

x^Lp p.ov iTro[r]ae ravra

place of

my

rest

the 'Did not so


is
?

50 Hath not
these things
?

my

hand made TTavra;

my

hand make

all

these

^KXrjpoTpaxijXoL, /cat 7re51 Ye stiff-necked, and uncised in heart and ears, you p'iTp.riTOL rfj Kap8[a kol toIs waiv, circumcised in heart and ears, are always resisting the Holy ye do always resist the Holy vp.els et T(S lIvtvp.aTL rco Ayico

Stiffnecked and uncircum- si

Ghost
do ye.

as

your fathers

did,

so avTiiriTTTeTe,

w?
''

ol Trarfpes vpcou

52 Which of the prophets have not your fathers persecut- (f)r]T(ou ovK iSico^au ol irarfpef thers persecute? They 'even ed? and they have slain them vpcou; Koi uTTtKTeLvav rovs Trpo- slew those who "had prethe idol from tradition, but there
saj-s
is

Koi

vpe7s.

Tiua

tcou

irpo-

as your fathers did, you are doing. Which of the prophets did not your fa-

Spirit:

so

S2

almost equal authority,

" Tabernacle

of the Testimony"

so

called

because

it

Baur, for reading cr^"a, Jlilkom, a proper name.

The contained

the

two

tables of the constitution, or

supreme law,

variation

the Hebrew.

would bring the Greek into greater conformity to given to the twelve Tribes. To nar^oi' rov Oeov, i. e. an image resembling, 1 jE7tot7;ae, is aor. 1, and should not be rendered by our perf. or representing a star worshiped by them as a god. By as in the Com. Vers. The sujiply of the word " things " is Peutpav the Seventy express -jSis which, like most of the uunecessarj', and is, therefore, omitted here. ancient translators, they took to be a proper name, some of f " Even they slew those " is the exact order of the original the ablest modern scholars defend the correctness of that text. Still, as in our usage, They slew even those, is quite translation. In this case the Greek name must have sprung
from a corrupt pronunciation of the Hebrew name.
senius, Lex. p. 4G3.

See Ge- acceptable.

Hackelt.

Who

had previously announced, who

shoivcd before,

who

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSION.

CHAP.

VII.

51

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.

which shewed before of the com- KarayyeiXavTa^ jrepl rijs eAen- viously announced the coming ing of the Just One; of whom creo)? Tov Sikulov, ov vvv vfiel^ of the Just One, of whom you ye have been now the betrayers TrpoSoraL koI (f)oi'ls yeyei>T]ade- have now been the betrayers and murderers you who have ^^olriues eAa/Sere tou vojxov els and murderers 53 Wlio have received the law received law the by the 'minisSiarayas dyyeXcov, koI ovk ecjjvby the disposition of angels, and tration of angels, and have ^^ Xd^are. 'AKOvovres Se ravra, have not kept it.

53

they heard these things, they were cut to the heart, and they gnashed on him with their teeth. 55 But he, being full of the

54 Wlien

SuirplovTO TOLS Kapdiais auTcov,


Koi

not kept

it.

When they heard

54

e^pv)(ov
^

Tovi

oSovras

eV

these things, they were cut to


the heart, and they gnashed
55

Yirap^av Se 7rXi]pT]s on him with their teeth. But Uvev/xaros Aylov, drevlaas els he, being full of the Holy SpiTOU ovpavou, el8e So^au Oeov, rit, looked up steadfastly "into Holy Ghost, looked up steadKou 'Irjaovv eaTcoTa e'/c Se^icov the heaven, and saw the glory fastly into Iieaven, and saw the TOU Oeov, ^ Kol elirev, 'I8ou, of God, and Jesus standing on glory of God, and Jesus standing aecopu) Tovs ovpavovs ave(ayp.e- the right hand of God, and on the right hand of God,
avTov.

56 And said, Behold, I see the VOVS, KOU TOV VLOV TOV dvOpcOTTOV heavens opened, and the Son of e/c Se^icDU eaTcoTa tov Oeov. man standing on tlie riijlit hand ^'^ Kpd^avTes 8e (l)coufj /xeydXr), of God. avvea-)(0v wTa avTutv, koI to. 57 Then they cried out with a loud voice, and stopped their copp-Tjaav opoOvfj.aSoi' eir avTov ears, and ran upon liim witli one /cat eKpaAovTes e^co ti]s ttoaccord,

said

Behold, I see the heaven

5fi

opened, and the 'Son of

man
57

standing on the right hand of

God. Then they cried out with aloud voice, and stopped
their ears, and ran

upon him

him Xecos, eXidofioXovu. Kal ol p.ap- with one consent, and cast 5S And cast him out of the stoned out of the cit}', and city, and stoned him: and tiie Tvpes direOevTO Ta i/xaTia avTwv him. And the witnesses laid witnesses laid down their clothes rrapa tovs no8as veavlov KaXovoft" "their garments at the at a young man's feet, whose pevov 2avXov, ^ kol eXiOof^o-

58

feet of a young man, named name was Saul. Xovu TOV ^Tecpavov, eiTLKaXovp.e- Saul. And they stoned Ste59 And they stoned Stephen, calling upon God, and saying. vov KOL XeyovTa, Kvpie 'lyaov, phen, 'invoking, and saying,

59

Lord .Jesus, receive

my

spirit.

8e^,ai

TO irvevpa p.ov.

GO

Oels Lord Jesus, receive

my

spirit.

and equally esegetical of the heaven, because he saw the heavens opened and Jesus standtransferred into our tongue, ing on the right hand of God. This case illustrates the Nihil est looseness of translators and revisers, and, therefore, we so literall}' with us, an angel, a messenger, a nuncio. absurdi si statuamus nuncium, eo loco angelum, dici. Crit. Sac. particularly notice it, and because of its bearings in more im' OiTivEs erfvla^aTB you yourselves have received the Law, portant cases. ' and have not kept it. Son is found in the original with a small letter; still, " Disposition of Angels," com. ver. et; Siarayng ayycXun', ' in our style, I do not object to a capital S, provided only it be uniform in all other cases in the whole volume. ordinance of Angels, lYudale; ministration of Angels, Rheims " Upper garments, Wakefield " Clothes," Jlurd. in-dispositione angelorum, Vulgate; par le ministere des anges, * ETtty.aXovusvov y.at Xeyovra. French. To me, it would seem, as if the tables were handed Literally invoking and saj"down through ranks of angels, as to persons standing on the ing. " Calling on the Lord." In the Greek, calling on, and rounds of a ladder, one below another in a line reaching from saying. Lord .Jesus. The English requires the insertion of the the threshold of heaven down to Moses. object, who was the Lord Jesus." We are, therefore, not This is indicated in the terms selected, in all the ancient to insert the word God, with our common version, which and modern versions that we have seen. word it has retained from Wicklifle. " eloped God to help." Eis tov ov^avov towards heaven, Thomp., Doddridge, The Latin is correct, invocantem, el dicentem Domine Jesu, to Murdock, Wakefield heaven, Wesley unto heaven, Granville Penn in loco. This is the strongest evidence, in a Rheims into heaven, com. ver., Boothroyd, Wickliffe, Tyn- given case, of the faith of Stephen, in the Divinity of Jesus dale, Cranmer, Geneva. It must literally have been into Christ.
foretold, are equally intelligible

word nQoxaTay/Mco.

AyyeXos

is

''

.52

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
60
VERSION.

CHAP.

VIII.

GREEK TEXT.
Se TO. yovara,

REVISED VERSIOiV.
(pcoufj

And

he kneeled

down and

tKpa^e

fie-

And

he kneeled

down and

CO

cried out, with a loud voice. yaAji, KvpLe, /xi] arriarjs avTols lay not this sin to their charge. Lord, lay not this sin to their And when he had said this, he T-i]v afxaprlau TavTi]v. JCal rovro charge. And when he had said
fell

cried with a loud voice, Lord,

asleep.

eiTTcou eKOLfnjd-ij.

this,

he

fell

asleep.

Now Saul
his death.

was consenting to
CHAP.
VIII.

CHAP.

VIII.

CHAP.
ttj

VIII.

And
his

Saul was consenting unto

SavXos' 8e

rjv

avi/evSoKCou

Now

on that
a

>day there
persecution

death.

there

was

that time dvaipeaei a gi'eat ^persecution eV tKeivrj


at

And

avrov.
rfj rjp-epa

"'Eyevero

8e 'arose

great

SLcoy/xo? /xeyas against


t7]1'

the

congregation,
;

against the church


at Jerusalem
;

which was

7TL

rrjv

eKKXijaiav

and they vrere all aoXvp.OL9' scattered abroad throughout the aav Kara ras x^P"? "^? 'lovBalay throughout the 'districts of regions of Judea and Samaria, Kai 2!afJLapeLaf, irXrjv tcov diro- Judea and Samaria, except
except the apostles.
2

lepo- which was in Jerusalem and TTavTe? re ^Leairaprj- they were all scattered abroad
eV

And devout men


to his burial,

(TToXcov.

carried

Stephen
3

and made

avveKopiKTav Be tov the Apostles. Yet devout men ST(Pai>oi> dvBpe? eyAa/Se??, kcCl jointly bore 'away Stephen to
[leyav
eir

great lamentation over him.

As

for Saul, he

made havoc

eTTOLrjaavro KOirerov 3 y,avTco. 'avXos Se


rr}v eKKXTjalav,

the grave, and

made

great la-

iXvp.aiuTo mentation over him.


o'lkovs

But Saul

of the church, entering into eveiy

Kara tovs

"wasted the congregation, enthe


houses, and

men and women, committed them to prison. i Therefore they that were scattered abroad went every where preaching the word.
house, and haling

elairopevop-ei^o?,

avpau

re auSpas tering into

Kai yvvoLKas TrapeSlSov el? (pv- 'dragging forth


XaKrjv.
01 fxev

men and wo-

ovv hiaairapev- men, he committed them to


persed, passed along preach-

rey 8ir]X6ov, evayyeXi^6p.evoi. tov prison. Nevertheless, the 'dis-

Xoyov.
^

Then
El'

Philip

went down
And on

to

0IAinnOE
In, on,

8e

KareXOwu ing the ^word.


With
us district
is

Philip, indeed,

'

ly.eirr]

tt]

))iic^n.

tliat da3'.
lo

and

tin

ing choice.

less

Roman, and more popular


to the grave, Ilackett.

arc derived from a


to

Saxon verb signifying


all

come

to. to

meet,

than region.
'

pass.

Hence they
''In

denote nearness, closeness, contiguity.

^vj'eao/utottf

bore away together


is

Webster.
single day.
doni,

length of time

with us, frequently indicates a Less ambiguous we prefer-Join (iy bore aicay Stejihen. Exxofii^eo a period of time, beyond a certain day or a was appropriated to funeriil pomp, like offerre with the Romans.
that daij,"

Reference

is

here, obviously, to Stephen's Jlartyrin


it,

Avfiaiiouai,

and the consequent dispersion of the Church that was Jerusalem. This is confirmed by another reference to
chap. 11
:

word, and indicates a ttauk.


of
better.
it

an nrrKj Ityouiror. Havoc is a Saxon lie hau-ked the Church would

be hypercritical, and, therefore, inapposite.


it is little

" lie made havoc"

19

oi /ter ovv Scaa.iaoei'Ts^ a:to t/;s GXei^>so3s ifjs

We

prefer Milton's use of the term, or

yevofiivr,s tTti ^re<pm'i;>,

making that very day the epoch of


come into existence, or
prefer began to be
;

the dispersion of the Church.


'

Eyevero.
to be.

riiouui, indicates

to

lo

begin

As more
is

definite

we may

to
his-

Being here the uastcd the Church. imperfect of huiuvoftai, indicating a continuous devastation wc would translate it. Rut Saul wiisted or was wasting the
rendition

of

he

congregation entering into the houses of the disciples

v.axa

there U'as.
torical
latter.

In our currency they are nearl3' equal

still

accuracy

better secured by the former than

by the

rove oixovs, tianoQtvofievos ov^oiv itc, Sleyer, Hack. " Zv^mv cavQov as in com. ver. John 21 8, should here be

represented by dragging
after
ey.y.?.i;aiav

as fishes in a

"

net.

So

it is

found

Ti;v

is

demonstratively expletive

and

in Acts 14

19, '-after

stoning Paul, they dragged (^lav^oi)

justifies

represented by country, region, land, ground, field, coast, occurring 27 times. Territories is here too large ; coasts, too maritime and lands, inis
;

"that was in Jerus.ilem." Ta; ycDQus ytDnn in Com. ver.

him out
'

of the citj'."

01 /ur ovv.

Nevertheless

They

that

were dispersed "

usually contr.icted into ''the dispersed;"

more sententious

apposite to the territory.

District, or region,

is

our remain-

and equally grammatical. ^ Eiayyeh^ofievoc rov loyov,

literally,

evangelizing the word.

"
;

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSION.
the city of Samaria, and preach- els ed Christ unto them. 6 And the people with one accord gave heed unto those
'^

CHAP. VIH.
REVISED VERSION.
e'/c?;-

53

GREEK TEXT.
ttoXlv
TTjs

Saftape'ia?,

pvaaev

avrois

tov

A.piaroi'.

irpocreiyov re ol by(XoL tols Ae-

tilings which Piiilip spake, hear- yofxevois vtto tov ^iXIttttov op.oing and seeing tlie miracles which Ovpabov, eV Tcp aKoveiv avrovs

he

did.

crjdng Kcd ^Xeireiv ra cn^p-ela a eiroiei. with loud voice, came out of ^ TToXXSyv yap tcov ixovrcov irvevmany that were possessed with jxara aKadapra, fioavTa p,eyaXr] them : and many taken with palsies, and that were lame, were (j)a>v^ e^r]p-)(eTO' iroXXol 8e irapahealed. AeAuyueVoi koI ^coXoi eOepairevOrj8 And there was gi'eat joj^ in crav. Kol iyevero xapa peydXrj that city. 'Avi]p 8e Iv rf] TToXet eKeivrj. 9 But there was a certain man, called Simon, which be- rty ovofxaTL 2^cp.a)i> TvpovTrrjpyjEv foretime in the same city used ii> Trj TToXet. fxayevcov kol i^iarcou sorcery, and bewitched the peoTO edvos TYjs ^ap-apelas, Xeycou ple of Samaria, giving out that " a elval TLva eavTov p.eyauhimself was some great one: 10 To whom they all gave irpocTiLXOv TTavTes oaro fxiKpov heed, from the least to the great- ewy fieyaXov, Xeyoi'Tes, Outos est, s;iying, This man is the great tov Oeov rj
7

For unclean

spirits,

having gone down to a city of Samaria, "was announcing the Christ to them and the multitudes were, with one accord, giving heed to the things spoken by Philip, when they 'heard and saw the miracles which he was doing for, from 'many who had unclean spirits, they were going out, crying with a loud voice and many palsied and lame were healed. And there was great joy in that city.
:
:

But there was there, before, named Simon, who formerly, in the same city, had practiced sorcery,
a certain man,

and 'astonished the people of


lo

Samaria, boasting tliat he was some great one. To whom they all gave heed, young and 'old, saying, This man is the fiCTTiv rj Sufa/xis fxeAnd to great power of God. power of God. ^^ Upoatly^ov 8e avrw, him indeed they gave heed, be11 And to him they had re- ydXrj. gard, because that of long time 8id TO LKavai -^ovco tols p-ayeiais cause that for a long time, he
It first appears in the Christian oracles,

ii

Matthew 11
;"

5.

In
be

jjrcaciier.

The

SiSnaxio family, of six members, SiSaxTixos,

tlie

passive sense "the poor are evangehzed

or

it

may

SiSaxroi, SiSaoxahn, SiSaaxaXoi, SiSa^rj, occurs in the above

rendered "the poor have the gospel preached to them."

we have another
stances, to this.

Evangelical formula tantamount, in


It
is first

many

found Matt. 4

23,

Jesus

But members of it, in all 114 times; represented in our language in- by teach, teaching, teacher, or Doctor, Doctrine, didactic, or taught apt to teach. Preach and teach are therefore two distinct
substituted, the one
rr,s

(SiSnaxcov) in

the Synagogues of Galilee and

was preach- employments, never once confounded, or


for the other, in all the oracles of
'

ing {xtjovaaoiv) the gospel of the kingdom, to evnyyeXtov


fiaai).ias.

God.
infinitive, denotes,

This subject merits a treatise rather than a note.

JEi^

Toj

axoveiy

ai',

with the

not the

We

can

onlj^ note tlie following facts.

1.

Kr;oi'

public

herald occurs but thrice in the Christian Scriptures, and is always rendered preacher com. ver. literally, in Greek currency, it indicates a. public crier and a herald, Critica Sacra.
;

The Septuagiut use it for a word which signifies clamare, to cry aloud, Jonah 3:7; also for a word signifying vocare, to stupefacio to astonish, to amaze, to confound, to astound, to extra se esse, to call and puhlice profileri, Gen. 4 43 also for a word signi- have no sense left obstupuere animi, Virgil "'Blow the be out of one's self, Beza. Hence the word ecstasy. There is fying voce lata ac plena personare, Hosea 5 8. cornet in Gibeah, the trumpet in Ramah, cry aloud at no one Latin word which doth sufficiently express that Greek Bethaven, after thee O Benjamin !" When used to denote word for it signifueth pra3 admiratione apud se non esse, et
I"

Grammar, Ilackett. Instead of "from many" we may read "out of manjwithout violating any law or reason and also without any more precision of sense. Imperfect active of tliorr^ui and sitoraio, obEiiarwi'.
cause, but the occasion.
'

Kiihner's Greek

preaching

it

is

always used metaphorically, Critica Sacra. de statu mentis

dejici,

Mark

12,

Vulgate.

Miron, Beza

We
'

preach, ro evaytlliov, the gospel,

we

teach,

rj

SiSci/rj,

the obstupesco, vel percellor


lein

doctrine of Christ.

See note on
;

v. 25.

alicujus veluti

Greek word signifieth menamovere, which the Latin percellor also


for the

Kr,ovaau> occurs 61 times

5 times publish, teach, proclaim,


xtj^v^,

doth, Beza, Critica Sacra.

Astounded, that

is

astonished

to

and dumbness, Webster. " From young to old," is the exact rendering, if we change xr;ovyua, the latter 8 times always rendered preaching, and The whole family, then, appear in " from small to great." We repudiate unto as antiquated and xi^Qv^, 3 times j'^cacher. Holy Writ 72 times. Of these, C5 are preach and preachitig and out of use amongst our best writers.

and 54 times preach.

We have of the same family

54 KING JAMES' VERSION.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


GREEK TEXT.
.5/
>

CHAP.

VIII.

REVISED VERSION.
iiad

"/t J^ Urt oe he had bewitched them with i^eaTUKeuai avrovssorceries. iiTLaTivaav tc3 ^PiXnnrcp evayye'

12

astonished them with his

"'sorceries.

But when they

12

12 But when tliey believed Philip, preaching tlie things concerning the kingdom of God, and the name of Jesus Christ, they were baptized botli men

XL^OfJiivM

Ta

TTepl Tijs iBaaiXelaf

"believed Philip, preaching the

rov Oeou koI rov ovo^aros tov dom of God, and the name of ijiaiTTl^ovTO 'Iijaov Xpiarov, Jesus Christ, they were imavSpes re
koll yvvaiKes. 6 8e mei'sed, both men and women. SiLfxav Kou avTOS iiriaTivae, Kol Also Simon himself believed ;
r]v
13

things concerning the king-

and women.

Then Simon himself beand when he was lieved also


13
:

fiaTrTLaOeis

irpocrKapTepwv ra and when he was immersed,


lie

he continued with baptized, Philip, and wondered, beholding the miracles and signs which were done. 14 Now when the apostles which were at Jerusalem heard
that Samaria had received the word of God, they sent unto

0LXiTnray
^^

Oecopwv re aijpfia kol

Svvdpeis jxeyakas yLvopLiva^, e^l-

lip,

constantly -adhered to Phiand, beholding the mira-

araro.
'

'

AKOvaavres

8e ol

cles
ii>

and

signs

which were
the

lepoaoXvpiOLS
rj

ajroaroXoL,

on

done, he

was

astonished.

Now when

Apostles

i-t

them Peter and John 15 Who, when they were come down, prayed for them that they miglit receive the Holy Ghost: 16 (For as yet he was fallen upon none of them only they were baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus.)
: :

Sa/xapeia tov Xoyov wlio were at Jerusalem, heard TOV Oiov, airiaTeiXav irpoy av- that Samaria had received the word of God, they sent Tovs TOP JJeTpov Kol Ici)avvr]v them Peter and John, to ^^ KaTa^dvTes frpoa-qv- who, when they had come o'lTLves ^avTO jrepl avrwv, hTrcos XajScoai down, prayed for them, that ^^ ovirco yap they might receive the pHoly JJvevpa "AyLov. For as yet, ihe hud Spirit. i]V eV ov^evl avrwv eirLTrcKTCOKOS, fallen upon none of them only povov Se fiij^aiTTicrpivoi VTrrjpxov they had been immersed into eh TO bvopa tov Kvpiov Irjaov. the name of the Lord Jesus.
SeScKTaL
:

15

16

" Tais

fiavEinii,

with his sorceries.


the sorcerer.

He

is,

therefore, pro-

perly called Simon

One

of the tribe that con-

tended with Moses.

language and style most precise, definite, and unmistakable under the commission of \\\s personal ambassador or advocate, John 10. The mere Etymologist would translate the IGth
verse as follows
:

ETttatevam'

tm

^diTtTtoj, literally, Ihey believed in Philip

'^because at that lime

it

had fallen on

not

preaching
"
I"

in

what he preached.

one of

Zr^oaxn^re^cov, semper adsum.


Aafiioai
iti'evua 'Ayiov.

He

constantly adhered.

This would be apposite to a gust of wind, a shower of rain, or a flash of lightning. The ambiguity in some minds on this subject arises wholly, as we conceive,
them.''''

That they might receive the from the fact that there are no gendeis in heaven, nor amongst Holy Spirit. Tins is literalh' a holy spirit or, as printed in spirits, nor in the Qtioxr^i (an ji| /.tyo/icror), the Godhead. our standard te.xt, Holy Spirit. There are not wanting some Again the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit are a special manifestwho now, as formerly, have imagined that without the article, ation or revelation of OecoT/js, or Jehovah, in adaptation to a and without capital initials a lioly spirit, or a holy temper is special emergency in the universe. Eternally it was Jehovah. Fatal all that can be understood and expected in such cases. In creation it was God, the Word, the Spirit. But the AV'ord
our accredited originals, that was in the beginning in or tcilh God, and that was God, and without the article, and became a man, and therefore masculine, though embracing all with, and without capital initials. In the very next occur- humanity, no one personality irrespective of sex or gender. rence in the next verse and in the same Bagster's approved Woman or being created out of one person, became
to such hypothesis
is

the

fact, that, in

we have

it,

in both cases, with,

joo7nbman,

text, it

is

printed in capital

initials.

To
38,

-nvevfia

to 'Ayiov,

with the
such.
'I

article,

nor
:

is

this a solitary case.


o,

AVe have many


.

See

ch. 1

5,

note

and

ch.

10

note

had fallen upon none of them. They had only been immersed into the name of the Lord Jesus. It may, indeed, be appropriately rendered, II had fallen upon none of them, but while gender is regarded, it must also be regarded and remembered, that the Spirit is appropriately personified by the Lord himself, and commissioned as his agent or mis- to introduce Jehovau Elohim into human head, human heart, John reports his personal mission and work in a or human tongue. Hionary.

He

word was in Divinity. Hence the Holy Spirit equally personal, proceeding from both, became a third person and though equally Divine was neither first nor second but third hence neither and neuter are one in essence and constitute a third manifestation or personality The pronominal neuter is a mere of the absolute Jehovah. grammatical contingency growing out of the clumsiness and awkwardness of our composite language, an imperfect vehicle
a second person in humanity, as the

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


liING

CHAP.

VIII.

65

JAMES VERSION.
17

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.
17

17 Then laid they their hands Tore iTreTidovu ra? y^elpa^ eV Then they laid hands on them, on them, and they received the avTOvj, Koi iXa^^avov Ilveufxa and they received the ''Holy

Holy Ghost.
18

"AyLOv.
Si/jixov,

0eaa-dfj.VO9

8e

Spirit.

And when Simon


through
lajdng

=saw
of

18

And when Simon saw that

on

Sea

tyjs

eTTidecrecos

that,

on

through laying on of the apos- Tcov y^eipcov rwv aTToaroXcov 8i.- the Apostles' hands, the Holy tles' hands the Holy Ghost was Sorai Ayiov, Spirit was given, he offered TO JIuev/jLa to
given, he offered

them money.

TrpoayfeyKeu
^

avTolg

xpij/xuTa,

them 'money, saying. Give

to

I'J

19 Saying, Give
lay hands, he

me

also this

power, that on whomsoever I may receive the

Holy Ghost. 20 But Peter

i^ov me also this power, that on alav TavTTjv, Iva m av eTriOco Tas whomever I lay hands, he ^eipa^, Xajx^avrj Ilvevpa Ayiov. may receive the Holy Spirit. ^" TZeVpoy 5e (lire vpo? avrov, But Peter said tohim, may your
Xeycov,

Aore

Kap.o\ Trjv

20

said

unto him,
thee,

Thy money
the gift of

To apyvpLov aov
aTTWiXetav,

aw
Sia

cro\ elrj ei?

perish with

otl

ttjv

Scopeav

because thou hast thought that

silver go to destruction with tov you, because you have pre-

God may be purchashast neither part nor

Oeov

ivofJLicra^
"

'^prj/xaTcov
<tol fieply

sumed
there
is

to procure the gift of


21

ed with money. 21

KToicrdai.

ovk eaTi

God through money. To "you


no part nor portion in your heart
is

Thou

ovSe kXtJpo^ v tcS


1)

Xoya

tovtco.
ev-

lot in this
is

matter: for thy heart

yap Kap8la aov ovk kariv


tov Oeov.
tj;?
"

this thing, for

not

not right in the sight of God. deia evcaiTLOv 22 Repent therefore of this vorjaov ovi' diro

/xeTa-

right in the sight of God.

Retl

thy wickedness, and pray God,


if

ravTrji, Kcti berjOrjTL

KaKias aov form, therefore, from this your tov Oeov, el wickedness, and pray 'the
eiTLVOLa
els

perhaps the thought of thine dpa d(l)edi]aeTaL aoi rj ^'^ TTji Kapb'ias aov. heart may be forgiven thee.
The
great Teacher himself changed the (gender of the
in

Lord,

if,

perhaps, the "device

yap

of your heart shall be forgiven

Holy

<

"We have here


silver.

y^^rjuara

riches and in
silver,

v. 20,

to

niiyv^toit

Spirit

his valedictory promise

reported by the beloved

disciple,

who

slept in his

bosom
the

he christed, or christened

liim.

o na^aH).i]Tos.

exeivo^ eXd'iov
e/iov Xij\ijTai,

Hence

new

ey.etvos /ue

So^aaet

tov

style ncfiipco
Efiov XijyjSTai
:

avrov
ey.

money or Aoyvowv properly


twenty occurrences
XQTjfia in
is

indicates

and

nine

times
;

in

so rendered in the com. ver.


is

while

rov

the plural

number

always represented by

riches or

money, com. ver. " " To you there is no part nor portion in this speech " is than question the propriety of sacrificing a Divine impersonaor grammatical as loyos is sometimes so rention, or a Divine pei-sonality, to the capricious etiquette of our more literal He is our most worthy pronoun, and why fastidi- dered in the com. ver. Ev Xoym rovno, in this word, doctrine, he, she, it.
y.ai

avay/ckai

v;ui',

John IG

12-15.

more

ously sacrifice the Ha^aAiirog, to our least worthy


Ekaft,3rtroy Ttvsvfia 'Ayiov.

or gospel, 01s., Neand.


Spirit, Ben.,

in this

thing, viz., the gift of the

Mey.,

They received

the

Holy

De Wette,
it

as quoted

by Hackett.
tov
xviJiov, Ln.,

Spirit.

or they received Holy Spirit

is

equally gramnialical
!

why
be
It

'

xJiijOr^Ti

TOV O'lov, com. text.

zJtr^i)T,Ti

not the latter rather than the former

Especially since in the

next verse we find to Ttvevna to


told in the latter case
is,

'Ayiov.

But we

shall

it is

the subject of the proposition.

however, the same Holy Spirit whether the subject or the

Griesbach marks as supported by great authorities. harmony with the genius and of that also more epoch The Lord Jesus being then recognized as recently constituted the reigning sovereign the head of the church
Tf.
is

It

in

spirit

is

in this case declared to

be the immediate source of this

predicate of the proposition.

" lie has shed forth that which you now see and hear." throus form, so we find it in John 20 22, after the same '" El a^n enivota. This word is only used once in N. T., and verb but in Acts 10 47, in a similar attitude, we find the Device or machinais not represented by the word thought. TO Tti'cvua TO Mvioj' vouchsafed to the believing gentiles on The Vulgate and Erasmus tion is its proper representative.

But Simon when


:

stipulating for

special mission of the Spirit.

this power, or authority of imparting the gift, uses the anar-

ths imposition of Paul's hands.


'

give cogitatio.
Sch., Ln., Tf.
:

Nimium

dilute,

says Critica Sacra.

ETtirma,

For d-eaoauEfog, read iSwr, Gb.,


Tii'svfia

and

Tf.'s

pronsus hie respondet HchrcetB voci

Zamam. Beza

in loc.

Vide

Stereotype Ed., for to

to ayiov, simply to nvev/ia.

Drusium

in loco, Grit. Sacra.

56

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
23 For
VERSION.

CHAP.

VIII.

GREEK TEXT.
thou )(oXl]V TTlKplaS Kol and abiKLds opco ere ovTa.
(TVl'8e<T/X0U
"
'

REVISED VERSION.

I perceive that

you

for I perceive that

you

23

art in the gall of bitterness,


in the

AiroKpi-

are in the gall of bitterness, and


in the
2i

bond of iniquity. Then Simon, answering, said, Pray to the Lord for me that none of these things, which you have spoken, may come upon me. They therefore, when they had testified and preached the word of the Lord, set out on their of the Lord, returned to Jeru- aaXrjp, iToXXai re Kcopuf rSiv return to Jerusalem, and they salem, and preached the gospel apapeirSiv evrjyyeXlaavTO. preached the gospel in many in many villages of the Samari"'' Ayy^Xos Se Kvpiov eXa- 'villages of the Samaritans. tans. But an Angel of the Lord Xrjcre irpos ^iXiTrirov, Xeycop, 26 And the angel of the Lord spoke to Philip, saying, Arise, spake unto Philip, saying, Arise, AvaaTT]6L kcCl Tvopevov Kara p.e- and go toward the south, to and go toward the south, unto o-7]p/3piai>, eVt Tiju oSov rrju the way that goes down from the way that goeth down from Kara^alvovaav diro 'lepovaaXrjp. Jerusalem to Gaza (which is Jerusalem unto Gaza, which is eh Ta^av avrt] earLv eprjpos. the way through the desert'). desert. /cat avaaras eiropevUiy kul And he arose and went and 27 And he arose, and went and behold, a man of Ethiopia, ISov, avqp AlOlo'^ evvov^oi 8v- behold a man of Ethiopia, an eunuch of great authority vaarrjs Kav8aKT]s ttjs jBaaLXia- an 'officer of great authority, under Candace queen of the under Candace, queen of the arjs AWioTTCoi', b? rji/ eVi Traarjs Ethiopians, who had the charge Ethiopians, who had the charge of all her treasure, and had come rrjs yoL^rj^ avTip, o? i?o]Xvdei of all her treasure, and had to Jerusalem for to worship, TrpocTKVi'rjacou eh 'lepovaaXijp, come into Jerusalem to "wor-

bond of iniquity. 6e\s Se 6 Sifxcou elrre, Ae^^drjre 24 Then answered Simon, and vfjLeif VTrep i/j-ov irpos tou Kvpiov, said, Pray ye to the Lord for OTTCOS' pr}8ev eTreXdrj eV epe av me, that none of these things elprjKare. which ye have spoken come up"^ 01 piv ovv ScapapTvpapei^oi on me. Kai XaXrjaavns tov Xoyov tov 25 And they, when they had testified and preached the word Kvplov, viriarpe^^av eh lepov'

25

'

2C

27

ITollns T yofuas TOiv ^anaoeircojf Evr^yyeJ.taaiTo ^ Aor.


Villages being here the object of this verb,
it in

1,

ception a

but
noun

it is

the only one that

is

not obviously associated

mid.

wo must with
and Ihcy
oSoi.

in concord,

and here

it

maj' through airr^ qualify

render

grammatical harmony with this fact

Some

refer

it

to Gaza, sixty miles

southwest of Jeru-

evangelized manrj villages of the Samaritans. salem. Hence Hug, Scholtz, Meyer, and others suppose that EviiYyehaavTo may state the result of their labors while this is the place here described by s^r^fios, desert. But Gaza they had been absent, or what took place on their return to was not destroyed A. D. C4 or 66, when this book was comTerusalem, Kuin.,

De Wette.

Jley.

This latter view agrees

best with the order of the narrative.

pleted, and if even later it could not have received this name. There having been several ways, at least two, well known lo

207)

This verb, according to a later Grecism (Lob. ad Phryn. page history, we presume that the angel directed Philip to the may take its object in the Accusative as well as in the course which he took in order to meet the officer of Queen

Dative,

1:0; W.

14 15, 21 16 10; Luke 3 18 ; Gal. Candace. Two roads actually exist to this day, one of which 32 1 ; Hackett, p. 125. passes through the desert inhabited by nomadic Arabs. There Dismissing the labors of Peter and John, he continues the was a plurality of queens of this name.

Com. V. 40

narrative of Philip.

They went

to Jerusalem

and

Philip

'

This Eunuch

is

distinguished by the
An'hoTzioi
l)io

title

towards Gaza.
"

Saxr;<; t/;s jSaot'ltoarii

Candace

SiraaTi;^- y.av-

the queen of Ethio-

name this queen as warring against 23d year of Augustus Ca-sar. Ethiopia fact, that they did not immediately and straightforward prose- was that portion of Africa soutli of Egypt. Pliny also names cute their journey to Jerusalem but we are informed, that Candace a queen of the Ethiopians. on their return they communicated the glad tidings to many " IlQoa>n'rt;aa)v lie not only came to en 'Ie(iovanh;u. villages of the Samaritans. .Jerusalem to worship, but he came to worship, en Jsnorpians.

salem,"

They went hack to Jerusalem," or " returned to Jeruis more in our modern style, if we do not regard the

Strabo and

the

Romans

in the

'

Eqtjuos, being an adjective,

is

found as such fiftocn times

aaXjjfi,

into or within Jerusalem.

We find a different formula


Paul in the textus receptus

the N. Test.

This occurrence may, or

may not

be an ex-

of worshiping at this centre.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSION.
28

CHAP.

VIII.

57
REVISED VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.
"^

Was returning;

and

sitting

rjv

re v7ro(rTpe(f)a)v
iTTi

kou.

KaOi-)-

ship

and he was H-eturning,


reading
Isaiah, the

28

in his chariot, read Esaias the

jjievos
KOLL

Tov
^

apixaros

aurov, and, sitting upon his chariot,

prophet.

dpiyLvaxTKe

tov

TrpocprjTrjv

he

was

29 Then the Spirit said unto 'Haatav. Pliiiip, Go near and join thyself
to
tliis

elire

de to

TTuev- prophet. "^Moreover the Spirit 29


said to Philip,

chariot.

fxa

tS

(^lAIttttcp,

30

And

Philip ran thither to

KoWydijTL
"^

Tca

UpocreXde koI appaTt touto).


8e
6

Go

near and
chariot.

join yourself to this

him, and heard him read the prophet Esaias, and said, Under- rjKOvaeu avrov avayLvcocTKOVTOs him, and heard him readinglsa7rpo(pi]Trjv Haaiav, kcu iah, the prophet, said. Do you staudest thou what thou read- tov
elirev, 'Apa ye yivcoaKei^ a dva31 And he said, How can I, yLvcoaKELs; " O 8e eiire, Has except some man should guide yap dv Svvaiprjv, eav p-rj tls 68rjme ? And he desired Philip that IlapeKaAeae re tov yrjcrr] pe; he would come up, and sit with 0i\nr7rov dvafSavTa Kadiaai

UpoaSpapwv

'PlXnnros

And

Philip 'having run up to 30

est?

understand what you are reading?

He

replied,

How

can

I, 31

except some one should

"^guide

me?
to

And

he ^invited Philip
sit

him.

aw

come up and

with him.
32

Tj 8e Trepto^Tj Trjs ypo-32 The place of the scripture avTcp. which he read was this, He was (jirjf rjv dveyivcoo-Kev, rjv avTrj,

Now the ""passage of the Scripture,

which he was reading,


:

says

avc^r^v Ti^oaxvmjatov cv 'leoovaalr^fi. Acts 24

11.

The

in the songs of degrees,

Ps. 122

3.

To Jerusalem

" the

Eunuch went worshiping into Jerusalem ; while Paul says, I Tribes go up, the Tribes of the Lord to the testimony of went up worshiping in Jerusalem. "We adjust this difference Israel to give thanks to the name of the Lord. For there are by repudiating the reading in the Textus lieceptus in Acts placed the Thrones of .Judgment the thrones of the house Because of the house of 24 11, and by substituting ci^ for v on the authority of of David. Peace be within thee Lachmann and Tischendorf in Bagsters' Improved Greek text. the Lord our God I will seek thy good." This was the great Eis, indeed, is grammatically and naturally associated with attractive centre of all who recognized the God of the Jews, verbs indicative of motion or progress while cv is appropri- as the One only living and true God.
:

ately connected with verbs intimating rest, repose, or cessation


^

from action.

It is a beautiful fact that nQoa/.viEco, occurring


is

Hv

Te v7toarQ^(ov

y.at y.a&r^/xsvos

c^.

And

he was re-

sixty times in the Christian Scriptures,


case, represented by the word worship.

uniformlj^, in every

turning, &c., em, happjf indication

upon
of

his chariot

and he was reading

the appositeness of the imperfect to

and worthy of all com= ^e, moreover, 1 Cor. 15 1. The Spirit said approach, mendation, that 7t^ooez/_ri, prayer, and 7TQostvx,ouai, I pray, occurring in the Christian Greek Scriptures one hundred TiQoael^E y.ai y.oV.tjd'Tjri, and join yourself to that chariot. and twenty-three times, are invariably represented by pray "And do you understand what you do read " said he rather and prayer. What an unspeakable blessing to the world -to are you understanding ivhat you arc reading? A happy illusChristendom especially, had the same law been observed in tration of the continuative force of the present tense.
It is also another remarkable fact,
:
:
.'

express continuity of action.

reference to Baptize, Baptism, bisltop, presbyter, deacon, &c.,

&c.

There

lives

not the

man who

KoXXij&ijri

y.oU.ato

could compute the gain


join.

to

cleave to. to
in

keep company, to

In ten occurrences
it is

Luke's and Paul's use of this

to the

Church and

to the world from such a fact,

question on

eis ^e^ovaalrjfi.

Did the

Eunuch go
If a

word
to wor"

six times rendered join, com. ver.


curro,

ship within Jerusalem, or go into Jerusalem to worship?

These

are very different ideas or objects.

2d Aor. part. Active of ^qoarov/m, Jewish prose- ran to him, having run up to him.
UQoaS^aficav.

lyte he

^ Eav urj oSrjyrior] from oSos, a way, and a/w, I lead. Go and before me, lead me. So Homer, Od. 10 263 Xeno. Cyro. true God. But if he went merely to worship to, into, or unto, 4 5. 13; Mem. 3:24. A leader in war, to guide by leading Jerusalem, or to do homage to the localities there, he had the wa)'. need to have propounded other and different questions than ^ UuQey.aleaE invited him y.ad'iaai aw avzca. those he submitted to Philip. Ue^ioyj] rrjg y^afr,;, the passage of Scripture, not the But may not the idea embraced in the original be more apSee Stobaius in Ecc. Phys. p. 164, a Dion. Hal de positely couched in the formula he had come to worship place. within Jerusalem in the spirit of a pious Jew, as represented Thuc. 25. Cic. ad Attic. 13 25.

went

to,

or into Jerusalem to worship the


of the whole earth

God

of the

Jews

as the

God

the One only

living

'"

58

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP.

VIII.

GREEK TEXT.
his his

REVISED VERSION.

led as a slieep to the slaughter

was this, " He was


Kol
COS

'led

away as

and

like a

shearer,

lamb dumb before so opened he not


his

mouth
33
In
shall

humiliation
:

his

judgment was taken away

and

who

declare
life is

his

genera-

tion? for his the earth.

taken from

ivavTLOv rov kel- a sheep to slaughter: and as a lamb is 'silent before the povTOS avTov achcovos, ovtcos ovk shearer, so ''he opens not his ev avoiyeL to oro/ia avTov. mouth. In his humiliation, his raireLuaxreL avrov -q Kpiais Trj 'condemnation was extorted ; avTov I'jpd'T], TTju 8e yevtav avTou and who shall declare his gentIs 8iriyi]crerat.; ore aiperai utto eration? for his life is "'violentajjivos

33

JLiro- ly taken from the earth." And TTjf yrjs Tj C^coi] avrov the officer, replying to Philip, ru) ^lXcttvi'ov)(Os 8e 6 answered KpiOels 34 And the eunuch Philip, and said, I pray thee, of TTCo eiive, Aeop.ai aov, iTtpX rivos said, I beg of you, of whom whom speaketh the prophet this? 6 7rpo(pi]T7]s XeyeL tovto ; irepl does the prophet speak this? of himself, or of some otlier of himself, or of some other iavTov, T] -jrepX irepov rivos; And Philip opened person / man? ^^ \'ivoi^as be 6 fPiXanros to his mouth, ami began at the 35 Then Philip opened his cTTopa avTov, /cat dp^ap.ei/os airo same Sciipture, and announcmouth, and began at the same ravT-qs, evijyyeXt- ed to him Jesus. scripture, and preached unto him Tijs ypacfyrjs " Irjaovv. cos And as they were going auTw aaro tov Jesus.

31

35

3G

o8ov, along tlie "road, they came Se iiropevovTO Kara way, they came unto a certain r]X6oi> iiTL TL vScop' Kai (j)rjati> 6 "upon a certain water and the water: and the eunuch said. See, Behold water oflicer said, evi'OV)(OS, ISov vSap' TL KCoXvei here is water ; what doth hinder my being imhinders What ^^ Elire 8e 6 p.e fiaTrTLaOrjvai. ; me to be baptized ? mersed? And Philip said. If you 37 And Philip said, If thou (PlXlttttos, El TTLaTeveis e'^ 0A77? believe with all your heart, you believest with all thine heart, 'AiroKpi- may. And he answered, and rrjs KapSlas, e^eaTLV. thou mayest. And he answered v'lov said, I believe that Jesus Christ and said, I believe that Jesus 6e\s Se eiire, ULarevco tov And he 'Irjaouv XpLis the son of God. tov Oeov eiuaL tov Christ is the Son of God.

36

And

as they

went on

tJwir

ti-jv

37

38

'

Hzdr,, ho was led awa_v.

And, as a
silent.

silent

lamb
of

aipmfog,

'

'jS y.ntati

avrov

i^d't;.

In com. ver. xpiais


constrained
'

is

represented

all

lambs are dumb, but not

This

Lamb
of,

God was by judgment, damnation,


demnation was extorted
against himself
cify

condemnation, accusation.

His conto

silent.
1

They

him
with
;

witness
" cru-

Ei>at'riov TOV xeiQavros avrov, in sight

before, in pre-

and

then exclaimed

away

him,''''

sence of the shearer

or devourer.
While tondco in its it more literally

him."

So

aiQO) is occasionally

understood

and

in this

Kctifdvioi, specially claims attention.

case, it is

mildest construction indicates simply to shear,

and generally means to destroy, consume, devour. Represented in Latin by dcpasci, and in Homeric currency to consume, to
devour.
II.

more apposite than in any other known to us in Holy Scripture. " Taken from the earth is too tame for this case. The Hebrew is npb L;S'i"3"3l "nsi-'^a tantamount to: Through violence and
ivas taken aicay,

11

5G0; Od. 11

578.

punishment he

from earth or from

life.

And

ETiEiQe Ttolvueoiov tporoi:


beast, Sophocles, Az. 55.

lie slauglitcred

many

a horned

his cotemporaries, or generation,

who

shall fully declare ?

or exhibit, Meyer, Robinson,

De Wette.
is,

Their wickedness
It has

Shorn, or shearing,
for the occasion.
ing.
^

is

not apposite to this case


idea here
is

too

tame

was
'

unparalleled.

The
Sd
is

slaughter, not

lamb shear-

Taken from the earth "

we

repeat, too tame.

in its
Ovy. ai'oiyit.

concomitants the idea of violence

hence

we

prefer

per. sing. pres. Ind.,

ho

is

his

mouth.
taken away," Thompson.

not opening violently taken from the earth. Kara rrjv oSov And as they were going along the road.

There is here no supplement Behold water, iSov iSco^. Through violence and punishment he was taken away, i. e. from life, De necessary. The exact Greek requires no supplement in this Wctte. The Hebrew sustains this view. " The generation case more especially because ri iSco^ a certain water, or a amongst whom he suffered who shall fully declare," Hackctt. water immediately precedes. " The phrase here is cm t vScoq literally, they came upon His judgment was taken away, might indicate in our style, that he was bereft of his reason. a certain water, not eis, to, but cni, upon a certain water.
" Ilis legal trial
;

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KIXG JAMES
38
VERSION.

CHAP.

IX.

59
REVISED VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.

^^ Kai eKeXevae aTrjvai commanded tlie arov. the chariot to and they TO apiJ.a- Koi Kare/3-qaau dfi(j)o- standstill; and they both went went down both into the water, repoi els to v8ap, o re ^iKlttttos down Pinto the water, Philip both Philip and the eunuch and KOL 6 evuov)(^of Kol IfiaiTTLcrev and the officer, and he imlie baptized him. 0T oe apeprjcrau e/c mersed him. And when they avTov. 39 And when they were come Tou v8aT0f, Ilvevpa Kvplov rjp- were come up out of the water, up out of the water, the Spirit the Spirit of the Lord caught ^'lXlttttov Tvacre tou kou ovk of the Lord caught away Philip, Philip away, that the officer elSev avTou ovketl 6 evvov)(os, that the eunuch saw him no saw him no more for he went ivropeveTO yap Trjv 68ov avTOu more and he went on his way on his journey rejoicing. But ^^ ^IXiTTTTOs 5e evpeOy] )(a[pcov. i-ejoicing. Philip was found in Azotus: 40 But Philip was found at els A^wTOV KOL 8iep-)(oixevos v- and, passing along, he anAzotus: and passing through, he TjyyeXl^eTO ra? TroXets Trdcras, nounced the tidings in all the preached in all the cities, till he ecus Tov eXOelv avTov e\<s Kaiera- cities till his entrance into

And

he commanded
still
:

chariot to stand

39

10

'

came

to Cesarea.

peiav.
IX,

Cassarea.

CHAP.

CHAP.

IX.

CHAP.

IX.

breathing "But Saul yet 'breathing SavXos eTL e/xiruecov 'O out threatenings and slaughter threatening and slaughter out aTreiXris kol (Pouov els rovs p.a6rjagainst the disciples of the Lord, against the disciples of the Tus TOV Kvplov, TrpoaeXdcou t<S went unto the high priest, Lord, went to the High Priest, " jjTi^aaTO Trap avrov 2 And desired of him letters ap^Lepel, and desired "from him letters to
Saul,

And

yet

AE

to

Damascus
if

to the synagogues,

eiTtaToXds

els

Aap-aaKov

that

he found any of this way. Tus (Tvuaycoyas, ottws eau Tivas that
they both went

irpos Damascus, to the ^Synagogues, if he found any of "that

And

xaTs^r^aav en, they wont

down into, eie not c.tj. It is here down into, and again avt[i)}aav sx,

matically represented
de, adversus,

they came up out


1

of-

the water.
:

cator's

by inter, apud, pro, per, ad, usque ad, and by a Hebraism indicates the Dative. PisBetween, among, Critica Sacra. Index of words.

throw the reader back to ch. 8 3. and resume with, for, through, for to, even to, into, unto, concerning, Such is its well-established currency. the history of Saul of Tarsus, who was merely introduced to against, and towards. to be preferred, in any given case, must be us as a violent persecutor, and now further evidence of the Of these, which is It is essentially a Therefore we prefer but to and, as the decided by the subject and the context. fact is adduced. particle of relations, and is associated with the idea of motion, proper connective in this case. progress, or change of position. While ev denotes both re' Eiinvmi The etymology of tv and Ttfem, Jlo, spiro. lative and absolute repose, eis represents relative and absolute words, though not always an infallible index of their current

^e and

ere,

value, or of their special import, in a given case,


less,

is,

nevertheapprecia-

motion or progress.
"

frequently of indispensable importance to a

full

Had" avTov, from him, or from himself;

ttqos rag avva-

tion of their proper significance.

To
is,

illustrate this fact


spirit,

the case before us,


nveca,
spiro,

we remark,
spirit.

that Ttvtvfia,
is

and comes from

ycoya;, to the synagogues


for their destiny
is

not

for himself, along the

way

fixed,

s Jauaay.ov.

The

local destination

whose perfect passive


It

itfnvtvfiai

whence

of the letters, Hack.


it.

This

settles his course

and the end or

nvev/ja

breath, a

therefore,

an immediate object of

' The synagogues had their presbyteries, or presbyters product or effect of an oracle of God of the breath or inspiration of God. So we read that God breathed into his and these had authority to commission Saul to defend their ruach, chaiyim breath religion against the attacks of the disciples. nostrils the breath of life," m^n mil
;

''

of

lives,

animal and spiritual.

This was

literal inspiration.

"

Tr^i

oSav,
life,

i.

e.,

xaz

eio-/r,v,

of the way, in regard to

faith,

In the case before us Saul was breathing of threatenings

manner of

Hack.
:

The way which they


;
:

call heresy, y.ara

and slaughter. Breathing of threatenings, and breaking of ch. 19 23 22 4. This formula is xnv 6S0V, Acts 24 14 bread are the same form, or formula of words. frequent with Luke. Nusquam, in Novo Test, legem significat Ajteilris y-at tpovov, governed by efinvtm, spiro. nisi quid adjiciatur ex quo, id possit intelligi, Critica Sacra.
;
:

Eli Tovg

/{a3-t;Ta;,

against the disciples.

Eis

is

gram- See Acts 24

22.

60

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP.

IX.

GKEEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.

whether they were men or wo- evpr) r^? 68ov bvras avBpas re vs^ay, whether they were men men, he might bring them bound Kol yvvcuKas, SeSe/xeuov? ayayrj or women, he might bring
unto Jerusalem. 3 And as he journeyed, he came near Damascus and suddenly there shined round about him a light from heaven 4 And he fell to the earth, and heard a voice saying unto him, Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou me ? 5 And he said. Who art thou,
:
:

els

'

lepovaaX-qfi.

"

TTopeveadai, eyei'eTo
^eLv
TT]

Aapa^Kcp, Kol

themboundto Jerusalem. Now 'in the journey, he came near avrov tyylDamascus suddenly, and,
eu

8e

rco

i^a[(j)i>r]s
(j)a>s

there
light

flashed around him,

Trepn-jCTTpa^ev

from heaven, and ^having Toil ovpavovKOLL Treacou im fallen upon the earth, he heard Ti]v y^iv, rjKoua-e (j)03VJ]v Aeyou- a voice saying to him, Saul, crav avTcp, SaovX, SaovX, tl pe Saul, why do ^you perseElire 8e, 7 is el, ku- cute me? And he said, who SicoKeif;
'^
''

avrov

diro

pie;
elpi

Lord?
Jesus
It is

And

the Lord said, I

am

8e

Kvpiof

elirev,

Eyw

whom

Ir]aovs

hv

thou persecutest.
kick, against

av

SicoKei?'

hard for thee to

(TKArjpou aroi 7rpo9 Kevrpa Xukti^eiv.


eiire,

Lord? "And the Lord Jesus, whom you persecute ""it is hard for you
art thou,
said, I

am
;

the pricks. 6 And he trembling, and astonished, said, Lord, what wilt thou have me to do ? And the Lord said unto him. Arise, and go into the city, and it shall be told thee what thou must do. 7 And the men whicii journeyed with him stood speechless, hearing a voice, but seeing

Tpepwv
Kvpie,
tl

to

kick

against

the

goads.

re kcu

Oap^wv And
Troirj-

he, trembling

and aston-

pe OeXeis
e'icreXde

ished, said. Lord,

what wilt

aai;

Kai

6 KvpLog irpos avrov,

Avao-TTjOL

KOL

els

rrjv

TToXiv, i<al XaXrj$r](reTal aoL rl ere

thou have me to do ? And the Lord said to him, ""Arise, and go into the city, and it shall be
told

8et TTOULV.

01 8e av8pes
pev

ol

avvo8evovres avrcS elarjjKeicrav


evveoL, UKOvovres
rrjs (pcovrjs,
'^

And

the

you what you must do. men who were jour''had

neying with him,


rjyepdi]

stood

no man.
;

pi]8eva 8e Oecopovvres.

S And Saul arose from the 8e o SavXos drro rij^ yi]?' dveearth and when his eyes were coypevcov 8e rSiV oipdaXpcav avopened, he saw no man but were opened, he saw no })errov, ovSeva ej3Xe7re, )(eipaya>yovvthey led him by tlie hand, and sou but they led him by the res 8e avrov elcrijyuyov eh Aa- hand, and brought him into brought /lim into Damascus. KUL fjv ypepas rpeis Damascus. And he was there 9 And he was three days with- paoTKOv.
; :
:

speechless, hearing, indeed, the voice, but seeing no person. But Saul 'was raised from the and, ''though his eyes earth

* jEf

Se

TM

Tto^evcaS'ai, in the journey, or while

neyed, Hack.
Infinitive

EyBveto avrov eyyt^$tv.


light,

Tliis is a case of the

he jour- to truth, with or without it. If retained, we omit the and render xcrr^a, spurs or sharp points.
I"

.article,

with the accusative as the subject.


nut as a body, but as an

From

oy.hjnor, to ).a-^i%Eiv,
:

has been transferred to this

avrov fios, element, flashed around liiin


ITcoir^OTQU^ei'

duced instances of this proverb from Greek and Roman y And falling, having fallen, stti, upon the earth. The authors. Kevrpa, a goad, Wakefield. Thompson, Wesley, Griesbach regards this as a spurious reading. participial rendering requires not the supplementary and be- Murdock.
fore the Aorist r,y.ovae.
'

as lightning.

place from ch. 2G

14,

Hackelt, Dodd., &c.

Westen has pro-

'

AXla avaar.

But

rise

up and enter into the

city,

and

Thou and

thee are

yet regarded as the sacred style, but that which behooves you to do (to bo doing).
Scott.
''

only retainc^d in worship and worsliipful style.


specific

We cannot as yet wholly repudiate this usage; but, with the exception of
prayer or addresses to God, or
in

This verb expresses a continuous acting, not an act completed, Lidd. and

Rob.
the

his addresses to
it

And

any person, we presume to dispense with


cimen of antiquity,
'O

men journeying with


had

him, ciarr^xeiaav ivveot

as a

mere spe- 3d
"

per. plur.al, pluperfect

stood speechless.

1. ind. pass., was raised up, ab ayeiqco. Avcmyucvov Se nor ofd'aXiiMv perfect part. pass. though declared doubtful by Gries. It is not needed. xst^aymyovirti, Indeed, all his eyes were opened he saw no person from oxb;<?ov TO avrov is omitted by Gb., Knapp, Sch., Ln. Tf Piiul yLi/^aymyem, manu duco, part, pros., ducentes manu, following Erasmus. There is, indeed, nothing gained or lost Beza.

no longer to be indulged.

EytQOr^, aor.

Ss yvotos iiTicv.

The

clause

is

omitted by Ln.,

Tf.,

and

'

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP.

IX.

61

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.

out sight, and neither did eat fn] /SAcTTCoj', Koi ouK e(j)ayeu ovSe three days ^without seeing, nor diiuk. eiriev. 8e tis /xad^jTrjs and did not eat nor drink. 10 And there was a certain ev AajxacTKW ofo/xart Avavlas, Now, there was a certain

Hv

lo

Hisciple

at
;

Ananias

Damascus, named Koi and to him said the


Ananias.

elire

Trpoy avrou 6 Kvpios Iv

disciple at

Ananias 'I8ov iyco, Kvpie. ^^ ' 8e icvptos And he said, Behold, Behold, I am here, Lord. I am here, 11 And the Lord said unto Trpos avTov, Avaara? Tropeudyri Lord. And the Lord said to him, Arise, and go into the eTTL Ty]v pvprjv Ti]i> KaAovpevrjv him. Arise and go ''upon the
in a vision,

Lord

And

opafxaTL, 'Avavia.

he

said,

O O

Ananias
to

Damascus, named and the Lord said

8e eiivev,

him

in a vision,

EvOelav, Koi QjTrjcrou ev oIkm house of Judas lovSa SavXov ovopari, Tapaia. for 07ie called Saul of Tarsus for l8ou yap 7rpo(7ev-)(eTai, ^^ kol hehold, he prayeth, eiSev (.V opapari av8pa ovopari 12 And hath seen in a vision AvavLav elaeXOovTa koi eiriBepra
street v?hich
is

called Straight,

and inquire

in the

man named

Ananias, coming
Jus

in,

and putting

hand on him,

that he might receive his sight.

13 Then Ananias answered, Lord, I have heard by many of this man, how much evil he hath done to thy saints at Jerusalem 14 And here he hath authority from the chief priests, to bind all that call on thy name. 15 But the Lord said unto him, Go thy way for lie is a chosen vessel unto me, to bear
:
:

which is called Straight, and inquire in the house of Judas for one called Saul, of Tarsus for behold he is praying to and has seen in a vision 'me, a man named Ananias coming avTcS -^elpa, hircos ava^Key\frj. in, and putting his hand on 'ATreKpldi] 8e 6 'Auavias, Kv- him, that he might receive his oLKijKoa aiTO TToXXav Trepl sight. Then Ananias answerpi, TOV av8p09 TOVTOV, hcTa KaKOL ed. Lord, I have heard, by eTTonjae ro^s ayiois crov ei> lepov- many, of this man, how much done to thy saints aaXijp,' Kol co8 e'^et i^ovalav evil he has
street
: ''

12

13

Trapa rQiv ap^Lepecov, 8rjaai irav-

who

are in Jerusalem.

And

i-t

Tas Tovs (.TTLKaXovpevovs TO bvopa


aov.
KVpl09,

here he has authority from the chief Priests, to bind all Jljore oe 7rpo9 avTov o 'those invoking thy name. But UopeVOV, OTL aKEVOS' the Lord said to him, "fGo, for
/xot

15

iKXoyijs
ILj
it

lariv
and

ovtos,

tou he

is

a chosen linstrument for

'

And he was

three da3's without seeing.

fiXeTicov,

habitually,
calling.

so emploj-ed.

Hence, as indicative of a class


prefer those

eat not nor drank.

To agree with drank


eat and drank
is still in

should be the
is

rather than of an act,

we

that

call,

to those

imperfect and not the preterite, the imperfect


as well as ate.

yet read eat

We

use amongst our

Hofisvco

noQtvofiai,

proficiscor

pergo,

itcrfacio

often

best writers.
'

Em rijv

^vftr^v,

upon the

street.

to find houses should be given


Straigli t.

Go

used in this sense, Critica Sacra; go, Thomp., Wes., Penn, Literally, as directions "Wakefield ; arise and go, Murd., Booth. up on tlie street called i:y.evos Bxlnyi;s fioi, a chosen vessel, Murd., Thomp., Booth.,
1

Penn, Wake. ; flaaraaai, properly to bear up, to lift up. Jos. ~" -'-vP*ul always prayed, as a Jew. Still I am not tenacious Ant. 7 11, John 10 31 to exalt my name. We prefer 7 of Bupplements.~^^t4s^a fact that he then prayed to Jesus, to carry " It signifieth only to carry," Crit. Sacra. It is
:

which he had never

rendered to hear, Murd., Wake., Penn, Wes., Thomp. To hear and carry, are used as synonyms in vessels or ships of burthen. " touching the righteousness that is in the law, he was blame- Evconwv, in conspectu, coram. less " never before pray Certainly he prayed, else he Vessel, instrument. AVe prefer the latter. Vessel, nowcould not have said this, or that he had, as a Jew, " lived in a-days, is more appropriate to ships and seaforing life, ^xevog, all good conscience before God," even to the day of his con- indicates any kind of instrument. Tlie genitive use of
done~tiefere.

"For behold he prays."

Did

Paul,

who

affirmed, that,

version.

sxkoyeg

is

rather Hebraistic than Grecian.

It

is

a strong ex-

I submit, therefore, that the facts in the case

supplement "

to

me."

"

For behold," said Jesus,


thee calling

demand the "he prays to


Jf'ho call:

pression of the idea

an

instrument of choice

rather

than

a chosen instrument.

But we cannot

legitimately think that

me, or in my name." Tors ETtixaXovfiBvovs,


'

there

is anj'

special reference to an eternal, or to a temporal

on thy name.

choice,

but to the admirable adaptation of the man to the work.

is

more apposite

to a class.

so specific

All calling upon thy

name

is

not However true that doctrine


us.

may

be, it is not in the premises

i.

e.,

indicative of a class.

These are professionally before

Both truth and error are weakened by

violence.

C2 KING JAMES
VERSION.
the

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


GREEK TEXT.
eOvwv

CHAP. IX.
REVISED VERSION.

my name
Israel.

before

Gentiles, /3acrTa(rai to bvojxa /lov evwiriov me, to bear

my name
:

before
16

and kings, and the children of


16 For I will show him how great things he must suffer for ray name's sake. 17 And Ananias went his way, and entered into the house: and putting his hands on him, said. Brother Saul, the Lord {even Jesus that ajipeared unto thee in the way as thou earnest) hath sent me that thou mightest receive thy sight, and be filled

Koi

'Icrpai]\.

/SacTiAewj', vlav re the Gentiles, and kings, and the children of Israel for I ^ eyco yap vTroSel^co will "-indicate to him how great

with the"noly
IS

Gliost.

there fell eyes as it had been scales and he received sight forthwith, and arose, and was baptized. 19 And when he had received meat, he was strengthened. Then was Saul certain days with the

And immediately
his
:

from

disciples
cus.

which were

at

Damas-

20 And straightway he preached Christ in the synagogues, that he is the Son of God. eariv 6

rod things he must sufler on account of my name. And Ananias "went away and 'AirriXBe Be 'Avavla^ kcu elarjXOev ely Tr]v oIkluv, koI eTnOeli entered into the house, and having laid his hands on him, iTT avTov ra^ -yeipa^ elire, 2^aovX said, Brother Saul, -the Lord, aSeX(f), 6 Kvpios direaTaXKe pe, even Jesus, who appeared to Irjaov^ 6 6(j}0i aoi eV ri/ b8co you in the way as you came, rjp-^ov, oTTCof dua^Xexj/rj^ koll fj has sent me, that you may TrX-qaOfji IIuevp.aTOs 'Aylov. receive sight, and be ^filled Koil evOecos dTreireaou otto with the Holy Spirit. And there fell from raii^ 6(f)daXpcoi' avTOv coael Xenl- immediately di^e/SXexj/e 8es, re irapay^^prjpa, his eyes, as it were scales "iforthKoi uvacrra^ efiaTrTLadrj, ^'* kcu and he received sight with, and arose, and was imXa^av rpoc^rjv euia')(y(Tev. Eye- mersed: and having taken food vero Se o SauXos pera rwv ev he was strengthened. Then AapacTKw paOrjTcov ype'pas rwas' 'Paul was some days with the disciples who were at DamasKai euaecos ep rais avvayooyais cus. And immediately he eKrjpvaae rov Xpiarov, on ovros 'proclaimed Christ in the synaavTcp,

ocra

Sei

avTOv

virep

ovopaTos pov TTaOeiv.

17

is

'

19

20

v'lof

rov Oeov.

^^

e^l- gogues, that this

is

the Son

'"

'T:toSEi^co

him, or indicate
"
Atti;!.!)'!,

vnoSetxiiiui, premonstro indico. will show him more harmony our xfi^a;and "j'ut his went awa)',
I
to
is

authorities cvsurgens.

See Thesauros Grajcas Lingusc Re-

in

witli

style.

dactus secundum Constantini


seratus

Methodum
"

iTiiO'eii

Concinatus &c.

ct Schrevellii Re-

hands" on him, Wake.


laid his hands,-' Tlionip.
his hands,"

"laid
;

his liands,"

Murd.

''having

And

arose

and was immersed

put his

and

laid

liis hands," Penn ''jmlting word see Gesen. Lex. p. had put his hands, Booth. ; and taken food. hands, Geneva, Cranmcr; imposing hands, Rheims 'O XavXos. Gb., Sch., on him his hands, WicUf. place.

"

laying

on 919 " Hack.


Ln.,

Gulielmi Robertson, An.

Dom.

1G7G.

this Hebraistic use of the

Aa.So> iqatfr^v, having

Wes.

when

he

and

Tf.

omit o ^nvloi

in this

of&cis 6 mqios, per apposition the Lord Jesus, ' Ey.t^Qvaoe. He proclaimed Jesus {rof Irjaovi-, Gries., our Lord Jesus, Murd. the Lord, even .Jesus, Sch., Ln., and Tf.) that he is or that liimself is the Son ' Tlionip. the Lord Jesu.s, Murd. the Lord has sent me. Jesus of God. wlio appeared to thee," Wesley. We prefer, the Lord, even 'He preached Christ, that he was the Son of God" Jesus who appeared, &c. That ".Jesus is the Christ" and that ''the Christ, is the
Irjaovg 6
;

Wakefiehl
;

P Filled

with Iloly Spirit

with capitals Hohj Spirit docs not

Son of God," are two forms of the great

apostolic proposition,

any time denote a mere spiritual influence, and. in the case announced, debated, and established in that age. To preach of Paul, it was not an ordinary intluence that was vouchsafed thus, was to announce it, with all evidence, and with all to him. He was ApnstoHcalbi a temple of the IloIy Spirit, and authority. Paul having formerly denied this fact, gave great not merely, as all Christians arc. possessed of its sanctifying, prominence and weight to it in his annunciations of it. comforting influence. " To teach " and " to preach " Christ, were technical or But theologically we do not discuss this subject, but only say that according to the text before us professional phrases in that age. They were then regarded as it is printed as the Holy Spirit, although anarthrous, and different works as enlisting soldiers and training them. The doubtless has reference to his personal abiding. xr^nvaaca and the SiSnay.o> families have neither consanguinity na^ir/oi;un, is omitted by Gb., Ln Tf. y.ac rwrtoTm, is nor affinity. The latter is always teach, the former is always not necessarily rendered having risen. It is by tlie highest preach, publish, or j>Toclaim. They never ought to be conat
; "*

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP.

IX.

G3

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.
21

21 But all that heard him were aravTO de Travres o'l aKovovres of God. But all that heard amazed, and said, Is not this he Koi ekeyov, f^x ovtos icrriv 6 him were 'amazed, and said, Is that destroyed them which called TTopdijaas ef lepovcraXrj/ji. tovs not this he who destroyed on this name in Jerusalem, and eTrLKaXovjxeuovs to opo/ia tovto, those who invoked this name came hitlier for that intent, that Kat coSe eh tovto eAeAvdei \va in Jerusalem, and came liither he might bring them bound unto SeSeyueVou? avrovs dyayrj eVi Tov^ for this purpose, that he might
? " S,avXos 8e /xaWou bring them bound to the chief ap^iepeii ; 22 But Saul increased the Priests? But Saul increased more in strength, and confound- iueBwapiovTO, kou avve^vve Tovf the more in strength, and "coned the Jews which dwelt at Da- 'lovSalov^ TOVS KaTOLKoiivTas (.v founded the Jews who dwelt mascus, proving that this is very AafxaaKco, avpfii^d^ccv otl ovtos in Damascus, "proving that

the chief priests

22

Christ.

23

And

after that

many
Jews

were

fulfilled,

the

avTov iyvcoadr] Se tcS SavXco "kill him. But their ''conspir24 But their laying wait was known of Saul. And they watch- 1] iiri^ovXr] avTcou. irapeTripovv acy was >known to Saul, and ed the gates day and night to re Tas irvXas y/xepas re /cat they watched the gates, day and VVKTOS, h-Kcos avTov dviXcoac night, that they might kill him. kill him.
25 Then the disciples took
Xa/BovTes 8e avTou
ol p.adr]Tai

counsel to kill him.

iaTLV 6 XpLaTos. "" coy Se iirXr]this person is the Christ. Now days povvTO i]fxepac 'iKavei, crvve^ovwhen many days were accomtook XevaavTO o'l lovSaloi dveXeiv plished, the Jews consulted to

23

24

Then the

disciples 'took

him

25

founded or substituted one for the other. The teacher is a But their conspiracy was known. See Ilclian 3 5, 9. Xev., SiSaoy.aloi, and his leaching a SiSaxr;, or doctrine, whereas Hell. 3 Also Sept. Hist. 2 22. And TtaQe ti-^ovi', 3, 4, 5. the 2^^cacher is a y.r,^v^, and his preaching a xe^vy/ta, or pro- imp. They watched the gates narrowly, both day and night. clamation. These are worlcs sometimes contrasted, at least Te xai urccos, in order that, avclwas they might put him
: :
:

distinguished in the

New

Testament.

'

They ceased not

to

aside.
plur.

preach and teach Jesus Christ," or to teach Christ to the


initiated
;

found Aor. 2d Sub., aviloj, 3d per. that they might abolish or destroy him.
Avai^eio

here

and to preach him to the uninitiated. See also ' Authorities for both are about equal, known to, or known 2 Tira. 1 11. There we find Z7;pii| >:at aTioaxolos c&vcav, xat by, Saul. "We prefer the former. It was not known by him SiSaaxaXo; concentrated in one man. Paul was a ''^preacher, as the means, but to him as the end. and a teacher, and an apostle," sent to the nations. ' Then the disciples, la^ovres, " taking him by i.ight, let "We now have preachers many, and teachers many, and often him down through the icall in a basket," Dodd., Wakefield in the same persons; but no apostles save "The Twelve" and " through the wall by by the side of the wall," Bloomfield Paul, who, though dead, are still speaking to us. by the side of the wall, Dodd., Wakefield. an aperture, OIs. E^toravro Se itavres e^iorr^fti tOTafiai, obstMpesco, oh~ ^la. By a comparison of 2 Cor. 11 33 Sta must here mean Ad verbum declarat they were extra se esse, through, i. e., by an aperture, Bloora. " let him down in a stapefacio.
:

Beza, whence the

word extacy quasi

extra se

sit

raptus.

So basket through an opening

in

the city wall,"

01s.

^ja

percellor or ohsttipesco; for the


alicujus veluti

Greek word signifieth, mentem d-v^iSos sporta, a basket, a piannier. Some think that sporta loco commovere, which the Latin piercello doth, was a measure twice as large as cophinus, because Paul was
:

See 2 Cor. 5 amazed. Acts 2:7; 8


Beza.

13.
:

Transported.
;

And
45
;

they were
:

lot

down

in a sporta,

Critica Sacra;

Christ distinguishes
:

between cophinos and sporlas, Matthew IG 9, 10. It is also Amazed, astonished, bewitched beside one^s self, wondered. used Matthew 15 37; Mark 8 8, 10; Crit. Sacra. There must have been an opening in the wall to justify the use So it is rendered in the com. ver., in its 17 occurrences. of 8ia. Xalaaavres, lowering him, or letting him down. This " " Disputed with those Jews who understood Greek." event is more fully detailed by Paul himself " Through a Syriac Version, ch. 6 1. The Grecian disciples murmured window in a basket was I let down by the wall," 2 Cor. against the Hebrews. 11 33. Such windows in walls are noted in the East, Jos. " " Proving that this person is the Christ," is better than 15. 11 See Aristoph. Vesp. p. 354-379. Athen. p. 214. proving that this one is the true Christ. There is an engraving of a part of the present wall of Dam. " Ai^>,ecv, to put him aside. To kill him was their scheme. See also Aristoph. Ves. p. 354 and 379. in C. and H. i, p. 110.
13
9
:

21

10

and 12

IG.

Entpovhj, conspiracy.

Wiles

lying in wait

is

obsolete.

Athen.

p. 214.

64
KING JAMES
VERSION.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


GREEK TEXT.

CHAP. IX.
REVISED VERSION.

him by night, and let h im down VVKT09, KadijKau Slu rou Ti)(OVf, by night, and let him down by the wall in a basket. XaXdaavres u. (nrvplSi. ^"^ Ha- through the wall in a basket. 26 And when Saul was come pay^voixevos 5e 6 JSauAoy ety /f- But 'coming into Jerusalem, to Jerusalem, he assayed to join he was attempting to attach povcraAij/j., iTreiparo KoXXaaOai
himself to
the
disciples
:

26

but
Toi^ pLaOrjTois'

they were
ciple.

all afraid

of him, and

Kol Travres e(pop.7]


"

himself to the disciples

but
dis27

believed not that he was a dis- fiovvTO

avTov,

TTiarevovTis

they were
believing
ciple.

all

fearing him, not


to

OTL icTTl padrjTris-

Sapi'ajSay
i)yaye
Sirj-

him

be a

27 But Barnabas took him, and brought him to the apostles, and declared unto them how he had seen the Lord in the way, and that he had spoken to him, and how he had preached boldly at

8e

e7riXa^op.evo9

avTov,

But Barnabas took him and brought him to the Apostles,

Trpos Tovs oLTToaToXovs, KaL


y7]craT0
ilSe

and

fully

declared

to

avTois

Trws"

tv

rfj

o8(S

them,

how he had seen the Lord

rov KvpLov, kol on iAaArj- in the way, and tliat he had aev avTOj, kol Trwy ei> AapiaaKm spoken to him, and how he
ev
tco

Damascus

in the

name

iirapprjcnacraTo

ofop.ari
>

of

Jesus.

Tov
^

'Irjcrov.
y

"
I

kol

rju p.T
S

had boldly preached at Damasav- cus, in the name of Jesus.


'

And he was with them, comhe was with them Tcav eiaTTopevop.ei'os /cat eKWopevoin and going out in Jeruing 'lepovcraXijp,, koI irapp.evo9 iv coming in and going out at Jesalem, and preaching boldly in rusalem. prjaia^Ofievof eu t<S 6vop,aTi rov
2S

And

28

29

29 And he spake boldly in the name of the Lord Jesus, and disputed against the Grecians: but tiiey went about to slay him. 30 Which wiien the brethren knew, they brought him down to Cesarea, and sent him forth to Tarsus. 31 Then had the churches rest throughout all Judea, and

KvpLOV
ard^'

'

Irjaov,
irpo9

^'

arvve^ilTei.
ol

tovs

name of the Lord Jesus, iXaXei re kol and was talking and 'disputing jEXXtjuithe
^'

with the Hellenists; but they undertook to kill him. The ^^ eTnypovm Se ol brethren, having ''ascertained dveXelv. d8eX(pol Kari'jyayoi' avrou eh this, conducted him into CiesaKacadpeiav, Kal e^aireaTeiXav rea, and sent him out into Tar'^^ Al p-kv sus. Then the 'congregations avTOV ei? l^apaov.
8e
eirey^iipovu

avTov

30

31

ovv

eKKX-qa-lat

Kad
'

bXrjs
Tlie

Trjs

had peace, throughout


not found
in

all

Juin

But

!taQayofcivoi, Aor. Part, coining (j/s) into Jerusalem.

term

cxy.h;oia is

this

book

the

ETitiQaxo, he

KaUa- munities scattered over one or more provinces or cities, and they we, therefore, in this case prefer the com. reading to the readwere sW fearing liim (imp. mid. following ace), not, ntarevoi'Tes, ing of Ln. and Tf. We have the church of God, the church of Christ, but we have not a church of churches, in .ipostolic believing him to he a disciple or that he is a disciple.
attempt).
Sch., Ln., Tf.

was allempting, (tlie 'O SavXos is omitted by Gb.,


himself^

imperfect sliows a continuous singular

number

applied to a plurality of churches or com-

oDai

attach
is

rots /lad-tpraig, to the disciples,

''

Jesus
'

omitted by Ln., Tf.


disputing with the Hellenists."

currency.

'

And was

These were

Paul's conversion

is

here alluded

to, as

possessing great in-

the Jewish converts


Palestine

who spake

the Greek language.

The

fluence on the churches

Chaldaic
against,
"

the

Jews were called Hebrews. They spoke the SyroAramaen jrpos more properly with than The idea of national, imperial, or out one vestige of authority in and more frequently to than either.

peace and prosperity. both on Exxhjatai enXrjO-vvoiTos congregations were multiplied.


their

provincial churches
all

is

with-

the handprints and foot-

he spake and disputed with the Judaishig Greeks," prints of the Apostolic writings or labors. The Church of A murmuring arose against the Hebrews on the Galatia, the Church of Asia, the Church of Galilee, Samaria, Translators have or Judea of the Jews or of the Gentiles occurs not once in part of the Greek converts," G 1, Penn. thus varied, for the sake of placing the same people before the the Acts, or in any other book in the N. Testament ; but we reader in various attitudes. And so did the Apostles in pre- often read of the churches in numerous districts. Such as the

And

Peun.

"

senting the same Gospel facts. Still this is a matter of taste and not of autho^it3^ i Je, "but come to a knowledge of it," is in our day and style, better represented by ascertained for " brought hiin down to " conducted him into Ciesarea.

churches of Judea, Samaria, Syria,


Christ"

Cilicia.

"Churches
all

of

CHURCHES of the Gentiles, Churches of Asia, churches


In
such cases,
it is

of Macedonia, ' churches of God," &c., &c.

as already intimated,

not Cliurch in Greek but exxXrjom,

"congregation" or "assembly."

The Church of Kome, of

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES' VERSION.
Galilee,
:

CHAP.

IX.

65
REVISED VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.

and Samaria, and were 'Iov8aia9 Kol l^aXiXatas kul Saand walking in the fear fiapelay el)^ou elpi]i'i]u, oIkoSoedified of the Lord, and in the comfort ixovjxevai kol Tropevo/ievai. tS (j)oof the Holy Ghost, were multi- /3ft) rov KvpLov, KaL rr) irapaKKrjplied.
creL

dea, and Galilee, and Samaria,

being edified

and, walking in

the fear of the Lord, and in the consolation of the


Spirit,

Holy
that 32

Tov Aylov UvevfxaTO^


'

cttXt]-

they were multiplied.


it

32
Peter

And

it

came

to pass,

as
all

OvvovTO.
22

^Now
5e

happened

passed

throughout

'EFENETO

nirpov

Peter, while passing through

he came down also to ^lep^ofxevov 8ca 7ravT<ov, KareXthe saints which dwelt at Lydda. delv Kou Trpos tovs aylov? tov? 33 And there he found a cer- KaroLKOvvra? Av88av. evpe tain man named Eneas, which Se eKel avOpwirov TLva Alveav
quarters,

among
the

all,

came down
that

also to at
33

^saints

dwelt

Lydda: and there he found a certain man, named ^neas,

had kept

bed eight years, and ovo/iari, i^ iraiu oktco KaraKcl- who had kept his bed "eight was sick of the palsy. p.evov eVt KpafifiaTw, by i]v irapa- years, and was sick of tlie 34 And Peter said unto him, KeXvfjLivo?. ^* KOL elirev avrcS 6 palsy. And Peter said to him,
his

34

Eneas, Jesus Christ maketh thee Jlerpo?, Alvea, larai are h]aovs arise, and make thy bed. wliole 6 Xpiaro?' dvacTTrjdL kol crrpwAnd he arose immediately. (TOV aeavTfp. Kou evdecof avearr]' 3-5 And all that dwelt at ^^ KOL elSov avTov TravTe? o'l KaroiLydda and Saron saw him, and KovuTes Av88au kol tov Sapwturned to the Lord. uau, o'lTLves eiriaTpty^au irrl tov 3G Now there was at Joppa Kvpiou. a certain disciple named Tabi:

iEneas, Jesus, the

Ciirist,

heals

you.
bed.
ly.

Arise

and make your


35

And he arose immediateAnd all who dwelt at

Lydda, and Saron, beheld him,


and turned to the Lord.

Now

there was, in Joppa, a

36

^"^

which by interpretation is Tpia ovopaTL I'afiida, i] Sieppr]this woman was called Dorcas vevo/xevr] XeyeTai AopKas' avTtj full of good works and almsayaOav epycov kol Tju rrXi^prj? deeds which she did. iye37 And it came to pass in eXerjpoavucov (x>v iiroler those days, that she was sick, veTO 8e ev tols i]fjLepaLS eKetvais
tha,
;

'Ev

'loTTTrr)

Se ti?

rjv

paOr}- certain disciple, named Tabitha

('which by 'interpretation
called,

is

Dorcas)

this

woman
'Now
it 37

was

full

of good works, and of


did.

"*'

alms 'which she

came to pass in those days that


is

England, of France, of Germany,

(fcc,

&c.,
is

ought to be

re-

infirm persons, a couch


state of infirmity
'

garded as solecisms.

national

Church

as foreign to the

a softer bed.
that, of all

more appropiate, as indicating a He was paralytic.


to the person, should be

Bible and reason as a national priest, a national prophet, or a Still more incongruous to speak of a national national bride.
congregation, as the congregation of Judea, Samaria, Asia,

'H, relating to the

name and not

rendered which, or
use.
'

genders.

The former

is

more

in

J/fi^-z/T^fn^disciple
^tsQfirivevofietfrj,
;

an ajr| i.eyofniov.
being explained, too

France, England, or the United States.


f

part. pres. pass.,

Je and
subject.

y.ai

here should be represented by two words in philosophical


also

being expounded, too didactical.


radical

Being

inter-

our language

now and

and especially as commencing a


:

preted

is its

meaning from
Its
is

'H^fias

Slercury messen-

new
^

ger of the gods, classic.


32. sanclijled

family, occurring only seven

Ilooi TOVS ayiovi, not r^ycnaucfovi, ch. 20

times in the N.
interpretation,
i.

T.,

uniformly represented by interpret,

but ayiovs, saints. ' '^v cTiotct which she did, do alms is not so established It has been questioned by some, whether Sia TtaiTtov does We prefer the as to give or bestow alms. But this is not the solitary subject refer to roncav or to aytoiv understood. Good works and alms are comprehended. No former, because in Luke's currency, in some twenty oc- of the verb. term can apply to both so well we can give alms, but not currences in this book, it uniformly refers to places. good works, but we can do or practice both. * out of eight years^roni eight years beones,

e.,

explanation.

jB| criov oxToi

fore, during eight years.


".Tt

Eyei'STo Se.

Now

it

came

to

pass, in those days, that this

xjjajifiaxoj,

upon a cot or small bed

but, for sick

and woman, being

enfeebled, died.

This preserves the accusative

66

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
:

CHAP. X.
EEVISED VERSION.

VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.

and died whom when they had washed, they laid her in an upper chamber. 38 And forasmuch as Lydda was nigli to Joppa, and the disciples had heard that Peter was there, they sent unto him two men, desiring him that he would not delay to come to them. 39 Then Peter arose, and went with them. When he was come, they brought him into the upper chamber and all the widows stood by him weeping, and shewing the coats and garments which Dorcas made, while she was with them. 40 But Peter put them all forth, and kneeled down, and prayed and turning Iiim to the
:

aadivrjaaaav avryu aTToOavelv she, being sick, died. And, Xovtravres 8e amrjv iOrjKav iv having washed iier, they placVTvepcpcp. eyyvs oe ovcrr)? Avo- ed her in an upper room. Si]S rfj 'loTTirri, o'l fiadriToi ukov- And Lydda being near to Jopaavres hri Jlerpof iaTLv iv avrrj, pa, the disciples, having heard that Peter was in that place, aireareiXav Svo avBpas irpof avsent two men to him, entreatTov, TvapaKaXovvTes /x?) OKvijaai ing, that he would not delay "^^ SieXdeli' eajy avrau. ai^acrray to come through as far as to fie JJiTpos avvrjXdev auToi^ou them. Then Peter, arising, napayevopievou avrjyayov (? to went with them whom hav;

38

39

Koi Trapearrjcrav avTco ing come, they led into the and all the iracrai al xrjpai KXaiovaai koc upper room widows stood by liim weepeTnSeiKvvfiei'aL yj.Ta)va? koi IpdvTrepcpow,
;

and shewing vests and ""all vv'hich Dorcas *" AopKois. 1] eKlBaXcou 8e e^co made while she was with 7rai>Tay 6 JTerpoy, deh to. yova- them. But Peter, putting
TLa

oaa

ing,

eiroLei

fier

avrcov ovcra

mantles,

40

Ta 7rpoar)v^aTO- kou
7rpo9

eTrio-rpe-^as

them

all forth,
;

kneeled

down

TO

aafia,
'

bodj-, said, Tabitha, arise.

she opened her eyes

And and when

avaa-TTjOi.
o(f)daX/jLOVS'

etire,

Ta^iOa, and prayed

and turning to
her
eyes. 41

Se

rjuot^e

tow
5ou?

the body, said, Tabitha, arise.


she

she saw Peter, she sat up.

auTrjs-

kol

ISovaa And
*^

opened

41 And he gave her his hand, and lifted her up and when he had called the saints and widows, he presented her alive. 42 And it was known throughout all Joppa and many believed in the Lord. 43 And it came to jiass, that he tarried many days in Joppa vpith one Simon a tanner.
; :

Tov IleTpov, cu'eKadiae.

And when

she saw Peter, she

sat up, and he gave her his 8e avTij x^^P^j aveaTi-jaev avTi'-jV hand, and caused her to stand (pmvijaas Se tovs aylovs kcCl ray up ; and having called the Xrjpag, Trape'o-T-qcreu avTrju (^oiaau. saints and widows, he present"

yvcocTTOV Be eyeveTO Kaff oAr;? ed her alive.


Io7nrri9, Koi ttoXXo). (TrtaTeveiTL

And

it

was

42

Trjs

known throughout all Joppa, eytveTO and many believed in tlie Lord. And he tarried many 8e rjfxepa^ iKai/af p.Lvai avTov iv days in Joppa, with one Simon, loTTTrij Tvapa tlvl S[p.covi iSvpael. a tanner.
aav
tov Js^vpiov
CHAP.
X.

43

CHAP.

X.

CHAP.

X.

There was

a certain

man

in

ANHP 8e
y.ai.

TLS rjv iv

Kaiaa-

"Now

a certain

man

in Cre-

Cesarea, called Cornelius, a cen- peia. ouofxaTi KopvrjXLOs, eKarov- sarea, called Cornelius, a cen-

construction and dispenses with the addition of

and
'Oaa

We
sis

have a rule applicable to this


tract, called

case, of

high authority,

in

having washed her, " " All which. "


is

theij

2'laccd her in

an upper room.

very learned
Tractatus

"Constantini Ilhodocanacidis Chien-

It is not exactly a supplement.

in the

copy of the approved Greek text

Wm.
Tt is

De Articulis"; appended to some editions of Kobertson's " Thesaurus Grreca Lingnce, " printed Can-

tabrigiie A. p. 1670.
"

Paile 2d.

Nomen substantivum
e.rigit

seu ajjpel;

Je,

now

{r^v

is

omitted by

G)).,

Ln., Tf.).

un-

lativnm

si

conjunctum habet adjoctivura

articulum

ita

neci'ssary,
ftnri)

and redundant; a certain man in Cajsarea, {oro. tamen nt si adjectirum preponatur, unicus articulus by name, Cornelius; sy. OTzeinr^^ Tr;g xa?.oi\ueri;j Irahy.r^i, fixus sufficit. Vide Demosthenes pro Corona.
the

ipsi pre-

the Italian.

band the called Italian, or that being called But this, too, is not our present vernacular. 'We would now say, of a band called the Italian land. ad
literam, of a

Others resolve this case so as to read, of a band, that called


Italian,

parenthetical,

which would make this clause unnecessarily and redundant.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
tiirion

CHAP. X.
REVISED VERSION.

67

VERSION.
e/c

GREEK TEXT.
crireipr}^ rrjs
^

of the

band called the rapyr]^


vrj?
'

KaXovfxi- turion of the band, called the

kou Italian Band, a "devout man, devout man, and one that ^o^ovpevos Tou Oeov iravTL and one who feared God, feareth God with all his house, T<S OLKCp aVTOV, TTOLUIV Te iXeT]- with all his family, who gave which gave much alms to the [xoavvas TroAAa? rc5 Xaw, Kai much Palms to the people, and
IraXiKrjS,
euae/Sr]?

Italian band,

aw

people, and jiiayed to


wa3's.

God

al-

deofxevos
in a vision evidenteioei'

rov

Oeov

SiaTravros' "prayed to

God
saw

continually;
in a 'vision,

He saw

ev opafxari (pauepco?, coaei he distinctly

ly, about the ninth hour of the (opav (.vvaT-qv ttjs i]p,epa^, ayye- about the ninth hour of the day, an angel of God coming in Xov Tov Oeov elaeXdofTa irpos day, an angel of God coming in

to

him, and saying unto him,

avTov, Kol eLTTOvra avT(3,


I'rjXie.

Kop-

to him,
!

and saying

to him, Cor-

Cornelius.

O
Kvpie;

Se areviaas auTcS nelius


eiire,

And when he
afraid,

^looked
said said

And when he looked on him, he was afraid, and said. What is it, Lord? And he said unto him. Thy prayers and thine alms are
4

Kcu p(f)o^os yevofJievos


ecTTL,
elire

Tl on him he was

and

Be avTcS,

Al What

is it,

Lord ? And he

Trpoaevy(aL arov kou al iXerjpoav- to him, your prayers and your


vai

come up
God.
5
pa,

for a

memorial before
to

aov

avej^Tjcrav els pvqjxocrv- 'alms are


''

vov ivcuiTLOv TOV Oeov.

come up for a meKol vvv morial of you before God. And

And now send men


:

Jop-

7rep.\f/oi'

elf

loTnrrji/ ai/dpas, koL

now

"send

men

to Joppa,

and

and call for one Simon, whose surname is Peter G He lodgeth with one Simon a tanner, whose house is by the sea-side he shall tell thee what tiiou oushtest to do.
:

/xeTaTrepyj/aL

2ip.ova b? iiriKaXel^

call for

one Simon, whose sur-

rat

Herpos'
irapa

ovtos

^evi^erai
co

name is Peter. He 'lodges with


one Simon, a tanner, whose
is

irapa tlvl

Sl/jLoi/c

jSvpaei,

icrrcp

oIkm

OaXaaaavtl
ere

ovtos house

by the

"'sea-shore.

He

XaXrjcrei

aoi

del iroLelv.

will tell

you what you ought

"

vae^r;s, a pious man, Booth.,

Thomp. Religious, Rheims,


is

"

MtriatEuxjjai, send, or call for, com. ver.

the former

is

Wiclif.

Devout, Penn, Tyndale, Cranmer, Geneva, Wakef.

preferable.
'

In

all

versions

it is

represented by one or other.

Righteous, Murd.
is,

Devoted, or devout, com.


ver.,

more expressive.

It

OvTos ^crt^erat, ind. pass.,


Xa).r;ac

is

being entertained

with

us,

in its four occurrences,

once godly, and three

lodges with, ovrog

aoi ri as Ssi tioieiv, omitted

by Gb.,

It is, however, the end of the mission, the purSch., Ln., Tf. Iloiwf TE elsrifioanras TtoXlas, alms always, com. ver. oc- pose of the call. curs fourteen times, yet doing alms is not in our currency, Ovros, this person, is more definite and emphatic than while giving alms is popular. In emphatic cases, this, he, though frequently so rendered.
P
'

times devout.

^eoftet'og rov Qeov, beseeching


to

God, asking of God, and or this person,


Pray'd God,

is

most

eligible.

was praying

God.

Praying evermore, Wic.

"He

shall

tell

thee what thou oughtest to

do"

ovros

Tynd., Gran., Gen.

Always praying, Kheims.

Prayed

to

Xalr,aEi ooi ri ae Ssi Ttoteiv

is

repudiated from the text by

God, Wes., Booth., Penn, Thomp., Mur., Wakef.


Elf opauart.
vision,

Gb., Sch., Ln., Tf.

Literally in vision
;

and that with propriety, too


is

but all versions have a inasmuch as a particular

" Ila^a S-akaoaar,

literally,

near a sea.

vision
solute,

referred to
in

besides,
case

"i/i vision", is generic

which

this

could not be true.

Vocative simply, rather than interrogative.


'

if we insert, and ab- as a prefix, our indefinite article. In this case this would Cornelius seem inapropos. Near sea, near lake, near home, near town, are our familiar formulas not near a sea, near a lake, near a

This appears a very vague direction, especially

and steadfastly looking or, when he had home, near a town. Hypercriticism stands reproved in this, as Such is its currency in the in some other cases, in the insertion of our indefinite article fastened his eyes upon him. These are beacons looked, When he or earnestly gazed upon him, he where the noun is anarthrous in Greek. N. T. not to be disregarded. became terrified, or was affrighted. But again, "raear sea" is idiomatic of " </; sea-shore" or At sXerjfeoavvai, alms, or alms deeds, in all versions, except Thompson's, in which acts of benevolence" is used; but this " sea-side" for which we sometimes have ita^a tr^v d-alaaaav,
'O Se areriaas,
;

'

'^

is

too general.

near the sea, that

is,

of course, a special sea in every case.

(38

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


ICING

CHAP. X.
REVISED VERSION.
to do. And when the angel who spoke to Cornelius was
7

JAMES

VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.

7 And when tlie angel which '/i? ^e aTTrjXOiv 6 ayyeXos 6 spake unto Cornelius was de- XaXusu T(S KopuTjXicp, ^covrjaas parted, he called two of his Svo tS)v o'lKercou avTov, kol arpahousehold servants, and a devout TKOTrjv evae^rj toju Trpoa-Kapresoldier of them tliat waited on povvToov avTcp, KOL (^rjyrjau-

gone, he called
of those

two of

his do-

mestics, and a devout soldier

who

waited on him

him continually
8

avTolf airavra, aTreareiXei' declared fieuof tliese things to them, he sent ^ avTovs ei? ti]V ^Ioinn-jv. Tfj them to Joppa. 'Again, all llicac things unto them, he on the 8e iiravpiov 'oSoLiropovvTcov eKii- next sent them to Joppa. day, while they were on 9 On the morrow as they ucou /cat rrj iroXec iyyi^ouTCov, their journey, and drew near

and having

'fully related all

And when he had

their journey, and drew avt^TTj Jlerpos 7rt to ddfia nigh unto the city, Peter went Trpoaev^acrdai, wepl copav kti]v. up upon the house-top to pray, 10 ^ ' J^ (yiuero oe irpoaTreLvos, Kai about tile sixtli hour: irapaaKeva10 And he became very hun- rjdeXe yevaaaOac gry, and would have eaten but \ ,/ - ^ 11 /) while they made ready, he fell avTov tKaracrLi, Kai oecopei top

went on

the city, Peter went up 'on the

house-top to pray, at about


sixth hour.

tlie

'

'

And becoming very

lo

hungry, he'desiredtoeat.
wliile they
fell

Now
tlie

were preparing, he

into a 'trance, and 'saw

into a trance,

11 And saw heaven opened, ovpavov uvewypevov, kcu Kara- vessel descending to him like and a certain vessel descending ^aivov 7r' amov aKeiios tl as a great white sheet, bound tounto him, as it had been a great odovrjv peyaXTjv, TeaaapaLV apgether at four corners, and let sheet knit at the four corners, Xctli SeSep.ei'Oi', kol KaOupevov down to the earth in which and let down to the earth T ' .V 12 if W iTTL yi]S' T1]S VTTIJp'Xe were all kinds of four-footed 12 Wlierein were ail manner of four-footed beasts of the earth, iravTa Ta TeTpairoba tt]s yijs kol animals, and wild 'beasts, and
:

lieaven open, and a ''certain

12

'iiasi uftuoi, as sand, not as a santl on the sca-shore. He gazed, Tlie His outward senses were no encumbrance to him. game law that would justify a sca-shore would here justify a as a spirit disembodied, upon the scene before him. sand, which of course would not be innumerable ' Geoipei. He, literally, theorises, considers with emphatic ' Ei)]Yr,aaftivoi, fully related. Literally', exegetically deattention. It is a sort of historic present, and might be veloped. rendered, he fully considered, or contemplated the exhibition,
!

'

^c, again, on the next day.

represented by, and, generally, but

^c is here continuatlve, well when reileralion. is implied,


It
is

the

scene.

But the
is

action, being
it is

continuativc

is

properly

present to his inspection, but


and, therefore, saio

told in the imperfect tense,


OS'oitjr,

again, with us,

is

more

in

our idiom.

admissible,
T.,

sheet or cloth
sheet,

Literally

^^

onto", but not in our educated currency.


is

occurring only twice in N.


prefer
it

and represented by
offortov,
five

we

not found in Webster, but


is

in Worcester.

Went up upon
term, building.

to cloth.

Sheets are often joined at the four corners.

too pleonastic.

We

prefer ascended, ascended the houseis

This

is

more

definite,

and larger than

which may be
times referring
7.

;op.

Septuagint usage

in

favor of the

any sort of linen

cloth, as

used elsewhere,

Flat roofs were more in use then than now.


ivould be apposite, if
its

The term rotf


Garret would be

to the envelopes of the Savior's corpse. 107, oO^ovrj indicates fine white linen of
sail.
'

In Homer's Od,

more

in our currency.

any

size,

sheet or

with

Scotch representative /jos-/o/) leaves the place where, us, as the original presents it.
lie

Sxcvoe Tl

cos o9'oft;i' /teya}.r,v

tcoaaQaiv, omit, by Ln,, Tf,


Tf.,

too indefinite, too continuativc. At the end of his prayer rather tlian during it, he desired to eat. Js will suit either rendition. With us, and is not necessarily
is

was desiring

Kai T

0-ripia is

omitted by Ln.,

but according to Gb.

it is

a probable omission, and might be in the text.

continuativc,

any more than xm. Both are sometimes

'Tmi^xe, third sing. imp. of v7tagx">> to begin, to start, to


arise

so.

The

next verso indicates an event of hunger he desired to eat. The scase of hunger greatly awakens the sensorium, and, appositely to the occasion, he fell into a trance, in harmony with the keen demands of appetite.
"

or spring up.
408, 22,

Horn. Od, 24-286.

Arch. Cho, 10C8,


creation,

Dem.

The whole scone represents a new


life.

springing into
It is

remarkable that Wiclif, Tyndale, Cranmer, Geneva, and

Rheims, as well as the

common

Exaraoii, an ecstasy, literally, standing out of himself.

times occurring in this verse.

version, omit the article four So do Murdock. Wak,, Wes.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSION.

CHAP. X.
REVISED VERSION.
earth,

69

GKEEK TEXT.

13 And there came a voice to came a voice to him, ^Rise, vero ^wurj rrpos avTov, Avaara?, him, Rise, Peter; kill, and eat. Peter; kill and eat. But Peter O 14 But Peter said. Not so, Uirpe, Qvcrov /cat (pdye. said. Not so. Lord for I have Lord for I have never eaten Se Jlerpoy eiire, Mrj^apm^, Kvpic never eaten ^any thing comany thing that is common or un- OTL ovSeTTore (()ayov irav kolvov mon or unclean. And the clean. ^ Kai r) uKcidapTOv. (f)coprj ird"voice said to him again, a 15 And the voice spake unto 6 second time him again the second time, What Klv e'/c Sevrepov irpos avrov, What God has God hath cleansed, ihat call not Oeof iKadapicre, av p.r] kolvov. cleansed, that call not you, thou common. This was 'done I ouTO oe eyevero eiVL rpLf Kai common. 16 This was done thrice: and thrice, and the vessel was the vessel was received up again iraKiv dveXi-jCpOj] to aKevos els taken up again into the heaven. TOV ovpavov. into heaven. Now as Peter was Jponder17 Now while Peter doubted fls 8e iv eavTca Sirjiropet 6 ing in himself, what the vision in himself what this vision which he had seen should mean, behold, JleTpos, TL av eiTj to opapa o eioe, which he had seen could mean; the men which were sent from KOL 18ov, ol dvSpes ol direaTaXpe- behold the men who were 'sent
;

and wild beasts, and creeping ra drjpla kol ra epTrera Koi to. reptiles of the tilings, and I'owls of the air. ^ koll lyi- birds of the air. ireTeiua tov ovpavov.

and
there 13

And

15

'

16

17

and Booth.

Penn
it

ticice

omits

it.

Thompson
sliould
far as

gives

it

three

was done
to

thrice, in

our idiom, exact to the text.

Etti tjis,

times, omitting

only once.

It

have been either

or into three, exactly represented.

According to others,

always omitted or always given, so


appears.
'

any relevant reason 'reproduced three times," but this is not the fact, for this would be equal to four editions of it, the first reproduction
lie

Arnarag, aviarr^ut

is

a favorite with Luke.


all
is

employs being the second copy.


vd-vg
again.
'is
is,

72 times in his writings, while employ it only thirty times. It


it

other writers in the N. T.


idiomatically, with him, of

by
Alf.

Ln., Tf. substituted for 7ta?.ir, immediately, for


:

So
Se,

eie

rov ov^arov, into the heaven.


a

the effect of an imperative,


as,

when

coupled with an imperative,


eal.

commencing
;

new paragraph
it

literally,

now

as,

having arisen, Peter, slay, and

Peter, rise
all

slay,

and

tantamount to while

because

was a continuous

exercise,

eat. It is so translated, arise, or rise, by from Wiclif to Thompson and Boothroyd.

the translators

not a transient act of his mind.


'

.diaito^eco, twice

rendered perplexed, and three times in


is

Fivo/iai

is

of great latitude in sense


come, come
to

and currency

do,

this

book, doubt and doubted, com. ver. which

its

whole

make,

be. fulfill,

pass, happen, seem, arise, be-

currency in this book.


tion.
ficat

Doubt, and doubting imply delibera-

come, befall, perform, wax, being assembled, continue, marry,


&c., &c. It takes its

^laTtoQtio

is

represented by hsesito, ambigo, sed signi-

meaning from

its context,

or contact with

interrogate sen inquirere

cum

dubitantione atque admi-

other words.
its associates,

It

seems to be a very general representative of


Its special Its

ratione.

Lorin in Acts 2
Grotius in loco.
its

12.

Critica Sacra.
significat.

Vox
:

base Lucaa

especially in N. T. currency.

mean- attonitam quandam admiratione


to our

Acts 2

12

24

ing

is

in

its

special context.
its

latitude is equal

10

17.

Grit. Sacra.

We

therefore prefer

auxiliary be, though not

proper representative.
to

In this

pondering, because of

generic sense, as covering the whole

passage
fi.Tf,

it

seems more contextual

understand tyevtro than

area of Luke's statement, and especially because he was in

because the voice had not before said, " what God cleansed," but " arise, slay, and eat." It now saj's, ov ftr]
y.otvov

doubt as to the meaning of


'

his vision.

" Do

not

you account impure," Bloomfield


:

" as

A^eoTaXfiifoi, part, perf passive, exegetically those having

been sent, but with us those


fivct

who were

sent,

or those sent, fully

common," Rob. Hesych. fir] xotvov firj axad'a^Tov Xeye. It indicate the also means to pollute, profane, or desecrate, with an accusative,
as in Acts 21
^
:

of their previous mission, with regard to

their present appearance.

Em

rov nvXcova, atrium vestibu-

28.

lum, porta, janua, with one exception always rendered gale


or unclean.

in N. T. com. ver., once only ^orc/j. HvXr,, its radix, is always with the in N. T. rendered gate. In classic Greek, a gate-way, a gateexception of the Rheims, 'Wakefield, Thompson, and Murdock, tower, or a gate-house. Poly. 4. 18. 2. Luc. Hipp. 5 &c. Luc. all English versions make it definite on the assumption that Nigrin. 23, an antechamber. The 12 gate-houses of the apoThis is our idiom in such calyptic city for the accommodation of the angelic porters, is it was the same voice before heard.
'

Har, quodvis, any thing whatever, impure

Km

(fwfr] nakiv, literally

voice, as before, yet,

cases.
'

a representative idea.
stti

In Acts 12

10

we have

tt/v

O^vquv rov

TovTo Se lyefaro

ipii,

now

this

happened

thrice

or

TcvXcoios, the

door of the gate-house, the place of inquiry.

70 KING JAMES
Cornelius had

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


VERSION.
for VOL aTTO

CHAP. X.
RE VISED VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.
rov KopvqXiov, rov irvXCova'
il

made inquiry

Siepcorr]-

from
quired

Cornelius,

having

in-

Simon's house, and stood before the gate, 18 And called, and asked whether Simon, which was surnanied Peter, were lodged there. 19 While Peter thought on the vision, the Spirit said unto him, Behold, three men seek
thee.

aavres
arrjcrav

rrjv oIkIuu ^Hficavos, 7reiirl

out

Simon's

'house,
18

koI stood at the gate, and calling,

<pwvi]aavTes iirvvOavovTO,
jxoiv 6

2l- they asked, whether Simon,

eiTiKaXoviKvos Jlerpos ev- surnamed "Peter, "was lodging


'

daSe ^ePL^erat.

Tov

8e

He-

there.

While Peter "thought


vision, the

19

rpov

ivOvp-ovixevov irepl
eiirev

rov opa- attentively of the


Spirit
said

pLttTO?,

avrca to Jli'eujj.a,
ere'

to

him.

Behold
20

'I8ov, av8pe9 rpeis ^rjTOvat.


**

three

men

are pseeking you.

20 Arise therefore, and get

aAAa dvaarus

Kara^rjOL,

kou Arise therefore, go

down and
doubting

thee down, and go with them, TTopevov doubting nothing for I have sent
:

aw
^

avTOLS, p-ti^ev 8ta- accompany

them,

Kpivop.ei/os'

SioTi eyco

them. 21 Then Peter went

airearaXKa nothing,

for I

have sent them.

21

Karafias 8e Uerpos 'Theil Peter went down to the down to Tovs av8pa9 tovs airtcrraX- men, and said. Behold, I am he the men which were sent unto Trpos him from Cornelius; and said, pevovi uTTo rov KoprjvXiov irpos whom you are seeking. What
avTOvs.
Beiiold, I

am he whom ye

seek

avTov,

eLTTeu,

ISov, eyco
alrla St

elfii

hv

is

the reason for which you are

what is the cause wherefore ye are come ?


22 And they
said,

^i]TeiT'

ris
"

7]

r}v

Tvape-

come?

And

they

said,

Cor-

22

(TTe ;

ol 8e e'lTTOv,

KopvqXios
SiKaios
kcll

nelius, the

centurion, a just

man, and one who fears God, the centurion, a just man, and and of good report among all (popovfjLevos TOV Oeov, fiaprvpovone that feareth God, and of good report among all the nation fjLevos re vtto oXov tov edvovs the nation of the Jews, was of tlie Jews, was warned from Tcov 'lovSaicov, i^prjixaTLaOrj vtto instructed from God, by a hoGod by an holy angel to send ayyeXov ayiov, peTaTre/xxJAacrdaL ly angel, to send for you into for thee into his house, and to ere els tov oIkov avTOv, /cat olkov- his house, and to hear words hear words of thee.
iKaTOVTap^7]9,
avrjp

Cornelius

23 Then called he them

in.

arai

p-qpaTa irapa aov.

>

23 7-"

sLLdKa- of you.

'Then, calling them

23

t, below. of his confession, he called him Simon Stone or, if any one depends on the translation of Mat- prefer it, Simon Rock. For to Cornelius, Gb., Sch., Ln., Tf. have nvzco, to him. thew IG: 18, what should be the translation of Pttros here. This appears preferable, merely because there is no other it 13-18 translated, as my judgment be in 16 Matthew If nnr^ldeparted, but departed ought to be, it would read as follows, v. 16 " And Simon Stone person introduced. Not was \)'tv. living art the Christ, the son of the Thou answered, and said, " Sei't^eiai, is being entertained there ; rather too formal, God. ' And Jesus answered and said to him, Happy are you,
1

Simon's house.

It is here o(xt. See note

" Surnamed Peter.

It

Simon, son of Jonas for flesh and blood has not revealed this though in good keeping with modern usage resides there, And I also say dwells there, is probably more apposite both to ancient and to you, but my Father who is in heaven. to you, that you are called a stone, and on this Rock I will modern use.
:

build

my

church, and the gates of death, or the grave, shall


it."

"

For iittfuovfiEioi Gb.,

Sch., Ln.,

Tf substitute

Sied-v-

not prevail against


dered, "

Then, in this case,

it

should be ren-

fiovfierov, carefully considering

m^i, about or concerning the

Surnamed Rock."
fatal to poper}^, to all

vision.

This version would be

who

read

it,

P Tovs a7XE(jra/./tvovs ftTio Ko^rr^Xtov txqos avrof, omitted with an honest heart, in our vernacular, and in our opinion it by Gb., Sch., Ln., Tf. Zr.rovai ae, pres. ind. act., are seeking would be a faithful expression of the original. And can there nirtrt St f^v Tia^eozc ; what is the motive through thee. Tii be, or should there be. a special law for translating any word which you are approaching me? Aina, ratio, reason or motive. Do not the context and the scope of the pasin this book? 1 ^, then, connecting the time and the speech. may add, tliat Jcsns may, in all
1)

sage

demand this?

We

probability, liave alluded to the fact of his calling

him

slone,

'

Ovt', in this case, is


is

more appositely represented by

then.

M'hen he was

known only by

the name,

Simon

I)i

anticijMlion

Peter

not found

in

the approved test iu this verse.

It is

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSION.
and lodged
them.

CHAP. X.
REVISED VERSION.
in,

71

GREEK TEXT.
the Aeadfievos

And on

ovv avTovf e^iviae.

he entertained them.

And
went

morrow Peter went away with

Tf] 8e iiravpiov 6 IleTpoi e^r]\Oe on the next day Peter

them, and certain bretliren from avTOL?, Kai riifes tcov dSeX- with them, and certain brethJoppa accompanied him. (pav TU)V diro rrjf Iottttt]? crvvrjX- ren from Joppa accompanied 24 And tlie morrow after they him. And on the next day, ^^ /cat 6ov avTco. rfj iiravpiov entered into Cesarea. And Corhe 'entered into Caesarea: and elarjXdou eh riju KaiaapeLav 6 nelius waited for them, and had Cornelius was waiting for called together his kinsmen and Se KopvrjXtos r]v TrpocrSoKCOf avthem, having called together Tov^, (TvyKaXeaafjievoi tovs avynear friends. intimate kindred and his 25 And as Peter was coming yeveh avTov /cat tov9 duayKaiovs friends. in, Cornelius met him, and fell (j)iAovf. Now, as Peter was entering, down atJiis feet, and worshipped ^^ '/3? 8e eyeuero elaeXOelv Cornelius met him, and falling him. Tov JJerpov, avvavT-i]aa9 avrcS o down at his feet, he wor26 But Peter took him up, KopvrjXiOs, "ireawv enl tovs tto- shipped him. But Peter raissaying, Stand up I myself also " 6 de Ue- ed him up, saying. Stand up. 8as TrpocreKvvrjcrev. am a man.

aw

24

25

2G

27 And as he talked with him, rpof avTov rjyeipe Xeycov, Avahe went in, and found many that (tttjOl' Kayu) auT09 avOpanros were come together. ^ elpr Kai avvopiXwv avTco 28 And he said unto them. (IcrrjXde, /cat evpiaKeL (rvfeXrjXuYe know how that it is an un- OoTas TToXXovs, t(f)r] re irpo9
lawful thing for a

myself also

am

a man.

And,

27

conversing with him, he went


in

man

tliat is

Jew

company, or come lovSaico associate with, or to approach unto one of another nation but dOefiLTOv eaTLV av8p\ one of another nation and yet God hath shewed me that I KoXXdcrdai ?/ Trpoaep-^eaOaL dXGod has shewed to me that I should not call any man com- Xo(f)vXco- /cat e'/Liot 6 Oeos eSei^e should not call any man comto keep
;
;

auT0V9,

Yp.LS

eTrla-raade

co?

and found many assembled. And he said to them. You well know it is unlawful for a man, who is a Jew, to

28

mon

or unclean. /XTjSeva KOLVov rj aKaOaprov Xemon or unclean. And there^ 8lo kcil dvav29 Therefore came I unto you yeiu dvdpanrov fore I came without objecting, without gainsaying, as soon as TLppi-jTOis i)X6ov /xeTaTrepcjideis. I as soon as I was sent for. I was sent for I ask therefore Trvv6avop.aL ovv, tlvl Xoyco fiereask then, for what purpose for what intent ye have sent for "* JTat 6 KopvrjTrepyj/acrde /xe ; you have sent for me. me? Ato? e"07;, Atto TerapTij? rjpepas And Cornelius said, Four 30 And Cornelius said. Four davs ago I was fasting until this pey^pt TavTifs rj/y wpas rjpi]i> vrj- days ago, I was fasting till hour; and at the ninth hour I arevoiv, Kol T7]u evvaTTjv copav this hour and at the ninth prayed in my house, and behold. TTpoo-ev^op.ei'os ev rm o'ikco pov hour I prayed in my 'house,
:

29

30

eiaxai.eaa/icvos,

then

calling

them

in,

he

entertained

them.

ocxia denote

two

distinct institutions.

The former a greaten


Such as a master's

Lodged them
recipio.
'

is

not equal to sleviae, from ien^co,

hospitio

or

more respectable house than the

latter.

house, compared with the dwelling-place of his servants.


tiai;X!)-oi',

The

{Ewrjld'Ev not

Ln., Tf.), he entered into, etc.,


Littleton,

former, oixos, as indicating a family of adults and infants;

and avayy.aiovs

ipiXovs,

literally necessary friends.

the latter, a family of servants, with or without infants.

They

in his celebrated Dictionary,

expounds a

necessarius, a

par-

contend that both in the Septuagint of the Old, and in the

ticularly engaged person.


'

Greek of the New,


in the Chris-

this distinction in their use obtains.

"We

Oixos,

oiy.ia.
;

These words frequently occur


both are translated, com.
late writers

have found no authority for this difference.

On

the contrarj',

tian Scriptures
hold,

yer., house, house-

we have found

that both terms are used in the Cliristian

home.

Some

have assumed that oixoi and Oracles to indicate one and the same house, or family.

For

72

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. X.
REVISED VERSION.
and behold, a me,
said,

GREEK TEXT.
^

man
31

stood before

me

in bright KOL iSov, avi]p iaTT} ivaiTLov fiov


i>

man stood

before

clotliing,

icrOrjTL XafJLirpa,

Kai

(prjat,
rj

in bright

apparel,

and

31

And

prayer is is heard, and your alms are 7rpoaev)(7], Kal al (Aerjp.oavi'ai are had in remembrance in the aov ipviiaOrjcrav euannov rod had in remembrance beibre sight of God. God. Send, therefore, to Jop'" 0eov. 7rep.-\lrou ovv i? '/ott32 Send therefore to Joppa, pa, and call here Simon, whose and call hither Simon, whose sur- TTrjv, Kai peraKaXeaai Si/xcova oy

Cornelius, thy Kopui]Xi(, heard, and thine ahns


said,

elaijKovadi]

aov

Cornelius, your

prayer

32

name

is

Peter

he
:

is

lodged in iTTLKaXiLTaL JleTpoS'

OUTOS ^ffi"

surname

is

Peter.

He

is

en-

tertained in the 'house of one

the house of one Simon a tanner, ^eruL Iv o'lKia Sip.ovos ^vpaecas

by the

therefore are

who, when he irapa QaXaucrav o? irapayevopeunto thee. speak shall Cometh, ^ 'J^^avTrjs voi XttXrjcrei aoi. 33 Immediately therefore I oiiu eirepyj/a irpos (re av re /casent to thee; and thou hast well Am? (TTohjcras irapayevopLevos. done that thou art come. Now uvv ovu TvavTis i]pii.9 ivwrnov
sea-side

Simon, a tanner, by
shore
;

tiie
is

sea-

who, when he

will speak to you.

come, Im mediayou,

33

tely, therefore, I sent to

we

all

here present
all

and you have done well that you have come. Now then,
all

before God, to hear


that are

things Tov
VTTO
34
fjLa

commanded 34 Then Peter opened his mouth, and said. Of a truth I perceive that God is no respecter of persons
:

thee of God. iravra

Oeov ra

jrapecTfJiiv

uKOvaai we are
croc

here present beibre


all

Trpoarerayp.ei'a

"God, to hear
are

things that
34

TOV Oeov. 'Avoi^a^ Be UeTpos to aTO-

commanded you by God. Then Peter, 'opening his


mouth,
ceive
said,

elirev,

Eiv
6

aXTjOela^

KaTa-

In "truth, I peris

that

God

not a
;

're-

Xap^ai>ofiai, on. ovk eaTi irpoa-

aAA' eV every nation, he that fears that feareth him and worketh iravTL eQvei b (f)o^ovpei>oy avrov him, and works righteousrighteousness, is accepted with epya^op-evos BiKaLoavvqu, ness, is ^acceptable to him. Kol him.
(OTToXrjTTTrjs

35 But

in

every nation, he

specter of persons

but,

in 35

Oeos,

"^

36 The word which God sent 8eKTos avTco eaTi.

'

tov Xoyov You

know

the

'message,

36

example, Paul calls the household, or family of Stephanas

This form is more explicit and direct, and dispenses with the both an oixos, and an oixta. Luke, in his Gospel, oh. 7 6, conjunction and, which has no representative in the original. calls the centurion's house an oixia, and in v. 10 it is called " En' a?.r;9eini. Literally upon truth, as, vpon my word." an oty.oi. So of Jairus' house. In Luke 8 41 he calls it But this is in bad taste among us. "0/ a truth," is obsoMark, in his Gospel, lete, far-fetched, iind incongruous with tm. Its more common oixoi, and again v. 51, he calls it otxta.

^'

calls this

house an

oty.os, ch.

38,

and Matthew

calls it oiy.in,

representatives in our language are in, on, npon.

In truth,

ch. 9
itself,
it is

23.

In the parable concerning a house divided against

en

nXqd-fins,

is

peculiar to

Luke

in the

N. T.

In

truth, is

recorded by JIatthcw, Mark, and Luke, in the two former analogous to our, in fact. called oixin, and by Luke it is called oixoi, ch. 12 09. truth I perceive."
:

"We prefer on

all

the premises, "in

But stronger
both
oiy.oi

still,

the same house, in the same verse,

is

called

n^oocoTioh^TtTr;?, qui accepit personam.

and

oiy.ia,

Luke 10

5.

''

Into whatever house 3'ou

noXrjyta, faciei acceptio.


i.

Col. 3

25.

James 2 9. ti^ooco"The outward state or


:

enter, say, Peace be to this house."

AVe need not further excondition of men,


in the present century

e.

country, sex, state of

life,

riches, wis-

pose the

frailties of

have so largely

some critics, who written and justified

dom, learning."
'

Critica Sacra.
to

their dispensation of

Christian ordinances on the presumption that these two words

.JtKTos avxo), acceptable

him, Dodd., Thonip., Eheims;

represent two distinct households.

acctpte to him, Wiclif;

accepted by him, Wakefield, Wes.,

Penn, Boothr.

with him,

Murd

acceptable

to

him, Ilackett.

For 0eov, regarded as more probable by Griesbach, Lachmann prefers xv^tov as the more probable reading. Either of
"

them

is

equal in authority.

pass., the things

Ta nnoarczayftera, part, perf To <',,, rcrbum dictum, farlum, mandatum. scntcntia, which have been prescribed, or commanded scrmo, res, ncs^otium. Both in Hebrew and Greek, word, is
used
axoiut,
for,

by God.
'

a thing, or matter, Crit. Sacra; res factum,

Then Peter aiot^ai to

opening

his mouth, said.

mandaLuke I 37
:

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSIOX.

CHAP. X.
REVISED VERSION.

73

GREEK TEXT.
evayyiXL^ofiei/os elpijvrjv Sta Ii]of

unto the children of Israel,preach- ov aTreaTeiAe Toly viols laparjX,


ing peace
is

which he sent

to the children

by Jesus Christ
all
:)

(lie

Lord of

peace Israel, preaching is Christ, he Jesus through (TOU Ji.pL(TTOV, OUTOS eaTL iravTcov
^'

'message which was pubwas published throughout fievou prjp.a KaO oXys rrjs lovlished throughout all Judea, all Judea, and began from Gali- Salas, dp^d/xeuov ajro r^f raXibeginning from Galilee, after lee, after the baptism of John Xaias, fxera to ^airTio-fxa b skij- the immersion which John 'h^aovv tov preached pv^ev 'Icoduves' preaclied concerning Jesus 38 How God anointed Jesus diro Na^apeT, m? e^picrev avTov of Nazareth how God "anointof Nazareth with the Holy Ghost 6 Oeos Uvevp-aTL 'Ayiw kol 8v- ed him with the 'Holy Spirit
wliich
;

37 That word, I say, ye know, KvpLos.

vp.eis

oiSare to yevo-

Lord of

all

you

know

that

37

38

To our previous See ch. 1 2. note e. Uvevtiari 'Ayim. 15-19 that message wliich he sent, Dodd. This I prefer further e.xegetical and would add as we subject have on this this case. TVe remarks of ^ijua in representative other any to our messages from kings, and councils, and governments, and confirmatory they are all ^rjfiaza, words of significance, and words of In this Book of Acts we find Hi'tvun'Ayiov ticenty-tu-o times, Jesus is the messenger of the everlasting cove- and in the whole Christian Scriptures ninety-two times. The authority. nant, and the Gospel is the message of God to a world in Book of Acts is, therefore, emphatically the book of the disIt is ninety times translated in It is a message of peace, a word, or message of pensation of the Holy Spirit. rebellion. reconciliation, published not to Jews only, but to Jews and the common version of the Christian Scriptures Holy Ghost,
:

Gentiles.
"

and twice Holy


avrov,
christed,

Spirit.

It should

be uniformly Holy

Spirit.

E/niaat'

Luke, in his Gospel, introduces it twelve times while, in all the or anointed him, empowered other historical books of N. T., it is found only fourteen times.

him.
''

Matthew,
Urev/iaTt 'Ayict
y.at

in his Gospel, introduces him,

and

that, too, in refer-

not with a Holy Spirit ence to the creation^ or generation and baptism of Jesus, in and <; power, but with the Holy Spirit and power abso- the anarthrous form, ch. 1 18, 20; 3 11. So, also, Mark in A holy spirit and a power are wholly indefinite, his Gospel, ch. 1 8. But after this, in the absence of Aytoi; lute. The history of Jesus Christ they both prefix the article, and thus he, who is first introduced therefore incomprehensible.
SvvaftEt,
:
:

has been written, but the history of the Holy Spirit has as Uinaa Ayiov, is immediately designated -co nvsv/ia. Luke also, first introduces him Jlvntfia Ayior, ch. 1 15, never been written. The Holy Spirit represents not a spirit he apof God, nor an angel of God. but all Divinity, and Divinity and, again, in v. 35, with regard to Christ's conception,
:

too, in all its grandeur.

pears as
:

But
tion.

it

appears in numerous and various manifestations, in ch. 3

10.

nvivua Ayioi', and, again, in reference to baptism, John the Baptist says of him, he will baptize you
'

Creation, in Providence, in moral government, and in redemp- in

Holy

Spirit

and

in fire ".

works one and the same Spirit. " By his Spirit he garnished the heavens, and formed the crooked " Thou sendest serpent," or the milky way, Job 20 13. forth thy Spirit and thou renewest the face of the earth," But these he consummates by the winds of Ps. 104 30.

But

all these,

John, too, when he first introduces the Holy Spirit, and intimates his baptism, presents him in the same anarthrous

And

form, ch. 1

33.

So, all the Evangelists in their Gospels inin this

troduce him.

And,

Book
:

of Apostolic Acts,

when

first

heaven.

So by

introduced, both in giving instruction to the Apostles, and in his word, the breath of the Lord, his Spirit reference to baptism, ch. 1 2, 5 ; he is presented as JJieifta
'Aytov.

quickens us.
Jli'evfta 'Ayiov, in its

After being thus so systematically designated in reference to Il/tevhis birth, baptism, and mission, as simply and absolutely baptism in nrtv/iari y.ai nv^i. Matt. 3 11. He also cast out /la Ayiov, he is occasionally, indeed often, being now well demons Tivevftan Qsov, Matt. 14 28, etc., etc. In the triune known, styled to Ttvevfia, xo nvevfia Aytov, and to nvtviia -co

anarthrous form,
1
:

ception of Jesus, Matt.

1:18;

20.

is found in the conAgain in his promised

manifestation of
Spirit,

God

there

is

a Father, a Son, and a Holy

A/wr.

And

all

this in

good

taste,

and these

are, essentially, neccssaril}\

and absolutely. Biographies and

Histories of that era.

and in conformity to the It is, therefore, a gra-

Divine.

As

there are no degrees in absolute humanity, so are

there none in absolute Divinity.


all

These are the elements of

altuitous criticism to assume that ITt8i'ua Ayiov does not ways indicate, in reference to this glorious personality, the

true criticism and interpretation of the oracles of inspira-

tion on this
ceive

same definite Divine personality into which, or into whose, most mysterious and Divine theme, as we con- name, equally with that of the Father and the Son, all ChrisWe thank God that we can have the full of them. tians are immersed.

74

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. CHAP.


KING JAMES' VERSION.
:

X.
REVISED VERSION.
;

GltEEK TEXT.

and with power who went about vdnei, OS 8n]?^dev tvepyeruiv kol and with power who went about, from place to place, doing good, and healing all that Icofieuos iravTas rovs KaraSwadoing good, and liealing all were oppressed of the devil for (TTevofxevovs viro rov Sia^oAov, that were oppressed by the for God was with him. OTL 6 Oeos '>']v fJLeT avTov- " kol devil God was with him.
;
;

assurance of unrterstanding, that Hrevua 'Aytov, like Jesus Christ, is the divinely-estabUshed designation of the Christian's

" that

conceived in her was by UvBvfiaros Ayiov

".

And

Jesus,

afBrmed by John, will immerse in Holy Spirit or in Holy Spirit and in fire not in the Holy Spirit and in the fire. Advocate and Sanctifier. We may further say, on all our premises, that JJi'tv/ta'Ayior He has also promised to give a Holy Spirit, but not the Holy Appears it not then, that Ui'tvSpirit, to them that ask him. is nowhere in Holy Writ used as applicable to any Christian
too, it is

man, however sanctified and adopted into the family of God. /la Ayiov and to Hptvua ro Ayior, and to 'Ayiov Jlitvfta arc o Ir,aovi, It;aovi as much as Jesus is in the New in the Christian currency, like the currency It is an appropriated name Testament, or as Joshua was in the Old. We have many bap- X^taros, and 6 IriOovs 6 X^taros\ We have in Mark 1:1, The Hebrews had Ir,aov XqiOTov viov tov Qeov ; but when a full confession of tists now-a-days, but no John Ihe Baptist. many Christs of the house of David and of the house of Aa- faith, the most approved by him, was expressed by Peter,

but now both Jews and Gentiles have but One Christ; ( JIatt. 10 IG.) it is in these words Iv ci b X^taros, 6 vloi Here we find in one affirmation the is the Christ Ihe only Christ of God. TOV Qeov tov ^coi'tos. articleybwr times, once for every predicate of the Saviour. Tlie emphatically, the LoriPs anointed.
ron
: :

and, therefore, he
Again,

Christ the Son of the

God

the Living one.

and

finally

on

this

topic
to

We

are
in

never said
the

Hence a question

arises -whether, at

any time, or
that
is

in

in

the

Christian

Scriptures

be

baptized

Holy

case, IIi'evfinAyiov does

not represent

all

indicated

any by

Spirit. We have three TO Ui'EVfia TO 'Ayiov personally and officially contemplated, Spirit, but uniformly in Hoh/ a bap- especially when this Divine agent is referred to or whether baptisms set before us in the Christian oracles tism in water, in spirit, and in fire. They are in the Greek any personal spirit, angelic or human, is ever represented by
:

Scriptures uniformly anarthrous, and not in the water, in the Ilpevfta Ayioj', in any passage in the Christian Scriptures.
fire,

in the Spirit.
fire
;

We

may be

baptized in Holy Spirit, in


Spirit, in

To

settle this question, another

may be propounded.

Is

water, or in

but not in a Holy

fire.

a water, or in there not evidence, full and satisfactory, that the agent that is by one apostle named Urevica Ayiov is by the same apostle

named to ITrivua ro Ayiov, while speaking on the same subsome- ject? Paul to the Corinthians, in his memorable dissertation something. Hence the Apostolic com- on spiritual gifts and on the Spirit, whence they emanate, thing as well as mission reads immerse them into the name ; not in the 1st Epistle, ch. 12, thus speaks Tteqi Ttvevftarixiov Concernname of the Theiotes or Godhead into " the name of the ing spirituals on spiritual gifts, states, as prefatory, that no Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Spirit." This one can say that Jesus is Lord, but by Hvtx'^axi Ayico by a formula is pregnant with exalted conceptions of a special Holy Spirit, or by Holy Spirit, anarthrous. But this anarthrous Holy Spirit, almost in the same breath relation to the Father as now our Father ; to the Son as our kinsman Redeemer ; and to the Holy Spirit as our Ad- becomes to ^e avro Ttvevfia one and the same Spirit, just as vocate with the Father through the dignity and merit of the there is 6 Se avros xv^iog, and 6 Se avTos &cos, one and the same God ; and yet this ro ito 7tvtv/ia is first introduced Lord Jesus. But if this do not give UvBv/in 'Ayiov sv Jlm'/iiari Ayiu> To be immersed in fire is rather the .symbol of destruction. full satisfaction to the most curious, we have another fact of that which is ascribed by Paul It is, indeed, a symbol of purification of metals, but not of paramount authority, viz.
Again, every person
is

said

to

be baptized

into

persons.

the obe- to Hvtvfia Ayiov, anarthrous, is by him, again, ascribed to to dient will be purified and the disobedient consumed. Hence JJvevfea to Ayiov. 1 Cor. 12: 3. " No one can say that Jesus is the choice of two baptisms obey and be purified, disobey Lord, but by Hvtv/ian Ayiro." This, although anarthrous, is

To a promiscuous

audience,

it

may

be

said,

and be consumed.
It has

construed by the Holy Spirit but literally by Holy Spirit. But logically, as well as grammatically, he reasons thus There
:

been noted that the most sublime operations of the are three Scai^caen

one

class of gifts,

one class of services, and

It

Godhead have been ascribed to the anarthrous ITrcvfia 'Ayiov. one class of operations. We may admit, if any one calls for it, was tlic Holy Spirit or, according to JIatthew. Holy Spirit that there arc classes of gifts or offices, classes of services, and {Ili'cvfitt 'Aytoy) that created the body of Jesus tv^ed^rj cv classes of operations, subjectively and objectively contemplated. o avros ynoxQi axovoa ry. Ifrev/taroi Ayiov. She was pregnant by But there is " to Ss uvto Ttvevun ", and there is Three Divine agents, Holy Spirit, not by a Holy Spirit. Again it is affirmed, v. 20, xvQioi ", and there is 6 avros &cos ".

'

'

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KIXG JAMES VERSION.

CHAP. X.
REVISED VERSION.

75

GREEK TEXT.

third

39 And we are witnesses of i]fx.els ia/xeu /xaprvpes TravTcav cou things which he did, both in iiroLTjaev tv re rjj X'^P? "^^^ lovthe land of the Jews, and in Je- Salcou Kol iu "^lepovaaXrjiJiov rusalem; whom they slew and avelKov Kpepaaaure? eVt ^vXov. hanged on a tree *" TOVTOU 6 Oeos rj-yeipe rfj rplry 40 Him God raised up the him rj/jLepa, Kol eBcoKev avTOV e/xcpavrj
all
'
:

And we

are witnesses of all 39

things which he did, both in

the land of the Jews, and in

Jerusalem whom they slew, hanging him on a tree. Him God raised up the third day,
;
;

40

and shewed him openly not 41 to all the ]3eople, but to witaAAa p.apTvaL tois TrpoKe^eiporonesses before chosen by God, V1^p.iV0LS VTTO TOV OeOV, ypil', even to us who did eat and OLTLve^ avve(^ayopev kol crvvedrink with him after he rose TTiop^v avTcp, pera to avacrrrivaL from the dead. And he com- 42 the dead. ' kcu irapi-jyavTov Ik veKpcjv manded us to 'announce to the 42 And he commanded us to yuXev Tjpiv Kijpv^ai rw Xaw, kcu people, and to testify that it is preach unto the people, and to Siapaprvpaadai, otl avToy eariv he himself who is ordained by testify that it is he which was Oeov KpLTrjs God, to be the judge of the ordained of God to he the Judge 6 wpLapevos vtto tov V -13 ' (OlVTUIV KUL V^KpaV. TOVTCO living and the dead. To him 43 of quick and dead. 43 To him give all the pro- Tvavres o'l 7rpo(j)i]TaL paprvpov- all the prophets testify, that phets witness, that through his aLV, a(f)<7LV dpapTLcou Xaf^elv Slu whoever believes in him name whosoever believeth in him TOV ofopaTO? avTov iravTa tov shall, through his name, reshall receive remission of sins. TTLCTTevovTa els avTov. JEtl ceive remission of sins. While 44 44 While Peter yet spake these XaXovi'TOS' TOV UeTpov Ta pj-j- Peter was yet speaking these words, the Holy Ghost fell on all puTa TavTa, eireireae to Uvevpa words, the i-Holy Spirit fell on them which beard the word. all those who heard the word. 45 And they of the circum- TO Ay LOU eVt iravTas Tovf olkovthose of the circumci- 45 ^ kol i^eaTrj- And cision which believed, were as- ovTas TOV Xoyov. sion, who believed, as many tonished, as many as came with aav o'l e'/c irepLTopi]? iriaTol haoL as came with Peter, were asPeter, because that on the Gen- avvrjXOov tcS JleTpo), otl kul eTrl tonished because that on the tiles also was poured out the Ta edvrj rj Scopea tov Aylov Gentiles also, the gift of the gift of the Holy Ghost. IIvevpaTos iKKe-^VTaL' tjkovov Holy Spirit was poured out. 46 For they heard them speak yap avTLov XaXovvTcov yXcoacraLf, For they heard them speak 4G with tongues, and magnify God. Kal pLeyaXwovTcov tov Oeov. withother"'tongues,audmagniThen answered Peter, Then Peter answer- 47 3Ii]tl fy God. 47 Can any man forbid water, TOTe aireKplOr] 6 UeTpos,

shewed day, and openly 41 Not to all the people, but unto witnesses chosen before of God, even to us, who did eat and drink with him after he rose from

yeveadar

ov Travrl

tcS XaiS,

'

'

K>;pviai

y.ai

SiafiaoTvoaad'ai,, to herald, or to

anuounco
it is

<

rlioaaai;, not in one tongue, but in tongues, consequently


is

and ho who

attest to the people, to proclaim


is

and to

testify that

the iieqais, before employed,


supplied.
It
is,

hero implied and should bo


logically implied, for it
is

ordained.

'i2oiauei'os, (OQi!^ca,

determined, ordained,
lie
is

indeed,

more than

declared, such are its representatives in com. ver.

both

intimated in the words, tote responded, or answered

aney.^id-rj

6 UerQos, then Peter

appointed and declared to be the judge of


three Divine functions, and three

all.

their inquiries of course.

Divine operations
in

bracing the personalities of Jehovah

em-

the Father, in the Son,

or Christology, that which, by one Christian writer under supernatural guidance, is ascribed sometimes to nueviia, is

and

in the

Holy

Spirit, or the

temple.

As

for the definitive titles of

personalities, or operations,

Holy Guest of the Christian again ascribed to to avevfoa by himself; and again by others any one of these Divine to Ilfsvfta 'Aytoi' and to to 'Aytov Ili'cvua and to make it wo should not bo h3-percritical. superlative in some cases, ro Ilvtvua to 'Aytov, which caps the

The

diction of the Spirit

is all sufficient,

and alone
all

sufficient, for

the least and the greatest head or heart in


reign of grace.

the ages of the

climax of grammatical precision and of exegetical development. In one sentence Ilfevfia Aytov is tantamount to ro llvsvfia as

And

hence, without

any speculative theology 6 Geos

is

to Jehovah.

76

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. CHAP.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

XI.

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.
tls

that these should not be bap- TO uScop KOiXvaat,


tized, whicli

SwaraL
'

tov

cd.

Can any man

'forbid the

have received the


as well as

fxrj

fiaiTTiadiivcu tovtovs, olrLves water, that these should not

TrpoaeTa^e ceived the Holy Spirit, as well KaOws Kol Tjiieis; 48 And he commanded them as we? And he commandre avTOvs jSaTTTcaOrjuai. iv tw ed them to be immersed ''in to be baptized in the name of the OUO/JiaTl TOV IVVptOV. TOT l]pU)the name of the Lord. Then Then prayed they him TTjaav ai)Tov iirip-eLi^ai yp-epas Lord. they requested him to remain
'"'

Holy Ghost

we ?

TO

JIuiVfxa

TO

Aytov kka^ou be immersed, who have

're-

-is

to tarry certain days.

TLvas.

some days.
CHAP.
XI.

CHAP.

XI.

CHAP.

XI.
i

And the apostles and brethren 8e ol a-nociTothat were in Judea, lieard that Aoi Kai o'l d8eX(j)o). ol ovTe^ KaTa the Gentiles liad also received Tr]i/ lovoatav, otc /cat tu tUvr] the word of God. 2 And when Peter was come iSe^avTO tov Xoyov tov Oeouup to Jerusalem, they that were " Kol ore apifii] UiTpos els lepoof tlie circumcision contended aoXvpa, hieKplvovTo irpos olvtov with him,
eat with tliem.

"HKOYEAN

And the Apostles and brethren, 'throughout Judea, heard

that the Gentiles also had re-

ceived the word of God.

And

'when Peter went up into Jerusalem, they of the circumcision 'disputed with

him,

saying.
3

3 Saying, Thou wentest in to ol Ik irepLTopxis, ^ XeyovTes, ' Otc You associated with men who men uncircumcised, and didst Tvpos avBpas aKpo^vaTiav e^^ov- were uncircumcised, and ate

But Peter reTas elariXdes, Kol avve<l)ayes av- with them. 4 But Peter rehearsed the matlated the matter from the beTols. 'Ap^dfMevos 8e 6 JleTpos ter from the beginning, and exginning, and set it forth in pounded it by Older unto them, i^TtdT0 avTolf KaOe^ijs Xeywv, order to them, saying, I was saying, J^yco rjp.'i]i' ei> jroXet loinrrj in the city of Joppa, praying 5 1 was in the city of Joppa 7rpoaev)(o/xepos, kol eiSoii ev e/c- and I saw, in a trance, a vipraying and in a trance I saw a something descend, like vision, A certain vessel descend, aTaaei opafia, KaTapaLvov aKtvos sion, as it had been a great sheet, let Ti CO? odovqv p.fyaXyu, Teaaap- a great sheet, let down from
''

Koilvaai, fnrhiil, hinder,

7iol

suffer, not

permit, ohslrucl,
ol'

version might indicate some place in .Judea, as

ti'

ImSrari.

witlthiild.

eminence.

To i'Sion, The com.

the water,

not water, indicative

pre-

But

y.nza here
in

ver. gives to this

word, hinder, as well found

ought to be represented by tliroiigliout, as it is com. ver. of Luke's Gospel, and in this book, as well as

as to forbid, to willisland.

The primary meaning given by in classic Greek. In Luke's writings we find it so represented. Lidd. and Scott, and Kob., to cut short, indicates more than In his Gospel 8 1, 4, 39; 10 37 23 5 ; 9 31, 42; It implies not merely withholding;, but hindering, or 24:5. forliid.
: : :

debarring water.

True no Gentiles before had been admitted Kai ore, does not indicate ''then, when," but, "and when, were they looked for, or sought after, Peter went up, they of the circumcision". " Who were" is by the Jews, who had assumed that salvation belonged exclunot in the text, and is re<liindant. " Thou wentest in," does
'

into the Church, nor

sively to thcui.
f

not, in our style, represent the sense, as well as,

you associated

They had

received, to ITiinfiu to 'Aywr, that

same to

with.
It

Associate

is

not found in King James' version of N. T.

JTi'svftn

TO 'Aytov of which he had spoken, and they had wit-

nessed.
^

was not then in fasliion, occurring only twice in the old. But now, no term is more apposite to this and other passages
in the
'

>' TO) oronart, in the

name, or by the authority of the


Ii-aoi<

New

Testament.

Lord, he

This and annexed by Ln., and possesses strong claims in the esteem of Jude, V. 9, are the only places, in the Christian Scriptures, Gricsbach. En to oro/na, and iv roi ovofiari are never sub- where this word is represented by, contend. The Devil constituted in Sacred, or Classic Literature, as synonyms. The tended about the body of Moses. Disputed, is more apposite authority by which any act is performed must never be con- to questions of debate, .and especially in such a category. AVo founded with the meaning, or intention of it. find it thus rendered, Kom. 14 1, applied to such cases,
is
:
''

commanded them

to be immersed.

Xqiotov

.JuxQivoiTo, ' contended with liim," com. ver.

Kara

ti;v

lovScuar, "that were in

Judea" com.

ver.

This

as " doubtful disputations."

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP.

XI.

77

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.

e'/c tov ov- heaven by four corners, and it ners; and it came even to me: pavov, Kol rjXdeu o[)(pi9 e/xov- came even to me. Uponwliich, 6 Upon tlie which when I had when I had 'earnestly looked, I els rju dreuiaas Karevoovv, kol fastened mine eyes, I considered, considered, and sav? four-footed eiSou TO. TerpairoSa rrjs 7>;p Koi and saw four-footed beasts of animals of the earth, and wild TO, Orjpla KOL ra epirera koI ra the earth, and wild beasts, and beasts, and reptiles, and birds rJKOvaa creeping things, and fowls of the TrereLva rod ovpavov. of the air. And I heard a voice, 8e (pcofrjs \eyova-qs p-oi, Avaair. saying to me. Arise, Peter kill 7 And I heard a voice saying aras, IJerpe, Ovaov kcu (f)dye. and eat. But I said, not so, unto me, Arise, Peter; slay, and ehrov Se, ]\fT]8afiw, Kvpie- otl Lord for nothing common or eat. Trdu KOLVov if aKaOaprov ov8eunclean, has, at any time, enS But I said, Not so. Lord: TTore elayjXdev els to aro/xa fiov. But tered into my mouth. for nothing common or unclean " (XTreKpidr) 8e fxoi 0ov?; e'/c 8ev- the voice 'answered me again hath at any time entered into 6 from heaven repov eK rod ovpavov, What God has my mouth. p-rj eKaOapLae, av ko'lvov. cleansed, that call not you Oeos 9 But the voice answered me ^^ TOVTO 8e eyevero eiri rp\s, kol common. And this was done again from heaven, What God and all were three times airavra dvecnraa-drj els tov hath cleansed, that call not thou ttolXlv

down from heaven by

four cor- (TLv upy^ais KadufjLeprji'

**

'

lo

common.
10 And tliis was done three times: and all were drawn up again into heaven. 11 And behold, immediately there were three men already come unto the house where I was, sent from Cesarea unto me. 12 And tile Spirit bade me go with them, nothing doubting. Moreover, these six brethren accompa.nied me, and we entered into the man's house 13 And lie shewed us how he had seen an angel in his house, which stood and said unto him. Send men to Joppa, and call for Simon, whose surname is Peter; 14 Who shall tell thee words, whereby thou and all thy house shall be saved. 15 And as I began to speak, the Holy Ghost fell on them, as on us at the besinning. 16 Then remembered I the
:

e^avrrjs drawn up again into heaven. And behold, there were imTpels dv8pes eireaTTjcrav eVt ttjv mediately three men already oIkluv ev fi rjprjv, direaTaXpievoL come to the house where I " ehre diTO Kacaapelas Trpos p-e. was, sent from Cassarea to me. 8e p.OL TO irvevp.a, avveXOelv avAnd the Spirit bade me go Tols, prj8ev 8LaKpLvoiJ.evov- rjX- with them, doubting nothing. 6ov 8e avi^ e/xot /cat ol e^ u8eX- And, moreover, these si.x

ovpavov.

/cat

l8ov,

ii

12

(f)ol

ovTOL, Kou elar]X6op.ev els tov brethren

accompanied

me
13

d7n]yyeiXe and we entered into the man's and he told us, how re rjp.LV ttcos el8e tov dyyeXov house ev T(S oIkco avTOV aTaOevTa /cat he had seen the "-messenger in his house, who stood and
oIkov TOV dv8pos,
;

elTTOVTa

avTw,

AnoaTeiXov

eis

'loinnjv dv8pas,
21'ip.cova

kcu. p.eTaTrep.'^aL

said to

him

TOV eiTiKaXovpievov UeOS XaXrjaet pi]p.aTa Trpos

Tpov,
ere,

eV ot? acodrjarj
^^

av

kou irds o

oIkos (TOV.
p.e

ev 8e tco

dp^aaOai

XaXelv, eireireae to llvevp.a


'

and call surname is Peter, who will tell you words, by which you and all your "house shall be And as I began to saved. speak, the Holy Spirit fell on
tlie

"Send to Joppa, for Simon, whose


;

ii>

TO
I

Ayiov eV avTovs,
rjp.ds ev dpxij-

(oaTrep kul them, as on us in


epLvecrOi^v ninsf.

"bcginIG

e'0'

^"^

Then
is

remembered

I had earnesib/ looked, better than Looking steadfastly, Wesley, Mur. Looked earnestly, Wakefield, Boothroyd. I fixed my eyes, Thompson.
''

Arsi'iaas xarcfoovv,

>

ATToaredoi'm'S^as,
Soh.,

"

men ",
'

omitted, or repudiated

by

" fixed

my

eyes."

Gr.,

Lach.,

and
:

Tf.,

Bagster's Imp. Text.

See Note on ch. 10


El' a^xn, fcH

2.

See Note w.

p. 83.

ATtcKffid-tj,

were

it

not that, in

its

hundred and
question, or

fortj^-seven times),

it is

whole currency, (two represented by answer,

on

tl"^"'' 'IS

o"

us tliem,

of the Gentiles, and

no question, we would have prefered the word,

It is a logical inferus, of the Jews "as in the beginning." ence from these words, that from the day of Pentecost, to the

responded.

calling of the Gentiles,

no similar display of the Spirit had

78 KING JAMES
VERSION.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


GREEK TEXT.

CHAP. XL
REVISED VERSION.

word of the Lord, how that he 5e rov pij/j-aro^ Kvpiov, w? e'Ae- the declaration of the Lord, said, John indeed baptized with yev, Iwavurj? p.iv (^aTTTLcreu vSa- how he said, John, indeed, water; laut ye shall be baptized TL, vfiels 8e jiaTrTLa6i]aea6e Iv immersed in water, but you with the Holy Gliost. shall be immersed in the Holy JIviVjxaTL 'Ayicp. Ji ovv ti]v 17 Forasmuch then as God Spirit. pSince, then, God n 'ktiju Sojpeav eScoKeu avrois 6 gave them the like gift as lie did gave them the isame gift even unto us, who believed on the 0eo9 CO? Kai i]plv, m(TTevaa<jiv as he did to us, when we Lord Jesus Christ, what was I, eirl Tov KvpLOv Ii-jcrovu XpiaTov, believed on the Lord Jesus
-^^

eyco 8e tls rj/xyu Svvaros KcoXvaai Christ; who was I that I God ? they heard these Tou Ueov; AKOvauvre^ oe could withstand God? When things, they held their peace, ravra ^^crv^acrav, koI iSo^a^ou they heard these things they and glorified God, saying. Then TOV Oeov, Xeyovres, Apaye kol were silent, and glorified 'God, hath God also to the Gentiles saying, God, then, indeed, has T0I9 edi/eaiu 6 Oeo^ rrjv fierdgranted repentance unto life. also granted to the Gentiles voLav e8coKev e!? ^w?/i'. 19 Now they which were the reformation 'to life. ^ 01 p.ei' ovv SiuaTrapepres oltto scattered abroad upon the perNow they who were scatsecution that arose about Ste- Trjs OX'i^eag rrji yevofxeurjs eVi tered abroad, upon the perphen, travelled as for as Phe- ^reipaucp, 8irj\doi> ecos ^oiv'lktjs secution that arose about nice, and Cyprus, and Aiitioch, Stephen, travelled as far as Koi Kvnpov kolI AvTioy^elas, fXTjpreaching the word to none but Phenicia, and Cyprus, and AnSeiA XaXovvres tou Xoyov el /x?) tioch, speaking "the word to unto the Jews only. 20 And some of them were jxovov 'Io8aioi9. ^^ rjaau 8e nve^ none but "Jews. And some

that I could withstand

IS

When

is

'

19

20

been given, else they would not have gone so far back. The interval between the day of Pentecost, and the calling of the
put down, by our best Biblical scholars and commentators, as about seven or eight years. See the
Gentiles, in CiBsarea,
is

but ficrnpoia, resij'iscentia, reformation, or returning to a recovery. Suetonius, change of life. right understanding

'

Eli, ad, erga, towards, onto,


life.

changed

to, into

= etsSa>r;p

on

to,

or into

state of

clironology of our

Clark makes
natural

it

most approved Polyglott Bibles. some 11 or 12 years. Take the lowest


in
its

Adam
figure,

order to

life

in its

of life, in proper intent, enlargement, and enjoyment.


life.

mind changing

the course

God grants
"

repentance, or the benefit of repentance into


loyov.

and the lluly


gifts,

Spirit,

public manifestations of super-

descended only twice


a. d.

of the reign of Christ

the Gentiles,

41.

at the commencement technical term, indicative of the message, the last message of God among the Jews, a. d. 33 and among to the world. It is called " the word of the kingdom "- ' the Now the Holy Spirit is given to them word of life " not the letter, or law, but the word, or gospel.

The word, rov

This formula

now becomes

a sort of

V.

that believe, as the Holy Guest, to dwell in their hearts, as a

This 19th
Stephen.

and a comforter, or an advocate. This scene in Cajsarea, and that in .Jerusalem, are called and they are tlio only scenes, that, in Holy Scripture, are called the Baptism, or immersion of the Holy Spirit. They spoke
s.inctifier,

The

8th, 9th,

resumes the narrative, from the death of and 10th chapters, to the 19th verse

of the 11th chap., constitute a digression.

gives an account of the conversion of the Samaritans,

The Sth chapter and

the Ethiopian officer; the 9th gives an account of the con;

as liuently in foreign tongues, as in their vernacular.

display

was

sensible, visible.

The version of Saul of Tarsus the 10th the conversion of the Gentiles. The 11th to the 19th v. gives an account of Peter's
visit to

r j, if

then, ratlier, since then.


TV;)' a/;j'
is literal,

The premises
is

necessarily
gift.

Jerusalem, and the explanation of his conduct

in

going

conceded.

Stooinp, the equal gift,

the same

to the Gentiles.

Here, again, the history of the Acts of the


trials,

The former
ful.

the latter

is

more

familiar

and as truth-

Apostles

is

resumed, detailing their labors,

and success.

1 larjv diooeav rtioTcvaaoiv, the same gift. It was only to them that believed, indicating that only such are the temple They commenced at Antiuch, in Syria, to act in concert, under of the Holy Spirit the Holy Guest. His miraculous gifts the sanction of a solemn ordination, and mission.

Paul and Barnabas became prominent actors, and their proper labors engross the principal incidents recorded in this book.

were a sign to those that were out of the Church. ' AxovaaiTCi, 1st aor. part., on hearing, they were
having heard
'
;

Toi' Xoyov, the loord.


silent

See ch.

1,

note

a,

on Xoyo;.
all,

Tlic

word, the message, the burthen of the prophets,


indicate a special message from

or severally,

7,ov/noav, they

were

quiet.

God

(5o| Jof, imp., were glorifying


iS(i>xv

God

nQnyp, perhaps then,


ri;v

by the

article, in this

book,

it is specific

or from man preceded the gospel, the word


rather a vulgarism. Only,

God
t,mt;v

has granted also to the nations

ftsrapoLav ets

The reformation

to life- not /ura/uhia, panitentia,

of reconciliation. " "To none but Jews only." This

is

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSION.

CHAP. XL
REVISED VERSION.
of them were

7i)

GREEK TEXT.

of Cyprus and Cyrene, ^ avTmv av8ps KvirpLOL kol Kvwhich when they were come pT]vaLOL, o'lTLves elaeXOovTes ely to Antioch, spake unto the GreAvTLo-)(iav, iXaXovu irpos rovs cians, preaching the Lord Jesus. EXXi^vLarai , evayyeXL^o/xefOL 21 And the hand of tlie Lord ^^ kcu tjv and a great Tov KvpLOv 'Irjcrovv. was with them Kvplov avrmv XeLp fxer ttoXvs re number believed, and turned
:

men

men

rus and Cyrene,

of Cypwho, having

come

into Antioch, spoke to the Hellenists, "'preaching the

gospel

of

the

Lord

Jesus.

tioch.

dpid/jLo^ TTLaTevcrag unto the Lord. 22 Then tidings of these ttI tov Kvpiov ^^ 'HKOvaOii 8e things came unto the ears of the o Xoyos ils ra dra r?;? eKKX-qaias church which was in Jerusalem Trjs eV lepoaoXvfioLS irepl avand they sent forth Barnabas, Twv KCU e^aTreareiXaf Bapvdthat be should go as far as AnduXOelu eW 'Aunoy^elas. I3ai>
'

the hand of the Lord was 21 with them, and a great numirreaTpe-^ev ber believed and ^turned to
the Lord.

And

Then

tidings

of

22

these things came to the ears of the congregation whicli

was

in

Jerusalem

and they

sent forth Barnabas, that he should go J'tlirough to Antioch

23 Who, when he came, and Jiad seen the grace of God, was glad, and exhorted them all, that witli purpose of heart they would cleave unto the Lord. 24 For he was a good man, and full of the Holy Ghost, and of faith and much people was added unto the Lord. 25 Then departed Barnabas
:

to Tarsus, for to seek Saul

26 And when he had found him, he brought him unto Antioch.

And

it

came

to pass, that

a whole

year they assembled themselves with tlie church, and taught much people. And the
disciples
first in

were called Christians

OS Trapayevo/jLevof kol IScov ttjv who, when he came and be- 23 held the grace of God, was e-)(apri, kol rrapeglad, and exhorted them all, KaXei vrauTas tij Trpodead Trjs that witii purpose of heart, KupSias irpoap-eveiv tcS Kvplco- they should adhere to the OTL Tju avi-jp ayaOwi Kai ttXtj- Lord. For lie was a good man, 21 and full of "'the Holy Spirit pr]s IIvevp.aTos 'Aylov kou ttland of faith. And a great aTecos. KOL TTpoaeTiffr] o^^Ao? multitude was added to the LKavos Tc3 Kvpicp. "^ E^rjXOe 8e Lord. Then Barnabas depart- 25 eh Tapaov 6 Bapva^as dva^i]- ed to Tarsus to seek Saul. And when he had found him, 26 ^ Koi evpcov T-qaaL SavXov, avhe brought him to Antioch. Tov rjyayeu avTov eJy AvTL6)(eiav. And it came to pass that, dureyei>TO 8e avTOVS (fiavTou oXop ing a whole year, they were avva^drjvai iu tyj eKKXrjaia, kol assembled with the congregation, and tauglit ^a great mulSiSa^ai o)(Xov iKauov, y^prjixaTLAnd the disciples titude. (jaL re irpwTov dv Avtlo^'lu. tovs were called "Christians first

\apLv TOV Oeov

'

'

Antioch.

/jLadrjTas
Either, " to Jews only

JLpcaTiauovs.
to

^^

'JEv in Antioch.

is is

-whon}' redundant.

", or,

only

Jews.

security,

current English.

In forty occurrences
Iijaovv.

a good while, long while, sore, svjjicient, able, meet. Of these, it has fourteen representatives.
is

" EvnyysXi'^oiitvoi tov Kvoiov


occurs fifty-six times in N. T.,

TllOUgh

Evnyye}.i'l,ctt

it is

only twice presented with a


is

person for

its

burthen.
is

The word

preached, the Gospel

is

it. Sufficient, most nearlj', in generic Beza prefers dignus. "We have a homely word, or phrase, which well represents it. We say of such a

not one

equal to
it.

sense, represents

preached, but Jesus


evayy^liico.

only preached twice, in the import of


:

one

"

he has got

",

or received, ' zvhat he ought ".


It

It

may

be

He

is

here preached Lhe Lord, and in ch. 5 This


is

good, bad, or indifferent.


42,

was

suitable to

him

that which
"

ho

is

preached the Christ.

au eloquent

fact,

and gives

he deserved.
"

It

was so

in this case.

He

merited

a great

two predicates of Jesus transcendant glory. He is the anointed Lord, and the Chrislcd Jesus, lie is the Lord, and
to the
the Christ of the Universe.

multitude'", and he got


'

it.

Eitsar^eyjev, turned over upon, cast tliemselves


'"

Lord.

See Note on chap.

13. v. 4.

The discijjles were called Christians first in Antioch." The persecution commenced at the martyrdom of Stephen, and became the means of disseminating the gospel of the grace upon the of God. A large and flourishing church in Antioch, was one of the fruits. The disciples, proving and maintaining that Jesus was the Christ, obtained from them the name of Christians first in Antioch, the capital of Syria, called after Antio-

Kai SiSn^at oyXov ixai'or. 'ly.avog, in com., ver., is repre- chus Epiphanes, a monster of iniquity. It became the seat sented by worthy, large, great, enough for, many, much, long. of a flourishing church, and the occasion of a name, even
'

80
KIiVG

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


JAMES VERSION.

CHAP.

XII.

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.
27

Spirit, by /xeWeiu eaeaOat l(j) oXi^v Spirit that there would be a should be great dearth tlirough- fxeyav great famine throughout all out all the world: which came TTjv OLKOvixevrjv octtis kul eyethe land, which occurred in to pass in the days of Claudius vero CTTi Iv\av8iov Kaiaapoi. the days of 'Claudius. Then
fied
tlie

ill tliese days came TavTais Se tols Tj/xepais KaTrjXOov And in those days prophets from Jerusalem unto diro lepocroAvficoi' TrpofPijTai et? came down from Jerusalem ^ f 1 28 S'^ Antioch. AvTio-^iiav. avaaras oe ety to Antioch. And one of them, 28 And tliere stood up one of ^ avTcou ovofxaTt,' Ayafios, iajj- named Agabus, having stood them named Agabus, and signiup ''made known througli the /xai/e Sia tov Uvev/jLaro^, \i/xov

27

And

propliets

'

'

'

28

that

there

Cesar.

rwv

Se piaOijTcov

29 Then the disciples, every peiTo TLS, according to his ability, de- eh SiaKouiau termined to send relief unto the Kovaiu ei> Trj brethren which dwelt in Judea.

KaOas rjuiro(opiaav eKaaro? avTwu


7re/x\l/aL

29

''the disciples,

every one, acability,

man

cording

to

his

de-

tol9 kutol-

termined to send

relief to the
;

lovSaia d8eX(poIs' brethren that dwelt in Judea which they also did and sent 30 Wliich also tliey did, and sent it to the elders by the hands Trpos Tovs irpeafivTepovs 8ia ^ei- it to the Elders by the hands of Barnabas and Saul. pos Hapva^a koI avAov. of Barnabas and Saul.
''

o KOLL eTTOiycrai', dTroaTeiAavTes

30

CHAP.

XII.

CHAP.

XII.

CHAP.

XII.

Now

about that time, Ilerod

KA7
ras

(.Ketvov

8e tov Kaipov
6

'Now, about that time,


his

lie-

the king, stretched forth Ins hands lireliaAev


to vex certain of the church.

'JIpco8r]f

^aaiAevs

rod, the king, stretched forth

-)(eLpai

KaKcoaai

rwas

tS>v

And he

killed

James the

uTTo rrjs eKKArjaias'.

dueiAe 5e

hands to ^persecute certain persons of the congregation. And he killed James,


^witli the

brother of John with the sword.

laKcofiov TOV a8eA(^ov Iwavvov the brother of John,

popular w]ien Luke wrote this book.


origin of this

His allusion to the


then extended cur-

After a long critique on this word, Leigh, in his invaluable


Critica Sacra, in allusion to this passage, saj
s
:

name

is

an evidence of

its

" Siwpius

vero

rency.
^

ad animi propositum. sen destinationem ac decretum transfer;

merely, intlmaled. Hack.


'

Avaaras, having stood up

ca/j/tarc,

made known, not


Tf.

tur.

Acts 11

29 and 17
It is

31 ".

There

is

here no formal nom.

case to coQianv.
It
brethren^',

Kaiaa^oe, Caasar. Is rejected by Gb., Sch., Ln., and


person here named.
A. D.

understood to be: '^certain of the or every one of the brethren, in prosperous circum-

is

ahistoric fact that Claudius Ceesar, so called in

Roman

histo-

stances.
'

ry, is the

He was

poisoned by his wife

Kar

cxeiror Se Tor y.niooi' ; Sc, now, secundum, juxta, cum,


;

Agrippina,

54.

Being born nine years before Jesus


a. d. 45,

v.niQo?,

which fact well synchroAnother Claudius sat on nizes with the details of this book. the same throne, born a. d. 246. He was a great military chieftain, and died a. n. 270. There havmg been two Claudiuses, one of Ciermau, and one of Gothic descent, may have occasioned the insertion in the margin, which finally crept into
Christ; this event happened

mature and seasonable time. Tempore enim venire rerum omnium est, inquit Cornicus. The Greeks make a difference between y_novog, lime, and y.atQos, season, if not always, generally hence xat^os, opportunitas, mature and seasonable time. Solomon, as well as the Greeks, sometimes placed season. a.m\ lime in antithesis; "due season", Luke 12:42;
opportunitas
;

Gal.
this

the text.
''

6:10; Heb. 11 15 Acts 24 25. Herod, it seems, judged time of famine, and necessary contribution to the necessi:

of ol fiaO'rirai

ties of the poor brethren, a suitable season for him to persecute rts. Instead Ka&ms T^vTTo^eiro res avtajv. Mey., De Wette, and oppress them. He laid hands upon the Christians to Hack. Bnnva^a, Dor. Gen. 19 14 Luke 13 29 John 1 43. mallreal, as eTtcjinlev ras x"<> intimates. And, seeing it to The disciples, in proportion as (t<s) any one was prospered, de- be a^earov rots lovSaiois, pleasing to the Jews, he seized Peter

Tiov fiaOr;Tior, attracted into the genetive by

termined, each of them.


ally,

See
in

Cor. 16

2.

Tis, while literto,

as a feast for them, and, having killed Peter with the sword,

any

one,

is

tantamount
:

our day and currency


is,

every

he intended to present to them another repast.


'

one.

Still as

ns. Acts 2

45,

com.

ver.,

every one, (yet in

Ka/.oco, to hurt, to harm, to vex, to treat evilly, to injure.

that case more pertinently,

any

one), so here, every one deter-

"With us, the


^

word j?cri-ccM(e, covers the cases here named.


to sanction

mined

to send relief, according to his ability.

Manai^a, being here anarthrous, would seem

ACTS OF TPIE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP.

XII.

81

GREEK TEXT.
kol ISoju oti apearov sword.
louSaioif,
Trpocredero that
ter
it

REVISED VERSION.

3 And because he saw it fxa^aipa. pleased the Jews, iie proceeded ecTTL T0?9 further to take Peter also. Then

And

because he saw

crvXXa^eLv koI
rjfjLepai

Uerpov
^

were the days of unleavened


bread.

pleased the Jews, he proceeded further to seize Perjaap Se

tS>v

a^vficav.

ov

Koi

also.

(And then were


i

iriaaas eOero eh <pvXaKr]v, ivapa4 And when he had appre'loaves.) And 'having apprehended him, he put him in prison, 8ovi reaaapat reTpaSlois arpa- bended him, he put him in and delivered him to four qua- TLcariav (j^vXacnjeLV avTov, ^ov- prison, and delivei'ed him ternions of soldiers to keep him A0fJ.V09 jxera to iracry^a avaya- to four 'quaternions of solliini

'the days of the unleavened

intending after Easter to bring yeiu avTov tw XacS. forth to the people. IltTpog eTi-ipelTO kv
:

6 jxev ovv diers, to guard him, intending,


(puXaKfjafter

rfj

the passover, to bring

5 Peter therefore was kept in irpoatvynj 8e prison but prayer was made

rjv eKTi>i]s yivopei^i]

liim forth to the people.


ter,

Pein

without ceasing of the church VTTfp aVTOV. unto God for him.
6

VTTO rrjs iKKXrjcrias irpos

tov Oeou

therefore,

was

kept

prison,

but

learnest

prayer,

without

ceasing,

was made

have brought him forth, in between two soldiers, bound Svo (TTparicoTCJU, SeSep-epo? aXvthat night, Peter was sleeping with two chains; and the keep- aeai Svai, (f)uXaKe9 re irpo rrj? between two soldiers, bound ers before the door kept the 6vpas eTijpovi/ rrji/ (j)vXaK7]u. with two chains; and keepers,
prison.

8e e'yueAAez^ avrov wpca- by the congregation to God have brought him forth, the yeiv 6 'Ifpco8r]f, rfj vvkt\ eKeii'rj for him. And when Herod would same night Peter was sleeping rjv 6 Uerpov KOip-copeuof fj.eTa^v

And when Herod would

**

Ore

behold, the angel of the Lord came upon him, and a light shined in the prison ; and he smote Peter on the side, and raised him up, saying, Arise up quickly. And his chains fell off from his hands. 8 And the angel said unto
7

And

Kol l8ov, ayyeXo^ Kvpiov


<rT-q,

7re'-

Koi (pa? eXapyj/eu eV tco ol-

Trara^as" de tiju irXevpav TOV JleTpov, rjyeipev avTov Ae'Kr]p.aTL-

ycov,

Ai'acTTa

iv
a'l

Ta)(^et.

Koi

e^erreaov avTov
)(Lpa>i^.
*'

aXvaei? k tuiv

etVe re 6

ayyeXos Tvpoi
Tcov

before the door, guarded the And behold a niessenger of the Lord stood near, and a light shone in the prison, and, striking Peter on the side, he raised liim up, saying, rise up quickly. And his chains nfell off from his hands. And the messenger said to him,
prison.

a sword. But this is a special case, because " the article fails when the idea is general." He was slain by the sword so in to
;

'

aZ,viicov,

of the unleavened.
to the feast
:

direct attention

of

The article is here used unleavened bread, and

our usage we have " Work-House ", not a


as _/;ena/ institutions.

the gallows ", " the Penitentiary ", " the

should be translated
in a general sense,

gallows, a Penitentiarj', a "Work-House,

It was not in days of unleavened bread, but of the unleavened bread, in a specific

These are idiomatic formulas. See sense. Hackett and others on this passage. JJiaaas, aor. part., having seized TtaQaSovg, part., having But we have in this context another such case given him over to four detachments of four soldiers, (fvlaaaeiv Haav Se fj/ie^at toiv at^vficov, ad verbum, "now were days avTOi:
' ;
''

of the
case

unleavened.''''

But
the

idiomatically Noxc, or, then, (as the

TexQaSiov, occurring but once in the Christian Scriptures,

may

be),

were

days of unleavened bread.

should be rendered according to

Roman

usage.

quaternion

was a company of four soldiers. There were, therefore, sixThese are valuable examples, that supersede the ordinary teen soldiers ou duty, four at each time, in turns, keeping^ rules of Greek syntax and etymology, when applied to Hebrew guard. It is indicative of extended idioms and in some very grave cases, such as the anarthrous EyreTr,s, intentus, assiduus. Though to us apparent or protracted and earnest prayer. Crit. Sacr. Me^t, Ln., Tf., Hvtvfta, when qualified by ay tov.
;
I

anomalies, they are not to be disregarded,


nihilated.

much
a

less to

be an-

Gb., prefer to v:icg.


II EscTteaov ey. tmv y^ei^cov, not out of, but from his hands. They could not have fallen out of unless he had held them in his hands. Xeiq, in Greek currency, includes the whole fore-

Loaves, in the above case,


7},

is

more serious supthough


it

pression than the article

in the case of ftn/ai^a, Literally,

indicates several instruments.

And

the

days of

the

unleavened

ivere.

arm, or any part of

it.

'

82

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. CHAP.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

XII.

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.

him, Gird thyself, and bind on avTou, Jlepi^coaai, kcu VTroSTjcrai Gird yourself and bind on your thy sandals: and so he did. And Ta cravSaXia crov. Eiron-jae 8e sandals. And he did so. And he saith unto him, Cast thy gar- ovTco. KUL Xeyei avrco Uepi^a- he said to him. Cast your gar-

ment about
9

thee, and follow me.


out,

And he went

AOV TO
6eL

LfiaTLOV (TOV, KaL

UKOAOV-

and

fol-

lowed him, and wist not that XovOet avTcp' kcu. ovk jjSei on ceived that what was done it was true wliich was done by by the angel; but thought he saw aXrjOes (an to yivoixevov Sia tov the messenger was ''real, but ayyeXov, eSoKei fie opa/xa /BXe- thought that he saw a vision. a vision. When they had passed the 10 When they were past the ireiv. BieXOovTes 5e TrpoiTTjv
and the second ward, tiiey came unto the iron gate that leadeth unto the city; which opened to them of his own accord: and they went out, and passed on through one street; and forthwith the angel departed from him. 11 And when Peter was come to himself, he said, Now I know of a surety, that the Lord hath sent his angel, and hath delivered me out of the hand of Herod, and from all the expectation of the people of the Jews. 12 And when he had considered the tJiiiig, he came to the house of Mary the motlier of John, whose surname was Mark, where many were gathered tofirst

ixQi.

Kcu i^eXdwv

ment around you, and "follow me. AndPeterwentoutandfoltjkolowed him, and "had not "per-

lo

(pvXaKiju Koi SevTf'pau, rjXOov

"first

Tr\

and the second watch,

Trjv TTvXiju Ti-jv aL^rjpav, ti-ju 0e'-

the)'

came

to the iron gate,


;

which 'spontaneously opened to fiaTt] rji'oi-^drj avrol^- /cat e'^eAthem; and they went out, OovTis TvporjXOou pvjxriv p.tav, kol and passed on through one evOews OLTTccTTr] 6 ayyeXof air street. And forthwith the 11 TT avTov. KaL o IleTpos yevofxe- messenger departed from him. vos iv eavTcS, (lire, Nvv ol8a Then Peter, having come to

povaav

that leads into the city

els ttjv ttoXlv, t]tls

avro-

'

'

'

aXrjdas otl

e^aneaTeiXe Kvpios
/cat

himself, said.

Now I

'certainly

TOV ayyeXov avTov,


fJLe

e^eiXeTO
/cat

know
his

e/c

xetpo9
Iov8aiu)i>.
eiri ttjv

IIpcoSov
"

7ra-

crrjs

ttJs

TrpocrboKias

tov

Xaov
re
Trjs

Twv
rjXOev

crvvihoav

oiKiau

Maplas

fxrjrpos
p.ei/ov

Icoavvov

tov iiriKaXovi)aav 'iKavo\


TTpocrev)(oI !

MapKOV, ov

gether, praying.

<rvi'7]0pocafjLei>ot

Kat

that the Lord has sent messenger, and has delivered me out of the hands of Herod, and from all the expectation of the people of the Jews. And when he had considered the matter, he went to the house of Mary, the mother of John, whose surname was

12

Mark, wliere many were

as13

13 And as Peter knocked at flCPOL. sembled, praying. And "when the door of the gate, a damKpovaavTos Se tov IleTpov he knocked at the door of
""

^iy.oXovO'et,
is its

not gn with me nor come with me, but folloiu

'

AvTo/iaxr], automaton like, that

is

"of

itself."
it.

The word
its

me, such
"

almost universal import.

.ipcmtaneoualij

with us happily represents

"Of

own

accord,"

Kai ovx

r,8ei

on

may

be more familiar to most ears, but too peri-

alrjO-ss, pluperfect,

he had not perceived


phrastic.

that the scene, through which he had passed,


"

was

real.
'

It

may

be a matter wholly of taste, which


it is

is

somewhat
is

Ovx

jiSei, " wi$t

not," is

obsolete

knew

not, is its repre-

arbitrary, but so sentative.


forcible,
p Alrj&es, literally true
it
;

with me "I

certainly

know,"

more

than

know

certainlj'.

here,

more appositely

to the case,

Now

(5) be

for

tov UtrQov

we

read nvjov, on the

should be,

real.

authority of Gb., Sch., Ln., and Tf.


anarthrous, because, in

And when

he knocked
door of the
the door

H^iorTjv xai Sevze^av, both are

at the door, etc.


gatc-watj,
the gate, the

Tz/y O'vQav tov TrvXwvos


;

of

tlie

such cases,
fir!<t

it

would be

pleonastic.

There could not be two


first

Thomp.

the gate of the court,

Murd.;

of

and two second watches, hence a


all

watch and a second

Penn, AVesley; entry

door,
;

Rheims, Tyndale, Cranmer.


the door
the

watch, being stationed,


to tlicm as the first

versions, ancient

and modern,

refer

door of the porch, Wakefield

outer gate,

and

the second.

Dodd.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
sel

CHAP.

XII.

83

VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.
the

REVISED VERSION.
gate,

came to hearken, named rriv Qvpav tov TrvXu>vo9, 7rpo(Trj\Rhoda. 6e TraLSlcTKr) viraKOvaai, oi^Ofxari 14 And when she knew PeJ-^ooi]' Kai eTTL-yvovcra ttjv ter's voice, she opened not the gate for gladness, but ran in, (j)ajvr]v TOV Jlerpou, airo rrjs ^aand told how Peter stood before pas ovK ^voi^e tov irvXatva, elcrthe gate. 15 And they said unto her, Spa/jLovcra Se dTn^yyeiXei' eaTavat Thou art mad. But she con- TOV IleTpov irpo tov ttvXcovo^. stantly affirmed that it was even ^ 01 Se 7rpo9 avTYjV elirov, JMaivr).
so.
'

maid

sen'ant,
to hear-

named Rhoda, went

ken. And recognizing Peter's voice, she did not open the gate, for gladness ; but ran in and

them that Peter was standing before the gate. And


told

15

they

said

to

Then said tiiej^ It is his angel. 16 But Peter continued knocking. And when they had opened the door, and saw him, they were
astonished. 17 But he beckoning unto them with the hand to hold their peace, declared unto them how the Lord had brought him And he out of the prison. said. Go shew these tilings unto James, and to the brethren. And lie departed, and went into an-

it was even so. Then they said. It is his ^'niesSe Sucry^vpi^eTO ovtcos ^')(^eLv. senger. But Peter continued ol S eXeyov, O ayyeXos avTov knocking. And when they '0 Se UeTpoi eirepeve had opened the door, and saw ecTTiv.

crazy. But affirmed that

are she 'confidently


her,

You

16

*'

Kpovcov avoi^avTei Se elSov av- him, they were astonished. But he, beckoning to them Tov, Koi i^eaTTjaav. KUTaael- with the hand to be quiet,
declared to them how the avTo\s ttw? 6 KVpLOS Lord had brought him out of the prison. And he said, Go avTov e^i^yayev e/c Tijs (fjvXaKi]?. tell these things to James, eljre Se, AirayyeiXaTe 'laKco/Su) and to the brethren. And he KUL Toli aSeX(f)0L9 TavTa. Kctl departed and went to another
Trj

aas Se avTOis
8tr]yrj(TaT0

X^^P'-

O'lyav,

'

other place. 18 Now as soon as it was day, there was no small stir among the soldiers, what was become of Peter. 19 And when Herod had sought for him, and found him not, he examined the keepers, and commanded that the\j should be put to death. And he went

e^eXdav
TTov.
i)v
^

eiTopevBr] e!? eTepov

to- place.

revopevrjs Se i]pepa9,

aTpaTiaiTaLS,
eyeveTO.
^'^

Tapa^ps OVK oXiyos ev toIs t'l apa 6 UeTpos


'HptoSr)?
iirj

Se

eirL^Tj-

Trjaas avTOV kcu

evpcov, ava-

KpLvas Tovs (pvXaKa?, eKeXevcrev


diraxd'ivar
kcu

KaTeXOwv

airo

Now, as soon as it was day, there was no small stir among the soldiers, as to what had become of Peter. And when Ilerod had sought for him, and did not find him, he examined the keepers, and commanded that they should be put to And he went from death.

18

19

'H Se in those indicative of office in the Christian Church. The but she pertinaciously continued to abuse of such terms in popular currenc}', is, with me, a preaffirm tliat it was even so. ponderating argument. The ideal forms entertained of angels, especially of their personalities, is an additional argument in " Ilis messenger, ayyekos. This word so often Coleridge says, " After much thought on their case. occurring in the Christian Scriptures, sometimes indicates a the subject of angels as a divine kind of finite beings, I find heavenl}', and sometimes an earthly messenger. The nono sufficing reason to hold it for a revealed doctrine, and tion that every one, especially every good man, has a guardian assuredly it is no truth of philosophy, which, as I have elseangel in constant attendance, is older than the N. T., and still where remarked, can conceive but three kinds 1st. The cherished in many minds. In this place, it might be supposed infinite reason 2nd. The finite rational ; and 3d. The finite to indicate a messenger sent by Peter, rather than Peter himirrational that is, God, man, and beast. What, indeed, even self in person. But amongst the .Jews, it was generally a for the vulgar, is, or can an archangel be, but a man with cherished idea, that every good man had a guardian angel. wings, better or worse, than the wingless species, accordLuke simply narrates, but comments not on the occasion. ing as the feathers are white or black 1 I would that the Neither shall we. Anglicized in our English On weighing all that I have read and thought on the word had been translated instead of Bible." Kew Edition, Notes in Hackett vol. 5, p. 125. translation of in propriety general, and the word angel in It might be, in modern style, not a little agitation as to particular, I feel a preponderance of reason and propriety, in
'

Maa'rj, fiaivouai, you are crazy, 2d sing, pres., ind.

Suajci'^i^ero ovxias e/.uv,

favor of translating rather


this class.

than of transferring words of what Peter came to be. Too stiff and formal Taoayos is well This more especially obtains in this word, and represented by commotion, indicating both inquiry and alann.
!

84

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.
to Cesarea,

CHAP. XHI.
KEVISED VEKSION.
to Cassarea, and

GKEEK TEXT.
and
T7]s

dowu from Judea


there

'lovSaia?
^^

flf TJji/
'

Kataapeiav Judea
'

abode
20

abode.

8LeTpLl3eu.

Hv

8e 6

HpmSi-jS there.

highly dis- dv/xo/iaxcou TvpioLS kou 21l8u)VLpleased with them of Tyre and 6p.odvpLa8oi> 8e Traprjaav ois' Sidon. But they came with one Trpos avTov, kul TretaavTes BXaaccord to him, and having made arov Tov ein rod koltwvos tov Blastus the king's chamberlain t\pr]vr]v, 8La their friend, desired peace, be- l3aai\W9, rjTovvTO

20

And Herod was

And Herod
at those of

>being enraged

Tyre and Sidon,

cause their country was nour- TO TpecpecrdaL avTwv Tr]v ished by the king's country. airo rys ^acnXtKiis.

^wpav

'^^ Herod TaKTr] 8e rjpipa. 6 77/30)5?;? arrayed in royal apparel, sat upon ev8vad/J.evo? iadrjra jiaaiXiKriv, his throne, and made an oration KcH KaOLcras eVt tov (57]paTOf,

21

And upon

a set day,

unto tliem. 22 And the people gave


shout,
saij'nig. It is

a the voice of a 8rjixo?

l8ripTjy6peL irpo! avTOVi.


i7r(j)(oi'ec,

6 8e

Oeov
^^

({)covi]

koI

god, and not of a man.

OVK di/OpcoTTOU.

TTapa-^priixa 8e

they came with one accord to him, and, having made Blastus, the king's chamberlain, their friend, desired peace because their country was supported by the king's country. And, on an appointed day, Herod, arrayed in royal apparel, sat on his throne, and made a speech to them. And the people shouted, saying. It is the voice of a God, and not of a man. And immediately a

21

22

23

23 And immediately the angel eTrdra^ev avTov dyyeXos Kvpiov, of the Lord smote him, because dvff wv OVK e8u>Ke ttjp 8o^av rw he gave not God the glory: and Oeu)- Kol yevopevos ctkwXi-jkohe was eaten of worms, and gave ^pcoT09 e^e\j/v^eu. ^* o 8e Xoyos

"messenger of the Lord smote him because he did not give God the glory. And, having been eaten by worms, lie expired.
24

up

the ghost.

24 But the word of God grew and multiplied. 25 And Barnabas and Saul returned from Jerusalem, when they liad fulfilled t/uir ministry, and took with them John, whose surname was Mark.
CHAP.
XIII.

TOV Oeov rfv^ave kcu


^^

But the word of God 'continned to grow, and extend. Bapvd^as And Barnabas and Saul reaTpexj/av i^ 'ItpovaaXep, ttXtjturned from Jerusalem, when pwaavTes Ti]i> SiaKOi'lai', avpira- they had fulfilled tlieir minpaXa^ovTes kcu laavurjv tov eirt- istry, and took with them John,
iirXi-jOvveTO.

8e kuI I^avXo^

uTre'-

25

'

KXrjOtvTa

MapKOv.
CHAP.
XIII.
'

whose surname was Mark.


CHAP.
XIII.
1

Now there were


that

in the

church

^HEAN

8e Tives ev

Avtlo-

Now

there were in the con-

Antioch certain pro- ^e/a KUTa ttjv ovaau fKKXrjaiav gregation that existed in Anphets and teachers as Barnabas, 7rpo(l)^Tai KCU 8t8acrKaXoi, o re tioch, certain prophets and and Simeon that was called Ni- Bapvdfias kol Svpeav 6 kuXov- 'teachers, as Barnabas and Si m-

was

at

Ouiioucty/oi',

part, pres.,

beiiif;

enraged at

tlieni,

&c.

(o

Tf.,

but by Gb.

is

regarded as a probable omission.


it is, in

It

is,

in-

IIncaS>,i, is rejected
'

by Gb.,

Sch., Ln., Tf.)

deed, redundant, placed, as


<fr,Tai

apposition to the words tz^oj'rojihets

word of God continued to grow t;v^ai'. Km and was extended. It grow in the accession of the people, and extended over the territorj', or among the people. The word of God. or the Gospel of God. was proclaimed and made progress. Murd. The word of God Penn, Thomp. " Grew and multiincreased and multiplied.

And

the

am

SiSaay.alot,

now

there

were

and

teachers.

cnXrjO-vvero, imp., pass.,

In Antioch, y.uTa rr;v ovaav. Kara is a preposition of great according latitude, and is represented by the following words
:

to,

against, apart,
in every, down.

at, aside, after, by, of,

concerning, touching,
ly,

plied."

Rheims.
mon
style.
"

Tyndale, Cranmer, Geneva.


There arc plefjnasms

in,

By
;

the annexation of
:

it

is

used ad;

verbially, as in the following cases

daily, for
private///,

every day
Gal. 2
:

Increased and multiplied.

Acts

3:2;

IG

17
:

11, 17

19:9;

in sacred as well as in

com-

charitab/i/,

Aoyos, says Ilackett, suggests the complex idea of

Rom. 14 1.5, etc. These prophets and teachers were


;

in Antioch, not neces-

doctrine and disciples, and the verbs, that follow, divide the
idea into parts.

Antioch yet they were really of the Church, as the Evayyehov xara Maxd-atov, xara Ma^xov, xaza Aovy.m; y.ara
sarily of
Icoarrr^v,

Certain projyhels

and

teachers.

Tires

is

rejected

by

Ln.,

were of them, as

writers, or reporters.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES' VERSION.
gpr,

CHAP. XHI.
REVISED VERSION.

85

GREEK TEXT.

and Lucius of Gyrene, and fxeuos Niyep, Koi Aovkio? 6 Kv- eon, who is called Niger, and Manaeu, which had been brought pTjvalof, Mavarjv re IIpcoSov rov Lucius the Cyrenian, and Maup with Herod the tetrarch, and TeTpap-)(ov avvTpo^os, kul Sav- naen, ''who had been brought
KetTOvpyovvTCDV 8e avTcou up with Herod the Tetrarch, 2 As they ministered to the Tcp Kvpicp Kat ui-jCTTevovTcov, eiire and Saul. AVhile they were Lord, and fasted, the Holy Ghost TO Jluevjxa to Ayiou, A(l)opL- 'ministering to the Lord, and
Saul.

Aof.

"

said,

Separate

me

Barnabas and <TaT


I

5?;

fiOL

Tov re Bapvafiav
els

fasting, the

Holy

Spirit said,

Saul, for the

work whereunto

KoX TOV

SavXov

to kpyov o 'Separate

for

me

Barnabas

have called them.


3

irpoaKeKXiip-aL
fasted vrjCTTevaavTes

avTOvs.
koI

ToTe and Saul to the work, for which

And when they had


laid their

Trpoaev^apie- I have called them. 'And when

and prayed, and

hands

voL, Kou

on them, they sent them away.

T0L9,

iniBevTes Tas ^elpas av- they had fasted, and prayed, Ovtol peu and laid their hands on them, aireXvaau.

4 So they being sent forth by ovv

iK7r/j.(j)devTs VTTo

Tou Ilvev- they ''sent them away. So they,

the Holy Ghost, departed unto fiaTOs TOV 'Ayiov, KaTrjXdou els being sent forth ^by the Holy
But
what

in

sense, of

them?

By

election, or

by the misis

siou of Christ, or from Jerusalem, or any other place,

not to

this, as in

Casauban, of the highest reputation for sound learning in other departments of literature, affirms that this
}.eirovQyia properly indicates,

be inferred from the grammatical construction. This must be learned from histor}^, not from grammar. Barnabas and Paul,

word

and represents,

all

religious

services

we know, were not of Antioeh, though, in their travels, they may is have been there, once and again. And here, too, was Simeon and the substantive six times in the Christian Scriptures, the blade, according to Adam Clark; "because", says he, "of represented by minislralion, or service of a public character But neither did the Greeks, nor do we Ame- sometimes, indeed, personal and private, 2 Cor. 9 12 Heb. skin ov hair". This public service, offered to the Lord, is ordained ricans call anjr man black, or white, because of his hair, or his 10 11.
;

or public prayer, or any religious service, ; that private, represented as Liturgy. The verb occurs but three times,

coat,

but because of his skin.

The Roman, Niger,

is

derived
in the

for our

good and

for his glory.


it in spirit

It

is,

indeed, our honor and

from the Greek, fsx^og, morluus, dead.

We

have not,

happiness to perform
''

and

in truth.
truly. In

Greek tongue, a common noun that radicates in, or that commences with, Neg, long vowel, or short. Hence negro has no Niger, in Larepresentative in Greek nor, indeed, in Latin. tin, fteXas, in Greek, and inu (niger fuit), in Hebrew, repre" My skia is sent the color called black ; so Job 30 30 says black upon me ".
;
:

AfOQware
Sac.

Srj /loi,

separate to
sane.

me

prosa

Si;

sem:

per postponiiur

el vertilur

It is redundant, Acts 13

Crit.
:

found but six times.

It

is

In the Christian Scriptures Si; is not represented at all in this case.


ch.

Com. Ver. ^^ strengthens the command, 2 15. Hack.

15

30

Luke

= IvvTQo<fos, una educatus. An infant nourished by the EniD-efzeg preceded by rtiOTivanyres y.ai irQoaevinussame mother, Hdt. 1 99; one coeval, and of the same origin. voi, aoristic participles and having fasted, and prayed, and im65. We have no phrase more apposite than, " Who posed hands on them, or, when they had fasted, and prayed, Id. 2 had been brought up with Herod ". or, was educated with and laid their hands on them, are equally grammatical. The Their is Herod. latter is, perhaps, more popular in the living age. " AeiTovQyovvTiov Se avrcop reo y.v^irp. Cum ministrarent supplemental, iind, to some minds, necessary as definitive of the
i"

id est di
;

cum munere suo fungerentur

docendi,

viz.,

ac prophetan:

cooperants in this work.


<

public,

They sent them aivay, or, dismissed thcni. The former we que Chrysostomus recte interpretatus est XeiTovpyovpTcov, mi- prefer, because the latter is, in our forensic currency, to discard nistranlibus ; id est pradicantibus, Syrus et Arabs prascanti- from office, to discontinue. Webster. ^ ExTtefif&ei'res ino rov Jlvtvfiaros rov 'Aytov, by the Holy lius nom Xeitovqyeiv, retulerunt ad publicas preces propter This specific formula occurs in this book sixteen adjunctam jcjuuii raentionem. Crit. Sac. This Ktirovqyeiv re- Spirit. and Uytvfia. fers exclusively to what is called public service ; from Isnog, times, the formula to Aywv ITrsv/ia seven times, and e^yov, toork. The Mass in Rome, and the Com- Ayiov, anarthrous, or indefinite, occurs nineteen times, always

nam Paulo

ante, doctores ac prophetas fuisse dixerat

ita-

in England, are properly called, Liturgy. The performance of the ritual of public worship, is, however, its general scope and intent. For these the State, or body eccle-

munion Service

siastic, is responsible.

same Spirit, uniformly in capital initials, in But, to classify them under the species of defi. nite, and indefinite, of the former, in this single book, we have twenty-three occurrences, and of the latter nineteen, in all
indicative of the

Bagster's text.

86

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. CHAP.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

XIII.

GREEK TEXT.
Kvivpov.

REVISED VERSION.

Seleucia; and from thence they Ti]v SeXevKeiau, eKeWev re aire- Spirit,
sailed to Cyprus.

went down

into Seleu-

irXevaav

eiy t'>]v

koll

cia

and thence they sailed into

forty-two occurrences.
Scriptures,

In

all

the other books of the Christian

rior assurance of faith,

and of understanding, may we not

affirm,

we

haye, of the definite form, eighteen, and of the

(no particular designated spirit being in the premises), that

from a strict ana- the Spirit of God, or the Uvivfia lov &eov, the IIi>ev/in Ayioy, judgment that Ufevfia the TO Hvtvfia 'Ayiov, and the to Hvcvfia to 'Ayiov, severally 'Ayini', whether with, or without the article, uniformly repre- do, in Apostolic usage and currency, uniformly indicate one In the com. ver., it is represented, in and the self-same Spirit of God, or the Holy Spirit? sents the Holy Spirit. No logic, no metaphysics can, as we conceive, entrench upthe Christian Scriptures, by Holy Ghost, eighty-two times, on this position, that will not shake the whole basis of the and by Holy Spirit, only four times. Such is its history. Both Theology, and Christology, have suffered no little from hitherto well-sustained and documented science of Ilermcneuultra, or hypercriticism on this third personality of Jehovah. tics in general, and of Bible Hermeneutics in particular. But, to some minds, there is a plausible objection, and. as New Testament usage is our safest inde.x. or guide, in ascertaining the current value, or import of its most prominent far as known to us, but one objection found in JIatthew 3 11. Our special code, if we either It is avTos viiaa fiaTirtaet. i> Uff^v^ian Ayioi v.ai tivqi. Being terms, and forms of expression. indefinite, it is presumed that it cannot indicate the Holy need, or have such a code, is simply New Testament usage Be it then noted, that every proper name found in the nomi- Spirit, personally contemplated, but officially, or in some special
indefinite, thirty-two occurrences.
lysis of all these cases,

"We

are,

confirmed

in

the

native, or, properly, the

naming

case, in t!ie first chapter of


is

influence.

Matthew, on
It reads:

its first

presentation,
yei'soscos

anarlhroxis, or indefinite.

Paul says

All our fathers

were baptized into Moses

in

the

BIDAO^
On

JUSOT

Xqiotov, vlov Ja^iS Cloud, and

in

the Sea.

And

here some have assumed a paral-

vlov Afl/jnau.

should be translated

nouns lelism between "in holy Spirit," and "in fire," that, as the book of a generation of a Jesus, a Israelites were baptized into Moses, in the cloud, and in the sea, so Christians are immersed into Christ, in the Holy Spirit and Christ, a son of a David, a son of an Abraham. To illustrate farther, a primordial principle, we shall select a in fire. This, tosome minds, may appear plausible. But will the
certain theories these eight anarthrous
:

prominent case of the same category, found in the Gospel history. facts sustain, or justify it ? We presume not. Fire is not a symOn the contrary it is the symbol It is that of Pontius Pilate, a public and an ostensible actor in bol of any spiritual blessing. lie first appears anarthrous, of a fearful calamity. And so our Lord interprets it. A baptism the drama of Christian history.

by the addition of rfu tiyeiioi'i, Pontius PiSo is ITftvua, Matt. 1 18-20, made defiHoly Spirit being known to the Jews as the nite by 'Ayiov. Divine Spirit the Spirit of God it was enough for them to This was as say, that Jesus was begotten by Holy Spirit. much B. personal name as Pontius Pilate, there being no other
but
is

made

definite

in fire is destruction.

So the winnowing shovel separates the


is

late, the

governor.

chaff from the wheat, that, while the latter


garner, " the chafl'
Salvation,
is

preserved in the
fire".

to be

consumed

in

an unquenchable

and damnation, are the alternatives presented by

Jesus Christ. John baptized in water, into repentance. His commission reached no farther. But he warned those who There repudiated his ministry, that his successor would baptize in spirit so introduced in Jewisli or Christian histor}-. never was but one liicvua Ayioi; since the apostasy of Adam, the Holy Spirit, and in fire not the same subjects in both, but known, or recognized in the Patriarchal, or Jewish oracles. one class in the Holy Spirit, afterwards to be poured out; and No the other class, in the fire, afterwards to be poured out. Thi.s is a highly important and suggestive fact.

But
times

to return to Pilate.

After his introduction he

is

seven preacher,
of fire

named by Jlatthew without


si.\

his surname, Pontius, but

who preceded
fire ", as

.Jesus,

ever preached of the baptism of the burning lake, " the

'

the damnation of

hell ",

being a conspicuous personage, a representative of Cesar, he


lias

unquenchable
in the

did the Prophet

whom John

inmiersed
last

the article prefi.xed

of these seven times.

It is only

Jordan.

The

sura of John's preaching

was the

him by certain chapter of Malachi. He baptized his converts in the Jordan, Ph.arisees, (Matt. 27 02), instead of which they substitute xv- and directed them to his Master, assuring them that, if they obeyed him, they should receive his Holy Spirit. If not, he fie in the vocative. The same style occurs in Mark. He names him ten times in would consume them in an unquenchable fire. There were then two immersions, in his eye one for purifichap. 15. In nine of these occurrences, the article is prefixed, yet he never calls hira governor. In the Acts, his name oc- cation, and one for destruction an immersion in spirit, and an Both are figurative, or at least metaphori13 28, only once preceded by Pon- immersion in fire. curs, ch. 3:13; 4 27 Paul, too, names him once, 1 Tim. G 13, when speak- cal. Neither spirit, nor fire, can be sprinkled upon us, nor can tius. we be poured, or sprinkled into them. But there is life in ing of Christ's confession to, or before, Pontius Pilate. Now, with, or without the article, does not Pilate, in every Spirit, and destruction in fire, and we can be inmiersed in, or
once omitted, and that
:

is

the appeal

made

to

instance, indicate

Governor Pilate?

And, with equal, or supe-

subjected to them.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
5
VERSION.

CHAP.

XIII.

87

GREEK TEXT.
iu

REVISEE VERSION.
Karriy- Cyprus. And''when they were in Salamis, they preached the
of
6

And when
ill

they were at Sal- yevo/xevoL

SaXa/xlui,

amis, they preached the

word of yeXXov rov Koyov tov 0ov iv


el-^ov Se Kol
**

God
Jews.

the synagogues of the TOLS avvaycoyals

Twv lovSaicou' word


John
cl.^pi

God

in the

synagogue
6

And

they had also John

I(oavvr)v vTrrjperrju.

of the Jews, and 'they had also


as their attendant. And when they had gone through

to their minister.

6 And when they had gone through the isle unto Paphos, they found a certain sorcerer, a false prophet, a Jew, whose name was Bar-jesus: 7 Which was with the deputy of the country, Sergius Paulus, a prudent man; who called for Barnabas and Saul, and desired to hear the word of God. 8 But Elymas the sorcerer (for so is his name by interpretation) withstood them, seeking to turn away the deputy from the faith.
9

SieXdovres Se ttjv vrjorov

Udcpov, evpou TLva fiayov "^ev- the Jwhole island as far as PadoTrpo(l)i]Ti]i' lovSalou, a> bvopa phos, they found a certain sor]3apLr]aovs,
OvTTaTCo

os

r]v

aw

tco

av

cerer, a false prophet, a

Jew,
7

SepyLco UavXco,

avvercp.

av8p\ whose name was Bar-Jesus ovTOf irpoaKaXeaape- who was with tlie proconsul
of the country, Sergius Paulus,
;

kcu XavXov, eVe'a prudent man who called for uKOvaat rov Xoyou rov Barnabas and Saul, and desired avdlaTaro 8e avrols Oeov. to hear the word of God. But ovtco yap Elymas, the sorcerer, (for so is 'J^Xvpaf, 6 payos' peOepprfveveTaL to ovopa avrov- his name, 'being translated), ^rjTwv Siaarpexj/ai rov uvdvrraTOv opposed them, seeking to

vos

Bapva^av

^rjrr)(Tv

aiTo TTji Trlarecos.

SavXof

8e,

tui"n aside

the proconsul from

Then

Saul,

led Paul,)

Ghost, set 10 And


tilty,

also is cal- 6 KOL UavXof, ivXTjcrOeLS Ilvevwith the Holy poLTOs 'Ayiov, KOL oLTevLcraf f his eyes on him, ^ elireu, 'fi irXrjprjs iravfull of all sub- avTou said,
filled

(who

the

faith.

Then

called Paul),

-"filled

Saul, (also with the

"Holy

Spirit,

"having looked
lo

and

all

mischief, thou child

Tos hoXov KCU

Tracrrjs

paSiovpyla^,

earnestly upon him, said, full of all psubtilty and all

there

or, heing interpreted which, in com. ver. in its seven occurwere announcing tov rences, is its representative. Xoyov rov Qeov, the word of God, the word of the God. " nhjod-sts UtevfiaTos 'Ayiov. See note on v. 4.
''

Fevoucvot, aor. part., equal to ovrei, and -when they were


;

or,

being there, they announced

or,

'

El/ov, imp., were accustomed

lo

have,

we

say

They had

Hveviiaras 'Ayiov

is,

in the selected text of the Bagsters'. a


;

John &c.
'

misprint.

It should be here ITfi\unTos 'Ayiov

we

correct

it

Jitld'ovTCi,

add

b}.r,v,

Gb., Sch., Ln., Tf.

gramatically, and find


'Ol.riv
rr,7>

we

are sustained in their Hexapla of

vr,-

aov, the whole Island of Paphos.

Ev^ov, they found, avSoa,

1841.
"

a certain man, /inyos.

After eipoy, Ln. and Tf. add, ai'SQa.

Areviaas

"They found a certain magician, a Jew, named Barjesus." Wakefield. "A certain sorcerer, a Jewish false prophet, whose name was Barjesus." Penn. "A magian, a false prophet, a Jew, whose name was Barjesus." Thomp. "'A certain man, a sorcerer, a Jew, who was a false prophet, and whose name was Barsuma." Murd., Syr. Admitting man into the text,

upon him,
place

said.

onl}'.

having looked, or looked intensely is an ana^ f.eyofierov, found in this "We found of the same family, ^a8iovpy7;ua. Acts
eis

avTor,

'PaSiovpyta

18

14, there rendered, lewdness, here, mischief, malcficentia.

Beza, Pise.

It indicates a propensity to perpetrate all sorts

of wickedness.
P

zJolov
T.,

^aSiovpyr)ras.
by
T.,

Grit. sac.

The former occurs twelve times


;

in

Murdock's version
the
'

is

exact.

It

is,

however, redundant, like

N.

represented

subtilty, deceit, craft, guile

the latter

men, brethren, and fathers, the two


first.

last implying, or containing

seven times in N.

com. ver.

'PnSiovpyias, found only in this place.


this family occurs once
;

Another member of
Acts 18
:

viz. ^aSiovnyr^/ia,

14,

'"

wickkinds

Af&vTTaTri), deputy governor

owerio, a
;

standing, Wakef, Thomp.,

]Viseman, Mur.
It
is,

of under- ed lewdness," com. ver. a well informed of dissimulation, Rom. 1


occurrences

man

The
:

former, SoXog, denotes

all

29. exquisila diligcntia

ad

insidian-

man. Boothr. Prudent man, Penn.

in its four

dum.

Basil. Calvin.

He

feigns one thing,


is

and does another.

in com. vers, represented by, prudent.

He

appears to have

Grit. Sac.

The

latter,

^aSiovpyia,

represented by malcfi-

been a person of good understanding, intelligent, with us ; yet centia, and, according to Beza and Piscator, denotes a person prudence being the attribute most conspicuous in this case, we prepense to perpetrate any wicked deed. Vatablus. Erasgive it preference. mus derives it from ^tiSioy, facile, and ipyat,ofiai, operor. One

Me9c^fir,vVBTat, pres. ind. pass., his

name being

translated,

who

is

easily induced to perpetrate crime.

ss

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP.

XIII.

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.

all vU SialSoAov, ix^P^ iraarjs StKat.- mischief, fpson of the Devil, not oavvrj^, ov Travarj Siao'Tpeflycoi' enemy of all righteousness, cease to pervert the right ways ra? 68ovs Kvplov rn? evOeia?; will you not cease to fpervert

of the devil, thou

enemy

of

righteousness,

wilb

thou

of the Lord
11

And now
is

behold, the hand

Koi vvv l8ov, ^eJ/o tov Kvplov


eVt
TTCov
o"e,

the 'right the Lord


shall

ways

of the Lord
'tlie

?
il

of the Lord

upon

thee, and

Kol

And now behold


is

hand of

ecrrj

rvcfjAof
a'x/Ji

fxr]

/3\e-

upon you, and you

thou shalt be blind, not seeing tiie sun for a season. And immediately there fell on him a mist and a darkness and he went about seeking some to lead him by tlie hand. 12 Then tlie deputy, when he
;

TOV

i]Xiov

Katpov.

be blind, not seeing the

Uapaxpijpa 8e lireTreaev iir av- sun for a season. And immeTOV aX^VS KCU (JK0T09, Kol TTepiO.- diately there fell on him a mist,
ycou i^TjraL x^ipaycoyov?.

and a darkness; and lie went about seeking some persons to IScou ap0v7raTO9 to yeyouo^ eV/lead him by the hands. Then aTevaev, eKTrXriaaopauos tin Trj the proconsul, dniving seen
tote
SlSa^fj TOV KVplOV.
^

12

saw what was done,

believed,

being astonished at the doctrine of the Lord. 13 Now when Paul and his company loosed from Paphos, they came to Perga in Pamphylia: And John departing from them, returned to Jerusalem. 14 But when they departed from Perga, they came to An-

believed, "being astonished at the doctrine 'Ava-)(6tvTe9 Se aTro t?]? ITdof tlie Lord. (pov oi Trepi. tov UavXov, rjXOov And, loosing from Paplios,

what was done,

13

eU
Tcov,

Ilepyi-jv

Trj?

ITafi(j)vXtay.

Icoavvr}^ 8e air o^copr] eras air ai)inrea-Tpe-yj/ev

ejy

'lepoao-

Xvfxa.
aiTo
eif

avTo\

8e

8uX06vts
irapeyevovTO

Tijs

Hepyys,
r?;f

'AvTLox^iav

JIicn8ia9, kol

tioch in Pisidia, and went into eiaeXOovTef els ttjv avvaycoyijv the synagogue on the sabbathTrj ijp-epa. tcov (Tal3l3aTcov, eKaOiday, and sat down. Sabbath day, and sat down. " 15 And after the reading of aav. MeTOL 8e ttjv avdyvcoaiv And, after the reading of the

'with Paul came into Perga of Pamphilia and John, departing from them, returned into Jerusalem. But they themselves, departing from Perga, came into Antioch of Pisidia, and went into the synagogue on "the

they

who were

15

I"!"

vIe,

anarthrous.

teaching.

Instances, Matt. 7

28

22
;

33

Mark
:

^inoTQetfto always "pervert," or "perverse.''^


'

Com.

ver.

12

38

Luke 4
in

32

Acts 2

42

Cor. 14
is,

1 22 2 Tim.
:

4,

4:2;

Here, by circumlocution.

lam away,

to

pervert the mind.

Jca- and probably

other passages.

It

in these cases, the act

oT^erpcov, part. pros, active.

Perverting the right ways

the

of teaching, and not the lesson taught.


" Ey.TtXt-aaofisi'Os Eitt rrj SiSny;-,

straight

ways

of the Lord.

Evd'Eiai, bSovs.

Evd'vs

is

found eight times in N.

Matt., Mark, and Luke, only


;

T., renis

dered both straight, and right, in com. vers.


figurative of the latter.

The former

use this term in the Christian Scriptures

ten times translated

Xeio TOV xv^iov. Literally, a hand, a stroke, of the Lord feelings of the proconsul, always translated deputy, com. ver. is upon you. It is not a prayer for it, but a which is not specific, but generic. We, therefore, prefer projudgment announced. So the event declares. The article preconsul. Governor. Wakefield. Deputy-governor. Penn. fi.\cd to both oSovs and mO-eias is awfully definitive the ways Proconsul. Thomp., Wes., Murd., Dodd. ; found onl}- four of the Lord, the right ways. Yet the judgment was limited times in this book. axfi xai^ov, for a time, not perpetually. ' ' ISeov, part, aor., having seen. The governor, or deputy, 01 Ttepi Tor IlavXov, those about Paul ; his pupils, or perthe Lord's hand

by astonished, twice by amazed. Struck with amazement, is perhaps, to most minds, most expressive of the mind, or the

believed excwrevaev exTrXrjaaofiero;, indicative of great moral force. In its fourteen occurrences in N. T. cxnXi^aata is represented, in com. ver., by amaze and astonish. It is only used

sons attending him, or upon him


Perga.
"
Trj

r^i.&ov

m niqyr^v, came
on the
first

into

r^fUQo.

rmv
:

-ai3,3aT(oi',
:

literally,
:

of the gen.

by Matt, Mark., and Luke.


astonishment
is

The

cause, or instrument of this


^i$a-/_i] is

Sabbaths.

In Luke 13
13,

14 and 14

5,

we have

the

found in

rrj

XiSnxn tou xvpiov.

found sing.

In Acts 10

we

have, as here, the gen. plural,

most

in N. T. twenty-nine times represented

by

doctrine,

by

''what is taught,'" Titus,


it is

1:9.

In the plural
opinions,

once found, and then

human
by

number only or human tcachinirs.


doctrine, instead of

and once probably indicative of one of the consecrated weeks of the .Jewish 3-ear. The same formula occurs, Acts 20 7, translated the first day of the week. See Cruden's Concordance on the
:

It is frequently mistranslated

the

word

second Sabbath after the

first.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP.

XIII.

89

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.

the law and the prophets, the Tov vofiov Koi tS)V 7rpo(j)i]ra>i^, Law and the Projihets, the rulers of the synagogue sent un- avreoreiAaj/ ol a.py(j.avvaycoyoL rulers of the synagogue sent to them, saying, Ye men and 7rpo9 avTovs, Xeyovres, AuSpe^ to them, saying. Brethren, if
brethren,
if

of exhortation for the

say on.

ye have any word dSeXcpol, el eari Aoyo? eV vfiLv you have a 'word of exhorpeople, TrapaKXrjaecos Trpos tov Xaov, Ae- tation for the people, speak
yere.
^

16

Then Paul stood up, and

'Avacrras Be HavXos,
rfj

it.

beckoning with his hand, said. Men of Israel, and ye that fear God, give audience. 17 Tlie God of this people of Israel chose our fathers, and exalted the people when they dwelt as strangers in the land of Egypt, and with an liigh arm brouglit he them out of it. 18 Andaboutthe time of forty years suffered he their manners
in the wilderness.
" Jli eart

Koi Karaaeiaas

Then Paul stood up, and


waving
with
his

16

x^ipl,

elirev,

Av8pes
fiovp.evoL

hand,

he

'I(TpaT]XiTai, /cat ol

(f)o-

said

Israelites,

and you

who
17

TOV

Oeov,

aKovaare.

fear God, hearken.

The God

Oios TOV Xaov TOVTOV 'lapa- of this >people chose our FarjX i^eXe^aTO tovs iraTepas rjpcav thers and ^exalted the people, Koi TOV Xaov v\j/coav eV Trj irapoL- when they "dwelt as strangers
6
'^in the land of Egypt, and with fipa^LOVO^ v'^rjXov l^)yayev av- a 'higii arm he brought them Kal Mf Tcraa- out of it. And for ''about the Tovs i^ avTTJs'

Kia

iv

yfi

AlyvTTTcp,

/cat

fiTa

is

paKOVTaeTYj ^(povov iTpoTro(^opr]- period of forty years he nour(Tcv avTovs (V TTj epijpco' Kai ished them in the wilderness.

Xoyog ev
est
it.

idiom similar to

have a word, say


"
'

If there be in you a word. vfiiv. An harmony with very many translations, preferred about. The pro haheo, governing the dative. If you number of the names were about one hundred and twenty and here, he endured their manners about the space of forty

la^arji, is rejected

by Gb.,

Sch.,

and

Tf. after rovrov.

years.
"^

ifr^oTToyo^jz/aEj' is repudiated bj' Gb., Schott, and Tf, and and These words are used with great uni- ezgotpofo^riOEi' substituted; he provided nourishment, or, bore formity in the Christian Scriptures, com. ver., vij>t;).os, in its them as a nurse. Deut. 1 31, 2 Mac. 7 27. So the Syriac, "Fed them in the wileleven occurrences, is uniformly rendered high, com. ver., and Sclavonic, Arabic, Copt, and Etliiopic. Wake. He fed them. Jlurd. TremcUius, than ixpoco. in its twenty occurrences, is represented thirteen times derness."

Hortyioiioi v\pr]lov

vxpioaev.

" lie elevated the people

with an elevated arm."

by
"

exalt,

and seven times by


'.laooKirt,

lift

up.

We

can find no more

whom of his age we have


t,ea',

few superior Biblical

critics, says, Tipo-

apposite representatives in our vernacular.


i'
Tjj

noipooem, est instar nutricis ferre et educare.


dicilur

TjjoTTOfOjji-

rommoralio. This term, occurring twice in


or,

cum

melior pejures fert mores, quos tamen non

the N. T., indicates delay,


y.ia

sojourn in a country.

denotes fixed residence, so Crit. Sacra, and so classic use. It Aretas, Crit. Sac.
Signifi-

Karoi- approbat, ut bonus maritus cogitur mores uioris morosce fcrre. Doddrige says ; " The Syriac renders this

properly signifies the neighborhood of some persons.


cat 2>ro2?rie ciciniam aliquorum
lor.o
'

by a word which
the

signifies to nourish, or, educate, so that


;

Beza

hominum
in

qui simul in aliquo


p. 9.

conjectures, they read, eT^oipofoQrjOBv

" and while preferring

cohabitant.
El'

Bucer on Ecclesiastic Govei'nment,


literally,

common
:

reading, he admits that

Dr.

Hammond
1
:

thinks
31 and

a Egypt. Had yn the writer intended an Egyptian land, he could have found Ezek. 10
AiyvitToj,
land,
in

this to have

been the true reading.

Compare Deut.

4, 5, S.

Most

of the later editors prefer this

word

the adjective, Aiyvnrcos, occurring four times in this book to eT^o7torfo^7;aev, "endured their manners." It is well atof Acts, and once in Hebrews 11 29. This is the tested and better suits the connection, since what the apostle only instance, out of six cases, where the dative form would here bring to view, is not so much the forbearance of is used. It is a pure Latinism. The dative is sustained God to his people, as his interpositions in their behalf " He nourished ", this reading is better supported Ilackett. by manuscripts, CDEGII, Chrysostom, Thcophylact,
:

and

CEcumenius.
versions.
'

The gen. has A.B. 13;


iyiijXov, a

133, 137, and all ancient

and agrees with


of the speaker.

fact, as

well as with the conciliatory designs

Gr., Boothr.

Some

of the fathers also, with

Merit p^axtovos

high arm.

lifted

arm.

Wes., Thomp., Wake., Dodd.

Murd., Penn.
This
is

UjJ-

more grand,
when,
re!

the Syriac, Arabic, Coptic, and Ethiopic, give this reading. This reading, says Adam Clark, confirms the marginal conjecture
is,

and apropos.
'
'iis,

and

excellently, agrees with the scope of the place,

as, ichen, since, about, as soon as, after, while,


;

at least, a reading of equal value with that in the

and commonlyit

S{c., Sfc.

when, and while, in respect of time, are


:

common

received text.

This fact superadded,

we

judge, gives

para-

presentatives of wi, in com. ver., Acts 1

15.

We

have, in

mount

claims in the proposed revision.

90

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP.

XIII.

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.
I'J

to

19 And when lie liad destroy- KdOeXcov kOvrj iirra ei/ yrj Xa- And when he had 'subjected ed seven nations in tlie land of vaav, KaTeKXi-ipo8oTT](Tev avTois seven nations, in the land of Clianaan, he divided their laud Canaan, he ^divided their land ""

them by lot. 20 And after

T7]u

yrju

avTuiv.

/cat

ix^to.

to

them by
and

lot.

And

after 20

that,

he gave Tavra, wy

erecri TerpaKOcrloig kou

unto them judges, about the space

these things, during about four


liundred
fifty

of four hundred and fifty years, until Samuel the prophet. 21 And afterward they desired a king: and God gave unto them Saul the son of Cis, a man of the tribe of Benjamin, by the space of forty years.

irevTi^KOVTa,

eScoKe

Kpiras
^^

eats

years,

he

^a/xovrjA tov 7rpo(j)j]T0v

kolku- gave
edcouel,

them judges
the Prophet.

imtil

Sam21

6ev rjTi](ravTO fiaaiXea, kou Keu


v'iov
pLii^,

avTOLf

Oeos rov SaovX


e'/c

And

after that they ''asked

a king for themselves.

And

K\^, avSpa
err]

({)vXr]f

Sevta- God 'granted to them Saul


kul the son of Kish, a man of the during tribe of Benjamin, And having reforty years. moved him, he raised up for them David, to be king; to whom also he testilied, saying, " I have found David, the son of Jesse, a man after my

22 And when he had removed /j.eTaaTi](Tas avrov, jj-yeipeu auiiim, he raised up unto them David to be their king: to whom Tols TOV Aa^lB (.Is fiaatXia, w also he gave testimony, and said, Kol elire pLapTvpijaas, Evpov AaI have found David the son of 1318 TOV TOV leaaai, avdpa Kara Jesse, a man after mine own heart, which shall fulfil all my Ti-jv KapSiav fiov, bs 7roi?;o"et iravwill. Ta Ta deXypuTci pou. ^"^ Tovtov 23 Of this man's seed hath o 0609 oLiro TOV aivepp.aTos kut God, according to his promise, eTrayyeXlav rjyetpe tcS 'Iapm]X raised unto Israel a Saviour,
Jesus:
crcoTrjpa 'Irjcrovv,
'^"^

reaaapaKovTa-

22

own

heart,"

who

shall

per23

ibrm all my 'desires. Of this man's seed, has God, accord-

24

When
y.aO-alcor,
is

John

had

first

ing to promise, ''brought up irpoKiipv^av- for Israel a saviour Jesus; Tos latavvov Trpo irpoacoTTov ttjs John having 'first preached,

21

'

And

part. aor.

having

j'"^

down, suhjected

the presence of the article,


cate defiuiteness.
It

is,

in all cases, necessary to indiless definitely, thus,

"

destroyed "

too strong.

might be rendered,

of Benjamin's tribe. In contrast with this indefiniteness, we place the most important and the most emphatic pro-

man

For

y.nrc^J./^ooSozr^aa?;

xareylr^Qorofir^oif,

assigned

Gr.,

Scliol.,

Ln., Tf.,

substitute

position in the Christian Scriptures, found in Malt.

16

16j

(ivzois, to

them as a possession.
avxcov, their land.

ov

6 XotoTo^, 6 vlosTov Gfov TOV ^covTos.

Ad verbum, Thou
In pre-

Hellenistic for

tlie

Hiphil of inj

ri;)' yr;i'

art the Christ, the son of the


definiteuess, this
is

God,

the

Living One.
to me.
it

by promise. Ilaclv. In behalf of this substitution, we have cision and MSS. ABCDEGH and ovut fifty cursive manuscrijits. So de- nor in any
pose Chrysostom,

not surpassed in any language

oracular proposition

known

and others. "WitliKuincel we say, Utraque lectio cundera gignit sensum,


Tf.,

'

To

&eXr}fettTa,

com.

ver., will, in

the plural,

cannot be
tliis

vills.

We

must, therefore, substitute desires.

In

we

are

sed y.Tex?./;ooro/njaer, utpote diiHcilior est prcfcronda, et jure hanc Icclioncm in textum recepcrunt, Matthaiius et Griesbachius.
Scilicet y.araxXr^Qovofietv

sustained by the editors of the Englishman's Greek concordance.


!

non tantum notat, possiHyeiQs. Ilyays is here substituted by Gb., Sch., Ln., dere, obtinere sed etiam sensu Iliphilico possidendum tradere. and with good reason. lie has brought a Savior to Israel. Judd. 11 21. Uavru. (ra ed'rtj scilicet) oaa y.arcy.}.r,()oi'0,urjaev verbum, Of this person's seed, God, etc. vftiy xv^ios, omnes gentes quas vobis possidendas dcdit domiAyio is a fevorite with Luke. lie uses it forty times in
:

Tf.,

Ad
his

nus.

Deut. 12

Num. 34
ed.

18

Deut. 3

29.

See Kuin(Del

Gospel and Acts.

All other writers in N. T. use

it

only thirty

times. The style of every inspired writer, or penman, in N. T., Strioavro ^aaikea, aor. mid., " They asked a king for is as peculiar as his personality^ Their faces, we presume, themselves," better, wo think, than desired. A desire expressed were not better marked than are their respective styles.
'

in loco,

Acts

13.

Lond.

A. D. 1835.

=
'

asked.

'

II^}oyi;ov^atTog
etc.
;

Jioaitov,

John having

2"'C'''i'>usb/

an-

God gave them

rot'

^rtovl

rioi'

Ka.

Literatim, Ihc Saul, son

nounced,
"

"

Before whose appearance John proclaimed


all

of a Kish. At'dort ey. ^vXr^^ BEi'iafm', erij rtaoaQaxoi'Ta, literatim, a man, of a tribe, of a Benjamin. Such a version is an ultraism
so evident, as to constitute a reproof to those

a baptism of reformation to

the people of Israel", Thoinp.


all

John

first

preached a baptism of repentance to

the peo-

who imagine

that

ple of Israel", Wakefield.

"When John

had Drst preached

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP.

XIII.

91

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.

preached, before his coming, tlie elaoSov avTOU fiaTrrccrna fxera- before his "entrance on his baptism of repentance to all the voias "JTavTL rw Xaco IcrparjX. ivork, an immersion of repeople of Israel. formation to all the people of c5p Se iirXi^pov 6 'Icodvvrjs rov 25 And as John fulfilled his Israel. Now while John was course, he said. Whom think ye Spofiou, e'Aeye, Tlva fie VTrovoeire completing his course, he said, that I am ? I am not he. But elvai; ovk el/ju eyco, dXX! l8ov, do you suppose me to behold, there cometh one after epx^TUL fxer i/xe, ov ovk elpl be? "I am not he. But behold, me, whose shoes of his feet I am d^Los TO vTrobrjixa tcov ttoScoi/ Xv- one is coming after me, the not worthy to loose. ^ AvSpes dSeXcpo)., viol shoes of whose feet I am not 26 Men and brethren, children aai. of the stock of Abraham, and yevovs A^paa/x, /cat ol ev vp.ip worthy to loose. Brethren, whosoever among you feareth sons of the "race Abraham, of (f)ofiovpLvoL Tov Oeov, vfxiu 6 X6God, to you is the word of this and those among you who Trjs crcoTt]pias TavTrjs dneyos salvation sent. fear God, to you is the word ^'^ ol yap KaroLKOvvTes of this salvation sent. 27 For they that dwell at Jeru- ardXr}. For salem, and their rulers, because ev lepovaaXi-jp. koL ol dp^oi^re^ they who dwell in Jerusalem, they knew him not, nor yet the avTcou, TOVTOv dyvoi^aavres, kcll and their rulers, not ^knowvoices of the prophets which are ing him, and the ^utterances read every sabbath-daj% they ras (])covaf rav 7rpo(f)i-jTdiu ray of the prophets, which are have fulfilled tlwm in condem- Kara Trdu aa^^arov dvayLvcc- read every sabbath, have, nins; Mm. aKop.evas, Kpivavres iirXi-j paaav in condemning him, fulfilled 28 And though they found no "* Kat p,r)8ep.[av aiTLav davdrov them. And although they found cause of death in him, yet desired 'not the least cause of death rjTr)(TavTO UiXaTov in him, yet they desired Pilate they Pilate that he should be evpovres, coy oe ere- 'to put him to death. avaLpeOiivat avTov. slain. And
"^

25

Whom

'

26

27

28

29

before his appearance, the baptism of repentance to

all

Israel",

Tloo yevovs Afi^ttttfi. Feros,


vers., is

in its

twenty-one occurrences,

Boothr.

"John having preached


Penn.

to

all

the people of Israel, be-

com.

represented by kind, nation, kindred, country,

fore his coming," etc.,

"And

hcfure Ids advent he sent


all

stock, offspring, horn, generation,

countrymen, diversities. ''Des-

John

to proclaim the

Baptism of repentance to
first
all

the people

of Israel", Murd.

"

John having

preached, before his co-

cendants of Ahrahani's offspring" yeios, rather descendants of the race of Abraham. Wakefield prefers it, and it is more,
in our idiom,

ming, the baptism of repentance to


"Wes.

the people of Israel",


diverse arrangeof translators,

used to denote the lineage of a family.

Stock
is

These

may

serve to

show how many


in

applies to parent, race to the series of discendants: eg


fixed to aTceazahi

pre-

ments of words, there may be

the taste or

st3'le

without materially changing the sense ; of these, however, Thompson and "Wakefleld are, in our judgement, most truthful

Recep. Gb.,
P "

Sell.

by Ln. and Tf, and ABD. was sent out.


to

The Textus

This one not having known (failed

recognize),

and

the

and apposite to the Original.


" Unoauirtov
N.
T.,
rr;;

declarations of the projihets (governed


is

by the same

participle),
i.

eiaoSov avrov. EiaoSoi

found

five

represented by coming, entering, and entrance

times in
to

by having condemned him to


the declarations."
"

death, they fulfilled them,

e.

enter

This

is

the most approved translation."

into.

JJooatoTcov, face, countenance, appearance, 2^erson, pre-

Hackett.
1

sence, in com. ver. seventy-four times. Ilfjo nqoocoitov, est pro simplici Tt^o

positum

= hefore, Ileb. iJS^,

Kai rag

ycoras, the utterances of the prophets


;

e7iXr,Qmaai',

vide JIal.
:

3:1; Matt.

they fulfilled

ts xara

nav aa^^atov

avayivcooy.ofisvas,

which

John 1 19, ss. 27; Matt. are read, according to the sabbath ; that is, each, or every Sab3 11. In our idiom, as "John mas fidfilUng his course". bath-day. Karn, in its five hundred occurrences, in N. T. is " Before whose appearance represented by a larger suit of connectives than any preposiKuinoel, in loco, vol. 3, p. 209. John first preached a Baptism of repentance" (or, an immer- tion in the language. sion of reformation) to all people of Israel ", Wakefield. "John not i5f oTs. part, aor., having found, ftt;Se/iiav; no cause
11
:

10.

Etao8os, ingressus aditus,

having preached, to

all

the people of Israel, before his coming,


",

the least cause of death. This gives to /njSefiiav


'

its entire force.

the baptism of repentance

Penn.
I

Avai^cifr^rni, infin., to
o'r

put him

to
:

death. It indicates either

Oiix ttfii syco

oaiTt;^.

am

not the one promised,

rco

private

public execution. Luk. 23


:

32; Acts 2
:

23

10 39

laoa?;?., V. 24.

This elliptical form, his attitude and general

12

22

20

2G

10

Septuagint Exod. 21
:

29, here it re:

appearance, indicated his humble conceptions of himself, and

presents n'lBn.

In 2 Sam. 10
d.

IS,

nsn.

See also Hdian 2

I.

accords with ov ovx eiiu a^ios to vnoSi^fia roiv tcoScov

J.vaat.

Plato seqq. 870,

92

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMEs' VERSION.
29 And when they had
ful-

CHAP.

XIII.

GREEK TEXT. Xeaav airavra

REVISED VERSION.

filled all

that

they took him down from the tree, and laid lam. in a sepulchre. 30 But God raised liini from the dead: 31 And he was seen many days of them which came up with him from Galilee to Jeru- PaXiXaias eh 'lepovo-aXy/x, o'ltiJerusalem, salem, who are his witnesses unves eitrc fxaprvpes avrov irpos tov
;

was written of him, ypafifxeua,

to. irepl aurov ye- wjien they had fulfilled all KaOiXovTes airo tov tuat was written of him, they took him down from the 'tree, ^vXou, edi]KUu els /xvrjfxeiov. "^ 6 and laid him in a sepulchre. Se Oeo9 -riyeipev avrou Ik veKpau, But God raised him "from the ^^ OS (o(pdri eVt i)ixepas irXeiovs dead and he was seen many rots' avvavapacriv avTco airo ttjs days by 'those who came up with him from Galilee into

30
3i

who

are his wit-

And 32 nesses to tlie people. ^^ Kol Tj/jLets vp-as evayye"we are declaring to you glad 32 And we declare unto you Xaov. glad tidings, liow that the pro- Xi^opeda TTjv IT pas tovs irarepas tidings, how that the promise, "" otl which was made to the fiimise wliich was made unto the eirayyeXlav yevopevijv,
to the people.
fathers,

33 God iuith fulfilled the same unto us tlieir children, in that TeKvois avTav rjp-iv, avaarrjaas he hath raised up Jesus again as 'Irjcrovw as kol eu tco yj/aX/xcS it is also written in tiie second TO} SevTepco yeypaiTTai, Yios p-ov psalm, Thou art my Son, this ei (TV, eyo) ai]p.pov yeyevvrjKa day have I begotten thee. Utl oe avecrTTjcrev avTov 34 And as concerning that he ere. pnrjKeTL p.eXXovTa viroeK veKpwu, raised him up i'rom the dead,
;

ravTi]u 6 Oeos eK7reTrXi]pu)Ke tols

thers,
fulfilled

God

has completely 33 the same to us their

children, he having raised up Jesus ; as it is also written in the "second Psalm, " Thou art ray Son, to-day I have beAnd that gotten thee." he raised him up from >the dead, no more to return to

31

'

Svlov,

staff] tree.

wood, stock, constitute


be
I'eniarkccI,

its

representatives,

'

OhtvEi, to

this,

add

vvv,

by authority
;

of Sch., Ln., Tf,

in the N. T.

It

may

that ormnos, occurring


T., are

Gb.,

who are now

his witnesses

avrov, said to be " the geni-

twenty-eight times, and arav^oo) forty-four times, in N.

tive objective ", not of possession.


'

immutably represented by cross and crucify, and illustrate, if " Kai rjieis vfias cvrtyyeXit.nfttt)-a. And we are declaring not prove, that words of mood, or specific action, have but one to you the glad tidings of the promise made to the fatliers, meaning; a fact when fully contemplated, and weighed, settles how God hath performed," etc., Wakefield. ''And lo we many a controversy in the subject of ordinances, human and also announce to you that the promise which was made to om*
!

Divine.

fathers,
ey.

God has
;

fulfilled it to

us their children," JIurd.

''

And
to

HyeiQev avror

rey.Qcov.

It is

worthy of note that we


vcy.otor,

we

declare the glad tidings of the promise which


for

was made

find not in

any case
in

in all

Luke's writings, rcor

used

the fathers

God

has

fulfilled it,"

Penn.

''And

we

declare

to indicate a class of persons, raised from the dead, j's( or uniust !

unto you glad tidings concerning the promise," Boothr.


nyyeh't.oueO'a

Ev-

Even

Paul to the Corinthians, chap.


it is

15, in saj'ing so

has a double accusative

onlj^

here.

Enay-

much
throus

of the resurrection,

six times out

of seven anar-

ycXuir Stands, in the first clause, with the usual effect of that
attraction
;

a resurrection
cities,

of the dead.
in the fact

may, perhaps, be found


other
certain dead persons,

The philosoph}' of this that in Corinth, and some

Ilackett, in loco.
ice

And now
made
dren
It
;

announce

to

you, as joyful tidings, the 2>romisc

the doctrine of a resurrection of the dead, or of

to

the Fathers,

which

God

has fulfilled
:

lo

us their chil-

was treated by the Greeks with much


hope of worms".
Paul, he first meets the

having raised up for us Jesus

as also in the first Psalm.


;

contempt.

It

was

called " the

has heen written,

yey(>a7C. perf. ind. pass.

first Psalm, Tx^mrto

In 1 Cor. chap. 15,

when argued by

for SevreQn), Gb., Ln., Tf.


" It

objection, or rather, the denial of the fact in these words, ava-

araaii vey.^iav ovx eariv ; a resurrection of dead persons there It was not the resurrection of the dead, for a long time is not.
after the promulgation of Jesus as the Christ.
It

nevertheless true, that


ciently
tlie

has been alledged, though apparently incorrect now, yet what we call the second Psalm was anfirst
;

or what

is

now

called the first

was

originally

numbered with the Psalms, but contemplated as an introwas the and the Septuagint, it is admitted, question of a resurrection of the dead. The main objections duction. Both the Syriac enumeration of the Psalms. and notation from our difl'er to this oi'aclo are met and refuted, 1 Cor. 1 5 chap. y 'Oti Se areaTi;oei' avrof ex rex^mi: And that he raised Some interpret, v. 30, thus " God raised him up from among dead persons ", not riov vexpcov, as a class, but vcx^cov, as a him up from the dead, no more to return to corruption, he says, hind, or quality in the abstract. Hence the omission of the etc.; x>'>f()ft',^csons are understood. The living and the dead
not
article.

include

all

mankind, from

Adam

till

the last-born, in

human

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.
(rTpe(j)ii'

CHAP. XHI.
REVISED VERSION.
ovtcos ^corruption, 'he said thus, " I will give to you the ^faithful

93

GREEK TEXT.
etf

now no more to return to corruption, he said on this wise, I will give you the sure mercies
of David.

8i.a(l)dopav,
8co(rco vjxiv
^^

elprjKei',

Ore

ra oaia

mercies of David."
810 kou ev

Where-

35

ZlajQiS TO. TTLaTa.

fore he says also, in another

35 Wherefore he saitli also in irepco Xeyei, another jmthn, Thou shalt not
suffer thine ruption.

Holy One

to see cor-

36 For David, after he had served his own generation by the will of God, fell on sleep, and

was laid unto his lathers, and saw corruption 37 But he, whom God raised again, saw no corruption. 38 Be it known unto you'
therefore,
is preached uuto you the forgiveness of

that

men and through this man

brethren,

sins;

Thou wilt not 'give up thy Holy One to see corrupAa^\8 arov I8elv 8La(l)dopdi'. tion." ForDavid, indeed, after peu yap iSla yeuea viTr]peT-q(ras he "^had served his own genTY) Tov Oeov jiovXfj, eKOipi^drj, eration by the will of God, Koi Tvpoa^TeOrj Trpos tovs Trarepas 'fell asleep, and was ^added to his fathers, and saw corrupauTov, Kai elSe SLa(p6opap' "'' ov tion. But he whom God ^rais8e 6 Oeos, rjyeipev, ovk elSe Sca- ed again, did not see corrup^ rvcoaTov ovv eaTca tion. (^Oopav. Be it known to you therevpdv avhpes aheX^ol, on 8ia rovfore, brethren, that through Tou vplv a(f)eai9 a.p.apTLCoi> Karay- this ''person is announced to yeXXerar ^^ kol diro iravrwv cou you the forgiveness of sins.
^''

Ov

Saxrei^ rov ocnov psalm, "

36

37

38

39

And by him

all

that be- OVK rj8vu7]d'i]r ev tco

vopa JMwae- And by him

all

that believe

39

from all things, are justified from all things cay 8LKaLcc6r]vai, ev tovtco Trds 6 from which you could not be from which 3'e could not be just" (BXeireTe justified by the law of TTLCTTevcdv SiKaiovTaL. Moses. ified by the law of Moses.
lieve are justified
chronology.
/zeIXco, to he

Mr^xeri,

no longer in time. MeU.ovTa, pres.


'I'TtooTocr^eii', in its tliirty-flve
to

part.,

55

about
T., is

to he.

occur-

Heb. and Sept. 'Oaioi rcspoudet roj libn. apud 3, 4 Hebrasos ut ayios rm dip, Drusius, Acts 2 27.
: ;
:

rences in N.

represented by return, turn hack,


ver.,

turn

'

Wherefore,

also, in

another psalm

ipaX/ito,

he says, Thou
see,

back again
in

com.

come again. Acts 22


before.

17.

We

do not

will not give (Scoaeits)

tof botov, the Holy one, to

or sufler

think that any one can ever return to that place, or condition,

corruption.
**

which ho never was

Jesus could not return to cor-

David

/<',

indeed, vTrr^oerf^aas

rrj

rov Oeov ^ovXri

y.at

stSe

ruption.

jdiaf&o^av, found in N. T. only in this book of Acts, and only six times in it, and always translated corruption ; and of

an and servant. The verb occurs three times in ^luxoiog, thirty this book of Acts, and the noun four times, are its representatives. ^ovXoe times, minister, deacon, servant, are in times, this chapter, 37. In v. 34, 35, 36, these six four the classics, nor in the Scptuagint, does it ever indicate cor- occurs one hundred and twenty times, and the verb SovIevco twenty-four times. This family indicates all sorts of servants: (See Rob. Lex., Scay.). ruption as the effect of putrescence. from the Lord .Jesus, down to the meanest servant, or slave, " n;y.ei', pres. ind., he has said. Ohxcos, thus, (in this wise in any age or countrj-. obsolete). ''I will give to you t bota ^afliS za mora, the =
Sirtipd'oiiav.

We

have here

vjitnereco,

whence

vntj(>aT>]s,

officer,

minister,

Exoita-iO-i],

iras laid

down

to

sleep
:

the sleep of death,


this

sure mercies of David."


'

'Oaios

is

found but seven times in the approved Greek text


it is

Homer, Od. tantamount


'

3 to

compare Od. 12 372. In death, " he fell asleep"he died.


397
;

form

it is

of N. T. In this passage alone,


faithful mercies.

translated

'^

sure mercies

",

n^oatrtd-r^y not gathered, but

added

to his fathers in

David's name being connected with baia, us the key of interpretation.

the unseen world, indicative of his spirit returning to God,


ratlier
^

and ra
true,

Ttiara, gives

AVe find the

than his body returning to dust.


raised, r^yeiiiev, third sing, first aor.
ind.

the covenanted, mercies guaranteed to David. 2 Sam.

He whom God

12, 17.
;

fortunes

tion and corruption are not constitutional synonyms, as some Etymology is not an infiillible crowned the versions seem to indicate. Divine and human autocrat of all creatures. We have, then, an guide. The corrupting force is generally from within, the immense interest in these covenanted mercies to our elder destructive, from without.

These sure mercies were not his son Solomon's nor those of any other king descended from him,

act. of cysi^oj, excitavil, "

did not see corruption ".

Destruc

antecedent to Jesus of Nazareth,

who was

finally

brother David, even, the beloved, in


things.
If Christ's,

whom we

inherit all
seed,
Is.

''

z/ia rovTov

belongs to

afeais rather
is

than the verb.


to

wo

are

Abraham's
sure, or

seed,

and David's

"

and heirs according to these

covenanted mercies.

Tlirough this one the forgiveness of sins Comp. 10 36 Luke 24 47. Hackett.
: ; :

announced

you."

94 KING JAMES
VERSION.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


GREEK TEXT.

CHAP. XHI.
REVISED VERSION,
40

40 Beware therefore, lest that ovv 1X7] eweXdrj e0 v/xds to itprj- Beware, then, lest that come come upon you which is spolien jxiuov iu Tol? 7rpo(^-)]Tai9, I8e- upon you which is written in
'

of in the prophets;

T, ol KaracppovrjTcu., kul 6av[xa- the prophets

XvOelarjs 8e rj;? spoken to them the next Sabthem tiie next sabbath. Now when the ''con- 43 bath. avvayoiyris, r]KoXovdr]aav 7roXXo\ 43 Now when the congregagregation was dispersed, many tion was broken up, many of the Tcov lovhalcav kolI tcov ae/Bopeof the Jews and religious Jews and religious proselytes VWV TTpOO-JjXvTCOU TO) JIuvXcp KOL proselytes followed Paul and followed Paul and Barnabas; T(S Bapva^q.' o'ltlv^s TrpocrXawho, 'addressing who speaking to tliem, persuad- Xovi/Te? avTOLf, eTreidov avTOVs Barnabas, them, persuaded them to pered them to continue in tlie grace eTTLp.eueLV ty] )(apLTL tou Oeov. severe in the grace of God. of God. Tw 8e ip-)(op.evm aa^^aTW And on the "next Sabbath, al- 44 44 And the next sabbath-day ay^ehov irdaa rj ttoXl^ avvii^drj most the whole city assembled came almost the whole city toUKovaai Tov Xoyov tou Oeov. to hear the word of God. But 45 gether to hear the word of God. ISoi/Tef Se ol 'lovSaioi tov^ "when the Jews saw the mul45 But wiien the Jews saw

41 Behold, ye despisers, and wonder, and perish I'or I work a work in your days, a work which ye shall in no wise believe, though a man declare it unto you. 42 And when the Jews were gone out of the synagogue, the Gentiles besought that these words might be preached to
:

'Behold, you de-

41

crard /cat a(pai'Lcrdr]Te'


iyu)

ore

epyov

spisers,

and wonder and perish.

kpya^op.a.1

Iv raXi

rjpiepais

For

I execute a

work

in

your
will

vp.S)v,

epyov

co

ov /xy irLaTeva-qre, days, a

work which you

eav ris dK^irjyrjTai vpiv.


'JE^ioPTcou Se
ycoyrjs
e'/c

not believe, though any one

rrjs

avva- should

fully declare it to you.


!2

Twv

lovSaicov,

irapeKa-

And

as they 'were going out,

Xovv Tu edvrj elf to pceTa^v adjS- the Gentiles besought them, that these words might be jiaTov XaXi]6rivaL avTolg Ta
p7]-

fiuTa TavTa.

'

""

the multitudes, they were filled o^Aouf, eTrXrjB-qaav (^y]Xov, Koi with envy, and spake against aPTeXeyov toIs vtto tou IJavthose things which were spoken Xov XeyopevoLf, dvTiXeyovTe? kul by Paul, contradicting and blas^ Tvapprjaial3Xaa(p7]povi/Tes. jiiieming.

were filled with and spoke against those things which were spoken by
titudes, they
"zeal,

Paul, contradicting and revil-

4G Then Paul and Barnabas


'

(rap.ei'OL 8e 6

IlavXof koI
'

6 J3ap- ing.

TJien Paul and Barnabas 4g

Pro

verbis, n'^IJa 1X1 Alexandrini interpretes ita expres-

sei'unt. ISere, ol

xmnf^orr^rai

xnt

IlqoaXaXea)

is

found only in this chapter, and

in ch.
lo,

28 20
:

citfiXet/rare

xai d'avfiaaare

in the Christian Scriptures.

It indicates speaking

or with,

alphabet,

The Hebrew original, in our one ; and that with earnestness. words: Reu baggoi/im vehabhitu vc" On the next Sab., Gb., Sch., Ln., and Tf. read t/oiieroy, hitta mehu tcmahu hi pool pnel himcyccm to taaminu ki yesuppcir. The sense is the same, for the Tcxtus Receptus, eoyouivcj. Com. ver. is not greatly dissimilar. " Behold you among the o/tSov TTaaa TtoXii ovriiyJ>'i] axovaai almost the whole city 1] heathen people, and regard, and bo astonislied; be astonished. were assembled, or brought together.
d'avftaam, xat aipavwd'iiTe, etc.
is

in tlie following

for I

am

\rorl<ing a
will

work

in 3-our

days; whicli, when

itsliall

be

"

But the Jews having

seen, iSoire;, (part, aor.), the crowds,

told you,
'

you Eiiovrmv

not credit."

See Kuinool, in

loco.

Se avrcov Tia^cxaXovp, Gb., Sch., Ln., Tf., instead


Ttjg

were full of zeal, and they contradicted the things, Xeyouevois, spoken by Paul fiXaofrjiovi'Tes aiTiXeyoi'tes xat; omitted

of clioiTcov Se ex

avvaymyrjs tuiv lovSaiiov, com. reading.

by

Ln.. Gb., but highly probable.

Then, having gone


entreated.
historians,

Luke uses

own accord, they besought, or, Indignation, or, zeal, not, ciwy, as some would h.ave it. word more than any of theCliristian Ai'TiXeyovTeg is neither superfluous nor Hebraistic, but, liko and Paul more than Luke and all other Xew Test. the participle united with its finite verb in the classics, emphaout.

of their

this

writers.
!

sizes ameX.eyov,

Mey., Hackett.

think the term, zeal,


its

is,

in

Av!>eiar,s, part. aor. pass.

The synagogue having been

its

ancient and modern acceptation,

most obvious reprevirtue,

disinissed.

was then
it

for

The word "synagogue ", like our word "church" sentative with U.S. It is. according to knowledge, a and of the people that met in but otherwise a vice. ' Jinry,'' Mur., Booth., Wakef. worship, and was used occasionally to indicate both. lousy," Pcnn. '-Zeal," Wesley, Dodd., Thomp.
indicative of the house,

^Jea-

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSION.

CHAP. XHI.
REVISED VERSION.

95

GREEK TEXT.
'

waxed

bold, and

said,

necessary that the


sliould first
:

It was vdfias ehvov, Yfuv rjv avayKoiov became bold, and said; It was word of God TrpcoTOV XaXrjOrjvaL rov Xoyov rod necessary that the word of

worthy of everlasting

have been spoken to Oeov' iireLdi] 8e aTTCoOelaOe av- God should first have been spoken to you. But seeing but seeing ye put it from Tov, KoL ovK d^iovs Kpipere iav you, and judge yourselves unyou put it from you, and judge Tovs Trjs alcovLOV Qj^rjS, l8ov arpe-

you

life,

lo,

yourselves

unworthy of the

we

turn to the Gentiles: 47 For so hath the Lord comus,

(pop-eOa

eli

to.

edi/i],

ovtco

everlasting

life,

behold we turn

yap

iureraXrai.

iqixiv

Kvptos,

to the Gentiles.

For

so has 47

have set TidetKa ae eh </)w? iOviav, rov tliee to be a light of the Geneival (re el? acoTTjp'iav ecos eu^atiles, that thou shouldest be for ^ 'Akovoutu 8e ra Tov rrjs yrjs. salvation unto the ends of the eOvii i'^aipov, Kol eSo^a^ov tov earth. 48 And when the Gentiles Xoyov TOV Kvpiov, koll eTnarevheard this, they were glad, and aav oaoL i)aav Terayixevot. els glorified the word of the Lord ^^ SLe(pepeTO Se and as many as were ordained ^coTju alwvLOv. 6 XoyOS TOV KVploV 8t oXtJS TTjS to eternal life, believed. ^^ ol 8e 'lovSaloL irapca49 And the word of the Lord Xcopas. was published throughout all cre/3o/Ltems" yvvaiKas
saying, I

manded

the Lord commanded us, saying I have ^placed you for a


;

light of nations that

you might be for salvation even to the ends of the earth. On hearing this the Gentiles rejoiced, and glorified the word of the Lord,
and
as

48

many, as were
for everlasting

ideterlife,

the region.

Tpvvav

TOLi

koI 50 But the Jews stirred up Kcu ra? eva-)(i]p.ovas iiryyeikol TToXeais, the devout and honourable wo- irpcoTOvs TTjS men, and the cliief men of the pav Sicoy/jioi' eiil tou UavXov kul and raised persecution city, TOV Bapva^av, kul e^ijiaXov avagainst Paul and Barnabas, and OL OpiCOl' aVTCOV. expelled them out of their coasts. TOVS aiTO TCOU 51 But they shook otf the 8e enTLva^dpevoL tov KOviopTov dust of their feet against them, Twv 7ro8a>v avTcov eir avTOVs, i)X-

bethe 49 the word of lieved. throughpublished was Lord tovs out all the region. But the 50 Jews stirred up the devout

miued

And

and honorable women, and the chief men of the city, and raised a persecution against Paul and Barnabas, and expelled

them out of their borders. But


they shook off the dust of their

51

feet against them, and went and came unto Iconium. ol 8e padi^Tol 00V eh 'Ikovlov. And the disinto Iconium. 52 And the disciples were Tlvevpakol eirXrjpovvTO with joy filled X'^pds were ciples the filled with joy and with and with the Holy Spirit. Tos Aylov. Holy Ghost.

52

P Tsd'Eiy.a ae etg (pcos ed'rcop,

I have placed you for a

light of

says, I cannot think

nations: so spoke the Lord, and such were, and are, the Apostles.

vot

for salvation to the

rr;g yrjs ; I have ordained you, end of the earth. Tuv ecvai ae, infin. pres.. Telle sense, that thou mayest be for salvation to the end of

Eis aa)rr]ntav icas cay/irov

with Sir Norton Knatchbull, that lerayfistantamount, in this place, to awTjYfteroh as many as were the Gentiles, believed nor, with the great met together Joseph Mede's interpretation, that reTayficvoi eis 'C.air,v aiiaIn %'cov is a. periphrasis to express 'proselytes of the gate".
is

the earth.
1

Rom. 13
t;aav rerayfievoi sis iiorjv aicovwv.

1,

it

is

properly rendered, in the margin of some

Testaments ordered, with Dodd. we prefer determined, because as ambiguous as the original. Taaaio is found only eight times in the Christian Scriptures We cannot but approve the conclusion of a considerable disLuke employs it five times, Paul twice, and Mathew once. In Luke's writings, it is represented by "seZ" ^=f laced; "ordain- sertation of the learned and judicious Kuincel on this passage. ed ", " determined ", and ' apiJointed ". Paul speaks of magis- Ilis words are lam addilus ex gentiUhus fidem hahuissc booi

Kai eniarsvaav oaoi

trates as "

ordained" of God, and of the Christians

in Corinth,

r,aav, k. t. I.

Unde

eonsequitur, vcratii causam, cur a

Deo

vita

that " they had addicted themselves to the ministry of saints".

lelernce destinali fuerint gentiles fuisse

Of Jesus

a certain place."

he " appointed his friends to meet him at Such is its current value in the Christian As many, then, as were resolved, or determined Scriptures. for eternal life, were attentive hearers of the word and, thereBut all things are of God, who has reconciled fore, believed. us to himself," by the means so ordained. Dr Doddridge
it is said,
;

Jud/Ei se felicitate ilia

ipsorum fidem oh quam indignos reddidenmt. Of which, the

sum

is

It is

now

from which
were by

fact it follows, that the true cause

added, that some of the Gentiles believed ; why the Gentiles


to eternal life

God

ordained

was
the

their faith

as the

''

rejection of his

Divine doctrine was

cause, on account of
this felicity.

which the Jeics rendered themselves umcorthy of

96

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. XIV.
REVISED version.
CHAP. XIV.

GREEK TEXT.
CHAP.
XIV.

CHAP. XIV.

And

it

came

to pass in Ico-

'ErENETO

Se Iv 'Ikovlco,

And
time,

it

occurred in Iconi'at

nium, that tliey went botli to- Kara to auro elcreXdeli/ avrovs gether into the synagogue of the els Trji> (Tvvaycoyriv rav 'Iov8aiJews, and so spake, that a great cov, Kai XaXrjaai ovTcas ware multitude, both of the Jews, and TTLarevaaL lov^alcov re /cat 'jEAalso of the Greeks, believed. ^ o'l Xi-jvav TToXv irXrjOosds 2 But the unbelieving Jews aireLQovvres 'lovSaloi eirr^yeipav stirred up the Gentiles, and made their minds evil-affected KcCl eKaKcocrau ras i^v^as twv
'

um, that they,

the same

went into the synagogue


'spoke so

of the Jews, and

that a great multitude, both

of the Jews, and also of the


Hellenists, believed.

But

the

unbelieving

Jews

"stirred

up

the Gentiles, and "disaffected

against the brethren.

idvcov

Kara

Ta>u a8eX(j)U)v.
^(^povov

iKa- their "minds against the breth-

Long time

therefore abode vov

jxiv

oi)v

duTpL-^au ren.

For

'a

long time, there-

they sjieaking

boldly

Lord, which gave Lord who "attested the word unto the word of his grace, and ptTos avTov, Kai Sidoi^Ti aifpela of his grace, granting signs granted signs and wonders to be Kol TepaTa ylveaOai 8ia twp y^ei- and wonders to be done by done by their hands. pav avTwv. ia^laOii 8e to their hands. 4 But the multitude of the But tiie multitude of the city was divided and part held TrXrjdos T?;f TroAecof Kai ol pev city was divided. Some were Tols 'lovSaloif, ol Se with the with the Jews, and part with >](Tav Jews, and the '/2y 8e others with the Apostles. And avv Tols aTToa-ToXoLS. the apostles.
:

the TTapprjaLa^opevoL eirl tco KVpico fore, they continued there, testimony Tcp paprvpovvTL tco Xoyco ttj? ^a- speaking boldly respecting the
in

aw
1,

"^

'

Kara

ro avTo,

analogous

to,

7ti,

to uvto, ch. 3

together.

anhelitu sumitur,

Km
others.

Xcdr;aai ovrais,

and

they so spake.

So Hackett and

cujus

anima fons
it

pulmo animje prajlargus Job 2:6; est et origo.

anhelat.

(2) Vita,
2, 3.

Ps. 7

Wakulield supplies Paul and Barnabas, because named


This seems to bo unneobsolete, or nearly
so.

Conceiving

important to discriminate between the sold

at the close of the preceding chapter. cessary.

and the

spirit,

the anima and the animus,

we have

here, as

''And so spake.'"

Spake

occasionally before,

drawn

liberall_y

on Leigh's Critica Sacra.


a favorite term in
all

is

Webster.
'

London
'^

ed. a. d. 1050.

ATieiO'ovvTeg^ a7tet9'r^oai'Tes.

Ln.,

Ixavoi', x^ovov, Steroixfiav.


style.

Ixavos

is

Tf.

The imbelieving Luke's


is

He employs
it

it

twenty-nine times, while

the
it

Jews. Ajtaid-eco is found three times in this book, associated with the Jews. Paul to the Hebrews, and to the Romans uses it more frequently than any other inspired writer; and, in the
sense ol disobedient, he and Peter use
"

other N. T. writers use

only twelve times.

In his writings

represented by worthy, large, great, enough for, many, much, long, security, good while, long while, sore. It is, in some of the
other N. T. writers, represented by the

it

seven times.

word
is

meet, able,

and

EneyeiQrw, found only in this and in the preceding chapter


:

three times in Paul's second Letter to the Corinthians, by the

in the Christian Scriptures, raised persecution, ch. 13

50.

word
its

sufficient.

This last reprcscntalive

broad enough for


Still it

Here

'

stirred up". This

is

more than

" over-excited ", as

some-

whole currency

in the Christian Scriptures.

ap-

times found in classic use.


'

Jixaxcoaar.

^V'ith

one exception, (Pet. 3: ]3), this word


of Acts.

is

confined to this

Book
;

''Made
13,

evil affected "

their

would be rather an ambiguous epithet to affirm of speaking upon the Lord. Sulficient for the They spukc a sufficient time upon the Lord theme? or sufficient for the people? Connected with time,
pears not exactly apposite in this place.
It
!

minds, com. ver.

"evil entreated", ''vexed",


1 Pet. 3
:

"hurl", not

much
"

better.

''

Harmed ",

as

it

is

here,

we may

try

it

in other places.
;

certain

man
;

no

better.

had demons for a

sufficient time

of a sufficient season

of

Of one hundred and fifteen occurrences in N. T. yi^'/ is only sufficient time Simon liad bewitched them with sorceries; twice represented by inind. Life and soul are its almost uni- Paul talked a sufficient time " till break of day ". In such Beza on this passage says: Male af- associations it would be more apposite to say for a long time. versal representatives.
fcclos reddidcrunl.

Cum
2.

alioquin hoc vocabulum alibi soleat


affligere,

See Acts 8
y

11

14

18

18

20

11

27

7, ,ic.

usurpari pro opprimcre sou ut Acts 12:


1
J

word of his bsj cum sex punctis est grace, being a continuative testimony, were it not, that it is anima, animus. (1) ll.alitus oris, anhelilus, spirilus, flatus, followed by SiSovri, a dative of the manner, by granting signs 20. Sic animes nomen Latinis et Grcecis pro and wonders to be done through their hands. ventus, Gen. 1
seu

damnum aliquod inferre

We

would have preferred

teas testifying to the

11

Crit.

Sacra,

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
5
sault

CHAP. XIV.
REVISED VERSION.

97

VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.
iyivero
op/J-i]

And

wlien there was an asof the Gentiles,

made both

and also of the Jews, with their


rulers, to use than despitefully,

and to stone them, 6 They were ware of it, and fi? Tay iroXeis ttjs A.VKaouias', fled unto Lystra and Derbe, Avcrrpav kou Aep^rjv, kou rrju cities of Lycaonia, and unto the 7rpL-)(copov, KUKei rjaav evayyeregion that lieth round about Xt^opevoL. 7 And there they preached ^ Ka'i Ti9 dvrjp ev Avarpois the gospel.
8

lOvwv re koi when there was a 'rush, both by the Gentiles, and also by Toju, vfipiaaL KOil XiOojBoX-qaai the Jews with their rulers, 'to use them spitefully, and avTOVs, avvL^ovres Kareipvyov
tS)v

Iov8aLCov (Tvv TOLs oip-^Qvaiv av-

**

to stone them, they, being aware of it, fled down into Lystra and Derbe, cities of Lycaonia, and into the surrounding country. And there

they ''announced the gospel.

And

there sat a certain

man aSvfaTos
)(a>Xo?
e'/c

T0L9

TToaiv

eKadrjTO,

And, a certain man


stra
his

in

Ly-

impotent in his feet, being a cripple from his mother's womb, who never had walked. 9 The same heard Paul speak: who steadfastly beholding him, and perceiving that he had faith
at Lystra,

KoiXiaf pirjTpos avrov


OS

was
feet,

sitting, '^impotent in

virap^oiv,
TTUTi'iKei.

ovSeiroTe

TrepieTre-

a cripple from his

ovros rjKove tov

Uav-

birth;

who had

never walked.
9

Xov XaXovi'TOf
TW, KOL
acodrji/ai,
elire

b? drei'icras

The same heard Paul speak; avwho, looking intently upon

IScOV OTL Tri<TTlV e^ei

to be healed,

rfj 10 Said with a loud voice, Stand upright on thy feet. And Vrj, Al'a(TT1]di CTTt Tovs TToSas he leaped and walked. Kai ijXXero kol aov 6p6os. 11 And when the people saw TrepuTrdrei. 01 8e 6)^X01 ISovwhat Paul had done, they lilted up their voices, saying in the T9 o 7roLT]a-u 6 IlavXos, iTTYJpav

peydXr]

TOV him, and '^perceiving that he (f)a)- had faith- to be healed, said
with
a

lo

speech of Lycaonia, The gods Trjv

(j)a>i'T}i'

avTcov

loud voice, 'Stand upright on your feet. And he ^'leaped and walked. And when the people saw what Paul had done, they raised their voices, AvKaopLari saying in the 'Lycaonian,

il

'

'Ojiiirj

Tiov td^vwr, te

y.ai

lovSaicDV.

violent attempt of

''

Kui

iScoi'

oTi 7TIOTU'

c/_ci

TOV uiodTivai, literally thus ren-

the Gentiles, as well as of Jews.


ver.,

'O^fiij is

once rendered, com.

dered, ''and having perceived that he had faith of being healed",

assault;

and the
o^i/tij

verb, oiiunui, to rush, to run riokntli/.


is

In classic use,

represented by rusk, assault, violent

or confidence of being healed (unquestionably appropriated to stand liis own case), Paul, with a bold, or a loud voice, said
:

attempt, impulse.
* 'TjSoiaai.

lip
'

straight upon your feet.


'

xai Xi9oliolriaai, to outrage, and to stone them,

to

MeyaXrj

rrj tpcovi].

The manner

in
it.

which he exerted

his

and to stone them." despitefully and to stone them."


insult them,

Wes.

Murd., Booth.
'

"

To use them
and stone

voice,
'

not to the power or volume of


say to you. in the

Ilackett.
is

To

assault,

"I

name

of the

Lord Jesus,"

not

in

the

them." Thomp.
^

Textus Receptus published by the Bagsters.


EvayyeXt^ofitfoi.

It is

omitted on

KaxEi

i]Oitv

nouncing the Gospel.


ally,
'

Such

is its

were an- the authority of the Uncial and most cursive manuscripts the appropriated meaning, liter- Vulgate, jEthiopic, Chrysostom, Theop., and Occ. See Alford.

And

there

thcj"^

evangelizing.
HsoceTTsTtaTrjy.st.

The proper
fore a noun,

force of the presence, or absence, of the article beis

well illustrated in this case.

This was a special

Some

editors write this pluperfect with-

out an augment.
dant, and
is,

Ilackett.

faith in a special case.

We may

have iaith in the Christ of

'YTtaoywv, heing, appears redun-

God, and not

faith

in

being cured by him of any particular

therefore, rejected l)y Gr., Sch., Ln.,

does not correspond with tjs


claudus, in classic usage,

tts
is

and

Tf.

It

disease of mind, or body, under which

we may be

languishing.

ni-rjQ x'"^-"',

a certain man,

The

patient, before us,

had not only

faith in Jesus the Christ,

aSvi'rxTOs To3 noaiv, imbecile, or, impotent in his feet.


f.o;,

Xio-

but also faith that, on his

own

special appeal to him, he would,

represented by lame, halting,


is

through this Apostle, be healed.


^
vit,
"

crippled, feeble. Its

Hebrew

representative

li "laS claudus
first called

manu.

Hence the name Appius Claudius who was

'Maro
3d

rather than i}V.ero, denoting a single act.

Salta-

^'Appius the lame".

On

this case "Webster gives, "primarily,


;

sing. 1 aor. mid. of allofiai, salio,

he bounded.

one who creeps,


tles in proof.

halts, or limps

one who has

lost,

or never

enjoyed the use of his limbs", and refers to the Acts of Aposthe
of

Lycaonic, Ilackett.
;

title

This was a splendid miracle, and won Mercury among the Greeks.

for

Paul

Saying in the Lycaoni.an, or in the speech of Lycaonia. The speech of Lycaonia, is more properly Lycaonian not, according to the dialects of the nations, Lycaonic.

As the

Persian, Grecian,

Eoman, are the appropriate

98

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSION.

CHAP. XIV.
REVISED VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.
Ol
Oeol
oiioiuiOevTes
Tj/xas'

are

come down

to us in the like- Aeyoi'Te?,

The gods
us,

are

come down

to

ness of men.

avOpaiTOLs KaTijirjaav irpos


"

in

the likeness of men..


called

12

And

they called Barnabas,

e'/caAoKi'

re toi> [xlu

Jupiter;

and Paul, Mercurius, AlaeTreiS)]

Tov 8e avTos

Bapvd^av, And they UavXov, 'Jipfxriv, 'Zeus, and


6 rjyovpevos tov
er.

Barnabas,

12

Paul, 'Hermes, be13

because he was the chief speaker.

rjv

cause he was 'the chief speak-

13 Then the priest of Jupiter, Aoyov.

6 8e lepevs tov
Trjs TToXecos

which

was before

their

city,

TOV ouTOS Tvpo

Aios Zeus 'that was before the aVTMU, city, brought oxen and garto the gates, and,

"Then the priest of the

brouglit oxen and garlands unto

Tavpovs Kol (TTefjipaTa inl tovs lands

the gates, and would have done TTvXwvas iveyKag,


sacrifice

aw TOif o)(\ols
'

with
of14

the

f)eople,

wished

to

with the people.


Persia, Greece,

ijdeAe dveiv.
and Rome, so should

AKovaavTes

Se

fer sacrifices "to them.

Which

names of the tongues of

this,
fers.

Luke everywhere,
Lystra,
it

as accurate as he

is

circumstantial, re-

the language of the people of Lycaonia be denominated, or

distinguished from the tongues of other countries.

Its classic

root
'

is

Lukos, a wolj.
they called Barnabas, Zeus, and Paul, Hermes. These facts ; but not so the common version of them. The
:

was under the guardianship of Jupiter Propuleius, which Luke translates Tov Mioi rov otios 7TQ0 trjs noXeais, the Jvjiiler that was before the city ; which is
appears,
:

And

another term for Jupiter Castas, the guardian.


deities

All these

were the
adopt a
late

question thence arises

Why

translale these proper names, or

Roman

version of them, and in similar cases not transIsaac, Jacob,

Abraham,

BIclchizedeck.

Jloses,

Samuel,

David, Daniel, Peter, &c., &c.

Jupiter and Mercury are merely a substitution of a

Roman

currency for a Greek currency.


involved.

We would, in

such cases, prefer

the retention of the original name, especially


cal fact is
'

when

a histori-

had their priests, rites, and sacrifices, and each a peculiar service and priest for the office that he bore so that Jupiter Brontes, Jupiter tlie Thunderer, had a different service from Jupiter Custos, Jure the Guardian. Hence we see with what accuracy Luke wrote The person, who was to offer them saci'ifice, was the priest of Jupiter Cuslos ; under whose guardianship the city of Lystra was and who, the priest supposed, had visited the city in a human form and Barnabas
; :

(probably, fur the reasons already assigned), he imagined to be

'O fjyovfievos tov Xoyov.


chief,

The leader of

the discourse,

the person.
is

And

as Mercurj', the god of eloquence,

was the

by some supthat Paul, who had a powerful commanding eloquence, was posed, that, as Paul spoke more than Barnabas, and more offithat God also disguised. A beautiful figure of such an impercially, the audience were led to think that Barnabas was a sonation of Jupiter, as, is supposed, formerly stood before the Divinity, and Paul his interpreter, or oracle. This view of the gate of Lystra, still remains and a fine engraving of it may subject enhances the courteousness, and the most honorable be seen in Gruter's Inscriptions, Vol. 1, p. 20. Adam Clark) port and bearing of this most Divinel}' accomplished ambassaequivalent to the or leading speaker.
It is
;

general attendant of Jupiter, the people and the priest supposed

and
I"

dor to the Gentile world, towards his fellow-laborer Barnabas, will everywhere pass at par value.
z/e, in this attitude, is

in loco.

Concerning these garlands, both Ovid and Virgil

sing.

rather continuative than adversarevisers and translators render-

The former says

tive,

and

is,

therefore,

by most

ed

then, or

and.

Dodd., Wes.. Thomp., Wake., Penn, Booth.,


&c.

"Rich curling fumes of incense feast the A hecatomb of voted victims dies.

skies,

Wic, Tyn.,
prefer hut,

Cran.,
is

There

are,

however,

those

who
all

With gilded horns and garlands on their head, In all the pomp of death to th' altar led."
Tate.

which

sometimes slightly adversative as well as


think, however, that, in
is

continuative.

We

harmony with

as the consummation, and, worse theology, it is the consummation of the climax of honors conferred on Paul and Barna-

the honors conferred, this

named

And
'

Virgil sings:

though in bad

taste,

and

in

The victim ox, that was for altars prest, Trimm'd with white ribbons and with garlands Sunk of himself, without the gods' command.
Preventing the slow
sacrificer's h.and."

drest,

bas by a polytheistic population.


'

It should

be here noted, that nvTcav, as connected with


repudiated as a spurious reading by Gb., Sch.,
'"

Dryuen's
is

Virgil.

noXews,
Ln., Tf.

city, is

after rov ^ws, stands in apposition with it. were placed under the protection of some particular deitj-, and the image of that deity placed at the entrance, address of Paul and Barnabas, and the rending of their own to signify that ho was the guardian and protector. To garments.

Tov

oi'Tog,

Many

cities

To them a supplement essential to the proper conception of the discourse of Paul and Barnabas, reported in verses 14-18, which every reflecting reader must keep in his mind, as necessary to his apprehension of the point and drift of the

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.
01

CHAP. XIV.
REVISED VERSION.
the Apostles, Barnabas and Paul, heard, they rent avtheir clothes, "and leaped forth

99

GKEEK TEXT.
oLTToaToXoL Bapva^as kou JTav- when

14 TV/iich when the apostles, Barnabas and Paul, heard of, they rent their clothes, and ran in among the people, crying out, 15 And saying. Sirs, why do ye these things? We also are men of like passions with you, and preach unto you, that ye should turn from these vanities unto the living God, which made heaven, and earth, and the sea, and all things that are therein
:

Aof, 8iappi]^avTs ra 'ifiaTia

TMu

elcreTn^drjaav ely tov o^Kov,


^^

Kpa^ovTds

KOU XeyovTe?,

'

Av-

into

the crowd, crying out, and saying, Why do you do


these things?

15

8pS, TL TCLVTa 7rOlLT ;

Kol

rjfXeif

We

are

men

o/xoLOTradfh
TTOi,

icrp-ev

v/uuv

av6pco- of

evayyeXL^ojxevoL

upLas

like nature with yourairo selves, declaring to you glad

TOVTCou
iirl
Tjcre

Tav pLaralmv

iTna-Tpe(l)iu tidings, that


eTTOi-

you should turn


to

TOV Oeov tov ^avTa, b?

from
living

these vanities

the the

TTjv

16
all

Who

in times past suffered

nations to

walk

in their

own

avToIs'
vrxLS

God, TOV oupavov and heaven, OaXaaaav kou iravTa Ta ev and sea, the ^^
/cat ttjv yrjv Kai

who made
^all

the earth, and things that


in 'the ages ic

o? eV Tat?

7rapa)-)(r]p.i-

are iu

them

who,

ways.

yeveah eiaae iravTa Ta idvrj

past, suffered all the nations

TTopeveaduL tols 68ol? avTcov 17 Nevertheless he left not ^^ Kai Toi ye ovk apcapTvpov iavhimself without witness, in that he did good, and gave us rain Tov d(pT]Kv, ayadoTTOicov, ovpavofrom heaven, and fruitful seasons, dev rjplv veTOVS SiSovf Kai Kaipovs filling our hearts with food and Kapirocpopov?, IpirLTrXwv Tpo(pr]s
gladness.

KapSiay v(ppoavvr]9 Tas these sayings Kai ^^ scarce restrained they the peo- rjfxcov. Kai TavTa XeyovTes, ple, that they had not done sa- /xoXis KaTciravaav tovs o^Xous
IS

And with

crifice

unto tliem.

19
certain

And

tliere

came

thither

TOV

pLT]
'

dveiv auToly.
Se
airo 'AvTio-

Jews from Antioch, and

^^

JETTrjXOov
/cat

Iconium,

who

persuaded

the ^eiay

'IkovIov 'lovSaioi, Kai

go on in their own ways. Nevertheless, he did not leave himself without 'testimony, in that he did good, and gave you rain from heaven, and fruitful seasons, filling your hearts with 'food and gladness. And they "with these sayings scarcely restrained the people, that they did not offer sacrifice to them. "Then Jews came over from Antioch and Iconium; and having persua'to

17

is

19

"

For

etac7tr]Sr^aav,

Gb., Sch., Ln.,

Tf.,

substitute e^snr^Sr,:

onv.

Men
"

They leaped out into the crowd exclaiming and saying why do you do these things ?
are men,
soficv

AfiaQTVQos,

re, enclitic, gives point and pungency to this expression. is an uTta^ Xeyoftevov, in this book, but in this
it
is

sense

found in .Josephus Antiq. 14


;

7,

Plutarch de
Better col-

We

avd'^mnoi

bfioionad'ti.s

iuiv,

of

Solent Anim. 23

Thuc. 2
'
:

41.

Doing good, &c.

passions similar to yourselves, evayysXi^o/ievoi, announcing to

located in English thus


{vfitv

And

yet, indeed, doing good, giving

you glad
and the
p

tidings, that

ties to the living


sea,

you should turn away from these vaniGod, who has made the heaven, and the earth,
all

instead of ruif, Gb., Sch., Ln.Tf. omits both) to


filling

you
not

rain

and

things that are in them.

from heaven and fruitful seasons, !]fia)v) hearts with food and gladness."

your

{ificov

To

jr)',

whole Universe,

was an abbreviated formula representing the in the Aristotelian age. Ta navra, and Ttavra
;

The heart

receives not food


all

but, rhetorically, the heart

is

the receptacle of

comfort; hence the fullest expression of

Ta, are not always identical in sense

the latter ra has someis

the satisfied desires of every category.


" Tavra leyofxee, saying these things they, with difficulty {itohs from fioXo;, labor), restrained the multitude from ofler-

times the position and power of a relative pronoun, which

the case here.

Therefore, in this case,

we

prefer " all things

ihal are in them, to all things in

them ".
found only in

ing sacrifice to them.


Ila^coxri/ievats,

from

Tta^oiyo/iat, preteritus,

this place N. T., indicative of ages long since, or fully passed

'

Then

{Se)

Jews

{e7ir^).&of)

came over from Antioch and

away.

Iconium,
in their

y.ai

neiaavres, and having persuaded rovi oylovs, the

UoQmaad-ui, not properly "to ivalk


to

own way,"

multitudes.

Translators are almost equally divided in presentin the

rather

go on

in their

own

course.

ing this in singular and plural, mullilude and multitudes. Being

Kai

TOL ye ovv. a/in^rvQor, etc.

And

yet, indeed,

not leave himself unattested.

he did plural in all the best texts, we deem it proper to appear same number in the version, as in the original.
1

100

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSION.

CHAP. XIV.
REVISED VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.

people, and having stoned Paul, ireicrai'Te^ tov9 6)(\ouf, Koi \ida- ded 'the multitudes, and havdrew him out of the city, sup- (javTt^ Tov IlavXov, kavpov e^co ing stoned Paul, they were

posing he had been dead.

Ti]^

TToAewy,

2U Ilowbeit, as the disciples stood round about him, he rose up, and came into the city and the next day he departed with Barnabas to Derbe. 21 And when they had preached the gospel to that city, and had taught many, they returned agnin to Lystra, and to Iconium, and Antioch, 22 Confirming the souls of the disciples, and exhorting them to continue in the faith, and tliat we must through much tribula:

TeOvavaL.

avTou

Twv

avrov dragging him out of the city, supposing that he "was dead. KVKXocKjavrav 8e But, while the disciples were jj.adijTai', duaaras
voiiLaavn?
standing
Tiji'

20

elarjXdev el?
eTravpiov

ttoXlv

koI

rfj

i^i^Xde

aw
"^

tm liapevayyeXieKeiurjv,

vdjia ety Aep^r]v.

aapevo'i re

rrjv

iroXiv

Koi pLaOrjTevaavTes iKauovf, virearpeyj/au


'

eh
'

Tr)u

Avarpav

kol
eiri-

Ikovlov kol AvTLoy^eiav


aTrjpL^ovres ras
^j/v)(as tujv

paOijrrj

Tav irapaKaXovvTes eppevetv


^eatv hel

tiou enter into the

kingdom of

TTLarei, kol otl Sta jroXXiou 6X1-

Tjjxas elaeXOelv els ri]u they had or- ^aaiXeLCLv tov Oeov. '" much tribulation, enter into X^'P' dained them elders in every And, 23 the kingdom of God. TovrjcravTe? 8e avTois Trpea^vrechurch, and had prayed with having appointed for them eldfasting, they commended them pov? Kar eKKXrjalav, Trpocrev^d- ers in every congregation, to the Lord, on whom they be- pevoL pera vqaTeicof, irapeOevTO and having prayed with fastlieved. avTOvs Tco Kvpico ei? ou TreTricrTev- ings, they commended them to 24 And after they had passed the Lord, in whom they be"'^ KeLcrav. /cat ^LeXOovres ttjv throughout Pisidia, they came lieved. And, having passed 24 JIicnSLav, riXOov el? JIap({)vXiai^- through Pisidia, they came to to Pamphilia. 25 And when they had preach- "" Kol XaXrjcravTes ev Uepyr) tov Pamphylia. And when they 25 ed the word in Perga, they went Xoyov, KaTejirjaav els Attu- had spoken the word in down into Attalia: down into ^ Xeiav KUKeWev direTrXevaav Perga, they went 26 And thence sailed to AnAttalia and thence they sail- 26 tioch, from whence they had els AvTio-^^eiav, hOev rjaav irapa- ed to Antioch, whence they been recommended to the grace SeSopevoi TT] -^apiTL tov Oeov els had been commended to the of God, for the work which they TO epyou eTrXrjpcocrau. irapa- grace of God, lor the work fulfilled. which they performed. yevopevoL 5e kol avvayayovTes 27 And when they were come, And when they came, and 2T and had gathered the church to- Tr]v eKKXrjaiav, dvi^yyeiXav ocra had assembled the congregagether, they rehearsed all that eiroi-qcrev 6 Oeos peT avTwv, kolL tion, they rehearsed all that God had done with them, and oTL ijvoL^e Tois eOveaL Qvpav tt'l- God had done with them, liow he had opened the door of and that he had opened a (TTeu)s. Sierpifiou Se eKel XP^' faith unto the Gentiles. door of faith to the nations. tois paOr)- And they continued no little 28 2S And there they abode long vov ovK oXiyov time with the disciples. Tois. time with the disciples.

God. 23

about him, rising up, he entered into the city. And the next day he went out with Barnabas into Derbe. And when they had announced the glad tidings to that city, and made many disciples, they returned into Lystra, and Iconium, and Antioch, confirming the souls of the disciples, exhorting them to continue in the faith, saying that we must, through

21

22

And when

'

'

'^

aw

" " Thai he had


reckless of
all

been, dead,'' is

not only ambiguous, but seen.


I

the texts, ancient and modern, that

They had not dragged, but, according to we have dragging him out of the city, when he revived.
|

the test, were

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. CHAP. XV.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

101

GREEK TEXT.
CHAP. XV.

HEVISED VERSION.
CHAP. XV.

CHAP. XV.

And certain down from Judea, taught

men which came

KAI
'

Tives KareXOovres airo


iSlSacTKOi'

And

certain 'persons that

the TYjs

IovSaia9,

brethren, and said, Except ye be dSeXcpovf, circumcised after the manner of t(S
vrjcrde

On
edei

eav

/xt]

tovs came down from Judea, taught the brethren, saying; Unless TrepLTe/x-

Mcovaea^, ov 8v-

Jloses,

vaade cradrjvai. revofxevrjf When, therefore, be saved. AVhen therefore Paul and ovv (jTaaews kou av^r^Trjaeais Paul and Barnabas had no Barnabas had no small dissension ovK oXLyrjs rcS HavXco kou tcS little ^dissension and discusand disputation with tliem, the}' Bapva^a irpo^ avTOvs, era^av sion with them, they deterdetermined that Paul and Barava^aiveLV HavXou kou Bapva- mined that Paul and Barnanabas, and certain otlier of them, bas and certain others of should go up to Jerusalem unto I3av Kai rivas a'AAouy i^ avTcov them, should go up into Jeruthe apostles and elders about this Kpos Tovf diroaToXov^ koI irpesalem to the Apostles and
2
question.

}'e

cannot be saved.

you are circumcised after the custom of Jloses, you cannot

o-(3vTpouf

eh lepovaaXrjpL,

Trepl

ol p.ev being brought on their Tov ^rjTTjfjiaTOi TOVTOV. way by the church, they passed ovv 7rpo7rfJ.(j)6i'Te? vtto rrji e/cthrougli Phenice and Samaria, KXrjo-iaf, ^L-qp^ovTO ttjv ^olv'lktjv declaring the conversion of the Koi ^apapeiav, eKSLrjyovp.evoi ttju Gentiles and they caused great eTrLaTpo(pi]v tusv eOvwv kou fTroijoy unto all the bretliren. ovv yapav peyaXTjv irdai rols 4 And when they were come dSeXcpoh. 7rapayevop.voL 8e to Jerusalem, they were receiveh IepovcraXi]p, aTTebe^Orjaav ed of the church, and of the apostles and elders, and they de- VTTO TTjs eKKXrjalas Kol rai> diroclared all things that God had (TToXwv KUL Tcoif TTpeafivTepoii',

And

elders

about

this

question.

And being brought on their way by the 'congregation, they


passed through Phenicia Samaria, declaring the version of the Gentiles caused great joy to all brethren.
;

and
con-

and
the

And when they were come


into

Jerusalem, 'they were received by the congregation, and by the Apostles and elders, and they declared all things
that

done with them.


" Tig, aliquis, ztyeg,

avtiyyeiXav re oaa 6 Oeos


certain persons.

eiroL-

God had done by them.

Tlie masculine gender yVe sometimes substitute persons. Tives xartXO'orTeg, Certain men coming down, Wes. " Had gone down,'' Penn. " Some who came down," Wakef. " Came down," Murd., Thomp. " Came," Dodd. Atio iiji lovSains, from Judea (to Antioch understood), iSiSaay.uv rovg
is

stance

it is

represented by reasoning, and in this chapter by

most worthy

in all such cases.

disputation and disputing.

The verb avt,r,rE<o is in favor with .John Mark, occurring six times in his gospel, and onlj' four times in Luke's writings.
In Mark, com.
ver., it
is

five

times represented hy question,

aScXyiovs

hyoi-ree,

after tbtHaaxov

must be

supplied, in

and once by reason. But the V. 7, in some manuscripts,

for av^rjrriOtcag, in this place,


it is ^ijTriaecog,

and

in

which occurs

in this

sense, that the following 6ti

may

redound, Kuinoel.

Tea e&ei

sense, at least six times in the Christian Scriptures.


'

Meovaecos, in the

manner Moses
preferred
it

prescribed, or, prescribed

by

01

fiev

ovv nooTttfttfd'evteg vJto


1 Cor.

t/;s ey.x}.r,aiag.

Moses.
ITeoiTfir^drire
is

Hammond, on
as supported

10

11, interpret these

Griesbach regards
eS'et,
y

by Ln. and Tf. by good

to neQiTCfii'Tjad's.
authorities.

igilur ah ecclesia honorifice dedacli.

Some, as words thus: Hi Morus and Heinrichsius

Tio

so interpret them,

i.e. "

they

ice.re

according to the custom.

revofiEvr/g ovv araaeaig

uvTovg controversia

Dative of the manner.


et

provisions for the journey.^'

sent away with, all necessary But no passage can be adduced

disputacitizens

lione acri.

In ch. 14
:

4,

we

find a schism

amongst the

from any writer of respectability to sustain such an interpretation. JJ^one/itTiio, in its eight other occurrences in N. T., is

and

in

Acts 23

Sadducees.

7, a similar one between the Pharisees and tlie represented b}' accompany, conduct, or hring forward, a person ^Taaig occurs four times in the book of Acts, on a journey, Xen. Cyr. I. 4, 25 Homer's Odys. E. 37, 140, are
;

and only four times in all other portions of the Christian quoted to sustain this interpretation. But their poetry, or In com. ver. it is represented by insurrection, se- their prose, is quite out of place in Luke's horizon. Scriptures.
dition, dissension, special

uproar

meaning, in any given

and once by standing. Hence its case, depends upon its contest.
29
in this last in-

'

AnsSexd-ijaav, they were kindly, or benignantly received.


:

In ch. 2

41,

and

in ch. 21

17,

we

find aofievmg before

tde-

Zv^r,rriaig

occurs twice in this chapter, and only once beside

^aino, rather anESs^avro, according to Ln.,

Tf

in the Christian

Writings, Acts ch. 28

102

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSION.

CHAP. XV.
REVISED VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.
5 "

e^aviarrjaav But "some of the sect of the sect of the Pharisees, which 84 TLVe9 TOiV UTTO Trj? a\paC09 the Pharisees, who believed,
certain of ^](Te fier avrcou.

5 But

tliere rose

up

believed, saying. That it vfas Twv ^apLaaicov TreinaTevKOTes, needful to circumcise them, and Xeyovres, Set TrepiTefiueip to command than to keep the avTOus, TrapayyeXXeiv re rripuv law of Moses. Tov vop.ov MwvaiOis. 6 And the apostles and elders Swi'i^Oii^aav be ol aTroarocame together for to consider XoL Kol ol TrpeafivrepoL ISeiu irepl of this matter. ^ TToAA?;? TOV XoyOU TOVTOU. ^6 7 And when there had been

rose up, saying, that

it

was

On

necessary to 'circumcise them,

and to command them to keep


the law of Moses.

And
elders
sider

the

Apostles
to

and
con-

came together
of
this

much

av^ijTy'jaecos yevop,f:vrjs,
disiiutiiig,

Peter rose

uj^

auaaras when

there

And had been much


matter.
;

"Peter rose up and said unto them, Men and Brethren, brethren, ye know how that a Spef udeXcjjoi, v/xeLS (Trlaraade and said to them upy^ctLcov a.<p rjfjLepaiu hrt 6 Oeo^ you know that at first God good while ago, God made choice among us, that the Gentiles, by eV i]piv e^eXe^aro Sia rod aro- made choice 'among us, that
discussion,

IliTpoi

elire

irpos

avrovs,

Av-

mouth, should hear the word paros pou aKOvaai ra of the gospel, and believe. Xoyov Tou euayyeXlov,
'*

my

eOvrj
/cat

tov the Gentiles, by


ttl-

my

mouth,

should hear the

word of the

K^nTEOTr^acw Se Tires tojv arto


;

rrjg

nlpeoEcos

rtoi>

0a^i;

oatcov

But
or,

tliere

arose some of the sect of the Pharisees

or

thought that it was necessary to command them to circumcise, and to keep the law of Moses.
A'iQcaris.

But

certain persons of the sect of the Pharisees


;

who

believed,

The Pharisees and the Sadducees constituted each


Hence, in
v. 5,

But there arose some of those from the sect of the Pharisees." " Thereupon some of the sect of the Pharisees who believed, rose up, and said," Thomp. " But Bome of the sect of the Pharisees that believed, rose up and said," Dodd. ''And they related how certain believers of the sect of the Pharisees had risen up, and said," Wakef. "But
arose
there rose up, said they, certain of the sect

with Ilackett.

'

an heresy or an al^eais.

we

read of certain per-

sons of the heresy or sect of the Pharisees.


ian

Converted Phari-

sees constituted the first heretics or heresiarchs in the Christ-

Church

or translated from the synagogue to the church

Like all Heretics, in all ages, they were sensitive and tenacious of their respective peculiarities. of the Pharisees Hence their tenacity of certain Jewish rites and ceremonies.
their respective theories.

sect (or They had the honor of occasioning tlie first Christian convenand said," tion. They were punctiliously sensitive of the claims of Moses, " But some of the sect of the Pharisees who had be- and his law of ceremonies. Slurd. Thus, in Jerusalem, they placed lieved, arose, saying," Penn. "And there arose certaine of themselves under the shield of Moses and Abraham. ' Their central dogma is in the following words the heresie of the Pharisees that believed, saying," Ilheims. on Sat ttc^i" But sayed the}-, certaine of the secte of the Phariscs rose Tf itrsn' avrovs, TTft^ayyeV.stv rs rr^^eiv rov vouov Mcovaeto^. It " Then rose up behooved them first to be circumcised, and then to keep the up, which dyd beleue, saying," Geneva. certayne of the Secte of the Pharises which did beleue, say- law of Moses. They must be subjected to circumcision, and " Then arose ther op certayne that were of keep the law. ing," Cranmer. Such was the issue circumcision and the law the secte of the Pharises and dyd beleve sayinge," Tyndale. of Moses. " Bnt summe of the eresie of farisies that bileuden, risen up ^ AvnoTas ITeT(io;. In possession of the floor, Peter opens. and seiden," Wicklitle. Such is the scale-descending of thir- AfS^ES aSilfoi. More implicated than any other man in that teen English versions, as quoted, upon one of the most assembi}'. having immersed the Gentiles by a special command, transparent verses in the Christian Scriptures. The changes without any conference, or agreement with any other Apostle.

who

believed," Wesley.

"And some who from the

doctrine) of the Pharisees, had believed, rose up,

in

orthography are not much greater than the changes in the


so far as perspicuity,
precision,

sense,

Hence his apology, 6 Qeos ev iifiiv e^eXeiazo Sea rov orouaand force are con- Tog /tov axoi'aai ra e&t'Tj rov Xoyov rov evayyeXtov, y.ai TrtOTEvaat.

sidered.

' and those from a sect that Ei> ii/iiv, is better sustained in this passage than ev v/itv, believed equivalent, or exactly equivalent, alike detinite and preferred by Ln,, Tf. Peter modestly uses the plural. It is, ])erspicuous ? Are "believers of the sect of the Pharisees," and indeed, a Hebraism. (Hebra?i enim verbo -,n3 comitem ad-

Are those o/a sect that

believed,

"

some of the Pharisees that

believed," tantamount and equally


Is currency coin, or are cur?

dere solent prippositionem a


cui placuit probalus fuil

definite indications of position?

Nehemiah 9 Abrahamus.
;

7,

D'nasa Pi"in3
1

^CX

Add
:

Chronicles

rency and coin convertible terms

Literally, the Pharisees

28

4, 5.

The Septuagint renders

it

thus

tithiaro ev efiot

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. XV.
REVISED VERSION.

103

GREEK TEXT.

8 And God, which knoweth arevcrai. koI 6 KapSioyj^coarr}? the hearts, bare them witness, 0os ifiapTvp-qcrev avrol^, 8ov9 giving them the Holy Ghost, avTOLs TO Ilvevuoi to Ayiov, even as he did unto us Kadcos Kou rjfXLw ^ koll ovSeu Sie9 And put no difference between us and them, purifying Kpive p,eTa^v rip.6Jv re kol avrav,
:

And 'God, the hearts, bore them testimony, giving them the Holy Spirit, even as to
Gospel, and believe.

who knows

their hearts

by

faith.

therefore why tempt ye God, to put a yoke upon the neck of the disciples, which neither our fatliers nor we vv'ere able to bearV

10

Now

11

But

we

believe,

that

us; and put no difference between us and them, having Tij TriaTei KaOapiaas Tag KapSia? purified their hearts by the 10 ,.,"" vuv avT(t)u. ovu TL Treipd^eTe faith. Now, therefore, why Tou Oeov, iirideLvai ^vyov eTTL do you try God by putting '> Tov Tpa^rjXov twv piadrjTatv, ov a yoke upon the neck of the ovTe ol iraTepef i^p.u)u ovt rjpeis disciples, which neither our ^^ Lar)(vaap.eu (3aaTaaaL,ccAAa fathers, nor we, were able to

lo

through the grace of the Lord Jesus Christ, we shall be saved, even as they. 12 Then all the multitude kept silence, and gave audience to Barnabas and Paul, declaring what miracles and wonders God
liad

Sia TTjs ^apiTos

Kvpiov

'Ii-jcrov

bear? But, ^through the grace


of the Lord Jesus,

XpiaTov
yrjae
rjKOvou

TTLaTevopLiv

we

believe

crcoOJjvai,
^"
'

that

KaO' ov rpoTTOv KUKeiPoi.


Se

Eal-

we

shall

be saved, even
12

as they.

wdu

to

TrAydog,
Ka\

Bapvafia

kol Then all the multitude JJavXov were silent, and heard Barna6

wrought among the Gentiles

e^r/yov/jLei/cov

oaa

eTroirjaeu

bas and Paul declaring wjjat


''signs

by them.
13

Oeos
after

arjfxela

they had held tOveaL Si their peace, James answered, say- to And after they were si(TLyrja-aL avTOvs, aireKpLOrj ing. Men amd brethren, hearken IaKco^09, Xeycov, AvSpey a8eX- lent, James addressed them, unto me. saying 'Brethren, hearken ^^ Svpeau to me. Simeon has declar14 Simeon hath declared how (jiol, OLKOvaaTe fxov. God at the first did visit the i^Tjy7]craT0, Kadtos ivpwTov 6 Oeos ed how God first visited
' ;

And

kol TepaTa iv toIs wrought ^'^ avTcou. MeTo. 8e by them.

and wonders God had

among

the Gentiles
13

14

eivai fiaatXea.

E'^ilciUTO tv

olouwv

tc) vlo) y.n^iattt (avroi')


T., p. 602.

sovereign, or special before

it,

because
It

all

grace

is

necessarily

tni 9^ovov.

Vide Vorstius de Hebraism. N.

See sovereign, special, and free.


greater,

also Kuincel iu loco.


f

and greatest

may, in degrees, be great, but, uniformly, it is free and sovereign.


;

Not convertible terms all signs are Confessing judgment, he pleads his justification on not wonders, nor are all wonders, signs ; neither are all mirathe basis of a Divine oracle, and of a Divine gift to the Gen- cles, signs, nor all signs, miracles. Stj/tewv, in some eighty octo
'

Kai

6 y.n^ScoyriooTrjg 0eog

Sovg

avrots to ITievua

^i;/iteia y.ai Tcprern.

'Ayiov.

am- currences in N. T., is some fifty times represented by sign; by the amplitude miracle more than twenty times, and occasionally bj' token, of his grace, but as more definite and exegetical he adds, xaS-mg tantamount to sign, and sometimes by wonder.
tiles,

even the to Ilvtvfia to 'Ayiov, in


It is

its greatest, largest

plitude.

not only the Holy Spirit

in all

xac

rifiir,

even as to us, Jews


ttiotcc

and

still

more

pleonasticall}',

he
'

Ai'S^tg aSelfoi.

adds,

Ti;

xa!fa^iaag Tag y.a(>Siag avTwr, having purified

ASelfoi, in some three hundred and


is

filty

occurrences in N. T.
Arr^Q
is,

Ihcir hearts
^

by the faith.
is

represented by brother, or brethren. some two hundred and twenty times, represented by
iu reference

X^ioTov

here omitted by Gb., Sch. and


-/
Tr;g yjiotTog,

Tf.

Lord Jesus man; and,


fifty

to married men,

by husband, some

is all sufficient.

the charily.

This word has

times.

obtained a very latitudinarian currency in the N. T., com. ver.

When

avSpsg aSeXfoi occur, as they do only in this book of


it

being represented by ten words :/(;TOr, grace, thaiik. pleasure,


libcralily,
benefit, joy,

Acts, and in

some twelve

times,

we

represent them together

this formula, and on Pentecost the converts caught it and used it. Stephen used formly represented by gift ; and x''^Qi%,ofiai by gi'ce, frankly it, but with the addition of the -wovd fathers '^Brethren and AVere we at liberty to select any one Fathers." Because arS^eg equally applies to both, and is abforgive, grant, deliver. term, to the e.xclusion of every other, we should give our sorbed alike in both, we prefer, Brethren and Fathers." So

thankworthy,

gift,

acceptable

while by the
uni-

word

brethren.

Peter introduced

from the same root, yaQia/ia, occuring seventeen times,

is

''

suffrage for favor.

In our present currency,

it

would be Paul uses them Acts 13


:

15

22 21
:

13

2C, 38

23

1,

adequate to the scope of the original.

We

should not place 28

17.

104

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. CHAP. XV.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.

Gentiles, to take out of them a eireaKi-^aTO e^ eOvav the Gentiles, 'to take out of Xafielv people for his name. Aaov ewt Tip ovoixaTL avrov. them, a people for his name. 15 And to tliis agree the Kac TOVTcp o-v/j.cpcoi'ovcnu ol And with this the words of words of the prophets as it is AoyoL T(oi> TTpo(j)riT(ov, Kadcos ye- the prophets agree as it is
;
;

15

^'* ypaiTTai, Mera ravra avaAfter this I will return, <TTpe\l/a) Kol di'OLKoSo/j.i'jcrco rrju and will build aarain the tabernacle of David which is fallen (TK-qvi^u AajBlS Trjv TreirTCOKvlav down and I will build again KaL ra KaTiaKaixjxeva avrrjs avoL-

written,

10

written. After this I will return, and will rebuild the 'ta-

ig

bernacle of David nvhich


fallen

is

down, and
its

v\'ill

re-

the ruins thereof, and I will set Ko8ofn]<Tco, KOL aifopOuiau) avTrjv
it

build
it

ruins,
;

and

will
rest 17

up
17
Tliat the residue of
after tlie Lord,

17

r/

,\

OTTM? av eK(^i}Tr]crcocnv ol nara- set


ritv

i-

up

that

'"the

men
and

XoiTTOi

avdpunrcDV tov

might seek
all

Kv-

of

men may

seek after the


the natious,
is ciill-

the Gentiles,
is

upon

whom my
are all

pLOv, KaL TTavTa


tTTLKeKXi^Tai

name

called, saith the Lord,


all

TO

ra idvq, id) ouy Lord, even ovopa p,ov eV upon whom


KvpLO?
^^

all

my name

who
IS

doeth

these things.

avTOVS'

XeyeL

ttolcov

ed, says the Lord,


all

who

does
to 18

Known

unto

God

ravra iravra.
To
take

rvwara
Amos

air

these things.

"Known

AafiEiv t^ Ei^viov Xnov

STtt

rqj ovofiaTi avrov.

senmilller,

2.

But

ay.r,v)] is

put for any sort of house.


in other places

out of the nations a people fur his name. Rejected by Ln., Tf., Gb.

em.

is

redundant.

Here

it is

an image of the kingdom of David, as

an image of mount Zion, on which David's palace stood. Virtu-

Upon liis name, is a literal version of trci. tm ovoficm ni- ally, it represents the original political state of the nation. See ' To take from among them a people for his name," Kuinoel on this passage. Thomp. ' To take out of them a people fur his name," Wakef. xnTaay.anrio, found here, and in Rom. Knreay.a/ifieva "To elect a people for his name out of the Gentiles," Murd. 11:3, pcrf. part. pas. Its root is oxanno, diruo, ruins. " To take out from them a people for his name," Penn. " To fodio, that which has fallen to the ground and which is dug take out of them a people for his name," Wes., Booth. " To take up. Ta xareaxaftfieia, diruta, is found in the Alexandrian from among them a people /or the honor o/"his name," Dodd. So, ver., Amos 9 1, 12. " I will restore its ruins," Wiikef. Some substantially, are all the versions that we have seen. For the recognize here, the Hebr.aism which converts the first of two glory of his name, being the God of the Gentiles as well as of verbs into an adverb, qualifying the second. "I will again rethe Jews, he commanded his Gospel to be announced to all build," Meyer. De Wette and Winer reject that explanation.
Tov
1

nations, intending thereby, as a

of

all

the tribes

means to an end, to collect out Ilackett also and so do we. " I will build again its ruins," and nationalities of earth one new com- Penn. ' Restore its ruins," Wakef. Too ambiguous, or
;

munity.

elliptical.

" I

will

build .again the ruins thereof," Wesley.


in ruins in it,"

This amounts to no more than his commission to the Apostles indicates " Treach the gospel to every creature," the whole
:

"

That which was

Murd.

01 yaiaXotTiot tcov ar&^iOTtcoi' tov Kvotoi',

The question here is upon em, which is repu- ed'iTj, erp ovs emy.exXijrairo ovofiaiiov en avrovs " The residue diated by Ln., Tf. and is by Gb. regarded as a probable of men." KaraXomoi. is found only in this place in the N. T.,
race.
;

human

y.at TTai-ra

ra

omission, which, indeed, very


for his

little affects

the sense

a people

representing

all

the woi'ld be3'ond the Jews.

This passage
"'

name

i.s,

without em,
is,

fairly indicated.

represents the whole Gentile world, and intimates their partitranslated by, at,
cipation in
tliis

Em,

with the dative, In


its

in the

com.

ver.,

salvation in

common with

the .Jews.

God

is

more than one thousand two hundred oc- immutable, and hath decreed an awnos, olim, anlifjuissimis currences in the N. T. it is frequently, uith the dative, repretemporibus, regnura condere, in quod non tantum Judaji sed sented by in. In the single book of the Acts, in a hundred and etiam Gentiles, sine legis ritualis observatione reciperentur.
unto, in, of.

seventy

five occurrences, it is

found in construction with the In other words, he willed

tliat

not only the Jews, but also unpeculiar people,

genitive, accusative,

and

dative,

and

is

frequently represented,

cireumcised Gentiles, should belong to his


Kuinccl, in loco.

com.

ver.,

by

in, on,

ccetum, qui esset

Dcus inter Gentiles sibi coUegit populus Dei peculiaris sicut olim ludeei,^^
or upon.

Kuin.
idioms,
'

In

this

view,

we

fully concur.
p. 612.

Vigerus on Grecian

De

Tijv axr;it;v jJajiiS.

ing a tent

ed. 1824. " rfioain an aicofos, textus receptus, (eari rco 0e(o naria answers to Hebrew ri3B indicat- ra e^ya avrov) Griesbach's reading, Kuin. " To God are woven of leaves or reeds, in use among shepherds, Ro- known all his works from eternity," Thomp. "Known unto
l^yr^vr]

prepositione,

em,

London

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
his
tlie

CHAP. XV.
REVISED VERSION.

105

VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.
icTTL

works from the beginning of alwvos


world.
tpyoi

Tw OecS
oio

Tvavra
eyco

to.

God from
works.

everlasting are all

avTov.

Kpivco his

twv judgment is, not to trouble that we trouble not them, which 7rt rou those who from among the edvuiv iTTiaTpecpova-ii' from among the Gentiles are ^^ akXa iiriaTelXai avTOif Gentiles turn to God but to O^dv turned to God: Tov OLTre^eaOaL airo tQ)V aKiayr]- write to them, that they ab20 But that we write unto stain from pollutions of the them that they abstain from parcov Twv elScoXcou /cat Trjs iropis,
fjirj

19 Wherefore

my sentence

"Wherefore

my

19

Trapevo)(\elv

rols

uiro

20

pfornication, and idols, and pollutions of idols, and from for- velas Kcd rod ttulktov /cat tov althings strangled, and blood. nication, and from tilings stran- paros. 3fcoarjf yap eK yevecov For, 'from ancient times, Mo- 21 gled, and from blood. ap^alcov Kara ttoXlv tovs KTjpvacity, those yi For Moses of old time aovra^ avTOU kyL iv tols crvva- ses has, in every

who preach him, being read hath in every city them that ycdyalg Kara Ttav aafS^aTOP auathe synagogues every sabin preach him, being read in the yLvuxTKop^vog. bath. synagogues every sabbath-day. Tore eSo^e tols caroaToXoLS Then it pleased the Apos22 Then pleased it the apostles and elders, with the whole Koi Tols TTpea^vTepoLs (Tvv oXrj ties and the elders, with the church, to send chosen men of Trj iKKXj](rLa, eKXe^apeuovs av- whole congregation, to send
their
;

22

own company to Antioch, Spas e'^ avTmv iTip^ai ety Av- 'chosen men, from among with Paul and Barnabas namc- Tio^eiav tcS JJavXco kol themselves, to Antioch, with Judas, lij, Judas surnamed Barsabas, Bapvafia, 'lovSau tov iiTLKaXov- Paul and Barnabas and Silas, surnamed Barsabas, and Silas, chief men among the pevov Bapaa^av, kou SiXav, avthe brethleading men among brethren

aw

23

And
after

they wrote
this

letters
;

by

8pas

rjyovp.ei'ovs
'^^

^v

tols

aSeX-

ren.

And

they

them
ren,

manner

The

(pols,

ypdyj/avTes

Slu

)(Lpos

them these words:

The Aposin

wrote

by

23

apostles,

and elders, and breth- avToou TaSe, 01 airoaToXoL /cat tles, and elders, and "brethgreeting unto the ol 'irpeafivTipOL kol ol dSeXcpo)., ren, greeting To the brethsend

brethren which are of the Geu- TOLS

KaTa

Ti]v

'

AvTLoyetav

Kol ren

of the Gentiles

An-

God

are

all

his

works from

eteruitj',"

Wes.

"Who made
Known Known from
"
etc.,

pretation, but in its full amplitude, or generic acceptation in

these things

known from

the beginning," Penn.

sacred literature.
1

from of old are the works of God," JIurd. " " Known, the beginning of the world," Wakef.

Moses

has them that {v.r,Qvaaovxue avToi

are preach-

from the ing him, not SiSaaxorras teaching him. The words are never beginning of the world," Dodd. Eari, to/ 0eco Ttnvra ra sQya confounded, nor substituted the one for the other, in the ChristttVTov, omitted by Gb., and Tf. To me, of doubtful authority. ian Scriptures. Preaching and teaching Christ are as distinct The as making or gaining disciples is from leaching them. It is a true oracle, but here unnecessary.
preacher's work and the teacher's work are frequently contraWes. "Therefore In the case of the distinguished in the Apostolic currency. "My opinion is," Wakef. " My judg- synagogues in opposition to Jesus, they proclaimed the divine I say to you," Mur. ment is," Penn. " I judge," Hack. Therefore' it is my judg- mission of Moses, and claimed authority for him against the ment," Thomp. " Wherefore my judgment is," Dodd. claims of Jesus the Nazarene. Hence we are informed that r IIoqtEia, fornication. Various substitutes for this word daily in the temple, and from house to house, they ceased

Jio

tyco KQivco.

" Wherefore I judge,"

'

''

have been proposed.


hire (Deut. 23

See Kuinoel.

this of victims olfered bj'


:

and to preach Jesus, the Christ," SiSaaxopres xai prostitutes out of their scandalous EvayysXi^o/xEvot Itjaovi' ror J^^toroz'.

M. L'Enfant explains not


beautiful sense.
'

to leach

18) which, he says,

makes a

Heinsius, at large, vindicates this interpretation, and shows ject of the governing verb

ExleSafterovg passes into the accusative, because the obaTtoaraXoi^ serves, at the same time,
;

that Athanasius uses TioQveia for TtoQvixrj &vaia, Doddridge.

" as

Kuinoel gives some six columns of dissertations on the acceptations of this word, backed by eminent names.
Rosenmiiller, Moras, and other distinguished names,
cur, that this

the subject of the infinitive," Ilackett. " For Silas, in the 2dag, SiActs, we have always Silvanus in the Epistles."
;

With we con-

Xovnvos
'

Knt

ol before

the former his Jewish, the latter his Gentile name. aSehpoi is omitted by Ln. (Gb. marks it as a

word

is

not to be taken in any private inter- probable omission).

lOG

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. XV.
REVISED VERSION.
a8eX(f)o'is

GREEK TEXT.
Kou

tiles

ill

Antioch, and Syria, and Svp'iav

KiXtKiav

tioch,
cia.

Cilicia.

24

Forasmucli as

we have

TOLs i^ iOuwp, -^atpeiv.

jEtt-

Since

and Syria, and Ciliwe have heard,


us,

24

that

you with words, subverting with words, subverting your yoi9, avacTKeva^ovres ras yj/v^as your souls, 'saying. You must souls, saying, Ye must be cirXeyovres TreptTefju'eadai be circumcised, and keep vjxav, cumcised, and keep the law to whom we gave to whom we gave no such com- KOU rripeiv tov vopov, oly ov die- the law no commandment it seemmandment e'So^ev i']piv yeaTeiXd/xeda25 It seemed good unto us, ed good to us, being assembeing assembled with one ac- vopivois bpo6vpa8ou, iKXe^a/xe- bled with one accord, to send cord, to send chosen men unto vovs avSpas Tre/xyf/aL Tvpos vpds, "chosen men to you, with our you, with our beloved Barnabas avu TOLS dyaTn-jTols i']pwv Sap- beloved Barnabas and Paul; and Paul vd^a Kca llauXco, " dv0pu>TTOis men who have hazarded their 26 Men that have hazarded lives for the name of our Lord their lives for the name of our TTapaSeScoKoai ras yl/v)(as avrcou Jesus Christ. We have sent, Lord Jesus Christ. virep Tov ovopaTos rov Kvptov therefore, Judas and Silas, who 27 We have sent therefore Ju- rjp.av 'I'i]aov Xpiarov. direalso themselves will tell you das and Silas, who shall also tell ardXKapev ovv Iov5au koL Slyou the same things by mouth. the same things by word of Xav, KOL auTOvs Btd Xoyov omay- mouth. For it seemed good to 28 For it seemed good to the Holy Ghost, and to us, to lay yeXXovras to, avrd. e'So^e the Holy Spirit, and to us, to upon you no greater burden yap Tco Ayico Uvevpari kol lay on you no greater burden
;
:

heard, that certain wliich went eiSj] rjKOvaafJiev otl rives e^ rj/jLcof out out from us, have troubled you i^eXOovTes irdpa^au vpas Xo-

some persons who went


from
have troubled

25

"^

2G

27

28

than those necessary things 29 That ye abstain from meats offered to idols, and from blood, and from things strangled, and from fornication: from which if ye keep yourselves, ye Fare ye well. shall do well. 30 So when they were dismissed, they came to Antioch and when they had gathered the multitude together, they delivered the epistle. 31 Which when they had read, they rejoiced for the con; ;

i]pii',

p-rj^iv

irXeov

eTriTiffeadat than these necessary things


20

solation.

32 And Judas and Silas, being prophets also themselves, exhorted the brethren with many words, and confirmed than. 33 And after they had tarried there a space, they were let go in peace from the brethren unto
the apostles.
*

vplv fiapos, ttXiju tcov iiravayKes To abstain from meats ofleridols, and from blood, uire^eadaL elScoXoBv- ed to TovTwv, and from things strangled, Tcof Kol a'tparos koI ttvlktov koL from and from fornication TTOpveias' i^ d>i> Starrjpovi'Tes which, if you keep yourselves, eppcoade. you will do well. eavTovs, fv Trpa^ere. Fare""^ 01 pilv ovv diToXvOevTes well. So, then, having been dismissed, they "came into yXdov eh Avrioy^eiav kol avvaAntioch and when they had yayovTes to ttXtjOos, eTreScoKav assembled the multitude, they " dvayvovres delivered the epistle Tr]v eTna-ToXrjv. and 8e, e')(apr]crav eirl rfj TrapaKXi^aei. having read it, they rejoiced And over the consolation. lovoas oe /cat 2^iXas, kul avJudas and Silas, being also Tol 7rpo(pT]TaL bvres, Sia Xoyov themselves prophets, exhortTToXXov irapeKaXeaav rovs d8eX- ed the brethren with many Uon]- words, and established them. (jjovs, /cat eTreaTrjpi^av. And after they had made some aavres 8e y(j3ovov, aireXvOrjaav dismissed, stay, they were per elpr]vi]s drro twv uSeXcpcov with "peace from the brethe8o^ ren to the 'Apostles. >But it TTyOOf Tovs aTTOcrToAow.
; '
:

30

31

32

33

34

AsyotTss
Ln., Tf.,

TjEQiTEftreoD'ctt yat rr;oti'


is

tov roitor

is

omitted

" Met
'

etor,vr^s,

with peace.

.Judas and Silas

now

return to

by

and by Gb.,

regarded as a probable omission.

Jerusalem.

Silas ne.\t appears

with Paul at Antioch.

" For exXe^a/tevovs, Ln. would substitute exXciafievoig, which Gb. marks as a reading not quite so strongly supported.
'

For anoOToXovs Gb.,


avTove, with

Sch., Ln., Tf. substitute aTrooreiX.ar-

Tctg
?

much
is

authority.
Tf.,

For

?;i,0-of,

Ln.

-n-ould substitute xart;),!)-or,

which Griesb.

This verse

repudiated by Gb., Ln.,


in multis

and others
it

thinks probable.

Verba hujus versus

Codd. desunt.

In others,

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.
it

CHAP. XV.
REVISED VERSION.

107

GREEK TEXT.

34 Notwithstanding,
Silas to abide there

pleased 8e
""^

rS

SlXa

(Tn/xeivaL

avrov. pleased Silas to remain there


8iestill.

still.

JIavXo? 8e Koi Bapva^a^

Paul and Barnabas,

also, 35

35 Paul also and Barnabas continued in Antioch, teaching and preaching the word of the Lord, with many others also. 36 And some days after, Paul said unto Barnabas, Let us go again and visit our brethren, in every city where we have preached the word of the Lord, and
see

rpifiov v AvTio-^ela, 8i.baaKov- continued in Antioch, teacliTes Kol evayyeXi^o/xeuoi, fiera /cat ing and preaching the word erepcou ttoXXwv, tov Xoyov rod of the Lord, with many others

KVpLOV.

also.

META
(lire

8e

Tivas

rjfxepas

And some

days

after,

Paul
visit

36

JIauXoy

tt/jo?
Sr]

Bapvafiav, said to Barnabas, Let us


7ri(rKe'\f/coi]fj.cou

EirLCTTpty^avTes

'the brethren in every city, in

fxeda TOV? a8eX(pov9

37

how tliey do. TTaaav ttoXlv, tv (? And Barnabas determined fxeu TOV Xoyov tov
them John, whose
^^

Kara which we have preached the KaTijyyelXa- word of the Lord, to see how
Kvplov,
Troiy

they do.

And Barnabas

"de- 37

to take with

e)(ov(ri. Bapvdjia? 8e e/3oi;surname was Mark. XeucraTO avixirapaXajieTv tov Ico3S But Paul thought not good avvrjv TOV KaXovfievov MdpKOv to take him with them, who de" JJavXos 8e rj^LOV, tov diroparted from them from Pamphy(TTavTa car avTwv diro IIap(f)vlia, and went not with them to Xia?, Koi fX7] crvveXdovTa avToh the work.

termined to take John with

Mark.
them,

whose surname was But Paul thought it not 'proper to take him with
them,

3S

who
in

departed

from

them
work.

Pamphylia, and did


into the

39

And

the contention

was

so ei? TO ipyov,

fxi]

avjiTrapaXa^elv

not go with them

sharp between them, that they TOVTOv. eyeveTO ovv Trapo^v'contention so that they sepdeparted asunder one from the apo9, coaTe aTro-^copicrmjvai avarated one from the other other and so Barnabas took Tovs OLTT aXXi]Xa)v, tov re Bapand Barnabas took Mark, Mark, and sailed unto Cyprus. va^av irapaXa^ovTa tov MdpKov and sailed into Cyprus. But 40 And Paul chose Silas, and ^^ Ilav^KTrXevaaL els Kvirpov Paul 'chose Silas, and dedeparted, being recommended Aop 5e eTTLXe^dfjievos SiXav e^- parted, being commended by by the brethren unto the grace rjXOe, irapaBoOeis ttj ^apLTC tov the brethren to the favor of of God. *^ 8n]p- God. And he went througli 41 And he went through Sy- Oeov VTTO Tcov d8eX(f)cov.
:

And

there

arose

so

40

ii

ria

and

Cilicia,

confirming the X^TO 8e Tr]v Svplav kol KiXiKiav,


Trta-T7]p[^cov

Syria and Cilicia, ^establishing

churches.

ray eKKXrjcrias.

the congregations.
in N. T., John 5 2. com. "Having chosen," Thomp., Penn.,
:

reads /lovos Se lovSas BTto^evdyj.


glott, Copt., Sclavonic,

The

Syriac, Arab., Polyit.

EmXeSa/csroi occurs but twice


'^

Chrysostom, Theophylact, omit

ver.,

which

is

called."

'IJiioiv is

rejected

by Gb.,
:

Sell.,

Ln.,

and

Tf.

It appears,

and "Wes. of," Dodd.


'

"Chose," Murd., Booth., Wakef. ''Jlade choice " Having chosen for himself," Hack.
ra^
ey.y.Xr]aiai,

indeed, redundant.
'

E7tiaT7jQti,oj

establishing the congregafioiis.

Ejiovkevaaro, determined

not as in some editions,

e/iov-

Ey.y.lr^aia

occurs some one hundred and sixteen times in N. T.

).ETo,
^

wished, Hack.
it

H^tov, thought
right.

not just, worthy of him,

or,

thought

it

one hundred and thirteen times rendered by the word church, and three times by assembly. In Ephesus there was a regularly constituted Christian assembly, or ey.ylrjoia, the

not

Of seven occurrences of
it is,

this verb in N. T.,


five

and of

word here

forty of the adjective, a^w;,


tions,
"

with some
a

or six excep-

used and represented hy the word assembly, when applied to a

rendered worthy.
literally,

mob
paroxysm of
feeling arose
is

but when to a Christian meeting

for worship, in com. ver.

Eyevero Ttn^osva/ios,

represented by the word church.

This ought not grammati-

between them, or a contention indicative of Paul's intense in- cally nor historically so to be. This word, or any one repreterest in his mission. But neither yielded and so they parted. sentative of it, is not found in the Christian Scriptures. We This controversy occurred in the first year of the second half have yv^iorr-s, huriotes, four times, translated by dominion of the first century. three times, and once by government we have neither kyrkc
;

lOS

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. XVI.
REVISED VERSION.
CHAP. XVI.
i

GREEK TEXT.
CHAP. XVI.

CHAP. XVI.

Then Paul came to Derbe 'Lystra; and, behold, a and Lystra: and behold, a certain Avcrrpav kolI ISov, ixaOrjTTjS Tis was there, named Tidisciple disciple was there, named Timo- i]v e'/ceF, oj/o/zart TLfxodeo9, vlos (the son of a woman mothy, theus, the son of a certain woman yvvaiKOf TLVOS 'lovSaia? 7riaTi]s, was a Jewess and a bewho which was a Jewess, and believos e/xap- liever, but his father was a naTpo? 6e Ji,AAr]i>os' ed, but his father was a Greek TVpeiTO VTTO T(OV if jlVaTpOlS KUL Greek,) who was ^well at2 Which was well reported ^ tovtov i)de- tested by the brethren in 'Ikoi'ico a5eA0a)f of by the brethren that were at Paul e'^eA- Lystra and Iconium. uvtm IlavXos (tvv 6 Xrjaev Lystra and Iconium. forth him go wished to avXa^cov TTepurepiev 3 Him would Paul have to go d(LV, Kol with liim, and took and cirforth with him; and took and Tou, Slcc tovs 'lovSaiovs' TOVS cumcised him, because of circumcised him, because of the ovras v Tols tottois eKen'ois' the Jews who were in those Jews which were in those quar- y]8eiaav yap aTravm tov Trarepa quarters; for they all knew for they knew all that his ters EXXrjv VTn]p-)(eu. that his father was a Greek. OTi avTOv, father was a Greek: * &)S' Se SieiropevouTO ras jroXet-s, And as they went through 4 And as they went through the cities, they delivered to them irapehlSovv avToi^ (pvXaaaeLi/ tu

Then came

he to Deibe and

the
the

they delivered tliem, for their observance, the tcou ''decrees that liad been 'ordainfor to keep, that doyp.aTa ra KKpip.eva vivo were ordained of the apostles uTToaToXcoi' Kol TU)V irpecr^vTepoiv ed by the Apostles and elders
cities,

decrees

nor curate in the original tongues, and, of course, not in the


original Christian Scriptures.

dred and
church

fifteen occurrences in the Christian Scripture it

is,

with the exception of these three cases, uniformly rendered


;

In North Britain they have a kijrl-e, marie of the first syllable of xvotoi, and oiy.os, contracted into kuriok, now written
In/rk in Scotland,
ally of stone or brick,

in these three exceptions, assembly.


is

Evvay(oyr]

found fifty-seven times in N.

T.,

and church in England. But these, origincannot represent a Christian community.

exceptions

it is

transferred synagogue, because, like our

and with two word


43,

church

", it fifly-Jlre

times represents stone and lime buildings.

The

exxh;aia family occurs in N. T.

fifteen times, three times translated,

expedient, indeed, important, to state that the verb awayio, Imndrcd and twelve times church. Tliis has been, and yet is, a which occurs in N. T. some sixty-three times, is fifty times very unfortunate fact. Brick and stone may be culled out, but represented by "gather", ^'-gather together"; hy assembly,

some one luindrfd and 'congregation" com. ver., asscmbh/, and one

It is twice applied to the people


;

once in this book, ch. 13


:

and once, James 2

2, "

assembly".

It is

can never be called out, as the word exy.h;aia intimates. The called out are thinking, willing, moving, acting agents, such as

took in, bestow fruits, or " stow


all,

away

fruits ",

'

resort ".

In

men and women


tcuplp

and such only can constitute the living f In ch. 14 16. Avarpar xni. ^c(>(iijv, ^e^i3);v xtti Avar^ar. moving, body of Christ the real now is from Kast to "West, formcil}' from journey because the house of God on this earth the positive living "pillar and West to East. Tlvos is here omitted by Gb., Sch., Ln., and Tf support of the truth," to be seen, known, and read by all men. Tliere is, indeed, no need for it. We have been obliged to continue tliis word church, and with ^ 'Os euafiTvonro, well attested, by brethren in Lystra. According to the Constitution of tlie it a perpetual conflict. Timothy was not circumcised, because his father was a Genwhere it translate bound to we are presume Bible Union, I it allowed a mother to circumcise a son. his can be done, and not to transfer Hebrew, Greek, or even Ro- tile. Nor was So teach the writers of the in the act. concurring father not indeed, such unless, translation, of terms, susceptible
;

thirteen times.

the

living, acting,

man

terms are almost \miversallj-, and, without litigation, admitted. AVe. tliercfore, c.\pect to see this word church repudiated, and
tlie

Talmud, as quoted by Kuin.,


*

vol. 3. p. 243.
i'Tto

Ta

SnynfXTci Trt xExotiieva

reov rtTtooTohor.

^Joyfia.

word congregation, or

assembl}-, substituted for

it.

^\'e

occurs
Paul's.

three

are aware of the difficulty of effecting such a change.

Time,

however, can and will accomplish

it.

decrees
in

times in Luke's writings, and only twice in In Luke's writings, N. T., always represented by This is its whole currency in Paul's, by ordinances.
:tfea'9i!ii^cof rrov

We

find the

word

exyXt;ain

used three times

the 10th

in

N. T.
'

chapter of this same book, to represent

mob, a tumultuous assemblage of

what wo now call a Out of one hunthe people.

cf "hQovaahju.

Ta xcxoiutva i'Tto t(i>%' aTtoaroloiv xai The elders here are those

of the church of

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. XVI.
REVISED VERSION.
''

109

GREEK TEXT.
al [xev
tij

and elders which were at Jeru- TU)v ev 'lepova-aXrjfx.


salem.

who were
so

in Jerusalem.

And

ovv
so

(.KKXrja-laL

icTrepeovuTO

were the churches established in the faith, and in5


creased in
6

And

TTiaTei, Koi eTrepla-aevou


jxco
**

rw dpid0pvyiav

Now

number daily. when they had gone


Phrygia,

KaO i^pepav. AieXOovTes de

Tr]u

TaXaTLKi^v ^copai', kcoAvand the Kol TTjv vTTo Tou AyLov IlvevpaOevTis region of Galatia, and were forbidden of the Holy Ghost to Tos XaXrjaaL tov Xoyov iv rrj preach the word in Asia 'Acta, eXOovres Kara rrjv Mvafter they came to Mysia, they 7 After they were come to aiav iiretpa^ou Kara rrju Biattempted to go into BithyMysia, they assayed to go into Ovvlai/ TTopeveadar /cat ovk e'lania; but the ''Spirit suffered Bithynia: but the Spirit suflered ^ irapeXcreu avTOvs to Truevpa. them not. So passing along them not. dovTEs 5e TTJV Mvaiav, Kare/Sr]- Mysia, they came to Troas. 8 And they passing by Mysia, aav els TpcoaSa. /cat opapa lAnd a vision appeared to Paul came down to Troas.
throughout
'

were the congregations established in the faith, and daily increased in number. Now when they had gone throughout Phrygia, and the region of Galatia, and (being ^forbidden by the Holy Spirit to speak the word in Asia)

Tiiere stood a 9 And a vision appeared to Sia rrjs vvktos oxpdrj tw JJavXco- in the niorht. Macedonian, who beman, a r]v MaKe8coi> TLs eaTcos, 'Avifp in the niglit Tliere Paul stood a man of Macedonia, and prayed TrapaKaXcou avTov kcll Xeycov, sought him, saying, come over
:

him, saying, Come over into Macedonia, and help us. 10 And after he had seen the vision, immediately we endeavoured to go into Macedonia, assuredly gathering, that the Lord had called us for to preach the gospel unto them. 11 Therefore loosing from Troas, we came with a straight
Jerusalem.
tvere

Aiafias

els

MaKehoviav,

l3o/]di]-

into Macedonia, and help us.

aou

i]pLV.

SJs oe to upapa
e^rjTii]aapeu

And

after

elSeu,

evdecos

e^eX-

vision,

we

he had seen the immediately "'ento

lo

deavored

go

forth

in-

Oelu etf Ty]v

MuKeSovlav, avpf^L-

to Macedonia, being

assured

j3d^0UTS OTL TvpoaKeKXrjTaL Tjpds that the Lord had called us euuyyeXiaaadai av- to preach the gospel to them. o Kvpios
Tovs.
Tijs
^
^

Ava')(6evTis

ovv

oltto

Therefore, loosing from Troas,

il

TpwaSos,
" tlial

v6v8pop7]a-apev
Birch.
"

we

ran

by

"straight
deletum inve-

They enacted t
ver.

y.cy.oiucrn, the

judgments,

Nomen

Jesus in omnibus novis

hibliis

ordained" com.
is,

This word, in this single book of

nitur per Nestorianos falsarios, ut claret ex bibliis

tum

Latinis

Acts,

in com. ver., represented


'"

by

" sentence" " that which is "

tum Gr^cis

ante schisma et scriptis et translatis."


ap.

John
p.
is,

determined," " concluded,"

question," " condemning."


;

The Faber (Malleus Ifereticorum),


1

West.

not.

Penn,

311.

delerminations" Thorn.
institutions, Beza.

"

the injunctions" Mur.


;

" the de-

crees" Penn, Wakef., Boothr., Dodd., Wes.

" instituta,"

the
be-

judgment
;

of the

human mind may

come any one


have, with

of these

in its

development and execution, we

with 'O^aua one exception, confined to the Acts of Apostles, being eleven times in this single book, and only once out of it, in the ChrisActs 7 31, it is rendered, com. ver., sight, tian Scriptures.
Sta Trjg vvxToe coyd-r] rto UuvXro.
:

'O^n^M

much

propriety, transferred this


it

word dogmata
all

in all

other cases, vision.


:

'OQaaig once occurs in this

book

into our language, and here

might, in our currency, with

Acts, 2
relief

17, also

rendered vision.

Visions are the boldest

propriety, read, " ihei/ delivered to

apostles and elders to keep."


infallible,
i

But

their

them the dogmata of the dogmata were always


Prohibiti sunt a
'

dreams.

illuminated,

The eyes of the understanding are, indeed, and the object stands out in alto relievo.
Being
us.

while ours are always

fallible.

KoiXvD'svrts VTTO rov 'Ayiov IlrtvfiaTos.

the

EL,']-^r]aafiv.

in the first

person plural, Luke for


of the

Spiritu Sancto ne in Asia doctrinam evangelii traderent.

By

first

time informs

that he

was one

company that

we must understand The prohibition to proceed into Bythinia, was only the
Asia here
Ionia, as in ch.

9," Kuinoel.

first

carried the gospel into Europe.

Paul alone saw the

direct-

ing of Paul's course into Europe.


''

vision; the Macedonian entreating them, saying. ''Cross over ; into Macedonia, and help us " but they were all invited to

which he sends," Ilackctt. enter into Europe. i Evd-vS^ofir,aa,uev, we ran There is no parallel This appears somewhat anomalous.

To

Ui'eviia Ir;aov, " the Spirit

in a straight course, nautically,

pas.sage in the Christian Scriptures.

So, however, read the

before the wind.

Neapolis, here named,

was a

city of I'hrace,

Vatican, Eph.,

Beza, and Alex.

MSS.

See Wetstein and

having a harbor on the Strymonic Gulf.

110

ACTS OP THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSION.

CHAP. XVI.
REVISED VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.

course to Samothracia, and the ets" Sa/jLodpaKiji', rfj re iiVLOvar) course tp Samothrace, and the uext dcnj to Neapolis; " Kel0ev re and (? NeaiToXiv, e!f next day to Neapolis; 12 And I'roni thence to Phil- (PiXmirovs, t]tis earl TrpcoTt) ttj^ thence to "Philippi, which is a ippi, which is the chief city of chief city of that part of Map.epl8os TTjs MaKebovias iroXis that part of Macedonia, and a cedonia, and a colony. And KoAcouia. colony: and we were in tliat we abode in that city some 'ff/xeu Se iv TavTTj rrj iroXeL city abiding certain days. days. And on the sabbath, rjp.pas Tivag, ^^ rrj BiaTplfiovTes 13 And on the sabbath we we went out of the city by the went out of tlie city by a river re i']p.ipa. tS)v aafifiaTuiv e'^?;A- side of a priver, where there was

12

where prayer was wont to 0ouu f^co be made; and we sat down, and Tapov, oh spake unto the women wliich elvai, /cat
side,

Ti]f TToAeo)?

Trapa iro- a customary place of 'prayer


7rpoaev^i-j and

ei'op.l^fTO

we

sat

down, and spoke

KadiaavTe?

eXaXov-

to "the

resorted thither.

14
of
tlie

And

certain

woman

p.ev

Toif avi^eXdovcraif yvvaL^L

there.

women that resorted And a woman, named u


seller of purple, of

named Lydia,

who worwhich 7rop(pupo7ra)Xis TroAew? Ovarel- shiped God, heard us; whose worshipped God, heard us: whose pcov, aejiopLevTj tov Oeov, rjKovev heart the Lord opened, to heart the Lord opened, that she fj9 6 Kvpios Sirji/oi^e rrji> KapSlav, attend to the things spoken attended unto the things which TTpoaey^eLV Toi^ XaXovfjuvoig vtto by Paul. And when she was were spoken of Paul. " TOV llavXov. coy 8e efiawTiimmersed, and her 'house15 And when she was bapthe city of Thyatira,
city of Tliyatira,
tized,

a seller of purple,

Ka'i TL9 yvvTj 6vop.aTL AvSla, Lydia, a

15

and her household, she 0-07], KoL 6 oIkos avTrj9, TrapeKa- hold, she besought us, saybesought v.s, saying, If ye have Aecre Xeyovo-a, El KeKptKare fxe ing, "Since you have judged
"

Philippi lay ten miles farther west, located on the


'IItis

of the river Gangitas.


,tQoatii/ri,

y.oXcovia.

On

this river

bank of Lydia and Mysia. was a ay.ovm. In this, and

Hxovb, third pers.


in

sing, imp., ind. of

an inclosure for praj-er and meditation.


its

p
i

Gangas was then


rrooacv/_i]

name.
It

numerous other cases, the imperfect should be rendered in exact harmony with the time which it denotes xoas hearing, or was listening to Paul whose heart
;

was not

ahvaj-s a S3-nagogue, or a building.


in

Sitp'oi^e, first sing, first aor., the


slie

Lord had opened,


It
;

so that

licre

appears to have been an inclosure

the open

air,

set

attended to the preacher.

was the Lord that had

apart to this use; lustrations were performed here, which at


that time were usual amongst the Jews.

Neander, Kuiuoel,

Hackett.

Tai; ovfilO'ovaaii yvvaiii. The probability is, that this 'O oty.og is found more than one hundred times in N. T., was a temporarjf substitute fi)r a synagogue, a meeting place for worship. Hence Paul spoke to ratg avvcXO-ovaais yvpaiSi, and oixia nearly one hundred times both are used not
'
;

her attention, and opened her heart hence she and joyfully received the word of the Lord, then and there announced. II^oot/,ei%', to attend, or to hearken, to the words uttered.
arrested
readily

the
"

women

assembled.

merely to indicate the building, but also the family.


is

This

and modern, Km T/s yvtt;, x. t. I. Lydia was a very common name among the Greeks and Romans. It coincides admirably with more prevalent, however, amongst the Jews, whose tribes and families, because of the mitre and the sceptre, were so relithe name of her country. Ilackctt. The oixos avrr^g, as ;\Icyer well giously registered and kept. Lydia seems to
a very
figure in all languages ancient

common

ligion.

have been a proselyte to the Jews' reof females She was a Greek, according to her name Lydia being observes, probably consisted
;

who

assisted her in

common name amongst

the Greeks.

'J'he

Lord had opened

business.

her heart, so that she attended to the preaching of the word. El xsxQixare is, by Hackett and others, rendered '"i/" ye Therefore she believed, and was inimer.^ed, ami al.-^o her house- have juilged," rather, since you have juilgeil. If and since hold, in like manner. She was, it seems, also the head of a are equally the representatives of 11. Frequently it would
family. Tlie oixos avTtjg, as

Meyer remarks,

consisted probaIlackett.

bly of

women who

assisted her in business.

be much more intelligibly represented by since, than by ;/. Pious " Since you have risen with Christ in baptism, set your affections on things above, and not on things on the earth,"
is

Jews and proselytes had places of prayer


prayer.
'

as well as Iwurs for

much

more
'',

intelligible

and pointed than

if.

as

though

it

were a

seller of purple cloths

from Thyatira, on the confines doubtful matter.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES judged
VERSION.

CHAP. XVL
REVISED VERSION.
eicreAjJiiL-

11]

GREEK TEXT.
Tco
iLS

me

to be faithful to the 7rL(TTi]v

Kupico

eivai,

me

to be faithful to the Lord,

Lord, come into


abide there:
us.

my

liouse,

and OoVTes

TOf oIkOU

fXOV,

come
us.

into

my

house, and there

And

she constrained vare''

koI

7Tap(:jSLaaa.T0
-KopivofJievcav
7raL0i(rKT]i>

rj/xa^.
I'j/xcoi'

remain.

And
as

she 'constrained

'Eyev^TO 8e

16

And

it

came

to pass as

we

eis

TrpocTivyrjv,

rtua

And

we went
'"'maid,

to prayer, ic

went

to prayer, a certain damsel

k-)^ov(jav irvevfxa

IIv6u)V09 airav- a

certain

having

possessed with a spirit of divina- rrjaaL i]puv, i]TL9 kpyaalav iroX- spirit divination, of met tion, met us, which brought her Arjv TTapet-^e tol? Kvpiois avTi]s, us, who brought her masters ^' masters much gain by sootli- fj.avTevop.ei'7]. avri] KaraKO- much gain by soothsaying.

saying;

XovOrjcraaa tco UavXcci kol i'j/jui', The same ^followed Paul and 17 The same followed Paul eKpa^e Xeyovaa, Ovroi oi av- us, and cried, saying. These
us,

17

These dpcarroL SovXot tov Oeou tov men are the servants of the most vyjrlaTov elali' o'lrtves KarayyeX- most high God, who show to high God, which shew unto us Xovaiu rjiuv b8ou o-coTi]p[as. us the way of salvation. And
cried, saying,

and

and

men
the

are the servants of the

18

way of IS And

salvation.
this

*'

did

she

many

TovTO
Kcu

Se

eTTOtei

eVt TroAAa? this she did

many

days; but

days.

But Paul being


thee in the

rjixepa^.

^Lairovi'jOeis 8e 6

Uavttv^v-

Paul, J-outraged,
said

turned and
I

grieved,

turned and said to the

Xos,
spirit, I

i7naTpe\l/a9,

tw

to

the

spirit,

com-

command

name

of

jxaTL
TCO

elwe,

JJapayyeXXco aoL iv mand you


'Irjcrov

in the

Jesus Christ to come out of her.

ovop-UTL

XpicrTov, sus Christ to


ICal ^';Ae^i]X6ev

name of Jecome out of lier.


19

And
19

he came out the same hour.

i^eXOelv air uvTij^.


Trj uipa.

And when

her

masters deu avTYJ


ol

'ISovte^ Se hour.
OTL
i)

And he came out the same And wlien the masters

saw that the hope of their gain saw that the hope of their gains was gone, they caught Paul and eATTt? 7">;v epyaaias avTcov, (ttl- was gone, they caught Paul Silas, and drew them into the Xa^opevoL tov UavXov kcll tou and Silas, and drew them into [Xai>, e'lXKucrau eh ti-jv uyopav tlie market-place, before the market-place unto the rulers, broun-ht 20 And And brought them to the iirl Tovs a.p-)(OVTas' '^^ koll irpocT' Miiagistrates.
KvptoL
avTTJy,
'

20

Kai

TTaoeiSinaaro f;uai, atque adeo nos coegit,

nempe pre- I adhere


:

like glue, pres. pass. xoU.aoftai, agglutino, adhcereo,

cibus.

similar use of nai)a,iiaX,ouai.


to

is

found Luke 14

23,

adhere with persevering assiduity.


fellow-laborers

Thus was Paul and


hypocritical

his

" compel ihem


ples to enter

come in

".

Sowates when urging

his disci-

haunted with
in

this

demon, the

upon the arduous path of

virtue, uses a similar

most odious one reported


y

the Christian Scriptures.


this

phrase, eym Se

cm
:

t;;*'

a^erriV i^xstv ^ta^oftni.

Pricajus and

But Paul, outraged with

demon,
eieX.O'civ

said,

IlanayyeU.M

Eisner on Luke 24

29.

001 ev

no

oi'Oftari Ii]oov X(iiaTov,

" UaiSioxriV riva, represented


live times in

by damsel, maid, maiden, and

in

an instant

an avti^s. And the command was obeyed. In the name of Jesus


Here,

Paul to the Galatians, hond maid, hand woman.


This name
given to those persons
inspiration, to

Christ come out of her.


at this time

we

find Jesus,

and Christ,

botli

Uvivfia UvO'covos, a Pythonio spirit; Sainoviov ftavitxov, a


fortune-telling spirit.
is

anarthrous, not the Jesus, the Christ.

This would have been,

and

place,

wholly redundant.

who were

These greedy dogs, seeing their demon gains forever Phvtarch on the eclipse of the oracles, fled, enraged, laid violent hands on Paul and Silas, and foretell future events. p. 414, says, rovs EyyaaxQt^ivd'ovi Eviyvy./.ttu^ TtaXat^ I'vri Uv' carried them before rovs a^xovras, the magistrates. These d'loias nQoaayo^evoftivoc. They were formerly called Euryor magistrates of free towns were free of the city of
senators
clean Ventriloquists (from Eurycle, the inventor of this form
of divination), but
Alrrj

believed to be able, by

some Divine

now

they are called Pythians.


x. t. X.,

Home, and were eligible to all citizen privileges there. Paul and Silas were brouglit before the prictors, or city judges

xaTay.o!.ov&/-aaaa tco ITavXro,


35,

Luke 23
N. T.

and here followed Paul,

is its

Its root is y.o)2a, gluten, glue,

one was cliief ; followed aflcr, magistrates, or mayors, as then understood whole currency in or president. Cicero, speaking (Agrar. 11., c. 34) of the duumhence xoU.aoi glulino, viri, or quatuorviri, says, " Cum in ca3teris coloniis duumviri

112

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. CHAP. XVI.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.

magistrates, saying, These men, ayayovTi'i


beii]g

Jews,

do

avTovs T019 crrpa- them to the magistrates, sayexceedingly Ti]yoLi, ihrov, Ovroi ol av9pu>TT0L ing. These men, being Jews, do
21

KTapaaaovcriv rjjxcov ttjv tto- "exceedingly trouble our city, teach customs which Xiv, 'lovSaloL virdpxovres' kcu and teach "customs, which are are not lawful for us to receive, KarayyeXXovaLu e&r] a ovk e^- not lawful for us to receive, neither to observe, being Ro- eariv ijpli' TrapaSey^iaOai ovSe or to observe, being Romans.
21

trouble our city,

And

mans.

TTOLitv,

'

Pccip.aLOLs ovat.

Kcu And

the

multitude rose up
against

22

22

And

the multitude rose

up avveiTiaTr] 6 6)^X09 kut

avTwv together

them,

and

together against tlicm: and the Kol ol arpaTrjyoL Trepipprj^auTes the magistrates, ^having torn magistrates rent ofi' their clothes, avTOiV ra ipaTta, eKeXevou pa/35/- ofl' their garments, commandand commanded to beat than. ^Lv ^^ TToAAa? re eVi^eV-rey ai;- ed to beat them. And when 23 And when they had laid TO?f TrXrjya?, i^aXov els (f)vXa- they had laid many stripes many stripes upon them, they Krjv, TrapayyeiXavres rw Sea/xo- on them, they cast them cast them into prison, charging (pvXaKi, dacpaXcos Trjpelv avrous' into prison, charging the jailer
the jailer to keep

23

them

safely:

24

Who

^*

having received such

o? irapayyeXiav Toiavrr]!/ elX-q- to


('liaXiv

a charge, thrust
inner prison, and
fast in the stocks.

them into the made their feet Tepav


Paul and

(pcos;

avTovs

e!? tijv

keep them safely who, iam- having received such a charge,


;

24

(pvXaK7]i^,

koI tovs iroSas thrust them


ei'y

into

the

inner

avTuiv ria(j)aXLaaTO

to ^vXov. prison, and made their feet


25

Is.ara oe to pieaovvKTiov llav- fast in the ''stocks. And at midX09 Kai SiXas wpocrev^op.ei'oi night Paul and Silas 'prayed Silas prayed, and sang praises unto God: and the prisoners vp.pouu Tov 6eov Tn]Kpoaii'To 8( and sung praises to God; and '^ dcj^uu) 8e the prisoners heard them heard them. avTuiv ol SiaptoL. and

25

And

at midniglit

appellentur, hi se prtetores appellari volebant."

This explains

'^

Eis TO ^v}.ov
this

edrjfcog,

perf. part. act. ^.a/tfiarai,

having
in

why
the

the Kuinan prators held the rank of the Grecian orpaTiyj'oi,

received

command, carried and immured them

the

title

case in
*

assumed by the Pliilijipian magistrates. It is the only inner part of the prison. "And confined their feet in the which Luke gives this name to the rulers of a city. stocks," Murd. "fastened their feet in the stocks," Wakef.
;

E-y.tanaaaovaiv.

This word

is

Scriptures only in this passage.


root, is found seventeen times,

found in the Christian Taqaaaio, or Ta^arrco, its

" secured

their

feet

in

the

stocks,"

Penn, Thomp., Wes.,

Dodd., Boothr.
!

How

definite the

The jailer, in and is always represented by the obedience Jerusalem and its petty prince were aw- into (ccs) prison, the innermost prison. In the second place, fully troubled when Jesus was born, as supposed, in their he secured them into (eis) the block. He appears to have been a very conscientious and law-abiding character. The political sense, the predicted king of the Jews.
the word trouble.
''

command, and how precise the first place, conducted them

"And

teach customs",

or Polytheism,
in.stitutions

by every Roman
pleased.

* U^oaev/^ofieroi vfivovv ror &ov. We find Txqootvyouai worship whatever god, or goddess, he eighty-seven tiifies in N. T., always translated pray in some Foreigners, indeed, were occasionally inliibited from of the flections of that word. Its associate, i/ivaio, is found

Every form of Paganism, Rome. The gospel .and its alone were interdicted. It was a privilege claimed
cd-i;.

sequel, indeed, developes


istic.

and consummates

this

character-

was tolerated
to

in

were posi- only four times in N. T., twice translated, sing praise to God, and twice, sung a hymn. 'Tuvtw, Latinized hymno, ' 01 ar^mriyoi, the magistrates, 7te.(>in^r,iavres avrcoi' ra also represented by ago gratias, I give thanks ; laudo, I ifiatta, having torn off their garments those of Paul and praise ; cctcbro, I celebrate. This was a rare occurrence. At Silas commanded to beat them. " The imperfect tense " as midnight Paul and Silas praying (Jiymned), praised God. well observed by Prof. Ilackett, and others, "in narration E7iaxooao/tai. This word is found nowhere else in the N. T.
it is said,

introducing foreign divinities.

Romans,

tively inhibited circumcision.

st.inds instead of the aorist,

when

the writer

would represent Exaudio


is

the act as

passing under

his oxon eye."

This

jiresumed to

be one of the instances to which Paul alludes when he says, " Thrice was I beaten with rods."

em and axpoao/iai, to hear perfectly.^ to listen. most apposite to the occasion. Listened to them while they sung. Ilackett, " The imperfect describes the act, the aorist would have merely related it."
This
is

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. CHAP. XVI.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

113

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.
suddenly there was a great earthquake, so that the Ibundations of the prison were shaken, and immediately all
the doors were opened, and
ever}' one's 'bands

26 And suddenly there was aeia-fio? eyevero fxeyas, wcrre aaa great earthquake, so that the Xevdiji^ac ra Be^tXia tov Sea/JLcofoundations of the prison were T-qplov aveai^Orjaav re irapashaken: and immediately all the Ovpat Traaai, Kai iraval 'y^prifxa doors were opened, and everj^ Twv ra 8eaf.ia dvedi]. " e^virvos
one's bands

were
the

loosed.

were

loosed.
27

keeper of the Se yevofxevos 6 8e<Jiio(f}vXa^, kcCl And the keeper of the prison, prison awaking out of his sleep, IBcov avecpyp-evai Tas dupas Tijs' awaking out of his sleep, and and seeing tile prison-doors open, (jwXaKVjS, aTraaafxevos [xay^aLpav, seeing the prison-doors open,

27

And

have killed

he drew out Ids sword, and would kpLeXXev iaurou avaipeLu, uo/xt- drew his sword, and would liimself, supposing ^cou K7re(pvyei'ai rouy Seafxlovs. have killed himself, supposing
fled.

that the prisoners had been

^*

i(f>avrj(T

8e

(j)coi'rj

/xeyaXrj

that the prisoners ^had

fled.

28 But Paul cried with


voice,

loud

saying,
for

Do
are

thyself
all

no

UavXos
creavTco

Xeycov,

MrjStu

irpa^rj^

But Paul
:

cried with a loud 28

harm:

we

here.

kukov

airavTes;

for 'lights, and 29 Then he called for a light, icTfieu iuGaSe. and sprang in, and came trem- (para elcreTrrjSrjcre, kol euTpofxos sprung in, and came trembbling, and fell down before Paul yefop.ei'os irpocreTreae tco IlavXco ling, and fell down before " Kal npoayaycov Paul and Silas, and brought and Sihis; Kal Tca ^iXa-

yap harm ibr we Alrrjo-as Be Then he called

voice, saying,

'Do yourself no
are
all

here.
29

30

30 And brought them out, avTov^ i'^o), ecj)')'}, KvpLOL, TL /xe and said, Sirs, what must I do Bel iroLeiv iva acaOod; " 01 Be to be saved ? eiirov, JTicTTevo-ou iirl tou Kvpiov 31 And they said. Believe on Irjcrovv Xpiarov, Kal aadi^crrj av the Lord Jesus Christ, and thou ^" ICal iXaXr]Kal 6 oIko9 aov. shalt be saved, and thy house. 32 And they spake unto him aau avTcS tov Xoyov tov Kupiov,
'

them

out,

and

said. Sirs,

what
ol

must I do, in order to be 'saved? And they said. Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and you shall be saved, and your
family.

And they spoke

to 32

him the word of the Lord,

it is assumed, by most commentators, knew his So Kuinojl remarks on this passage. But Jlorus, RoHackett. But the senmiillerus, Stolzins, and others thus explain it: What must qualie, than to the earthciuake itself. climax of the miracle is found iu the last item, ' the bands of be done by me that the gods may not punish me, because I Or, to Av^d'tj is first have so harshly treated men so acceptable to them 1 every one (of every prisoner) were loosed."
f

Km

TtavTcoi'

T Seoiia

ai'ad'r;.

The opening

of the doors

Paul,

is

rather to be ascribed to the power which caused the earth-

voice.

aor. act. of
^

at'tt;ut.

use his

own words

Q^uid faciendum ne dii

ExTteijrevyeini is here

found in the perfect, because the


or, to

viros diis adeo gratos tarn duriter tractavi ?

me puniant. quia But Kuinoel, and

act,

though past,
to

is

connected with the present: '-supposing

the prisoners
*'

have fled"

have escaped.
could Paul, in the darkness

most of the more learned translators into the living tongues, thus render it: Quid 7nihi faciendum ut saluiem (eternum
consequor?
shall
Col. v. 31,

Not
little,

a few, critics and others, have perplexed themselves

What must

he done hy

me:

or,

M'hat

no

on the question,

How

do, that

I may obtain

eternal safety ?

In practical

jailer's intention 1 Or, how, response, we read, v. 33, y.at e^anriad'rj avros xni oi avrov he exclaim, " we are all here ? " navres nuQax^ri/ia. This last word immediately is necessaDoddridge supposes that Paul might have heard him exclaim, rily connected iu the context with the words exegetical of it, and, benevolently intending to compose his mind, addressed tv txitrrj rr] ai^n t;s vviaos, the jailer washed the prisoners' To explain miracles is not the province or work of a stripes; after which refreshment, he himself and all his househira.

of the prison, have

known the

in such circumstances, could

translator or commentator

of a person possessing a spiritual


of

and to compare the conceptions hold were immersed in gift, with the conceptions 0o}Tn. The noun
' '

the
is

plural

same hour of the night. whether generic or


;

specific,

any one not possessing such a gift, is quite as unphilosophic. it should be represented in such a case as plural. " Turn Paulus alta voce acclamavit illogical, and unsafe. The Apostle understood him as inquiring, not for any Noli vim tibi inferre (E vocihus hominis Paulus hoc cogno- temporal protection from the civil powers, but from the sins " Then Paul, with a loud of his life. verat), omnes cuim hie sumus." The answer indicates a generous and ample salvaThe developvoice, said to him, Do yourself no harm, for we are all tion tendered equally to himself and family.
here."

ment

of this answer

we have

in the

next verse.

114

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.
all

CHAP. XVI.
REVISED VERSION.
and to
house.
all

GREEK TEXT.
Kac Tracri to?s ef
""'

the word of the Lord, and to


that were in his house.

rfj

oiKia avTOV.
ii>

Kou irapaXajiav avrov^

iKelvrj

who were And he took

in

his

tliem 33

33

And

he

took

them

the

Ti]

(opa Trj9 VVKT09 iXovcrev caro the same hour of the night,

same hour of the night, and washed their stripes; and was
baptized, he and
ail his, straight-

Ta>v irXrjywi', koI ijiairTLaOrj av- and

washed

their stripes,

and

T09

Kul ol avTov TTavTes irapa- was

immediately immersed,
31

way. 34 And when he had brouglit Hs them into his house, he set meat TpaTreQxv, kul riyaXXiaaaTO iravbefore them, and rejoiced, be- oiKi TreTTiaTevKas tcS Oew. ^^ Hjxipa^ 8e yei'opevrjs lieving in God with all his house. arpaTrjyoL uTTtcTTeLXav OL tov^ 35 And when it was day, the pa^8ov)(OV9 Xeyouref, 'AttoXv'

^pi^fxa.

avayayiov re avrovs he and all his family. And TOP oiKOU avToi), irapedrjKe when he had ^brought them
into
his

house, he set food

before them, and rejoiced, believing in family.

God with And Vihen

all
it

his

was

35

day, the magistrates sent the


lofficers,

magistrates sent the sergeants,


saying, Let those

aou
"^^

T0V9

av6pwTTOV9

eKeivovs.

saying. Release tliose

men

go.

'AinjyyeiXe Se 6

Sea-fjLocjjvXa^

men.
trates

And

the "'keeper of the

3tj

36

And

the

keeper

of

the

TOVS

XoyOVy

TOVTOVS TrpoS TOP prison told Paul, The "magisuireaTaXKaaii'


ol

prison told this saying to Paul,

magistrates have sent to let you go: now, therefore, depart, crTpaTi]yo], u'a aTroXvdriTe'

The

IlavXoi',

On

have

sent

to

release

I'vu

you
said

now,

therefore,

depart,
37

and go in peace. 37 But Paul said unto them. They have beaten us openly uncondemned, being Romans, and have cast us into prison; and now do they thrust us out i)rivily? nay, verily; but let them come themselves and fetcii us
out.

3S
these

And

the

sergeants

told

But Paul They "have TTpos avTOvs, Aeipai/res 'r]iJ.a.s Srj- beaten us openly uncondemnpocria, aKaTUKpLTOVs, avOpairovs ed, being Romans, and have Pcopalovs VTrap-^ouraf, t^aXov cast us into prison, and now do ? (pvXaKrjv, Kol vvv Xadpa rj/xois they cast us out privately? eKjSaXXovaii'J ov yap- dXXa eX- Nay, indeed, but let them 0OI/T6S avTol i]pas e^ayaytrcoaav come themselves, and lead us AvqyyetXav 8e Tols arpaTrj- out. And the officers told
ovv
e^eXdovres,
^'

TropeveaSe

iv and go in peace.
to

elp-^vrj.

'O

8e llavXos

(j)r)

them.

'

'^

'

38

words unto the magis- yoL^ ol pafiSov-^oi ra pi^para these words to the magistrates: and they feared when ravra' kol i(j)ol3i]6i]aap ukou- ti^ates, and they feared when
Ai'ayayojv i avTov^

ets

ror

oty.ov avroi't TTnoed'fjy.E


liis

T^n-

word.
Acts.

It

is

found twice in his gospel, and eight times


it is

in his

7tei,nv, lio

brought them up into


himself believing
in

house, spread his table,


{:rru'oixi). TzcTTtoTivxins

In the former

translated captain, in the latter by


;

had a
rij)

joyi'ul feast with all his

famibj

both captain and magistrate


of the Acts
erly
it
it is

from this chapter

to the

end

Geoj,

God with
is

his

household.

represented by magistrate, com. ver.

''Prop-

it is one who lends an armij," but in the course of time was extended to the magistracy prteftclus, pralor proill lucu, note on vv. 33, 34, vol. Graecis prie qui cxercitum ducat. Beza on Acts IG 20. 3, pp. 252, 253. Beza, scriptoribus OT^aTrjyoi dicti sunt, que Komaj prretorcs. 'PafiSov/oi, licloics, wlio preceded the chief magistrates Vertit principes exercitus tomin loc. Syrus, Luke 22 4. in their processions, clearing the way and securing to them pli. Oritica Sacr.a. the respect of the multitude. They also appreliended and

Hesj'chius et tx eo Phavorinus nnroty.ei (ita quoque scribitui) aiii okio


Trij oiy.oi.

This definition

sustained

by

Kuinoel,

'

punished criminals.

Twenty-four attended a dictator, twelve preceded a consul, and six a master if the horse. "
JeafioifvXii.i.

^eioavjes

'', Si'/ioaiq,

ixy.aTuy^noi's.
;

^^loa^,

fii'st

aor.

part, act., verbi Si^io, cxcorio


to

whence

excoriate, to Jlay, or

In the Christian Scriptures this word


v. 23,

occurs only in this chapter, vv. 23, 27, 30, translated, tho jailer, vv. 27 and 36, the keeper of the -prison.
'

Such is, and such was, the current value Unmans, too! Every Ivoman citizen was free from stripes and eveiy kind of torture, which was inflicted upon slaves. Kuineel abounds with examples of this
off the skin.

wear

of this word, icing

i:zpaTr,yos, in the Christian Scriptures, is exclusively

Luke's

fact, vol. 3, p.

253, in loco.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. XVII.
REVISED VERSION.
Kat they heard
that

115

GREEK TEXT.
aavres

they heard that they were Romans. 39 And they came and besought them, and Isrought tlieni out, and desired tltcm to depart out of tlie citj^ 40 And they went out of the prison, and etitered into tlie house and wlien they liad of Lydia seen the brethren, they comforted tliem, and depaited.
:

on

Jr'oDfxaLoi eicri,

eXOovre^

TrapeKaXeaav

Romans. avrovs,
pbesought

And

they were they came and

39

them, and led Kol e^ayayoi'Tef rjpdrap i^eXOelu them out, and desired them to Trji TToAeo)?. i^eXOovres 8l depart out of the city. And e/c -Frjs (pvXaKTjf elaijXOop eh ttjv they went out of the prison, AvSiav Kol iSoi're? tovs dSeX- and entered into the ''house of Lydia, and when they had (jiovy, irapeKaXecrav avrovs, kol seen the brethren, they exe^rjXdov. horted them, and departed.
''''

40

CHAP.

XVII.
liad

CHAP.
passed

XVII.

CHAP.
Se

XVII.
1

Now
ionia,

when they

AIOAEYSANTEH
Aix(j)iTroXiv

through Amphipoiis, and Apolthey came to Thessalonica,


wiiere

Kai

AiroXX(jovLav,

))X6ov
i)v
I'l

els

OeaaaXovLKrjv,

Now when 'Paul and Silas had passed through Amphipoottov iis and Apollonia, they came to
t^v
Thessalonica, where there

was a synagogue of
Paul,
in

tlie

Jews.
2

avvayoayTj tUv 'lovSalcou.


elcodos rco JJavXco

was

And Paul, as his 'custom 2 avrovs, Kal iiu was, went in to them, and unto them, and elatiXde three sabbath-days reasoned witli aaj^^ara rpla SieXeyero avrois tliree sabbaths reasoned with Siavolycov them "from the Scriptures, U7T0 Tiov ypacpcop, them out of the scriptures, 3 Opening and alleging, that Kal Traparidep.ei'OS, otl top Xpi- "opening them and setting 3 Christ must needs have sutfered, (TTOV eSei TraOelv Kai avaariivai forth that the Christ must and risen again from the dead: eK veKpS>v, /cat otl ovtos eariv 6 sufier, and rise again from the and tiiat this Jesus, whom I dead and that this Jesus, XpiaTos 'Irjaovs, ov eyco KaTayl)reac-h untp you, is Christ. whom I announce to you, is Kai rives e^ av- the Christ. And some of them 4 4 And some of tiiem believed, yeXXoi vfxlv. and consorted with Paul and Si- Tcov eTTeLadrjaav, Kai TrpoaeKXrj- believed and "adhered to Paul
as

And

his

manner

Kara Se to

the 'synagogue of the Jews.

was, went

irpos

Xeui, in its

same ch.ipter, v. 10 and 17, translate it, and omit it here! more than hundred occurrences in N. T., is rejire- This appears rather more arbitrary than philological. Articulus cmj'liasin habet et indicat Thessalonicte tantum sented by beseech and entreat more frequently tlian by any celcbriorem synagogam fuisse, in rcliquis Macedoniie oppidis other word.
*i

EtarjXd'ov 13

rr^i'

Avt.av

is

put for

eis rr;i^

AvSta^

nonnisi pruseuchas (v.


oiy.oi'.

The preposition
e.\tent that ets

ecg,

prefixed to the names of persons, indiis,

cates the place in

which the person Tr^v AvSiav is placed


p.

and that For tn

to such

an

ad 16, 13) at recte monuerunt. Grotius, Wetsteinius, Heumanus, Roscnmiillerus, Heinrichsius, Kuinoel. t Knra Ss to eieo&os tio UavXoj staijk&e. Paul's custom
first to visit

for eis ti}p

AvSin;
Tt]i>

was,
oiy.ov.

the Jewish synagogues, before he preached

Kcenius Wesselingius ad Herod.,

161.

AvSiav,

the gospel to the Gentiles.


"

many books

have, noos iriv AvSiar, which reading

is

preferred

Not

ex,

but nno, from the Scriptures

not shewing, but

IJropounding. by Bengelius, Griesbachius, and JIattha;ius, and argued at " Jiavoiyuov In the judgment of nia^aTi&a/iSvog. y.ai, for no higher reason, as it seems to me, con.siderable length sound critics, auras must here be understood as representing than a proof of scholarship for there appears not the slighthave, in this assumption, the concurrence of y(in<fag.
; :

est difference

between them.
Paul and Silas

We

Grotius, Pricaius, Elsnerus, Morus, Rosenmiillerus, and others


is

For

Ihei/,

substituted by Wakefield, as a

of minor fame, cited by Kuinoel, vol.


setting forth,

3, p.

258.

Opening and
ali-

supplement, especially due at the beginning of a


or paragraph.
'II

new

chapter,

that the Messiah, or the Christ, must suffer.

" IJQoaty.h;Qo>d->;aav
Definite,

tw Uavlm, they adhered sectari

avvnyioyr;.

we presume

there

was but one quem


it

or, to

join ones'self to another.

Philo, de Decal., p. 760,

synagogue
is

in that district.

AVith the exception of Ilackett,

quoted by Kuinoel.
rere,

So Olshausen, Wahl, Robinson, Hackett,


n^oay.h;poeadai, adhsB-

generally a synagogue.

But why, through

thi.s

book, in

all

Sectatores Pauli et Sila? factM sunt.

other cases, translate the article in our language, and in this

aJjungcre

se atiqui, to juiii ones'self to

auy one.

IIG
ICING
las:

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


JAMES VERSION.

CHAP. XVII.
REVISED VERSION.
;

GREEK TEXT.

and of the devout Greeks poiOijaav tS IlavXco kou rcS Sl- and Silas and of the devout great multitude, and of the Xa, Toiv re aefiofjLevcov EXXi'-jvcov Greeks a great multitude, and chief women not a few. TToXv 7rXi]6o^, yvvaiKiov re tuiv of the principal women not a 5 But the Jews which believ- TTpcoTWi' ouK oXlyai. ^tjXcoaau- few. ed not, moved with envy, took But the Jews who did not Se res" ol UTreidovi'Tef 'lovSaioi, unto them certain lewd I'ellows 'believe, moved with envy, Kai TTpoaXa^ofxevoL tcou ayopalcov of the baser sort, and gathered gathered some vile men of the Tivas ai'Spas TTOviipovs, Kol o^^Aoa company, and set all the city street 'idlers, and raised a mob,
a
' "^

on an uproar, and assaulted the


house of Jason, and sought to
bring them out to the people.
G

TTOirjaravres,

XlV

and set all the city in an upiTTLCTTaVTei T Trj OLKIU ' la- roar, and assaulted the house aovo;, iQfjTOVv avT0V9 a.yayeli> of Jason, and sought to bring
;

eOopvjiovv

ti]1'

tto-

prj evpovres Se tliem out to the people but they found them eh Toi> 8tJ/xou' they dragged not finding them, avTovs, tavpov laaova toi> Kai. not, they drew Jason and cera8eX(pov! eVi rov^ tto- Jason and certain brethren 'betain brethren unto the rulers of TLvas fore the 'citj' rulers, exclaim' ol rrjv the city, crying. These that have XLTap)(as, ^ocoure?, ing, These men, who have turned the world upside down, OLKOvpevrjv uvaaTaTcocravTe?, ovturned the world upside down, are come hither also; TOL Kai evddSe rrapeiaLv, ^ ovs are come hither also ; whom 7 Whom Jason hath receiv- vTToSeSeKTai laacov kol ovtol Jason has received ; and all ed: and these all do contrary to TTavTes aTrevavTi, twv Soyparcou contrary to the ""de-

And when

'

On

these act
there

taken 'security of Jason and the others, they dismissed 10 And the brethren immedi- Se u8eX(j)o), evdeas Sia r?/? vvktos them. And the brethren imately sent away Paul and Silas e^eTrep-^av rou re UavXov Kai mediately sent away Paul and by night unto Berea: who com- rov 2iXav ei? Bepoiav o'lnves Silas ''by night to Berea, vcho
"

Kalaapo? irpaTTOvai, iSaaiXea another king, one Jesus. Xeyopres erepof elvai, 'Ii-jaovv. S And they troubled the peoJ^iTapa^av oe rov oy^Xov Kai ple, and the rulers of the city, Tovs TToXiTap-^a? uKovoi'Tas ravwhen they heard these things. Ttt" Ka\ Xajiovres to iKavov 9 And when they had taken TTapa rov lacrovos kcu r(ov Xoisecurity of Jason and of the ^^ TTCOP, uireXvcrav avTOvs. 01 other, the)' let them go.
there
is

the decrees of Cesar, saying, that

crees of Cfesar, saying,


is

sus.

Jeanother king, And they troubled the

That
8

people,
the
these

and
things.

the

rulers

of

city,

when they heard And having

lo

by Gb., Scb., Ln. It is nevert.iclcss Joyfiarcov. Dogmata is a mere transference of this word, were unbelieving Jews, if Jews at and indicates its true import, then and now, a settled opinion all. We should, indeed, rather regard it due to the nation of but when uttered by civil or ecclesiastic lords, it becomes Jews, that aTteiO-ovrrei should be a genuine reading, inasmuch magisterial, authoritative. Hence, in v. 7, it becomes the deas only a portion of that people acted in this afiair, and to cree of Cesar, that is, an opinion demanding acquiescence, unspecify this class was due to the nation as a whole. der a penalty, Ilencc, v. 8, ernpn^nr, the statement alarmed
AjitiO-ovvies, omitted
''

implied, for certainly they

Ttoj'

were wont

ayootucav, " those Street, or marlcel-house loungers, to crowd about the city gates," Hackett ; " dis-

them.
illed.

Their character, interest, and honor were

all

imper-

Hence,

v. 9.

P.n^orreg to iyatoi', having taken securiti/,


^^

Murd., Thomp.
'

orderly rabble,'" Wakef. ; " mischievous men," " multitude," Boothr.


;

E:ri, occasionally in the


;

com. ver.

dered before com. ver. to.

and

in cases of this sort,

that the peace should not be violated, mob," or enough to satisfy, and that the alledged authors of the disturbance should Neander. But some restrict the stipulation leave the city." of this book, is rento the first point (Meyer) ; others to the last. Kuinoel. Tvjv it is preferable to the lof^tiov, the others who. with Jason, had been brought before the tribunal. See v. 6. Hack.

Penn

"a

Toi's TioliTnoya;, the prefects

of the

city,

or

civil

magis-

'

AaflovTcs TO Ixttxor,

we

call " bail,"

or " security."

Twy

Eovoov violently dragged lason before the magis- loiTtior, " These others had been brought before the tribunal " the rulers of the citi/," Boothr., trates," Thomp., "Wak. with Jason." Hackett. Penn " chiefs of the city," Murd. Jia Tjjs iTHTOi. This indicates, impending danger aptrates.
; ;
''

"

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
ing

CHAP. XVII.
REVISED VERSION.

117

VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.

Trjv avva- coming thither went into the et? thiiher, went into tlie syna- jrapayevofJievoi, gogue of the Jews. ycoyrjv TOiv lovBatcov uTrrjeaav. synagogue of the Jews. Now 11 These were more noble ^^ ovTOL 8e rjaav evyevearepOL these were 'more noble-mind'

than those in Thessalonica, in TOiV


that

Iv

OeaaaXoviKri,

oltlv^s ed than those of ThessaloniTracrrjs

they
all

received

the

word iSe^avTO tov Xoyov fxera


daily,
so.

ca, in that

they received the


all

with

readiness of mind, and Trpodv/XLUf, TO Kaff -qixepav ava-

word with
mind,

'readiness of

searched

the

scriptures

Kplvovm ras
Tavra
ovrco^.

ypa<^a^,
"

il

k-^oi

^searching the
if

Scrip-

whether those things were


12 Tlierefore

ttoAAoI

/xeii oiiu

turesdaily to see

these things
12

many

of them

believed; also of honourable wo-

'

Therefore many of (^ avToiu liriaTevaav, koL twv were so. JEXXTjviBcav yvvaiKcov rSiv ev- them believed; also of honorakou avSpau ovk oXi- ble women, who were Greeks, ws Se i'yvcoaau ol dno and men, not a few. But TTj? OecrcraXoviKrjS' lovSaloi, otl when the Jews of ThessaloniKOU eV T17 Bepola KaTr]yytXr] viro ca knew that the word of Tou IlavXov 6 Aoyoy rod Oeov, God was preached by Paul TjXdov KUKSL aaXevovres tovs o)(- in Berea, they came thither
cryyipiovaiv
^^

men which were men not a few. 13 But when

Greeks, and of
the

yoi.

Jews of Thessalonica had knowledge that the word of God was preached of Paul at Berea, they came thither also, and stirred up the
people.

13

evdews Se Tore tou also, and 'stirred up the rabble. e^aTTeareLXav ol dSeX- And then the brethren, immeIlavXou 11 And then immediately the ti]u 6a- diately sent away Paul 'even TTopeveaOaL a>9 iiri (bol brethren sent away Paul, to go But Silas and as it were to the sea: but Silas Xaaaav vinpivov 8e b re SiXas to the sea. 01 Se Timothy abode there still. and Timotheus abode there still. Kol 6 TijJiodeos inel.
Xovs.
''

^*

prehended.

Eis Be^oiav, Beroea,

now known

as Yerria, a

day's journey south-west of Thessalonica.

Thomp. Penn, "Wes. More noble minded, not


erous,'"
;

not unlikely, nay, indeed, most probable it thought expedient to express that conception of the movein the factitious nobility ment. Still if it were so, to decide the matter by a special of earth, but in the generous sympathies of piety and humanity While a license in this translation is of doubtful propriety. with the Divine will. case may be allowed, there are not a few cases in which it ' JJood-viuag, readiness of mind. Readiness to will, 2 Cor. would be intolerable.
"

EvyeveaxQoi, " more noble," Boothr., Dodd.

'
;

more gen-

They shook the people" is quite as apposite as, up the people," their minds of course. But that excitement was their object, and excitement against Paul, its
times.
" they stirred
specific object, is
;

"

more

liberal," 'Mard.

"more ingenuous ;"

is

11

a witling mind,
:

8:12; ready mind,


is

19

forivardAlacrity,

'

'iis

ejic Tr,v

&a).aaaav.

Not

a few interpreters
Ilezellius,

such

as

ness of mind, 9

2.

Such

the N. T. currency.

Beza. Grotius,

Erasmus, Schmidius,

Eckermanus,

and others think that Paul was carried to the sea-coast, as if from that region, on board of ship, he would sail to Athens ^ Avaxoivovreg. Avaxqivco is found five times in this book, while, in fact, by a journey on foot, he would hasten on represented by examine and search, once in Luke's gospel. through JIacedonia and Thessaly to Athens. We quote from In Paul's epistles it is used ten times, and is represented by Kuinoel the following exposition of it, "Alii putant, Paulum It deduclum esse ad oram maris, ut ilium Judixi persequi dcsidiscern, examine, asking a question, and judge six times.

promptness of mind.
toto corde."

Critica Sacra, "voluntarily;" Vulgate,

"ex

"From

the whole heart," Luther.

indicates in its composition strict discriminating inquiry, exa-

nerent, quasi navi conscensa ex illo rcgione enavigasset.

mox

mination,
family,

Kotvoij a^iats, yoi7f;otoi', y.^tn^if


too,

y.oiTiy.og
is

are

its

autem cum reipsa,

terrestri itinere,

per Macedoniam

et

Thes-

and crime
its

which

it

alone decides,

by

affinity

amongst
exposed.

legalized descendants, because

by

it

detected and

Itaque ds i-Tti. rr^v &akaaaav saliam Athenas contendisse. verlani: quasi, velut ad mare." Vol. 3, p. 261. Acts 17 14. 'Qi ETtt, in this place, denotes usque ad mare, even to the
:

^ Sri/.evoi'Tes, to which is added by Ln., xat m^aaaoiTes. sea. The Syriac, Arabic, and JEthiopic interpreters so underWith two exceptions, aaXevio is represented by shake, com. stand this word. The particle w=, when accompanied by the The exceptions are move, and stir. It is a favorite with preposition eiii, is equal to iios, equivalent to the Koman usver. Luke. Of its fifteen occurrences in N. Test, he uses it eight que ad, vel rectc ad. Kuincel, in loco.

118

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. XVII.
REVISED VERSION.
15

GREEK TEXT.

15 And they tliat conducted KaOi(rrwvTe9 tov IlavXov, rj-ya- And they who conducted Paul brought him unto Athens: yov avTOV e'w? AOrjvmv Kcu Xa- Paul, brought him to Athens; and receiving a commandment ^ovres evToXi]v irpos tov 21iXav and having received a comuuto Silas and Timotheus i'or to mandment to Silas and TimoKol TifioOeoi/, Iva d)f Tayj.aTa come to him witli all speed, they thy to come to him, as soon kXOcocTL jrpos avTov, i^rjecrav. dejiarted. as possible, they departed. 'J^p 8e rah 'AOyvai? e'/c10 Now while Paul waited Now while Paul was waitfor them at Athens, his spirit heyojxevov avTovs tov UavXov, ing for them at Athens, his was stirred in him, when he irapo^vveTO to Trvev/xa avTov eV spirit was 'roused in him,
'
*"

ic

saw the
idolatry.

city wliolly given

to

17 Therefore disjjuted he in
the synagogue with the Jews,

and with the devout persons, and in tlie market daily with them that met with him. 18 Then certain philosophers of the Epicureans, and of the And Stoics, encountered him.

when he saw the city nvholly dteXeyero devoted to idols. Therefore /iu oi'u tv Ttj avvaycoyrj toIs he disputed in the 'synagogue, with the Jews, and with the loV^aiOLS KCU Toh ael3opLVOl9, devout persons, and in the Kol ev TYj uyopa kutu iraaav market, daily, with those wlio t]p.epav irpos tovs TrapaTvy^amet with him. Then ^ Tivi? 5e twv vovTas. Utti- certain philosophers of the Kovpelcov Kai tmv ^TOiiKcov (piXo- "Epicureans and of the Stoics and some avvefiaXXov avrw Kai encountered him ao(l)(xiv
avTO)

BecopovvTL KaTelocoXou ovTToXiv.


'

aav

Ti]v

17

'

18

'

some

said,

What

will this bab-

bler say? other some.

He

seem-

eth to be a setter forth of strange

them
tion.

gods: because he preached unto Jesus, and tlie resurrec19

Tl av deXoi 6 airep- said, what would this "chatand others, lie 01 Se, terer say fioXoyos OUT09 Xeyeiv; seems to be a publisher of i^ivwv SaipovLwv hoKei KaTayyc "foreign gods, because he anAeiif eivar on tov Irjaovv kcll nounced to them Jesus and Ti]v uvaaTaaLV avTOH evrjyyeXithe Resurrection. Now they
Tivef eXeyou,
;

13

And

tliey

brought him

'^ eTTiXajSop-evoL t avTov, took him and brought liim to took him, and ^eTo. unto Areopagus, fTTt TOV Apeiov irayov i)yayov the ""Areopagus, saying, Can

ITnno^i't'STO
:

TO TTrsvua.
5,

IlftQn^vrouat, fdUIld here and


]>rori/ked (as the

^ri/.or avTo), certain ones, or,

some of the Epicurean and Stoic

once 1 Cor. 13
dered com.
in liim.

his spirit
1 Cor. 13
:

was
5),

word

is

ren-

philosophers encountered Paul.

ver.,

erciled, stirred vp, ev

avrm,

Like the Jewish Sadducees, these Epicureans were very great


triflers,

It was,

however, suppressed.

He

addressed them

or frivolous persons,

'

Duui vivimus vivamus " was

very courteuusly.

their oracle.
"

One of tlie many n.T| Xeyoitcia of this book Wholly addictrd" or " wholly given." is pleonastic, but no more than called for. Petronius, a contemporary of Paul, in his 17th Satire, makes Quartilla say of Athens, ^You can more easily find a god tlian a man in Athens." Paul found a S3'nago*;uc iu Athens, and a way into the Agora, or Forum. There was no called auditory. lie spoke TTooi TOVS TinoaTvy/nfoi'ms, to those tcho happened to be
''

KaretSriilor.
"

babbler, one uttering scraps on

any

subject.

So they

of Acts.

understood his quotations fro:n the Jewish Scriptures. Non ano rov oTtciffeiv rovg 'O oTtegfioloyos, garrulus.
''

loyovs, but rather rtn^n to hytiv oniQfiaTa, quasi scmini-

Icgas dicas, quod sata in agris depascantur


passtrculis, aliisque aviculis sumpta, qua3

; metuphora a neque magnopere

sunt

csui,

neque cantu delectant, sed garritu pcrpetuo sunt

there

Cicero, de oratore, 1
all

4,

calls the
arc,

Athenians the

venters of

learning.

Ilis

words
in

Beza. "Demosthenes addressed yEschines by the same name, three hundred years before Paul was there." '^Athena: omnium Broughton on the Revelation, quoted in Critica Sacra.
molestic."
in-

doctrinarum invenlrices."
c. 26,

Foreign gods, and new gods, unknown before, are supposhe says: ''humanity, religion, learning, institutions and ed by them to have been indicated bj' roi' Ii,aovv xm Tijf known are and diffused throughout laws, whose monuments These words, in their polytheistic ears, sounded as araatr. the world, all originated in Athens." though a male and female Divinity were intended. Athens. Of these two were There were many Forums in p Aaetoi' Ttayov, a rocky eminence, west of the Acropolis. most celebrated, called Velus ct Nov\im, the oi,n and the New.

And

his oration for Flaccus,

" Tiy^a

Se J7Zvy.orQt(tiv ynt t(ov Xro't'xctjv ^iloaoffoiv avrs-

Em

is

often represented

by

to

and upon.

They placed him

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
saying,
this

CHAP. XVII.
REVISED VERSION.
t'i^

119

VERSION'.

GREEK TEXT.
wliat

May we know
is ?

Xeyovre?, Avva/xeda yvSivai,


)]

we know what
trine
is,

this

new

doc20

new

doctrine, wliereof thou

KUivrj avTrj

rj

vtto <jov

XaXov-

of which you speak?

sjieai^est,

fievrj

8180^1;
l(T(ppi?

20 For thou bringest certain


strange things to our ears;

we

TLva
rjfiwv
TL

^evl^ovTa yap For you bring some strange things to our ears. We wish, els ras aKoas
therefore, to

would know therefore what these


things mean.

iSovXofieda

ovv
koI

yvwvai,
'

know what

these

things mean.

kv OeXoL Tavra
Se

elvai.

21

(For

all

the

Athenians vaioi

Travres

which were there, fxovuTes g^i'oi ety spent their time in nothing else, evKa'ipovv, r; XeyeLV tl koI ukov- either in telling or iiearing but either to tell, or to hear eiv KaLvorepov. some new thing. Then Paul some new thing.) Sradels .5e 6 UavXos ei> stood up in 'tlie midst of the 22 Then Paul stood in the Areopagus, and said; Atheni'Apelov irayov, i(j)r}, midst of Mars-hill, and said, Ye placp Tov ans I perceive that, 'in every men of Athens, I perceive that Avdpes AOrjvaioi, Kara -Travra respect, you are "exceedingin all things ye are too super- (Mf Seto-iSaipovearepovs vpS.9 Oicoa,nd strangers
! '

Athenians and stranthere, spent ovSeu erepov their time in nothing else, but
all

AOtj-

For

21

01

iindr]- gers

who were

22

stitious.

23 For as I passed by, and beheld your devotions, I found deciipav Ta ae/Sao-para an altar with this inscription, evpov Kol ^copoi' eV w

pco.

^^ Biep-^^op-fvos

yap

ly devotional. For as I kol ava- passed along and observed

23

vpSiv,
e-rreye-

the objects of
I

your worship,
in-

found an altar with this


:

TO THE UNKNOWN GOD. Whom therefore ye ignorantly

ov ovv scription. To AN Unknown God him, therefore, whom ayvoovures V(refieLTe, tovtou eyco worship, liini declare I unto you. you, not knowing, worship, I 6 Oeo9 b declare to you. 24 God that made the world, KarayyeXXco vplv. and all things therein, seeing TTOLTjaas TOV Kocrpov kul iravra God who "made the world that he is Lord of heaven and Ta if avTcS, ovtos ovpavov Kai and all things in it, seeing earth, dvvelleth not in temples that he is Lord of heaven and yrjs KvpLOs VTrap^cov, ovk iu -^et.made with hands; of earth, dwells not in temples ovSe made with hands; neither is 2-5 Neither is worshipped with poTTOirjTOis paols KaroiKei, men's hands, as though he need- VTTO ^eipau avOpcoircou Bepaireve- ministered to by men's hands.
ypaTTTo, AyvcaaTco Oew.
upon, or brought him
the court so called.
to,

24

25

the xVreiopagus, or Mars Hill, uot to

worshiper of demon gods.


inanis, Cicero.

^ataiSctifiofiu, superstition.
is

Timor Dei

This word

found Acts 25

19.

Concurring

in

opinion with Doddridge, Calvin, Xeauder,

Superstitiosior, Vulgate.

Per trope, dccotieux, Fiench vuIgate.

Winer, Ilackett, and sundry other scholars In the margin, " ie mot signijie, qui est expose envcrs, ajin is not standing on trial before the Areioqu'on y rende quelque service de religion." See Critica Sacra. pagus, or supreme court of Athens, but standing in sight of More religious than others. ''He (Paul) announced himself its temple of justice, we regard his discourse as a popular ad- as one that would guide their SiiatSai/novia, not rightly conWfctte, Kuina-l,
critics,

De

and

that Paul

dress,
1

and not

as a defense before a civil or judicial tribunal.

scious of its object and aim,

by a

revelation of the object to

i' fteari>

rov Aoetov nayov, the highest court of justice

which
'

it

thus ignorantly tended."

Keander.

in Athens,

which had specially the cognizance of whatever reAi'a&eo>Qon> t atfiaauaTO. vfiioy, they had gone beyond But in the judgment of our most sober their contemporaries in erecting an altar to " the vnJinoivn critics, it remains uncertain whether Aqeiov jtnyov here reGod." This justitied the ingratiatorj' manner in which Paul presents a place, or an assemhbj, the hill, or the court as- addressed them. No other city, or people, had thus confessed sembled on it. It was a grand conceptheir ignorance and their devotion. Kara nan^a is well rendered, " in every respect ", by tion, to erect an altar to the great unkkowx in the centre Hackett. "From every thing I sec" Thomp. " ja all things," of Grecian civilization " by all things," Penn " in Murd. " altogether," Wakef " Ovx cv xeioo7zotr;T0is laoii y.uroiy.fi.. Stephen, in Acts
spected religion.
; ; ; ;

all jjlaccs," Boothr.

48, uses the

same phrase which Paul here

uses, having for

"We quote the following judicious exposition of this word from Leigh's Crit. Sacra. ^eiacBai/coveartnoi, " Too full of

its subject,
is,

o i^'taro^

f/'

ytioojiutriron vrton aaroiy.ei.

Lidve

doubtless, the

author, as well as the reporter of these

demons already,

I shall not

need to bring any more among you words.

120

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.
raL

CHAP. XVII.
REVISED VERSION.
avros as though he needed anything, Kara seeing he gives to all, life and
2G

GREEK TEXT.
7rpo(T06o/JLevo9

ed any
to
all

thing, seeing he giveth


life,

tlvos,
TTi'orju

and breath, and


hath

all

SlSovs TTuai Qmi]v KOI


irdvTa'^^

things;

on all the face of the earth, and hath determined the times before appointed, and the bounds of their luibitiition; 27 That they should seek the Lord, if haply they might feel after him, and find him, though he bo not far from every one
of us:

26 blood dwell

And
all

nations

made of one of men lor to

i^ epos breath, and all things; and irav tOvos uvOpwircoi', has made of one blood every a'l/J.aTOS' KaToaceli' eVt Trdi' to irpocroiTrov nation of men, to dwell on all
iTTolrjae

re

TTjs yy}^,

op'iaas irpoTeTaypevovs

the face of the earth, 'having

Kaipovs
KarOLKLas
KvpLoif,

KUL

ru9 opoOealas
^rjretu

Trjs

determined the appointed seasons and limits of their abode; that

amSiV
apa ye

tov
ov

el

\^riXa(l)r]aeiav

Lord,
feel

if,

they should seek the perhaps, they might

27

avTOV Kol evpoiev,

KaiTOiye

after

him and

find
is
;

him

paKpav

airo

Since, then, "we are the off- 29 not to think that the Godhead spring of God, we ought not ^^upaypaTL Te^urjs kol evOvpn-jis like unto gold, or silver, or to think that the Godhead is stone, graven by art and man's crecos avdpoiirov, to Oelov eivai like to gold or silver, graved device. op.oLov. I ovs p.ei' ovv XP' by art or man's device. And 30 30 And tlie times of this ignos^ vouf rrjs aypoLas vTrepiocop o the times of this ignorance rance God winked at; but now commandeth all men every where 0eo9, ravvv TvapayyeXXeL rols God ^overlooked, but now comto repent: avOpwTTOis TrdcTL irai/ray^ov p.eTa- mands all men every where,
.

VTTap^ovTa. 2S For in him we live, and p.ev Kou Kii'ovfjL$a KUL ecrp-ev move, and have our being; as wy KUL TLves Twv KaO vp.as Troirjcertain also of your own poets have said. For we are also his rav eip7]Kacn, Tov yap koI yevos eap.ev. Pevos ovv virap^ovTes ortspring. 29 Forasmuch then as we are TOV Oeov, ovK ocjjelAop.eu vopnthe ofl'spring of God, we ought ^eiu '^pvcrcp rj apyvpco rj XiBco,

eVof eKaarov ypiou although, indeed, he ^ ev avTca yap ^wfar from any one of us

not

for

by

2s

live, and move, and have our being; as even some of your own poets have said "For we, indeed, his offspring
;

him we

are.

<

Br. Clark adds, Sell., and " the bounds of their habitation." "Having "Everj' nation had its lot thus appointed of God, as truly as determined the appointed times, and the boundaries of their Israel had its land. But the removal of the Jews by the babitation.s," Penn. ''Having fixed from the first the ap- Saracens, the Saracens by the Turks, the Greeks by the pointed times and boundaries of their habitations," Wakef. Romans, the Romans by the Goths and Vandals, and so of
'

'Oniaag TinoTernyftcvovi
'i'f.
;

or, ^(loarerny/iei-ov;,

Gb.,

Ln.,

more approved

reading, y.nt^ovi, etc.

'And

lie

hath separated the seasons by his ordinance: and

others,

show, that a people


This,
I

may
is

forfeit

their

original

in-

Having marked out times previously' arranged in order, and the boundaries of their habitations for them to seek the Lord," Thomp. " And hath determined their appointed times, and the bounds of tlieir habitations, that they might seek God," Boothr. " Having marked out the times fore-allotted, and boundaries of their habitations," Dodd. "We see nothing gained or lost
hatli set

bounds to the residence of men," Murd.

"

heritance."

we

presume,

a conceded point.
is,

The

approved reading,
"

concur with Dr. Hackett,

nooareiayui-

rovi, rather than n/yoreTnyueiovs,

common

Text.

are.

Tov yaQ y.ai ycros eo/ici; For we, indeed, his offspring These words are the first half of a hexameter found in Aralus, a Cicilian poet, whose poem antedates Christ some
270 years.
^

to rival theorists in their controversies on these words.

Ac-

Paul concedes

its truth.

The same idea

is

also found in

cording to
the

Adam

Clark, instead of nQorsTayuei'ovi y.ai^ovg,

other Greek writers.

Prof. Hackett quotes from the

hymn

limes before appoinleil,

!MSS., witli the Syriac, all

and more than forty other of Cleanthus, addressed to Jupiter Tonans, almost the same Paul, in his manner of the Arabic, the Coptic, Aethiopic. words, " x aov yn^ yevos ea/ie>:"
quotation, generalizes
y.aai,
tlie

ABDE

Slavonian, Vulgate, and Itala, read TtooaTtTnyaevovg xac^ovg,


the
^^

idea,

using the words, Ttpe; ^'?V-

appointed times.

The

difl'erence

is.

TtooTaaaeiv
to "

is

to

certain Greeks have said, etc.

place before others" but TTjiooiaaacii'

is

command, deis,

y 'T7tc^tSu)i:

In the Septuagint
jjermitled,

its

most common import


"

cree, or appoint."

" contemn,
;

suffered,"

Kuin.

Overlooked,"

UQoaTirayficioi xaioot are constituted, OV

'^

decreed times,"

Boothr.

"

condemning," "Wakef.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. XVIH.
REVISED VERSION.
to

121

GREEK TEXT.
voelv
^

31 Because he hath appointed a day, in the which he will judge the world in righteousness, by that man whom he hath ordained: whereof he hath given assurance unto all Dicn, in that lie hath raised him from the
dead.

reform. Because he has 'appointed a day, in which he u fj fieAXei Kpiveiv rrjv OLKOv/xewill judge the world in rightevrjv Iv BiKaLOcrvvrj. ev avbpl w ousness, by that man whom (opicre, TTiaTiv 'Kapaay(cov iraaiv, he has appointed, giving assuai>a<TTr]cras avTOv e/c veKpcoi/. rance to all, having raised him
SioTL
earrjcrev rnxepav,
^"

31

AKOvaavres

8e

dvaaraaiv from the

dead.

And when

32

veKpu)V, ol p.ev e^Xeva^ov the eliTov, 'AKOvao/j-effa aov irdXiv some mocked: and others said. and others said, we will hear will hear thee again of this irepl TOVTOV. Kou ovrcof 6 you again concerning this mat-

32

And when they heard


of

the

resurrection

of dead,

they heard of a resurrection ol 8e of the dead, some mocked;

We

matler.

33 So Paul departed from amona; them. 34 Howbeit, certain men clave unto him, and believed among the which ivas Dionysius the Areopagite, and a woman named Damaris, and others with them.
:

IlavXos i^rjX0eu
Tcov.
"

e/c

fieaov av-

ter.

So Paul departed from

33

TLves 8e dvBpes koXXtj-

among them.
:

deures aura, eTricTTevcrav


Kol AiovvaiO? 6 KOU yvvT]
erepoi

iv ols

But "certain persons adhered to him and believed among whom, was

'ApeoTraytTrjs, Dionysius the ''Areopagite, ovopaTL zldfj.apis, kuI and a woman named Damaris,
avrols-

aw

and others with them.


CHAP.
.XVIII.
l

CHAP.

XVIII.

CHAP.

XVIII.

After

these things, Paul de-

META
e/c

de Tavra ^(wpLaGeis

After

these things 'Paul

parted fronr Athens, and came 6 IIavXo9


to Corinth
ei?

raiu 'AOrjvai) rjXOev left Athens, and

went

to

Co2

KopivOov

KOL evpai/ riva rinth.

And found

a certain

Jew

'lovSaloi/ ovojxaTL

'AkvXuu, Uov-

certain

And having Jew named


with

found a
''Aquila,

named Aquila, born in Pontus, TLKOV TM yevei, irpoaipaTCo^ iXrjborn lately come from Italy, with his XvOoTa UTTO T7]s IraXia^, Koi
wife Priscilla, (because that Claudius had

in Pontus, lately Italy,

come

UpLaKiXXav yvvaiKa avrov, 8ia commanded all Jews to TO 8iaTra)(ei'ai KXav8Lov X'^P'-' cilla, (because Claudius had depart from Eome) and came ^ecrOaL iravra^ rovs Iov8aiovs e/c commanded all the Jews to deunto them. r^f I^co/jtys, TrpoarjXOeu avroi^- part fi'om Eome), he came to 3 And because he was of the /cat Ota TO opLOTexyov eifai. them. And because he was
'

from

his wife Pris-

'

Ev

arSoi

qj

w^iae, by the

man whom

he has appointed.

we now

substitute the
;

word

associate, in all cases of


is

com-

Because a
sative.

ilefinite

clause follows avdQi, he omits the article.


(!>

panionship

" associated

with him "

only tolerable, and does

Stuart's Gram.,

88, 3.

stands by attraction for the accu-

not quite express the


''

full sense.

Areopagite, one of the judges of the court at the Areopagus.

K^ivsip
" Judge

rf}v oLitovfievrjv.

in N. T., represented
all

Oty.QVftr't^v occurs eighteen times Tradition says, by Eusebius, that he was afterwards bishop of by world fourteen times, and earth once. the church in Athens, and died as a martyr. " The world," Thomp., Wes., the earth," Murd. 'O ITavXos is rejected by Ln., Tf. Paul is, however, the
;

Penn, Boothr., cum mulfis


presentative.

aliis.
;

subject of the narrative.


define
is

His name

is,

therefore, found in

'^^tae, appointed, or decreed

its

most exact
4
:

re-

almost

all

the versions, Wiclif, Tynd., Cran., Geneva, Dodd.,


,

So decides

Crit. Sacra, ^'definio, Ileb.

7,

item

definire ccrto scopo desLinare."


'

viri

Thomp.,
Corinth.
''

Wakef

Wes., Murd., Boothr.


left,

JBXO'ev cis Ko^ivd'ov

XioQtod-ete,

having

or removed from, Athens, came to


a Latin name.

Ttves

Se

apS^es xoi.hj&svres, aliquot autem ten occurrences, N. Test.,

se

ei

adjunxerunt.
Kollnto, in
its
is

Oi'Ofiari Axi'lav.
oy.rivoTtoi.oi,

Axvlas

is

six times re-

Jew, a
birth,

a tent-maker; riva lovSaiov, a


;

He was a Jew by

presented by join, three times by cleave, and once, to " keep


company.''''

now

a Christian

exiled, indeed, as a

Jew, not as a

These are

all,

more or

less,

antiquated, for which

Christian, as reads the decree of Claudius.

122

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.
efxeve Trap

CHAP. XVIH.
REVISED VERSION.
tlie same trade, he abode with them, and ^worked for by occupation they were tentmakers. And he reasoned in the synagogue every sabbath, and endeavored to "^persuade both Jews and Greeks. But when Silas and Timothy were scome from Macedonia, Paul was constrained in spirit,

GREEK TEXT.
avTois kul etpyaC^ero'
of

same craft, he abode with them, and wrought, (for by their occupation they were tent-makers.) 4 And he reasoned in the synagogue every sabbath, and persuaded the Jews and the Greeks. 5 And when Sihis and Timotheus were come from Macedonia, Paul was pressed in the spirit, and testified to the Jews,
thiit

7]aau
*

yap

crKrji>oTroLoi ti]v re^urju.

SieXeyero Se eV ry avvaycoyfj Kara irav aa^^arov, e-rreide re


'lovSalovf
8e
/cat

EXXt-jvas.

""

f2s

ti^s MaKe8oSlXaf Koi 6 Tip.o6eo9, avvei^ero rw TrvevjxaTL 6 JJav-

KaTTjXOov airo

vlas o re

Aor, 8i.aixapTvpoixevo? roig 'lovSaloL?

Jesus was

Clirist.

rou

\piaTOV

lyaovv. Jews,

earnestly testifying that Jesus


Christ.

to

was

the the
c

G And when they opposed uvTiTaaaopiivcov 8e avrcov kou themselves, and blasphemed, he jBXao-^rjp.ovvTOiv, iriva^apievos shook his raiment, and said unto ra LfxaTta, tune irpos avTov^, 1 o them, Your blood he upon your aipa vpoiv em r?;f KetpaXiji' Vjxcov own heads: I am clean: from

henceforth I will go unto the


Gentiles.

7 And he departed thence, and entered int a certain man\ house,

named

Justus, one that

resisted and shook his raiment, and said to them, Your blood be on your own heads. I am Henceforth I will KaOapos e'yo), caro rov vvu els ra clean. edurj TTopevcrofiai. Kal fxera- go to the Gentiles. And he departed thence, and enter/3af eKeWev rjXOev el? olKiav tlvos ed into the house of a ceroi'OfiaTi 'lovarov, ae^ojievov tov tain man named Justus, who Oeov, 01) 7] oiKia -qv avvopLOpovaa worshiped God, whose house
reviled, lie
'

And when they

worshipped God, whose house joined hard to the synagogue.

was adjacent to the synagogue. But Crispus, the chief eirtaTevae tc3 kv- ruler of the synagogue, be8 And Crispus, tiie chief ruler upj(Lavvayaiyos hXw tS o'lKCo avrov' Kai lieved on the Lord with all of the synagogue, believed on pico the Lord with all his house: and TToXXail rau KopLvOiwv aKOVov- his ''family: and many of the many of the Corinthians liearing, rey eTTLarevov Kal efiairTi^ovTO. Corinthians, hearing, believed, and were immersed. Then believed, and were baptized. ^ Eiire 8e 6 Kvpios St bpaparos the Lord said to Paul in a 9 Then spake the Lord to Paul in the night by a vision, ev vvktX rw IJavXw, Mrj (jyo^ov, vision by night, Be not afraid,
TYj

avvaycayfi

Kplairos Se

aw

De Wette, and Roand so do we. But we follow Hackett. The Jewish copy, in this case, however, doubtfully. Paul was, no doubt, tqoizov, in Jude, v. 7. tive like rov law, after their exile, held that a father who taught not his much stirred up by the presence of Silas and Timothy, and son a trade, taught him to be a thief. So the latter Rabbis became more fervent in spirit. Zvvex^o occurs twelve times in N. T. In nine of these it is taught. used by Luke, translated, com. ver., by lalien with, tkronged, ' 'Elhjvas, Greek proselytes; cnetD-e, persuaded, or was
'

Jii^ya^cro,

worked

for bis subsistence.

'0/torexvos, prac-

Hackett, the Vulgate, Kuincel, Olshausen,


''

tised the

same

art or trade.

Tijv Texvrir,

a limiting accusa- binson, prefer,

tht

word,''^

persuading, tried

to persuade

the Jews.
'

"

Persuaded the
the affections,"

straitened, kept in, held, stopped their ears, that

is,

'"

held them."

Jews and Thomp. "


;

Gentiles,"

Murd.

conciliated

"Lay

sick of a fever," or, seized

by a
''

fever.

suade," Boothr.

Paul was impeded in disJews stood up against him and reviled, ' KaTrjXd'ov, came down (Silas and Timothy). Soi'stxero rm as he testified to them that Jesus is the Messiah." This For Trnv/tari indicates that it was word, and not spirit, in his understandTtveff'ari 6 Ilavloi, Paul was pressed in spirit. " The evidence decides for Gb., Sch., Ln., Tf. prefer '/.oyoj. ing of the Peshito Syriac version, the oldest known.
of the S.vriac renders this passage,
course, because the
T(j)

striving to persuade,"

Penn

"

endeavored to per-

straiten, constrain,

taken with, or seized.

Elsewhere by Murdock's version

Hack. ^ Xvv oXoi roi oiy.io avrov, with all his family. Such is the Should we prefer Gb., Sch., Ln., and Tischendorf's selected readings, we should read it, frequent acceptation of oixos in the Christian Scriptures, " Paul was engrossed with the word." With our text, we indicating the parents and the children, the masters and tho
Xoyc' as the original word, Griesbach, Mey., Tf."
prefers, to> Tcvmifiaii.

Our text

render

it,

"was impelled by the

Spirit," or, his

own

spirit.

servants, as

it

does in the Septuagint of 0. Test.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. CHAP.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

XVIII.
REVISED VERSION.

123

GREEK TEXT.

Be not afraid, but speak, and hold not thy peace:


10 For I

aXXa XaXei
10

am with

thee,

and
in

no man
thee
:

shall set

on thee, to hurt

for I

have

much people

this city.

11 And he continued there a year and six months, teaching rod Oeov. the word of God among them. " raXXtcovo? 8e avOvirarevov12 And when Gallio was the deputy of Achaia, the Jews ro9 rrjf A-)(aLa9, Kareirearrjaav made insurrection with one ac- ofxodvfxaSou ol lovSaioL rcS Uavcord against Paul, and brought Xm , Kai riyayov avrov em ro him to the judgment-seat. 13 Xeyovres, ' Otl irapa. firjfJLa 13 Saying, This fellow perrov vofxov ovrof avaTreiOei rovs suadeth men to worship God avOpcoTTOvs ae^ecrOaL rov Oeov. contrary to the law. ^* MeXXovro? 8e rov JIavXov 14 And when Paul was now

but speak, and be not 'silent; am with you, and no oiori eyo) ei/xi fiera crov, man shall assail 'you to hurt ovSel? iiridi^a-eral <jol rod /ca/cc5you for I have many people aai ae- Siori Xaos earl jjlol ttoin this city. And he conXv9 iv rrj TToXei ravrrj. 'Ekoltinued there a year and six 6i(xe re eviavrov Kcd fxrjvas e^, months, teaching the word of diSaaKcov ev avroii rov Xoyov God among them.
Kai
'

/x?;

'

'

'

cricoTrrjcrrjg^ V

Kai for I
:

lO

ii

And when
erning
sul,

Gallio

was gov-

12

Achaia as ^proconthe Jews, with one

consent,
against

made
Paul,

insurrection

and

brought

him

to saying. This 'fellow persuades 13

the

judgment-seat,

men

to worship

God

contrary

to the law.

about to open his mouth, Gallio said unto the Jews, If it were a matter of wrong, or wicked lewdness, 0, ye Jews, reason would that I should bear with

you
'

Paul was about mouth, Gallio Were it, Jews, the said to Xicov irpos rov? 'lovSalov?, El indeed, a matter of -"wrong, fiev ovv rjv a(5//c?7/ua re i] paSior a wicked act, Jews, it would ovpyrj/xa irovripov, co lovSatoi, be reasonable that I should Kara Xoyov av ijvea^op.rjv vp-cov bear with you. But if
as

And

avoiyeiv ro crro/xa, elirev 6 jTaX- to

open

his

15

3Li
is

atcoTttjarjg,

do not be

silent,

or,

he not silent.

The Luke

No man

so agreeably affable to one man,

as

he was

latter
sive.
1

more imperative than the former, and

less persua-

to every one.

'OaoO-v/iaSoi; unanimously, with one mind, with one acand no one shall attack thee, tdie, to in- cord, com. ver. KaTETtEOTfjaai' '/.arEtfiOTr^fit, an una^ Xeyojure thee. " No one shall attempt it with success, or, ecbatic, fiEvov, insurgo, made insurrection, rose up against. Mioti, Xaog eoxi iioi so as to injure thee" De Wette, Hackett. The indictment against Paul was, this person, fellow, as TtnJ.vg, I have muck people" i. e., "many who are appointed implied in the word ovrog, literallj^, this one. In the vocative Littleton, " scornfully." alas for you See ch. 13 48." Hack. it is used for heus tu to be such. The passage here referred to is, iaoi 7]aav rsxriYfisyot cis " This one," " this fellow," Dodd., Wes., Tynd., Cran., Gen.
EniQrjaETai, aot,

'

'^

^oir,v

aicoviov.

The orthodoxy

of Prof.

Hackett
'^

is

unques- Auaneid-u, persuades


tions.

men

to worship

God contrary

to law.

tionably apparent,

we know
such"
is

it well.

Still

the

many who
passage

All persecutions are prompted and defended on such allega-

are appointed
is

to

be

unnecessarily exegetical of what

not in the text, nor in the context. Luke's writings

We

know no

quence

Persuadeo whence comes Pitho, the Latin suada unde suadse, medulla.
:

goddess of eloGrit. Sacra.


;

in

in which he presumes to draw upon the " ASixrjfia, here only found, and in ch. 21 20 Apoc. 18:5, volume in the cabinet of heaven, that has not a matter of %orong, eiiil doing, iniquity. Such is its whole curtranscript in any library in our planetary system which can rency in N. T., connected with &qSiovQyr,fta, an ,Ta| ltyof.iebe consulted by man. One thing is historically and critically vor. 'PaSiov^yia, ch. 13 10, com. ver., mischief, a reckless plain, that the Lord had all the people in Corinth. They wicked deed. Here it is represented by /acinus, malum. were all his, and it was a large population. Hence in the Crit. Sacra. "Injury, or evil practice," Penn; "injustice, or

secrets of a

ratio of population should all Christian efforts


"

be made.
as

Avd'vTtarevovxog

rtjg

Aya'ia,

"

was governing Achaia

proconsul," Hackett.
as proconsul.

Avd-vnarsvm, Proconsul sum, I govern Seneca the moralist, formerly called Novatus, was exceedingly bland and kind to all. "Nemo mortalium uni tam dulcis quam hie omnibus," said Seneca, his
Gallio, brother of

wicked heinousness," Wes.; "fraud, or base act," Murd.; " legally, or ethically," Hack. Any gross enormity, outrage. Aoyog indicates any communication, word, doctrine, saying,
question, matter,

fame, account,

treatise, tiling, intent, tidings^

speech, reason, utterance, preaching, act of injustice, or

wicked
concen-

inischief

Dodd.

Matter of wrong, or wicked

act,

brother.

Does not Luke here corroborate Seneca, and Seneca

trates both ideas, as

we presume.

; :

124

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES' VERSION.

CHAP. XVIII.
REVISED VERSION.
be a question concerning a doctrine, and names, and your law, look you to it for
it
:

GREEK TEXT.

And he "drove them from the judgment-seat. Then all the ^Greeks took Sosthenes, the ruler of the synagogue, and beat him before the judgthe judgment-seat. And Gallio irpoardev tov ^i]ixaTOS' koL ov8lv ment-seat: and Gallio cared cared lor none of those things. TOVTCov Tip raXXiavL epeXeu. for none of these things. 18 And Paul after this tarried O HavXoy eVi irpoaAnd Paul tarried yet many there yet a good while, and then p.eiva? r]p.epai 'days, and, having bid adieu iKuvaf, rois a8eXtook his leave of the brethren, (pols aiTOTa^apevo9, to the brethren, sailed forth e^eirXei (.Is and sailed thence into Syria, and into Syria, and with him T7]v ^vptav, Kol avTca Upiwith him Priseilla, and Aquila; Priseilla and Aquila; having aKiXXa KOL 'AKvXas, Ketpap-euos having shorn his head in Censhorn his head in Cenchrea TTjv K({)aXi]v iv Key^peoLi- el^e chrea for he had a vow. for he had a vow. And ^^ KaTi^VTTjae 8e ezy 19 And he came to Ephesus, yap evxwhe came into Ephesus, and and left them there but he him- JKpeaoi/, KUKeiuovf KareXnrev left them there. But he himself entered into the synagogue, avToif avTos 8e elaeXOcou eh rrju self, entering into the synaand reasoned with the Jews. avvayeayrjv, 8ieXe)(^di] vols lov- gogue, reasoned with the i>\ 20 S 20 When they desired him to oatois. epcoTcouTcov oe avTcou Jews, and though they retarry longer time with them, he ein TrXeiova -^povov p.eLva.1 Trap' quested him to remain longer consented not: avTots, ovK eirevevaev ^^ aAA' time with them, he did not con21 But bade them farewell, sent: but bade them farewell, saying, I must by all means keep aTrera^aro avTOLS, eiircou, ^ei p.e saying, I must by all means
matters.
'

be a question of el 8e ^rjTiifJLo. iaTL Trepl Xoyov words and names, and of your KaL ovofxaTcov Kai vofxov rov Kaff law, look ye to it: for I will be vixas, 6\lfea0e avror Kpmjs yap no judge of such matters. eyco TOVTOiv ov ^oiiXofxaL eivai. 16 And he drave them from ^ Kal ain^Xaaeu avTOvs airo rov the judgment-seat. ^' ^i]IJLaTOS. i7riAa(36fXU0L Se 17 Then all the Greeks took iravTfs ol EXXi]ves ScoaOevriv Sosthenes, the chief ruler of the synagogue, and beat Jiim before Tov up-^iavvayayov ervTrTOu e/xif it

15 But

will not be a "judge of these


16
17

AE

is

aw

19

'

'

'

'

20

21

keep the approaching feast at salem: but I will return again eh 'Iepoa6Xvp.a- Jerusalem: but I will return unto you, if God will. And he iraXtv 8e dfaKapylrco Trpos vp.ds, to you again, if God will sailed from Ephesus. TOV Oeov OeXovTos. Kal avrj^drj and he 'sailed from Ephesus.
vrjv
TTOLrjcraL
"

this least that

cometh

in

Jeru- TravTcos

T-t]v

eopTi]v ti]p ep-^ope-

Ou

povXoftai,
y.ai

TjfQt

Xoyov

avroi.

To

I will not he a judge. Ei Se irjrrj/iia eart orofiarcov xai vouov rov xnd' vitas, oifeaO-a translate this climax of Gallio in the spirit of it,

This omission conceded,


" Sosthenes

it

would

read,

And

they

all

beat

Sosthenes the president, or ruler of the synagogue.

was probably the successor of Crispus,

v. S, or,

without impinging upon the letter of it, is a desidcratmn. As we conceive of it, spirit and letter, wo prefer the following, If it be a question eoneeniing a word, and of names, and of the law amongst you. Look to it yourselves : for I will not be a judge of such matters. It will not materially affect the spirit, or the import of it, should we adopt the marginal readmg in
the text, according to Ln., Tf. and Gb., and make it plural instead of singular, If it be questions eoncerning a word (or even of a doctrine). prefer word, as more apposite to his

as Briscoe conjectures,

may have belonged

to another .syna-

gogue in the

city.

their hatred to the Jews, singled

The Greeks, always ready to manifest him out as the ohjeet of


Hack.

their personal resentment."

OvSef
1

Toi'Tojv,

the dispute between the


ixavas.

Jews and
:

Gentiles.
26.

En liiteptts

See note on Ixavoe, ch. 19

IlaQ nvToi;, omitted by Lu., Tf.


affects
'

Its presence or absence

We

not the sense.

conceptions and spirit on the occasion.

Ai'r;x9'>]

avayco,
is

1st aor.

3d

pers.,

and he sailed from


ver.,
its

Ephesus.
A:rr^).aati;

Ayayio

represented by led up, brought, launched

from

a:riP.a(o,

an annl hyoiievor in this book.


their departure.
Tf.,

forth, loosed, offered,


Its

and by sailed,

in

com.

three tmics.
associations.
it is

lie drove
r

them away, compelling


omitted by Ln.,

meaning

is

often

made contingent upon

Here, being connected with traveling on water,

repre-

01

'EXXtjves,

Gb., a probable omission.

sented by sailed.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. XVIII.
REVISED VERSION.

125

GREEK TEXT.
'"

22 And when he had landed aiTo rrjs Ecptcrov kcu KareX- And after he had gone down and gone up and sa- 6wv ety Kataapetav, avafias koll to Cesarea, and gone up and luted the church, he went down aa7raaafj.ei>os ttji> eKKXTjalav, 'saluted the congregation, he
at Cesarea,

22

to Antioch.

he had spent TroLrjcray y^povov Tiva, i^ijXde, some time there, he departed and Btep^Ofxevos Kade^rjs Ti]i> JTaXawent over all the country of TLKrjv )((opau KOL ^pvylau, eVtGahatia and Phrygia in order, ar-qpl^oiv iravras tovs ixa67]Ta.s. 23
after

And

to Antioch. having spent some time there, he departed, passing through all the country of Galatia and Phrygia in

went down

And

23

strengthening

all

the disciples.
'

order, "establishing all the dis-

24 And a certain Jew, named Apollos, born at Alexandria, an eloquent man, and mighty in the scriptures, came to Ephesus. 25 This man was instructed in the way of the Lord and being fervent in the spirit, he spake and taught diligently the things
:

'lovSaiOf 8e TL9 \^-7ToXXu>9 ciples.

ovofiaTL,

'AXe^audpevs rm
BwoLTOs
25

yei/ei,

And

a certain Jew,

named

24

avrjp
J

AoyiOf,
?

KaTrjVTTqaev
a)v
?

els

Apollos, born at Alexandria,

J^ipeaoi',

iv

rats

ypa(pais.
/Xe^'Of

ovtos

rjv

KaTrj^i-fKCU.

TTjV

o8oU TOU KVplov,


TTuevfiari,

^eoiv

rcS

eXaXet
irepl

koI

i8l8aaKu

UKpi^w ra
"^^

tov
to

of the Lord,

knowing only the Kvplov,


ijp^aro

einaTapievos

p-ovov

baptism of John.

^aiTTLapLa 'Icoavvov

ovtos re
eV
rfj

an "eloquent man, and mighty in the Scriptures, came down to Ephesus. This man was instructed in the way of the Lord, and being "fervent in spirit, he spoke and taught diligently the things concerning the Lord, though he knew only

25

26 And he began to speak boldly in the synagogue: whom, when Ac|uila and Priscilla had heard, they took him unto them, and expounded unto him the

the immersion of John. And he began to speak boldly in avvaycoyfj. aKovaavres 8e av- the synagogue: whom, when TOV AkuXuS KOL JIplcTKiXXa, Aquila and Priscilla had heard,

7rappT]cna^ea0ai

2C

way

disposed to pass avTOv 8LeXdelv eli Trjv 'A^aiav, into Achaia, the brethren to pass into Achaia, the brethren wrote, exhorting the disciwrote, exhorting the disciples to 7rpoTpe\l/ap.euoL ol d8eX(f)ol epyaples to receive him who, who, when he was i^av Tols p-aOriTols aTro8e^aa6aL receive him
:
:

God more perfectly. 27 And when he was disposed


of

TrpoaeXa^ovTO avrov, kou aKpi- they took him to tiiem, and ^earepou avTw i^edevTO ti]v tov exjiounded to him the way of God more -accurately. And
Oeoi)

27

b86v.

l3ovXop.euov

8e

when he was

come, helped them much which avTov OS Tvapayevopievos crvveiSaXeTO TToXv toIs 7re7ncrTevKoa-i ^believed through had believed through grace.
'

when he had come, ailbrded much aid to them who had


the
gift

AoTxaoaftevoi.
is

AaTia^o/ini, in its

more than

fifty

occur-

using the Christian gospel and the Jewish prophets, so far as

Paul distinguishes it. meeting and parting with brethren, indicative of the highest " " Instructed in the doctrine of the Lord, and being natural and Christian affection. The whole exxXtjoia was, in fervent in spirit, he spoke and taught exactly the tilings of this case, saluted with a Christian adieu. the Lord," Boothr. Bible intelligence, fervor in spirit, and
"

rences in N. T.,

represented by salute, greet, embrace, on

EntaTr^QiZo"',
is

found only in this book, and only four

times,

three times represented

by confirming, and once by

strengthening, associated always with the church, or disciples.

knowledge of John's mission and baptism were the conby a candid and inquisitive temper. At this tmie he only knew the baptism of John.
his

stituents of his eloquence, sustained

' AxvXag xai U^ioy.iXXa e^td'EiTO xr^v tov Qeov oSov, "expounded to him more perfectly the way of God," Penn " expounded accurately the passages concerning the Lord," in the Christian Scriptures, literally a verbose man, a man of "laid before him the way of God more exactly," eloquence. In its highest acceptation of eloquence it was Thomp. " fully showed him the way of the Lord," Murd. applicable to Apollos His association with Paul was inti- Wakef. mate. Paul jjlanled the Church in Corinth, and Apollos Ha^^rjoia^ead'at, " to speak boldly," Hack. y Hvvc^aXeTo watered it. His eloquence was based upon his power in r. ).., " contributed mucli to those who ^

AiT^Q Xoyios.

This adjective

is

found only in

this place

y..

126

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VEKSION.
S,

CHAP. XIX.
REVISED VERSION.
'

GKEEK TEXT.
V

evTovca yap wliich he had for he powerfully and thoroughly in public Jews, and that publicly, Tols lovSalois 8iaKaTi]Xy^eT0 tlie convinced the Jews, clearly shewing by the scriptures, that Sr]fjiO(ria, iTriSeLKUv^ Sta tcov ypa- showing by the Scriptures, (j)coi>, dvai, Tov XptcTTOv 'Irjcrovv. that Jesus was the Christ. Jesus was Christ.
2S For he mightily convinced Ota
T");9
'

'

')(apLTOi-

28

'

28

CHAP. XIX.

CHAP.

XIX.

CHAP. XIX.
L

came to pass, that while ApoUos was at Corinth,


it

And

'EFENETO
^

AiToWw

elvai

r rov eV KoptvOw, Ilav8e Iv

while 'ApoUos was at Corinth, Paul having passed


the
into

And

Paul having passed through the upper coasts, came to Ephesus and finding certain disciples, 2 He said unto them. Have ye received the Holy Ghost since And they said ye believed ? unto liim, We have not so much as heard whether there be any Holy Ghost. 3 And he said unto them, Unto what then were ye bapAnd they said. Unto tized ? John's baptism. 4 Then said Paul, John verily baptized with the baptism of repentance, saying unto the people, that they should believe on him whicli should come after him, that is, on Christ Jesus. 5 When they heard this, they
have believed," Hack.
believed,"
;

upper jiarts, Ephesus; and findEcpeaov kou ev- came prj, eXOelv eh ing certain disciples there, he elwe tt/oo? pwv Tivas p.a0i]Ta9, said to them. Did you on
\oi^

hteXdovra ra dvcorepLKa pe- through

avTovs,

El

ITvvp.a

Ayiov
01
el

e'Aa-

believing

receive

the

Holy
to

/Sere TTLarevaai^Tes ;

irpos avTou,
p.a
^
'

AW
eaTiv,

Se elirov 'Spirit?

And they
not,
is

said

ovSe

JJvev- him,

we have
And he

indeed,

AyLOv

ijKovaap.ev.

heard, that there


Spirit.
''Into

a Holy
3

Elire re irpoi avrov?,

Els

tl

said to tliem,

what then were you imovv e/SaTTTicrdrjTe ; 01 Se eiirov, mersed? And they said. Into Icoavvov Els TO iSaTTTiana. John's immersion. Then said
Iccavvrjs p-ev Paul, John, indeed, '^admin^aTrricrpa e^aiTTiae peravoias, istered an immersion of reTcp Xaco Xeycoi', els tov ep-^opevov formation, saying to the people, that they should believe p.eT uvTov Lva TnaTeucrcoai, tov'

Ehre

8e

UavXos,

TtaTLv
^
'

on him who would come after TOV XpiaTov Irjaovv. him, that is, on Jesus the AKOvaavTes Be e^awTLadi^aav Christ. Having ""heard this,
els

" he greatly assisted all

them that nothing meant but this, "While Apollos was


|

in Corinth," and,

Murd.
/nonos,
"

therefore, with Wakef., Murd., Wes., Ihomp., Hack.,

we

prefer

Jia

rr;;

through

grace,'''

Hack., Wes., Penn

to

this.
'

say the

least, is

a very ambiguous rendering in this place.

"By
tate

his gift,"

Thomp., Wakef.

"Alii exponant, 'In dextri-

Holy Spirit

Ela^ere TTiOTsvoarTt; ; Did you on lelievzng receive the This indicates that John's baptism was not ?
it.

quadam

gratiosa, quaj et jiicunditatem ct ntilitatcm audi-

Christian baptism; for in the latter they could not have been

toribus,' " Crit. Sacra.

The
All

gift of

Apollos seems to
believe, believe

me

the

baptized without hearing of

grace here indicated.


grace.
gift of Apollos

men who

through

The context
them
for

indicates that the anarthrous ITvei/in 'Ayiov

That was not peculiar


is

to those in Ephesus.

But the

here represents the Holy Spirit, not as jet fully revealed to


;

that noted here.

Xa^is, though generally

soon as immersed, and P<aul had laid his liands on

rendered grace,
It
is,

in

com.

ver.,

cannot always be so rendered.

therefore, in the com. ver. represented

by favor, thank,

them, the Holy Spirit came upon them, and they were endowed with the Holy Spirit, in gifts of tongues and prophesy,
V. G.

thanks, pleasure, liheralil;/, joy, tliank-U'orlhi/, benefit, gift-

That the Christ was Jesus, and that Jesus was the Christ, * Eig, in its more than 1800 occurrences in N. T., is, in the is an evangelical 7nelastasis. The eloquent Apollos, well com. ver., generally represented bj' to. into, unto, for, and very versed in the Jewish Scriptures, knew that if he proved that seldom by in, which, indeed, ought never to be done. The the promised Christ was Jesus, he proved that Jesus was the Greeks having ev, in, as well as eis, into, and for.
Christ.
' " X^iarov is here omitted by Gb., Ln., Tf., for which Ir,came to pass." or, it hapTovrcariv, not rovxov toxiv, but xovxo oovv is substituted. pened, are common versions of eycrtTo, in such historic conhoc est that is, on Jesus. nections as this. The latter is equivalent to, it chanced, as eoTi E^aTtriae fiaaria/ua. Literally, immersed an immersion. "While Apollos in profane usage; not to be allowed here.

EyevfTo Se

ci'

no, "and

it

was at Corinth

"

it

occurred, or

came

to pass;

but there

is

'

tde,

and having

heard, or, having heard.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. XIX.
REVISED VERSION.

127

GREEK TEXT.

were baptized in the name of (Is TO bvofia Tov Kvplov 'Irjaov. ^ Kol eTnOivTos avrois tov Uavthe Lord Jesus. 6 And when Paul had laid Aov Tag -^eipas, rjXde to Uuevpa his hands upon them, the Holy TO Ayiov CTr avTovs, eXaAouu Ghost came on them and they
;

they were immersed into the

name of the Lord Jesus. And when Paul had laid his hands on them, the Holy Spirit came
on them, and they spoke with tongues, and prophesied. Now all the men were about twelve. And he went into the synagogue, and spoke boldly for about three months, 'discussing and persuading as to things concerning the kingdom of God. But when some were hardened, aid believed not, but spoke evil of the ^ way,
in the presence of the multi-

re

yXcocraais

/cat

7rpoe(pi]Tvoi'.

spake with tongues, and prophesied.

rjaav de ol TrdvTes av8pe9 ojael

T 8

And

all

the

men were

about

SeKaSvo.
avvaycoyi]!/,
fxrjvas

ElareXdwv 5e

elf ttjv
en).

twelve.

eTvappi^aia^eTO,

8 And he went into the sj'nagogue, and spake boldly for the sjjace of three months, disputing and persuading tlie things concerning the l^ingdom of God. 9 But when divers were hardened, and believed not, but spake evil of that way before the multitude, he departed from them, and separated the disciples, disputing daily in the school of one Tyrannus. 10 And this continued by the space of two years; so that all they which dwelt in Asia heard the word of the Lord Jesus, both Jews and Greeks. 11 And God wrought special miracles by the hands of Paul 12 So that from liis body were brought unto the sick handkerchiefs, or aprons, and the dis-

Tpeis

BiaXeyopevos
Trjs

Kol

Tvei&cov

Ta

irepl
^

^aatXeLas
kukoXoTOV

TOV 0ov.

'/^y 8e Tives iaKXrjrjirelOovv,

pvvovTO
yOVUTe?
irXrjdovs,
d(f)copio-

Kol
TTjV

OOOV

iVCOlTLOV air

arrocTTas

avTwv
i)fJ.-

Tovs paOrjTas, Kaff


ev
Tjj

pau ^LaXeyopevos Tvpavvov TLVOs.


TOVS

tude, he departed from them,


cr^oAi7

TovTO
Tr]v

and separated the


of one Tyrannus.

disciples,

Se

discussing daily in the school

iyfiUeTO eiil ett] 8vo, coaTe iravTas

And

this lo

KUTOLKOVVTaS

Aaiuu
Kvplov

(XKOvaac tov Xoyov tov


Irjaou,

continued during two ^years so that all those who dwelt

Xrjvas.

^A- in Asia heard the word of the Avvap-iii re ov Tag Lord Jesus, both Jews and Tv^ovaas eiroUi 6 Oeos Sia twv Greeks. And God worked special miracles by the hands ' wcrre /cat eVt ^eipwi/ IlavXov, of Paul So that from his body T0V9 dcrOevovvTas eTrKpepeirdai were carried to the sick, handdiro TOV ^coToy avTOv aovSapLa kerchiefs, or 'aprons, and the
Iov8aiovs re
/cat
:

ii

12

'

^laf.Byo/iei'os is
Ter.,

found in "Acts" ten times, represented, party," Uackett.

Atfcaqiae rovg /uad-iizag, separated the dis-

by reasoning, disputing, preaching, and preaching ciples from the synagogue, ev rrj axoXr; rather in the schoolTv^avfov nvos, some think, is ^laXeyofievos y.ai neiS'cov, ^^ disputing and persuad- house than in the school. unto. It is not, they say, in ^''discoursing and persuading," justly reprobated as an interpolation. ing,", A. Clark, Wakef. " seeking Luke's style, and is redundant. We are of a difl'eret opinion. Wes. ; " reasoning and recommending," Thomp. " The first accusative specifies the This word ns is a peculiar favorite of Luke, and is found to persuade them," Hack. aim of the act, in hoc loco, ra paaiXetas" Kuinoel. After more frequently occurring in his writings in an indefinite
com.
; ;

much

consideration,

we

would, in our age and country, prefer,


to the

sense, than in all the other evangelists, or in all the epistles

discussing and p>leading the things pertaining

kingdom

of Paul.
^ Etci
errj

of God.
UetO'cov avroi'5 ra nsoi roi' Kv^tov Ir^oov ^oiarov, ''he deV.

Svo, exclusive of the three


'"

months

referred to

for tovto

expressly opposes the preaching in the

livered to

them the doctrine of the kingdom,"

Kuin., in loco.

"Discussing and persuading," though


idiom.
to the debates, discussions,
son,

literal, is

not in our

Aacav.
">

school of Tyrannus, to that in the synagogue," Hack. 'Qare This is not the continent of Asia, but a Koman

earnestness of the preachers.


'

is had province of which the capital was Ephesus. and pleadings had upon the perOv raj rvjf,ovaas well represented by extraordinary, claims, character, and kingdom of Jesus, and to the special. All miracles are equally supernatural, but do not

In a summary of three months' labor, allusion

or,
all

appear alike supernatural.


Kaxo?.oyovtTis, speaking evil of the way.
faith,

Of these there may be

great,

T!;v oSov,

the greater, and greatest.


'

way, the

and the

practice, "

not concretely,

tke sect, or

ZovSaoia

rj

aiftty.tvd'ia.

Common

handkerchiefs

and

128

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. CHAP. XIX.


KING JAMES VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.
1]

REVISED VERSION.
diseases departed from them,

eases departed from them, and

cri/xiKii'dia,

Koi

caraXXaaae-

avrav raf uocrovs, ra and the evil spirits went out 13 Then certain of the vaga- re TTvevfiaTa ra vrovrjpa ^g^px^' of them. Then certain ot tlie 'JETre^elprj- Jewish 'exorcists, who went bond Jews, exorcists, took upon aOai dir avrcou. aav Be rivef airo rav irepLep^o- about from place to place, them to call over them which
the evil spirits went out of them. crQai air

13

had

evil

spirits,

the

name

of
ad-

jxevcov

'

lovSaicoi' i^opKiariov ovo-

also

attempted to pronounce

the Lord Jesus, saying,


jure you by Jesus

We

p.a^LV eVl Tovs e-)(0VTa9 to. Tvvev-

the

name

of the Lord Jesus

whom

fxara

Paul

ra iropi^pa to bvofxa tov upon


'Irjaov, Xeyovre?, 'OpKLv/xd?

those

who had

evil

Kvplov
^Ofiei/

spirits, saying.

We adjure
whom
there

you
Paul

preacheth.

TOV

'h]aovv

ov

6 by

the

Jesus

14 And there were seven sons

JIavXos: Krjpvaaei.
v'lo\

Haav
"

hi preaches.

And

were

of owe Sceva a Jew, and chief of Tives the priests, which did so. pecoS

^KEvd lovSaLOV
ol

ap-^^Le-

seven sons of one i-Sceva, a

ETTTa
Zl^

TOVTO
oe
S^

TTOlOVl'Tes.
^

and chief of the


so.

priests,

Jew who
13

15

And

the
said,

evil

spirit

an-

15

aiTOKpLOiv
elire,

'

TO
'

TTuevpa to did
yivco-

And

the evil spirit


said,

swered and

Jesus I know, TTOvr^pov

Tov I-qaovv
iare;
1

answered and
'acknowledge,

Jesus I

and Paul I know; but who are aKco, KOL TOV TIavXov eirlcTTapai

and

Paul
are

I
?

ye?

v/xilf

Se

TLves

IG
Lttt

know

but

who

you

aprons, taken from persons at work, as these terms indicate,

Tov

Jr^aovv yivtoaxu), xru tov ITnvXot' aTTiora^iai.

This

became the veliicles of omnipotence. Tas roaovs, ta nvevfiaxa. IVo kinds of diseases are liere indicated, physical and spiritual, or those the fruits of material nature or uf ])hysical causes, and those of evil spirits. ^l.-r' avTcov is omitted by Gb., Sch., Ln., Tf.

demon was a critic, and well ver.sed iu the import of Greek " I know Jesus, and have some acquaintance with terms.
Paul," Murd.
;

" Jesus, indeed, I

know, and Paul


and Paul
I
I

liuow,"'

Ponn;

''Jesus
;

I know
"
;

to

my

cost,

know

as his ser-

vant." Dodd.

Jesus
" I

know, and
"

have some knoulcdge of

'

Tipes nTto r(ov Tte^is^^o/isvcoVj


Gb.. Tf.,

y.,

T. X,,

com. ver.

XiVES

Paul," Thomp.

acknowledge Jesus, and


Jesus
I

am
i. ;

acquainted
e.,

xru rtov.

Mey. give
call.

this

more approved reading. with Paul," Adam Clark.

know,

his

au-

Kai joins

tivce with Paul, in the act expressed iu ovo/iai,tiv,

thority and power, tnioTrifiat,

I know fully

stronger than

they also attempted to

Jlepuo/ouaitov, not opprobriadigit ad veri confessionem aut


vertit."
Crit. Sa-

the other verb, and ajiplied to Paul in opposition to them."

ously vagabond, but ivandering Jews, [^o^xcaTrjs, exorcista.

Hack.

"Qui tanquara Dei nomine


factum aliquod.
cra. " E,xpellers

'We have
ment.

fanciful critics,

and those of more profound judgtlie

Augustinus adjuratorem

This appears to good advantage in

contrasts here

Mr. Biscoe (at given. We institute no inviduous comparisons. We all look Where two inspired Boyle's Lecture, ch. 7, 6, p. 281, et seq.) has produced at objects from different standpoints. many passages from Iren., Origen, Epiph., and Joscphus, show- men use a word in different acceptations, it may be resolved
of demons," Dr. Whitby.

power of by ascertaining their scope, design, or the special cases to Such as used which they refer. ETiiarafiai, ab cm, amliaTa/iac, to stand magical arts, adjuring demons, etc.," Boothr. vjwn a thing, whereas to understand is to stand vnder it, 'OQxt^ouei' is substituted by c>^xii,io, on the authority of as vTtoaraots, jursona, Heb. 1 3. Yet this standing upon Gb., Sch., Ln., Tf., we adjure j'ou, for, I adjure j-ou. A^e a subject, or this standing under it, may in different attitudes must, in this case, prefer the Received Text for the amended, indicate the same knowledge of it. In either case there must inasmuch as it conflicts with the antecedent and subsequent be a very particular and intimate acquaintance with it. I feel context, and with the judgment of the great majority of critics, a distinction in these terms diffichlt to define exactly. 1 am ancient and modern. It is seldom we feel more assurance disposed upon all my premises to acquiesce witli Critica Sacra.
ing that
several .Jews at this time pretended to a

casting out

demons.

See Dodd., in loco.

'

than

in this case, in dissenting

from these distinguished

critics.

The Latins bni-rowed

their nosco and cognosco from yiriooxo.

The seven sons of


verse, sons,

Sceva, a Jew,

we
;

learn in the subsequent

Non nuda
and 25
light.
:

cl

simplex notitia, sed affcctiva


1

were coiiperants

in this case

hence, and for other rea- probatione et dilectione conjuncta.


12.

cum desiderio, apJohn 4:8; Matt. 7 23,


:

we and Tf
^

prefer the received text to that of Gb., Sch., Ln.,

Not a naked and simple

notion, but associated

with affection, desire,


:

and

aj'j'J'obation,

terminating in

de-

Sxcirt, Doric genitive, similar to Bani'dflu, ch. 11


:

30;

It is

an Hebraism.
TO novr^^or.
Emphatically, the wicked the

0o^^a, Luke 13

29

loiva,

John

43.

To

Ttfevfia

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
16

CHAP. XIX.
REVISED VERSION.
6 avOpco-

129

VERSION.
in

GREEK TEXT.
the ((paXXofievo?
CO TjU

And

the

man

whom

cV avTovs

And
evil

the

man

in

whom
leaped

the

IG

evil spirit

was, leaped on them, TTO? V

TO TTVeVfia TO TTOVT]-

spirit

was,

on

and overcame them, and pre- pov, Kol KaTUKvpievaas avrav, vailed against them, so that they Larvae KaT avTcov, cocrTe yv/xvovs fled out of that house naked and Kcu TeTpavfiaTLa/JLei^ov? eK(pvye'iu wounded. touto o'lKOV iKe'ivov. e/C TOV
'

"them, and overcame them, and prevailed against them;


so that they fled out of that

house
the

naked
this

17
all

And

this

was known
:

to

Se e'yez/ero

yvaaTov Traaiv
'

And lov-

and wounded. was known to all

17

the

Jews and Greeks


all,

also

8aiOL9 re kol

dwelling at Ephesus
fell

and fear

oiKovai TTju
Trecre
(fiojoo?

EXXiqaL to?? kutEc^eaov, kcu iireto


^

Jews and Greeks dwelling


all,

at "Ephesus;

on them

of the Lord Jesus


fied.

and the name was magnithat believed

them
Lord

and fear fell on and the name of the

eVt iravTas avTovs,


bvojJia

Jesus

was

magnified.

Kcd

IfjiiyaXvveTO
'Ii]aov.

tou

And

many

who

believed

18

IS

And many

KvpLov
ra)i/

IloXXoi re came, and

"confessed, and de19

e'clared their deeds. Many of kou avayyeXXov- them also, who practiced their deeds. LKavoL magic arts, brought together Ta^ Trpa^ei? avTutv. 19 Many of them also which re? used curious arts, brought their 8e Twv TO. wepiepya irpa^avTcov, their books, and burnt them books together, and burned them avvevcyKavTe^ Ta9 ^i^Xovf Kare- in the presence of all, and

came, and confessed, and shewed

TreiriaTevKOTCov qp-)(OVTO

op-oXoyovpievoL

men; and they counted the price of them, and found it fifty thousand i)icces of silver. 20 So mightily grew the word of God, and prevailed. 21 After these things were ended, Paul purposed in the wlien he had passed spirit, through Macedonia, and Achaia, to go to Jerusalem, saying. After I have been there, I must also
before
all

Kaiov iucoTTLOf iravTCov

kul avv- they

counted

the

price

of

\j/rj(pLo-ai' ra? Tip.as avTwv, kcu them, and found (vpoi> apyvpcou p-vpiaoas irevTe, sand pieces of

it fifty

thou-

silver.

So

20

'^

grew the word of ovTco KaTO. KpaTO^ 6 Xoyo9 tov powerfully


God, and pprevailed.
^^

Kvplou Tju^ai/e kol layyev.

'

see

Rome.

'S2S de (TrXrjpcodr] TavTa, ended, Paul firmly purposed edeTO 6 ITavXos eV rc5 Truevp-aTL, in "ispirit, when he had pass8ieX0mu Ti]v MaKe^oviav kcu ed through Macedonia, and A^atav TTopcueadat. eh lepov- Achaia, to go to Jerusalem, aaXrjix, elircau, Otl p.Ta to yeve- saying, after I have been crdai p.e eKfl, Sd pe Koi Pci)p.T}v there, I must also see Rome.
i8elv.
^^
^

When

these

things

were

21

22 So he sent into Macedonia

AwoaTeiXas

8e ei? ttju So he

sent into

Macedonia

22

spirit, tlie evil spirit.

This

is

as emphatic as to Ilvtvfia to

'Aytoi; the Spirit the

Holy, the Holy Spirit.

This emphatic
v. 16.

^^aieis, and reported their practices, superstitious practices. Sins in general, Kuin.. Hack. 01s., Jley., De AVette.
p

form

is

again presented to Ttrevftn to novtj^ov,


is

The

Hiiia2's xac tapiev

= not

only extended, but augmented

analogy

remarkably striking.

The master

spirit of all evil,

in its power.
!

and the master spirit of all goodness, while often anarthrous, are, on prominent occasions, presented before us as equally
conspicuous, the one as the fountain of
the
all evil,

Ed-mo

cv

T(o nvivfiart, strongly spirit are

purposed ; with

us, de-

the other as

fountain of

all

good.
;

Rome, after I have visited Jerusalem; not to fulfill any de"or revealed purpose of God." Hack. substituted by fi/nfoxc^ov, Ln., Tf., regarded by Gb. as of The Apostle Paul never intended to say, that he, or any one much authority, and marked as probable. else, must do anything merely to fulfill a Divine purpose, un" Tois xaToixovai Tr^v Eipeaov, to those inhabiting or dwellHe certainly believed less a Divine oracle had enjoined it. ing in Ephesus. that God had purposes to accomplish by him but until re" E^ofioloyov/icvot, openly confessed ; ava^yMoiTes Tj vealed to him, he felt no obligation to consummate them.
overpowered them, Wakef., Murd.
Avtcov, in this place,
is

" Ecpalkoftevos, leaping upon them

sometimes distinguished as God and his spirit are spoken of in Holy Writ. He, Paul, purposed in his mind not in his soul, but in his spirit to ^et fie y.ai 'Puijitiv iSeip, it behooves me to see visit Rome,
cided.

Paul and his

xaraicv^isvang, having

cree,

"

130

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP

XIX.
REVISED VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.
t(ov SiaKovovi'-

two of them that ministered IMaKiSoviav 8vo


imto him, Timotheus and Erastus hut he himself stayed in Asia for a season. 23 And the same time there arose no small stir about that way. 24 For a certain man named Demetrius, a silver-smith, which
;

two of those who ministered

Tcov avTcp,

arov,
Trju

Jpa- to him, Timothy and Erastus: avTOS ewia^e xP^vov ty but he himself stayed in Asia
TifjioOiov

Koi

Eytvero Se for a season. And the same Kara tov Kaipov eKetvov rapa^of time there arose no small stir ovK oXiyos Trepl rrj? 68ov. '^* Ai]- about the 'way. For a certain man, named Demetrius, a IJii]Tpi.os yap TL9 ovopari, dpyvsilver-smith, who made silver pOKOiro^, TTOLCou vaovs apyvpovs
'Aalav.
^^
^

23

24

made

silver shrines for Diana,

ApT/xiSo9, irapi'tyeTO toIs

shrines for "Artemis, brought


re;^-

brought no small gain unto the VLTai?


craftsmen;
^^

ipyaaiav

ovk

oXiy-qv

no small gain

to the artisans;
25

whom
the

he called together, with


of like occupa-

ovs

25 Whom he called together with the workmen of like occupation, and said, Sirs, ye know
that

by
:

this craft

aside many people, saying, people, saying, that that they are no gods which they be no gods which are made deal ol Sia )(eipS)V yLvop.evoi. are made with hands ; so that ov piovov Se rovTO KiuSvuevei with hands. not only this our ''trade is in 27 So that not only this our rjpuv TO p.tpoi e(? aireXeypov IXdanger of coming into concraft is in danger to be set at 6uv, dXXa Kal to tt;? ptydXijf tempt; but also that the nought; but also that the temple of the great goddess Diana Beds Aprep-iSos lepou els ovSeu temple of the great goddess should be despised, and her mag- Xoyi(T0rjvai, pLeXXeif Se Kal Ka- Artemis will be despised, and

wealth OTL ov p.ovov 'jE(j)(rov, aWa 26 Moreover, ye see and hear, (TT^e^oj/ Tracrrjf rrj^ 'Aalat 6 Ilavthat not alone at Ephesus, but almost throughout all Asia, this Aoy ovTos ireiaas fxereo-TTjaev Paul hath persuaded and turned 'cKavov b\Xov, Xtycou otl ovk elal

tion, and said, Sirs, you know Av8pe9, iTnaracrOi. hri e/c rav- well, that by this employrrjs T-qs Ipyaaiav rj eviropia rjfxwp ment we have our 'jirosjierity. we have our earr kol Oecopilre koll aKOvere Moreover, you see and "hear,

Trepl

avvaOpoiaas, Ka\ ra roiavra epyaray,

tovs
ilirei',

workmen

2B

that not only at Ephesus, but

almost throughout Asia, this Paul has persuaded and turned

away much

27

nificence

should

be destroyed,

OaipeladaL ttjv fjLeyaXeiorrjTa av- her

magnificence

destroyed,

Ile^i T?;s oSov icara rov xat^ov exeivov. About the time of accomplishing his purpose of visiting Rome, there arose some opposition, some new difficulties concerning the way;

common

hands.

His argument was,

7)

evTio^in

r,/iiov,

our

prosperity arises from this employment.

not the way to Rome, nor the journey thither; but " every wliere then spoken .igainst."

" OecoQctre ni nyovcre, a true argumentvm ad hominem: you see and know, therefore. Some would render it, see and know; but this assumes their ignorance of their own inter'OSos frequently occurs in this book, " the way of God ests, which would be inapposite to the occasion. and, in other books of the Uoly Scriptures, such as '-the way Ixai'og was a favorite with Luke. lie employs it twent}of Cain," "the way of Balaam." Paul, when persecuting nine times in his book of Acts and Gospel, while all tlie other Christ, demanded letters of authority, against any of " this writers of the N. Test, only employ it twelve times. It is way " that he might find. necessarily a vague term, having not less than fourleen repre Artemis, from A^re/iris, integer, ob virginitatis illibata; sentatives consequently much depends on its connections. ; laudem Diana. It is one of a small class of words that is so sympathetic as

the ivinj,

A^reifis,

com.

vcr.,

Diana, occurs five times in

Nowhere
for

else

found in N. Test.

We know
at

changing the name of this goddess.


great.

tliis chapter. to assume the gesture of every associate. Thus it is, worthy, no good reason great, large, many, enough, long, alike, security, good while, These silver shrines while, sore, meet, able, sufficient. It is like the Scotch unco.
'

were mere images of the temjile manufacture in that city was very

Ephesus, of which the

Ov

/uoi-ov ^e

rovTO y.ivSvrevee
it;

?)/tiv

ro f/e^osr " this busi-

ness," as

some interpret

others, "this part of our reli-

Ous avrnd-QOians, xni rovs tzcqi t roinira e^ynjas x. r. X. Artizans, so-called, and laborers in attendance, mechanics and

gion."

We

presume, their business was more in their hearts

than their religion.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMEs' VERSION.

CHAP. XIX.
REVISED VERSION.
rj
'

131

GREEK TEXT.
7"?7r, 771'
r

whom

all

Asiia,

and the world

oAt;
'r

rj

Acna
28
*

Kai

oIkov-

whom

all

Asia and the world


this, 28

worshippeth.

lievrj
fie

aeperaL.

28 And when they heard these saijii/gs, they were full of wrath, and cfied out, saying, Great is Diana of the Ephesiaus. 29 And the whole city was filled with confusion and having caught Gaius and Aristarchus, men of Macedonia, Paul's companions in travel, they rushed with one accord into the theatre. 30 And when Paul would have entered in unto the people, the disciples suffered him not.
:

Kol yevo/xevoL

^ AKOvaavref worship. And when they heard irXrjpeif Ovfj-ov,

(Kpa^ou
'

XeyopTe?,

MeyaXr]
oXrj

rj

they were
cried
out,

full

of wrath, and

A pre fit?

'(peaia)u.
1)

KaL
avy^v-

saying.

Great

is

Artemis

of

the

Ephesians.

iirXrjaOTj

ttoXls

And

aecos'

(opixTTjaav

re

op.odvp.aSoi'

eh TO Bearpov, avvapiracravTes Fdiou KaL AplaTap^Of MaKe8ovas, avveK^TQfJiovs rou IlavXou.


*

Tov

8e

llavXov
fjiaBrjTai.

(SovXo/j.ei'ov

elaeXOelv els rov

Srj/xov,

ovk

elcov
fie

avTov
/cat

ol

rivef

31 And certain of the chief of Asia, which were his friends, sent unto him desiring him that he would not adventure himself into the theatre. 32 Some therefore cried one thing, and some another: for the assembly was confused, and the more part knew not wherefore tliey were come together.

Twu

Aaiap-)(<Jciv

bvres avra

(jyiXoi,

Tre'/xyj/ai'Tes
fit]

irpog

avrov,
els

irapeKaXovv
TO Oearpov.
KXrjcria

Sovvai eavrov
^^

aXXoL
rjv

jxev
rj

ovv
e'/c-

ciXXo TL eicpa^ov

yap

avyKe)(yfieui],

kol

ol

TrXeiovs ovk rjdeLaav, t'lvos eveKev

avueXi]Xu6eio-au.

^"^
e'/c

8e

rov

33 And they drew Alexander out of tiie multitude, the Jews Spov, TrpojSaXovrcov avrov rwv putting him forward. And Alex- 'lovSaLcov 6 Se 'AXe^avSpos

o^Xov

7rpoej3ll3aaai/

'AXe'^au-

the whole "city was filled 29 with tumult, and having caught Gaius and Aristarchus, Macedonians, Paul's companions in travel, they rushed with one accord into the theAnd when Paul Avould 30 atre. have gone in to the people, the disciples suffered him not. And some of the chief men of 31 Asia, who were his friends, sent to him, entreating him not to venture himself into the theatre. Some, therefore, 32 cried one thing, and some another: for the 'assembly was confused, and the grea^ter part knew not wherefore they were And they 33 come together. drew Alexander out of the crowd, the Jews urging him ^forward. And Alexander, wav-

" 'B Ttolii


authority of
cordiler
*

6).r].

'Ob] is rejected
13, 40,

by

Ln., Tf., omitted on the

itself."

It is as lawful for
it

us to

call it

congregation, as for
:

uno animo, with one consent.


yno
/)

AB

and Coptic, Arm.

'O^uodv/jaSoi; con-

the Papists to call

assembly.

See ch. 7

38

1 Cor. 1

2,

rjiaa/tevoi; cv Xotarco Iijaov, xhjrois aywis,


CTtixalovfisvoie to ovofia rov
TtavTi.

aw

naac rou

Ht^

Exy.Xr^ata avyy.eyv [iii].

Exy.lr^oia here represents

Kvqwv

Tjficav

Irjaov

Xqiotov, ev

a mob, a tuuiultuous assembly-, concourse of people.


it is

In N. Test.

appropriated to a Christian congregation, or the whole


Literally

"to the sanctified in Christ Jesus, called saints, with all that call upon the name of our
roTzm avroiv re xac
rjucov,

and appropriatel}', in N. T. currency, it is repre.sented by the word congregation, or assembly, a meeting of a people, always communicating the idea of calling out, or of their being called out of the world. The
Christian community.
root, exxnleco, eroco,

in every place, both their Lord and ours." Paul's exegetical development of a particular church of Christ, and of the church universal as he understood the genius, relation, and character of that institution.

Lord Jesus Christ


is

Such

The definition of a thing is the true philosophy of its name. own operations in the Scriptures. Exxhjam, in its one hundred and fourteen oc- So God himself gave names to his Hence his son Adam. he taught And so creation. of drama currences, is only three times translated assembly. In every gave were appropriate other case it is misrepresented by the word church, an ab- whatever significant names Adam names and God himself approved them giving to him a diI
call out, is

not found in the Christian

breviation of xv^iov
It

oiy.os,

contracted into kuriolc, or Icyrke.

answers

to,

or

it

responds to the

Hebrew

kahal

et

edah,

ploma, so that whatsoever name he gave to any living creature


that became the
y

from yaad, that is, to assemble, or, to congregate. Critica It is added by the same high authority, sxxXijaia, proSacra.
prie

name
''

thereof."
;

calum aliquem, a

superiori aliquo cunvocatum in finem

prodire, faciebant," Kmn. n^oe^tfiaaav, " they dragged him," forward," Wes., Dodd.
;

"they thrust

Penn

"putIn

polliticum vel ecclesiasticura denotat.


ity says, "

The same high author- ting him forward," Wakef.


is

" urged fonvard," Hack.

The English word church

ambiguously taken by

this verse

we have

the people for the place of the assembly,

and

for the assembly

only

txoice

Ttqo^alho, and nqoptat,ia, each found in the Christian Scriptures, and used by Luke, the

132

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. XIX.
REVISED VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.

ander beckoned with the hand, KaTaa-eiaas ti^v X^^P^^ rjdeXeu ing the hand, would have and would have made his de"^ eVi- made his defense to the peoaiTokoyeiaOai rep Srj/xa). fence unto tlie people. ple. But when they knew Se on lovSaios eari, 3-i But when tliey knew that yvouTcav that he was a Jew, all with he was a Jew, all with one voice (pu)vi] eyevero /xia k ttuptcov w? one voice, about the space of about the space of two hours 67rt 0)paf 8vo Kpa^ovTWv, MeydXr] two hours, cried out. Great is cried out, Great is Diana of the ^'' ' ApT/XLS Ei^xalcov. KaraArtemis of the Ephesians. 1] Ephesians. 35 And when the town-clerk (TTeiXas 8e 6 ypapixarevs tov And when the 'city-clerk had appeased the people, he said (jirjcrli', AvSpes 'Ji!(f)- had appeased the people, he Yc men of Ephesus, what man ox^ov, says, Ephesians, what man is is there that knoweth not how aLoi, TLi yap iaTLv avOpcoiros os there who knows not that that the city of the Ephesians is ov yivooaKei tiji' J^ipecricoi' ttoXlv the city of the Ephesians a worshipper of the great godvecoKopov ovaav ttjs p.eydA7]f is a worshipper of the great dess Diana, and of the image which I'ell down from Jupiter? Oeas 'AprepiSos kou tov Aloit- Artemis, and of the image
^ '

34

35

36 Seeing then that these Tovs things cannot be spoken against, ye ought to be cpiiet, and to do Tcav

nothing rashly. 37 For ye have brought hither


these men, rol)bers of

which are neither

cliurches, nor yet blasphemers of your goddess. 38 Wherefore, if Demetrius, and the craftsmen which are with him, have a matter against any man, the law is open, and there are deputies: let tliem implead one another. 39 But if ye inquire any thing concerning other matters, it shall be determined in a lawful assembly.

dvavTLpprjraiv ovv ou- which fell down from Jupiter? Seeing then tliat these things TOVTcou, 8tov eaTLU vpds cannot be spoken against, you KarecTTaX/j.ei'ovs UTTC/D^eij', Koi ought to be quiet, and to do nothing rashly. For )'0U have p.r]8V7rpoTriTes7rpaTTLV. rjyabrought hither these men, yere yap Toys' duhpas tovtous, who are neither robbers of ovT LipoavXovs ovre ySAao"^);- temples, nor yet revilers el of your "goddess. Therefore, if fxovvTa^ Ti]v Oiav vpLcav. Demetrius, and the artisans p.ev ovv Ai]pi]TpLos KOL ol avv that are with him, have a avT(S Te^i'i-TaL Trpos TLva Xoyov complaint against any man, iy(ovcnv, dyopaiOL dyovTaL, kou the law is ^oj^en, and there are uvOviraToi elaiv eyKaXeiToxrav proconsuls: let them accuse one another. But if you indXXrjXois. il Se tl TTfpl erequire any thing concerning pu)v imQjTelTe, ev tij tvv6p.co e'/c- other matters, it sliall be de*" Kat KXrjaia einXv6i)creTaL. termined in the lawful 'assem'

36

37

3S

3D

former exxlusiyely.

and the

latter

once by Matt. 14

8.

their duties being to register the public acts

and laws, and to

"Then was Alexander advanced out of the multitude, the keep the records," "Winer, Hack. Jews having put him forward," Boothr. " but when they had Neiov.oQov, literally teiirple-swceper, was an honorary title thrust Alexander out of the crowd, the Jews pushing him granted to certain Asiatic cities, because of their care and
;

forward, and he, waving his hand, wished to mal^e a defense


to the people,"

expense bestowed on the temple and worship of their elect


deities.

Thomp.

"Waved

his hand,

and wished to

Kuincel, 311. 4.

There was a similar tradition in

make

a defense," Jliird, I'unn.

regard to a statue of Artemis in Tauiis (Eurip., Iph., T. 977),

and
'O yonititarmg, " scriba in

also one of Pallas at

Athens (Pausan.,

I.,

20. 0).

Hack.,

multis Asia? civitatibus magi-

p.: 76.
^ 'le^oovXoi'S

Btratus erat et personam primariam in senatu agebat, leges in

tabulas referebat earumque conservator et custos erat praelegebat etiiim, quae in concione populi prffilegenda erant, ut

ovre

jSlccoif/^jiiovrras
Tf.,

Tfjv d'eav

v^icov,

rejected

by

Gb., Sch., Ln.,

as

is

" O^eas " in

v.

35

Tov-

adeo commode voc. ypaufinrevs etiam reddi possit prefeclus rovs, Gaius and Aristarchus. ayo^nioi, courts are held, r;ucQai ayoi'rai Ayocmot tabularii, archivarius, Canzli r, cf de scribis votcnmi. eorumthe law is open, ch. 16 19; 17 5. Kai at'&vTtaToi eiai, que diversis ordinibus Trotzius ad calcem Ilcrmaui Ilugonis there being but one in every libri de prima scribendi originc, p. 430, seq." Kuina-l, in loco, the class is referred to
''

p. 298,

Tom.

3.

province.

" In Asia Minor, as coins

the

title

' Ev rrj ei'rourt) e>ty.i.i;aiq. and inscriptions show, such was This indicates that their meetof the heads or chiefs of the municipal goTernmcnt; ing or assemblage was an illegal one. There may be a syna-

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. XX.
REVISED VERSION.

133

GREEK TEXT.
yap
KLV^vvevojJiiv

40 For we are in danger to be called in question ibr this day's uproar, there being no cause whereby we may give an account of this concourse. 41 And when he had tlnis spolien, he dismissed the assembly.

For we are in danger 40 of being called in question lor aracreoos Tvepl T7]9 (Trj/iepov, firjthis day's ""uproar, there being 8evos alrlov vwap^ovTos irepl ov no cause in reference to which Svprjaopeda airoSovi'ac Xoyov Trjs we shall be able to give an
iyKaXdcrdai bly.
av(TTpo(^rj5 rauTTj?.
enraiv,

Kai ravra And when he

account

of

this

concourse.
41

had thus spoken,

aweXvae

ttjv eKKXrjalau.

he dismissed the assembly.

CHAP. XX.

CHAP. XX.

CHAP. XX.

And
ceased,

after

the

Paul

called

uproar was unto him dopv^ov,

META

Se TO iravaaaOai rov

And

after the 'disturbance

the disciples, and embraced ihcm,

and departed
cedonia.

for to

go into Maover

HavXos
Ti]v

"TTpoaKaXecrapevos T0V9 paOrjTa?, kol dcnra- him


ely

6 had

ceased,

Paul

called

to

the

disciples,

and em2

adpeuof, i^ijXOe TropevOrjvaL

bracing them, departed to go


into Mac^edonia.

he had gone over those parts, those parts, and had given them Ta piprj iKelva, kul TrapaKaXecras and had given them much much exhortation, he came into avTovs Xoyw ttoXXcS, rjXdev (Is ^exhortation, he came into ^ iroirjaas re /jltJTrjV 'JSXXdSa' Greece, Greece, and having spent three
3

And when he had gone

MaKebovlav.

SieXdcov Se

And when

And

there

abode

tiiree

vas rpels, yevopevTjs avrw

cttl-

months
return the

there, he resolved to

months. And when the Jews ^ovXrjf VTTO Tcov lovSaicov peXlaid wait for him, as he was XovTL dvayeaOai et? ti]v 21vpiav, about to sail into Syria, he purposed to return through Mace- eyeuero ypoipi] rod viroarpecpeii' avveiireTo de Sid AlaKiSovias. donia. 4 And there accompanied him avTW dyjpi tt]9 'Aalas Sconarpos into Asia, Sopater of Berea; and OecraaXovLKeoiv 8e, BepoLolos'
of

through

Macedonia,

Jews having laid ^wait for him, as he was about to embark for Syria.
pater

And

there

'accompanied him to Asia, So-

of Berea,

and of the

the

Thessalouians,

Aristar-

chus and Secundus; and Gaius of Derbe, and Timotheus; and of Asia, Tychicus and Trophimus. 5 These going before, tarried for us at Troas. 6 And we sjailed away from

'Ap'tdTap^os KOI 21eKOvvSoi, koI

Thessalouians, Aristarchus and

Secundus

and

Gaius

of

rdios Aep^aios KOLL 'Aaiauol Se, Tv)(ikos


p.os.
^

Derbe, and Timothy; and of kcCl TpocpiAsia, Tychicus and TrophiovTQL irpoeXOoPTes e/xe- mus. And these going before,
"^

Tipodeos'

5
6

vov rjpds eV TpcoaSr

r]p.eis

Se tarried for us at Troas.

And

i^eTrXevaapeu /xera ras

rjp.epas

we

sailed

away from
This

Philippi,
one

gogue of Satan, as well as a synagogue of Jews so of the church a church of Christ, and a church of Antichrist.

Uagay.alfoa; avTovs Xoycp nolho.

Tiaoay.a'/.eco is

of

''

Eyy.a}.eia9at

araaEcoe TttQi, to be

summoned,

called to

So would we designate such account, concerning this riol. an assemblage. Riol " at common law is a tumultuous disturbance of the peace by three or more persons."
'

They almost monopolize its use in the Christian Scriptures. Of more than one hundred occurrences in N. T., they use it over eighty times. To exhort, Luke and Paul's
favorites.

AVebster.
baltle,

Tov

S-o^vflov,

ex &^oog et

fior;,

clamor,
in

aho jyugna,
T.,

contention.

In

its

whole currency

N.

com.

ver., it is

most popular representatives. and found only in this single book of Acts. Laying, or lying in Insidite, snares, wait, are its only representatives, com. ver. stratagems, would be sometimes more definite. It is of cTit
to comfort, to beseech, are its
^

E7ii^ov).r,i.

This

is

exclusively one of Luke's words,

represented by tumult, uproar.

The verb
:

d'o^vfieoftat is also

and
l"

jSovXrj,

because those that

lie

in wait for one another

found twice in this book, ch. 17

5, set

on an uproar.

With
specific,

take counsel together.

Crit. Sacra.
vvi7to/iai.
is

us the word disturbance, being generic, rather than


is,

SvfstTtero 3e avroj.

an

a.-raf i.tyofievov,

we

think, preferable in this place.

found only in this place in the N. T.

comitor, to

accompany.

Eir^lS'e Tto^ivSr^vai.
to go,

This

is

quite pleonastic.

departed for,

is

our present formula.

We

Departed presume not

We
dico,

have

iTrca

and

eTto/iat,

operor and sequor, as well as enio,

now
t

out of use
is

in

the present tense.

Instead of an

to

improve Luke's

style

by our

provincialisms.

augment,

inserted after e through all modes.

134
KING JAMES
VERSION.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


GREEK TEXT.

CHAP. XX.
KE VISED VERSION.
after the days of unleavened

0iAi7nrcoi', kol leavened bread, and came unto rjXdofj.u rrpos avrovy eh ti-jv them to Troas in five days; TpuiaBa a.-)(^pLS i]p.pu)v Treure, ov ' where we abode seven days. Ev SLerpi-^afiei' >]pipai Itttol. 7 And upon the first day of de rrj fiLu riiv aafi^aTcov, awthe week, when the disciples qypiviov Tuou paOiiTcav tou /cAacame together to break bread, Paul preached unto them, (ready aai uprov, 6 UavXos SiiAiyero to depart on the morrow) and avTois, fieWcDu t^uvai rfj iirav-

Philippi, after the days of un- TcHv a^vfxcov coTo

bread, and

came

to

Troas, in five days,

them to where we

abode seven days. And on the first day of


the
'loaf,

'week,

when we came

breaking a Paul discoursed with them, ready to depart on


together for the

the first day of tlie week, we being assembled bread;" not twj' fiaO'i,tcov, but Tjfitov, as in the com. ver. Hackett. This is based on the authority of Griesbach, Schulz, Lachmann, and Tischendurf, followed by Wesley, who has it, ''And on the first day of the week, when we were
'

"

And on

ofl'erings

to the Lord,

in

behalf of his cause and people.

to break

There

is

no

specific reason assigned for this assembling,

but

communion in worship, and communion


Lord's cause and people.

in contributing to the

Paul to the Corinthians commands

the latter, and the practice of the Christian church at Troas


is

met
"

together, to break bread."

commendatory

of the former.

If Eagster's Greek text must in all cases be preferred, we day of the week which was called the Lord's day, the Christian sabbath, to break bread." ' The should then read it, "And on the first day of the week, tlie Eucharist as the Syriac has it, intimating by this, tliat they disciples having assembled to break a loaf." And on the first of the week, ev Se tjj fna rtor on^^arcor. were accustomed to receive the holy sacrament on each Ets is here tantamount to ttqcotos. See Matt. 28 I, oys Lord's day." Adam Clark. " And on the first day of the week, when wc assembled to Se aaf3;SaTiov, Iht end of the sabhalh. Oyi, respera, serum And on the first day diei late of the day. The period of the day sunset and midbreak the Eucharist." Muni. Syr. ver. It ceased at midnight ; only used by Matthew and of the week, when the disciples met together to break bread, night. The oy;f, or end of the sabbath, was the cTttytuaxovar; to celebrate the Eucharist," Doddridge. He adds, " it is well- Mark.

Upon

the

first

'

knowu
Ei>

that the primitive Christians administered the Eurcov oa^^axiov.


is

the

dawning

tis /uiav an/3/3ariot',


is

of the first of the week.

charist every Lord's day."


Se
TT]
fiiit

In the instance before us, t;fte^a

understood as indicated by
first

The

force, or impoi't,

of

ftiq

the daij of
first

the week, and not the time of the d.ay.

the definitive article


the Israel of

forcibly indicated here.

Before Otoi,

The

day of the week and the

day of creation are


Light,

in the Christian Scriptures, it uniformly represents Iht

of

all

God, whether

in

blood,

Jew

or

God solemnly associated in the memory Gentile. in the drama of creation, was the
" Hail
!

of the Christian.

first oflspring of creative


!

It distinguishes Jesus, God,

and Christ always as the subject power.

of a proposition from every other God, Jesus, or Christ. There were many Gods, Jesuses, and Christs in the days of
the Apostles; but they were not honored the article
o.

his bidding

God made darkness

holy light, of heaven first born the mother of

"

Thus by
Light

light.

sprang from eternal darkness at the bidding of God, and Jesus

by any inspired from the night of the grave brought immortality to light. Ilcb. 4:8; Col. Hence Christ's first communion with his di.sciples was upon this day. Hence its consecration to the memory of that 4 II, etc. The article before / hh^Q"-' or before fna, without )j,uE^a, event. Hence it became the day of solemn and joyful assemConventibus Christianorum sacris et eucharistice celein the New Test., is always indicative of one and the same blies. Vide Mosheimius, de rebus day. It therefore indicates, in this connection, the day of bratum fuisse ex hoc loco patet. the meetings of the first Christians, to remember and honor Christi, ante Constantini Mosh., p. IIG, Kuin., cum multis aliis. On this day the Holy the day of the Lord's resurrection. Aqtos occurs some ninety times in the N. T. In com.

man with
:

See Acts 7

45

'

Spirit descended, in Jerusalem,

on the

first

Christian church
sub-

ver. it is in

always translated loaves in the plural immber; but


bread.

in full

assembly met.

For rmv

/lad-rirtav lov, r^iiuav is

stituted b)' Gb., Sch., Ln., Tf.

We
35
;

met

we
:

the

singular number, one case excepted, always

bread," or to break a loaf. Khiatq, /radio,

Luke 24

Acts 2
of,

met "to break In the case excepted there was a sort of necessity for translating it loaf because a whole ship's company had but one In that case to have translated it one bread, would 42, is its whole loaf.
have been wholly inapposite. Sucli laxity is peculiarly faulty, in a case, where Paul argues the unity of the church from
the fact that in
all its

currency in the N. Test.

The meeting
;

or on, the first day

of the week, alluded to here, and in the Epistle of Paul to

the Corinthians, was for this purpose


tions were, on this day, to be

hence their contribuspeci.al

assemblies they had but " one loaf" of

made by

requirement which they


loaf,

partook.

In this case the argument makes

from Paul.

Cor. 16

2.

This also indicates Christian

and not bread, indispensable.

See ch. 2

42.

'

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
night.

CHAP. XX.
REVISED VERSION.

135

VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.
Trapereive

continued his speech until mid- piov, S


in
tiiey

re

tov

Xoyov the

morrovir,
till

and

continued

And there were many


the

/ji-fXP'-

/J-fcovvKTiov

rjaav

8e his speech
tliere

midnight.

And

lights
XafjLTraSes

upper cliamber, where ov rjaav awrjyfieuoi. were gathered together.

LKaval eu T(S inr(pa>a>


^

KaOrjfie-

Ev9 tiiere sat in a window a certain young man named Eu- TVyOS ilTL TTji OvplSof, KaTa(pfpOtychus, being I'ailen into a deep pepos virfco l^aOel, SiaAeyopevov sleep: and as Paul was long preaching, he sunk down witli TOV HavXov 7n. irXdov, kutsleep, and fell down from tlie evi')(6ii^ OLTTO TOV virvov, eiveaev third loft, and was taken up aiTO TOV TptaTeyov KaTco, /cat dead. ^"
And
vof 8e rtf veav'ias ovo/maTL
10
fell

And Paul went down, and

'qpOr]

veKpos.

Karafias Se 6
3Irj

on him, and embracing him, said, Trouble not yourselves; for TrepLAajBcou
liis life is

llavXos eimrecrev avTco, kol avpetVe,


\I/V)(rj

Bopvj^e'i-

said. Be not troubled, for liis was laTLv. 'Avafias Be koI kXol- "'lil'e is in him. And when he come up again, and had broken 60' had come up, and had broken bread, and eaten, and talked a aa? apTov kol yevaapevos,

in

him.

were many lamps in the upper ''chamber, where we were assembled together. And there sat in the open window a certain young man, named Eutychus, who had fallen into and as Paul a deep sleep was long 'discoursing, he sunk down with sleep, and fell from tlie third story, and was taken up dead. And Paul went down, and fell upon him, and embracing him,
:

10

ade'

rj

yap

avrov ev avrS

11

When

he

therefore

11

long while, even till break of day, so he departed. 12 And tliey brought the young man alive, and were not a little comforted. 13 And we went before to ship, and sailed unto Assos, there

ovTcof

LKavov re opLXi]cra9 "XP'^ avyijs', the "loaf, and eaten, and talk" rjyayov i^i]X0i>. 8e ed a long while, even till day12

TOV TraiSa ^cafTa, kol iraptKXr]- break, so he departed. And they brought the young man ^ Hpeis Se 0r](Tav ov peTplco?. "alive, and were not a little TrpoeXOovTes eTTt to tvXolov, durj- comforted. And we went for)(Oi]pei'

13

eh

Tt-ju

'

Aaaov, eKeWeu ward


Roman word.
cum

to the Pship,

and sailed to
" Dissere

'

For

rjaav read rjuev, Gb., Sch., Ln., Tf.

Ses ly.ai'ai

ev

Haav

Ss Xa/nna-

Dissero, to discourse, to declare.

Tfj>

isre^cuip, in

the upper room.


cm. nXetov, while Paul

aliquo de re aliqud, in ulramque partetn." Cicero.

To
side,

^ia?,eyoftrov tov

UavAov

discoursing, not preaching.

In modern times,
This

was long discourse with any one concerning anything on either we confound pro or con.
a

preaching, discoursing, and teaching.


source of confusion and error, in

is

frequent

" Wv/i

for his

life is

in

him

soul, or life, are

equally

its

many

minds.

When
:

and

representatives.

where the Apostles, once and again, use two words in the " Tov aQTov, Tf., Ln., Mey., Hack., not a loaf, but the loaf. same connection, we ought also to use two. See ch. 5 42, Love-feasts were usual, revaaftei'oe, v. 11, and having eaten. where both words occur in the same period as indicating two in connection with the Eucharist, or Lord's supper generally distinct works, preaching and teaching. preceding it. Here, as they sat very late, it may have been a For Tcov fiaO-rjTcav TOV, Gb., Sch., Ln., Tf sub.'Jtitute fjucav ;
having assembled to break bread, Paul KJ.aaas aQTov xai ysvanfici'os. This was an ordinary meal discoursed with them, instead of, " The disciples came together for refreshment. The same formula, xXaaas a^rov, breaking to break a loaf,' or to break bread,' and Paul discoursed to bread, or, breaking a loaf at that day, and amongst that peothem." We cannot make it preached to them for, in com. ple, intimated any refreshment by food, special, or common. ver., in no other passage than this, is SiaXsyofiai rendered to Hyayov they brought him into the assembly ^tovra, preach. In its thirteen occurrences in the Christian Scripwere not a little tures, ten of which are in this book, it is represented by living, alive: Tia^ey.Xrj&ijaav ov /teToicog, and

making
'

it

read,

We

refreshment before separating.

'

by reason four times, and once by ^' speak- comforted. which etymology would suggest, are The eth." P "And we went before him to the ship," Penn. "We not always regarded with minute accuracy in the Hellenistic went before to the ship," Thomp. " We going before into dialect. It seems certain that this dialect has been much in- ship," Wes. " Then we went forward to the vessel," Wakef. fluenced in its forms and significations by the ordinary use of " But we went before into the ship," Dodd. '-And we went the Hebrew, or, to speak more correctly, the Syro-Chaldaic. on boiird the ship," Murd. ''And we went before to the
dispute six times,
distinctions

^taleyofiat

is

better rendered

by

dissero than

by any other

ship," Boothr.

Doctors

difler in small, as well as in great.

136

ACTS OP THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSION.

CHAP. XX.
REVISED VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.
lxe\Xoi>TS

intending to take in Paul

for so

avaXa^fiaveiv
ovTCo

top Assos, there intending


in

to take

had

Jie

appointed, minding him- IlavXov'

yap

i)v

Siarera-

Paul for so he
:

liad

lappoint-

self to

go

afoot.

y/xeVof, fxeXXcou
^^
'

avTOf Tre^eveiv.
ijjxiv els ti^p

ed, intending himself to


foot.

go on
14

14
at

And when he met with us Assos, we took him in, and


to Mitylene.

u>s

Se avvejiaXeu

Aacrov, avaXafiovTii avTov


elf

7}A-

came
15

6ofXU

MiTvXyi'-i]!''

^^

KUKe^-

And we
;

sailed thence,
thuj

and 6ev uTTOTrXevaavres,


ar-

rfj eiriovarj
tij

And when he met us at Assos, we took him in, and came to Mitylene. And having sailed thence, we came
the

15

came the next


Chios

over against KaTrjPTrjaafjiei' auTLKpv Ji^iov


(Jay

next

day

over

against

and the next

we

8e

erepa irapefiaXopev

els

21aCliios;

and the next day

we

rived at Samos, and tarried at pLOv

Kal pieivavTes ev IpcoyvX-

Trogyllium; and the next day

Xlcp, rfj i^op-ei/ji rjXOopiev els

Ml-

arrivedat Samos, and remained


at Trogyllium
;

we came
to sail

to Miletus.

Xtjtov.

eKpLve

yap

and the next

TIavXos

IG For Paul had determined TTapaTrXevaai rifv J^(j)eaop, ottws

day

we came

to Miletus; for 16
sail

by Ephesus, because he

p.7]

yevi-jraL avrco -^pui'0Tpil3i]aai.

Paul had determined to

would not spend the time in eu rfj Aaia- eaneuSe yap, el not spend the time Asia: for he hasted, if it were ^vvarov r]v avrw, ti]v i]p.epav for he hastened, if possible for him, to be at Jeru- Tijs JleuTrjKoarrjs yeveaOat els
salem the day of Pentecost.
17

past Ephesus, that he might


in
it

Asia;

were

lepoaoXvp-a.
^'

possible for him, to be at JeTi-js

And from

Miletus he sent

'^TTo 5e

MtXrjTov
rr/s

rusalem on the day of Pente7re'/x-

to Ephesus, and called the elders i^as ei?

E(j)ecrov, pLereKaXeaaro
e/c/cA?;-

cost.

And from

Miletus

lie 17

sent to Ephesus, and called

for the 'elders of the con^ ws 8e irapeyevovTO Trpos IS And when they were come aias. And when they gregation. to him, he said unto tliem. Ye avTov, elirev avrols, Ypeis enlcome to him, he said to were know, from the first day that I o-raade, caro irpwTijs rjp.epas u(f) well know from

of the church.

Tovs

TrpecrlSvrepovs

18

came
ner

into Asia, after

what manhave been with you at all

them
the

You

i]S

eTrejSrji'

els

ti]v

Aaiav,

ttcos

first

day that I came into


19

seasons,

what manner I have Kvplco bovXevcov tco always with you, serving been 19 Serving the Lord with all Kal TaTreiPO(ppoavpi-is p.sTa Trdayjs the Lord with all humility of humilit}' of mind, and witli many tears and temptations, which be- TroAAcof SaKpvcop Kal Treipaap-wv, mind, and with many tears
Asia, "in

p.e6

vpmv

Tov

irapra

^(^pQVOv

eyevopijv,

*"

"We most incline to Walsefield, thoug-h we had so raaaio ch. 13 48 as many as were ordained to eternal life, rendered it, before we consulted.him. As confirmatory of our believed as were disposed, or determined for eternal life. version of it, we find in Marli 14 35. it is so rendered com. " Determined," Boothr., Dodd. ; " so disposed," Wakef. Luko It is deis not speculating or philosophizing on the subject. ver.
matters.
:

clared as a
1

ftict.

a Divine and glorious

fact.

God granted
to

to

Ot'Ttt)

yno

v Siareray/iej'os-

TaaoiOy dtaraaoo)^ Ttfjoraa-

the Gentiles the benefit of repentance


life.

even

everlasting

ao/iai,

Siateinyiict'os, are

of one family in their rout, and

more frequently used by Luke than any other \. T. writer rnaaio five times used by Luke, and four times bj all other
inspired writers.

'

BocaflvriQovg.

The word, occurring


eldest, in the plural.

sisty-seven times in

New
20
;

Testament,
old,

is,

with one exception, represented by elders,

pointed, ch. 17

by Luke, and onlj' once bcfure ap- once and Siaxnaoio sixteen times in N. T., " nine of which by Luke, translated, com. ver., by command,
n^otaauofiai
:

only

and once

ITio;, "how," "after what manner," "by what means." both declarative and interrogative in N. Test, currency, In what manner is, with us, as we eternal life, ch. 13 48. The civil magistrates are ordained in our idiomatic style. Taxim, or jtulge, in better taste. of God, Rom. 13 1, yet inaugurated by man.

appoint,

ordain, set in order, here appointed


:

ordained to

It is

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. CHAP. XX,


KING JAMES
fell

137

VERSION.
in

GREEK TEXT.
^ovXals

REVISED VERSION.
^^

and trials, which befell me by the plots of the Jews: 20 And how I kept back noth- oOSeu that I have kept back VTrecrTeiXaijLrjv rcov av/Kpe- and ing that was profitable mi/o you, nothing that was profitable, pouTcov, Tov fir) dvayyetAat vfxiv but have shewed you, and have Kol diSd^at. vfjids Sijfioala kolI but have declared to you, taught you publicly, and from and have taught you both /car' ot/cofs", " BLajxapTvpojxevos house to house, publicly, and from house to 21 Testifying both to the lovSa'iOLS re kou EXX-qaL rr/v house, testifying both to the Jews, and also to the Greeks, eh TOV Oeov jxeravoiav, kou ttiJews and Greeks, 'reforniarepentance toward God, and ariv rrjv en tov Kvpiov rjpav tion "toward God, and faith faitii toward our Lord Jesus 'Irjaovv XpiaTov. /cat vvv toward our Lord Jesus 'i^ Christ. Christ. l8ov eyoi SeSepevos tco irvevpaTi, And now behold, I go bound 22 And now behold, I go TTopevopai els lepovcraXij/j., ra in spirit to Jerusalem, not bound in the spirit unto Jeruev avrfj (rvvavTijcrouTa poL pij knowing the things which salem, not knowing the things ^ TrXrjv otl to JIvevpa will befall me there: except elScos, that shall befall me there
the Jews:

ine

by the lying

wait of

Tav

'

lovSalcov

&>?

20

'

21

22

23

23 Save that the witnesseth in every city, saj'ing, peTai Xeyov, otl that bonds and afflictions abide dXt\j/ei9 pevovatv.

Holy Ghost TO AyLov KaTa

ttoXlv SiapapTV- that the

Holy

Spirit testifies

every city, saying, that bonds and afflictions await me. * dXX' ov8eme. But none of these things move vo Xoyov 7roiovp.ai, ovSe ey^co T7]v 24 But none of these things me, neither count I my life move me, neither count I my '^V)(rjv p.ov Tip-lav epavT(S, coy dear to myself, so that I may life dear unto myself, so that I TeXeLoxrai. tov Spopov pov peTa finish my course with joy, and might finish my course with joy, -)(apds, KOU. TTjv SiaKOViav ijv eXathe ministry which I have reand the ministry which I have ^ov Trapa tov Kvplov 'Irjaov, ceived fiom the Lord Jesus, received of the Lord Jesus, to to evayyeXiov to 'testify the gospel of the testify the gospel of the grace diapapTvpaaOat

8eapa pe kol

in

24

of God.

TTji

y(apiTOf TOV

Oeov

25

/cat

grace of God.

And now

be-

25

"

Mcravoia.

Sec

cli.

38.

Why God

should be

the

special

object

of repentance,
special

or

reformation, and our

Lord Jesus Christ the


is

object of

"

Eis rov Kv^iov

Cli

TOV 0COP
is

faith in the Apostolic teachings,


etg.

an interesting' question, on
Sin terminates upon

In

tlie

philosophy

which one remark at present must


of this preposition there
absolute rest.
cence.

sudice.
faith

motion, progress;
is

not

repose,
rest,

not

Whereas ev

God
indicative of repose,
quies-

in

its

dishonoring him, and


in expiating
it.

upon Jesus Christ as

honoring him

Eepentance, or reformation, toward God,

is,

to say the least,


is

^tauaQTi^jDaod'ttt to evayytXcov Tr^s y^rtQiTOg tov Qeoo.

Of

awkward and clumsy


better.
It
is,

and

faith

toward the Lord Jesus

no

fifteen

occurrences of this
narratives
;

word

in

N.

Test., ten

are found in
its

however, so consecrated and familiar that


dissonance with either reason or taste.
this

we Luke's

to witness, to

testify,

to charge, are

repin

realize not
tou-ard,

its

Ward,

resentatives in his

writings, com. ver.

Three times charge,

from the Saxon veard, and


verto, versiis to turn

from the radix of the


to is

Paul's Epistles to
testijicari,"

Timothy and
'

Titus.

"Testificor, obiestor,per-

Roman
idea.

toward.
or on
to
to.

Motion

the incipient gens

Beza.

Exprimitur

vis prepositionis Sta, vel

Motion

to,

into,

imto,

Hence

the splendidly
eternal ascent.
fiiifh

potius exacte testijicans


Piscator.

ut praepcsitio Sta notet penetrationem,"


it is in all

awkward

conception,
or

from glory

glory

an
and

In the Septuagint
Leigh's Crit. Sacra.

cases the representative

Repentance,
our Lord

reformation,
Christ.

toward

God,

toward of liyn.
equally

It properly indicates,

call

God

Jesus

Godward,

Christward,
is

are

to witness that the

following words indicate the truth.

It indicates

proper, in and of themselves.

Froward

only fromward, or

to us the

solemn and earnest manner in which the apostle Paul

turning from.

preached the gospel.

138

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. CHAP. XX.


KINO JAMES VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.
l8ov
eya>

EEVISED VERSION.

25

And now
all,

behold, I

know vvv
I

olSa,

on

ovKeri hold, I
vfiels

know
the
see

that you
I

all,

that ye

among wliom

have

o^j/ecrOe

to TrpotraTTOv fxov

among whom
preaching

have gone
of

gone preaching the kingdom of God, shall see my face no more. 26 Wherefore I take you to record this day, that I um pure from the blood of all men, 27 For I have not shunned to declare unto you all the counsel of God. 28 Take heed therefore unto yourselves, and to all the flock over the which the Holy Ghost hath made you overseers, to feed the church of God, which he hath puixhased with his own
blood.

irdvTes, eV oly SnjXdoi' Krjpvaaoiv


rrjv

kingdom

^aaLkeiav rod Oeov.


rj]

^'^

God,
fiio

will

my

face

no
2a

/xapTvpofiaL vplu Iv
i]liepa.,

ai^papov

more, wherefore I take you to "witness this day, that I

oTL

Ka6apo9
tov
/xy

eyco diro

rov
vire-

am
For

clear from the blood of


I have

all.

aifxaTOs TrdvTMV
aTeiKapLriv
vfxlv

ov yap

kept nothing back,


tlie

27

di/ayyeiXai but have declared to you

irdaav

ti]v

^ovXrju

tov whole "counsel of God. Take

28

ovv eavTols heed, therefore, to yourselves, in the flock Kou iravTX TcS TroipLuUp, eu lo vpds and to all TO Hi'evp.a TO AyLov edeTO eiri- which the Holy Spirit has constituted you ""overseers, to aKOTTOvs, iroLfJiaLveLv Trjv ckkXtj-

Oeov.

7rpo(7)(eTe

alav TOv Oeov,


OLa TOV loiov

ijv TrepieTTon-ja-aTO

feed the congregation of the

Lord, which he has purchased


aijxaTos.
eyoi

29 For
after

know

this,

that

yap olSa tovto,


(Sapels
elf

with

his

own
fierce

blood.

For

I 29

oti elaeXevaov-

my departing shall grievous wolves enter in among you, not sparing the flock. 30 Also of your own selves shall men arise, speaking perverse things, to
ciples after

know
enter

this,

that after

my

dewill

Tai lieTCL Trjv acpi^iu p.ov Xvkoc


vp.ds,
"''*

parture
in

wolves
you,

p-i]

(j)eLSop.ei^oi

among

not
30

draw away

dis-

them.

i^ VfXOiU spar ing the flock. Also from avTU)V dvaaTT^aovTaL dvSpes Xa- among your ownselves, men XovuTes dLecTpap/xeua, tov diro- will arise, speaking "pei-verse airav tovs p.a$i]Ta9 oirlaco av- things, to draw away disciples
tov
TTOLflULOV

Kul

pos

y.a9aQos eyo) ano tov alfiaros navrcov. Eyio y.a9aapposition no verb intervening, always imply the substantive verb. It seems most probable that cyco pro-

" 'On

a whole diocess, the church at Ephesus had a plurality of

in

bishops over

it.

bably from the Boeotian loiya gave to us the pronoun /, which, in the absence of every verb, indicates I am. Ilere, then, associated only with an adjective, eiut is essentially
understood.

For 0eov, Gb., Ln., Tf. have, I judge, with more propriety, Davidson's if not with more authority, substituted xv^iov. Lectures on Biblical Criticism. Hack.
'Mr TtfoisTTOir^oaTO Sea tov tSiov atuaTOSZTc-^cjtoifntnu,

found only here and 1 Tim. 3


literallj',

13,

purchase
,

" 2>urchascd by
:

Tov
life
;

aifiaros,

the hlood, but, substantively, the the scabbard of the


life

his

blood,"
is

'^purchased a good degree,"

(1 Tim. 3

13),

for

the blood

is

of every

whence
and,
in
1

derived the

word ncgmoaiais.
found
/irc

earthly animated being.

Uaprcov, of course, in this same


in the

This word,
com.
:

7tcpf!totr,ais, is

times only in N. Test.

sententious oracle, implies avd'QcoTtior.

ver.,

is

represented by 2mrchased possession,


1 Thess.

Eu
dies.

TT]

orjueQov ijiic^n,
rr,-5

Attic style,

or dialect,

is

Eph.

14

obtain salvation,

5:9;

obtaining
:

tantamount to
This
is

fjfifQa,

hoc

die, this

very day, hodiernus

glory, 2 Thess.

2:14; saving
;

the soul, Heb. 10

39

superlatively formal and impressive.

" Triv ^ovX/fv fiovhj is one of Luke's favorites. In its twelve occurrences in the Christian Scriptures, he employs it nine times. In arguing the internal evidences of the

peculiar people

a jicople of acquirement. Greek Concordance.

Such

is

the entire history of the inspired use and currency

of this litigated word.

Like

all

other words of

much
:

con-

secrated currency,

it

has passed through a fiery furnace.

Christian records, one

who is attentive to the peculiar style of the inspired writers, could testify to their respective style,
as

According to the Critica Sacra, peculium,


acquisilio,
1

Thess.

5:9;

ecclesia

the
:

Ep. 1 14; church of God is

we testify to the faces of men. The man that wrote the so called, which Peter calls (1 Ep. 2 9) 2'opulus acqaisiActs of the Apostles, could not hnve written the testimonies lionis, his acquired or purchased people. Acquisivit per of Matthew, Wark, or John; nor could any one of them, by sanguinem suum ; id est, per mortem cruenlem Filii sui. any possibility, liavc written the two books of Luke. Grotius. Conservatio, Heb. 10 : 39; 1 Pet. 2 9. Aaos The counsel of God is not the advice, opinion, consultation, Etg neQiTtoiijOiv ; a peculiar people; " s, people for jiurchas:

prudence, or deliberation, but the purpose, design, will, direction,

ing."

According to the Greek, for so the verb


:

is

used,

command of God. comprehended in

It is

used in these different shades,

all

Acts 20
'

28

also

2 Thess. 2
This
it

14.

Crit. Sacr.. p. 207.

his revealed will.

JiearQaftij.sva.

is

also one of Luke's words: of its

" E^tiaxonovs, bishops, overseers.

Instead of one bishop to

seven occurrences,

is

five

times employed by him.

He

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. CHAP. XX.


KING JAMES VERSION.
31 Therefore
^^atch,

139

GREEK TEXT.
re-

REVISED VERSION.
fU-vrj/jLO-

and

TUiV.

8io Yprj-yopiLTe,

after them.

Therefore watch,

31

member, that

by the space of vevovTs OTL TpieTiav VVKTa Kcd and remember, that during warn tliree years I ceased not to rj/iiEpau ovK eTravaafiyv fiera 8aevery one night and day with warn every one night and day Kpucou vovOercov eva tKaarov.
three years I ceased not to

tears.

32

And now,

""

brethren, I comto
is

Koi Tavvv TTapaTiOepiat


Tc3

with tears.
v/xas,
ren, I

And now,
word

""breth- 32

commend you
is

to

God,

mend you to God, and word of his grace, which


to build

the a8X(poi,

OecS Kai

tco

Xoyca

and
able TTjs )(apLT09 avTOv, TCO Svva/xeucp

to the

of his grace,

you up, and


sanctified.

to give
all

you

which

able to build you up,

iiTOiKo8oixrjaaL

Kol
rocs'

Soiiuai

vfxlv

an

inlieritance

among

them KXy^povopiav Iv
TTOLcriv.
1]

and

to give
all

you an inheritance

which are

"qycaap-euois
rj

among
tified.

them who are sanchave


coveted

"

33 I have
silver,

coveted no man's

apyvpiov

^pvaiov

no

33

or gold, or apparel.

IfiaTLcr/JLov

ovSevos iTredufir/aa- man's


yiucoa-Kere
/cat

silver,

or gold, or apyourselves know, 34

34 Yea, ye yourselves know,


unto

avTol

Se
p-ov

ore

rats parel.

You

that these hands have ministered y^peiais

tols ovcri

per

that

these

hands have minis-

them epLov vir-qpeTiqcrav al tered to my necessities, and X^^P^^ avrai. that were with me. that were with me. ^^ iravTa vireSei^a vpiiv, on ovtco to those 35 I have shewed you all I have shown you in all reK07rLU)VTas 8e2 ui^n.Xap.^aveadai things, how that so labouring spects that by so laboring TOiv da-dei/ovi/Tcov, p.vTip.oveveiv re ye ought to support the weak, you ought to support the weak, and to remember the words of TU)V Xoyav rev Kvplov 'Irjo-ov, and to remember the words the Lord Jesus, how he said. It is OTL avTOS eiire, MaKapiov eari of the Lord Jesus, that he himmore blessed to give than to re- dihovai jxaXXou ?; XapL^aueiu. self said. It is more blessed to
necessities,

my

and

to

35

ceive.

"

36

And when
he

KoiX ravra

e'nrcou 6els to,

spoken,

had thus ra avTOV, kneeled down, and


he

yova- give

than to

receive.

And
he

36

aw TrdaLv avrols irpoa"

when he had

said

this,

'iKavoi 8e eyei/ero kneeled down, and prayed with 7]v^aT0. prayed with them all. them all. And they all wept 37 37 And they all wept sore, KXavdpLos TravTcov koI eiruKeaovmuch, and having fallen on and fell on Paul's neck, and Tes CTTt Tov TpayjjXov rov UavPaul's neck, they kissed him, kissed him. " Xov, KarecpiXovi/ avrov 68vsorrowing especially for the 38 38 Sorrowing most of all for ucopievoL pLaAiara tin tco Aoyco co words which he had spoken, the words which he spake, that elprjKeL, ore ovKin pceXXovcri ro that they would see his face no they should see his face no more.

And

avrou decopelv. they accompanied him unto irpoacoTTOv


eirep/Trov 8e

Trpo- more.

And

they accompanied

the ship.

avrov

et?

to ttXoIov. him to the ship.

quotes

it

ouce from the Saviour.

Literally the verb StaaTQefo),

tive

of

yri

not
state.

of the earth

the

sin-polluted earth.

Sancti-

perverto, distorqueo.

Here

it is

perversa et depravata.

Viae im-

fication as well as

justification

and adoption, indicate both an


justifies, sanctifies,

piorum dicuntur
is its

pcrversa3.

Crit. Sacra.

Distorqueo, to distort,

ad and a
and

There

is

one that

adopts

most

literal representative.
Tf.,

saves, as well

as pardons a fallen man.

There

is

state

" AStlifoi, omitted by Ln.,

as also vfitv, after dovvat.

of justification, of sandification, of adoption

and of
is

sulvation.
indefinite

Both
al!

are, indeed, implied.

Ev

rots riyiaafievois itaatv, amongst

In states there are no degrees, in character there


variety.

an

the sanctified.

Ayij

is

the root of a large family, a nega-

140

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. XXI.
REVISED VERSION.
CHAP. XXI.

GREEK TEXT.
CHAP. XXI.
'f22j

CHAP. XXI.

And it came to pass, that after we were gotten from them, and had launched, we came with a
straight course unto Coos, and

8e

iyevero

ava-)(6rivaL

When now
that

it

came

to pass,

rj/ia? oLTroa-Traadei'Tas oltt

avrav,

we put

to sea, having de-

v6v8poiiri(TavTis

rjXdo/jLei^ elf ti]v

parted from 'them,

we came

and the day following to Rhodes, and thence to Patara. povres ttXowv StaTrepav eh 0ol2 And finding a ship sailing And having found a ship crosseTTL^avres uvrjy(6rip.ev. ing 'over to Phenicia, we went over unto Phenicia, we went VLKiiv, ^ ava(pavavTe9 8e ti]v Kvirpov, Now aboard, and set forth. on board, and set sail. 3 Now when we had dis- Kol KaTaXiTvovTes avTi-jv eucovv- having had a view of Cyprus, covered Cyprus, we left it on fjiov, eTrXeop.ev elg Svplav, kol and having left it behind on the left hand, and sailed into KaTi])(0i]iJ.ei' els Tvpov eKelcre the ^left hand, we sailed to landed at Tyre: for Syria, and landed at Tyre: for yap Tjv TO irXoLov a7ro(j)opTL^6- Syria, and there the ship was to unlade her there the ship was to unlade /cat avevjxevov Tov yopov. burden. her cargo. And having sought eirepieLva4 And finding disciples, we povTes Tovs iiadi]Tas, out the 'disciples, we remained tarried there seven days: who jxev avTOv rjpepas enra' oirives there seven days;wiio said to said to Paul through the Spirit, T<2 UavXco eXeyov Sia rod irvev- Paul, tiirough the Spirit, that

Kwv, Trj Se the day following unto Rhodes, KOLKeWev els and from thence unto P;itara:

f'^J}? ely riji'

Po8ov,
kol ev-

with a

straiglit

course to Cos,

Udrapa.

-i

that he should not go up to Je- paros,

rusalem.
5 And when we had accomplished those days, we departed,

and went our way; and they all brought us on our way, with wives and children, till ice ivcrc out of tlie city: and we kneeled down on the shore, and prayed. 6 And when we had taken our leave one of another, we (jap.evoi aXX-)]Xovs, e7re^i]peu

lepov- he should not go up to Jeruo-aXrjp.. ore 8e eyivero i]pas salem. But having 'completthe days, we went on e^apTLtraL ras i]p.epas, e^eXOov- ed our way; and they all with res eTTopevop-eOa, tt poire p.irovTa)v their wives and children conavv yvvaii^L Kai i]p.as iravToiv ducted us on our way, till we TeKVOis ecos e'^w ti]s TroXeojs, Kol were out of the city; and 6evTes Ta yovaTa eiri tov alyia- having kneeled down on the koI acnra- shore, we prayed. And havXop TrpoaTjv^apeda.
p-rj

avafiatveLV els

els

ing

embraced

one

another.

AnooTTnad'eiTas.
in

AnooTtaco

is,

with one exception, found

ipsius nominis raentioncm formidarent, ct pro, apiarepos fre-

only

Luke, represented, com.


here, after

away ;

by draiL\ wilhdratv, draw quenter dicerent iviorvuof, quasi dicas bene nominatura," we were gotten away. " Sep.irated from Kuin., in loco. Airnfavavxes Se rr;v Kv^QOf, " and having
ver.,
;

them," Dodd., Wakef.


;

" liaving departed from them,"


;

De had a view
:

of Cyprus."

Ai'afnino
is

is

found only hero, and in


literall}-,

" torn away," Wes., Penn separated Luke 19 IL There it Wette, Rob., Murd. from" Boothr. ^^ Having torn ourselves from them" is too had Cyprus brought up

translated appear,
sight.

having

to

violent
'

^ Kai arevQoiTes rovg fia!>r;rag. The article and tlie pre^mncgato, in its si.\ occurrences in N. T., is position in these words are untranslated in com. ver. fully represented by passed over, gone over, only here sailing over, expressed it should be read, and having sought out the discicom. ver. This is an implied use of the word, for which we ples. ArevQiay.co, employed only by Luke, and by him but We might as well say, in speaking of one twice, is translated hy found, Luke 2 16, and here by findsee no propriety. passing over a country, that he walked over it, which is not ing. Had it been ev^iaxco, this would have sufficed but the implied in Sianentor; better say crossing over, leaving the preposition is thereby regarded as redundant, and untrans-

we

prefer,

having departed from them.

^laTteocoi:

manner
^

to the discretion of the reader.


ttvTT^v ev(oti'/oi'f

lated
tlic
left,

a license of dangerous precedent.


:

KfiTrdiTTOiTss

ou

au adjective,

not an adverb.

" Proprie

apiareQog est sinister," Kuinad,

Hack.

" sed

cum

dextrse partes

apud veteres boni habebaninde factum ut Gr.tci

' E^cinTi^o), in its second occurrence, 2 Tim. 3 17, is rendered thoroughly furnished, here, fully accomplished with us, ' " completed." Boothr. the days were ended," Thompson,
; ;

tur ominis;

sinistrje

autem

infelicis,

Wakef

''finished,"

Wes.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KIXG JAMES
took ship;
VERSION.

CHAP. XXI.
REVISED VERSION.

141

GREEK TEXT.

and they returned TO ttKolov, eKeivoi Se VTrearpe^j/av we went on board the ship, and home again. eh TO. 'Idia. 'HfxeLi 8e tov they returned home. Now we, 7 And when we had finished ttXovv ^Lavvaavres anro Tvpov having completed the voyage, mn- course from Tyre, we came KaTrjVTTjaa/j.u ely UroXefxaLSa, came down from Tyre to Ptoto

Ptolemais,

and saluted the

brethren, and abode with

them
that

Koi daTTaaa/jLevoL tov^ dSe\(f)ovf lemais, and ''saluted the brethe/j.eii'a/j.ei'

one da3^
8

qp.epav

/j-lau

Trap' av-

ren,

and remained with them

And

the next day

we

TOLf.

rfj

8e eTravpiov i^eXOov- one day.

And

the next day

were of Paul's company ed, and came unto Cesarea; and eh KaLcrapeiav kol elaeXOovres sarea; and entering into the we entered into the house of eh TOV oIkov ^LXlir-irov tov evay- house of Philip the evangelist, Philip the evangelist, which was yeXiaTOv, tov ovtos eK toov eirTa, who was one of the seven, we one of the seven and abode with " tovtco remained with him. Now the epelvapev Trap' avTcS. him. 8e rjaav BvyaTepes irapOevoL Tea- same man had four daugliters, 9 And the same man had four ^^ aapei Trpocpr/Tevovaai. eVt- virgins, who prophesied. And daugthers, virgins, which did
rjXdou
to

depart- re? OL Trepl tov

UavXov

we

'departed, and

came

Ce-

lo

prophesy. 10 And

p-evovTav 8e
as

r]p.S>v

rjpepas irXeiTrjs
'

as

we

remained there several

we

tarried

there

ovs, KaTijXde tls diro


7rpo(f)i]Tr]f
KCLL

many

days,

there

came down Saiaf

ovopaTL
vrpos

Ayarjfidf,

'lov- days, there came down from Judea a certain prophet, nam-

from Judea a certain prophet, /3oy named Agabus.


11

eXdcou
^coi/Tju

ed 'Agabus.

And when he

ii

And when

he was come

Koi dpas TTjv

tov UavXov,

came
girdle,

to

unto us, he took Paul's girdle, and bound liis own hands and feet, and said. Thus saith the Holy Ghost, So shall the Jews at Jerusalem bind the man that owneth this girdle, and shall deliver him into tlie hands of the

8i]aa? re avTov Tas -yeipa^ Kai

us, he took Paul's and binding his own


feet, said.

things, both we, place, besought

Holy Spirit, So shall ITi/ev/xa to the Jews at Jerusalem bind ov eaTiv T] ^copT] avTij, ovtco Stjthe man who owns this girdle, aovatv ev lepovaaXrjp, o'l 'Iovand shall deliver him into the Saioi, Kal TrapaScoaovaiv eh x^^' hands of the Gentiles. Gentiles. ^ 'Os 8e pas eOvatv. rjKOvaafxev Now when we heard these 12 And when we heard these TavTa, TrapeKaXovpev rjfj.eh re things, both we, and they of
says the
'

tov? TToSas

elire,

TaSe Xeyei to Aytov, Tov avhpa

hands and

Thus,

12

and they of that him not to go KUL

ol evTOTTiOL,

TOV

fxi]

uvaj3a[- that place, besought Paul not


to

up
^

to Jerusalem.

vecv

avTov
Rom. IG
this
:

eh
16,

'IepovaaXr]p.
0ih7f!iov
title

go up to Jerusalem.

Then
"

13

Aaitaaafisroi, oscular, amplector, to salute.

TOV

evayyeXtarov, Philip

the Evangelist.

This

" Salute one anothor with

an holy
in

kiss."

Paul uses

word
the

appears to have been given to those


charge,

who had no

stated

very

often

Romans
tions.

nineteen times indicative of the


in

the

sixteenth

chapter of

pastoral

but who traveled from place to place, and


" Evangelists in

most cordial greetings and

salutait is
it,

preached as they had opportunity," Hack.

This being a very solemn and affectionate adieu,

the Apostolic age were not the regular and constant teachers
of the
cities
;

presumed that no word


as the word embraced.
reader, to infer the

our currency so fully expres-ses


fullest

church,

but were
elementa

sent

by the

apostles

into

various

This gives the


adieu.

latitude to the

ut vel

religioiiis

Christiana traderint vel in-

manner of the

stitutionem Apostolorum
is

continuarent," Kuin., as referred to


3, p.

by
in

The

phrase, ol Ttc^c rov Ilavlov, after c^tXd-ovrss,


critics, as

repuProf.

Professor Hackett, vol.


the

316.
in

It

is

only found here


:

diated,

by some of our best


aflinns
it

an interpolation.
is

book
4
:

of Acts,
5.

and twice

Paul's epistles, Eph. 4

11

Hackett
text.

to be untenable.

It

retained in Bagster's

2 Tim.

But that

is

not sulBcieut authority against the testimony


'

of collators, Elz., Gb., Sch., Lu., and Tf.

Ayujios
:

Ts Tt^oytjrag,

a certain prophet,

first

named

ch.

For
Ln., Tf.

sld-ov,

e).d-ofuv

is

substituted

by the

Elz., Gb., Sch.,

11

28, and again in this place.

He

is

known

to us only as a

Christian prophet.

142

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. XXI.
REVISED VERSION.
T'l

GREEK TEXT.
direKpldrj
iroLeiTe

13 Then Paul answered, What mean ye to weep, and to break

8e

UavXof,
Kat

Paul answered,

What

do you,

KXaiovres

avvOpv- weeping

and

breaking

my

mine heart ? for I am ready not nrovTis \x.ov tt]V Kapotav ; eyco ^heart? for I am ready not to be bound only, but also to yap ov [xovov Sedrjvai, aAAa kul only to be bound, but also to
die at Jerusalem for the

name airodavelv
fias e}(w

els

lepovcraXyp. eroL- die at Jerusalem for the name

of the Lord Jesus.

14 And wlien he would not be persuaded, we ceased, saying, The will of the Lord be done. 15 And after those days we took up our carriages, and went up to Jerusalem. 16 There went with us also
certain

i^Tre^

tov oi^o/iarof rod

of the Lord Jesus.

KvpLov
TTOPTe^,

'Irjaov.

Mi]

ireidoet-

he could not be persuaded,


ceased,

And when we
w'ill

14

/xeuov Se avTov, ri(TV)(a(rap.ev

saying,

The

of

To

deXi]/xa

tov Kvpiov

the Lord be done

And

after

those

days w-e

15

yevcaOa.
^^

Mera

Se ras rjp-epas ravras

packed up our ''baggage, and went up to Jerusalem. There

16

diroaKevaa-afxei^OL dvifiaLvoiJiev els


*"

went with us

certain of the

of the disciples of Ces- 'lepovaaXyp. avi'i]X6ou Se disciples of Cesarea, bringing and brouglit with them KOL TU)P pad7]Tcoi> uTTo A.ac<Taus to Mnason a Cyprian, an one Mnason of Cyprus, an old peias (Tvv rjiMV, dyovres Trap <h old disciple, with whom we disciple, with whom we should
area,

^euiadwfMeu, Mvaacovi rivt

lodge.

Kv-

should 'lodge.

17

And when we were come

TTpicp, dp-^aico p.a0-i]Tfj.

Now when we
to
)

were come
brethren

n
is

to Jerusalem, the brethren re-

"
els

rENOMENnN^e ijfi^p
lepoa-oXv/xa,
ua/xeucos

Jerusalem,

the

ceived us gladly.

eSe- gladly received us.

And

the

tyj day 'following Paul went in IS And the day following Paul ^avTO rjfjids oi dSeXcpoi. went in with us unto James and 8e eiTLOvar] elaijei o IJavXos crvv with us to James, and all the And all the elders were present. i]p.lv irpos laKcofiov, iravres re elders were present. 'them, when he had saluted 19 And when he had saluted irapeyivovTO Trpea^urepoi. oi them, he declared particularly ^^ Ka). daTraadpevos avrovs, e^i]- lie related particularly what what things God had wrought yeiTO Ka6 ev eKaarov cou eTroirj- things God had wrought among the Gentiles through among the Gentiles by his mincrev 6 Oeos cV to2s eduecn 8ia tjjs ministry. And when they
: '

19

istry.

20 And when they heard it, they glorified the Lord, and said cravTes e8o^a^ov tov Kvpiov ei- Lord, and said to Paul, You unto him. Thou seest, brother, TTov re avTw, Oewpels d8eX(f)e, see, brother, what '"m3'riads how many thousands of Jews TToaaL fivptdSes elaiu lovSalcov of Jews there ai-e who have beheard
it,
^

otaKovias avrov.

J,

>

-.

20

'

ol

oe ukov-

S^

'

'

his

'^o

they glorified the

^vrd'^vTiTorreg iiov r>;v y.a^Siav ;

breaking
exco.

my

Their distress was unnecessary.


bold oxymoron, equal to
firtaO>;irti,

Eroifnos
:

We

heart? Ayoires have a Mvaacovi


'

Mvaoiori
Ttap'

stands

by

attraction for

ayofra

Tiixon.

o> ^cpioO'coficr,

bringing us to JInason, with

(01s., Mey., De Wette, Ilackett.) this, chap. 5 41, y.nTiiiioi&ijaav nn- whom we should lodge. a^/_>;s, an ancient, not an were accounted worthy to be disgraced, to suffer A^ynic[> fta&riTj] finO'iirrj an shame for his name. Ilaclc, Kuin. Elcgans oxyraorum iuesse aged disciple. We more familiarly say, an old disciple. IIo observarunt, Cassaubonus et Wolfius. may have been converted on the day of Pentecost. Uack.

'

ETCiaxevaoauijoi

is

here preferable to aTioay.icaoafitvoi,

This seems to he the fjlh time the apostle visited Jerupreferred

Ln., Tf., Gb.

Hack., "having packed up our baggage, and


;

salem, since he set out against the brethren at Damascus.

prepared for the journey " " making up our baggage,"' Dodd. " we have put our goods upon," Penn. Dr. Bloomfiold asks,

For eSe^aiTo, aTtcSt^avro


^
1

Tr]

is

by

Ln., Tf.

sTiiovaia, on, or

immediately

after, their arrival.


it
is

why anoaxcvaanucpoi
reason to be, because
reverse of cxonerare.

should not mean to pack up baggage, as


I

AoTtaaauevos avrovg.

In N. T. currency

generally

the same verb signifies exnncrarc alvum.


to

apprehend the represented by

salute, embrace, greet.

pack up

signifies onerare,
c:ttox.,

and

is

the

Matthiei reads,

Scholz, anoax.

Penn.

rr;s Siaxovias avrov, through his ministry. " Jloaai fwgiaSeg, what myriads, multitudes, believe. ZqIcorat TOV voftov, zealots for the law, an objective genitive.

/Jia

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
there
are

CHAP. XXI.
REVISED VERSION.
;

143

VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.
"TreTTiaTevKOTCoi'.

which believe; and Tau

they are all zealous of the law. 21 And they are informed of thee, that thou teachest all the

Jews which
tiles

are

among

the Gensaying,

to forsake Moses,

that they ought not to circumcise their children, neither to

walk after the customs. 22 What is it therefore? the multitude must needs come together: for they will hear that

thou 23

art

come.
therefore this that
:

Do

we

say to thee We have four men which have a vow on them 24 Them take, and purify thyself with them, and be at
;

charges

may
m;iy

s,ha.we

with them, that they their heads: and all


that

know

those

things

whereof they were informed concerning thee, are nothing; but (hat thou thyself also walkest orderly, and keepest the law. 25 As touching the Gentiles which believe, we have written and concluded that they observe no such thing, save only that tliey keep themselves from things
offered to idols, and from blood, and from strangled, and from
fornication.

koL Trai/re? lieved and they are all zealous for the law; now they have 21 ^7]\coTal Tov vofiov v7rap)(ovai. been informed concerning ^^ KaTTj^i^Orjcrav 8e Trepl aov, on you, that you teach all the aTroaTaaiav diSaa-Ket? ocTro Mco- Jews who are among the Gentiles "apostasy from Moaecos Tovs Kara ra eOi/r] ivavras ses, saying, that they ought Iov8alovs, Xeycov fx-rj TrepLTe/xveii' not to circumcise their chilavTOvs ra reKva, /xrjSe to?s edeai dren, neither to walk after the customs. What then is it? 22 TrepLTrareii'. tl ovu eari; iravThe multitude must needs Tcos 8el ttAt/^o? avveXOeiv ukov- come together; for they will 23 (TOVTai yap otl iXr]Xv6as. tov- hear that you have come. Do this,^ therefore, which we say To ovv iroirjaov b croi Xeyofiev to you have four men themeloHi^ -qpiv afSpef rtcraapes ev-^Tju who have a pvow on with 24 '* tovtov? selves; ifaking these e')(0VTe^ e(f)' iavrav yourself, purify yourself with TrapaXa^cov ayvicrdrjTt av- them, and bear the charges for Tols, KOL Sairavrjaov iir avToTs, them, that they may shave their heads: and all will know tva. ^vpi'jacovTaL TrjV KecpaXrju, that those things of which Koi yvwai Travres otl coi/ Kari'-j- they were informed concerny^-qvTai Trepl crou ovSeu ecrTiu, ing you, are nothing, but that
' :

We

aw

dXXa

aTOL-)(e'LS

kou avros tov vo^^

you
ly,

j'ourself also

walk order25

fxov (pvXda-acou.

irepl 8e

twv

ireiTLcrTevKOTcov

IQvoiv )]pei^ eVe-

(TTeLXajxeu, KplvavTe^ fxriblv Toi-

ovTov Trjpeiu avTovs,

el

pi]

(^v-

XaaaeaOat avTovy to
KOU Tropve'iav.
Aos"
'^^

re elScoXo-

OvTov Kai TO alpa kcu ttviktou

2G Then Paul took the men, and the next day purifying himself with them, entered into the temple, to signify the accomplishment of the days of purification, until that an offering

ToTe 6 IJavTTapaXa^wv tovs avBpas, Trj

ey(opevr] rjpepa

aw

avTols ctyvi-

a6e\s

(larjet

els

to lepou, Siay-

yeXXwif
rjpepcov

TTjv

eKirXrjpcoaiu

twv

and keep the law. 'But as respects the Gentiles who have believed, we have already written and concluded, that they observe no such thing; only that they abstain from things offered to idols, and from blood, and from things strangled, and from all kinds of lewdness. Then Paul 'took the men, and the next day purifying himself with them, entered into the temple, announcing the fulfillment of the days
till

20

TOV

dyvLapov,

ecos

ov of purification,

the

ofli^r-

ATtooTttoia, standing ' IIcQt Se riov Tttntarix'y.oTwv e9vcov, but, with respect to off, not merely, standing off, but standing off from. Tliis term, now transferred into our lan- the Gentiles who have believed, ijuis, we (the apostles and guage, needs no representative. Havras, omitted by Ln., Gb., brethren at Jerusalem), comprehends the whole assembly

as

somewhat
"

doubtful.
is

Tl ovv cart; what then,


is

it?

more

familiar than, what,

and the brethren,"

convened at .Jerusalem, reported, " The apostles, the elders, ch. 15 23, Antiochian, Syrian, and Cili:

therefore,
p
1

iti

cian Gentiles, constituted the brethren addressed.


settled their nationality.

Jews alone made such vows. This


TovTovs TCaQaXapojv
ayvta^^rlr^

'

naqaXa^uiv
v. 24.

refers to his connecting himself

with them,
:Svv

ovv avrocs, xai 8cmavr,aov

as in

not to his taking them to the temple.

avxon

en

avToeg, taking these with thyself,

purify

thyself

with

belongs to ayvio&Eis, not to twrjei, Mey.


the fulfillment of the

Hack., ^"announcing

tJiem.

days of

the purification."

144
KING JAMES
slioukl

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


VERSION.

CHAP. XXI.
REVISED VERSION.
(Kacrrov ing should be offered for each
coy

GREEK TEXT.
7rpocrr]i'e)^0i]

be offered for every one


the seven days

vnep

ei^os

of them.

avTU)u

T]

7rpoa(f)opd.

8e one of them.
27

Now as tlie seven 'days were ipeWov ai eTTTa rjpfpaL avvwere almost ended, the Jews, TiXilaOai, ol OLTTO rrjs 'Aalaf about to be completed, the which were of Asia, when they lovSalot deaaapefoi avToi> iv Jews who were of Asia, wlien saw him in tlie temple, stirred Tcp ifpw, (rvvi-)(eou Travra tov they saw him in the temple, up all the people, and laid hands o)(Xov, Kca eiTi^aXov tol^ ^eipas stirred up all the people, and
27

And when

on him,

2S Crying out, Men of Israel, This is the man that help. teacheth all men every where against the people, and the law, and this place: and further, brought Greeks also into the temple; and hath polluted this holy place. 29 (For they had seen before with him in the city, Trophimus, an Ephesian, whom they supposed that Paul had brought
into the temple.)

CTT

avTov,

KpaC^ovres,
fiui-jOiiTe.

Avopi.9
ovtos

laid

hands on him, crying out,


help
!

28

la-parjXlrai,
ecTTiv

Israelites,

This

is

the

o
/cat

avOpwTTO^ 6

Xaov
TTOV

tov vopov kou tov to-

Kara tov man who teaches all men every where against this
8l-

TOVTOV TTavTa^ TTavTa^ov

people, and the law, and this


place
:

SacTKCOi'-

brought Greeks into the temelcn-jyayev et? to Itpov, KcCi kkolple, and has polluted this holy i'co/ce TOV ayiov tottov tovtov. place. For they had for~ Hcrav yap vrpoecopaKOTef Tpo- merly seen with him in the (fjipou Tou 'J(j)ea-iou eu Trj TroAet city, 'Trophimus, an Ephesian, avTcS, bv evopi^ov ore ei? whom they supposed that Paul
'

en

re

/cat

EXXrjvai

and further

"also

has

29

aw
TO
""^

JTavXo^. had brought into the temple. iKLvi]6ii re )) TToXis oA?;, Ka} And all the city was moved, 30 And ail the city was moved, and the people ran together: eyeueTo avi>8poprj tov Xaov- /cat and the people ran "together,
6

lepou elaip/ayev

30

and they took Paul and drew e7riXa(3opi'OL tov JIavXov,


'

elA- and seizing Paul, they dragged

Al cTtra

ijfieQcii

Oi ano

rrjs

refers to t'jiicpwv tov ayviofiov, v. 26. Te is found above one hundred and further also, moreover. Aaiag lovSaioc, the Asiatic Jews proconsular fifty times in this single book of Acts, and but seven times in

Asia

not the continent so called.


itself,

his gospel.
"

Two

opinions have been entertained of the bearing of the


in reference to the

import of these seven days, whether


pletion of the voxo

com-

Trophimus the Ephesian


:

first left

appears in ch. 20

4,

and

or in reference to the 'period


first

when

again in 2 Tim. 4

20.

Paul

him

sick at Miletus.

We

the

vow would

cease

the

being the

vow
is,

itself,

and the

hear no more of him.


" SvrS^o/i?!, an 7ta| Xsyofievor, found only in this place.
It indicates a concourse, especially a

other the completion of

its

time.

The
the
18.

last

in

our judg-

ment, preferable to the


fte

first; for

first is

opposed to tv^ov

crowd rushing together,

fjyviaftEvov ev

rci)

ic^ra, ch.

24

The vow was yet upon or


were about
to be

him

at the time of his arrest.


Se efuXXov,
i.

'&

now

as the seven days

sprang from T^exco, 1 run Hence, in classic orvToexoy, I run together with others. currency, it represents any crowd of persons suddcnl}' called
hastily assembled.
Its family
;

SvtS^ouog, from avitogether, or assembled even a mob. days during which the vow of tliese Nazarites was Tqt/w, any tumultuous crowd, hastily gathered for any intent, It is composed of those still to continue, after Paul became a party to it (Beng., Kuin., or purpose, constitutes a concourse. Al, in this case, refers to the days mentioned who, from passion, or excitement, convene. Olsh., De W.). " Al, before knra fjfie^mv, in this connection most naV. 26. EiXxov Uqov, they dragged him out of the temple and Drew him out turally recalls the i-ucQcov tov ayvia/iov just spoken of," Hack. exi.etad-r^aav ai &vQai, the doors were closed. "When the seven days were almost ended," Wakcf. ; "as the is too mild, too tame for this scene, and this language. Some seven days were to be completed." Thomp. "and when the opine, intending to kill him, but fearing that his blood would
completed,
the seven
e.,

according to the views generally entertained,

seventh day arrived," Murd.


plished," AYes.,

"were about

to be

accom-

pollute

and desecrate the sanctuary.

Levites alone coukl law-

Dodd.

"

when

the seven days were almost

fully enter the holy place.

The

altar of burnt-ofierings, pos-

ended," Boothr.
"

sessing horns,
also.

Eti Tt xai, and farther


phrase.

This with Luke


:

is

a com-

of the blood-stained sinner.

was the only canonized and conservative refuge They dragged him out, and im-

mon

In this book, chs.

1:1; 2 26

9:1,

etc.,

and,

mediately the gates were closed.

"

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSION.
him out of
tlie

CHAP. XXI.
REVISED VERSION.
:

145

GREEK TEXT.

And fortli- Kov avTov e^co tou upov Kai him out of the 'temple and imwere shut. evdeco^ iKXeiaOrjcrai' al Ovpai. mediately the doors were slnit. And "as they were seeking to 31 And as they went about to ^rjTovvTOiv Se avTOU aTTOKTelkill him, 'word came up ""to the kill him, tidings came unto the
temple.
witli the dooi'S

31

vat,

dpfjSr]

(f)acn9
hri.

tco

^i\iap-)(^a>

chief captain of the band, that all


rrjf

cliiliarch

'of the

cohort, that
32

Jerusalem ^was iu confuJerusalem was iu an uproar " o? e^avTrjs TUL 'lepovaaXrjfi.' who inunediately took sion 32 Who immediately took solsoldiers and centurions, and ran e/caTTapaXa^cov crrpaTicoTa? Kol diers and centurions, and ran ^upou them. And when down And when they KareSpap.ei' them. TOi/Tapvovs, eir avdown unto
all
; ;

aTreipijs,

hXrj

avyKe^v-

they saw the chiliarch and the soldiers, they "ceased from beatdiers, they left beating of Paul. y(ov Kol rov^ aTparicaTX?, eiravThen 'the chiliarch 33 ing Paul. 33 Then the chief captain came aai'To TVTTTOPTes TOU UavXov. 'drew near and took him, and near and took him, and commaml- '"^ TOTi eyylaas- o '^(iX'Lap-^os eVe- commanded him to be bound cd him to l^e bound with two Xa^ero aurov, kol eKeXevae 8e- with two chains and inquired and demanded who he chains who "he might be, and what he 6i]vai aXvaecrt 8var Kai eirvvwas, and what he had done. had done. 'But some ""in the 34 34 And some cried one thing, 6aviT0 Tis av elrj, Kai tl ecrri "crowd "were shouting one * some another, among the multi- TreTToiTjKU)^. aXXoL Se aXXo tl thing, and some another and tude and when he could not e^oiov ev tcS o)(^Xm- jitj 8vuap.e- when he could not know the know the certainty for the tumult, vos 8e yvoivaL to acr^jaAey 5ia certainty, "'on account of the he commanded him to bo carried TOU Oopv^ou, eKfXevcreu ayeaffat tumult, he commanded him 'to into the castle. And 35 led into the castle. ore bo 35 And when lie came upon the avTOU eiy tiju TrapepijSoX/ju.

saw the

chief captain

and the

sol-

rouy.

ol

Se iSoi'Tef tov ^iXiap-

''

when 'he was 'on the stairs, was that he was borne 8( eytuero e7n tovs aua/SaOfxaus, 'it came to pass that he was of the soldiers, for the violence of avuifii-j j^aaTa^icrOaL avTou viro borne by the soldiers, "on acthe people. T(ou aTpuTLcaTwu 8ia ttju ^lau tov count of the violence of the 36 For the multitude of the peo^*' For the multitude 'crowd.
stairs, so it

ple followed after, crying.

of the people followed, crying out. Away with him MeXXwu T elaayeadai ei? And as Paul was "about to 37 37 And as Paul was to be led into the castle, he said unto the Tr]u 7rappj3oXi]u 6 UavXof Xeyei be led into the castle, he said

Away

with him.

yap to ttXtj6os TOU Xaov Kpd^ou, Aipe avrou.


o)(^Xov.

TjKoXovdec

36

'^'

accordance with the text, a colon is placed after " temple." Waket'., Penn, Scarlett. ^ Zbtovitcov, " as tliey were seekinpf." Penn. Eras., " querentibus illis " S. Fr., " iU cherchaient.' ' At'c^ij faat, " word came up." So Rob., Le.w (avctfiaifo.) The propriety of giving a^n its proper force "up," is obvious; the connnaiider was stationed in the tower of Antonia, to which there was an ascent by steps. See ava-Sad-fiovi, in v. 3,5. Tct) xiXiaQxm, " to the chiliarch." This word, which literally siguilies " the commander of a thousand men," is transferred, a-s we have no single term corresponding to it. ' Trjs oTtei^r/s, " of the cohort." Wesley, Dick., Dodd., Scar* 111

So Wesley,

"^

Je, " but." This particle is adversative. So Wakef. De Wette, " aber " Schott, " vcro " Vulg., Eras., Beza, " autem." " El', " in." The primary signification of er is appropriate. " Ox>.n), "crowd." Rob. (Lex.), a croml, throng;" Vulg., Mont., Eras., Beza, " turba " G. and S. Fr., De Sacy, " foule De Wette, " Volke." This word should bo distinguished from See v. 36. Tthjd'o; iu translating. The Liddell and Scott's Lex. Eflocov, " were shouting." imperfect should have its usual cmitinuative force here. So Vulg.,
' ; ; ;

lett,
''

Murdock.

Svyy.tyjvrai, " was in confusion." Penn, Wakef., Dick. Fr., " etait en confusion." See Rob. Lex. on this verb.
^ Ett avrovg, " upon thcni." Rob., Lex., S7tt " with accus. pi. of persons, upon."
'

Mont., Eras., Beza, Schott, " clamabant." Rob. (Lex.) p _/ {with accus.), " on account of." 1 Ayea^cu, " to be led." See this verb in Rob. and Liddell's " deLex. Vulff., Mont.. Eras., Beza, Castal., " duci " Schott, Luke 4 1, 29 22 54. 11. So''(E. V.) Mark 13 S. duci." ' Eyevero, "he was." Dodd., Penn, Sliarpe, Wakef., i;'Paul
;

{cum

accus.)

was

")

S. Fr., "

il

fut."

After neuter verbs, " on is the ETtnvanrro TVTtTovm, " ceased from beating." Dodd. Beza, " evcnit " S. Penn, Dodil., Scarlett. Soi'e,Sri, " it came to pass." " The chiliarch." See this verb, Rob. (Lex.) See v. 31, note. Fr., " il arriva." " ^la, ' on account of." See v. 34, note. So Penn, Kend. Eyyiaas, " drew near." Wakef., Dodd., Rob. (Lex.) " Av ir,, " Crowd." he might be." This optative should not bo renSee v. 34, note. " " MellmveioayetaO-ai, " about to be led." Penn, Kend. dered as an indicative. It is to be distinguished from the indica" S. Fr., tive which follows it, rt eari. See TroUope (Gram.), p. 142. Schott, " introduceudus " Mont., " Futurus induci " on allait fairo cntrer Paul." Beza, Vulg., Eras., " asset."
TOVS ava^a9;uovg. Wesley, appropriate preposition.
t ;
'

Em

'

146

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. CHAP.


KING JAMteS VERSION.

XXII.
REVISED VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.
Tcp
^cXiap-)(cp,

chief captain,

May
said,

thee

Who

speak unto Caust thou

E\

e'^ecrrt fxoi

et-

to the chiliarch, to

May
said,

speak
38

TTilv
'

TL

TTpos CTe ;

8t
'^^

f(pr],

you?

Who

Do you

speak Greek ? 38 Art thou not that Egyptian, which before these days madest an uproar, and leddest out into the wilderness four thousand men that were murderers
?

EXX-i-ivLo-TL

apa av
TOVTOiu

d
rCiv

ovk know ''Greek? Are you not that Egyptian, who 6 AlyvTrrios o irpo then
yLvuxTKeis ;
1]/J.pu>i'

avaaraTO)-

before these days


roar,

made an up-

aas Kcu (^ayay(oi> eh ti]v eprjderness the four thousand 'aspov Tovs rerpaKLO-xi^Xiovs avSpas sassins? But Paul said, I am, Eiire Se 6 Twv uiKapiwv
indeed, a

and led out into the wil-

39

39 But Paul
ivhich

said, I

am

man JJavXos,
citij

Jew from
;

'Tarsus, a

'Eyoi

auOpcoTToy
Trjs

pei>

am

Jew

of Tarsus, a

city in Cilicia, a citizen of

no

elp,i

lovSaios Tapaevs,
SeopaL 8e aov,
'

no mean and I beseech tliee sutler me to speak unto the people. 40 And when he hath given him license, Paul stood on the stairs, and beckoned with the hand unto the people. And when there was made a great silence, he spake unto them in
in Cilicia, a citizen of

Kl- mean

city

and

beseech you
40

XiKtaf OVK da-qp.ov TroXecos ttoXlTTjs'

city:

to permit

e7rtTp\j/oi'

people.

me to speak to the And when he had

pLot

XaXrjaai irpos rov Xaov.


EiVLTply^avTOs
eVrcj?
fTrl

permitted him, Paul stood on

5e

UavXos

rcav

avTov, the stairs, and waved witii liis ava- hand to the people and when
;

^a6p.wv KaTeaetae
XacpvTj^,

rfj

X^'-P'-

'^''^

there

7roXXi]9

Se

aiyijy yeuop.e- lence,


rrj

was made a great sihe spoke to them in the


saying,

7rpoo-e(f)a>P7](re

the

Hebrew

tongue, saying,

E^paibi Hebrew -tongue,

SiaXeKTCo Xeycoy,

CHAP. XXII.

CHAP.

XXII.

CHAP.

XXII.
!

Men,

brethren,

and fathers,

hear ye my defence luldch I make now unto you. 2 (And when they heard that he spake in the Hebrew tongue to them, they kept the more silence and he saith,)
:

UKOvaare

Brethren, and "fathers Hear my defense which I now diroXoyiaf. 'AKOvaaure^ 8e make to you. And when they OTL Trj E^paiSi SiaXeKTco irpoa- heard that he spoke the Hee(pcovei avTOLs, p.5.XXou Trapeaxpv brew tongue, they kept the
p.ov Tijy irpos vp,ds vvv
i](rv)(lav.

AvBpes

ddeX(f)ol kcu ivarepes,

Kai

(f)rjaiv,

"^

^Eyca greater silence.

And

he says,

''

'E).Xr,iuaTi

yivmaxtig, do

you know Greek?


is

'

The adverb
7. 5. 31,

for striking a fatal blow, in a

crowd, without being observed."


lovSatos Ta^aevt,
I

stands in place of the object, and Xaleiv


Kuin., Hack.

not to be supplied,"

Ilackett.
'

Tovs 2^v^taTi entoraftsvovs, Xen., Cyr,,

Eyco avd'QcoTtos
aariftov

ftev etfii

r/;-;

KiXty.ms

and

in Latin,

Grace

ncscire.

Mey.,

De Wette, Hack.

Ovx a^n av et 6 AcyvTzrtOi 6 tt^o rovxfot' Ttor fifiepori', t. A., " art thou not that Egyptian who formerly led out into the or TttnOEVi,

v..

Tapaevs and Tnooos TaQoevg and Trtpcvs, nomcn urhis are both found in the original Scriptures a Jew of Tarsos,
St/rite
^
Tr]

ovx

noi.eios 7io).nr;s,

am, indeed, a Tarsion Jew.

wilderness the four thousand of the assassins ? "

Thomp.

Ef!^a'iSt StaXey^io, in the Syro-Chaldaic.


:

See .John

between Egypt and Palestine, as he came 5:2; 19 13. from that direction. Tovs TeTQnxio/iXiovs, the four thousand. Here, as in ch. 7 2. mHpeg is a AStktfot y.ai 7TnT^c;. Tholuck as quoted by Ilackett. " The event seems to have mere qualification of aStXfoi xnt naTepes. Some, however, been quite recent, the precise number being so well known. suppose that nrSpts represents those present, who weie Felix when procurator of J udea was familiar with this fact, neither Jewish brethren nor Sanhedrists, nor civil rulers. It occurring as it did during his administration of its affairs. is more, however, in consonance with the Jewish idiom to reThey were called the Sicarii, taking their name, or receiving gard it as above, inasmuch as Paul appeals only to the Jews, it, from the Roman sica, a curved dagger, adapted by its speaking in the Hebrew tongue. See Wakef., Wesley, Penn, form to be concealed beneath the clothes. They could use it Murdock.
Ell
Trjir

entjfiov, viz.

''

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KINO JAMES
3 I

CHAP. XXII.
REVISED VERSION.

147

VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.

am

verily a

man

which

am

jxev

elfxt.

di-yp 'lovSam?, yey^v- I

am

indeed a Jew, born in


Ciiicia,

a Jew, boni in Tarsus, a


Ciiicia,

city in

vrjixevos Iv

Tapaw

rrj? JClAlklu^,

Tarsus in

yet brought

yet brought up in this avareOpajxp-evos 8e ev rrj vroAei city at the feet of Gamaliel, and TavTTj irapa rovf 7ro5a? Tafjiataught according to the perfect XirjX, TreTraiSevpevos Kara aKpimanner of the law of the fathers, and was zealous toward God, as fieiav Tov irarpcpov uo/iov, ^rjAco-

'up in this city, and taught at

the feet of Gamaliel, accord-

ing to the perfect law of our

Trj! vTrap)(coi' tov O^qv, Kadco9 day. And I persecuted those day. persecuted this way navre^ v/xel^ eare aiyxepov * o? of this 'way to death, binding unto the death, binding and de- ravTrjv rijv bSou eSlco^a ci^pL 6aand delivering into prison both livering into prisons both men varov, Sea/xevwi^ koI 7rapa8i8ovs men and woman, as also the and women. eif (pvXaKa; av8pas re koll yvvalhigh priest and the whole 5 As also the high priest doth Acaf, ois Koi o apy^Lepevs paprvbody of the elders can bear me bear me witness, and all the pei fjLoi, KOL Trail/ to TrpeaQvTetestimony from whom also I estate of the elders from whom pLOv Trap (av kcu eTriaToXaf received letters to the brethalso I received letters unto the

ye

all are this

and was as zealous toward God, as you all are this


fathers,

And

"*

brethren, and went to Damascus,


to bring

Se^ap-evof irpos tovs a(5eA0ow,


etf

them which were there


for to

AapaaKOv

eTropevojirjv, a^cou

bound unto Jerusalem,


punished. 6 And
as I
it

be Kai Tovs iKelcre buTa^, 3e8epevovs


(Is

lepovcraXrip,
^

"iva

TLpLcoprjOo)-

came

to pass, that,

made my journey, and was come nigh unto Damascus about pefcp KOL eyyl^ovTL

aiv.

iyevero

Be p.oi TropevottJ

AapLaaKco

noon, suddenly there shone from irepl peaiipjiplav i^alcpi'i]? eK tov heaven a great light round about ovpavov TrepiaaTparj/at (fjws iKame. vov Trepl epeeireaov re eis" to 7 And I fell unto the ground, i'8a(pof, KOL rjKOvaa (f)copi']s Aeand heard a voice saying unto me, Saul, Saul, why persecutest yovarjs pot, SaovX, ^aovX, t'l ^ 'Eyco 8e thou me? p.e dicoKecs; aireKpi8 And I answered, Who art 6t]v, Tls el Kvpie; Elne Te irpos And he said unto thou. Lord?
7ne,
I
^

and went to Damascus, to bring those that were bound there to Jerusalem, to be punished. And as I was on my ''journey, and was come nigh to Damascus about noon, suddenly there shone from heaven a great light around me and I ifell to the ground, and
ren,

heard a voice saying to me, Saul, Saul, why do you persecute

"me ? And
art

answered.

Who

thou, Lord?

And

he said to me, I

am

Jesus of

whom
'

am Jesus of Nazareth, p., Ey(i) elp.1. 'IrjaoOs' 6 N^a^co- Nazareth, whom you perse^ 01 palos ov (TV SLWKeLs. thou persecutest. 8e cute. And they who were
j

AvaTC&^u/cfievos

avar^eyca,
We

to

nourish,

to

bring up.

In oar country and currency,


cialism to be aToided.
families.

lo raise,

raised up
stock,

provinraise

by Grotius and Hackett. To persecute Christians to death, however irreligious, on the part of persecutors, is nevertheless
a legible and conspicuous
tion of the value

raise

live

and we

AVe nourish children. We supply the means of support, of growth, and physical and mental development.
UtTzatSevfin'oi has respect
to
his

monument on their part, in attestawhich they profess to cherish for true religion.
all

In the very act of persecution,


true
religion
is

persecutors confess that

education,

but

arnTc-

of

transcendent

importance.

And

even

While born at infidels hate it, because it threatens eternal ruin to all those Tarsus, he was both brought up to manhood and educated in who oppose its claims and pretensions. To banish, to kill, or Jerusalem. even to imprison any one for his faith, is a tribute paid to the TavTr;v Tjjy oSov, those of this tva>/. It is with us, in this faith which he professes, indicative of the impotency of those age and country, to say A is of this way of thinking," and who war against it. No infidel can be a mart3'r in its proper
d-ouuuvos
to
his

physical

development.

'

'

of ' that

way

of thinking."

These we regard as provincialllie

sense.
^

isms which should not have any place in

book which every


less,

Not

" ereni," ejto^Evofiijv

was

journeying.

We

say in

man should
is

read,

and whose style must, more or

enter

our idiom, was on his journey.


1

into that of all

observed in
A/,^i

all

who love to read it. Its who make it a study.


The
result,

formative influence
is

En:eaa

is,

in

our text, changed into sTteaov.


Hackett.
z.

The former

an Alexandrian form.
" See
ch. 9
:

&afaTov.

not the aim, as well observed

4,

note

148

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KIMG JAMES
VERSION.
(Tvv
/j.oi

CHAP. XXH.
REVISED VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.
aavTo,
KOI

buTis TO fiev 0(5? I6ea- with me, saw indeed the light, iyevovTO- and were afraid: but they efJL(()ol3oL were afraid; but they heard not Ti]v oe (pcov)]!/ ouK TjKovcrav rov understood not the "voice of the voice of liim that spake to him that spake to me. And AaAoui'TOf /xoi.
I

9 And they that were with me saw indeed the light, and

said, What shall I And the Lord said to me, Lord? And the Lord said irpos /.te, AvacTTas rropevov etj Arise, and go into Damascus; unto me. Arise, and go unto AapaaKov. KOiKel aoL XaXijB)']and there it shall be told you Damascus, and tlicre it shall be crerai Trep). iravrcov coi> TeraKTal concerning all the things told thee of all things which are TTonjarai. aoL 8e ovk eve'f2f which are appointed you to appointed for thee to do. 11 And when I could not see fiketrov CLTTO rrjs So^ij? rod (pcoro^ do. And as I could not see
j

me. 10 And I

elirov Se,

Ti

lo

TTOLi^aco

Kvpie;

Se Kvpios elire

I said.

What

shall I do.

Lord?

do,

il

for the glory of that light, being led by the hand of them that

eKti>ov,

^eipaycoyovpevo?
^

vtto

for the splendor of that light,


I

were with me,

came

into

Da-

Tcov avvovTcov poi, r]X6ov els


l-LaaKov.
(Wi~ip

Aarts,

mascus. 12 And one Ananias, a devout man according to the law, having a good report of all the Jews which dwelt there, 13 Came unto me, and stood, and said unto me, Brother Saul, receive thy sight. And the same hour I looked up upon him. 14 And he said, The God of our fathers hath chosen thee, that thou shouldest know his

'Avai'las

Se

eycrep?;?

fj.aprvpovp.ei'os

Kara tov vopov, one Ananias, vtto Trdvrcou twu


^^

by the hand by me, and came into Damascus. And

was

led

those

who

w'ere with

12

a "devout

man

ac-

KaroLKovvTav 'lovSalcov,

cording to the law, well spok-

eA-

IvLaTas eiire dwelt there, came to me, and poL, SaovX aSeA^e, avajiXiy\fov. stood, and said to me, Brother Kayca avrfj rfj topa di>el3\e\p-a els Saul, receive j'our sight, and the same hour I looked up avTov. o oe eiirev^ O Oeos upon phim. And he said. The
irpos
fxe

6au

en of among

all

the

Jews who
13

koI

14

T<ov

irarepoiv
ere

i]pcoi^

Trpoeyeipl-

craro

ypcovau to 6tAi]pa av-

of our fathers has chosen lyou, that you should know his

God

" TpiV Se ipo)vrjv ovx rjxovaav. Wakef., Wes., Penn, Murd., preparavit te, he has prepared thee by Beza, dcsignavil te, Thompson havo " /war; " Boothroyd has ''distinctly liearciy he has designed thee by the Syriac, Arabic, and ^thiopic, J\'on In Hebrew usage it is ufLcu equivalent to understand and constituit te, he has constituted thee, or appointed you. And as they saw the light, we must suppose they gravale verto. " I do not with regret," says Edward Leigh, ohcy.
;
;

heard; for
other ?
It

why
is,

should one sense be paralyzed, and not the

therefore,

more consonant,

to

employ the

ijgura-

author of the " Critica Sacra," the sacred criticisms, on both Testaments, Hebrew and Greek, ' translate Tt^osxei^iaaro, in

Axovci some- this place, swnpsit te ut cognoscas volunlalem ejus, he has So we find it in Mark 14 11. Robin- taken you, chosen you, or drawn you. By the Greek classic son's Greek Lex. This is a Hebraism very common in the writers, atoovftai, representative of "ina, may indicate, to 22 ;2Thess. 2: 1, 3 ; gospels to hear is to understand, and sometimes to obey, in choose, to claim, to elect. See Phil. 1 Hebrews 11 25. AiQeo/iai, eligo, is tantamount to " I have Hebrew usage. See Gesenius. Kai efiy^OjSoi tyevoiTo. Omitted by Ln., Tf. a probable chosen thee." Choosing rather to suffer affliction, com. ver. of Heb. 11 25. " Chosen thee," in this place, covers the whole omission by Gb.
tive sense, understand, than the literal, hear.

times passes into ol

Se.

"

Evac^iji, not evla^rjs, is the true reading in this place.

area of this word, so far as

we can

trace its history in holy

Hack., "
P

cum

multis aliis."
chap. 9
:

and
12,

classic writings.
:

II^o/,npozorco/tac, jirius designer, Acts 10


I

41.

It is

found

Not nvn,Shfov, as looked up. upon him.


1

but ni'aflXexfa

eig

avxov,

nowhere
Tijjo

else in holy writ

and here,

in its participial form, in the Christian Scriprtj o,

IJqot/^^ioiaaTo

as yvwvai
:

yei^orotrjuevoti

7i(>o-/,ei^i^iofiai;

found

only

tures
,

the longest word

composite term of three words,

ante, before

here and in ch. 26


in ch. 26.

16.

"

Hath

chosen thee," com. ver., and


:

X*f hand,

and

rcit'io,

tendo, extendo, in its elements,

before

"We have again in this book, ch. 10 41, n^ox^t^oToveouat rendered ''chosen brforc." The?e two words, TTfoxeipi^o/tnt and Tioo/cipoiorcouai. are
not precise equivalents.
gate,

my hand ; tantamount, in miniature, to, 1 choose. The etymological history of the word choose, as given by Webster and Richardson, in its Anglo-Saxon origin, is: ceosav,
stretched out
cisan, chesc, choice, anciently written chose
;

The former

is

rendered, in the Vul-

to cull out

one

praordinavit

le,

has foreordained thee;

by Erasmus,

thing before another; tantamount to eligo,

elect,

or choose out

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
will,

CHAP. XXIL
REVISED VERSION.

149

VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.

and see that Just One, and Tov, Koi I8eiv Tov SUaiov, kol will, and see that Just One, shouldest hear the voice of his ccKOvaai (pcoui^v eK tov arofiaTos and hear the voice of his mouth. ^^ OTL ear) fxapTVS avrca mouth. avTOVFor you shall be his 15 For thou shalt be his witirpos iravras avdpcoTTovs, u>v eco- 'witness to all men, of what ness unto all men of what thou ^^ kol vvv you have seen and heard. paKaf Kol rJKOvaa^. hast seen and heard. avaaras (BairTiaaL And now why do you delay ? ri fxiWeis; IG And now why tarriest Koi aTToAovaat ras a/jLapTias crov, Arise, and be immersed, and thou? arise, and be baptized, iTTLKaXecraixevos to ovofxa tov wash away your sins, invokand wash away thy sins, calling 'JSyiueTO Se jxol vtto- ing the name of the 'Lord. Kvplou. on the name of the Lord. 17 And it came to pass, that, aTpi-^avTL ets" 'lepovaaXrjix, kol And when I returned to Jewhen I was come aorain to Je- irpoaev^oixevov p.ov ef tS lep(p, rusalem, even while I prayed
^''

15

IG

from others of the same class, tribe, or For some reason, from coesan, Saxon, up to V-p, to collect, select, or to choose, intimates a class /rem wliich, and a class to which, the person or thing to which f reference Indeed, all this is implied and expressed is given, is assigned. in the y!OvA preference, which we have taken from the Romans Preference, in its etymology and of ancient pagan Rome.
of.

to prefer, to select

that of one, or more of his five senses.

This

is

the reason

condition.

why Paul was

born out of due time, and never could have

been a martyr, had not Jesus Christ visibly appeared to him, and so spoke that he both saw hun, and heard his voice. Hence the declaration, you shall be his witness, or martyr to all men, of what you have seen and heard.

in our currency,

is

placing one thing or person before another.

"

Avaaras ^aitxtaai
is

y.ai

a7to).vaat
fact,

ras auatjTias aov.


in form.

"Wo

This appears equally' true in creation, jjrovidcnce, moral government, and in redemption.
IliioaxeiQoroveouai., prius designor.
y_eio,

have here three imperatives in


This verse

and two
it

Aramai.

felicitously exegetically developed

by Professor

But why the word Hackett.


^'

We
:

shall quote the

whole of

hand

this

word

and that, too, as the central idea in the radix of Its philosophy and philology is thus given by
GrtFca vox dicta
est

AfaoTu; stands opposed


18.

to fislleis, that
;

is,

without delay.

See on ch. 9

BniiTiani, be baptized

or.

with a stricter

a porrigindis digitis adherence to the form, have thi/self baptized (De Wette). So Erasmus and Beza. One of the uses of the middle voice is to express an act which In former or ancient times, the people gave their suffrage by a person procures another to perform for him. This is the stretching out their fingers; what we laconically call a shew only instance in which the verb occurs, in this voice, with
plenary authority.

quo gestro suifragabatur olim populus.

of hands, or fingers.
'

See Critica Sacra, ad rerbum,

reference to Christian baptism.


'^

Kut a7To).ovaat t a/natjrtas oov, and wash awajf your Maorvs and fiaon'^ always have in them sms. This clause states a result of the immersion, in lanThe slain icitnesses have guage derived from the nature of that ordinance. It answers the full orbed idea of a witness. had the posthumous honor of having this word, almost if not to tig a<ptoiv afia^Tioiv, in ch. 2 38. Immersion is repThey constitute, in the resented as having this importance or efiicacy because it altogether, appropriated to them. minds of the multitude, the only martyrs. But it is a super- is the sign of the repentanae and faith which are the
'On. ear, ftaorv;.
:

lative mistake.

conditions of salvation.
all

ETTty.altaa/ttios ro ovofia avrov supejti

Paul and the original twelve were


sense, from the
last

martxjrs, in its proper


last verse,

plies, essentially,

the place of

roj ovofiari Ir^aov Xrjiarov,

Any of Pentecost to the

and to the
All other

in ch.

2 38.
:

See the note on that clause.

Tov Kv^iov,
It
is

after

word

of

John

at the close of the Apocalypse.

ovofia,

has

much
:

less

support than avrov.

rejected

martyrs, so called, are unworthy of the name, as used in the


Christian Scriptures.
mart3'r
is

by

Gb., Sch., Ln., Tf. 14."

The pronoun can

refer only to Christ.

Webster, in his Dictionary, says, "a


his death bears witness to the truth of

Corap. ch. 9

one

who by
This
is

the Gospel."

true lexicographical!}-, or in the cur-

rency of English and other modern languages.


is

But currency

not alwa3-s gold

and, in this case,

it is

base coin.

No

one

could be a witness of Christ's death, burial, resurrection, or


ascension,

Ilis Prof. Hackett sustains the com. ver. of this verse. words are ' This clause states a result of baptism in language derived from the nature of that ordinance. It answers to SIS aij-eaiv afiaQxuov, in Acts 2 38. i. e., submit to the rite in order to be forgiven. In both passages baptism is rep:
:

who
;

did not witness, or see, loith his


this
is

own

eyes,

resented as having this importance or elficacy, because

it is

these events

and

precisely tantamount to saying, that

the sign of the repentance and faith, which are the conditions
of this salvation."

no one could be a martj-r on any other testimony than on

See Hackett, 22

10.

150

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. CHAP. XXII.


KING JAMES VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.
18 '"

REVISED VERSION.

/ne lu (Ka-Tacrei, /cat in the temple, I was in a avTov XeyovTa fxoi, Sirev- 'trance; and beheld him say<TOv Kou i^iXOe iv Tay^^L i^ 'le- ing to me, Make haste, and go nic, Make haste, and get thee quickly out of Jerusalem; for povaaXi-jix- 8ioti ov TrapaSe^ouquickly out of Jerusalem; for they will not receive your Tai (Tov Tijv fiapTvpiau 7Vp\ f/xov.

riisalem,

even while

prayed in yevdaOai
Ideli/

the temple, I was in a trance; IS And saw him saying unto

18

mony
19

they will not receive thy concerning me.

testi-

l\.aya> uttov, Js^vpif, avToi eiri-

Lord, they arai/Tat, otl iyco rjp.r]u that I imprisoned, and ^(ov KOU Sepcou Kara ra^ avva- synagogue those who believed beat in every synagogue them ycoyaf rovf irLarevovTas 7n ae- on tiiee: And when the blood

And

said.

testimony concerning me. And I said, Lord, they know that (pvXaKi- I imprisoned, and beat in every

19

know

that believed on thee:

20

'fv" KUi ore e^)^eLTO to aijxa l^re- of Ste[>hen thy "witness, was

^^

^T

20

20 And when the blood of thy martyr Stephen was shed, I also was standing by, and consenting unto his death, and kept the raiment of them that slew
him.
:21

Koi shed, I also was standing by avvev- consenting, and kept the raiSoKcou Trj avaipeaei avrov, kol ment of them who slew him. (^vXaaacdu ra \p.aTia tQiv avai- And lie said to me. Depart; povvTcav avTov. Kai etVe Trpoy for I will send you out far
(j)avov

TOV

fxapTvpof

aov,

auTOf

rj/jLTju

efjieaTcos kcu

21

And he
for
I

said

part:

will

unto me, Desend thee far

/if,

Ilopevov,

OTL

lyw
ere.

"hence to the Gentiles.


;$

'(6vr]

the earth he should

hence unto the Gentiles. Mkovov oe avTOv ay^pi tov22 And they gave liim audience unto this word, and tlicn TOV tov Xoyov, kol Tn]pav ttjv lifted up their voices, and said, (pcoviji/ avTwv XeyovTi9, Alpe Away with such a fellow from airo rrji yrjs tov tolovtov ov
:

fiaKpai^

i^airoaTeXw

And they heard him up


this

to 22

word,

and

then

raised

their voices, and said. Away with such a fellow from the earth: for it is not fit that he

for it

is

not

fit

that

should

"live.

And

as

they

23

live.

yap KaOrjKOv avTov

^rjv.
KCLL

Kpav-

shouted, and threw up their

23 And

as they cried out,

and ya^OVTCOV St aVTCOV,

pLlTTOVV- 'clothes,

and cast dust into

'

Exaraais-

Literally,

an ecstasy.

This word occurs eight was called, by the ancient Greeks, an apostle, or

ajjostolos.
is

times in the N. T., four times translated trance, twice amaze-

Jesus Christ, the great captain of salvation,


apostle, rather the apostle, as well as the
religion, Ileb.

called an

ment, and twice astonishment.

Trance, in Luke's style, four


It

high priest of our


:

times indicates an ecstasy, or suspension of the senses.


is

3:1;

certain brethren, 2 Cor. 8

23, are called

such a paroxysm as suspends the action of

all

the senses

the apostles of the churches

messengers,

com. ver.

EpaAll

for a time,

and places the mind


yci'eoD'ai,

beyond

the control of the

phroditus

is

called an apostle of the church at Philippi.

physical laws of our being.


i1/

persons commissioned by an iudividual, a city, a government,

accompanies

though eyercro has the same

logical subject.
"

See

V. 15,

note

r.

Tr; ai'aioeat
'

omitted

b_y

Gb., Sch., Lu., Tf.

ElaTioajt'/lu).

^reilco,

I send

aTto,

or,

1 send out from me.


aTtoazoXr;.

ATioareU.io
is
:

from me; E%,out; whence aTtooToXos, and


It is first

and sent with any message, or on any errand, is entitled to the full import and meaning of the word apostle. But those whom Jesus Christ himself educated, inspired, and commissioned, are the only apostles clothed with his authority, and entitled to all obedience, respect, and honor by all the disciples of the Lord Jesus Christ, emphatically himself called the
apostle, as well as the high priest of our religion.

whence
found
It
in

This

a very peculiar word.

N.

Test.,

Matt. 10

2; but

it is

of higher antiquity.

ElavtoarcU.o),

will send

you out

as

an apostle.

This

was used by the Greeks from a very liigh antiquity. It " A/_ni rovTov tov f.oyov. This is specially definitive of the was first indicative of any one sent out with power, or auvery word on the utterance of which he was internipted. thority milterc cum polcslale et autoritatc aliqua.

phrase cannot be exactly rendered in our language.

The captains of
by the ancients

ships, long before the Christian era,

called apostles.

were Chamicr, quoted by Leigh, in

We

tive, in cli.

have a similar instance of such definiteness 19 25. Ov yao xad^rixov nvTov t,iv,
:

in the narra-

for it

was

in-

his Crit. Sacra, says, " Significat

cursum navis dirigere


constiluerc."

et

de

expedient, or,
'

it

was not

fit that

he should

lire.

dirigrndis navihus disponerc

et

Indeed, aroloi
licet,

classem significat; hence the

commander

of a

or navy

as a preparation for stoning Paul," (Grotius, Hack.)

'Pimovirior xa lunxia, " not throxcing off their garments being

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
cast
oft'

CHAP. XXII.
REVISED VERSION.
the
air,

151

VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.

ra Lfiaria, Kai KOvtopTov IkIdust into the air, ^aXXovTcav eU rov depa, 24 The chief captain com- Xevaev avrou 6 ^(A/ap^o? ayemanded him to be brouglit into adat els ttju 7rapefxj3oXrjp, elircciu the castle, and bade that he pdari^LU di/era^eadai avTov, 'Iva should be examined by scourgeiTLyvw 8l rjv alrtav ovtcos eTreing; that he might know wheretheir clothes,

and threw Twv

the

chiliarch

com-

24

manded him to be brought


into

the castle, and ordered

that he should be examined

by ^scourging, that he might


ascertain wherefore they cried

fore they cried so against him.

avow

avTcp.

cos

oe

vrpoe-

out against him.

And

as they 25

25 And as with thongs, Paul said unto the Trpos rov earcoTa eKarovrap-^ov Paul said centurion that stood by, Is it 6 UavXos, El dv0pco7rov Pcolawful for you to scourge a
that
is

reivev they bound him

avTov toIs

Lp-datv,

elire

were binding him with 'thongs,


to the centurion
it

who

stood by, Is

lawful for you to

man

fjLalov

KOI

aKaraKpLTOv e^eariv

a
?

Roman, and uncon-

u/xLv fiaaTLC^eiv ;

jKovaas oe

demned
26
that,

eKaTOVTap^os, irpoaeXdoyv

airrjy-

When the centurion heard yeiXe tcS )^iXiap-)(cp Xeycov, Opa he went and told the chief TL 6 yap avfjLcXXeLS TToielv captain, saying, Take heed what eCTTl. dpoiTTOs ovTos 'Pcopaios thou doest; for tiiis man is a "^ IlpoaeXdcov Se 6 y^iXiap^os
Roman.
27 Tlieu the chief captain came, and said unto him. Tell He me, art thou a Roman ? said. Yea. 28 And the chief captain answered. With a great sum obtained I this freedom. And Paul said, But I wasy/ee-born. 29 Then straightway they departed from him which should and the have examined him
:

man who is a Roman, anduncondemned? When the centurion heard that, ha went
scourge a

26

and told the chiliarch, saying.

Take 'heed what you


to do ; for this

are about
a

man

is

Roman.
27

Then the

cliiliarch

came, and
Yes.

elirev

auTCo,

Aeye

[xol,

el

crv said to him, Tell

me, are you a

PcopLOLOs el;
'ATreKpldrj

O
re

Se
6

e(f)T],

Nal. Roman?

He
sum
;

said,

And
With
said.

28

)(^iXiap-)^os,

the chiliarch answered.


I

'JEyco TToXXou Ke(f)aXaLov rrjv tto- a great

obtained this

Xtreiav Tavrrjv eKTrjaapriv.


8e

O
dire-

citizenshiji
I

and
they

Paul
it.

UavXos
dir

(<pV}
'^'^

'Eyco Se

/cat

ye- But

was born

ivith

Then

29

yevvTjpai.

EvOecos ovv
ol

immediately

departed

arrjaav
Se

avrou

avTov dvera^eiv.
e(j)oj3r]0r],

p.eXXovTes from him who were about to koI 6 ^tAi'ap^oy have examined him ; and the

chief
after

captain

also

was

afraid,

einyvovs
otl i)v

on

Pco- chiliarch also was afraid after

he knew that he was a p.aios eaTL, Roman, and because he had

/cat

bound him.
30

SeKcof.

avTov 8e- he knew that he was a Roman, and because he had bound him.

" On the next day, being de- so Tfj Se eiravpiov jSouXop-evos the morrow, because he would have known the cer- yvajvai to aacpaXes, to tl kuti] sirous to know with certainty

On

now

a prisoner

rather

tossing thera in a frenzied

mood

into
is

forth for the thongs"


" stretched

De Wette, Meyer, Rob.

Others say,

him forth with the thongs," consisting of a pluusually done by mobs and infuriate persons, to excite the pas- ralitj'. It would appear with those in use, according to law. This seems to be indicatc<l by the fact that the chiliarch comsions of those around them. manded him to be unbound, as soon as he understood that y 'O yjXiao/o; /irtaTi^iv ni'trn^ea&'ni avroi', the ey.eXevacv he was a Roman citizen. Hack. chiliarch gave orders that he should he examined by scourgBinding him as a prisoner was not illegal, but binding him Such was Roman civilization compared with ours, or ing. for scourging was illegal, and, therefore, the centurion feared rather with Christian civilization. Emcov, directing ; saying Jlttm is some- the law, and released him. is too tame for such an oracle at such a time.
the air
the same time casting dust into the
air.

at

This

times represented by command, Luke 4

54

2 Cor.

"

''Take heed," lacks authority, and


It is

C, etc.
"

others.

merely a supplement.
"

is rejected by Gb., and The most approved read-

'Os 8e TTQotxeiiev

avTov rots

ifiaaiv,

"as

they stretched

him

ing

is

simply,

What do you ?

"

This

man

is

Roman

152

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. XXIII.
REVISED VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.

was accused yopeLTai Trapa tcou lovSalcdu, on what account he was acof the Jews, he loosed him from eAvaev avTou airo tcou Sea/J.coi', cused by tlie Jews, he loosed him from his bonds, and comhis bands, and commanded the /cat e/ceAeucrei' eAOeiu rovs up^temanded the cliief priests and cliief priests and all their coun- peis KaL oXov to avvtbpiov avall their council to appear, and cil to appear, and brought Paul Tav Koi KaTayaycou tou TIavXov having brought down Paul, he placed him before them. down, and set him before them. kaTrjatv els avTovs.
tainty wherefore he

CHAP.

XXIII.

CHAP.

XXIII.

CHAP.

XXIII.

And

Paul, earnestly behold-

'ATENISAS
TO)

81 o TlaSXos

And
ren, I
all

Paul, earnestly behold-

ing the council, said,


brethren,
I

Men and
in
all

avveSp'uo

elirev,

AvSpes dSeX-

ing the council, said, "Breth-

have lived

(j)o'i,

iym

TTaarj crui'eiSrjaei uya$rj

good conscience before


til

God

un-

7re7ro\iTvp.aL tcS OecS a-^pL Tavr?;? Ti]S Tjfiepas.


'

have lived to God with good conscience until this

this day.

And commanded them


2

the high priest Ananias


that stood by

Se apyie-

day.

And

the

high priest

pevs 'Avaptas eirera^e Tois TrapecTTwaiv


TO
aura),
"*

Ananias

commanded

them
3

him, to smite him on the mouth. 3 Then said Paul unto him, God shall smite thee, thori whited wall: for sittest thou to judge me after the lav?, and cominandest me to be smitten contrary
to the

TviTTeiv

(TTop.a.

Tore

TTpos

avTov
6

elrre,

Then him on the mouth. JJavXos Paul said to him, God will TviTTeii/ ae strike you, you whited wall:
6

avrov

who

stood by him, to strike

fxeWei
p.iue'

Oeos,

Tol^e

KeKOfca- for do you


p.e

sit to

judge

me

ac-

Kol

av

KaOrj

Kptvcov

cording to the law, and com-

KaTU Tov vojJLOv, Kat TTapapop.(iiv mand me to be struck conlaw? 01 Se trary to the law ? And they 4 And they that stood by. KeXeveii /xe TVTTTeaOai;

Azeriaas Se 6 IIav).os
is

to}

avreStov.

Earnestness
in

in

Ego

optima

oratory

well

defined,

and recommended

this
fix;

case.

usque diem.
administrare.

gaudens consrientia voluntatis divi/e ad hunc Activum, noXiTiviv^ et medium, 7io)tTtvead'at^

Arevc^to, occulos in aliquem defigo, (o fasten, to

with a

nolat rempuhlicam adminislrare, publicum in civitate

munus

piercing, penetrating gaze, the eyes upon a person or object.

ConSomething of excitement, or of intensity of feeling, is un- science, in this case, is well defined. It is a judge, whose ambiguously indicated by Paul in his exordium on this occa- verdict upon our own acts, in thought, in volition, in word, sion. There is much of argument and eloquence in a look. or in action, creates within us pleasing or unpleasing assoThere is an all-puissant, all-subduing glance of the e3'e and ciations or feelings, as contemplated in reference to a perfect Paul, in his earnestness and point on this occasion, afibrds us law of perfect happiness, and an omniscient Judge. a fine specimen of it. ^vvEtBrjaet. ayad'n TtETioXiTEv^iai. It is worthy of notice, Toj avrcS^irr) avfeSoioi', Sanhedrim council. Luke, in this that in some thirty-two occurrences of this word ovrctSriOig, single book, refers to it fourteen times, and once in his gospel. in the Christian Scriptures, it is always, in com. ver., transThucyd.
viii.

97.

Kuin.

vol. 3, p. 330.

All the other writers in the N. T. refer to


Its

it

only seven times.

lated conscience.

etymology is fully indicative of its distinctive character aw, together^ tS^a, sedcs a silling together. Moses and his

JJohTevonai
the N. Test.
sation
;

is

found only twice, and rroXiTtiiia once, in


are,

Both words

com.

ver.,

translated conver-

scventi) elders

gave

it

a local habitation and a name, in both a court

sacred and profane history.


indicates a
scnatores.
: ;

and Phil. 1 27, conversation. But this is Acts 23 1 Thesaurus Gr/ecre Lingurs. Num. ch. 11 Deut. obsolete. Behavior, in Webster, "familiar intercourse." 27 1 31 9 Ezekiel 8:11. In one acceptation of it, " An general, is intended and such was it8 currency at the date assembly of prelates and doctors convened to regulate matters of the com. ver. of discipline in Church affairs." The natural or syntactic order of this sentence is as folLooking in the face of the whole tribunal, he, with an lows, and ought, in ray judgment, to be preferred " Brethren, intrepid countenance, affirms cyco naa;) oweiSrioci ny&r,. I have lived to God, with all good conscience, until this da3'."
council,
ct

ZweSowv^
locus

in

Grecian history,

the latter, literally, enfranchisement, or community. Greek Concordance of N. Test. ; the former, " I have lived,"
:
; :

in quern conveniunt
;

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
said,

CHAP. XXHI.
KEVISED VERSION.
dp)(^iepea
'-E'0?; re

153

VERSION.

GKEEK TEXT.

Revilest thou God's high Tra/jecrrare? elirov,


?

Tov

who

stood by, said.

Do you
priest?
not,

priest

Tov Oeov XoiSope't?;

revile

God's
that

"^high
''I

5 Then said Paul, I wist not, 6 brethren, that he was the high
jiriest:

UavXo?, OvK
A.p')(oi>ra

TjSeLi'

a5eA0oi, Then said Paul,


brethren,

knew

for it is written.

Thou

on

eariu dp\^Lpevf

yeypairraL

he

was the

shalt not speak evil of the ruler

yap,
pL9

tov \aou aov ovk

of tliy people. 6 But when Paul perceived that the one part were Sadducees, and the other Pharisees, he cried out in the council, Men and brethren, I am a Pharisee, the son of a Pharisee: of the hope and resurrection of the dead I am called in question. 7 And when he had so said, there arose a dissension between

the ruler of your people. Aoy OTL TO ev pepo? iaTL Sa88ovBut when Paul perceived Kaicov, TO Be eTepov ^apiaaicav, that the one part were SaddueKpa^eu ev tco avueSplcp, AvSpes' cees, and the other Pharisees, he
'

KUKW.

TvOVS

81 6

UaV-

high priest; for it is written, You shall not speak evil of

d8eA(f)o\,
v'lo9

iyco

^apLO-aios
irepl

d/^h cried out


ren, I

in the council, Breth-

a 'Pharisee, the son of a Pharisee ^concerning a Kttt avacTTaarecas viKpcav eyu) Kpihope and a resurrection of tiie Tovto 8e auTOv XaXrj- dead I am now judged. And uo/xat.

0apicra[ov

iX-TvlSos

am

cravTOi, eyeveTO crracri? tcou

0a- when he had

so said,

there

'O

Dei

agit, vicetn

uQ/u^ea TOV Qsov, pontificem, qui jussu ct auctorilate for his charge or allegation of hypocrisy, and more especially Dei gerit. Conviciis proscindcre. Kuin. The as Ananias was, at least, a magistrate in authority.

high priest Ananias, not the Annas or Ananus

named 4:6;
tlie office

"I

did not know."

This might not be literalbj true, and

Luke

3:2;
'

John 18

13.

'

He, unquestionably," says


obtained
of
48,

Winer,

is

the son of Nebedajus,

who

high priest under procurator Tiberius Alexander,

a.

d.

Hebrew license of this verb, it was true. It is equivalent, in Hebrew currency, to perceive, to knoio, to maJce known, to acknowledge, and to consider. At the moment the
yet, in the

the immediate successor of Cauiidus or Camithus." (Josep.

idea of the judge, absorbed the idea of the high priest, so

Ant. 20

5, 2.

Hack.)
the

that Paul did not consider, or regard

him

as acting the high

A
for

pontiff,

who by

command and

authority of

God, most certainly stands in his place; God and commune with God through him, while through him God communes with us. Such a dignitary is not to be contemned.
approach to
Ovy. T^Seti' aSeXtfoi,

God acts and we must

priest but the civil judge.


'

" I

am

a Pharisee," was true, in one sense, so far as he

was

the son

of a Pharisee.

on the principle
rhetorical.
^

But this is an oratorical argument, Divide and conquer. It was as lawful as

earn' ap}(i^evs. These words have Cameranus, Marnixius, Thiessius and Heinrichius regard these words as used ironically equivalent

on

long been in debate.

JJ^ot }.-nSog xai

ct

resurrectione

to,

that he did not execute the

office.

Others interpret them,


to be high priest, but as
if

Biblia

avaazaaEws vex^o>v syco xQivouai, de spe mortuorum ego in judicium vocor. Beza, Sacra, I. Tremellio et Francisco Junio, London.
the text, concerning a hope I am judged. " Concern-

that he did not acknowledge

him

1581.

Literally, according to

usurping this dignity.

But, as well observed by others,

and a

resurrection of the dead,

the apostle did not wish this dignity to enure to him, he would not have said that he did not know. Ovx r,SEn; but

ing the hope," Boothr., Wakefield.


hope's sake

They supply

the.

"

For

and a resurrection of tlie dead," Jleyer, De rather ovx otSa rovrof a^yje^ea. I do not know, or acknow- Wette. Or, by Ilendiadys, "the hope of the resurrection," ledge, this person as high priest of this people. Kuin. " For a hope even of a resurKuin.. 01s., quoted by Hack. Ananias had been dispossessed of this office, and Jonathan rection of the dead," Thomp. ''The hope and resurrection of raised to that dignity. On the death of Jonathan, it con- the dead," Dodd. The hope of a resurrection," Penn. So tinued for some time vacant and, in this interval, Ananias many theories of the resurrection of the dead, extant and undertook to fill it, but without proper authority. Boothr. obsolete, we prefer to be strictly literal. Hence, according to " I was not aware that he was the high priest," Ovx r;Seif Bagster's Improved and Corrected Text, we render it, " con' ;

oTt eariv

af/je^evg, cannot be fairly translated, / do vol acl-nowkdge him to be high priest. Nor is it probable that

cerning a hope and a resurrection of the dead I

am now

judged."
tlian

Paul would enter into a discussion of the legality of his claim. He simply declares his own ignorance of the fact, having been

Other reasons give to this an importance greater the then existing controversy between the Pharisees
Instead of
<PaQiacuov,
Tf.,

and the Sadducees.

^'aocaaioiv

ia

some time absent from the country.

He, however, apologizes

regarded as a better reading by Ln.,

Gb.

; ;

154

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. XXHI.
KE VISED VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.
*'

the Pharisees and the Saddu- pLaaLCov /cat twv SaSSovKaiav, arose a 'dissension between the cees and the multitude was di- Koi eay(L(T6i] to TvXrjOo^. Sa8- Pharisees and the Sadducees vided. SovKuloi jXiv yap Xeyovac /mi] el- and the multitude was divid:

tlie Sadducees .say that For the Sadducees say vac avaaTacriv, fxij8e ayyeXou ed. no resurrection, neither that there is no resurrection 0api.(TaloL Se o/xo/x?;re irvevfia' angel, nor spirit but the Pharinor angel, nor spirit but the ^ iyevero Xoyovai to. dficporepa.

8 For
is

there

sees confess both.

there arose a great cry 8e Kpavyy] p-eyaXy koll avaarav- there arose a great clamor and the scribes that u-crc of the Ts ol ypap.fJLaTeis tou p.povs rav and the scribes who were Pliarisees' part arose, and strove, (papLcralav hLep.a^ovTo Xiyovres, of the Pharisees' party arose, find no evil in this OvSeu KaKou vpiaKop.ev iv rco saying, saying, "We find man but if a spirit or an angel dudpcoTTCo TOVTca- el Se 7ri>evp.a and strove, this man but, if in no evil hath spoken to him, let us not eXaXrjcrev avrm i] dyyeXo^, p.i] an augel or spirit spoke to against God. fight
9

Pharisees confess

""both.

And

And

We

10

And when

there arose a 6eop.a^S)p.ev.

IloXXrjs 8e ye-

liim,

'

And when

there arose lo

^Taais, insurrection, sedition, dissension, uproar, stand-

second

angel and spirit

as representative of a
literal resurrection,

future state

ing.

Such
It

is

the whole currency of ax^Z^, in N. Test.


:

Its

and a spiritual universe a


spiritual universe,

and a

literal

usual representatives in the N. Test, are


break.
is,

rend, divide, open,

both which were denied by the Sadducees,

with one exception, only found in the historical

and afiirmed by the Pharisees.


has
it,

In Hebrews, eh. 9:8, it is literally and properly rendered standing ; because, applied to the tabernacle, indicating its mere continuance literally, having a standing.
books.
;

Ta a/ifoxcqa Prof. Hackett according to the above analysis, " a resurrection, and
There yet appears a cloud
in the

the reality of spiritual existences, whether angels, or the souls


of the departed."

horizon

This word
subject

is

a valuable

monument
it

of the fact, that often the

and the context must decide the sense or meaning of

a word, especially

when

has a liberal currency.


nvtvfia,

the true analysis of man, as to the true constituency of man. Man, in Holy Writ, is contemplated as a miniature trinity in his nature, the " likest image " of God in the
of

many on

MrjSe ayyclov

firjTe

are
in

often represented

universe. Hence the grand reason for his redemption. The by word angel necessarily denotes no personality in the uni-

ncque, neither, but when, as here,

conjunction,

in

one

verse.

It

is

essentially and exclusively an official name.


])cstilence.
:

It

member
and

of a sentence, they stand to each other as neither

applies

to

men, winds, lightnings,


the spies, entertained

These are
It
is

nor, in our vernacular.


us,

But

in certain cases, as in the

scripturally called God's angels.

Psalm 78

49.

applied

one before extend


it

when preceded by a
whole category

negative absolute,
resurrection,

we

to the

no

to are

men

no

even

angel,

called

angels,

James 2

25.

no

spirit.

Mr,Ss adds a second denial to the


this denial into its parts.

first,

while
:

lightning are

God's angels, Ileb.

by the innkeeper Rahab, Acts 12 15. Fire and 1 7. They are called
:
:

fir,Te

expands

See Matt. 5

34,

ministering spirits,
in office

35, 36, Hack.,

Winer, Stuart.

Here are four

specifications.

They are in nature spirits, but officially. and employment ministers. Man has a body, a house.
yi'^rj,

Ta

a/iifoTeQa, both.

Yet there
spirit.

ftre three specifications

of

He
5
:

has also a

soul, a

life

animal.

He

has also a
1 Thess.

the Sadducean infidelity


surrection, nor angel,

avaornaig, ayye).os, ni'eviia, no reTtravfta,

a spirit.

These three make one man.


lines of distinction,

nor

Boothroyd gets out of

this

23.

To draw the

grammatical

by translating it, " no resurrection nor palpable, is But Penn has it, " there is no the animal soul is only say that the siriril is from God resurrection, nor angel, nor spirit " and instead of " the the seat and centre of the animal instincts. In tlie lapsus Pharisees confess both," he gives it, "confess all these." This of humanity it predominates over the spirit, the reason It occurred to difficulty has occurred to many thinkers. and conscience of man. Hence the necessity of a spiritual Chrysostom. But it is found in the oldest Greek poets and new birth. That which is born of the flesh is flesh, and philosophers. Hence Kuinoel decides " vocabulum a^ttporeqa that which is born of the spirit is spirit. de duobus usurpari solct, sed tria nominata sunt, quce SadduOl yQaftfiaTEis. The SaSSovxawt /usv and the 0a^ioaiot cfEi infelicitata esse dicuntur, tenendum igilur est aftcporcQcv
difiiculty

angel or spirit."

Also Hack.

though somewhat not a task to be undertaken here. We can


;

'

ctiam de pluribus did."


It
is,

Chrysostomus,

vol. 3, p. 334.

Se stand in contraposition

hence

we have

avaaravreg ot

indeed, found in

Homer's Odys.
oi'etaQ.

15. 78, afitportqov,


it

ypaufiarcis,

and hence the xpavyrj

fttyahj, the great

clamor

xvSos re xnt aykuir;, xai


of only

two

distinct ideas,

and the favor shown to the apostles by the Pliarisees, because giving two specifications of the of their more cogent evidence of a resurrection in the asserregard
as indicative

We

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. XXHI.
REVISED VERSION.

155

GREEK TEXT.

great dissension, the chief captain,

a great dissension, the 'chili)(^L\[ap)(^of /xjy SiacTTracrdfj

fearing

lest

Paul should

Uav-

have been pulled in pieces of Aoy vTT avTwv, e'/ceAewo'e to arpathem, commanded the soldiers reu/iia Karafiav apiraaaL avrov to go down, and to take him by K fxeaov avTcou, ayeLV re eW rrjv force from among them, and to Trapep-IBoXrji'. bring him into the castle. ^^ TIT 8e eTTiovar) vvktI eViAnd the night following

Paul would have been pulled in pieces by them, commanded the soldiery
arch, fearing that
to

force from
to bring

go down, and take him by among them, and

him

into the castle.

And

the night following, the

the Lord stood

by him, and

said,

araf avrm

6 KvpLOs eiire,

Be of good cheer, Paul: for as UavAe- CO? thou hast testified of me in Je- irepl ifxov el? lepovaaXtjpi, ovtco have testified of me in Jerurusalem, so must thou bear witere Set koI et? Pcofxr^v fxaprvprj- salem, so must you also bear ness also at Rome. ^^ T'euofj.ei'Tjs 8e rj/xepaf, 'testimony in Rome. 12 And whew it was day, cer- aaL. And when it was day, the tain of the Jews banded together, TTOLi-jaavTe? TLves tS)v lovSaicou having formed a icombiJews, and bound themselves under a avcrrpo(pi]u, aveOep-aTLaav iav nation, bound themselves uncurse, saying, that they would rovs, Xeyovres fi^jTe (f)ayLU p.rjT der a curse, saying, that they neitiier eat nor drink till they airoKTeLvaxTL tov would neither eat nor drink, TTLelv koos ov had killed Paul. rjaav 8e TiXeiovs till they had killed Paul and 13 And they were more than UavXov
:

OapaeL Lord stood by him, and said, yap SiepapTvpui ra Take courage, for as you

12

13

tion of the real avaaraaie tcav vtx^cov, in the case and person

^ca/KtQTv^ofiat
sofiai,

is,

etymologically,

more than

fta^rv^sca

of the Lord Jesus.

The

literal

resurrection of the dead, in

yet are they frequently represented by the same word, com.


ver.,

the person of the son of

Mary and

the son of God, was the

in the

as well as in others.

The

prefix Sta to
It is

omuipotent argument, wielded with irresistable power by the fia^TvQcio, extends, or e3'e- witnesses of the fact, against Sadducceism and every form more continuative in
of materialism and infidelity which any form of pliilosophy,
falsely so called, has ever

intensifies, its value or import.


its

operations and activities.


testify,

It

is

clumsily expressed by thoroughly


testify.

ov fully or contplctcly

obtruded upon mankind.


think, justly repudiated
else

Yet

this is only expressive of its full signification.


cases,

Ml/ S-eofiayjofiev
Sch., Ln.,

is,

we

by

Gb.,

This

is

one of the
effort.

or instances, wherein the

Greek

and

Tf.

It

is

nowhere

found in the Christian

language excels our language.


a continuous
1

In this case,

it

contemplates

Scriptures.

We
and

have
:

&eofiay_os once only in the Christian


;

Scriptures, Acts 5
this place
;

39

but the verb d-eouaxeco never, but in


or(iof);v at JovSaioi

For rive^ rcov lovSaicov avoTQOffi'^v, are substituted avby Gb., Ln., Sch., Tf. " Some of the Jews While Bagster's text retains, " let us not fight against combined together and bound them.selves under a curse, God," it must be conceded that it is without satisfactory saying that they would neither cat nor drink till they had authority. Sundry critics repudiate it, and tlio evidences killed Paul." Boothr. " Certain of the Jews banded together
that,

without adequate evidence, from ancient

manuscripts or versions.

are against
'

it.

and bound themselves under a curse."


EvarooifT], concursus, seditio, Ar.abs bene, seditio.

Tumul-

Evlaflt]9-eis is

somewhat

of doubtful

authority in this

tuarium enim et seditionuni concursum signiftcat: ut avar^c-

place

for whicli, fofJijO'cis is substituted by Ln., but by ; ^Biy est populum factiose cogere sic avarQoipr] est factiosus Gb. regarded as not so strongly supported. We, therefore, coeptus. Crit. Sacra, in loco. So the Septuagint, on Judges give our suffrage for cvXaflijS'eig, and retain the com. ver. 14 8, avar^ofi] rov Xaov is, seditio coitio populi. Hence they use it for coujuratione, llTp, avaraais, a confederacy, a ^ ITavls, deservedly, as we think, is repudiated ijy Gb., Ln., Tf., Sch. ^isuaoTvoio, 2d per. sing. 1st aor. mid., from conspiracy. The Romans, in their patriotic mood, would Sia/taprv^ovfiai, etiam atque etiam obtestor. You must again say, on any ominous movement of conspirators. Qui rcmpub:

and again witness for me. "So must thou testify," Boothr., licam vult salvaiii esse me sequatur. Such was the avaraats, ' Having formed a combinaWes. " So thou must bear witness" Thomp. " So must thou the avreofioata, of the Greeks. bear testimony," Penn. "So also art thou to testify," Murd. tion," Mey., Rob., Hack. So must thou also testify," Wake. " So sliall tliou also bear This combination, literally, said, -'We anathematize ourtestimony," Dodd. Sic et oportet etiam Romee testificare selves that we will neither eat nor drink till we have killed Beza So it behooves you also to bear witness at Rome. Paul."
'

156

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.
this con-

CHAP. XXIH.
REVISED VERSION.
ttju
ol-

GREEK TEXT.
reaaapaKOVTa
o'i

forty

which had made

ravryi'

there were

more than

forty

spiracy.

avuco/xocriau TreTroirjKOTes'

14 And they came to the chief TLViS npoaeXOovTes toIs ap-^Leand elders, and said, We pevai Kol T0L9 irpea^vTepoLs i- the chief priest and elders, have bound ourselves under a TTOv, AvadepiaTi aveOep-aTtaafJiev and said. We have bound ourpriests

who had formed this conspiracy. And they went to

14

great curse, that

nothing
Paul.

until

wo will eat we have slaiu

iavTovs, p-i^Seuos ytvaaaOaL

e'wy

selves under a great

"curse,
till
15

ov
''

a7roKTeivcop.eu

tou

IlavXov.

that

we

will eat nothing


slain

15
tain,

Now

therefore ye witli the

vvv ovv

vpLeis ipL(j)aulcraT

ra we have

Paul.

Now,

therefore, you with the "counhim down avpLOv avTou KaTaya-yrj irpos cil, signify to the chiiiarch tliat unto you to-morrow, as though vpiOLS, <M? pieXXovTas SiayivoicrKeiv lie bring him down to you toye would inquire something more aKptjSea-Tfpou ra irepX avrov- morrow, as though you would perfectly concerning him and i)peis Se, TTpo TOU eyyicrai avrov, inquire something more exact-

council signify to the chief capthat he bring

)(iXiap)(co <rvv rc3 avveSpico, ottcos

we, or ever he come near, are eroipLoi eap-eu rov aveXeiv avrov. ly concerning him and we, ready to kill him. lie can come near, will before 'AKOvaa^ 8e 6 v'los rrjf uSeXIG And when Paul's sister's be ready to kill him. (j)rj^ HavXov TO eveSpov, irapason heard of their lying in wait, And when Paul's sister's yevopcevoy Kal elaeXdcav els ti]v he went and entered into the son heard of the ambush, he 7rapep.l3oX7]v, 7r?/yyetAe tco Jlavcastle, and told Paul. went and entered into the 7rpocrKaXecrap.evos fie 6 17 Then Paul called one of X(p. castle, and told Paul. Then the centurions unto hi/n, and riavXos eva tmv eKarovrap)(cov, Paul called one of the "censaid. Bring this 3'oung man unto e(j)i], 2ov veavLav rovrov diraturions to him, and said. Bring the chief captain for he hath a yaye irpos tov y(j.XLap')(ov' e^ei
:
'

16

i"

this

he has a certaiu IS So he took him, and p.V ovv TrapaXa^av avrov r/yaye tell him. And so he thing to brought him to the chief caprrpos TOV y^^iXiapy^ov, kul (pycriv, took him, and brought him to tain, and said, Paul the prisoner 'O 8eap.LOS IlavXos irpoaKaXe- the chiiiarch, and says, Paul called me unto /lim, and prayed me to bring this young man aap,evos p-e ijpoiTrjae, tovtov tov the pprisoner called me to
arch;
for

certain thing to tell him.

yap

tl OLTrayyeiXaL avrco.

'

young man

to the chili-

IS

" AvsO'efiarwa/tBv lavzovs.


as explained,
Sacr., in loco.
y. 13,

We

have cursed ourselves

XiXia^y/o

aw

toj

avreSotm

yiXiaQyos,

seventeen

times

ovrio/waiap nsTtoDjxores, conjuralio.

Crit.

occurring in this book, always rendered c/iif/ca^teia.


ver.

The

reflexive of the third person (as in v. 12)

The

chiiiarch, often called a tribune, had. as his

Com. name

may

follow a suljject of the first or second person.


;

Kuhnei's

indicates, the

command
:

of a thousand men.
fuit

Tribunus mili-

Greek Gram, and Buttman


^ufiS^uo

Ilackett.

tum
the court of pie
;

John

12

vertendum
whom
is

prasfectus cohortis.
;

A
But

avfsSijtoi', cotisessus,

always, in N. Test., transcalled

militart/ trihune,

called the prefect of a cohort

for so the

lated council.

Com.

ver.,

it

was

Latins called him

the Greeks called a chiiiarch.

sevenly

and

two,

and was held only


to

in .Jerusalem

from which
11
26.

adds Crit. Sacra, a tribune


These,

he who presides over a

legion.

the Jews retained this word, calling the judges the Sanhedrim.
Critica

among the Jews, were


reov txaroi'Tanyfov

called chiliarchs. Grotius, Leigh.

None might appeal


Sacra.

any other.
civil

Num.

S3'nagogues

are

ecclesiastic

conventions.

"

!*;'

rov
;

ai'eXeiv

depends on

erotitot
is

Synedria are conventions of


other Christian
Scriptures,

judges,

more frequently
all

as a genitive

construction.

Hack.
fact,

Ey.uTai'raQyos

often

alluded to, and named, in this book of Acts, than in

the

rendered centurion; because, in

he w!is the captain or


is its

hut never once applied to


or convened for or judgment.
;

any

commander
p 'O

of one

hundred men

and such

etymology.

Christian assemhUj,

summoned

any
It

act of

Christian discipline, legislation,


refers

always

to

a pagan or a Jewish institution

never to any

Christian assembly.

was still .a prisoner, and The Roman custom was to attach the cliain, on the person of the prisoner, to the arm of a Roman soldier.
Seauio; indicates that Paul
that by a chain.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. XXIIL
REVISED VERSION.

157

GREEK TEXT.
veaviav dyayelu irpos
TL
ere,
'

unto thee, who hath something to say unto thee. 19 Then the chief captain took him by the hand and went with him aside privately, and asked Mm, What is that thou
hast to
tell

e^ovrd him, and requested me to bring

XaXrjaa'i

croc.

EiTLXafio- this young

man

to you.

Then

19

the chiliarch took him by the fxevos, Se rrjs x^ipos avrov 6 ^lhand, and went with him aside XLap-)(09, Koi di^a^copijaaf /car'
ISlai^

eiTvvOaveTO,
fioi;

Ti iaTLV
**

b ^X^i-S
5e,

me ?

diray/elXai

Elire

20 And he said, The Jews have agreed to desire thee, that epcarrjcrai ere, ottcos avpiov thou wouldest bring down Paul avviBpi-Ou Karayayrjf tov
o'l

Otl

'lovSaioc avveOevTO rov


eiy

to

Hav-

tliough they

21 But do not thou yield unto eueSpevovcn yap avrov i^ avrcov them: for there lie in wait for him of them more than forty av8pe9 irXetovf recraapaKOura, dvede/jLaria-au eavrov^ men, whicli have bound them- OLTLves selves with an oath, that they p.r]re (payetv p-yre meiv ecof ov
will neither eat nor drink till they have killed liim: and now are they ready, looking for a promise from thee. 22 So tlie chief captain then let tlie young man depart, and cliarged hun. Sec thou tell no man that thou hast shewed these things to me. 23 And he called unto him two centurions, saying, ]\Iake ready two hundred soldiers to go to Cesarea, and horsemen threescore and ten, and spearmen two hundred, at the third hour of the night;

to-morrow into the council, as Xov, wy yueAAot'res' tl aKpLJ^eaTewould inquire some- pov 7Tvv9avea6aL irepl avrov. wliat of him more perfectly. (TV ovv jxi] ireLaUrjs uvtol^-

and asked him, you have to say And he said. The Jews have agreed to request you, that you would bring down Paul to-morrow into the council, as though they would inquire something about him more perfectly. But do not you yield to them for there lie in wait for him more than forty men of them, who have bound themselves with an oath, that
privately,

What is to me?

that

20

21

they
drink

will
till

neither

eat

nor

aveXuxTLv
eLcri.

avrov kul vvv


^

eroL/jLol

they

have

killed

TrpocrSe-^op.ei'oi rrjv drro

aov him; and now

are they ready,

ovv yL- ilooking for the promise from veaviav, you. So the chiliarch let TTapayytiXas pniSevl eKXaXrjaai, the young man depart, and hn ravra evecpaviaa? rrpos jxe. charged liim. Tell no person have showed these ^^ Kal TrpoaKaXeaafxevos 8vo that you And he callthinsfs to me. rivas rc5v eKarovrapywv elirev, ed to him some two of the
eTrayyeXlav.
p.iv Ata/5>(0?

direXvae

rov

22

23

Eroipiaaare arparimra^ SiaKOoirms


Tropevdcocriv
LTTirels

'centurions, saying.

Make

rea-

a'iovs,

eco?

KaLaapetas, Kal
Kovra,
~

e^8op.r]-

Kal

8e^ioXd(3ov9

SiaKOvvk-

CTLOVS, arro rpLrTjs

wpas

rTjS

24 And provide
that they bring him governor.

may

ros' Krrjvrf re Trapaanqcrat, Paul on, and rov HavXov Iva eiTL^ifiacravreg safe unto Felix the Siaaaxrcocrt irpoi 0i]XiKa rov to Felix the governor.
sot

ihcm-

beasts,

dy two hundred soldiers, and seventy horsemen, and two hundred spearmen, to go to Cesarea, at the third hour of the night; and let tlicni provide beasts on which they may place Paul, and bring him safe

24

And he

25

UgooSexoueioc

wailing fcnr

mayyehav Looking for, the inomise. No word, of the same


tijv
is
is

expecling,

be doubtful whether two or more


joined with numerals, renders

but two, at
indefinite.

least.

Tis,

frequency

them

So "Winer,

more uniformly represented by Kuinoel, Hack., Stuart, etc., regard it. word promise. Its only exzJcsio).aflovs " occurs only here, and in two obscure writers ception is found, I. John 1:5, in the word message ; and in the iron age. Its meaning is a riddle," De Wette. The of A message, this case alone does it extend beyond one idea.
of occurrence in this book,

one word than this

by

the

indeed, generally, in the evangelical economy,

is

a promise.

proposed explanations are these

Ttaoafvlnxtg, military lictors

A message, however,
a threatening.

is

more

general, including a promise, or

who guarded
hand side

prisoners

so called from their taking the right-

In John's

first epistle, it

indicates an annun-

(Suid., Beza, Kuinoel).

Lancers (Vulg., Eng.

ver.),

ciation or message, and not simply a promise.

a species of light-armed troops (Meyer), since they are

tioned once in connection with archers and peltasts.


z!vo rivas itav iy.arovraQyjov

menCodex

ns

is

indefinite

it

may A

reads, Selco^olov^.

Jaculantes dextra. Syr., Hack.

158

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. CHAP. XXHI.


KIXG JAMES
VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.
25 ~"

REVISED VERSION.
wrote a
letter after this 'man26

25 And he wrote a letter after qyep-ovaypayj/af tTnaroXrjv manner: mpw)(ovaav tov tvttov tovtov 20 Claudius Lysias, unto the ^'^ IvXavSio? AvcTLas tco Kparcmost excellent governor Felix,
this

ner: Claudius Lysias, to the

(TTW

T^ye/iovt

0rjXiKi

)(atpeiu.

seiideth

greeting.

27 This man was taken of the Jews, and should have been killed of them then came I with an army, and rescued liim, having understood that he was a
:

l^ou

auSpa
VTTo

TOVTOV

avWrj^kol
vir

devTa

T(x)v

lovSaicov,

/xeWovTa avatpelaOaL
iinaTas
e^eiXoprjv
crvu
tco

avTwu,
otl

aTpaTevp.aTi
p-aOcou

avTOV,
ia-TL.

Roman.
28

'Pcopoios
I

(SovXopevo?
i]i>

And when

would

liave

Se yvusvai tijv alTiav 81

ei^eK-

most excellent governor Felix, sends greeting. This man was 27 taken by the Jews, and was about to be killed by them but I came with the soldiery, and rescued him, having learned that he was a Roman. And when I wished to know 28 the cause for which they accused him, I brought him
:

avTov forth into their council and accused him, I brought him forth found him to be accused about els TO avveSpLOv avTciv ov into their council questions of their law, but to 29 Whom I perceived to be evpov eyKaXovpevov vrep). ^y]Trj-

known

the cause wherefore they

aXovv

avT(S,

KaTrjyayov

20

have nothing laid to his accused of questions of tlieir law, parwv TOV vopov avTcov, p.i]8ei> charge worthy of death, or of but to have nothing laid to his 8e a^LOv OavoLTOv ?) 8e(riJ.iDV e'ybonds. And when it was told "^^ ciiarge worthy of death, or of KXypa e-)(0VTa. ptjvvddaTjs how the Jews laid wait me bonds. 8e pLOL eiTi^ovXrjS els Tov av8pa man, I sent him 'imfor the .30 And when it was told me peXXeiv eaeaOai vtto tuiv Iovmediately to you, and gave how that the Jews laid wait for the man, I sent straightway to Saicou, e^avTTjs eTrep\j/a Trpos ere, commandment to his accusers thee, and gave commaii(huent to TvapayyeiXas kol tois KaTi]yopois also, to say before you what his accusers also, to say before Xeyeiv tu rrpos avToi> eiri aov. they had against him. Farethee what thcij had against him. JEppaxro. well. Farewell. ^ aTpaTicoTat, 01 ovv fiev Then the soldiers, as it was 31 Then the soldiers, as it was commanded them, took Paul, KUTa TO SiaTeTaypefou avTols, commanded them, took Paul,

30

si

"

IltQifyovaKv tov tvTiov rovrop,


Tv.-ioi,

"

Containing

this

out-

had against him.

Farewell."

Booth.

"But having been

informed of a plot laid against the man by the .Jews." Wake. cnsample, pattern, in com. \oi: Pruprie significal notam in- " And when it was shown me that an ambush was about to be laid for the man by the Jews." Wes. "But when it was sculptam pulsatione. signified to me that an ambush would be laid by the Jews." " But receiving intelligence of a plot against the man ' MtV.eii', omitted by Ln. 'ilro tcuv lovSaicov, omitted Dodd.
line.'"

represented

b}- ininl,

figure, fashion, example,

Tf. To fitXXeiv eacaD-oi, Kuin. objects, as an which the Jews were in act to execute." Thomp. ' Indicalis anacnlulhon, indicating a want of sequence, not correspondent aulem mihi insidiis guts a Judeeis ei struerentur, slalim cum with the remainder of the sentence and, therefore, slioiild ad Ic misi, el accusatoribus ejus preecepi, tit accusationcs suas

by Ln. and

be written
/tot

ft>;voO'eiar;s fii).}.ovai;s

cosod^at, or /irji'o&eyros Se
'

coram
misi

te

profcrrent." Kuin.

"

Quum
iri

autein mihi indicatum

7iii9ovXr;v ftellciv Eotad'ai.

The writer

falls

out of his

esset insidias huic viro factum

a Juda^is eo ipso

momcnto

quoque accusatoribus ut quas This the sentence, as if he would have added t/;s /ieXkoi-a>;s but, habent adversus eum dicant apud to. Yale." in the progress of the thought, adds iielXsir, as if ho had we presume to be a full expression of the original text, and ecyi.Sovhp'. The idea of would render it: But soon as it was indicated to me that an commenced with fir^yvaafTcoi'
construction hero.

He

says

fiiji-vd'eiarjs

at the beginning of
;

eum ad

te

et denuntiavi

the thing disclosed, yields to that of the persons


it."

Hack.

And when
his

Jews

laid wait for

and commanded

who disclose anibush was about to be laid bi/ the Jews, against this maji, I was made known to me that the immediately sent him to you, having given orders to his accuthe man, I sent him immediately to you, sers to state to you whatsoever they have against him." Om., Ln., Tf. accusers also to say before you what they ^(jcoao. Farewell.
it

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING
JAIVIES

CHAP. XXIV.
REVISED VERSION.

159

VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.
to

and brought
Antipatris.

Mm

by night

32

On

the

morrow they

left

avaXa^ovTes TOi> UavXov, ?}ya- and brought him by night to yov 8ia Trj9 vvktos et? ttjv Av- Antipatris; and on the mor'! 32 s.\ ttj TLiraTpLoa. oe 7ravpL0v row they left the horsemen to
>

32

'

the horsemen to go with him, laaavrei rovf lirTreif Tropeveadai go with him "(and returned to and returned to the castle (Tvu auTcp, virearpe'^av et? ri-jv the castle) who, when they
:

33

33

Who, when they came

to

7rapepl3oXi]v

^^

olrtves

Cesarea, and delivered the epistle


to the governor, presented Paul
also before him.

elaeX- came to Cesarea, and delivered


epistle to the governor,

6ouTs

ils

TTju
Ti]i>

Kaiaapetav, kcu the


eTTiaToXrjv
too

ava8ovTes
i)yipovL,

presented

Paul

also

before

of Cilicia, he said, I will hear 35 35 I will hear thee, said he, Kovcro/jial crov, ecf)')], irav kcu. o'l you, "when your accusers are when thine accusers are also KarijyopOL aov TTapayevcovTaL. also come. And he commandcome. And he commanded him 'J^KeXevae re avrou Iv rw irpaied him to be kept under guard to be kept in Herod's judgment- rcopio) TOV IIpcoSov (pvXaaaein the "pretorium of Herod. hall. aOai.

34 And when the governor UavXov avTcp. avayvovs Se had read the letter, he asked of what province he was. And 6 rjye/xaii', kcu lirepcorriaai e'/c when he understood that he icas TTOcas iirap^Lai earl, Koi ttvOo^ Aiap.evos on diro KiXiKta?, of Cilicia;

TTapearrjaau

kcu

tov him.

And when

the governor 34

had read the

letter,

he asked

of what province he was." And when he understood that he was

CHAP. XXIV.

CHAP. XXIV.

CHAP. XXIV.

Ananias Se ivevre i]ix(pas kuthe high priest descended with T(3r] 6 ap^iepevs 'Apavlas /xera the elders, and with a certain Tcou Trpecrfivrepcov kou pi^ropos orator named Tertullus, who informed the governor against TeprvXXov tlvos, olrtves eVe^avtaav TOO Tjyep.oi'i Kara tov UavPaul. ^ KXrjdevros 8e avTov, rjp2 And when he was called Xov. forth, Tertullus began to accuse ^aro KaTTjyopeiv 6 TeprvXXo9 hhn, saying, Seeing that by thee ^ HoXXrjf elpi']VTjS rvyXeycov, we enjoy great quietness, and ^(avovres Sta aov, /cat Karopdcothat very worthy deeds are done
after five days,

And

META

Now
nias

after "five days.

Ana-

high priest came down to Cesarea with the elders, and with a certain oratiie

Tertullus, who apbefore the governor And when he against Paul. was called, Tertullus "proceeded to accuse him, saying, Seeing that through you we enjoy much 'peace, and that many
tor

named

peared

men

Eaaavres rovs iTtTietg, haTing left or permitted the horseto go with him, they returned to the castle rclictis
;

'

3Iera Se nsvre ^/le^ag, post guinque dies advenit Ananias,

potius die quinto

on

the fifth

day, Kuin.

Michaelis, Din-

equilatihus qui cum, eo irent, reversi sunt in caslra.

Beza.

dorflus, Rosenmiillerus count these


in

For noQtvead'a, uTtc^xead'ac thought probable by Gb.


'

is

substituted

by

Ln., Tf.,

and of Paul

days from the captivity Jerusalem, as cited by Kuin., in which view Meyer,
agree.

De Wette, and Hackett


Tf.

'O

rjyeficoi' is

repudiated by Gb., Sch., Ln.,

It

is,

how-

''

H^^aro

y.ar>;yo^etr,

hegan
if

to

accuse, or, ^noccedcd to acfact,

ever, an appropriate supplement.

ETie^atTr/oas,

x. t. %.,

having cuse.

Tertullus instituted,

not in form, in

three dis-

asked from what province he of being a Roman citizen. " jJiay.ovaofiai aov.
^

is.

This suggests his profession tinct counts, or charges

sedition, heresy,

profanation of the

I will hear you fully.


in Herod's priElorium.

temple, w. 5, 6. Instead of y.a-zo^&coftaTiov, some copies read SiooH-muarmv, which reading Grotius, Griesbach, and

Ev
at

Valckenarius approve.
rqj noaiToioicf tov 'H^coSov,

Kuin.

The him

residence of the

Roman

procurators.

palace built

by

"

Casarea

procurators.

then occupied as the residence of Hack.


;

Roman

ness

nollrfi etQr,pris, " much peace," rather than " great quiet" many worthy deeds," rather than " very worthy ; "

deeds."

160

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. CHAP. XXIV.


KtNG JAMES
VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.

rovrco veiy worthy 'deeds are done through your Sia Tr]s cn]S 7rpoi>oias iravTrj re this nation accept it always, and l^rudent administration; we 3 in all places, most noble Felix, Kpariare (PrjXL^, jnera Trdarjs receive it in every way, and with all thankfulness. 'every where, most ''noble Fe* iW 8e 4 Notwithstanding, that I be (V)(^apiaTLaf, eVi fxrj lix, with all thankfulness. But 4 not further tedious unto thee, 1 TrXeloi/ ere iyKOTrrco, irapaKaXu) that I may not weary you pray thee, that thou wouldest uKovaai ae ypLcou avuTopLcoy rfj longer, I pray you of your clehear us of thy clemency a few
dence, 3

unto this nation by

tliy provi- fjLarcov yiuofjLefcou tco iOvei

We

evpovres yap tov mency to hear a few words from afj iineiKeia.. found this ai'Spa rovTov Xoip-ov, kol klvo- us. For we have found this man a, pestilent JeHow, and a vvTa aracTLv iraai rois lovbaioLs man a pest, and exciting dismover of sedition among all the turbance among all the =Jews Jews throughout the world, and rots' Kara ti]v oiKovpLiVTiu, irpcothroughout the world, a cliiefa ring-leader of the sect of the Toararrju re Trjs rav JVa^copalcov leader the sect of the Nazaof Nazarenes: alpeaecos' oy /cat to lepov renes who also has gone about G Who also hath gone about iireipaae fiefirjXuxraL, ov kou kwhom to profane the temple to profane the temple: whom we took, and would have judged parrja-ap.ei' Koi Kara tov rjp.T- we took, and would have judgpov vopiov r]6eXrjaap.tv KpiveLV. ed according to our 'daw but according to our law:
words. 5 For

we

have

UoUav being
:

understood.

'

Os-

xai TO lepov ETteipaae pefir]%coaai, bv xai ex(>aT>]aa/icv. are omitted

Jia rrjs arjs Tt^oi'oi.ag. Uooroiag is found only here and in Rom. 13 14; here providence, there 2>rovision. The yerb n^ovoeio is found three times, and is uniformly
translated provide, com. ver.
evil, classifies all

The following words connected with these


vo/iiov

by

Ln., Tf., (Gb., a jjrobablo omission)" xai xara tov r,/iErepov


rid'ehjOafiEv

xptreiv,

(V.

7.)

Tta^eld'cov

de Avaias 6
ajTr^yays,

Providing for good and against


civil

XtXtaoy^os

fieTa

itoXXr^g

^las ex Ttov xeiqiov

Tjficov

the duties of

government.

Prudence

is

itself

a species of providence.
is

Ev//tQiaTia

a favorite with Paul.

"With two exceptions,


its

found

in

the Apocalypse, he engrosses


Ilis

whole currency

in
is

em oe" They are, indeed, repudiated by Ln. and Tf., thought doubtful by Gb., regarded as an interpolation by Mill, Bcng., Jlorus, Heinr. But with Kuinoel, after considerable vacillation, I
(V, 8.) xeXevoas tovs xaTrjyo^ovs avTov ep/^eod'ai
concur.
Ilis

the Christian Scriptures.


quite as remarkable. of
it.

use of the verb ev/,aowTeu>

conclusion

is:

''^

TertuUus the orator

justifies his use

Mill, Beng., Mor., and, Heinr.,


striken out of the
text-

After weighing the objections of and their motion to have them

We concur with Robinson


more apposite

and others,

in preferring
all

"every

existimanda pulo
they are
to

notwithstanding I am of

equidem

tamen verba textus genuina


the opinion that

way, and everywhere." to ''always, and in


ing
'

places," as be-

be regarded as ike genuine zvords of the text."

to the use of Tiavt}].

They some
Tertullus,
iu their

are rejected
others.

KnnTioTE 0r]h^, most noble, most excellent.

diflerent

by De "Wette, Mill, Bcngel, Lachmann, and But inasmuch as they are reported as found in forms in a majority of extant manuscripts, I must
are the popular versions of this passage

Claudius Lysias, Luke, and Paul are alike courteous


use of this complimentary term.
phrase,
ttj arj

vote for their retention.

In the same style he uses the


clemency.
Gentile, gentle,

The following

to judge him according and genteel are of the same family, and in Latin, French, to our law. But Lysias the chiliarch came, and with great Gen- violence took him out Spanish, and Italian of the same radical orthographj'. '' Qui of our hands." Syriac Peshito. tleness is one of the most conspicuous fruits of the Holy quern etiam temjilum quoque tenlavit profanari: jinhensum Spirit, and, therefore, he alone creates a true gentleman. The volumus secundum Legem nostram indicare scd intervenicns language of Tertullus is heartless ilatter}'. Felix, according tribunus Lysias cum magna vi abducit eum e manibus noto Tacitus, .Josephus, and hoary tradition, was one of the most Beza, edition of Junius and Tremellius, Old and New striis." corrupt and corrupting governors ever sent from Rome into Testament, London, a. d. 1581. " /f7io attetnjited to profane

CTticixeta, gentleness,

"And

having seized him, we wished

Judca.
^

the

temple,

and whom

we, therefore, seized:

by examining

Aoiiior,

pro

?.oifi(oS/iS,

Vul

).oiiuy.os,

ut Lat. pestis pro


fellow,

whom

pcstifcr.

Kuin.

pest, for a pestilent

''exciting

thou canst obtain knowledge of the things of which we " ff'ho attempted to profane even the Pcnn. accuse him."

disturbance
selves,

among"
Hack.

or unto

all

the Jews, amongst them-

not amongst the Romans.


01s.,

Na^copaicov, a term of re-

proach.

we appreliended him, and would have judged him acThomp. To the same effect, Boothr., to our law." Dodd., Wes., Wakef. See ch. 21 31, 33.
temple,

cording

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.
'

CHAP. XXIV.
REVISED VERSION.

IGi

GREEK TEXT.

7 But the chief captain Lysias irapeXBcov 5e ylucr/a? 6 X''^'" the chiliarch Lysias came upon came ujwri us, and with great apyo9 ftera tvoXXtjs iSiay e/c tcov us, and with great violence took violence took him away out of )(^etp(2i>i']fiu)V d7n]yaye, KeXevcra? him away out of our 'hands, our hands, Tovf KaTrjyopovs avrov ep^eaOaL commanding his accusers to 8 Commanding his accusers eTTt (je* TTKyO OV 8vi/7](Tr] aVTOi come to you by examining of to come unto thee by examin'^ : :

irepX jrauTcov tovtcov whom you yourself may obtain ing of wliom, thyself mayest take dvaKpivas knowledge of all these things iiTiyvavaL d}v rjpiels KarrjyopovpLev knowledge of all these things avTov. SvviOevTO 8e /cat ol whereof we accuse 'him. And whereof we accuse him.

9
ed,

And
so.

the

Jews

also assent-

saying,

That these things

lovSaioi, (pacTKOPTes raura outco? the Jews also assailed "him, saying that these things were so.

were

^'^ 'ATreKpidrj Se 6 ITavXos, 10 Then Paul, after that the vevcravTO^ avTco tou i]yp.ovo^ governor had beckoned unto him to speak, answered. Forasmuch KeyeLv, \Ek ttoXXcou erau oura as I know that thou hast been ere KpLTTjv tS eOvei tovtco cttlof many years a judge unto this (rra/xei^os, evdvfxorepov ra Trepl nation, I do the more cheerfully ip.avTov dTroXoyovfxat. Svvaanswer for myself: 11 Because that thou mayest jjieuov (Tov yvavai on ov irXeiovs understand, that there are yet elal jJLot i)p.paL i] SeKuSuo, d(j} but twelve days since I went up i]9 dvejdi-jv TvpoaKVvrjawv iu leto Jerusalem for to worship. " Kol povaaXijp.' ovre Iv too 12 And they neither found eiipoi' lepw p.e irpos riva 8iaXeme in the temple disputing with any man, neither raising up the yofxevou ?; iTTLcrvcrTaaLV iroLovvra

ThenPaul,afterthatthegovernor had beckoned to him to


speak, answered
that
:

10

'Knowing
for

you have been

many

yearsaj udge for tliis nation,! do


the

myself;
to

more cheerfully answer lor it being in your power


that there are yet but
""days since I

11

know

twelve
to

went up

Jerusalem to worship.

And
any

12

they neither found

me

in the

temple

disputing

with

man, neither

stirring

up the
13

people, neither in the synagogues, nor in the city 13 Neither can they prove the things whereof they now accuse me.
:

b)(Xov, ovT

ii>

raii avvaycoyais, people, neither in the syn-

ovre agogue, nor in the "city: neiTrapaarrjaai pe 8vvavTai Trepl (hv ther can they prove the things ^ 6p.oXovvv KaTrjyopovai p.ov. of which they now accuse me.
ti]v

ovre

Kara

ttoXlv

^^

'

In fiera

TtoD.r^e /?(,

TertuUus mistates the

fact.

On

the

eighth, Paul before the sanhedrim (22

30

23

1-10)
to

ninth,

.ippearance of Lysias, the


struggle.
'

Jews

released Paul without an}-

the

plot
:

of

the

Jews,

and

the

journey

Antipatris

(23

12-31);

tenth, eleventh, twelfth


:

and thirteenth, the

Eni. ae, before thee.

Hack.

Ai'ay.^ian indicates anj' form

of inquisition.
'

days at Csesarea (24 1), on the last of which the trial was then taking place. The number of complete days would,
therefore, be twelve;

For avved'smo, Gb.,


It
is

Sch., Ln.. Tf. substitute ovfeneO'svto.

the day in progress at the time of

They did more then


time.
1

assent,

they assailed him at the same


:

speaking

is

not counted.

So Wetstein Augm., Meyer, Do


for utio rt/s ?';iic^as
Ilooay.vvt]-

again found in ch. 23

30.
3'cars.

Wette, and others."


KQtTrjv governs
A<f'
f;i,

Ilackett.
jJs.

Ek

nolXiov iTcov, since

many
wliilc,

an abbreviation
pro y'
rjfte^as

cO'pci.

The

relation

was

for their benefit.

Hence the
know.

acov, worshiping, or, in order to

worship.

dative.

Af

i]s

clUjJtice ]>o-

situm
or since, 3'ou are able to
to

est

rjs

ave^r^v, et in

Jerusalem positura

" ^vvafievov aov yvmvat,

know, you 7nay know,


twelve days
arrival at
is

it

being in your power


"

pro
"

(a

Isoovacdr^fi.

Kuinool, in loco.
cTiiOTaaiv,

Se-

y.aSvo later editions omit.

The best mode of reckoning the


:

For emavoraaiv some read


1. 20.

substituted
occurrit

the following

beginning with the day of their


17)
;

Ln., Gb., not so well sustained.

Vox rarior
T);g avrrjg

by apud

Jerusalem (ch. 21
(21
:

second, their interview

Joseph. C. Apion

Om
ap.

ey.

tTCiavoTaaecoi, qui

with James
(21
:

18)

third,

the

assumption of the vow in cadem scditione fuerat.


d/iuaymytas
y.ai,

Esr. V, 70.

26)

to have

fourth, fifth, sixth, and seventli, the vow continued, been kept seven days, being interrupted on the fifth
;

Entoxaaets Ttowvttej'oif

Kai eTti^ovXa^ y.at verbum sTtt-ovi-LOTaad'at


1, 3.

concursum faccre legitur

Joseph. Ant. 14,

Kuin.

162

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.
confess

CHAP. XXIV.
REVISED VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.
But

unto ya> Be tovto aoi, on Kara ttjv wliich oSov i^v Xeyovaiv aipeaiv, ovrco they call heresy, so worship} I Xarpevco rcS TrarpcSco Oea, mthe God of my fathers, believing arevcov ttokti tol^ Kara tou vojxov all things which are written in KM TOLf 7rpo(prjrai9 yeypappevois, the law and in the prophets Airioa eywv et? tov Ueov, rjv 15 And have hope toward
14 But this I
thee, that after the

this I confess to you, that

way

after the

way which

a "sect, so I

they call worship the God

my fathers, believing all things which are written in the law and in the prophets:
of
15

God, which they themselves also allow, that there shall be a resurrection of the dead, both of the just and unjust. 16 And herein do I exercise myself, to have always a conscience void of offence toward God, and toward men.
17

and have a hope towards God, which they themselves also avacTTacriv peWeiif ecreaOai vt- ^entertain, that there is to be
KoiX

aVTol

aVTOL

7rpO(Tb)(OVTaL,

SiKaicov re kcu olBlkcov a resurrection of the dead, ' jv \ ~ TOVTco oe avTo? aaKU), air- both of the just and also of the unjust. And in this do poaKOTTov avi'et8r]aii' ^XH-v irpos il exercise myself, to have TOV Oeov Kol TOVS avdpCDTTOVS always a conscience void of Siajrai'To^. 81 irav Se ttAcloKpu)v,
16
>
.

ei)

ic

'

offense

towards God and men.


after

Now,

after

many

years, I

vcov

TTapeyevopTjv
ely

eXerjpoaui'as

Now,
I

many

yeiirs,

came
tion,

to bring alms to

my

na-

TTon^acov

to
eV

tOvo? pov Kai


lepw, ov p(Ta

came
to

in

and offerings. 18 Whereupon certain Jews from Asia found me purified in the temple, neither with multitude, nor with tumult: 19 Who ought to have been here before thee, and object, if they had aught against me.

7rpoa(popaf'
i]yi'Lapevov ev

oh evpou pe alms
make

my

order to bring nation, and to

tw

'offerings;

on

wliich 18

o^Aov ov8e
8e
19

p.era Oopv^ov,

certain Jews fiom Tiveg Asia found me purified in the


'occasion
19

Iou8atoi, temple, but neitlier witii a /cat crowd, nor with tumult: who ought to have been here beKaTTjyopeiv e\ tl eyocev irpos pe. fore you 'to accuse me, had 1] avTOL ovtol etTraTcoaav, ei ri 20 Or else let these same licre they any charge against me or say, if they have found any evil evpov iv ip-ol a.8iKi]pa, aTavT09 else let these themselves say,
oLTTo

Trjs

A.aLas
croi;

Of? 0(1

7rt

"irapeivai

20

P Aaxco, I exercise myself not in force and compass equal call was a word of to this term. I use diligence, skill, and constancy. Aaxto middle signification, and, in general, signified any opinion meditare est et ex exercere se in re aliqua. Grcgorius. It is good or bad. Non sum in eadem cum ilLo liaresi, i. e. sen- constantly to meditate and exercise one^s self in any thing Sialenliam I am not of the same opinion with him. TuU. navTos, perpetually, without ceasing. Paradox. Secta odiosus est vocahulum quam heeresis : a se' Rom. 26. UQoofo^as, oblations, offerings, ch. 21 cundo dicilur. Heeresis Grjecis dicitur ab clegendo. EccleGnBci appellabant Ileb. 10 16. 5, 8, 10, 14, 18. siastical writers take it for an error in religion, and so it may 15

Kara

trjv

bSov

r,v

Xeyovoiv alocair,

which they
it

sect

literally, heresy.

At

the beginning

be defined.

Il'hen they had finished their social prayers, Hercs;/ is, however, regarded rather as a funda- 7iQoa<fO(iar. mental error taught and defended with obstinacy. Two things bread and wine were presented to the minister who was Supper and its instituare regarded as essential to heresy. 1st, it must respect and accustomed to recite the words of the tion. independent of their contributions This was after, and stubconcern Ike articles of our faith ; 2dly, there must be a

Crit. Sacra. there must be error to the poor. Taken in Scripture, Ev ois, in his El' oli el^ov fie 7;yviOfiEi'OV cv ria Uqio. malem partem. Leigh's Crit. Sacra. The word is found ch. duia occupor, dum ejusmodi pietatis ojpcia cxsequor, while 5 15 5 for a sect, ch. 24 5, and 28 22. 17

born and a pertinacious affirmation of


in ralione,
et

it:

pertinacia in votunlatc.

engaged
fied

in these services, or duties, the .Jews

found

me

puri-

Ai^crtxoi, Titus 3

5,

indicates one

who

takes pleasure in

certain Jeu-s

sectarisms.

Crit. Sacra.

accusers allege.
gests

from Asia excited a tumult, not I, as my The verb is wanting, and the context sugFor tf ok, Sch.,
Ln.,

the supplement.

Gb. suggest

I"

Ncxijcav, after m'uoraaiv, is rejected

by

Ln., Tf., Ob. as a

reading not strongly supported.

resurrection of the just

and of the unjust.

El

11 ixoeiv.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. XXIV.
REVISED VERSION.

163

GREEK TEXT.

doing in me, while I stood be- fjLOV eVt Tov (TuveSptov ^ rj irepX "if they found any evil in me, when I stood before the counfore the council, ^(0VI]9, ?)? iKpa^a fJ.L5.9 TaVTl]9 cil, except it be for this one 21 Except it be for this one icrTco? ii^ avTols, Otl irepi uva- 'expression which I made voice, that I cried, standing standing among them. Coneyco (TTaaecof veKpiou Kpn'o/xat among them. Touching the recerning the resurrection of the surrection of the dead I am arip.(pov vfj) vjxcov. dead I am this day called in " 'AKOVcras- Se ravra 6 ^r]Xi^ called in question by you this question.
day.

21

ave^aXero avTOVs, aKpL^ea-Tepov And when Felix heard these 22 heard elScos ra Trepl knowing more accuratethings, rrjs 68ov, etTrcoi', these things, having more perly the things in regard to the Orav Avalas 6 ^^lA/ap^oy Kara- "way, he deferred them, and fect knowledge of that way, he /3i7, 8Layvoyaop.ai ra Kaff vp.as' said, When Lysias the chiliarch deferred them, and said. When Lysias the chief captain shall ' SiaTa^aixevos re ra inaTovTOL- shall comg down, I will tliorcome down, I will know the oughly examine the matters PXV T^p^^o'So-'- Tou JJavXov, e^^eij^ between you. And he com- 23 uttermost of your matter. 23 And he commanded a cen- re aveatv, Kai fiijSei'a KCoXveiu manded the centurion that inrrjpereLU y Paul should be kept, and that he turion to keep Paul, and to let Tav 'l8l(du avTov liiiii have liberty, and tiiat he irpoaip^eadat avrco. should have a 'relaxation, and none of his should forbid none of his acMera 8e rjp.epa9 riuas irapa- that he should forbid acquaintance to minister, or quaintance to minister, or come yivopievoi 6 0tjXi^ Apov- come to him. And, after some 24 unto him. 24 And after certain days, alXXt] rfj yviiaLKL avrou ovcrrj days, when Felix came with when Felix came with liis wife 'lovSata, ixeTeTrep.-^aro tov Uav- his wife Drusilla (who was Drusilla, which was a Jewess, a Jewess), he sent for Paul, Xoi', Kol rjKQvaev avTou Trepl r?;? he sent for Paul, and heard him and heard him concerning the "^ SiaXe(? XpKTTOv 7rL<TTcof. faith in >relation to Christ. concerning the faith in Christ. 2-5 And as he reasoned of yopiivov 5e avTov Trepl SiKato- And as he reasoned concern- 25
22 And

when

Felix

aw

"

Et

Ti tvQov,

found anything
thing wicked,

If they hai-e any thing against me, if they only once uses it. Its use indicates a thorough knowledge. Felix is distinguished for a full developed inquisitiveness in in me. ASiy.i]fia, anything unjust, anj'Therefore he trembled before l^ravros ftov sTtt. rou avveiigioVf when I ap- all cases brought before him.
I

peared,

or,

while

was standing

ctci,

before.

This versatile
its

preposition freely takes the condition, color, or sense of


associates, or associations in the Christian Scriptures.

AVhen
is

He promised to hear and to examine the case of Paul when chief captain Lysias had come down.
the logic and rhetoric of Paul (v. 25).
thoroughl3'.

him

in connection with magistrates, courts, or councils, it

gen-

erally in the Christian Scriptures, com. ver., represented


before.
'

by

^
liis

Eyeiv re aveatv.
chains.

Areais, liberty, relaxation,


is

rest,

take off

Em,

in this case, is the prefix to

rov awcS^iov, and indiIlaQi is equ-illy


it

cates the attitude of trial before a court.

latitudinarian in

its

currency, and in cases of this sort

added by Gb., Sch., Ln., Tf. ix^oasQxead-ai, rejected by Ln., Tf., and doubtful by Gb. Tq^eiad-at avrov, being passive, and not mid. voice, should not Avsaig means a be, to keep him, but, that he should be kept.
After Paul, avrov
;;

answers to our word concerning.


oznoacog.

The

trial

here

is 7t()t

ava-

relaxation.

This
its

is,

in a case, the only

word

in

our language
limits
it.

that represents

acceptation in this passage.

Oiw jail

more than
" AvapaWofiai, here ^r]h^ avej3aXero, he deferred them.
It
is

indicate aveats, and our

word

liberty transcends

This
liivor,

is

an

ajrrej leyofievov,

found only in this one case N. T.


only in this book in the Christian
;

a special relaxation of the rigors of the law, in Paul's amounting to a release, and yet it was not legally a
"

Axoi3eareooi', found

release.

To keep Paul

at rest,"

Murd.

" without confine-

Scriptures

more perfectly, thrice


Siayviaais.
is

more perfect, once.


is
s,

ment," Wakef.
y

.iJinyvioaouat,

This

one of Luke's special

words, and

indicative that

he was

physician.

The

Siayreo-

Felix with Drusilla his wife were curious to hear Paul

aig of disease is as old as jEsculapius, deified after his

death

while in Judea, and sent for him.


thrilling

They heard him on the


TtiarEOJS, the faith into,

for his Siayvtoaii

and

his nQoyvoiate, precognition of disease.

theme, ne^i

rr;g eig

Xoiarov

Luke, Acts 2

23, has also this

word.

Besides Luke, Peter

or towards

Clirist, in relation to Christ.

164

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VEHSIOX.

CHAP. XXV.
REVISED VERSION.
kul

GREEK TEXT.
KUi

righteousness,

temperance, and avviis

eyKpareiaf

judgment
bled,
for
this

to come, Felix trem- Kpi/jiaTos rod jxekXovTOs eaeaBai,

rov ing justice, ^self-government, and the judgment to come, Felix

and answered,

Go

tiiy

way

time; when I have a convenient season, I will call


for thee.

26 He hoped also that money should have been given him of Paul, that he might loose him: wherefore he sent for him the oftener, and communed with him. TLas 8e TrXijpcodeLO-)]? eXafie 8iaversed with him. But after 27 But after two years PorSo-)(^oi/ 6 ([^rjXi^ JJopKiov (J>rj(jTOv two years Felix had a succescius Festus came into Felix' OeXcov re ^(apLTas KaradeaOai tols sor, Porcius Festus; and Felix, room: and Felix, willing to 'lovSaiOL? 6 0-)]Xi^, KaTeXiire rov willing to show the Jews a shew the Jews a pleasure, left

trembled, and answered. Go your way for this time; when iropevov ex^ I have a convenient season, I Kacpov 8e jxeTaXafiav peraKaXi(Topai ere' apa oe KUi eA7ri(^u>i>, will send for you. "At the same time hoping that money oTi ^pi]paTa 8o0y]aeTai. avTco viro would have been given him Tov JIavXov, oTTCof Xvar] avrov by Paul, that he might reSio Koi TTVKvoTepou avTov p.eralease him, he therefore sent TTipTTopievo'i ap-iXei. avrcS. Aufor him the oftener, and coneiJ.(j)ojj09

yevo/xefos o
viiv

'PttjXl^ care-

KpiOi-j,

2o

2G

27

Paul bound.
CHAP. XXV.

UavXov

SeSep.ei'Oi'.

favor, left

Paul bound.

CHAP. XXV.

CHAP. XXV.
eTTLJias
Trj

Now when
into

Festus was come


after
tiiree

0IISTOS
iirap^la,

ovv

Now when Festus had come


into the "province, after three

the province,

days he ascended from Cesarea days, he went up from Cesaeh lepocroXvpa diro Kaicrapelas. rea to Jerusalem. Then the to Jerusalem. 2 Then the high priest and " pe(l)avLaav Se avrco 6 apy(jLe- high priest, and the chief of

pera rpels

ajp-epafai^elBi]

'

jJia).fyonevov,

ver., six

though repiesented by disputing, com. times; by reasoning, four times; preaching, tivice;
;

" TalTced together," "

communed

together,"

is its

curreiicr
evil.

and
It

import in N.

T.,

the topic

may

be either good, or

speaking, once
6ense.

discoursing,

or discussing,

is

its

generic

seems

to

have been conducted on the part of Felix from a

their getiera and sj'ccies, as well as mercenary spirit, as the sequel warrants. The abstract or generic idea in this word is dissero, dicendo rem diducere, to deduce a matter, a fact, a " Enaqy^ia, found only twice in this book of Acts, is repcause, or a thing by discussion, or reasoning the dialectic resented by the word province, a verbal from cTiaQxofcai, auart. There is neither preaching nor teaching, neither dis- spicor, ccopi, from which eTiapxo^, prsefcctus from cTrt and

Words have

plants and animals.

cussing nor exhorting, neither afBrming nor denying in the essence or act of reasoning. It is a simple comparison of
objects,

a^Xco, incipio

also cTta^xoTr^s, identical in import with

f.-r-

a^yia, a province.
is

Aqx1> the root, does not indicate that which


is

and for deduction.


faculty of reasoning
is

passive,

but that which

active in originating.

Aqx?]

non

The
ducing.
bled.

exhibited in comparing and de-

principium passivum sed activum significat, a quo omnes creaturse principium

Ilis

ings in

Tt appears

Titus 3 1. Ao/,ai qui mcro imperio strate, Luke 12 11. redundant or pleonastic, but pleonasms are allow- utuntur. Those who under God have plenary power, and by able in such cases. that power command, administer justice within their respec" "O.Tfuj IvoTi avTov omitted by Sch., Ln., Tf., and doubtful tive dominions. Hence a province is a department of an
:

Paul reasoned on certain topics Felix tremresponse demonstrated the power of Paul's reasonhis presence. Eato'&ai is omitted by Ln., Sch., Gb.

When

suum ducunt: quam intcrpretationem


evincit.
;

utrius-

que Testamenti pagina

It

is

taken for the magi-

Ijy

Gb.

nrrni,

It naturally occurs from tlnigtov, oti yorjuttTn Sod;;- empire placed under the management or government of one, and seems to be a circumstantial inference of much invested with supreme authority, whether it be human or
divine, or both.

plausibility.

In this view Jesus Christ, Ileb. 12

2,

is

VfiiXet avToj,

3d

sing. imp. ind. act. of

conversed with Paul familiarly.

outhw, colloquor, he called Autorem fldei et consummatorera fidei^-the author and This word is found only four founder of the faith; not a particular or special faith, but the
It indicates familiar confaith,

times in the Christian Scriptures.

the

whole Christian institution.

Crit. Sacra.

This

is

rersation^" una rcrsari sed

liic

accipitur pro colloqui," Beza.

that province assigned to Jesus Christ by the apostles.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
the

CHAP. XXV.
REVISED VERSION.

1G5

VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.

cliief of the Jews informed pevi KCLL 01 TTpatTOL Twv Iov8a[coi> theJews, informed him against him against Paul, and besought Kara rou UavXov, kou irupeKa- Paul, and besought iiim, ''askhim, alrov/ievoL X'^P'-^ ing for themselves a favor Xovv avTov, 3 And desired favour aarainst against him, that he would KUT avTov, oTrw? /jLeraTrefjiyjrrjTai him, that he would send for liim send for him to Jerusalem, to Jerusalem, laying wait in the avToi' els IfpoucraX7]fx, lve8pav preparing an 'ambush to kill way to kill him. TTOLovvTis aveXilv avTov Kara ttjv him on the way. But Festus 4 But Festus answered, that oSou. 6 fieu ovv ^rjUTOS dwe- answered that Paul should be Paul should be kept at Cesarea, Kpldrj, TrjpelcrOaL tou IJavXov ev kept in 'custody at Cesarea, and that he himself would deJvataapeia, eavTov 8e fxeAXecu iu and that he himself would part shortly thither. 5 Let them therefore, said he, Ta-^eL eKTVopeveaOai. 01 ovv shortly depart thither. Let which among you are able, go Svi/aTOL ev vjXLV, (pijai, av/Kara- the 'powerful among you, said down with mc, and accuse this he, go down with me and acman, if there be any wickedness l3ai>T9, e'i Ti icrrlu eV tc3 dv8p\ cuse this man, if there is any
""

in

him.
6

And when he had tarried among them more than ten days, he went down unto Cesarea;
and the next day sitting on the judgment-seat, commaiided Paul
to be brought.

7 And when he was come, the Jews which came down from

Jerusalem stood round about, and laid many and grievous complaints against Paul, which they alriap-ara (pepovres Kara tov could not prove; UavXov, a ovk Icr^yov aTroSel^aL, 8 While he answered for himdiroXoyovjxevov avrov, ovre self, Neither against the law of

avrov. wickedness in him. And when he had tarried rifxipas among them more than ten irXeiovs y] SeKa, /cara/Sa? eif iiTaidays, he went down to Cesacrapeiav, rrj CTravpiou KaOtaas rea; and the next day sitting evrl Tov j3i]iJ.aTOs, ineXevcre rou on the judgment-seat, comriavXov dy^drivai. irapayevo- manded Paul to be brought. And when lie was come, the jxevov 8e avrov, TTepLeaTrjaav ol Jews who came down from aiTO lepocroXvpLcov Kara^efiTjKO- Jerusalem stood around 'him, res lovSaloi, TroXXa kul ^apea and laid macy and heavy comTOVTCO,

KaTrjyopeiTcocrau

Aiarpii^as Se eV avTo7s

plaints

against

Paul,
;

which
8

they could not prove while he answered for himself, Neither against the law of the the Jews, neither against the et? Toif vopLOv rmv lovSaicov, ovre Jews, ^nor against the temple,

On

Sed ut Pricfeus recte monuit, hoc si Lucas voluisset, Josephus uses ol Swaroi in the same sense, and elders were as much as ever enraged against Paul, and no- many other writers as indicative of power, whether physical, Gb., Boothr. moral, or ecclesiastical. thing but his blood would satisfy their malice. ' Fonning a plot to kill him," Penn f ' EfiS^ay Tioiovt-Tti. neoiearr^aav, '^ stood around him, not the tribunal," " placing an ambush," Kuin. " having laid an ambush," Thonip. " stood round about," " stood around him," H.ick., Murd. " lying in wait to kill hhn," Wes. ; " preparing an Penn " stood around," Thomp. " Surrounded him," Murd.
^

For 6 apx'^f^s

is

substituted ol a^xie^sis

reading not so strongly supported by Gb.

by Ln., Tf., a The priests and

venire.

scripsisset.

ambush," Hack.
''

'

ey.TiooEvead ai. This indicates not a refusal, Hack. Tf. has /.aTatfe^ovree, instead of tfeQomes, before xaia A7tey.oi&ri but an intimation that he should be still kept at Csesarea, in- rov UavXov. JstoStc^at aTToSiiy.ifui, probo, demonstro, Acts asmuch as Festus was about to return to that place, and 2: 21. 2 Thess. 2 4. ^ OvTE eis TOV rouov would, when there, judge his case. Ovre three to leoor sis Katanga, " That Paul was in custody," Thomp. ; " kept times very specific Ti;^eiad-at. neither against the law, the temple, nor

to

lie

in wait to destroy him," Boothr.

"

Most manuscripts omit

y.ata rov IIav7.ov, after ytpojTfs,"

in custody,"

Hack.

against Caesar.

Ol ovv Svt'KTot if vutv, the powerful, not the able.

Not
Hack.

Ei3

is

seldom translated against.


trial,

For the most part

it

those
' ' let

who

are able have

it

in their

power.

Cal., Grot..

occurs in cases of

charge, or legal prosecution.

Rela-

The context tion to, for, or against, is often indicated by it. among you who are able, said he, must decide its value. is Xgiarov may, according to the " Let those, therefore, among import of the preceding verb, be either for, or against Christ. corae down with me." Penn you who are able," Murd. Verba ol Siraroi ir i/itv ErasOvre eis KaioccQa ri t-ua^rov, neither have I in any respect
those,
tlierefore,
;

Let the chief men among you go down with me," Thomp.

mus, Grotius

alii

esplicant: quibus

commodum

est Cresarum

sinned against Ciesar.

1G6

ACTS OF THP: apostles,


KING JAMES
VERSION.

chap. XXV.
REVISED VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.

have
the

temple, nor yet against Cesar et? TO lepov, oi/re els Kaiaapa ri nor yet against Cesar have I ^ I offended any thing at all. rj/j.apToi'. ^rjaros Se toIs at all offended. But Festus, 9 But Festus, willing to do louSaloLf OeXiov KaraQi- willingto do the Jews a ''favor,

X"/^^

Jews

Paul,

and

up to judged of these things before

answered Paul, and said, Will elire, Wilt thou go OeXeis eh IepoaoXv/j,a avajSaa, you go up to Jerusalem, and there be judged of these things Jerusalem, and there be enel Trepi tovt<ov KpLveaOai eir
a pleasure, answered aOai, oLTTOKpidelf
said,

tw UavXa

before

epov
Eiil

me ?

Then

said Paul, lo

ElTre

8e

me?
10

IlavXos,

Then

Tov
elpa,

^i]paT09

Kalaapos

said Paul, I stand at

Cesar's judgment-seat, where I lovSaiovs ovSei' i]8LKi]aa, as koI ought to be judged to the Jews ^' av KaXXiou eTTiyLvcoaKeLS' el have I done no wrong, as thou pev yap olBlkS) kcu a^LOV Bavdrov very well knowest.
:

earws

ou pe 8el KpLveaOai.

be an offender, Trerrpa^a ti, ou TvapaLTOvpai, to of death, I refuse not to or have committed any thing aiTodavelv el 8e ouSei' eaTLv oiv die; but if tliere is notliing worthy of death, I refuse not to ouTOi KaTTjyopoual pov, ovSels in these matters of whicii they die but if there be none of these pe SvuaTai avTols ^apiaaadai. accuse me, 'no man can de^^ tilings whereof these accuse me, Kaiaapa eirtKaXovpat. ToTe no man may deliver me unto b 0)-jaTOs crvXXaXi'jaas peTo. tov liver me up to them I appeal to Cesar. Then Festus, when them. I appeal unto Cesar. avpfSovXLOu, (XTreKpidrj, Ivaicrapa he had talked with the coun12 Tlien Festus, when he had
11 For
if

judgmentseat, where I ought to be judged: to the Jews I have done no wrong, as you 'yourself very well know. For if I am doing wrong, and have committed any thing worthy
I stand at

Cesar's

ii

12

eTTLKeKXijcrai,

eiri.

Kaiaapa

tto-

conferred with the council, an-

pevarj.
"

swered, Hast thou appealed unto

cil, answered, 'You have appealed to Cesar, to Cesar shall

'Hpepav 8e ^layevopevav you go. Cesar? unto Cesar shalt thou go. Tivcou, Ayphriras o jiaaiXevs kcu And after certain days, king 13 And after certain days, king Agrippa and Bernice came BepviKYj KaTijvTyaau els Kaiaa- Agrippa and Bernice came to peiav, aairaaopevoi. tou 0rjaTOU. Cesarea to 'salute Festus. And unto Cesarea, to salute Festus.
14

n H

And when they had been

cos

Se TrXeiovs ype'pas 8i.eTpij3ou

when they had been there many


up
our currency, to deliver

'

Kara&ea&at, second

aor. infin. mid. of xataxid'rifii, repo:

forensically, lo deliver, to give

in

24 27, to ingratiate liimsclf with into custody. "No one can give me up to them, merely to the Jews, Felix left Paul a prisoner. On ch. 24 27 Kuinoel gratify," Dodd. ; ' no one has power to deliver me up to " no one should deliver me up to gratify makes the following remark: " Xaon', xf'fiTn, xn^nns naTa- them," Penn
nere, to reinst.ate himself; ch.
: ;

" no one can gratify them at my expense," no one maj' sacrifice me to their pleasure," Murd. a very free translation no man can give me up to of which examples from Demosthenes, Plato, Diodorus are adduced and further refers to Kypkius, Eisner, Wetstein. gratify them," Thomp. e7itxakeo/iai, ovuat cognominor, Kaiaapa cjltxaXov/tai It is an act of prudent selfishness to confer a favor upon a person, in expectation that in some emergency it may redound modo j^assive, raodo active sumitur, et utroque, to call upon to our advantage; nay, tliat it may be demanded as a right. another for help in extremity, sometimes merely to call, to
Tc

O'co&ai Tin denotat, graliam inire

apud

aliquem, ut suo

them," Boothr.

tempore vicissim res grata expcctari vel etiam posci possit,"

Wakef.

"

'"

'

To do
'

the

Jews

a pleasure," com. ver.


x. t.
)..

name, Ileb. 11

16.

1 Pet. 3

15.

Crit. Sacra.

jrt TOV pr^fiaros,


:

Em,

followed

by a

genitive, oc-

'

Svf.kaX?iaas,
is

communing
N.

with,

talking with,
/lera

curs Matt. 27

19.

In connection with judges and tribunals, with,


is
;

its

current value, N. T.
T., counsel,

conferred
in
its

av/tiilovXiov,

and
2G
'

in

appearing before them, connected with a genitive, cnt

currency

five times,

twice council.

Emxeylr,-

often represented
:

by the word

before.

23

30

2-i

19

25

20

aai; hast thou api)ealed to Ca;sar?


call on, or
1

Frequently surnanicd

2.

upon.
Salute, greet, and embrace are
its

Xn^i^o/ini, to give, to give frankly, to grant, to forgive.


alone, in com. ver., it is represented

AoTtaao/iei'oi.

repre-

Here

by

to deliver

vp

sentatives in N. T., com. ver.

Here salute

is

most apropos.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMEs' VERSION.
there

CHAP. XXV.
REVISED VERSION.

167

GREEK TEXT.

Festus de- eVel, 6 ^rjcTTOs T(S l3aaiXeL avi- days, Festus ""set forth to the clared Paul's cause unto the dero TO. Kara tov JTavXou Xeycoi', king the facts concerning Paul, king, saying, There is a certain 'Ai'i']p TLS io-ri Karakek^Lixiievos saying, There is a certain man about Felix man left in bonds by Felix VTTO <PrjktKOi 8e(Tf.aoi, ^ Trepl ov, left prisoner by

many

days,

15

1-5

About whom, when

was

at Jerusalem, the chief priests

and the elders of the Jews in7rpe(Tj3vTpoi tQ)v Iov8aL(i)v, aiformed me, desiring to liavc judgtrpos TOvpevoL /car avrov SLKrif. ment against him. 16 To whom I answered. It oOf dTreKpldfjv, otl ovk eartu is not the manner of the Roi'do9 'Pcofiatois y;apL^ea6aL riva mans to deliver any man to die, avOpcoTTov eif airmXetav, irpiv i] before that he which is accused 6 KaTrj-yopovfxeuo^ Kara TrpoawTTOV face, face to have the accusers and have license to answer for e'^OL Tovs KaTi]yopov?, tottov re himself concerning the crime a-jToXoyias Xa.(3oL Trepl tov iyKXij'

whom, when I was at Jerusayevofie'uov /lov eh lepocraXv/xa, lem, the chief priests and the i^e(pa.i/Laai> ol ap^iepeh kul o'l elders of the Jews brought an
information, asking
for

them;

selves justice against

him

to ic

whom

It is not answered the custom of the Romans to deliver any man to die before I
:

he that

is

accused "have his ac-

cusers face to face, and have

laid against him.

an opportunity to answer for himself concerning the charge.


17

17 Therefore,

when they were


any delay
I

fxuTO?.

come
on

hither, without

on the judgment-seat, and commanded the man to be brought forth; IS Against whom, when the accusers stood up, they brought none accusation of such things aiTLUU iTT(ppou wv vTTevoovv of such things as I surmisas I supposed ^^ ^rjTi'jpaTa 8e Ttva 7rep\ ed but had certain questions iycoJ 9 But had certain questions their
the
sat
!

morrow

avveXOovTOiv oiv av- Therefore, when they had come p.rjSejj.lai' hither, without any "delay on the TTOLrjadpevos, rfj i^rj? KaOiara^ morrow, I sat on the judgmentscat, and commanded the man eVi TOV ^?7/Liaror, (KeXevaa dx^dijagainst whom, to be brought vai TOV dfSpa- ^^Trepl ov uTapwhen the accusers stood up, 6evTes ol KUTi'iyopoL ovSe/xiav they brought no accusation
^'

T(uv euddSe, ava^oXrjV

18

19

i8la^ against him of their own super- Trjs stition, and of one Jesus, which irpos avTou,

Beiai.dai/xoi'Las
/cat Trept

him respecting and of one 'religion, own tlvos h](TOV


e'L)(^ov

against

Je-

" Aved-ero, "

laid the case of

Paul before the king " Penn,

the only occurrences of this word in the N.


ver., superstition,

T.,

rendered, com.

Wakef
"

laid the

business" Dodd.

ig anoileiav omitted by Gb., Ln., Tf.

Not

too

and superstitious. svperstilious, some say, because Paul would not

XaQii,eaiyai

rwa avd-Qomov,
;

"

to

gratify any

man

with the

condemnation of another," Wakef. ; " to give up any man to "Veyne tvorshiperes," Wiclif; "more lators have expressed. " to give up a man gratuitously destruction," Thonip., Dodd. others attentive to religious matters," Bloomfield. This than "to give up any man," Penn; " to deto be slain," Murd. Pollux has assigned SeiaiS.uiKov is sufBciently paraphrastic. liver up any man to die," Boothr. It is by some supposed that Paul used it in to the jnous. " AvajloXrjv an ;ra| Xsyofisvov delay. favorable sense, to propitiate the ears of the Athenians.
;

"Much have aroused their prejudices. This is doubtful. transas our superstitious, too not worship," given to Divine

this

"

'Tjtevoovv

eyta,

imperfect active

of inovoeto, suspicor.

"Againsfwhom, when

his accusers stood up, tlicy

brought no

accusation of such things as I supposed," Dodd.

"And

his

a true bill when he charged the Athenians of being exceedingly devoted to the worship of the shades or spirits of dead hero-men.

None doubt that Paul found

accusers stood up with him, and they were not able to sub-

any criminal charge against him as I had expected," Wakef. " They advanced no charge of such things as I expected," Thomp. After vnepoovv eyca, Tiovr^^av is added by Ln., doubtful by
stantiate

vox medio, may signify also, more superstitious," Hack., who on ch. 17 21-23 adds: "It is improbable, as a matter of just rhetoric, that the apostle em"JetaiSai,uove,rTs^ovs, a
:

ployed

it in

that reproachful sense at the outset of his re-

marks."

Gb.
'TTxevoovv,
"

He proceeds to deduce their seeking after God (which Paul, doubtless, considered as something good) from
among
object
lie

which
;

Wakef., Thomp.
1

"

is suspected." Hackett supposed" Wes., Penn.

" expected."

this SccaiSrn/coiia, or religious propensity, so prevalent

the Athenians.
:

announces himself as one

who would
its

JctoiSaiuotiai,

and SciatSniiioitoTeiio;,

ch. 17

22, are

guide their SecatSai/ioiia, not rightly conscious of

IGS
KI.N'G

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. XXV.
REVISED VERSION.
sus, vpho

GREEK TEXT.
Ao?
yov,
'

was
to

dead,
alive.

whom

Paul affirmed TedfrjKOTO^, ov e(j)aaKev 6 Ilav^fiv.

had

died,

whom Paul
And how to
be- 20
in-

be

aTTopoufxei/os Se eyo}

affirmed to be alive.

20 And because I doubted of such manner of questions, I asked him whether he would go to Jerusalem, and there be judged of these matters. 21 But when Paul had appealed to be reserved unto the hearing of Augustus, I commanded him to be kept till I might send him to Cesar. 22 Then Agripjia said unto
Festus, I

els Trjv Trepi


el

tovtov

^rjriiaLV, e'Ae-

cause I doubted
vestigate
sucli

l3ovXoiTo TTopeveadaL

eh

questions,

lepovaaXrjjj.,

KUKel

KpiveaOaL

wepl TOVTccv.
eiriKaXeaaixeuov
els Ti]v

Tov 8e

UavAov
avTov

rijpi'jdrji/ai

TOV ^e(3a(TT0u
TiipeicrOaL

Siayi/cocrLi',

eKeXevaa
ov
'"

avTov, eas avTov Trpos Kaiaapa. AypiTTiras Se irpos tov (prjUTOv


ne/x^j/a)

asked him whether he vv-ould go to Jerusalem, and be judged concerning tliese matters but Paul having appealed, to be kept as a prisoner, with a view to the 'examination of Augustus, I commanded him to be kept till I shall send

21

e(j)r],

JSfiovXo/ir}u

kcll

avTos tov

him

to Cffisar.

Tiien Agrippa

22

would also hear the updpconov man myself. To-morrow, said


piOf,
he, thou shalt liear him.

(XKOvcraL.

Se, A.v-

said to Festus, I 'mj'self also

(f)7]a\i',

aKOVcrrj avTOV.

would wish to hear the man. To-morrow, said he, you shall
23

' Trj ovv eiravpLov eXdovTos hear him. 23 And on the morrow, when TOV AypLTTTTa Koi TljS jBepVLKTJS And on the morrow, when Agrippa was come, and Bernice, kol Agrippa had come, and Berwith great pomp, and was en- fxeTa iroXXris (pai'Taa-ias, tered into the place of hearing, elaeXBovTOJv els to uKpoa.Tijpioi', nice, with much pomp, and re tols ')(j.XLap-^0Ls Kai av8- had entered into the place of with the chief captains and principal men of the city, at Festus' paai TOLS KaT ec;X'?^ ovctl Tijs 'audience, with the chiliarchs commandment Paul was brought TtoXeciis, KOL KeXevaapTos tov (Pt-j- and principal men of the city,

aw

forth.

Paul was brought forth. Then 24 And Festus said. King (f)r]aii' 6 (pijaTos, 'AypiTrira /3aFestus says, King Agrippa, and all Agrii)[)a, men which are here present with us, ye see this aiXev, KOL TvavTes ol crvpTrapovTes anil all men who are pres-

(TTov,

riyOi]

llavXos.

^^

at

the

Kai

command

of Festus,
2i

man about wliom

all

the multi-

ij/Mi'

ai'Spes,

decopeiTe

tovtoi'I ent

with

us,

you

see

this

and aim,
Ilackett.

to a state of clear self-consciousness,


it

by a revelation
Neander,

have the Stnyvcaocs


as an English

diagnosis of disease, or
E^Sovloiiai,

its

symptoms

of the object to which

thus ignorantly tended.

word naturalized and

nationalized.

the word used by James and Paul to indicate Jewish and Christian sense and currency, and much more in concert with its object and design than Seiat&(jr^ay.Bta is

religion in its

Sfit/iorta.

'

xJiriyftaaoitai

Smyi'ioaii.

The

latter
is

term occurs but

was minded, willing, Such is the variety of its renderings, com. ver. / myself was willing, quite analogous to Paul's style, Rom. 9 3, r,vxo,u);]' yap nvroi. Like the Jews, said Paul, For I too myself was wishing to be accursed from Clirist, rxtaO'rjtn etiai- not when he wrote to the Romans,
E^ov}.o/ir,v y.at nvzos.

intended, disposed, would.

ouce in the Christian Scriptures, and


ver.,

here rendered, in com.

but comparitig himself to tliem

in his

former

state, as if

ha

hearings the hearing of Augustus. Cognition is its most appropiiate representative in our vernacular. The judgment,
or hearing of a cause
tion

had

said,

"

As they

are

now

so once

was

I,"

wishing to be
to Festus,

accounted accursed from Christ.


I desire to

So Agrippa said

trial,

or an investigation, or examina-

E^ovXo/ir,p xat avTog, I also myself

am

wishing to hear him,


28.

presents

it

in its full import.

Any
is

one of these, indeed, Co-

hear him.

Agrippa

iid

cujus aures plura de Jesu

answers the present occasion.


tlie

This

a striking instance of

et Christianorum secta pervciierant.

Vide 26

Kuin.

freedom of interpretation of metaphorical language. gnosco instead of connosco, or of con and nosco.
Cicero uses this word as equivalent to

McTa 7ToV.r,s j'niTaoins, cum ingenti pompa with great pomp tiOE).&ommv eis to axooaxijotov, having entered with Suetonius, to judge, or determine a matter. Physicians have great pomp into ro axpoixr>;ptoi', the Hall of audience the introduced this word into tlieir science and art, and now we place of hearing found only in this place N. T., Auditorium.
'

make

inquiry, and

ACTS OP THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. XXVI.
REVISED VERSION.

169

GREEK TEXT.

tude of the Jews have dealt with TTepi ou irdu to ttXtjOo? twv Iov- man about whom "all the mulme, both at Jerusalem, and also 8aio3U eveTV^(pv /xol kv re lepo- titude of the Jews have interceded with me, both at Jeruhere, crying that he ought not aoXvjxoL^ Kol ii^ddSe, iiri^oavTes salem, and also here, crying to live any longer. eyco out that he ought not to live fxi-j oetu (rjv avTov fj.7]KTL. 25 But when I found that he KaTa\a^6fjLi>09 fJ.rj8ev a^iou any longer. But when I found had committed notliing worthy that he had committed nothOavoLTOv avTov ireirpa-^evai, kou of death, and that he himself ing worthy of death, and he avTOV Se TouTOV eiTLKaXeaafjieuov himself having appealed to hath appealed to Augustus, I Tov Se^acTTOi', eKpiva irepLireiv Augustus, I determined to have determined to send him. "^ vrepl ov of whom I have avTov. a(T(l)aXes rt send him have no cer26 Of whom I
:

25

26

ypaxj/ai. tcS Kvpico ovk e-)(a>' 8lo have brought him irpoi'^yayov avTov e(p vpcov, /cat forth before you, and specially p.d\iaTa eVt crov, fiaaiXev 'Ayking Agrippa, before thee, dvaKpiaeais rrjs pimra, ovrcof examination had, I that after ypo^'^oLi. ' a\oyevop,ivr]s o'X'^ might have somewhat to write. yov yap fiot 8okl, KepurovTa 27 For it seemeth to me unreasonable to send a prisoner, 8iCrp,L0V, pi) KUL TaS KUT avTov and not withal to signify the alrias aiip-dvaL. crimes htid against him.

tain thing to write unto

my lord.

'nothing certain to write to

Wherefore

my

sovereign,

wlierefore

'^'-

have brought him forth before you; and especially before you, king Agrippa, that after examination, I may have something to write. For it seems to me "unreasonable to send a prisoner, and not also
to signify the charges against

27

him.

CHAP. XXVI.

CHAP. XXVI.
unto Paul,

CHAP. XXVI.

Then Agrippa said

'AFP innAS
navXov
vTvlp
607?,
'

8e TT/oof rhv
ctol

Tiiou art permitted to speak for Then Paul stretched thyself.


forth the hand,

J^TTLTpeTreTai

Then Agrippa says to Paul, You are ^permitted to speak

aeavTov Aeyeiv.
^

Tore

and answered

for

himself:

answered for himself: I think myself happy, king Agrippa, VTTO lovSalcoi', (SacriXev because I shall answer for myAyplmra, {]y>]paL epavrov pa- self this day before you, confor myself this day before thee, touching all the things whereof Kapiou peXXwv diroXoyeladaL eiTL cerning all the things of ^ paXiaTa yvoa- which I am accused by 'Jews (Tou a-i]pepov I am accused of the Jews
2 I think myself happy, king X^^P<^7 Xov/xai Agrippa, because I shall answer
'

navXos

uTreAoyeLTO, e'/cretWy tjju

yourself. Then Paul o for stretched forth his hand, and


2

n^pl
'

irdvTcav

wv eyKa-

"

The procurator could


/tfj

say, Tiav to nXt'i&os rtov lovScucoi',

" all the wliole multitude of the


^TttjSocoj'Te^

Jews."

A very vague

charge,

Saw
in

Zr]v

avrov

^r^xexi.

EviTvxov

fioi,

malem partem, interceded with me.


i,r]v

"

Some

" E-ntToETieTai. aot vtico aeavrov 7.yEiv. For vntq, Ln., Tf., Gb. would substitute iti^i. Nothing important in deciding whether concerning himself, or for himself, is quite this case equal in law, or equity. And whether we represent emTQtnco
;

manuscripts read,

^rjv and so in the by svffer, or permit, or have leave, or license, or liberty, is avrov d'ava- wholly a matter of taste, as it is, indeed, in a hundred other and others, next verse some read, fiavarov avror, cases. In our taste, we would prefer, " you are permitted to Tov." Hack. " ITioi ov, concerning whom I have nothing sure, definite speak for yourself," or, thou art permitted to speak for thy" In o/^co ri y^axi-m the pronoun be- self You should be followed by yourself, and thou by thyto zprile to the sovereign.

avrov, others, uvrov

longs to the first verb, not to the second," Kuin., Hack. " Some repeat aayaf.eg after n. (Mey.), which is not necessary,"

self,

a congruity which

is

not always appreciated, or even


a difference between Jews, and the a clique; the latter is the

perceived.
^

Hack. For y^ax/jai Ln., Tf. y^a^co, Gb. doubtful. * " For it is unsuitable when we send up a prisoner, not to " unreasonable in .sending a designate his offense," Murd.
;

Grammatically, there

is

Jews.

The former may be only

prisoner, not to signifj^ the charges against him," Wes.,

"without specifying the charge," Thomi). charge," Wakef. ; " the charges," Boothr.

whole nation. We appreciate the difference between, Americans have taken Cuba, and, the Americans have taken Cuba. "signifying the As a scribe, or even as a prudent man, Paul would not have represented himself before King Agrippa as having the whole

Penn

170

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. CHAP. XXVI.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.

because I know you to be 3 Esjjecially, because I hioxu arrjv ovra <re iravTcov rav Kara especially 'skilled in all cuslOuiv re kou ^iitijixoltcov. thee to be expert in all customs 'louSaiovs toms and questions which are which are auiong and questions Seo/xal aov, fiuKpoOu/xcos 8lo among Jews; wherefore I bethe Jews: wherefore I beseech uKovcrai fxov. ^ rrju fxeu ovv seech you to hear me pathee to hear me patiently. fiiwalv /JLOV T1]V (K VeOTTTjTOS, TTjV tiently. 4 My manner of life from my air a.p)(j]f yevoixwiv eu tm Wi/ei. My manner of life from my youth, which was at the first ' laaaL youth, which was at the first iv lepoaoXvixoig, fxov among mine own nation at JeTrpoyivai- among my own nation at Jeiravres ol 'lovSaloi, rusalem, know all the Jews, eav OeAaxri rusalem, all the Jews know, aKOvres /J-e apcoOev, 5 Wliich knew me from the
'

beginning, (if they would testi- p.apTvpeiv, on Kara ttjv aKpi- who have ''known me from fy,) that after the most straitest ^eaTaTTjv alpeaiv ttjv rj/xerepas the beginning, if they would sect of our religion, I lived a testify, that after the strictest e^Tjo-a (PapiaaLOf OprjcrKela^ Pharisee. sect of our religion, I lived a Kol vvv iir eXTrlSi r?;? TTyooy 6 And now I stand, and am Pharisee. And now I stand, judged for the hope of the Tovy Trarepas evrayyeXias yevo- and am judged for the hope promise made of God unto our p.ev7]f VTTO rov Oeov ea-TijKa Kpiof the promise made by God
**

fathers

Unto

which

iironiue

our po/xevos,

etf rju

ro 8co8eKd(j)v- to our fathers: to

tlie

accom-

twelve tribes, instantly serving God day and night, liope to come. For which hope's sake, king Agrippa, I am accused of tlie Jews. 8 Why should it be thought

Xou

vvKTa kol plishment of \\'hich promise i]p.epav Xarpevov iA7ri(^ei Karav- our twelve tribes,- earnestly serving God day and night, rrjaai' irepX fjs ekiviBos iyKaXovhope to attain; on account jxaL, l3aaiXv 'AypiTTira, vtto rav of which hope, king Agrippa, 'Iov8aiu>u. tl; ainarov Kpive- I am accused by Jews. What
rjp-ujv

lu eKTei'eia

nation of the Jews combined against him and judiciously says, Jews, certain Jews.

he very legally graphers are perplexed in defining them. Webster himself is bewildered in his efforts to discriminate and clearly disOn this vTCo lovSnuov Professor Hackett says " without tinguish them. Our very best writers and orators confound Wisthe article (comp. 22 30), because he would represent the them. ICnowledge is both speculative and practical. accusation as purely Jewish in its character." Very good, in- dom is the maximum of knowledge, prudence, and discretion deed but not quite enough. Purely Jewish may include combined. We may have much knowledge, and no wisdom.
;

We sometimes find intelligent fools, and comparativel3' ignocom- rant wise men. " I wisdom dwell with prtidcnce, and find bination against him, was, indeed, greatly enhancing the argu- out the knowledge of artful devices," said the wisest and the ment against himself. But Paul, still more prudently, gives most intelligent man of Bible history. Knowledge is theothe whole nation of the Jews
ble for the occasion.
;

but that was

still

too formidaall in

To have the Jewish people

the bald indefinite

word Jews,
an

indicating a

mere

clique,

and

retic

neither a tribe, nor a nation, nor a whole people.


often that
ble, of

It is not
forci-

"

and speculative; wisdom is discriminating and practical. The Sophia of the Greeks, and the Chachemah of the He-

we

find

illustration, so

unambiguous and

brews, are indicative of that prudence and discretion which


enable

men to perceive what is fit or suitable to be done, acThe power of its absence can only be valued cording to the knowledge they may possess of the circumby the power of its presence. " The head and front of his stances of time, place, persons, manners, and end of doing." We, So defines Alexander Cruden in his Concordance and in offending " extends only to an indefinite class of Jews. therefore, prefer, " I am accused by Jews" to, " I am accused this definition lie excels all the lexicographers that come within my horizon. by the Jews."
the grammatical power of the presence or absence of

the

article.

'

Mahora

yi'coarr;i>,

especially intelligent,
is

is

good

but wo

n^oyivioaxovxEs

// avioO'er.

'"

Who knew me

from the
years

think, skilled, especially skilled,

better.

first,"

Wes.

"
;

who were
;

acquainted with
a prior

me many

and knowledge, are not synonymous, but ago," Wakcf they have There is no writer known to us that does early period," Thomp. " often confounded. And, indeed, our lexico- ginning." Penn. not often confound these terms.
IVisdom,
skill,

Who

knowledge of me, from an have known me from the be-

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSION.
a thing incredible with you, that rat Trap

CHAP. XXVI.
REVISED VERSION.
incredible
raises the

171

GREEK TEXT.
vfiiu, et 6

God
self,

should raise the dead?

eyeipu ;

eyio

/xev

0eo9 veKpovs Is it judged ovv eoo^a you "that God

with

dead?

9 I verily thought with my- efxavTcS TTpos to ouofia Irjaov I, indeed, thought -with myself 9 that I ought to do many that I ought to do many things Tov Na^wpaiov 8eiu ttoXXo, Ivavthings contrary to the name of against the name of Jesus of Tia irpa^af o kul eiroiyaa ev Jesus of Nazareth. Nazareth. Which things I also 10 10 Which thing I also did IepoaroXvp.OL9, kou ttoXXovs tu>v did in Jerusalem and many of
:

in

Jerusalem

and

many

saints did I shut up in prison, Ti]v irapa twv dp^iepecou i^ov- having received authority from having received authority from and when di'aipovp.ei'cou re the chief priests the chief priests and when they atav Xa^wv they were put to death, I gave were jjut to death, I gave my avTcou KaTi]veyKa \j/i](f)oi>. Koi
; ;

of the aylcou iyco (j)vXaKaL9 KareKXeiaa,

the saints I shut up in prisons,

voice against them. 11 And I punished


in

them
;

Kara
oft

Tracras"

ray avpaycoya? ttoX-

my vote against them. And punishing them often throughall tlie

every synagogue, and com-

XaKLs

Tifxcopcou

avTOVs, TjvayKa^ov out


eyu-

synagogues, I comto
revile
^Jesus,

pelled them to blaspheme and ^Xa(j^i~ip.(lv TrepLcraS)^ re being exceedingly mad against jjLaLvopievos avrols, iSicoKOu

f)elled

them

eco^

them, I persecuted tlicm even KUL ? ei> oi? Taf e^co TToAet?. unto strange cities. Koi Troptvojxevos els ti-jv Aap.a12 Whereupon, as I went to Damascus, with authorit}' and (TKOU per e^ovcrlas koI iTTLTpoTrrjs commission from the cliief Ti]s irapa rav dp-yj.epi(iiv, i)pepriests,

pas pcn]s, Kara Tr]v 68ov elSou, ovpavodev virep ri^v in the way a light from heaven, iSaa-iXev, above the brightness of the sun, Xap.7rpoTi]Ta tov tjXlov, TrepiXashining round about me, and p.\j/ai' pe (f)co9 Koi Tovs ipo\ them which journeyed with me. 7ropevop.evov9. ttolvtcov 8e kuAnd when we had 14 And when we were all
13 At mid-day,

king, I

saw

aw

being exceedingly mad against them, persecuted I them even to foreign cities. In doing this, as I went to Damascus, with authority and commission from the chief priests, king, I saw along at mid-day, the ^way a light from heaven, above the brightness of the sun, shining round about me, and those that journeyed with me.

and

12

13

all fallen to 14

fallen to the earth, I heard a TaTrecrovTcav rjpwu els ttjv yrjv, voice speaking unto me, and 7]K0vaa (pcofi]!^ XaXovaav ivpos saying in the Hebrew tongue, pe Kol Xeyovaav Trj E^paidi Saul, Saul, why persecutest thou StaXeKTcp, SaovX, SaovX, tl p.e me ? It is hard for thee to kick SicoKeisj aKXrjpov (rot Trpos Kevagainst the pricks. 1-5 And I said. 'Eya> 8e elirov, art thou. Tpa XuKTi^eiv.

the earth, I heard a voice speak-

ing to me, and saying in the Hebrew tongue, Saul, Saul, why

Who

''

And he said, I am Jesus Tis ei Kvpie; 'O 5e elirev, Eyca thou persecutest. elpi 'Irjaovs ou av StcDKeis. ''aA16 But rise, and stand upon thy feet for I have appeared Xa avaaTrjBi, Kat o'TrjOi ein tovs unto thee for this purpose, to TToSas (TOV els tovto yap uKpdiju
Lord ?
'

whom

do you persecute me? It is hard for you to kick against goads. And I said. Who art And he said, I thou. Lord? am Jesus whom you persecute. But rise, and stand upon your feet for I have appeared to you for this purpose, to make you a minister and a wit:

15

16

El

is

very generally translated by

if.-

by

that, in

the com.

speak

against

Christ,

or

to

speak

disparagingly of him,

is

ver.

Tl, interrogative,

what ?

indicative of surprise.

According blasphemy.
'

to punctuation in Bagster's selected readings,

we punctuate and

Kara

T?;v

oSov, " on the Kay,"

Do Wette,

(Mey., Eob.)

render
'

it,

What ?
revile

Is it judged, etc.

" along the this

way," Hack.

To

Jesus.

Jesus,

in

place,
it

is
is

necessary

Instances of this formula are given, from Greek and

Roman

supplement
the
sense

to of

ordinary readers.
the
passage.
It

Indeed,

coutextnally
if

writers.
"

was not

as

some,

not

Nam

quae inscita est,


calces."

many, of the uneducated imagine, to blaspheme God.

To

Adversum stimulum

Terence.

172

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. CHAP. XXVI.


KING JAMES VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.
(Toi,

REVISED VERSION.
vTrrjpe-

thee a minister and a witness both of these things which thou hast seen, and of those things in the whicli I will appear unto thee 17 Delivering thee from the people, and from the Gentiles,

make

Trpo^eLpiaaaOaL ae

ness both of those things

you
;

TTjv Kol

/xapTupa cov re et^ey wv


aoi,

re
i'o?

6(f)0)]croiJ.a[

e^aipov/xe/cat

ere

e/c

tou

Xaov

rau

edvwv,

els

obs vvv ae airoareXXo),

avol^aL oljyOaXjxovs avrcov, rov unto whom now I send thee, IS To open their eyes, and eTnaTpeyj/ai ajro (tkotovs els (f)cos to turn tJicm from darkness to /cat Trjf f^ovaias rov Sarava eVi light, and from the power of Satan unto God, that they may Tov Oeov, Tov Xafielv aurovf receive forgiveness of sins, and in- acpeo'Li' afxapTLoJv, kol KXrjpov iv
lieritance

among them which

are

by faith that is in me. 19 Whereupon, O king Agrippa, I was not disobedient unto
sanctified

Tois i]ycaa-/j.ei'oif, TrlareL


efxe.

rfj

eiy

have seen, and of those tilings in which I will appear to you delivering you from the peopie, and from the Gentiles, to whom I now send 'you, to open their eyes, that they may turn from darkness to light, and from the power of Satan to God, tliat they may 'receive forgiveness of sins, and an inheritance among them that are sanctified, by the
faith respecting kme.

i"

18

^'''OOev fiaaiXev 'Aypirr-

ira,

ovK

eyepofj.j]v

the heavenly vision

ovpavico oTTTacna,

20 But shewed first unto them AafiaaKcS 7rpa>Tov kol 'lepoaoof Damascus, and at Jerusalem, and at Jerusalem, and throughAv/j.019, et? iraaav re TTfv y^copav and throughout all the coasts of out all the region of Judea, Judea, and tlica to the Gentiles, Trjs lovSaias, kol toIs eOveaLv, and then to the Gentiles, that

Whence, king Agrippa, I was not disobedient to the aXXa tol9 ev heavenly vision, but showed first to those of Damascus,
uTreidi^s
rrj

19

20

'

For rvf, Gb., Ln.,


Toi'
Xafliiv,
X. T.

Tf. substitute eyco.

The

translators of the Received Version were quite arbi-

trary in their respect to the presence of the article.


'

L, expresses the direct object of the


first.

forty times they have annihilated


the apostles wrote
fitable
it

it

in their version,

Some when

second
This

infinitive,
is

and the alternate object of the

Hack.

as all important to the proper

and pro-

an impressive, as well as a most perspicuous and


Paul's work is sen" opening " closed

understanding of the mind of the Spirit.


;

connected summary of means and ends.


tentiously expressed under the figure of
eyes, or blind eyes.
this place as the

UioTis, faith, and


ideas.

ttioth,

the faith,

are very distinct


in

This was his work, being declared in

We

have this most important common noun

the

end of his mission. Their work, whose eyes were enlightened, is also explicitly declared. It is distinctly, 1st, turning from darkness to liglit 2d!y, and, consequently,
;

apostolic writings in

two very
;

different, distinct,

and clearly

appreciable
plated.
less
it

attitudes

subjectively

and objectively contemit is

When
become
;

used subjectively, in reference to a 2'6rson, unitself the

that tliey might receive,


in

first,

a " remission of sins

"

and,

subject of a proposition,

an-

the next place,


the

"an

and then again


" hy faith."
I"

and association. On turning to Paul's splendid It is Ttiarei rr] cis eus. development of the renowned " cloud of witnesses," lie sumHioTee rri etg efie. " Our English translators, and some mons the mighty men of faith to demonstrate his own defiothers, join with riyinoitci'Oi; but the words specify evidently nition of it. He first defines faith, and gives ttvent>/-three the condition by which believers obtain the pardon of sin. and cases of it, illustrative of it as a principle of action in its suban interest in the heavenly inlieritance." Ilackett. Jlh is ject. In each and every one of these cases it is anarthrous. seldom represented by upoii, and even in those cases it may In conclusion (Ileb. 11 39) he saj'S, oiroi Tiarrcs /tn^Tv^z]significance
:

inheritance amongst the sanctified; means are proposed "through faith," or

arthrous

when

objectively, with the article alwa_ys, or

with

some other distinguishing connective,

indicative of its special

be, if not more, intelligibly rendered " in

regard

to," in re-

O'evres Sia rrje Tiiarecos.


tively,

Thus distinguishing
;

the faith objec-

ference to"

or,

in order
rrj.

to

some end, or
is

object.

from faith subjectively contemplated

an

inheritance

the distinctive and most characteristic instrument in the Evangelical dispensation, or the
present existing administration of the remedial system, conBuumiated in the person, the mission, and the work of the

Ets

= Ttiarei

This

through the faith.


Ei; cue, towards
formulas of speech.
ine,

into me, are


to

awkward and clumsy


me, or respecting me,
of which, and

With regard

are not only good English, but as fashionable as unto me, to-

Lord Jesus Christ.


It
is

Faith is, however, but an instrument. never an ultimate end, but a means to the attainment of ultimate ends.

ward many
11,

me, concerning me, upon me, at me,

all

similar are, in com. ver., constituted representatives of


its

numerous and various

associations.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSION.
that they should repent and turn
to God, and do works meet

CHAP. XXVI.
REVISED VERSION.

173

GREEK TEXT.
for

caught me in the temple, and went about to kill me. 22 Havinar therefore obtained help of God, I continue unto this day, witnessing botli to small and great, saying none other things than those which the prophets and Moses did say should come: 23 That Christ should suffer, und that he should be the first that should rise from the dead, and should shew light unto the people, and to the Gentiles. 21 And as he thus spake for hin:self, Festus said with a loud voice, Paul, thou art beside thyself; much learning doth make thee mad. 25 But he said, I am not mad, most noble Festus; but speak fortii the words of truth and
soberness.

aTrayyeXXwv jxeTavoelv, kul errL- they should 'reform and turn aTpe(peii' iirl rov Oeou, a^ia ri]? to God, and do works proper for reformation. For these repentance. irpaaaovTa^. ^eravoias ^pyoi 21 For these causes the Jews ^^ eveKO. TOVTCov [xe ol 'lovSaLoi causes the Jews seized me in
avXXafiojxevoL eV

21

tw
r?/?

lepcf,
"

eirei-

the temple, and tried to kill Having, hov^ever, obme.


tained the help of God, I con-

22

pa>vTO Sia'^eiplaaadaL.

errcKov-

play

Tov tinue to this day, testifying Oeov, a^pi- Ti]s rj/J-epas TavTTjS both to small and great, sayeaTrjKa, p.apTupovp.ei/o^ l^'-'^P^ "^^ ing no other thftgs than those KUL fxeyaXcp, ovSeu kto9 Xeycov which the prophets and MoeXaXrjaav ses did say would come that ol TPyao^T^rai U)v re the Christ "was to suffer, and jxeXXovTcov yLveaOat kul Mcoaiis, that he first, by his resurrec'^ el 7radrjT09 o Xpiaro^, el wpcotion from the dead, would T09 e^ avaaraaews veKpu>i> 0c5? show light to the people, and ovv
TV)(a>i>

irapa

23

fieXXet KarayyeXXeiu
TOLs eOveai.
^*

rS Xaw koL Tavra 8e avrov

to the Gentiles.

And

as

he thus spoke

for 24

coToXoyovpLevov, 6 <PrjaToy p.eya- himself, Festus said with a Paul, you are mad, Xrf Ty <l>(>ivfj e(prj, MaLvrj UauXe- loud voice, learning has made you much pa-

ra TToXXd ae ypapp-ara eh
viav TrepiTpeTrei.
paivopcaL,
(jirjirl,

^^

'

8e,

Ou

KpaTtare

^Pijare,

aAA' aXi-jBela? kuI


p/]p.aTa

aco(f)poa-ui'r]s
eiri-

mad. Buthe says, lam not mad, 25 most excellent Festus but speak the words of truth and For the 26 of a sound mind.
;

OLTTOcpdeyyopai.

king well knows concerning


these
things,

26 For the king knoweth of ararai


these things, before
I
also

yap

irepl tovtcov o jSaai-

before

whom,
;

for whom Xeuf, irpos ou /cat TrappTjaia^oI am persuaded that none of speak fi-eel}'. For I am perp.evos XaXS)' XavOavetv yap avrov these thiuss are hidden from suaded that none of these things TTeLdopLai ovSev ov him TOVTutu ov TL for this thing has not this from him for are hidden thing was not done in a corner. yap eaTLv ev ycovca Treirpayp.euoi' been done in a "corner. King

therefore, I speak boldly

'

27

/leravoaa and /leiavota should be represented

more penetrated with the conviction that suffer in order to fulfill the Scripture." Haekett. " Some make on, i. e., the sign of a moderated assertion." Hack. " That in all cases by et wo^dd suffer death," Wakef Penn " shoidd suffer," Christ They are not equivalents to fxera- the rrform and reformation. When and where the Holy Spirit Thomp., Bootln-. According to Haekett, the Apostle " apfcelofim and fitiafiEleta.
I

"We are

still

uses

not reformatio.

question on the Jewish side of it, not on the and that was, whether the Messiah being such as many That sinners should not only be of the Jews expected, coidd suffer." Others make ci equal on, duct, nor a change of life. He is, that he would suffer, and that he would rise, etc. regret, and mourn over the past not merely profess that, penitent

two words, we should not use only

one.

Pxnitentia

is

proaches the
Christian,

change of views

is

not a change of con-

reformation, but do works meet, or suitable to such profession

indeed, the TtQororoxos

ey.

rmv

vexqoiv with Christians.

But

of reformation.
reminiscences

of
;

thereMerafitXeia is mere painful and sorrouful such was not the Messiah expected by the Jews. And, the past, pregnant with fearful forebodings fore, the point in debate was whether, according to prophecy,

but a change of views, a change of mind and the Messiah touU suffer death. Paul proved that he could die, Scriptures. life are represented by fie- and did die, according to the ScofQoavvr], sobriety. So rendered in its two other occurThere are works meet and suitable to a change of invoia. views and a change of heart which are called worhi meet for rences in Paul's writings. It is an antithesis of ftaiia ov fcnn-oof the
future

purpose, a change of heart and of

repentance.

" El Ttadrjos o Xoiaroi, might otherwise be rendered, whether but to the


the Christ can
snifer.

/uataXrid-eias, of truth, " as opposed not merely to falsehood, fancies and hallucinations of a disordered intellect."

De

"Wette,

Mey.

"

Not whether he must Haekett.

174
KING JAMES
27 thou thou 2S
the prophets
believest.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


VERSION.
believest Tovro. that AypiTTTra

CHAP. XXVI.
REVISED VERSION.
^acrtXev Agrippa, do you believe the

GREEK TEXT.
TTia-TeveLf

King Agrippa,
'!

know

toIs TrpocptjTaLS j ol8a prophets? I


^
'

know that you beThen Agrippa said


28

Agrippa said unto Paul, Almost thou peisuadest 7ra? TT/aos" tov UavXov e(pr], JEv to Paul, You in alittle time peroXiyo) [JL TTeiOei^ XpLariavov suade me to become a "Chrisme to be a Christian.
Tlien

oTL Triareueis.

8e 'Ayplir- lieve them.

Ev ohyco tQovm, in a lillle Buade me to be a Christian. By

time.

At

this rate
o).iyo>

you

per-

field,

and every fowl of the air to

Adam

to see

what he would

taking ev

as quanti-

call

them.

And whatsoever Adam

called every living creature,


:

Gen. 2 19. Adam was, out this sense from that became the name thereof." you persuade me to become therefore, the most learned zoologist that ever lived. But we must hear the profound Kuinoel on this verb chreca Christian." In other words (said sarcastically), "you apX^iifian^co {ckrcemalizoo) among the Greeks in peal to me as if you thought me an easy convert to your matizoo. " Should ev fteyaXio, according to Mey. and Tf., be Attica indicated to transact anything, or so to transact a faith." adopted as the current reading in Paul's repl}', instead of ev matter that it should thence obtain a name. His own words
tative instead of ttkporal, Jleyer brings

the expression.

''

with

little effort

mon

noU.m, this would be correct but the testimony for the com- are: " Atticis erat res agere ; apud recensiores res ita agere text outweighs that against it," Hack., Neander, De nt nomcn inde adisj>icaris hinc significatione intransitiva." Wette. It is at present held to be unpliilological to translate In consulting Thesaurus Gracre Unguis, secundum Constan" The Greek for tini methodum et SchrcvclUi, Reseratus, concinnalus, et adornaev oltyii) almost (Beza, Grotius, Eng. Ver.).
;

that sense would have been ohyov Set, or 7ta^ oXiyov. tas, studio et induslria Guilelmi Robertson, Cantahri giee, a.d. Agrippa appears to have been moved by the apostle's earnest 1676, we find this name dilated upon in the words following, manner, but attempts to conceal his emotion under the form to wit: " X(>i]iiaTtaai rovs fia^r^ra; X^ioriuvovs, nam cognoof a jest," Hack. menta hominibus imponi solebant ex negotio quod tractabant, Whatever may have been liis motives or convictions, sin- vel ex efficio quo fungebantur item oraculo reddo. RespionDiodorus." cerely or insincerely expressed, he gives conspicuity and sum do at j}ostulata, ut TT^eofieias yoy-/inTiL,eiv.
;

emphasis to the Christian name as then of some notoriety.

To

this high authority

we
:

shall only
^'

add that of Leigh's


scil. it

Crit.

As

to the origin, of this'name, the consideration of


:

which we

Sacra, London, a.d. 1650:


nitas nuncior.

X^rjiiaTi^ia, oftai, nominor, Divi-

deferred to this place though occurring ch. 11


called

26,

we
:

are

Rom.

3,

yor^uaTioei, vocabitur

adultera
indicates

upon
4
16.

to notice.

The word Xqiotiuvos


this

is
:

found only
26; 20 28;

she shall be called an adulteress."


" to he called" " to be

Acts 11
call

26

three times in the Christian Scriptures. Acts 11


1 Pet.
,
:

named," not to
further.

themselves.

Let

Whether

name was

self-imposed, or im-

us hear Kuinoel a

little

" Quieritur, imposuerintne

posed on the disciples of Christ by their enemies, is even yet a litigated question. The com. ver. makes the disciples ^assive

Christi Sectalores sibi ipsi hoc nomen,


aliis.

Christi cultores ipsos

primum usos

an illud acceperint ab esse Christianorum

in receiving this

name; so does Wakef., Murd., Dodd.,

appellatione

non modo probari

nequit, sed etiam gravibus ne-

Thomp., Boothr., Wiclif, Tynd., Cranmer, the Genevan, the gari potest argumentis. Primum enim, si sibi ipsi peculiare Rheims, all lying before me. I have before me also the London nomen vindicasscnt, invidiam adversus .se graviorem excitasPoh-glott, publi-shed

by Bagster and

Sons, under the super-

scnt. et

magis magisquc aluissent."

" That the Christian wor-

vision of the distinguished Dr. Lee.

In this admirable work

shipers placed this


all scriptural

name upon

themselves is not only void of

at one opening,

we have

the Hebrew, Greek, Latin, German,

evidence; but can be denied with weighty ar-

French, Spanish, Italian, and English Old Testament and guments. If they had asserted, or vindicated a right to the New ; and in all these, so far as we understand them, we find name, they would have only excited a more grievous enmity

them unanimous and uniform


Antioch not as
active-,

in presenting the disciples at against themselves, and more and more nourished it." So but as passive, in receiving the name reasoned Kuinoel. Besides, the Greek text, fairly interpreted, Christian. Superadded to these authorities the impressive affords no authority for such an idea. That it may with all fact that every creature in the universe is j>assive, in receiving propriety, and with little or no reasonable offense, now be as-

a name, confirms our convictions that neither Paul nor Barnabas, nor

sumed and worn by the disciples of Christ everywhere, is any inspired man, then and there, first called the dis- not to be questioned, at least, comes not within our present ciples of Christ at Antioch Christians. Sacred history, from horizon.
gave the

God himself But it may be said. Does not the word yQr,iiartt,co in Hegave to his wife the name brew style intimate a Divine oracle ? Does it not in the Eve, or life, and to the whole animal creation around him. Christian currency imply or involve a Divine communication-, He did this work so appropriately that God confirmed it all or suggestion? We can positively say that while this may
its first

to its last page, presents this view.


first

man

a name.

Adam

for

Moses

says, "

The Lord God brought every beast of the sometimes be the

case, it

does not necessarily indicate such an

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSION.
29 And Paul
said, I

CHAP. XXVI.
REVISED VERSION.

17-5

GREEK TEXT.
to yepeat/ai. rOo

would

^'O
1/

Be IlavXos eiirev, tian.


Oeco,

And Paul
tliat

said, ^I -would 29

God, that not only thou, but JEv^aiixrjv av


also all that hear

t(S

Kal

ii>

to

God,

not only you, but

me

this day,

o\iya>
are,

KttL

TToAAw ou jiovov

also all that hear

me

this day,

were both almost, and altogether


39

aXka

/cat

Travras tovs olkovov- were,

in

little

or

much

such as I am, except these bonds. ras

fJLOv <rrjixpov,

yeveadai tolov- time,


elfJLl,

such as I am, except

And when he had

thus TOVS OTTOLOS KayCi


ecTTOVTOs
koll
kolI

TrapSKTOS these bonds.

s]ioken, the king rose up, and rcou SecTfxcoi/ tovtcou.

Kal ravavearrj
i]

And when

he had said these

30

the governor, and Bernice, and Ta

auTou,
6
ol
'

o things, the king rose nip, and

they that sat with them

j3aaiXevs
liepvLKTi,
>

r^yefxcov,

re the governor, and Bernice, and


31

who sat with them, and they were gone " \ 31 Kac aua-^copijaaure^ when they had gone aside, they talked between them- avTOLs. XaAovi> irpos aXkrjXovs Xeyovres, they talked among themselves, selves, saying. This man doeth Otl ovSeu Oavarov a^iov ?; 8e- saying, This man does nothing nothing worthy of death, or of cr/jLcou Trpaa-cret. 6 avOpcoiros avTOs. worthy of death, or of bonds. bonds.
31

And when

(TvyKadrjfievoc they
'

aside,

32 Then said Agrippa unto


Festus, This

"

'Ayplinras 8e
OVTOS,

rcS ^rjarco

e(f)rj,

Then Agrippa
if

said to Festus, 32
set

man might have ATToXeXvadat


if

iSui/aro 6 avOpco- Tliis


[XTj

man might have been

been set at liberty,

he had TTOS

(.1

ETreKeKXTJTO at liberty,

he had not ap-

not appealed unto Cesar.

Kaicrapa.

pealed to Cesar.

idea.

Its use in the Christian Scriptures does

not always

in-

man
him

suffer as

a Christian,
in that

dicate such an idea.


is fully

For example,

in its nine occurrences it

glorify

God

let him not be ashamed, but let name;" or, ' o?i account of that

exhausted by the words, called, admonished, spoke. ?iame," Penn.


:

It is the

most probable presumption, that be-

she shall be called an adulteress, according to ing the custom in all the sects of philosophy to call the school " It after its founder Phitonists, Pythagoreans, Aristotelians; or law, not according to a Divine suggestion, or impulse.

Rom.

3,

was revealed," Luke 2 26, and it is once represented by the mere term spoke, Heb. 12 25, and by the Romans translated appellor, nominor. in their own currency to name, named
:
:

as the Christian sects, Lutherans, Calvinists, Arminians, etc.,


glorify their founders.

So did

t.he disciples

either voluntarily,

or

by
let

constraint, the author and the founder of the faith.

Xor^utt, its root in Greek,


tas.

is,

ncgoiium

res, consilium, necessiit

" If

They assume too much who say


ill

necessarily involves
It

but
P

any man suffer as a Christian, let him not be ashamed, him glorify God on that account."
^-'rffi/

the idea of a Divine oracle

this connection.

may, or

it

may
that

not, is
it.

the most that can be philologically and truthfully


It would, indeed, be assuming too

Eviai/aiv av Tiy Qsca, I could


feelings.
y.ai

to

God, according to

said of
it

much,

to affirm
It is

my

Av, with the optative, intensifies the idea,


ev TioXXm.

here indicates a special Divine communication.

ev oliyat

Eftj

(v.

28) omitted by Ln., Tf Gb.


,

quite as possible

and as probable, that because the

disciples

For TtoUoj,
yaXtp.
1

Ln., Tf.,

Gb.

suljstitute, as

a better reading, ue-

of Jesus spoke so

much

of his being the CJirist, that their

enemies indignantly called them Christians.

This becomes
16, " If

After

ai'earr],

rs

is

properly inserted before 6 flaadev;,


etc.

more

plausible from an allusion to the suiFerings of the early


:

both the king and the govemor,


is

Then

the

king

rose

up

Christians on the part of Peter, 1st Ep. ch. 4

any

in better taste.

176

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. CHAP. XXVII.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.
CHAP. XXVII.

REVISED VERSION.
CHAP. XXVII.
airoTrXe'Lu

CHAP. XXVII.
that

And vs^hen it was determined, we should sail into Italy,

'f}S Se
?;/iay

eKpldrj

tou

And when

it

was determin-

ei?

Trjv

IraXiav,

they delivered Paul and certain 8ovu Tov re IlavXov otlier prisoners unto one named tain other prisoners to a cenerepovs Sea/JLCOTaf eKaToi^rapyQ), Julius, a centurion of Augustus' turion of the Augustan "cohort, ovofxaTL IovX'lw, (TTTeipTjf Se^aband. named Julius. And entering ^ 7nj3dvTef (TTrj^. 8e TrXotcp 2 And entering into a ship into a vessel of Adramyttium, of Adramyttium, we launched, 'ASpa/j.VTTT]i'a>, /xe'AAoire? irXelv Hve put to sea, being about meaning to sail by the coasts of Tovs Kara rrjv 'Aalav tottovs, to sail by the coasts of Asia, Asia, one Aristarchus, a Mace- di^7])(d-)]/xi>, ovTO^ rj[xiu 'Apt.- Aristarchus, a Macedonian of donian of Thessalonica, being ardp^ov MaKehovos OeaaaXouL- Thessalonica, being with us. witli us. ^ TYj re irepa KaTrj-)(dripev And the next day we landed K^cos. 3 And the next day we touchand Julius courteat Sidon ed at Sidon. And Julius cour- et? ^iScoi^a- (j)LXavOpoiTrcoy re 6 ously treated Paul, and gave teously entreated Paul, and gave 'TovXiOf Tcp ITavXcp y(^pr]aapLevo;, i}im liberty to go to the Idni liberty to go unto his friends

TrapeSi- ed that we should sail to Italy, kui nvag they delivered Paul and cer-

aw

eTreTpeyjfe

rrpos

(j)lXovy

Tropev-

to refresh himself.

'friends, to

partake of their

* /cakindness. And when we bad 4 And when we had laxinched Oevra eVt/^eAeiW Tv^eiv. from thence, we sailed under KeWeu dva')(6evTes VTreTrXevcrap-ev "loosed I'rom thence, we sailed

"

Ey.ot.9-t]
it,

time of

infinitive

Not their departure, but the and of these, out of Luke's writings, only three arc found. So ijfias. we (Luke and company) should snil. Tlie largely in the use of this word, he gives much latitude to its with rov is generally indicative of purpose. Tiras import, as well as a very free circulation. Our translators
rov nnoTtleiv
thai
;

iiepovs SeofiioTas, certain other prisoners

irs^os, other

tan-

found themselves obliged to give no


version of
it.

less

a variety in their

tamount to aXXog
cohort
''

oTiEi^rjs SejSaffnis,

of the Augustan band or

On examining
it

it

with much care, we find they


:

called Italian generally composed of Italians.


ASQituvTTip'it), a ship of

have given to
launch forth,

the following variety of representatives

lead,

W.oKo

xVdramyttium, a sea-port
is

lead up, bring, bring up, bring up again, take up, launch,
offer,

ftellovres

Here are loose, sail, set forth, depart. and distinguishable acts represented in the currency of one man by one and the same word and thes6 y.ara tr/v Aaiav ronovs ; s after nXuv seems to be wanting, and is in some texts supplied. By what authority we know occurring in only two of the twenty-seven documents that
of Mysia.
MiX?.ovri,

by Gb.,

Tf.

and Meyer,

preferred to

ambiguous

according to

De Wette.

Ztleiv rovs

thirteen distinct

not.
'

constitute the Christian Scriptures


KaTrjiOr^fitv cti ^iScorn, first per. plur. aor. 1. ind. pass.,

of xnrayco, deduco.

We
duco
;

landed at Sidon, x xara, deorsum,


literally, ice

downwards,
fines of

et ay",

were home down into


visited the con-

Sidon, a Phoenician city.


;

Our Saviour had


:

Tyre and Sidon reported Matt. L5 21. Tovg rpdovs, This not his friends, but the friends, i. e., the brethren. title, ol (fiXoi, of the brethren, occurs 3d John, v. 15, twice. <Pi}M}'ti'()(07toi3 re b lovlios roj UavXqj y^or^oauEi'os. ^Qa(o,

cummodalo

do, quasi e

manu

in

manum

/ benignantb/ place
most benignantly.
'I//tattni
:

my hand

in yours.
;

Captain Julius treated benignantly, phiis

lanthropically

courteously,

not enough

Captain .Julius was a true

Roman

gentleman.

may
**

be indefinite; about a week.

Uack., ch. 20

C,

inra ''Means

much, then, depends upon the subject, and the coi> and the discrimination of the interpreter or translator. As further developing the progress of our language and of the literature, the taste and science of the age we live in, and more especially the marvelous change that has silently and progressively come upon our language and our taste, we shall give a few versions of the 4th and 5th verses of this 27th ch. " And whanne we remoueden fro thennes we vndirsaileden to Cipro, for that Wyndis werun contrarie. V. 5, And we seilcden and camen to Listris that is in the see of Silici, and Panflli V. 4, "And from thence lanched Licie." Wiclif, A. D. 1380. we, and sayled harde by Cypers because the wyndes were contrarye. V. 5, Then sayled we over the sea of Cilicia and
test,
:

How

probably about a week.

AvaxOsvres

vTZETzXevorcfisv ttjv

KvTt^ov
;

evavrtovs,

Paraphilia

and cajne to Myra a


V. 4, "

cite

in Lyciia."

Tyndale,

Avayco,

A. D.

1534-

And whan wo had

launched from thence,

subduco, adduco, produco, reduco


dere.

avayeir,

proficcrc, ascen-

we

Crit. Sacra.

This

is

word

of special favor with Luke.


is

trarye.

sayled hard by Cypers, because the Wyndes were conV. 5, And whan wo had sayled over the see of Cylicia
is in

In the Christian Scriptures avayto

found twenty-four times

and Pamphilia we cam to Myra which

Lycia." Cranmer,

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. XXVH.
REVISED VERSION.

177

GREEK TEXT.

Cyprus, because the winds were Tr]v Kvirpov, Sia to tov^ aue/xovf under Cyprus, because the And to t Tre'Aayo? winds were contrary. elvaL ivavTLOvs. 5 And when we had sailed TO Kara Trjv KlXlkmv kou Uap.- when we had sailed over the sea along Cilicia and Pamphyover the sea of Cilicia and Pamcontrary.
phylia,

we came
there

(f)vXiau BiairXevcravTes, KaTrjXOofJXV


els

to

Myra, a

city

of Lycia.

Mvpa

TTjs

A.VKLas.

KaKel
ttXoIov
et?

lia,

we came

to Myra, a city
6

the centurion found a ship of Alexandria sailing into Italy; and he put us
therein.

And

'

evpav 6 eKaTovTap^os AXt^au^plvov TrXeou


iTaXlav,
ive^L^acrev
ev iKavals
Se

of Lycia: and there the centurion found a ship of Alex-

Tyi/
et?

andria sailing into Italy, and

he put us on board of nt. And when we had sailed 7 And when we had sailed (BpaSvirXoovvTes, kol /xoXcf yeuo- slowly many days, and with slowly many days, and scarce fievoc KUTU TTjv Kvl8ov, pt] irpo- 'difficulty came off Cnidus, were come over against Cnidus, the wind not permitting us, the wind not suffering us, we aeayvTos rjpa? tov avep-ov, VTreirsailed unto Crete, over against Xfvaapeu ttjv KprjTiqv KaTa we sailed ^under Crete, over against Salmone; and ''coastSalnione: ^ /uoAi? re TrapaXeSaXp-cov-qv ing along it with difficulty, 8 And hardly passing it, came yopevoL avTiju, r]X9op.ev els tottov came to a certain place called, unto a place which is called, The Fair Havens; nigh where- TLva KaXovp.evou KaXovs Aip.e- The Fair Havens near which uuto was the city of Lasea. vas, a> eyyvs r]v ttoXls Aaaaia. was the city of Lasea.
avTO.
rjpepacs
;

I'jpas

A. D. 1539. V. 4, ''And from thence we launched, and sayled UoXis. The com. vcr. supposes their having sailed so fat harde by Cyprus, because the Windes were contrary. V. 5, Then for the difficulties they had to encounter, which is absolutely sayled over the sea by Cilicia and Pamphilia, and came to the import of TtoXis. See again v. 8, which, in the com. vcr.. Myra, a cilie in Lycia." Cranmer, A. d. 1557. .4, "And sustains this change.
''

vvhen we had loosed thence vve sailed vnder Cypres, because the windes were contrarie. V. 5, And sailing the sea of Cilicia and Pamplia, we came to Lystra which is in Lycia." Rheims, a. d. 1582. V. 4, " And when we had lanched from thence we sailed rnder Cyprus, because the winds were contrary. V. 5, And when we had sailed over the sea of Cilicia and Pamphylia we came to Myra, a citie of Lysia." Com. Ver.
A. D.

^ 'TnenXevauiiiev

rtjv

K^t^tt^v

y.ara

^aX^covTjVy

we

sailed

under Crete against Salmone. Under Crete, not literally but under its protection against the wind and the swollen waves dashing upon its wind-beaten side. On the leeward, or " We sailed under Crete against sheltered side of the island.
Salmone."
nal name.
side,

This promontory

is

yet recognized, " forming the


still

1011.
in our

eastern extremity of that island," and

retaining the origiits

Such was the progress, and such were the changes


English Sacred Scriptures during 231 years.
It will

The
its

allusions to this island


all

and

wind-beaten

and

present map,

correspond with the references

be observed, that the proper names changed

less

than
being

here found.

the

common nouns.

The reason was, the


Again,
it will

originals

from which
''

they were borrowed were


Grecian and Roman.

substantially the

same,

MoXtg rs naqaXeyojievoi avn]v.


Proprie
scan
lilloris lego, I

IlaQaXeyofcat, prtetervel

be noted in

many

lego, preeternavigo.

places,

significat, q. d. lego liltus

that a few instances only appear in these two verses of a

Oram
had

the shore of the sea.

The Romans

change in the verbiage in our version, compared with the


authorized of 1611.

in their
hij,

nomenclature prcelernavigatio, a Tra^aTtXovs

These were not made by any assembly

sailing

or along the coast.


is

" Nautical authorities assure

recognized in Protestant Christendom, but were

made by the
is

us that this place

the furthest point to which an ancient

unauthorized editors or publishers of them.

This

the most

ship could have attained with northwestwardly winds, be-

convincing argument in vindication of the labors of the Bible

cause the land turns suddenly to the north."


(o

Hack.

Union to have a thorough revision. These selections were made without an election of any place.

Aaaaia.

ch is

here governed as an adverb


its

by

eyyvs.

which Christian churches abounded, spread over an area of 270 miles Literally, " xipon it." Luke abounds in nautical ex- in length, and 50 in breadth, celebrated for its lying poets, acpressions, and to do him justice, we ought to translate it, cording to Epimonidcs, is now called Candia, and famous only technically, " ho put us on board of it. for what it once was.
Crete, once covered with

hundred

cities in

"

178

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. XXVU.
REVISED VERSION.
9

GREEK TEXT.

Now, when much time was ' 'iKavov de )(p6vov SiayevofieNow a 'long time having when sailing was now uov, Koi ovTOs I'jSr] iirL(r(paXovi elapsed, the navigation being dangerous, because the fast was Tou ttAoos", Sia TO /cat r-tju vt]- now unsafe (because also the now already past, Paul admon- arelav ijSrj TrapeArjAvOeuai, ira- fast was already past), Paul
9
spent, and

ished

ihcrn,

10

And

prjveL 6

said unto them, Sirs,

'

I perceive that this voyage will

be with hurt and much damage, not only ul' the lading and ship, (fiopTov Kol Tov ttXolov,

Xiycov avrolf, exhorted them, saying, Sirs, I IlavXos Av8pe9, dewpco on /xera v^peco^ 'perceive that the voyage will violence and much Ka\ TToAA?;? ov p.ovov tou be with
Qiip-ias

10

aXXa

koL

loss,

not only of the cargo


ship,

but also of our

lives.

Tcov ^V)(S)v

Tjp.coi'

p-eXXeiv eaea-

and

but also of our


the

lives.

believed the 'helmsman and believed the master and the Tapy^os TOO KV^epvrjTrj kul too the owner of the ship rather owner of the ship more than vavKXi-jpw iireldeTO p.aXXou ?; than those things spoken by those things which were spoken Tols VTTO TOV UavXov XeyOpLEUOL^. Paul and because the haven by Paul. dvevdeTOV 8e tov Xipeuo^ vird- was lincominodious to winter 12 And because the haven p')(0VT0i TTpos Trapa^^eLpaalau, ol in, the majority also advised was not commodious to winter irXelovf idevTO ^ovXrjv dva^drjvai to depart thence, if by any in, the more part advised to depart thence also, if by any means KaKeWev, etTTCt)? 8vvaivT0 Koxav- means they might attain to they might attain to Pheuice, Ti^aavTes ls ^oiuiKa 7rapa)(cjj.a- Phoenix, to winter, which is a
:

11 Nevertheless, the centurion 6aL TOV irXovv.

^'O 8e

Nevertheless
iicaTou-

centurion

12

'

'Ixaiov Se xpoj'ov Stayci'o,uEi'ov, a long lime having


'Ixavos, in

now Luke
it.

the former by Luke


Iiave in classic
;

onl}'.

We

can give no reason for

transpired.

a former note,

we have shown
is

to be

of great latitude, reaching from

what

merely

sufficient or

which is great, and wortlty, and able, and all any given purpose, or as a means to any proposed end. Tr]p prjareiav is generally thought here to refer to the great fast observed on the celebrated day of the about the authe tenth of Tisri great national expiation " Philo also says that no prudent man tumnal equinox.
enough
to that

c;cos, a prince, from which the English word arch, a prefix to hisiwps and some political potentates and we have in classic Greek aQ/rj of

We

Greek the word

potent, svfficient for

largo currency as a constituent of the highest officials in all

realms.

We

indicates, in the

observe, once more, that a^x>]> wherever found, words of the distinguished Edward Leigh, of

the

first
;

half of the sixteenth century, non principium pas-

'

sivum

sed activum significat, a quo omnes creatunTj princi-

j)ium suum ducunt: quam interpretationcm utriusque Testathought of puting to sea after this season of tlie year.' The Greeks and Romans thought ment! pagina evinoit. Amama, Antibarb. Bib. Lib. 3. PrinJahn's ArchEeol., 357. that sailing in the Mediterranean was not safe after the middle cipium, John 1:1; height of p)lace, or superiority of man in. of October nor till after the middle of March. And this is his office, 1 Cor. 15 24. It is taken for the magistrate, Luke
:

not
J

far

from the

figui-es

on the Atlantic. with regard to physical na-

12

11.

Titus 3

1,

ctQxa',

qui mcro imperio ulunliir

thoso

&e(0Qem.

Literally, to see,

assobut to perceive, with reg.ard to the intellectual, the moral, ciates. Here the helmsman, or the jnlot, stands first, he is and the religious. We, however, metaphorically represent the the master of the ship. lie guides and commands its course, perceptions of the inner man by the outward senses of the .and, in this sense, he is not poetically nor rhetorically, but animal man. Hence we sec, and hear, and feel internally, as in fact the governor and director of the sliip, and, as such, well as externally. must be obeyed in his station by all aboard. To this effect ' Kv^eovrjzrj vavxlr^oo). Hero stand three ey.arovraQxos says Kuinoel: "Sed xi'fle^njrijs est guhcrnalor navis, qui cl.aofficers, the shipmaster, the centurion, and the owner of the vum tenet, et puppira dirigit." He holds the helm, and directs The last was most interested the shipmaster or pilot, ship. the ship. property, and his persons, and own having most responsible, Avsv&erov, was incommodious, inconvenient. The questhe centurion least concerned while at sea, but life at stake tion was, whether the}' should abide in that harbor or seek most responsible when on land. In this book we have two words in the original, representa- another, not whether thoy should proceed to Italy at that " Paul preferred that they should remain there, and tive of the same officer; ixarovrafxis, only found in this season.
ture,

who have primary and plenary power under God. But we must distinguish the xvfie^rrjTt^s from its two

book of Acts

and ixaToiTa(>xos, used by both JIatthew and the event

justified his discernment."

Hack.

Ol nXeiovi, the

'

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.
aai,

CHAP. XXVII.
REVISED VERSION.

179

GKEEK TEXT.
Xifiei/a
Trjy

and there to winter; ivldch is an haven of Crete, and lieth toward the south-west and north-west. 13 And when the south wind blew softly, supposing that tliey had obtained their purpose, loosing thence, they sailed close by

Kpijrrjs jQAe- haven of Crete, facing southJTOvra Kara Xl^a kcu Kara ^ajpov. west and northwest. > ? ' Vi ' S'^ Now when a south-wind viroTTve^vaavTO^ oe votov, oot^avres ttjs TrpoOeaecos KeKparr]-

13

blew moderately, thinking

to

have gained their purpose, having weighed anchor, they sailed


close

Kipai,

apavTs

acraov

irapeXe-

yovTO

Tr]v KprjTrjv.

per ov

by

Crete.

But imme-

14

TToXv 8e e/3aAe Kar auTrjs avep,os diately a "'whirlwind, called Crete. 14 But not long after there rv^coi>iKO, 6 KaXovp.evo9 Evpo- Euroclydon, struck against arose against it a tempestuous kXvScou. (TVvapiraaOevTOs Be the ship. And when it was wind, called Euroclydon. Tov ttXolov, Kai pj] hwapcevov borne away, and could not Ir5 And when the ship was bear up against the wind, givavTOCpdaXpceLi/ rw avepco, eiTLBovcaught, and could not bear up ing up, we let it drive. And ^^ vijaloif Se tl Tes i(f)epop.eda. into the wind, we let her drive. running under a certain small 16 And running unto a cer- VTToBpapovTes KaXovpevov KXavisland, called Clauda, with tain island which is called Clau8r]v, pLoXis Icy^vcrapev irepcKpadifficulty we were able to seda, we had much work to come
'^

15

IG

by the boat:
17

rei?

yeveadai

Tij? aKd(j)7]s-

^'

i-jp

cure the boat

which when

17

clpavrei, ^orjOeLaLs )(pu>VTO, viro- they had taken up, they used taken up, they used helps, un- ^(avvvvres to irXolov (jio^ovpevol helps, undergirding the shi)i and fearing lest they should dergirding the ship; and fearing re pLr/ ei? rrji^ avpriv eKireawaL, be stranded on the sand bank," lest they should fall into the )(aXacravTes to crKevog, ovtcos they lowered the sail, and so quicksands, strake sail, and so (j)epoPTO, S(j)o8pixis Se -^etpLa- were driven. Now we being is were driven.

Which when they had

18

And we

being exceedingly ^op.ev(ov

rjpcoi',
^

Tij

e^rjs eK^oXrjv exceedingly

tempest tossed,
19

tossed with a tempest, the next daij they lightened the ship; 19 And the third Jaij we cast out with our own hands the tackling of the ship. 20 And when neither sun nor

eiTOLOVVTO'
X^i-P^S

Kai

TTj

^V^

o'Kev)]u
"
P-'>']Te

the next day they lightened TpiTrj aVTOthe ship ; and the third day TOV ttXoIov we cast out with our own

hands the tackling of the ship. p.rjTe acTTpcou iirKpaivouTcou eVi And when neither sun nor stars had for many days apTrXeiovas Tjpepa?, T^ei/ucoj/o? re peared, and no small tempest stars in many days appeared, and no small tempest lay on ouK oXlyou iirLKeipievov, Xolttov lay on us, at last all hope vs, all hope that we should be TrepiTJpeiTO vracra iXirlf tov aco- that we should be saved was saved was then taken away. ^eaOaL rjpas. TroXXrjs Be uai- utterly taken away. But after much abstinence, 21 But after long abstinence, Tias VTvap')(ovarj?, TOTe (TTaOeLS 6 Paul stood in the midst of Paul stood forth in the midst of them, and said. Sirs, ye should IlavXos if peacp avTcov elirev, them, and said, Sirs, you have hearkened unto me, and jESei pav, oj av8pes, 7reLdap)(i]- should have hearkened to me, not have loosed from Crete, and cravTas p.ot prj avayecrOai airo ti]s and not have loosed from to have gained this harm and Crete, and so have "sustained Kpi-jTrjg, KepBrjaai re t^-jv vjipLV Yet now loss. this harm and loss. " kcu 22 And now I exhort you to TavTtiv Kol TrjV Qrjpiai'. I exhort you to be of good be of good cheer for there shall Tavvv irapaivu) vpds evdv/j-elv cheer; for there shall be no
epp[^j/ap.ev

Se

rjXiov,

29

21

22

majority.

proceeding to Phosnice, a port in Crete.

winds so called blew, viz., the southwest and the northwest. Hackett is very felicitous, as well as laborious in his exposiliarbor of this name on the south of Crete, and Ptolemy men- tion of the usual terms in this description. " TvfcoviKos, a whirlwind, called a Typhon, Euroaquilo tions a town called Plioenix, with a port which he names On tlie contrary, Stephanas Byzantinus calls the Northeastern, Euroclydon. Phocnicus. Ti]v avqriv, the syrtis ; so called as dravm together by town Phoenicus, which Hierocles again calls Phenice. Kara hfin y.ni y.ara ymoov, looking towards, facing, rather tlian currents of the sea. Bob.
consultation being had
the majority

were

for

Strabo mentions a

looking

10.

Lips and Corus,

i.

e.,

the points from which the

Ke^Sijaat.

Literally, gained, sustained.

ISO

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. XXVII.
REVISED VERSION.
loss of

GREEK TEXT.
aTTO/SoA?;

he no

loss of anij mail's life

among

you, but of the ship.

23 For there stood by me this night the angel of God, whose I am, and whom I serve, 24 Saying, Fear not, Paul thou must be brought before Cesar: and lo, God hath given
thee
all

them

that sail with thee.


sirs,

25 Wherefore,
shall be

be of good
it

cheer: for I believe God, that

was told me. 2G Howbeit, we must be cast upon a certain island, 27 But when the fourteenth night was come, as we were UTO,
even as
it

ovSe/xia any man's life among rod irXoiov. you, except the ship. ' V 23 For there stood by me this TrapeaTi] yap pot rrj vvktl TavTT) ayyeXo^ rov Oeov, ov elpi, night the angel of God, whose "^^ CO Kal Xarpevco, Xeywv, Mrj I am, and whom I also pworship, saying. Fear not, Paul; (jyolSov IlavXe, Kaiaapi ae Set "lyou must be brought before TrapaaTTjpaL' Kal ISov Keyapiarai Cesar: and lo, God has given croi Oeos Tvavras tov? irXdovTas to you all those who sail with p.6Ta aov. Ziio evavpeire avyou. Wherefore, sirs, be of 8pe9' TTLarevco yap rS Oec3 otl good cheer for 'I believe God, ovTCos iaruL Kad' ou rpoTTov Aethat it shall be even as it was "'' XaXrjTaL p.oi. etf vrjcrov 8e But still, we must told me. TLva Sel rjpaf iKireaetv. ^^'f2s be cast upon 'some island. 8e Teaa-apeaKaiSeKarrj vv^ iyeBut when the fourteenth
"^I'xrj?

yap

earai i^
'

vjxcou, irXijv

23

24

25

2G

27

Siacjjepope'i'coi'

7]pu>v iv rco

night

was come,

as

we were

''

AmoEiio, I worship, I

serve.

In
it is,

its

twenty-one occur-

worshiping, and sometimes

to

fall doion."

Dr. Fulk against

rences iu the Christian Scriptures,

in com. vcr., rendered

Gregory
" It

JIartin.
xvcov, canis,

four times worship, and seventeen times serve. ed," says Erasmus, " of the particle ).a, wliicli
fixed) for

"It
is

is

deriv-

comes from

a metaphor from the manner

added (premore vehemcnc_y, and the word r^stv, which signifies,


it is

of spaniels,
their

when they couch and crouch on the ground before masters. Zanchius on the second commandment: or,

according to others, from xuai, osculor to kiss because an and tremble at the presence of their masters." Suidas says, ancient custom of adoring amongst the Persians was by kissit is idem quod mercede servire, and sustains it out of profane ing the hand, the mouth, or the knees, which was the most writers, the same as to serve for wages. It is specially taken profound homage, or adoration. Vide Beza, Matt. 2:11; for sacrifice, which is a special part of Divine worship, accord- Rivet on Ps. 22 20 and Grotius on the second commandQvaiu and XuT^eia ment." Crit. Sacra. ing to both law and gospel, Rom. 12 7.
to tremble, because

the use of servants to be mucli

.afraid,

''

are joined together."

Crit. Sacra.

Ka/aa^t oe

Ssc TTcioaarrji'at.

',

it

is

necessary,

it

be-

AaxQeia.

In

its

five

occurrences in N. T., four of which

hehoovelh.

are found in Paul's Epistle to the

Hebrews and Romans,


and God,

it is
is

Kf/aoiarai

aov,
all

God has

given you

all

that sail with you.

represented

by the word
is

service,

in every case,

They should be

saved for the sake of Paul, because Paul

expressed, or implied.

had praj'cd for them. Such is the view of Calvin, Rengel, word consecrated to worship in its higliest Olshausen, De Wette, Ilackett, and others. Bengel here and most sublime sense, when and where Jchovak Elohim is remarks: "Faciliiis multi mali cum paucis piis servantur, tlie object, or where persons of great dignity, as his ambassaquam unus pi us cum multis reis peril. Navi huic similis " Slany wicked persons can be more easily Its Roman representative is adoro. dors, arc addressed. In mundus."
IIooaxvvsM
the

the Septuagint
to the

it is,

indeed, used promiscuously in reference


to

saved with a few pious persons, than one pious person perish

God and man. "Signipcat, proprie, with many wicked persons." Or, more sententious, " Many capitis inclinati gestum, cum moto a fronte galero, caput sub- wicked can be more easily saved with a few pious, than one mittimus. Erasmus. Adorare est manum ori admovere. It pious perish with many wicked. The world is like to litis signifieth an outward reverence of bowing down the body to ship."
homage paid
tlie

ground, as well falling

civil

as religious
to

homage.

It properly

'

JTiarevo),

believe.

This indicates his consciousness of

by which word Corne- an authority, of which he felt himself possessed, over the lius is represented as to hi.s manner of worshiping Peter, minds of his fellow-passengers. Acts 10 25." Crit. Sacra. ' i^ vr,aov Such indefiniteness rii/a, upon some island. " The Hebrew word Shachah doth properly signify, to how is in good keeping with all the scenes before them. It is also down, and, therefore, is used of such bowing down, as is not in harmony with the tenor of all Divine responses, or commusignifieth, in

down

worship,

for .adoration as Ps.

42

5, 6,

and

in divers other places.

This
in

nications to

Greek word

also signifies to use

some gesture of body

in end, indefinite in the

man, as to the future events of his means of escape.

life.

Definite

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSION.
driven up and

CHAP. XXVII.
REVISED VERSION.
vvktos borne along
in

ISl

GREEK TEXT.
'ASpla, Kara /xecrou
virevoovv
ol
rrjs

down

in Adria,

the 'Adriatic

midnight the shipmen deemed that they drew near to some country; 28 And sounded, and found twenty fathoms: and when they had gone a little further, they sounded again, and found it fifabout
teen fathoms.

vavraL

Tiva avTOLf )(a>pav

TrpocrayeLv sea, about mid night the seamen poAt- thought that they drew near
/cat

aavres
I3pa)(y
ttolXlv

evpou
8e

opyvLas

e'lKOcrr/cat

it.

BiaarrjaavTes,

some land; and sounded, and it "twenty fathoms and when they had gone a little
to

28

found

^oXlcravTes, eupov bpyvias further, they sounded again, ^^ re and found it fifteen fathoms. SeKaTrei/re' (j)ol3ovpepot fxijTTco? eh rpa^eh tottovs iKire- Then fearing lest we should
(TcocTLV,

29

29 Then fearing lest they should have fallen upon rocks, tliey cast four anchors out of the stern, and wished for the day. 30 And as the shipmen were about to flee out of the ship, when they had let down the boat into the sea, under colour as though they would have cast anchors out of the foreship, 31 Paul said to the centurion, and to the soldiers, Except these abide in the ship, ye cannot be
saved.

eK

Trpv/xvi]!

pLyj/avres have fallen

upon

'rocks, they

ayKvpas reaaapas, TjV-)(pvTO i]p.epav yeveadai. tcou 8e vavrcov


^TjTovvTcov (f)uye?v
e'/c

cast four anchors out of the


stern,

and longed
as the

for day.
30

rov ttXolov,

And

"seamen were

about to flee out of the ship, Kal ^aXaaavTcov ri]u aKa^rjv etf when they had let down the TTjv OaXaaaav, 7rpo(f)aaec cof /c boat into the sea, under preTrpcopa^ fieXXovTcov ayKvpas /c- tense of carrying anchors out eiireu 6 JJavXos tco of the foreship, Paul said to TelpeLU, eKaTOi>Tap)(r] kul rols arpaTLui- the centurion, and to the ^sol"^

31

raii,
TcS

'

Eav

pi]

ovroc pelvaaLv iv diers.


crcodrjvac

ttXolco,
"

vpeis

Unless these abide in ov the ship, you can not be saved.


the soldiers cut
oft"

32 Then the soldiers cut

off

dvvaaBe.

Tore

ol

aTparmraL Then

the

32

' TBoanoeay.aiSexarr] vv^, the fourteenth night since they lor KQTcuoi'a), all of which could be done simultaneouslj-, the put to sea ScacpBQOtiBviov rificov ev rt^ AS^tu, we being borne ship was immediately under command, and could be directed through (the waves) in the Adriatic. " It has been said that with precision to any part of the shore which oftercd a prosthe modern JIalta lies too far south to be embraced in the sea pect of safety." Hv^ovro fjfie^av yevcad'ai, (key desired that

so designated.

The statement

is

erroneous.

The Adriatic

in

day might come.


" Toiv Se vavTBiv,
seriously
x. T. 1.

our ancient maps was the name of the sea lying between Italy and Greece; but in its wider sense comprehended the Ionian Sea around
" Boa/i' Sicily,

near which stood Melite."

Hack.

firms the idea that the

This movement, so heartless, conseamen believed that the ship was so

damaged

as to render uncertain its fortunes for the


rr,v

Ss SiaarraavTs;, a short interval of time,

short

distance of space.

The

first

and a night. sounding was twenty


boat

Xalaaai'Tcov

axaifr,r,

so

recently hoisted

having lowered down on board ayxvQus txreiveiv,

the
to

But for Paul's attention and depth of the water, on the coasts of Malta, is yet pretty much discrimination, they would most likely have accomplished the same, according to the statements of modern sea-captains. their purpose, and jeopardized the lives of man3^ The firmness of the bottom as anchor-ground is yet celecarry, not cast out, anchors.

fathoms, the second, fifteen.

This rate of decrease, in the

brated.

In St. Paul's Bay, the traditionary locality of this

='

EiTtev oTQaTicoraie-

Paul, apprehending that the officers


to

shipwreck, every circumstance stated here, as to the entire


locality,
is

of the ship were implicated in the plot, addressed himself


the

in

good keeping with every allusion here, as shown


references to
it.

centurion

and

the

soldiers.

They had charge

of the
apostle.

in all the
'

modern

prisoners, as the centurion

had particular care of the

Except these (the seamen), said he, abide in the ship, you Strong and fearful apprehensions are inseparable from such cannot be saved. Soldiers could not manage the ship, and [We can confirm this fact from our own expe- without the aid of mariners the ship could not be brought to a position. This would indicate that the purpose or plan of abanrience, having been shipwrecked on the coasts of Scotland in land. just such a bay, and on such a rocky bottom, that our doning the ship was very general, seamen and sailors alike
Eis r^axeis totiovs, upon rough
anchors could not hold against the surges of the sea and the
tossings of the tempest.] "

= rocky places.

implicated in

it.

Ileuce the position taken

By

cutting

away the

anchors,

was

essential to their preservation that the

(ras ayxvQas Tte^islovxeg), loosing the bands of the rudders,

hibited from leaving the vessel.

by Paul, that it seamen be proTims means and ends are

{aferrss ras Jfi'xr^fjaj), and hoisting the artemon (^ena^avres indissoluble.

182

ACTS OP THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMEs' VERSION.

CHAP. XXVII.
REVISED VERSION.
^ropes of the boat, and let
fall
off.

GREEK TEXT.

the ropes of the boat, and let her fall off. Koi elao-av avTi-jv iKireauv. '^^ a^pL 33 And while the day was Se ou e/JLeXXeu rjixepa ylveaOai, coming on, Paul besought them TrapeKaXeL o IJauXos airavras all to take meat, saying, This puTaXa^elv Tpo(f)rj9, Xeycov, Teaday is the fourteenth day that ye have tarried, and continued o-apea-Kai8eKaTr]v (rrjfxepov rj/uLepav

it

And

while the day 33

was coming on, Paul besought them all to take food, saying,
'This
is

the fourteenth

day

that you have been waiting,

having taken nothino;. 34 Wherefore I pray you to take some meat; for this is for your health for there shall not an hair fall from the head of any of you. 3-5 And when he had thus spoken, he took bread, and gave thanks to God in presence of them all and when he had broken it, he began to eat. 36 Then were they all of good cheer, and they also took some meat. 37 And we were in all in the ship two hundred threescore and
fasting,
:

TrpoaSoKuivTes, aaiToi. SLareXelre,


IX7]8ei>

and continue
taken
I
for this

fasting,

having
34

TrpoaXajSo/ievoi.

^*

8io

nothing.

Wherefore

irapaKaXS) vpas TrpoaXa^elv rpo07;s"

pray you to take some food,


is

preservation: '-for there shall paf crcoTTjplaf virdp^er ovSeuo? not a hair perish from the head yap vp.u)u 6p^i^ e/c rris KeipaXrjs of any of you. And when he ireaelrai. ^ Elircov 8e ravra, kou had thus spoken, having taken
Xa^(j3v

TovTo yap irpos

'necessary for your

ttjs vp-ere-

3.">

aprov,

ev-^apiaTrjae
^^

0(> evcoTTiov iravTODV,

rjp^aro iadieiv.

'a loaf, he gave thanks to God tw in presence of them all; and koX KXaaaf when he had broken it, he beThen were they evdvp.0L Se gan to eat.
ail

36

yevopevoL iravre?, kou avrol irpo-

of 'good

cheer,
all

aeXd^ofTO
rep

rpocjir)?'

^'

also
r]p.ev

themselves

and they took some


''to- 37

8e iv

food.

Now

the souls

TvXoup al iraaai yj/v^ai, Sta- gether in the ship were two


39

^^ Kope- hundred and seventy-six. And Kooriai elSSoprjKovrae^. 38 And when they had eaten aOivre^ 8e Tpo(j)rjf, iKov(f)i^ou to when they had eaten enough, enough, they lightened the ship, they lightened the sliip, and and cast out the wheat into the ttXolqv, eKJSaXXop.ei'oi tov alrov cast out the wheat into the

sixteen souls.

sea.

ety

Ti-jv

OaXaaaav.

^^

Ore

Se sea.

Ta

ayoirin

rt;g

axnfrjs, the ropes of the boat, most, probait

''

Anfiuyv ngroi:
us,

Literally, having taken

a bread, properly

a loaf. Bread is generic, a loaf is specific; "our they were lowering it. Notwithstanding the assurance which daily bread" is not our daily loaf nor our daily meat. Paul Paul cherished of the salvation of all on board, he is as special argues from one loaf, one body of Christ ; not, as we think, from and particular in the direction and use of means as if he had one bread, or one particle of a loaf. " A^iroi; bread. This no such assurance; indeed, as if the event desired were word by Hebraistic usage often signifies food in the New wholly contingeut on the proper use of the proper moans. Test. But y.lnan;, which follows, appears to exclude that

bly those that fastened

to the vessel, not those

by which with

XrjuBQOv

rjfieffav,

appositional.
Ti;g

sense here."

vuere^ai acarr;pini iTtaoxei, for this is essential to your salvation. This is, in fact, not too strong: means are necessary to every proposed end. .Without ade

TovTO

yrtQ

npos

with equal propriety, applies to the commemorates one Lord, one faith, one immersion, one God and Father of all, one body, one Spirit, one hope. These are the seven pillars of the Chris
this,

And

monumental

loaf of blessings which

quate means, no end can be attained, or obtained. 'TTtaoxco, sum ; za vntxovta, quee quis habet, bona, focuUates ; often,

tiau temple.
'

Evd-vftot, cheerful

they

all

became

cheerful.

The con

"de

bonis etfigumlivcde omnibus

qum

in

hac vita diligi


to every

so-

sequence was, n^oatlafiovro


tempore, appetite
ates
''

igotpv,?.

Despair annihilates, pro

lent.^'

Grotius.

Su7n and

siiii.

are in their respective tongues

but the return of hope creates, or invigor-

absolute.
life,

Apjirnpriate food is essential vegetable, animal, spiritual.

form of

it.

Al rtaaai

"

tjrvyui, all the


is

souls together.
in

Un;,

in this ad-

0^if ex

tr,;

xfyaXijs neacirni.

'L\\.QTMx,for of not one of

verbial sense,
als,

seldom found but

connection with numeriftSofitjy.ovTaci,

you a hair from

the head shall 2>erish : or, according to the texlus receplus: for of not one of you a hair fiom the head shall fall. IleaciTcH is repudiated as a false reading by Gb.,

equal to TO Tiar, together,

^laxoatat

two

Sch., Ln.,

Tf and
,

for it

anolurai

is

adopted.

hundred and seventy-six. This, according to calculations made, was quite a large ship, measuring from eleven to twelve hundred tons.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
39
VERSION.

CHAP. XXVII,
REVISED VERSION.

183

GREEK TEXT.

made toward
41

day, tlicy i-jp-epa eyevero, ttjv yiqv ovk aTrenot the land: but they yiuwaKov koXttov 8e rtva Karediscovered a certain creek with voovv k^ovra alyiaXov, ety ov a shore, into the which they i^ovXevaauTO, el SvvaivTO, igcowere minded, if it were possikoll ra? ayKv(rai TO ttXolou. ble, to thrust in the ship. pa9 TTepieXovTe? e'lcoi' els ti]v 40 And when they had taken up the anchors, they committed daXaaaav, a/xa avevres ras /cat themselves unto the sea, and loosed ^evKTTjplaf ru>i> TrrjSaXlcov the rudder-bands, and hoisted eirapavres tov aprefiova rrj irveup the mainsail to the wind, and .ovurj Karel^ov els tov alyiaXov.

And when it was

And when

it

was day, they

39

knew

'recognized not the land, but

they perceived a certain inlet having a shore, into which they determined, were it possible, to thrust the ship.

And

40

having 'entirely cut away the anchors, they abandoned them


to

the sea, and at the same

shore.

having unfastened the rudder-bands, and hoisted up the foresail to the wind, they
time

TreptireaovTes 8e els Toirov 8ia place eTrwKeiXau Tr]u vavv daXaacrov, where two seas met, they ran the ship aground; and the fore- Kou r] fxev Tvptopa epeleraaa ejxeLvev part stuck fast, and remained dcraXevTOs, rj 8e Trpvjxva eXvero unmoveable, but the liinder part was broken with the violence VTTo rrjs ^ias twv KVfxaTOiv. "toov Se arpaTLCoraiu fiovXy eyevero of the waves. 42 And the soldiers' counsel iva rovs dea-fxcoTas airoKTeivuiaL, was to kill the prisoners, lest eK/coAu/x/3?;craf Siacjivyoi. fxr]TLS any of them should swim out, *^ 6 8e eKarovrap^os fiovXopievos and escape.

And

falling into

made
having

toward
fallen

shore.

And

41

a place where two currents met, they ran the ship aground ; and the prow slicking fast,
into

remained immovable, but the stern was broken by the violence of the waves. And
the soldiers' counsel was to kill the prisoners, lest any of them should swim out,

42

43 But the centurion, willing SiaauxraL tov IJavXov, eKcoXvcrev to save Paul, kept them from avTOvs TOV ^ovXrjjxaTOS, eiceXevae
their

purpose, and
tiiey

commanded
first

that

which could swim,


into

the sea,

should cast themselves and yet to land

44 And the rest, some on boards, and some on broken -pieces And so it came to of the ship. pass, that they escaped all safe to land.

But the captain, 43 save Paul, kept them from their purpose, and re Tovs Svvapevovs KoXvp^dv, commanded that they who diroppi-^avTas TrpcoTOVS CTTt Tyv could swim should cast themKol tovs Xoittovs, selves first into the sea, and yrjv e^ievai, 44 eVi aavlaiv, ovs Se errl get to land; and the rest, ovs p.ev others on boards, and on some Kol Ttvcov tcov oltto tov TrXoLOV. some of the things from the ovTcos eyeveTO iravTas ^LaacoQ-qvaL ship. And so they all escaped
and escape.
willing
to
eiri Ti]v yrjV.

safe to land.

'

Ti;v YT]v

cncyivioay.ov,

they did not recognize the land


its coasts,

aca, expellere, first aor. inf. act., lo thrust forth, to drive ashore

in view.

Being shipwrecked on

probably at a con-

the ship.

"

To

force the ship,"

siderable distance from the principal harbor.

Murd.

" to have thrust the ship,'"

Thomp. Dodd.

" to drive the ship,"

< Kac Ta; ayxv^as O-rdiiaoar, " and having entirely cut "they perceived a certain inlet creek having a shore, on which they could run the ship with a hope away the anchors, they abandoned them to the sea." Our of saving their lives. Luke uses here the correct li3-dro- English translators followed the Vulgate in their inaccurate version of this clause. 'Aiea TrijSalicov, at the same time havgraphical term." Hack. Most of the ancient Eig bv TtXoiov, into xehich they determined to thrust forth ing unfastened the hands of the rudders. Hack. the ship. E^oid-sio, found only in this book in N. Test., ch. vessels were furnished with two rudders. s "Pieces from the ship." Hack. Tlicse of course were 27 39. Drove out is its representative ch. 7 45 7 45

Kolrtov

aiyittlov,

here, to thrust forth.

The whole
foris
;

family, in N. T. use,
extra, extrinsic,

is

composed of
est
;

elia, foras,

ci<o9-ev,

exterior pars, of frequent occurrence


ch. 7
:

quod foris and


;

to

s^cod'ei',

e^io&eco, cxpello,
direction.

and as boards arc already specified, it seems to me more movable must have been intended, of which there were then, as now, a variety on which a drowning man, or one apprehensive of being drowned, would gladly
boards
:

that some things

45

and

here, to thrust forth

in,

any

Esio-

seize.

184

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. XXVIII.
REVISED VERSION.
CHAP. XXVIII.
CTre-

GREEK TEXT.
CHAP. XXVIII.

CHAP. XXVIII.

And when they were escaped, then they knew that the island
was
2
called Melita.

KAI
yvixtaav

Siaacodei/Te^, Tore

hri

MeXiTrj

?;

p?]cros

caped, then

And when we had fully eswe 'ascertained

KaXdrai. 01 Se jiap^apoL that the island was called Melthe barbarous people ite. And the barbarous peoirapei-^ov ov Trjv TV')(ovaav (j)iXavshewed us no little kindness: ple showed us no ^'common Opwiriav riplv ava^^apm yap philanthropy for they kindled a fire, and refor they kindled TTvpav, TrpodeXa^ovTO iravTa^ a fire, and brought us all to ceived us every one, because of

And

the present rain, and because of


the cold.

it, because of the present rain, Sivarpi- and because of the cold. 3 And when Paul had gather- y^avTOs 8e tov IlavXov (ppvyaAnd when Paul had gathered a bundle of sticks, and laid VUIV 7tXi]$09, KCU eiTLffei'TOS CTTi ed a great number of 'dry sticks, and laid them on the than on the fire, there came a Tijii TTvpav, e^iSi^a e'/c Trj^ 6ep/Jir]f viper out of the heat, and fastfire, there came a viper out of e^tXdovcra Kadrjyj/e ttj? ')(eipos ened on his hand. the heat, and fastened on his avTOv. as 8l eiSou ol ^ap^a- hand. And when the barba4 And when the barbarians saw the vaunnous beast hang on poL Kpep-apevof to drjpiov e/c r^? rians saw the venomous creai)jJi.a.s,

Sia Tov verou tov ((pecrru)yjfv^^o^.

TU, Koi 8ia TO

"^

among themNo doubt this man is a murderer, whom, though he hath


his hand, they said
selves,

)(eipos avTov,

eXeyov irpoi AA?;- ture ""hanging on


(^ovevs
01/

his

hand,
a mur-

Xovs,

IIavTco9

((ttiu

6 they said

among

themselves,

ai/dpcoTTOf 0UT09,

Siacrcodei'Ta

escaped the sea, yet vengeance eK TTjS 6aXaaar]9 rj Slki] C^fji^ ovk suftereth not to liv.e. eiaaev. O fxev ovv airoTiva5 And he shook off the beast a? TO u^ipLov eis to irvp, e-jraiBev f< into tlie fire, and felt no harm. )8e OL 8e irpocre 86KaKov. G llowbeit, they looked when ovoev
''

No doubt this man is derer, whom, though

he has

escaped the sea, yet justice permits not to live. And he shook off the creature into the but fire, and sutt'ered no harm
;

Fur

cTtEyi'ojaav, Ln., Tf. substitute iTtsyi'iofiev,


:

and with ized or


it

uncivilized.

We, nowadays, enhance

its

import, and

amch
otlior
first

internal evidence

rsfitv,

in the

second verse, and the make

tantamount to savage.
from avar^eipco, convcrto, convolvo in fas
7tlr,&os, a great

two

sections of this chapter, each


all sufficient
;

commencing with a

'

person plural, are


;

to justify such a reading.

cem

now Paul having gatliered, or " when Paid had gather"Now


Paul having collected'"
Ey,ibva, a viper.

^voTQetfrni'Tos,

avt]/,if>}uei', V. 11 and rj.d'ofiiv, v. 16. more than aco&emes. In Matt. 14 3G, it is very happily rendered, 7nade perfectly whole, and here it is, "And when we had fully safely esca})ed, or fully escaped. escaped." ^la auget significationem, sicut apud Latinos, per.

Eniyviofitv, V. 1

ed."

number
term
evident

Ataaco&afTis

is

of dry sticks.

The Greeks applied

this
is

to that reptile in distinction from other serpents, as

from Aristotle,
7]

lib. I. c. 6,

aXK

ol ftev aXXoi caoroy.uvaiv orpeis,

ey^tSva ftovov

t,u>oroxi, vipers

are the only viviparous


in

This preposition increases the signification of words.


Crit. Sacra.
''

Leigh,

serpents in Europe.

Hack.

At present unknown
" It
tivquv.

Malta.

Ex
rvxovaav fi?.ar0'ooi7riai; no common 2>hilanthropy. Luke and Paul are the only inspired

Tr;s

&toiv;g,
fire.

from the heat.


ctic ttjv

seems to have been cast


This latter supposirrjs &e(>fit;g,

Oil Tr;v

into the

EtiiO'cvtos

Tvxovaai', from rvy/,avio.

tion

is

required by the second sense of ex

and

is

writers that use this word.


are the

They were educated men, and

entirely consistent with the first." Hack.


is

Ajio

rrjs

O'e^/itig

two most copious wiiters of the


tlie lialf

New

Testament, hav-

preferred

by Grotius,

Pricoous, Bengelins, and Griesbach.


is

ing written more than

of

it.

In their acceptation and

Still ftTTo

rather appears as a gloss, ex more generally

pre-

use of this word, they have

made it tantamount to the follow- ferred, because more frequently indicative than aTto of a cause. Ex ofitx^wv ing words, com. ver., " to be" " to obtahi," " common," " seeing Ex Ti;s 7th;ytis, jjropter plagam, Apoc. 16 21. that," to "meet with," "no little," "may he," "may chance." Xoyov, ob levem causum. Soph., CEd. Col. 612, quoted by Kuin., Obtain is most frequently its representative. " No common in loco. ITairrvsSurely, by all means, no doubt, in no wise, are kindness," " many kindnesses," Syriac Version. Even amongst
:
'I

miracles,

some were extraordinary.


It
it

01 Se i1nn,?anot Ttno^iyov.

its

common

currency,

^orevg

is

BaQfln^oi, used only by Luke and Paul in the Christian


Scriptures.
well rcpreseted

ver.,

by murderer, from fovsvio,


:

to kill,

always represented, com. whence yoiog, murder,

by foreigner, whether

civil-

slaughter, ch. 9

I.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP.

XXVm.
REVISED VERSION.

185

GKEEK TEXT.

he should have swollen, or fallen Ka>i> avTov fjLeWeii/ 7rijX7rpacr0ac down dead suddenly: but after 1] KaTaTTLTrreiu acpuco v^Kpov em they had looked a great while, TToXv 8e avTwv irpocrhoKmvTuiv, and saw no harm come to him, Kol decopovvTcoi' /j.rjSeu aToirov els they changed their minds, and avTov ywo/jLeuou, yitera/SaAAo/uesaid that he was a god. eXeyov Oeov avTou eivai. voL
7 In the same quarters were possessions of the chief man of

they expected that he would


be 'inflamed, or that he would

suddenly
after

fall

down

dead.

But

they had looked a great

while, and
to

saw no harm come


their

him, they changed

minds, and said that he was he Tois irepX tov tottov ' In the same parts a god. eKelvov vTrrjpx^ xcopla rw TrpcoTw the island, whose name was Pubwere possessions of the 'chief ovopiaTL JJoirXiw, os lius who received us, and lodged TTJs vi-jcrov, of the island, whose, name rj/jLcis rpels y/xepas avahe^afxevos courteously. us three days was Publius; who received eyevero us, and lodged us three days 8 And it came to pass, that (j)iXo({)p6i'U)s e^eviaev.

Ev

8e TOV rrarepa tov ITottXiov ttva fever, and of a bloody-flux: peTols Kol huaevTepLo. (TVve-)(op.eto whom Paul entered in, and vov KaTanelaOar irpos ov 6 prayed, and laid his hands on HavXos elaeXOcov, kol irpocrev^ahim, and healed him.

the father of Publius lay sick of

courteously.

And

the father

of Publius lay sick of a fever,


:

So when

this

was

others also which had diseases


in the island,

and of a bloody ^flux to whom Paul went, and prayed, and laid his hands upon /xeuos, eTTLOels Tas xelpas avT(S, done, him, and healed him. So tovtov ovu IdaaTO avTov.
"*

came, and were

yevofxivov, kol ol Xocirol. ol e-^ovrev aadeveias


ei>

when

this

was done,

others

also
Tjj
vijcro),

who had

diseases in the

healed:

irpool

island,

came, and were healed


lo

10 with

honoured us many honours; and when KOL TToXXais' TlfJLois eTLpLTjaav we departed, they laded us with rj/xas, KaL dvayop.ei'OLs eireOevTO departed, they laded us with TO. irpoi TTjv y^pelav. such things as were necessary. 3uch things as were necessary.
also

Who

(xrjpypvTO KOL eOepairevovTO'

who also honored us with many ""honors; and when we

H^oasSoxoiv
in

TiffoaSoxaco.
its
is

Look

for, wait for, expect,


;

others have alleged.

In harmony with our usage,

we

prefer,

tarry for, com. yer., are

representatives

of these, expect

is

the chief of the island.


^ Uii^erois y.ai

most

keeping with our popular idiom.

That he

ivould, ac-

Svaevrs^ia, with fevers and a dysentery.

cording to Webster,

preferable to should.

It frequently

denotes simply an event under a condition, or supposition,

"That he would suddenly fall that he would be inflamed. down dead," Hack. " that he would have swollen, or fallen
;

Penn; "a fever and a bloody flux," Wes., Murd., Wakcf Dodd. We lack authority and sometimes reason, for making that which is plural, singufever and a dysentery," Thomp.,
,

"A

lar,

as in the case before us.

The

plural has been supposed to

down dead," Boothr., Penn, Wes. " that he would swell, or describe the fever with reference to its recurrent attacks, or " would suddenly swell, and paroxysms. fall down dead," Thompson This is one of those expressions in Luke's style fall down on the ground," Murdock. "lUi tamen oxpecta- that have been supposed to indicate his professional training
;
;

bant, ut vel intumescoret, vel mortuus subito concederet."

as a physician. "

Kuin.

or truthful
^

as, to

To whom Paul entered whom Paul ivent.


f/fiag.

in "

is

not so apposite

IloXlais rt/iais eTittrjoav

We

concur with Prof.

'

Tea
illo

TiQcorci)

rij;

r>]oov, the chief, or chief of the island.

" In

autera tractu prredia erant Publio, insula; primario,"


in that quarter, belonging to a

and others, that rifcais ought not to be rendered rewards, as though the apostle received any remuneration for
Ilackett,

And there were lands man named Publius, who was


Kuin.
"

the exercise of his gift of healing the afiiicted Publius, or for

any cure performed by his spiritual gifts. The acquaintances " Now in the neighborhood of that place lay the formed by them during their abode in Melita, were exceedingMurd. estate of the chief man of the island, whose name was Pub- ly courteous for whatever favors were received by them on " of a chief man of the island," Wes. their departure, were not received as a reward for their serlius," Thomp., Penn This is not true to the original. It is ro> n^coroj, the chief. vices " for that would have been at variance with the comHe was the Roman governor, as Paloy, Lardner, Tholuck, and mand of Christ (Matt. 10 8)." Hack.
the chief
of the island,"
:

man

186
KING JAMES
11

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


VERSION.

CHAP. XXVIII.
REVISED VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.
8e rpels ixrjvas avrj-

^^ And after three months il/era departed in a ship of Alex- \6T]}Xiv v andria, which had wintered in KOTL iu rfj the isle, whose sign was Castor irapaarjijicp and Pollux. 12 And landing at Syracuse,

we

we

tarried there three days.

13

And from thence we


came
:

fetch-

ed a compass, and

to

Rhe-

gium

one day the south wind blew, and we came the next day to Puteoli: 3 4 Where we found brethren, and were desired to tarry with
and
after

And after three months' we departed in a ship of AlexanttAo/o) 7rapaK-)(eLixadria, which had wintered in vr)crw, 'AXe^ai'Spli/co, the isle, whose sign was Cas12 AioaKOvpoLS KUi tor and ^Pollux. And landing vpaKovaas, at Syracuse, we tarried there iirepLeLvap-ev rjp.epaf rpeis' '" ooev three days. And thence we vrepieXdoures KaTrjVTriaapev eh coasted" round, and came to 'Pi]yLOv, Kcu jxera p.iai> rj/xepav Rhegium and after one day, votov SevrepaloL the south wind having risen, eiriyeuop-ivov u ov we came the next day to PurjAdopeu els JTotioXovs teoli: where we found brethevpovres aSeXepovs, TvapeKXrjOrjp.ev ren, and were desired to tarry
:

12

13

14

eiT

avTOLS

eiTLpielvaL yjpepas eirra.

'with

them seven

days, and

'

"At

the end of three months," equivalent

months, /cera

These three months are the time that they remained on the island, which were, prohably, the months of November, December, and .January ; the season admitted of their putting to sea earUer than usual. Ev Ttkoico
r^cts /ur^vag.

to, after three

the person

is
:

often expressed, after em, with this force.


13, Sevre^aioi,

See
ver.

Herodotus 8
has,

on the second day.

Com.

John 11

39, for

he hath been dead four days


" Puteoli.

rera^zaios.

" This adverbial use of the ordinals is classical."


3. 0.

Kuin.,

204.

Etg noTioXovg,

now

Puzzeoli,

was

eight miles

na^uxexeifiaxoTi, " in a ship that

had wintered

there."

does not say

why

this vessel

had wintered there.

It is a cir-

Luke northwest from Neapolis, the modern Naples. It derived its name from putei, being famous for the baths which abounded
there."
1

cumstance which shows the consistency of the narrative. The storm wliich had occasioned the wreck of Paul's vessel, had delayed this one so long that it was necessarj', on reaching Melita, to suspend the voj'age until spring.
1

Hack.
Etii is often rendered into Latin
is

Ejt avTotg.
:

by ad.

In

"Against those," Vat., Great English Bible. By Tremellius, and Beza, * adversus eos." It is so in Wiclif, Tyndale, Craruner, Geneva, Rheims indeed,
2
it
;

Rom. 2

rendered against.

UaQuorjirt) ^toaxovqoig, with the sign, or distinguished

fcy

This sign was usually carved the sign of Castor and Pollux. or painted on the prow. These were regarded as the tutelar " The genii, or divinities, the guardians, or gods of seamen.

in all the versions

quoted in this Revision, with the exception of Wakefield and Murdock in the former by jy^on, and in the In the Apocal. 7 15 it is translated latter by, in regard to.
;
:

was used for Castor and Pollux," as Dr. Lightfoot says, " was that of two young men on horseback, with each of them holding a j-avelin in his hand." According to others, the sign of Castor and Pollux was that of a double cross. With others, two fictitious deities, the sons of Jupiter by Leda with others, a sign in the zodiac called the twins.
figure that
;

in

one clause of a verse, by upon, and


the throne shall dwell

(cTtt) zipon

among " he that sitteth {crct) among them." It is

argued in justification of the latter that in the Vulgate it is rendered super illos ; but it is again argued that the sense is,

cum
by
at,

illis

is

used for

with them, and cum


Dl',

this is sustained, because the

Hebrew

tvith.

In the com. ver.

IleQtcX&ovces, having come


it is
is,

round or about.

The sense of

ctic is represented by the following words among, about, against, above, because, beside, by, before,

the preposition

impossible to determine with accuracy.


it refers

in, into,

for the space

of,

to,

wpon, on,

of, over,

unto, toward,

One

supposition

that
;

to their frequent alteration

with, through, touching, under.

As a

connective, like one of


it
;

of the ship's course

in other words, to their tacking, because

the natives of our forests and climate,


color of every tree on

seems to assume the


still it

the wind was unfavorable.


pelled

Another

is,

that they were com-

which

it is

found

has a specific

by that cause

to follow closely the sinuosities of the

nature of

coast, to proceed cireuitously.


less probable, that

they

Bouthern extremity of

De Wette says, which is much tion, may have gone around Sicily, or the one another, according to their specific nature, or gravity. Italy. En 'P/jyiov, unto Rhegium, now Here it is apposite to render it, with them, or among them.
Here they remained a day, when the
feast of the primitive

own, but it has an indefinite power of assimilaaud merely connects harmoniously its associates with
its

Regio, which was an Italian sea- port opposite to the northeastern point of Sicily.

They stayed with the brethren one week. The weekly church was a great attraction. Wo
it
:

wind, which had been adverse since their leaving Syracuse, be-

and they resumed the voj-age. E:icyf-roite)-ov voroi', a south-u'i7id having arisen upon them. Compare the compound participle in v. 2, and in vv. 27, 20. The dative of
fair,

came

from ch. 20 7. It was not on a first day of a week, Doddridge renders it, on the first day of the week, when the disciples as usual met together to break a loaf.
learn
but, as

This was their spiritual banquet.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES VERSION.

CHAP. XXVIII.
REVISED VERSION.

187

GREEK TEXT.

them seven days: and went toward Eome.

so

we

Kol 0VTC09 elf Tr]v Pcofirju yXdo- then


fjLev.

KUKeWev

ol

aSeAcpo).
e^rj-

we went towards Rome. And from thence, when the


heard
of us,

15

15 And from thence, when UKOvcravTes to. irepl the brethren heard of us, they XOov els airavTrjCTLv came to meet us as far as Appii'Attttlov $opov Kol forum, and The Three Taverns; ^epvwv ovs ISai' whom when Paul saw, he thanked God, and took courage.
16
ev)(apc(TTi]cras

-qixav,

brethren

they

aypLs came to meet us as far as Tpiajf Ta- Appii Forum, and the Three
rjpuv

tw

IlavXos, Taverns; whom when Paul 0w, eXa^e saw, he thanked God, and
6

And when we came

to

Oapaos.
i

took courage.
8e ^'Xdofxeu eb 'Pd- came
7rape8coK
to

Eome, the centurion


the guard
:

delivered
pLr]v,

"OTE
6

And when we Rome, the -centurion

ic

commander of the camp, but but Paul was suffered Tovs SecT/JLiovf T(S (rTpaT07re8ap)(r]it was permitted to Paul to to dwell by himself, with a sol- ra 5e JIavXco iireTpaTrrj pteveiv dwell by himself, with a soldier that kept him. tw (pvXaa-aoi^TL dier who guarded him. And Kaff iavTov, 17 And it came to pass, that avTov arpaTLwrr]. Eyevero 8e after three days, he called after three days, Paul called the

the prisoners to the captain of

KaTOVTap-)(os

delivered the prisoners to the

aw

'

chief of the

Jews

together.

And

pera

rj/j-epaf

when they were come


he
said

together,

adat. Tov

rpeii avyKaXeaa- the chief of the Jews together, IJavXou tovs bvras rav and when they were come
together,

Iov8aLCx)v wpcoTOVs' avveXdovTcov unto them. Men and brethren, though I have com- 8e avTCou, eXeye irpos avTOvs, ovSeu eyco mitted nothing against the peo- Av8pes d8eX(pol, ple, or customs of our fathers, evavTLOV 7roLi]cra? tco Xaco y rois yet was I delivered prisoner from eOecTL rois Trarpaois, 8eap.Los fg Jerusalem into the hands of the lepocroXvpcou irape8odriv el? ray
' '

he

said

to

them,

Brethren, though I have committed nothing against our


people, or the customs of our
fathers, yet

was

delivered

prisoner from Jerusalem into

of the Romans they had examined 18 Who when they had exavaKplvavres p.e ijiovXovTO utto- me, would have ""released me, amined me, would have let me Xvaat, 8La to p.rj8epLav alnav because there was no cause go, because there was no cause av- of death in me. But when OavoLTOV v7rap\(.Lv kv ep-oi. of death in me. Iov8aici}u, 8e twv the Jews spoke against it, I 19 But when the Jews spake TiXtyovTCov

Romans

the

hands

)(elpa9 TOiv

'

Poip-alcov

oLTtves

who when

is

19

""

'0 iy.arovragyoe

oT^aToTicSnQ-/^,

the centurion delivered

missum

est

seorsim manere

cum

milite qui

eum

custodiret."

commander of the camp, i. e., the prmtorian Kuin., vol. 3. pp. 381, 382. For the received reading in our Sea/uiovs ret) camp, where the emperor's guard was quartered. See Philip. text (/ 'Pa>ia;y, 6 ey.arovraQxoi TtaQeSmxs tovs and Ln. probably, e-iteiQanrj), IlavXco rcr) Ss ar^aTOTtcSapxT]prisonthe 1 13. The centurion Julius, when he had brought substitute, th 'PuifiriV, eTtexQanrj rco ers to Rome, delivered them up bound to the prretorian pre- possibly Gb., would
the prisoners to the
:

fect.

JUavXoj.

In the times of the

Roman

emperors this custom obtained,


"

that the accused sent from the provinces to

Rome,

to Cajsar,

For

Toi'

navXov substitute avrov,

Gb., Sch., Ln., Tf.

were delivered up in custody to the prajtorian prefect; and that they might be safely kept, and have more liberty, they he said were bound by a longer chain than that worn upon their
journey.

Tovi Ti^airovg lovSaicor, the chief or principal men of the Jews, of course, of the unlelieving Jews. When assembled,
to them, Brethren, not,
is

"men and
perpetrated,

brethren."

Com-

Of these there were on hand

at that time an un-

mitted, here,

equal to,

I have

I have committed

usually large number.


sions of Julius,
it

By the

letters of Festus,

and the

interces-

no trespass.
""

came to pass that Paul's liberties were

much

E^ovXoirco anoXvaai.

Bovlouai
;

is

represented, com. ver.i


to release, set

enlarged, and, though a prisoner, he enjoyed a comparative freedom. He was permitted to have a lodging for himself,

by mind,
me.

will, intend, dispose

axoXvaat,

free

released me, or, set

me

at liberty.

They would have release^

with the single soldier that guarded him.

^'Paulo aulem per-

188

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. CHAr. XXVIII.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.

REVISED VERSION.

against it, I was constrained to rjvayKaaOrjv kirLKaXlaaaOai Kai- was "Compelled to appeal to appeal unto Cesar; not tliat I crapa, ov)( w? tov edvovs /J-ov Cesar; not that I had any ' " 20 $ ^ thing to charge against my had aught to accuse my nation f-^av Ti KaTi]yopi](Tat. oia nation. On this account, thereof. TavTrjv ovv ri]u aLTiav irapeKafore, I have invited you, that I therefore 20 For this cause Xeaa v/xdf ISeiv kou TrpocrAaXrj- might see you, and speak with yo^i, called for you, to see have I

20

yap T1J9 e'A7r/5of tov you: pfor on account of the that for the liope of Israel I am Iapai]X TTjv aXvaLV ravTrjv ire- hope of Israel I am compassed ^ bound with this chain. piKeifjiaL. 01 Se irpos avrov with this chain. 21 And they said unto him, eiirov, And they said to liim. We ovre ypappara I/xe?f
and to speak with ymi: because
craL-

'evKev

We

21

neither received letters out Trepl (TOV iSe^a/xeOa airo Trj? of Judea concerning thee, neiTrapayevofxeuo^ ther any of the brethren that lovSalas, ovre came shewed or spake any harm Tis t5)v uSeXiptoi' aTn^yyeiXef ij of thee. XaXi]ae tl Trepl aou Trovrjpov. 22 But we desire to hear of a^Lovpeu oe Tvapa crou aicovcraL thee, what thou thinkest: for as
concerninsjr this sect,

neither received letters from

Judea concerning you, nor has any one of the brethren who came, reported or said any harm of you but we think it
;

22

we know a
is

(f)pouelf-

Trepl

pev yap
yvoacrrov

proper to hear from you, what TrJ9 al- you think: for as it irespects
ecTTiv
this sect,

that every
against.

where

it

spoken peaecos

Tavrrjf

we know

that

it

is

every where spoken against. -qplv hri TravaTay(ov avTiXeyeraL. And when they had appoint23 And when tliey had ap' Ta^dpevoi 8e avrco I'jpepav, ed him a day, there came many pointed iiim a day, there came many to him into his lodging: fjKOf TTjOO? avTov eh rr-jv ^eviav to him into liis 'lodging; to

23

was necessilaled, obliged, Test. com. ver., sect five times, and heresy four times, reperixnUouai is given to resent it. There appears no justifiable reason for this disthis word in every case (six times) in reference to Paul. To tinction. " Originally nl^cats was a word of middle significasurname, and to call upon, are more frequently its representa- tion, and generally signified any opinion, good or bad. The Christians constituted a sect amongst the .Jew.s. It is said to tives, com. ver.

Hvnyy.aa&Ev

ETTty.nXeanad'aif I

compelled to appeal.

Tliis version of

Avayna^oi

coj^o always, com.

ver., constrain, coinpel.


;

latter generally denotes extrinsic violence

the former exter-

nal and internal motives, or reasons of action.


P

The have been derived from secando, while the Greeks say it derived from eligctido." Leigh, Crit. Sacra. Every schism a heresy, whether good or bad, so far as the term niocan
concerned.

is is is

jJia ravTTjv ovv rrjv aiTiav, on this account

Tta^ay.aXeaa,

I have besought you, invited you, desired you, exhorted you.

Of

these, invited
it

Had

seems most apposite from our stand-point. been simply calUd, ey.aXeaa would have sufficed. In
it is

com. ver.

represented by comforted, besought, desired,

prayed, exhorted, intreatcd.


'Evexev

' Fii rtjv ^ertar. The term implies tliat it was a place in which he was entertained as a guest. (Ilesych.) Compare Philemon, v. 22. " Those critics are right who distinguish it Hack., Penn, from the hired, house,^ mentioned v. 30.'" Boothr., Wes. The apostle was, at first, as it would be na^

laparjX,

on account of the hope of

Israel

rrjv

nlv-

tural, received into

some one of the Christian

families

but,

oiv ravTrjv TtsQixciicai, I

am compassed by

this chain.

Although

after a tune, for the sake, probably of greater convenience, or

an arm only was bound, his liberty was encompassed, was independence, he removed to apartments which would be more taken away. lie had now nlciorii, entirely subject to his own control. There is sonictliing exceedingly kind and courteous in this more persons than before to liear him. OU s^triS'iTo, from
address to his alienated .lewisli brethren.
In his exordium tyri&r^fii, to expound once rendered, / cast out. lo set forth, he disabuses their minds as to his position towards them. found only in this book once, to cast out ; thrice, to exThey had placed him in the hands of the Romans. lie was pound. compelled to appeal to UiBsar, not to prefer charges against ^iriitaoTvnnfinrni, used only by Paul and Luke, indithem, but in self-defense not to inculpate them, but to ex- cates testifying or witnessing exhibiting the facts and
; ;

culpate himself

lie touchingly alludes to the

hope of

Israel,

documents, and expounding


ploys
cative
it

iind

applying thcin.
It
is

Luke cmindi-

and assures the court and the audience that sake he was a prisoner in chains.
'

for this hope's

ten times, and Paul five times.

eminently

Hegi

of the .apostolic

rt;s

aij^eacios.

AIqcois

is

found nine times in N.

Jesus.

method of exhibiting the claims of His documents were the writings of BIoscs and the

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
to

CHAP. XXVIII.
REVISED VERSION.

189

VERSION.

GREEK TEXT.

he expounded and tes- TrXeioues' ols i^eridero Siafiapthe kingdom of God, per- Tvpofxevos rrjv /Bao-tXeiau tov suading them concerning Jesus, Oeov, TTelOcov re avTOvs ra irepl both out of the law of Moses, TOV 'Irjaov, airo re tov vo/jlov and out of the prophets, from Maaecos kol tt]u 7rpo(j)r]Tau, avro morning till evening. ^ koll ol /xep vpcot eas eairepag. 24 And some believed the things which were spoken, and iTveidovro Tols Xeyofxevoiy, ol Se
tified

whom

he expounded and tesof God, persuading them of the things concerning Jesus, both out of the law of Moses, and out of the prophets, from morntified

whom

the kingdom

ing to

evening.

And some
believed

24

believed the things that were

rjTTiaTovu. aavp.<pu)voi oe ovsome believed not. 24 And when they agreed not Tes TTpos aXXi]Xovs aireXvovTO, among themselves, tliey depart- elirovTOs TOV TIavXov prj/xa '(.v, ed, after that Paul had spoken Otl KaXas TO IIvevp.a to Ayiov one word, Well spake tiie Holy iXaXrjae Sta Haa'Cov tov irpoGhost by Esaias the prophet
'

spoken, and

'others

them

So not agreeing among tthemselves, they departed, Paul having said one word, Well spoke the Holy Spirit by Isaiah the prophet
not.
to our fathers, saying,
this

25

unto our fathers, ^^ Xeyov, JIopevdijTt Trpos tov 26 Saying, Go unto this peoKOL elm, Akot] ple, and say, Hearing ye sluxll Xaov TovTOv hear, and shall not understand; uKOvaeTe, koI ov fxi] avvrjTe' koI and seeing ye shall see, and not /SAeVoj're? l3Xe-^eT, kol ov /at;
perceive.
18rjT.
"

(p1]T0V TTpos

TOVS TVaTepaS

T]IX(OV,

Go

to 2S

people, and say. Hear-

ing you -will hear, and will

not

understand
will
see,

you

and seeing and not per;

i'jTay(yvdri

yap

rj

Kap- ceive;
people
ing,

for the
is

heart of this
gross,

27

ple

8ia tov Xaov tovtov, /cat tocs and their o)al fiapeas rjKOvaav, koX tovs ears are dull of hearing, and o(^6aXp.ov9 avTcoi/ iKafip-vcrav their eyes have they closed lest they should see with iheir p.rjTroT \8coaL toIs o(^6aXp,ols, eyes, and liear with lhcir ears, Kal TOLf walv CLKOvacoai, /cat ttj and understand with their heart, and sliould be converted, and I KapSla avvcJaL, Kat eTTLaTpe-^oicn,
is

27 For the heart of this peo-

become
are

and

waxed

gross,

their ears

dull

of hear-

should heal them.

Kal ld(Tcop,ai avTovs.

"^

they have closed their eyes, lest they should see with their eyes, and hear with their ears, and understand with their heart, and should be converted, and I rvcoaTov should heal them. Be it

and

28

livopbets.

Ills

labors were only from morning to evening.

to express the infinitive absolute with a finite verb in IIebrow_

Tlius he taught in his


testifying both to the

own lodging, in the capitol of the world, Jews and to the Greeks repentance God-

Gesonius, Heb. Gram.,

128. 3.
is

" The frequency of this con-

struction in the N. Test,

undoubtedly Hebraistic."

Hack.

Some, indeed, believed, but "Hearing you will hear and will not understand ; and seeward, and faith Christward. ing you will see, arid will not comprehend." many believed not the things that were spoken. Matt. 13 14, 15, gives the reason of this axorj axovaere, ' 01 fiev, and ol Se, indicate two parties, but which con:

stituted the majoritj'

we

are not informed.

The proportion

is

y.ai

ov

firj

avvr/Ze. xai fllenovres ^Xe\f.'e-rB, y.ai

ov

fit]

iSi/re.
/?-?-

a matter of inference.
'

" Ay.or] axovacTS pro siraplici ay.ovacra ex hebraismo ut


TtovTse /3Acy/TE pro

Aav/iifoivot Ss oxTeg TT^og tilhjXovg, being discordant tcilh


;

(iXcfere."

v.

Vorstius,

de Hebraism,
nee ra-

one another
themselves.

more in our modern style, not agreeing among p. Gil. tamen perspicietis. Of course, there must have been some contro-

"Audietis nee tamen

intelligetis,

videbebitis, nee

Cur

nihil intellecturi sint hujus

tionem hie versus continet eitaxwd''] yap, x. r. X., stupida Paul listened to them, doubtless, with an attentive enim facta est mens hujus populi. Uaxeiv ut la'i;!! notat pinear. lie comprehended the drift and point of all they said, gue, obesimi rcddcre, et proprie ad corpus pertinet, sed deinde lie, therefore, speaks his last words advisedly. ubi paulo post legitur The audience, we presume, were for the most part Jews. transfertur ad mentem ut ab iTsCrt, i. e. i-^ai avt'ievat intelligere atque usurpatur ut h. 1. de iis, que This we gather from his last words, rather his ^'i/ta ii>, one vim eorum qua vident et audiunt quamvis clare sun* atque word, a sentence, indeed, in one word. It was spoken by perspicua, tamen non intelligunt et percipiunt, saltern non the Holy Spirit through Isaiah the prophet, to our fathers,
versy.
TtQos rovs

naTEoas

recte perspiciunt."
r}fia)v.

Kuincel, Matt. 13

15-17.

Axorj axovaera,

y.ai

ov

fir}

avfrjTe' xat fiXeTiovres flXetfere, y.ai

"

Ov

fir]

avrrjre "

may

express the future result with more

ov

uri

iSijre,

a combination of a verb and

noun

as necessary

certainty than the future indicative."

Hack.

190

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


KING JAMES
VERSION.

CHAP. XXYHI.
REVISED VERSION.
iOveCTLV

GREEK TEXT.

28 Be

it

known

therefore unto OVV k(TTCO Vfllu, OTL

Toh

known,

therefore,

to

you,

you, that the salvation of

is God is a7T(TTaXrj to acoTrjpiov Tov Oeov, sent to the Gentiles, and they Gentiles, and thai ' sent unto the Kou avTol /cat oLKOvaovTai. 'will hear it. And when he 29 they will hear it. Tavra avrov f'cTroPTOS, aTrrjXdou had said these things, the Jews 29 And when he had said ol 'lovSaloi, TToAA?;!/ e^^oirtr eV these words, the Jews departed, departed, and had much reason-

that the salvation of

God

and had great reasoning among iavToI? (rv^r]Tr]aiv.


themselves.
^

"EMEINE
oLTreSey^ero

ing
5e b

among

themselves.
3o

HadXof
tov?
^

20 And Paul dwelt two whole


years in his and received unto him,

own
all

SieTiai' oXtjv iv ISico /xicrdtofJLarL,


/cat

hired house, that came in

And Paul ^remained in his own hired bouse during two


whole
ceived
years,
all

iravTa^

ei-

and gladly

re-

airopevofJ-euovs Trpos avTov,

kt]-

who came

to him,
31

31 Preaching the kingdom of pvaacov ttju fiaaLXeiav tov Oeov, God, and teaching those things KOLL hihda-Kcov Ta irtpX tov Kvwhich concern the Lord Jesus 'Iijaov XpiaTOv, fieTa iraChrist, with all confidence, no p'iov cTj;? Trapprjaias ukcoAvtco?. man forbidding him.

'announcing the kingdom of God, and teaching the things concerning the Lord Jesus Christ, with all boldness, and without molestation.

Kai

ny.ovaovTnt,

and they also

will

hear

it.

two

distinct departments of the Evangelical ministry in the

"

Efitivt,

remained.

This, as well

observed by sundry last period of this history

the

xr^Qvoamv

irjv flaailtiav

rov

critics,

indicates that Paul's condition and circumstances, here


;

0COV, the proclamation, the annunciation, or the ^yreaching


;

had passed away before this book was written a of the kingdom of God and the StSaoycov la ^t^i rov Kvgiov some importance to the curious inquirers on the sub- Irjaov XQiarov, the teaching of the Lord Jesus Christ and These two whole years this with the msmuer of it, fiexa naarje na^^tjaiag ay.olvrcog ject of the chronology of this book. This he might not have enjoyed in Jeruliving in his own hired house gave a good opportunity to the nemine prohibente. We know salem, no person hindering or inhibiting him. We are indisciples of Christ to contribute to his necessities. formed that he did this with all boldness or, with all conthat he was not forgotten by the Philippians. Again it is a monumental proof of Paul's hospitality. He fidence he announced the reign of the Lord Jesus Christ. We should say that the 29th verse is held doubtful b}' Ln., was living in a rented house, but he kept an open house for We thank Luke for the follow- Tf., but is by Gb. regarded as of almost equal authority with all the friends of his JIaster. The name of Paul, in v. 30, aTtESex^Eto Tcm'ras rovg ewTto^evOjUerovs Tt^tos the other portions of the book. ing memento lie received all that came to his house, or that came is omitted by Gb., Sch., Ln., Tf., but for this he is all suflfi avrov. And he remained, is quite equal to, Paul remained for so intimates a:roSe/ofica, all that came to him he cient. to him he being the subject of the section, and the last person niimed received. * We have a perspicuous and most definite statement of the in the narrative.
detailed,
fact of
;

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


EEYISED YEESION
APiRANGED

PAEAGPiAPHS.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


EEYISED
VEESIOIS^

ARRANGED

IN

PARAGRAPHS.

I.

The former

narrative, Thcopliihis, I com-

hold,

two men stood by them


also said, Galileans,

in

white apparel

posed, of all that Jesus licgau both to do and

who
into

why

stand you gaziug 11

2 to

teach, even to the day, on whicli ho was taken np, after that he, throufth the Holy Spirit had given commandment to the vVpostles whom
;

the heaven? This same Jesus, who is taken from you into the heaven, shall so come, in like manner, as you have seen him going into
lem, from a

3 he had chosen
self
alive,

to

whom

also

lie

showed him-

the heaven.

after

his

snflcring,

in

many

con-

Then they returned into Jerusa- 12 mount called Olivet, from Jerusa-

vincing
to them,

proofs,

during

forty

days

appearing

lem a sabbath-day's journey.

And when

they 13

and speaking of the things pertaining 4 to the Kingdom of God and having convened them together, he commanded them not to depart from Jerusalem but to await the gift promised them by the Father, Avliich, says he, 5 you have heard from me for John indeed immersed in water, but you shall be immersed in
;
; :

the

6
7

Holy Spirit, not many days hence. They now having come together, asked him,
to Israel ?

saying. Lord, dost thou at this time restore the

kingdom

And

he said to them. It

is

not for you to


8

know

times or occasions, which

the Father has reserved for his

own
after

disposal.

But you shall receive power, Holy Spirit is come upon you

that

the

and you shall be witnesses for me, both in Jerusalem, and in all Judea, and in Samaria, and to tiic uttermost
:

parts of the earth.

had entered, they went up into the upper room, where abode both Peter, and James, and John, and Andrew, Philip and Thomas, Bartholomew and Matthew, James, son of Alpheus, and Simon Zelotes, and Judas, the hrother of James. These were all persevering with one consent, in prayer and supplication, with women, with Mary the mother of Jesus, and with his brothers. And in those days Peter stood up in the midst of the disciples, and said (the number of the names together being about one hundred and twenty). Brethren, this scripture must needs have been fulfilled, which the Holy Spirit, by the mouth of David, before spoke, concerning Judas, who was guide to them that seized Jesus. For he was numbered with us, and had obtained part of this ministry. (Now a field was purchased with the reward of his iniquity, and he,
falling

14

15

16

17

18

And when

he had spoken these things, while

headlong, burst asunder in the midst,


his

they beheld, he was taken up, and a cloud re10 ceived him out of their sight. And while they

and

all

bowels gushed
field
is

out.

And

it
;

was 19
inso-

known
much

to all the dwellers in Jeri;salem

were gazing

into the heaven as he

went

up,

l^c-

as

that

called

in

thiir proper

194
tongue Aceldama, that 20 blood.)
is

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


to say, the field

of

book of Psalms Lot his habitation be desolate, and let no man dwell in it, and his episcopate let an21 other take. Wherefore, of these men that have accompanied us all the time that the Lord Jesus 22 wont in and out among us, beginning from the immersion of John, to tlie day that he was taken up from us, must one be appointed to be
it
is

For

written

in

the

amazed and perplexed, saying one to another, What means this? Others (mocking) said, They 13 are full of sweet wine. But Peter, standing up 14 with the eleven, raised his voice, and said to them, Jews, and all you that reside in Jerusalem, be this known to you, and hearken to my words for these men are not drunk, as you 15
:

suppose, seeing

it is is

but the third hour of the


that

day.

But

this

which

23 witness with us of his resurrection.

And

they

through the prophet Joel,


of

And

it

was spoken 16 shall come 17


shall

appointed two, Joseph, called Barsabas, who 24 was surnamed Justus, and Matthias. And they
prayingsaid
:

to pass, in the last days, that I will pour out

my

Spirit

upon

all

flesh,

and they

hearts of all

Thou Lord, who knowest the men, show which of these two

prophesy.

25 thou hast chosen, to take a part in this ministiy and an apostlcship, from which Judas by transgression
fell,

Your young men shall see visions, your old men sliall dream in dreams and 18 and on my man servants, and my maid servants, in
:

those days, I will pour out of

my

Spirit,

and

that he might go to his


;

own

jilace.

26

And they gave forth their lots and the lot fell upon Matthias, and he was numbered together
with the eleven Apostles.

day of Pentecost was fully with one accord in one place. And suddenly there came a sound out of heaven, as of a rushing mighty wind, and it filled all the house where they were sitting. And there appeared to them tongues distributed, as of fire, and it sat upon every one of them. And they were all filled witli the Holy Spirit, and tliey began to speak in other tongues, as the spirit gave them utterance. And tliere wore dwelling in Jerusalem Jews, devout men, of every nation under heaven.
II.

When

the

come, they were

all

show won- 19 dors in the heavens above, and signs on the earth beneath blood and fire, and smoky vaThe sun shall be turned into darkness, 20 por. and the moon into blood, before that great and And it shall 21 illustrious day of the Lord come. come to pass, that every one who shall call upon the name of the Lord, shall be saved. Jesus, the Naza- 22 Israelites, hear these words
they shall prophesy.
I will

And

rone, a

man approved

of

God among
signs,

you,

liy

miracles,

and wonders, and

which God
who, by 23

did by him, in the midst of you (as you, yourselves also

know)
up,

him

having

seized,

the declared counsel and foreknowledge of

God

Now when

this

was noised abroad, the

multi-

tude came together, and were confounded, because every one heard them speak in his own
7 tongue.

And

all

were amazed, and marvelled,


all

saying one to another. Behold, are not


8

these

who
every

speak,

Galileans?
in

And how

hoar we,

you have, by wicked hands, slain, wliom God has raised up, 24 having loosed the bands of death, because it was impossible that he should be held under it. For David speaks for him I have always re- 25 garded the Lord, as before my face for he is on my right hand, that I should not be moved. Therefore did my heart rejoice, and my tongue 26 moreover my flesh shall rest in was glad

was yielded crucified and

man
?

our

own

tongue, in which

we

hope, that thou wilt not leave

my

soul

and Modes, and Elamites, and those inhabiting Mesopotamia, both 10 Judea and Cappadocia, Pontus and Asia, Phrygia and Paraphilia, and the parts of Lybia about Gyrene, and Roman strangers, both 11 Jews and proselytes, Gretes and Arabians, we hear them speaking in our own tongues 12 the majestic works of God. And they were all
Pai'thians,

9 were born

the dead, neither wilt thou suffer thy


to see corruption.

among 27 Holy One

Thou
:

hast

me

the

ways of

life

thou wilt

made known to 28 make me full

of joy with thy presence.


freely

Brethren, let
buried,

me

29

speak to you of the Patriarch David,

and his But being 30 a prophet, and knowing that God had sworn to
that

he

is

both

dead and

sepulchre

is

with us to this day.

ACTS OP THE APOSTLES.


liim,

195

that of the IVuit of his loins he


sit

would
lie,

raise

III.

Now Peter
temple, at

31 up the Christ, to

on his throne

foresee-

into

the

and John went up together the hour of prayer the

ing

this,

spoke of the resurrection of the Christ,

ninth hour.
birth,

And

a certain man, lame from his


thither,

that his soul should not be left

among

the dead,

was carried

whom

they
is

daily
called

32 nor his

flesh

see corruption.

This Jesus has


are all witnesses.

laid at the gate of the temple,

which

God

raised up, of which

we

Beautiful, to

ask alms of those entering into


3

33 Therefore, being exalted by the right hand of

the temple, who, seeing Peter


to

God, and having received of the Pathcr the promise of the Holy Spirit, he was shedding
34
I'orth

and John about go into the temple, asked alms. And Peter, earnestly looking upon him with John, said.

4
5

this Avhich
is

you now sec and hear.


;

Por
but

Look on

us.

And

he gave heed to them, ex-

David

not ascended into the heavens

pccting to receive something from them.

Then

he himself says, The Lord said to

my Lord
thy foes

Peter said. Silver and gold

have not, but


7

35 Sit thou on 36 thy

my

right hand,

till

make

what

I have, I give you.

In the name of Jesus

footstool.

Let

all

the

house of Israel,

Christ of Nazareth rise up


seizing

know, that God has constituted that same Jesus, whom you have cru37 cified, Lord and Christ. Now when they heard this, they were pierced to the heart, and said to Peter, and to the other Apostles, Brethren, 38 what shall wc do? Then Peter said to them, Reform and be innnerscd, every one of you,
therefore, assuredly
in the

up

and walk. And him l)y the right hand, he lifted him and immediately his feet and ankles re-

ceived strength.

And

leaping forth, he stood,

and walked, and entered Avith them into the temple, walking, and leaping, and praising God. And all the people saw him walking and prais- 9 and they well knew that it was he, 10 ing God
:

name of Jesus
Spirit.

Christ, for the remission

who

sat for alms, at the Beautiful gate of the


:

of sins, and you shall receive

the gift of the

39 Holy

For the promise is to you, and to your children, and to all those that are afar off, even as many as the Lord our God 40 shall call. And with many other words he testified, and exhorted, saying, Save yourselves
from
41
tliis

temple and they were fdlcd with wonder and amazement at tliat which had happened to
him.

And

while the lame man, Avho was healed, 11

held fast Peter


mon's,

and John,
Avondering.
the

all

the people ran

together to them, upon the porch, called Sologreatly

froward generation.
having gladly received the and the same day, there
;

And when
people
;

Peter 12

saw
The}', therefore,

it,

he

addressed

Israelites,

why marvel
on
us, as

at this? or
Ijy

word, were immersed


i2

though,

our

were added about three thousand


ing,

souls.

And

they

we had

caused

this

why look so eai'nestly own strength, or piety, man to walk? The God
his servant Jesus,

13

perseveringly continued in the Apostle's teach-

of Abraham, and of Isaac, and of Jacob, the

and

in the contribution,
loaf,

and

in the break-

43 ing of the

and

in the prayers.
;

And

fear

God of our fathers, glorified whom you delivered up, and


ence of Pilate,
acquit him.
the Just
one,

disowned, in pres-

came upon every soul and many wonders and 44 signs were done by the Apostles. And all that believed were together, and had all things 45 common, and sold their possessions and goods, and distributed them to all, as any one had
46 need.

when he was determined to But you disowned the Holy and 14


:

And they, continuing daily witll one accord in the temple, and breaking bread from house to house, did eat their food with gladand singleness of heart, praising God, and having favor with all the people. And the Lord daily adde4 the saved to the con-

47 ness

gregation.

and desired a murderer to be and killed the Author of the whose Life, whom God raised from the dead And upon the faith in his witnesses we are. name, he has made this man strong, whom you Yes, his name, and the behold and know. faith, which is through him, has given him this perfect soundness, in presence of you all. And now, brethren, I know that you acted in But God ignorance, as also did your rulers.
granted
to

you

15 16

17 18

196
lias

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


thus accomplislied

those things wMcli


tlie

lie

had formerly announced by


his

mouth of
should

all

we be examined this day concerning a good deed done to an infirm man, in what name lie is
if

prophets,

that

the

Christ

suflcr.

made whole, be
Christ,

it

known

to

you

all,

and

to all 10

19 Reform, then, and turn, that your sins


blotted out, and that seasons of

may bo refreshing may


;

the people of Israel, that in the

name of Jesus
crucified

the Nazareue

whom

you

20 come from the presence of the Lord he

and that

whom God
this

raised from the dead, by him does

may send

Jesus Christ,

tlie

one before pre-

man
which

stand before you sound.

21 pared for you,


things,

whom
God

tlie

heavens must, indeed,

stone which
ers,
is

was
is

set at

This is llie 11 naught by you, the build-

retain until the times of the completion of all

made

the head of the corner.


;

And

12

which

has

spoken

through

the

the salvation
is

not in another person

for there

mouth of
22 began.
thers,

all his

holy prophets, since the world

For Moses, indeed, said to the FaThat a prophet shall the Lord, your

not another name under the heaven, given among men, by wliich it beliooves us to be

saved.

God, raise up for you, from among your brethhim shall you hear ren, as he raised me up in all things, whatever he sliall say to you.
;

Now, considering the freedom of speech, of 13 Peter and John, and having perceived that they
were
illiterate,
;

23

And
shall

every soul

who

will not hear that prophet,

marveled

and persons in private life, they and they knew them well, that they

from among the people. 24 And, indeed, all the prophets, from Samuel and those following in order, as many as have
be
destroyed

used to be with Jesus.

And
it.

beholding the
13ut

man 14
com- 15

who was

healed, standing with theni, they had


liaving
tlie

nothing to say against

25 spoken, have also foretold these days.

You

manded them
tliey

to

withdraw from

council,

are the sons of the prophets, and of the cove-

conferred with one another, saying, Wliat 16

nant which
ing, to

God

made with our fathers, say"

shall

we do

to these

men

for, that,

indeed, a
is

Abraham,

And

in thy seed shall

all

the

notorious miracle has been wrought by them,

26 kindreds of the earth be blessed."

God

havfirst

manifest to

all

those wlio dwell at Jerusalem,

ing raised up his servant Jesus, sent him


of you, from
iniquities.

to you, to bless you in turning away, every one


liis

and we can not deny it. But, that it may be 17 spread no further among the people, let us
strictly tlireaten them, that they speak, henceforth, to

IV.

And

while

tliey

were speaking to the

called
at
all,

people, the priests,


ple guard,

and the captain of the temand the Sadducees came upon tliem,
the people,
is

no man upon this name. And they 18 and commanded tliem not to speak nor to teach, upon the name of Jesus.
tlieni,

2 being indignant that they taught

and preached, that through Jesus


3 rectiou from the dead.

the resur-

And

they laid hands on


:

them, and put them in prison, until the next day

But Peter and John answered, and said to 19 tliom. Whether it be riglit in tlie sight of God, to hearken to you, rather than to God, judge. For we can not but speak the things wliich we 20 have seen and heard. So, when they had fur- 21
ther

4 for

was already evening. But many of fliose who heard tlie word believed and tlie number of the men became about five thousand. And it came to pass, on tlic morrow, that their 5 C rulers, and elders, and scribes, and Annas, tlie High Priest, and Caiaphas, and John, and Alexander, and as many as were of the pontifical fauii7 ly, were gatlicred together in Jerusalem. And placing them in the midst, they asked. In what strength, or in what name, have j-ou done tliis? 8 Then Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit, said to
it
;

threatened them, they discharged them,

finding no means of punisliing them, because of


for all were glorifying God, for that the people which had been done. For the man on wliom this miracle of the healing was wrought, was
;

more

tlian forty

years old.

And now, having been discharged, they went to their own friends, and announced all that the And they, priests and elders had said to them.
hearing, raised a voice to God, with one accord,

24

and
hast

said,

Sovereign Lord, thou art the


tlie

God who
and the

them. Rulers of the people, and Elders of Israel,

made

lieavcns,

and the

earth,

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


25 sea, and
all that is in

197
it

them

wlio by thy servant

your
in

David's mouth hast said,


of
the

Why

did nations rage,


?

own? and after your own power ?


only, but to

was

sold,

was

it

not

Why

have you conceived


5

26 and people imagine a vain thing


earth

Tlie kings

this thing in

presented tlieniselves, and


gatliered
togetlier

the

men

your heart? you have not lied to God. And Ananias hearing
;

Princes Avere

against the

these words, falling, expired

and great fear


6

27 Lord, and against his Anointed.

For, of a truth,

in this city, against thy holy son, Jesus,

whom

thou hast anointed,


Pilate,

both

Herod and Pontius


the people of

with the

Gentiles and

28 Israel, were assembled, to do whatever thy hand, and tliy counsel had before determined to be

came on all that heard these things. And the young men arose, wrapped him up, and cai-rying him out, buried him. Now an interval of about three hours occurred, and his wife, not knowing what was done, came in. And Peter said to her, Tell me whether you sold the
land for so much?
so much.

And now. Lord, behold their threatenand grant to thy servants, that, with all 30 boldness, they may speak thy word, by stretchand that signs and ing out thy hand to heal wonders may be done, by the name of tliy holy
29 done.
ings,
;

And

she

said verily, for

Then Peter

said to her,

Why

is it,

that you have agreed together, to


Spirit of the

tempt the

Lord?
you

Behold the
out.

feet of these

who have
and
fell

buried your husband are at the door,

son, Jesus.

shall carry

Then she
:

instautly 10

31

And, they having prayed, tlie place in which they were assembled together was shaken, and they were all filled with the Holy Spirit, and

down at liis young men came

32 spoke the word of


heart and of

God with

boldness.

And

the

multitude of those that believed were of one

one soul, neither did any of any of tlie tilings which he posbut they had all things sessed, was his own 33 common. And with great power the Apostles gave testimony concerning the resurrection of the Lord Jesus and great grace was upon them 3-1- all. For neither was there any among them who lacked for as many as were possessors of lands, or of houses, sold them, and brought the prices 35 of the things sold, and laid them down at the

them

say, that

and expired and tlic in and found her dead, and carrying her out, buried her by her husband. And great fear came upon all the congregation, 11 and upon all those hearing these things. And through the hands of the Apostles were 12 many signs and wonders done among the people, (and they were all with one accord in Solomon's porch. And of the rest durst no man join 13
feet

himself to them, but the people magnified them.

And

believers were

still

more added
also of

to

the 14

Lord, multitudes of

men and

women),

insomuch that tlicy brought forth tlieir sick into 15 streets, and laid them on beds and couches, that
at the least, the

shadow of Peter, passing

by,

was distributed to every one, according as any one had need. Now Joses, who, by the Apostles, was sur30 named Barnabas (which is, being translated. Son of Consolation), a Levitc, a Cyprian by birth, having land, sold it, and brought the money, and laid it at the Apostles' feet.
Apostles' feet.
it

And

And the 16 might overshadow some of them. multitude of the surrounding cities also came together into Jerusalem, bringing the sick and those harassed with unclean spirits, and they
were every one healed. But the High Priest arising, and all who were with him (being the party of the Sadducees), were filled with zeal, and threw their hands upon the Apostles, and put them in public But an angel of the Lord, under custody. cover of the night, opened the jn-ison doors, and bringing them forth, said. Go stand and speak in tlie temple to the people, all the words
of this
life.

17 18

V.

But

a certain

man named Ananias, with

2 Sappliira, his wife sold a possession and purloined from the price (his wife also being privy 3 at the Apostles' feet.

19 20

and brought a certain part, and laid it But Peter said, Ananias, why has Satan possessed your heart, to lie to the Holy Spirit, and to purloin fi-om the price 4 of the land? While it remained, was it not
to
it),

And when
the

they heard that, they entered into 21 temple early in the morning, and were

198
tcacliiiiur.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


Tint flic Ti\fi:h Priest

came, and tliose

obeyed him, were scattered


nothing.

and lirought

to

that were with liim, and called the council together,


Israel,

and all the senate of the children of and sent into tlic prison to have tliem
v,-\\Qi\

After this man, Judas the Galilean rose up, 37


in the days of
sufficient
tlic

enrollment, and
:

brought.

people after him


;

22

But
not in

the officers

came and found them


sliut ^vith

stroyed himself

and

all,

drew away and he utterly deas many as were obe-

tlie
:

prison, they returned and reported,

dient to him, were dispersed.


to you.

23 saying

The prison indeed wc found


;

Withdraw from

these

and the guards, standing before the we found not one 24 within. Now wlien the Higli Priest, and tlio Captain of the temple, and the Chief Priests, heard those words, tliey were in pcrj)lcxity 25 about them, what this might come to be. But one came and reported, saying, Behold, tbose whom you placed in the prison arc standing in 26 the temple and teacliing the people. Then, the Captain went, witli the officers, and brought them without force (for they feared the people),
all security,

alone

for if this purpose,

And now I say 38 men and let tliem or tliis work Ijo of
if it
it,

entrances

but on opening,

men,

it

will be destroyed

but

be of God, 39

you

are

not

aide

to

destroy

and

lest,

perhaps, you be

ibund to

fight against
;

that they miglit not be stoned.

27
in

And
;

having led them away, they placed them

were persuaded by him and scourged them, they connnandcd that they sliould not speak upon tlie name of Jesus, and released tliem. So 41 they departed from the presence of the council, rejoicing tliat they were esteemed worthy to be dishonored for his name. And they did not 42 cease teaching every day, in the temple, and in every house, and proclaiming Jesus the Christ.
tlicy

And

God. and having 40

called the Apostles,

the council

28 them
filled

Did

to teach

and the High Priest asked we not strictly command you not upon this name ? and, behold, you have
:

iutending to bring the blood of this


us.

up Jerusalem with your doctrine, and are man upon


said,

number of tlie murmuring of tlie Hellenists against the Hebrews occurred, because their own widows were neglected in the Then the Twelve, having daily ministration.
VI.
in tliose days, the
disciples being multiplied, a

Now,

29 30

But Peter and the Apostles answering,

called the multitude of the disciples to them,


said
:

We
God

ought to obey

God

ratlier than

men.

The

Reliiirpiishing the
is

word
us.

of

God

to serve

of our fathers has raised up Jesus,

whom
This

31 you slew, having hanged him on a tree.

God exalted to his right hand, a Prince and a Saviour, to grant repentance to
person has

Wherefore, brethren, look out among you seren men of attested character, full of the Holy Spirit and of wistables

not pleasing to

dom,
but

whom wo may
we
to

appoint over this business

32

Israel,

and forgiveness of
Spirit,

sins.
;

And we
and so
is

are
also

will

give ourselves wholly to prayer,

4
5

his witnesses of these things

and
ple

the ministry of the word.

And

tlie

wliom God has given to those 33 who obey him. Xow those hearing, were exasperated, and they were making up their mind 34 to slay them. But a certain one, arising in the
the

Holy

speech was pleasing in the mind of


;

all llic peo-

Sauliedrim, a Pharhsee,

Gamaliel by name, a
all

and they chose Stephen, a man full of and of the Holy Spirit, and Pliilip, and Prochorus, and Nicanor, and Timon, and Parmenas, and Nicholas, a proselyte of Antioeh
faith
:

teacher of law, honored by

the people, com-

whom
the

they presented before the Apostles


of

and,

6
7

put the Apostles out, for a little 35 while, and said to them, Israelites, take heed to yourselves, what you execute upon these men. 36 For before these days Theudas arose, declarto

manded

praying, they laid their hands upon them.

And

ing himself to be somebody, to whom a number of men, about four hundred, attached themBftlves
;

who was

slain

and

all,

as

many

as

and the number of the disciples in Jerusalem was being greatly multiplied, and a great crowd of tlie priests was becoming submissive to the faith. And Stephen, full of faith and power, did great wonders and miracles among the people.
increasing,

word

God was

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


9

199

Then there arose

certain of

tlie

Synagogue

of that composed of the freedmen

Cyrenians
Cilicia,
;

and Alexandrians, and of those from


Avere

and

and gave him favor and wisdom in Egypt and he made him governor over Egypt, and all his
afflictions,

the sight of Pharaoh, king of

10 of Asia, putting questions to Stephen 11 spiritby which he spoke.

and they

household.

not able to resist the wisdom and the

And they privately proheard him speak-

Now there came a famine upon Egypt and Canaan, and great

all

the land of
:

11

affliction

and

cured

men

wlio said.

We have

our fathers found no sustenance.

But Jacob, 12

ing reviling words against Moses and against

12 God.
elders,

13 seized,

And they excited the people, and the and the sciibes, and came upon liim, and and brought him to tlie council, and set
This

having heard that tliere was grain in Egypt, first And at the second time, 13 sent our fathers. Joseph was made known to his brethren and
;

Joseph's kindred became well


raoh.

known

to

Pha-

up

false witnesses, saying,

man

ceases not

words against tliis holy place, and the 14 law for we have heard him saying, that this Jesus, the Nazarene, will destroy this place, and change the customs which Moses delivered us.
to speak
:

Then Joseph
to
;

scut

and called

his father

Jacob 14

15

And
fastly

all

who

sat in the council, looking steadface, as if it

on him, saw his face of an angel.


VII.

had been the

him and all his kindred, seventy-five souls. So Jacob went down into Eg3-pt, and died, he 15 and our fathers, and were carried over into She- 16 chem, and laid in a sepulchre that wliich Abraham purchased with a sum of money of

2 things so

Then the High Priest said, Are these And he said. Brethren and fatlicrs, ? hearken The God of tlie glory appeared to our
:

But, according as 17 father of Shechcm. the time of the promise, which God had sworn to Abraham, was drawing near, the people had

Hamor,

grown and
arose,

multiplied in Egypt,

till

another king 18

who had

not

known

Joseph.

The same 19

father
"

Abraham, when he was


dwelt in

in

Mesopotamia,

3 before he

Go

forth out of your country,

Haran, and said to him, and from your


tliat I

having treated our race craftily, oppressed our fathers, that they might expose their infants, in order that they might not be preserved alive.

kindred, and come into a country

will

4 show you." Tlien lie came out of the land of the Chaldeans and dwelt in Haran and thonce,
;

after his father

remove into
5
:

was dead, God caused him to you are now dwelling but he did not give him an inlieritancc in it, not even a foot breadth. Yet he proinisod that lie would give it to him, for a posthis land, in wliich

Moses was born, and was exceed- 20 who was nourished in his And, he being 21 fatlier's house, three months. exposed, Pharaoh's daughter adopted him, and nourished him for her own son. And Moses 22

At

this time

ingly beautiful

was educated in all the wisdom of the Egyptians, and was mighty in his words and in his actions. And when he was full forty years old, it came 23
into his heart to look after his brethren, the And seeing one of tliem 24 children of Israel.

session,

and

to

Ills

seed after him, when, as yet, he

6 had no cluld.

Tlicn

God spoke

thus to him:

That

his seed should

be sojourners in a strange

wronged, he defended him, and avenged him

land, and tliat they should enslave, and oppress 7 them four

who was

hundred years.

And

the nation to
I will punish,

He 25 oppressed, smiting the Egyptian. underhave supposed, indeed, his brother would
stood that

whom

tliey sliall

be in bondage,

God, by

his

hand, Avould deliver

said God,

and

after this they shall

come

fortli

them

but they did not understand.

And

the 26

8 and serve

me in this place. And God gave Abraham a covenant of circumcision and so he


;

begat Isaac, and circumcised him the eighth day.

And

Isaac begat Jacob, and

Jacob begat the

9 twelve patriarchs.

And

the patriarchs,

moved
all his

with envy, sold Joseph into Eg_vpt.

But God

10 was with him, and delivered him out of

next day, he showed himself to them as tliey were quarreling, and would have compelled them to peace, saying. You are brethren why do you wrong one another ? But he who did 27 his neighbor wrong, thrust him away, saying, Who made you a ruler and a judge over us ? Will you kin me, as you killed tlie Egyptian 28
;

200
21)

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


yr'stiTihiv?

Then MoHCsflcd
(Ik3

at this saying, anrT


wliicli

away beyond Babylon.

Our

fathers

had the 44

wius a striin^-cr in
;{()

lam] of Midian, in

tabernacle of testimony in the wilderness, as he


liadap|)ointcd, speaking to Moses, thathc should

Iin

ho'^nt

two

Foiis.

And

wlicn forty years were


liiin,

expired, tiiorc appeared to ness of


;n
tlie

in

(lie

wildertiic

make
seen

mountain, Sinai, a messenger of


fire in

Lord,

in

a lliime of
it, lie

a Imsli.
at

And

wlien

Moses saw drew near 32 Lord came to


lie
fiilliers,
ls:\iie,
;V,>,

wondered
saying, 1

tlie siglit;
it,

and, as

according to the pattern that he had which tabernacle also our fathers having 45 received, they brought in with Joshua, into the possession of the heathen, wdiom God drove out
it
:

to c!ontemplat,e
liini,

the voiec of the


tiie

before the face of our fathers, until the days of

am

God
tlie

of yonr
(lod of

David
Jacob.

who found
to
IJiit

favor

before

God, and 40

Ihe (lod of
llie

Abraham, ami

desired

find

tabernacle for the

God

of

and

flod of Jacob.

Tiien Moseys ti'cmllie

bled ;ind
liiin,

iliirst
(iir

not look.

Then

Lord said

to

theless,

Solomon built him a house. Never- 47 the Most Iligli does not dwell in temples 48
;

;5I

yonr shoes from your f(^ot, for the Trnly place on which yon stand is holy gronnd.
I'nl

made with hands


heaven
is

as the prophet says

'I'hc

4'.)

have

s(>en tlie

allliction

of

my

iieojde, wdio

are

in Egyjil.

Sf)

and have heard their groaning, and am eome down to deliver them. And now, come, I This Moses, whom will send yon into Egypt. they had rejected, saying, Who made yon a rider and a judge? God sent the same to 1^ a, rider and a deliverer, by the Imnd of the messenger

my tlirone, and the earth is my footWhat house Avill yon build for mo ? says stool. or, wdiat is the place of my rest? the Lord Did not my hand make all these?
:

Slilfnecked and uneircumcised in heart


ears,

and

;]()

Hint
Ihein

;ippe:iii'(l
(Hit,

lo liiin

in

the bush.

lie Ijronght

showing \V(m(lei's and signs, in Mil' hiiiil of i'jgyi)t, and in Ihe lied Sea, and in 87 the wilderness, forty years. This is the Moses who s!iid to llie children of Israel, The Lord yonr (lod will I'iiise lip a prophet for yon, of yonr
ul'ler

linlhren, as he raised np inc


rtS

yon shall hear him.


congregation
in

This

is

he

who was

in the

the

wilderness, with

llie

messenger that spoke to


ninl

him

in

llie

nioiint Simii.

wilh our falhers,


oracles lo give to

who
;i',)

riM'ei\('il
\\

(he

lil'e-^ix iiig

us

hdiu

our

lalhcrs

w(nild

not

obey,

but

you are always resisting the Holy Spirit Which r,9. as your fathers did, so you are doing. of the prophets did not your fathers persecute ? They even slew those who had ]ireviously announced the coming of the Just One, of whom ymi have now been the betrayers and murderers you who have received the law by tlic minis- 53 When 54 tration of angels, and have not kept it. they heard those things, they were cut to the heart, and they gnashed on him with their teeth. But he, being full of the Holy Spirit, looked up steadfastly into the heaven, and saw the glory of God, and Jesus standing on the right hand of God, and said Behold,! see the heaven ojicned, 50 and the Son of man standing on the right hand
:

them, ami in llieir hearts Ihriist him fruiii do turned back again into Egyjit, saying to Aaron,

of

voice,

Miike as gods
this Afoses.

lo

go before

iis

because, as for

Egv]!!,

who brought ns out of the land of we do not know what is become of him.
lli(^

God. Then they cried out with a loud 57 and stopped their ears, and ran upon him with one consent, and cast him out of the city, and stoned him. And the witnesses laid olT 5^ their garments at (he feet of a yoiing man,

41

And
llieir
llieiii

they miide a calf in those days, and oll'ered


idol,

named
voking,
spirit.

Saul.

And
saying.

they

stoned
Jesus,

Stephen,
receive
cried
this
(his

in-

51)

sacrifice to

and njoii'cd
Tlu-n

in Ihe

work of
:

and

Lord

my
out,

42

own
lip

hiinds.

God

(nrned nnd gave

And he kneeled down and


loud voice,

to will-ship Ihe nniM' of


ill

hemcn

as

it

with

a.

Lord, lay not

sin

to
fell

is

wrilleii

Ihe

book of (he

]iropliels;

house

their charge.

And when

he liad said

he

of Israel,
sacrifices,
4:-

li;i\e

vim olVered lo me slain beasts and during I'orly years in the wilderness?

asleep.

Now

Saul was consenting lo his death.

up Ihe tabernacle of ]\Ioloch, and the slar of yonr god Hemphan, images which you
eviMi look

Yon

VITI.

Now

pcrseention

against
;

on that day there arose a great the congregation, which

made

to wor.ship

therefore,

will

carry you

was

in

Jerusalem

and thev wore

all

scattered

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


abroad througliout the
jointly bore
districts of Jiulca

201

and

struction with you, because


to

you have presumed


through money.

Samaria, except the Apostles.

Yet devout men


tiic

procure the gift of

God

To

21

away Stephen

to

grave, and
l]ut

made great lamentation over

liim.

Saul

wasted the congregation, entering into tlic liouscs, and dragging fortli men and women, lie committed tliem to prison.
indeed,
Nevertlielcss, the disriii-

persed, passed along preaching the word,


lip,

having gone down to a city of


giv-

Samaria, was announcing the Christ to them

and the multitudes were, with one accord,


ing heed to the things spoken by Pliilip,

when
was

they heard and saw the miracles whicii

lie

doing

for,

from many who had unclean

spirits,
;

you there is no part nor portion in this thing, lor your heart is not right in the sight of God. Reform, therefore, from this your wickedness, and pray the Lord, if, perhaps, the device of your heart shall be forgiven you for I perceive that you are in the gall of bitterness, and in Then Simon, answering, the bond of iniquity. said. Pray to the Lord for me that none of these things, which you have sj)okcn, may come upon me. They therefore, when they had testilicd and preached the word of the Lord, set out on their return to Jerusalem, and they preached the
;

22
28

24

25

they were going out, crying with a loud voice

gospel in

many

villages of the Samaritans.

10

11

12

13

and many palsied and lame were iiealed. And there was great joy in that city. But there was there, l)cfore, a certain man, named Simon, who formerly, in the same city, had practiced sorcery, and astonislied the people of Samaria, boasting that he was some great one. To whom they all gave heed, young and old, saying, This man is the great power of God. And to him indeed they gave heed, because that for a long time, he; had astonished them with But when they believed Philip, his sorceries. preaching the things concerning the kingdom of God, and the name of Jesus Christ, they were immersed, both men and women. Also Simon himself believed and when he was im;

But an angel of the Lord spoke to Philip, 26 saying, Arise, and go toward the south, to the
the

way

that goes
is

Gaza (which

And

he arose

down from Jerusalem to way through the desert). and went and behold a man of 27
the
;

Ethiopia, an otiicer of great authority, inuler

charge of
Jerusalem

Candace, queen of the Ethiopians, who had the all her treasure, and had come into
to

and he was returning, 28 was reading Moreover the Spirit said 29 Isaiah, the prophet. to Philip, Go near and join yourself to this And Phili]) having run up to him, and 30 chariot.
worship
;

and, sitting upon his chariot, he

heard him reading Isaiah, the prophet, said, yon understand what you arc reading?
replied.

Do He

31

mersed, he constantly adhered to Philip, and,

How

can

1,

except some one should

beholding the miracles and signs wliirh wore


done, he was astonished.

guide

me?

And

he invited Philip to come up

and

sit

with him.

Now

the passage of the 32


this,
:

U
15

Now when
salem,

the Apostles

who were

at Jeru-

Scripture, which ho

was reading, was

"He

heard that Samaria had received the

word of God, tliey sent to tlicn\ Peter and .biliii, who, when they had come down, jirayed for tliem, tliat they nught receive the Holy
Spirit.

was lamb
not

led
is

away

as a sheep to slaughter

and as a

silent before the shearer, so he opens

his

moulh.

lu his humiliation, his con- 33


;

denuuition was extorted


his

and who

shall declare

IC.

For as
:

yet,

he had fallen upon none

generation? for
earlli."

his life is violently

taken
3-4

of them
17

only they had been immersed into the

from the

And

the officer, replying to

name

of the

Lord

Jesus.

Then they

laid

hands
Spirit.

Philip, said, I

beg of you, of
of

whom
or

does the
of some

on them, and they received the Holy


IS

prophet speak this?


other person?

himself,

And when Simon saw


of
the Apostles'

that,

through laying on

And

Philip opened his moulli, 35

was 19 given, he ofl'ered them money, saying. Give to me also this power, tliat on whomever I lay 20 hands, he may receive the Holy Spirit. But Peter said to him, May your silver go to dehands,
the
Spirit

Holy

and began at the same Scripture, and announced to him Jesus. And as they were going along the road, they 36 and the officer came upon a certain water my being hinders What said,Behokl water
: !

202
;]7

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


iinnicrHcd ?

And

Philip said, If j-ou believe

Ananias coming in, and putting


that he might receive his sight.

his

hand on him,

with

all

j'our

heart,

you may.
he

And

he anis

Then Ananias 13

swered, and said, I believe that Jesus Christ

38 the Son
chariot

of
to

God.
stand

And
still
;

commanded
l^oth
officer,

the

answered. Lord, I have heard, by uumy, of this man, how much evil he has done to thy saints
are in Jerusalem. And here he has author- 14 from the chief Priests, to bind all those invoking thy name. But the Lord said to him. Go, 15
ity

went and 39 lie immersed him. And when they wei-e come up out of the water, the Spirit of the Lord caught Philip away, that the officer saw him no more for he went on his journey rejoicing. 40 But Philip was found in Azotus and, passing along, he announced the tidings in all the cities

down

into the water, Philip

and thcj and the

who

for he

is

a chosen instrument for me, to bear


for I

my

name

before the Gentiles,


:

children of Israel

and kings, and the will indicate to him IG

how

great things he must suffer on account of

till

his entrance into Cffisarea.

my name. And Ananias

Avent

away and entered

into 17

IX. But Saul yet breathing out threatening and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord, 2 Aveut to the High Priest, and desired from him
Damascus, to the Synagogues, that if he found any of that way, whether they were
letters to

the house, and having laid his hands on liini, said, Brother Saul, the Lord, even Jesus, who appeared to you in the way as you came, has

or women, he might bring them bound to 3 to Jerusalem. Now in the journey, he came

men

near Damascus

and, suddenly, there

flashed

4 around him, a light from heaven, and having fallen upon the earth, he heard a voice saying to him, Saul, Saul, why do you persecute me?
5

you may receive sight, and be filled with the Holy Spirit. And immediately there 18 and he fell from his eyes, as it were scales imarose, and was received sight forthwith, and strength19 he was having taken food mersed and with the some days Then Saul was ened. And immedi- 20 disciples who were at Damascus.
sent me, that
:

ately he proclaimed

Christ in the synagogues,

that this

is

the Son of God.

But
this

all that

heard 21

And
it

he

said,

Who
am

art thou,
Jesus,

Lord?

And

the

him were amazed, and


destroyed those

said. Is

not this he

who

the Lord said, I


is

whom you

persecute

who invoked

name

in Jeru-

And
what

he,

hard for you to kick against the goads. trembling and astonislied, said, Lord,
wilt thou have

me

to

do

Aud

the

said to him, Arise, and go into the city,


7 shall be told

Lord and it
the

you what you nmst do.

And

men who were journeying with him, had stood


speechless, hearing, indeed, the voice, but seeing
8

no

person.
;

But Saul was raised from the


:

salem, and came hither for this purpose, that he might bring them bound to the chief Priests ? But Saul increased the more in strength, aud 22 confounded the Jews who dwelt in Damascus, proving that this person is the Christ. Now 23 when many days were accomplished, the Jews consulted to kill him. But their conspiracy wa.s 24 known to Saul, and they watched the gates,

earth

and, though his eyes were opened, he

day and night,

tliat

they might kill him.

Then 25

saw no person luit they led him by the hand, 9 and brought him into Damascus. And he was there three days without seeing, aud did not eat
nor drink.
10

the disciples took

him by

down through
himself to

the wall in

and let him But coming 26 a basket.


night,
to

into Jerusalem, he

was attempting
;

attach
all

the

disciples

but they were

Now, there was a certain disciple at Damascus, named Ananias aud the Lord said to him
:

fearing him, not believing him to be a disciple.

in a vision,

Ananias!

And

he said, Behold, I

am

11 here. Lord.

And the Lord said to him. Arise aud go upon the sti'cel which is called Straight, and inquire in the house of Judas for one called
Saul,

But Barnabas took him and brought him to the 27 Apostles, and fully declared to them, how he had seen the Lord in the way, and that he had spoken to him, and how he had boldly preaclied
at Damascus, in the

name

of Jesus.

of Tarsus

for behold he

is

praying

to

And he was
in Jerusalem,

with them, coming in and going out 28

12 me, and has seen

in

a vision a

man named

and preaching boldly

in the

name 29

ACTS OP THE APOSTLES.


of the Loi-d Jesus, and was talking and disputing
to the people,

203

and prayed

to

God

continually

with the Hellenists


30 him.

but they undertook to kill

he distinctly saw in a vision, about the ninth

The

brethren,

having

ascertained

this,

hour of the day, an angel of


to

31 into Tarsus.

conducted him into Ccesarca, and sent him out Then the congregations had peace,
throughout
all
;

him,

and saying
is it.

to

him,

God coming in Cornelius And


!

when he looked on him he was


said
;

afraid,

and

Judea, and Galilee, and Samaria,


and, walking in the fear of the

What

Lord ?

And

he said to him,
5

being edified

Your prayers and your alms

are come up for a

Lord, and in the consolation of the Holy Spirit,


they were multiplied.

32

Now
througii

it

happened that Peter, while passing

33 that
tain

among all, came down also to the saints dwelt at Lydda and there he found a cerman, named iEneas, who had kept his bed
:

34 eight years, and was sick of the palsy. And Peter said to him, JEneas, Jesus, the Christ,
heals you.

memorial of you before 3-od. And now send men to Joppa, and call for one Simon, whose surname is Peter. He lodges with one Simon, a tanner, whose house is by the sea-shore. He And will tell you what you ought to do. when the angel who spoke to Cornelius was gone, he called two of his domestics, and a devout soldier of those who waited on him and
;

Arise and make your bed.

And

he

35 arose immediately. And all who dwelt at Lydda, and Saron, beheld him, and turned to the Lord.
36

having fully related all these things to them, Again, on the next he sent them to Joppa.
day, while

they were on their journey,


city,

and
hour.

Now
named

there was, in Joppa, a certain disciple,

drew near the

Peter went up on the

by interpretation is called, Dorcas) this woman was full of good Now it 37 works, and of alms which she did. came to pass in those days that she, being sick, And, having Avashed her, they placed her died.
Tabitha
(which
:

house-top to pray,

at

about

the

sixth

very hungry, he desired to eat. 10 Now while they were preparing, he fell into a trance, and saw the heaven open, and a certain 11

And becoming

vessel
sheet,

descending to him like a great white

38

in

an upper room.
In

And Lydda
sent

being near to
to him, en-

bound together
to the earth
;

at four corners,

and

let

Joppa, the disciples, having heard that Peter

down

in

which were
beasts,

all

kinds of 12
reptiles

was

that place,

two men
not

four-footed animals,

and wild

and

treating,

that

he would

delay to come
Peter, arising,

of the earth, and birds of the air.


;

And

there 13

39 through as far as to them.


;

Then

went with them whom having come, they led into the upper room and all the widows stood weeping, sliowing vests and mantles, and by him while she was with all which Dorcas made all forth, putting them But Peter, 40 them. and turning to the kneeled down and prayed And she opened her body, said, Tabitha, arise. Peter, she sat up, aud 41 eyes. And when she saw he gave her his hand, and caused her to stand up and having called the saints and widows, And it was known 42 he presented her alive. throughout all Joppa, and many believed in the
; ;

came a voice to him. Rise, Peter kill and eat. But Peter said. Not so. Lord for I have never 14 eaten any thing common or unclean. And the 15 What voice said to him again, a second time God has cleansed, that call not you common. This was done thrice, and the vessel was taken 16
;
;

up again into the heaven. Now as Peter was pondering in himself, what 17 the vision which he had seen could mean behold the men who were sent from Cornelius,
;

having inquired out Simon's


tlic

house, stood

at

gate,

Simon,

and calling, they asked, whether 18 surnamed Peter, was lodging there.
vision, 19

43 Lord.

And ho

tarried

many days

in Joppa,

While Peter thought attentively of the


the Spirit said to him. Behold

with one Simon, a tanner.

three

seeking you.

Arise, therefore,

men are go down and 20


I

X.

Now

a certain

man

in

Ctesarea, called

Cornelius, a centurion of the band, called the


2 Italian Band, a devout man,

accompany them, doubting nothing, for Then Peter went down sent them.
men, and said, Behold, I
seeking.

have
the 21

to

God, with

all his family,

and one who feared who gave much alms

am

he

whom you
for

are

What

is

the reason

which you

204
22 arc come?

ACTS OP THE APOSTLES.


And
tlicy
f<aicl,

Cornelius, the cen-

turion, a just

man, and one wlio fears God, and

beginning from Galilee, after the immersion concerning Jesus of which John preached
;

of good report

among

all

the nation of the

Nazareth

how God

anointed him with the 38


;

Jews, was

instructed

from

God, by a holy

messenger, to scud for you into his house, and to


2'i

Spirit and with power who went about, from place to place, doing good, and healing

Holy

24

25 26 27

in, ho day Peter went with them, and certain l^rcthrcn from And on the next Joi)pa accompanied him. day, he entered into Ctcsarea and Cornelius was waiting for them, having called together his kindred and intimate friends. Now, as Peter was entering, Cornelius met him, and falling down at his feet, he worshiped him. But Peter raised him up, saying, Stand up. I myself also am a man. And,

hear words of you.


entertained them.

Then, calling them


the next

And on

were oppressed by the devil for God was with him. And we arc witnesses of all 30 things which he did, both in the land of the whom they slew, Jews, and in Jerusalem Him God raised up 40 hanging him on a tree. not to 41 the third day, and showed him openly
all that
;

all

the people, but to Avitnesses before chosea

by God, even to us who did cat and drink And 42 with him after he rose from the dead. the people, announce to he commanded us to
and to
testify

that

it lie

is

he himself who

is

conversing with him, he went in

and found

ordained by God, to

the judge of the living

many assembled.
28
it

And
is

he said to them,

unlawful for a

You well know that man, who is a Jew, to

and the dead. To him all the prophets testify, 43 that whoever believes in him shall, through his name, receive remission of sins. While Peter 44

associate with, or to approach one of another

was yet speaking these words, the Holy


fell

Spirit

29

30

31 32

and yet God has showed to me that I should not call any man common or unclean. And therefore I came witliout objecting, as soon as I was sent for. I ask then, for what purpose you have sent for me? And Cornelius said. Four days ago, I Avas fasting till this hour and at tlic ninth hour I prayed in my house, and behold, a man stood before me, in bright apparel, and said, Cornelius, your prayer is heard, and your alms are had in remembrance before God. Send, therefore, to Joppa, and call here Simon, whose surname
nation
;
;

on

all

those Avho
the

heard the Avord.


Avho

And
as

45

those

of
as

circumcision,
Avitli

believed,

many

came

Peter, Averc astonished be-

cause that on the Gentiles also, the gift of the

Holy Spirit was poured out. For they hoard 46 them speak with other tongues, and magnify God. Then Peter ansAvered, Can any man for- 47
bid
the

water, that these should not be im-

mersed, Avho have received the Holy Spirit, as


well as

we?

And

he commanded thcin to be 48
of the Lord.

immersed

in the

name

Then they

requested him to remain some days.

Peter. He is entertained in the house of one Simon, a tanner, by the sea-shore who, 33 when he is come, will speak to you. Immeis
;

XI.
out

And the Apostles and brethren, throughthat


the

Judca, heard

Gentiles

also

had
2

diately, therefore, I sent to you,

and you have

received the Avord of God.

And

Avhcn Peter

done well that you have come. Now then, we are all here present before God, to hear all 34 things that are commanded you by God. Then Peter, opening his mouth, said. In truth, I pernot a respecter of persons 35 but, in every nation, he that fears him, and 36 works righteousness, is acceptable to him. You
is

went up

into Jerusalem, they of the circumcision

disputed with him, saying.

You

associated Avith

men

Avho arc uncircuniciscd, and ate with them.

ceive that

God

know

the message, which ho sent to the chilIsrael,


is

But Peter related the matter from the beginning, and set it forth in order to tlicm, saying, I Avas and I saAV, in a in the city of Joppa, praying trance, a vision, something descend, like a great sheet, let doAvn from heaven liy four corners,
;

dren of

preaching ])eace through Jesus


;

37 Christ, he

Lord of all you know that message which was published throughout all Judea,

and it came even to me. Upon which, when I had earnestly looked, I considered, and saw foorfooted animals of the earth, antl Avild beasts, and

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


7 reptilesaiulbiidsof the air. 8 saying to me, Arise, Peter
said,
;

205

Aud I heard a voice,


kill

and

cat.

But

Not

so.

Lord

for noLliing

common

or un-

any time, entered into my mouth. 9 But the voice answered me again from heaven.
clean, has, at

10
11

What God has cleansed, that call not you common. And this was done three times and all were drawn up again into heaven. And behold, there were immediately three men already come to
;

Barnabas departed to Tarsus to seek Saul. Aud 26 when he had found him, he brought him to Antioch. And it came to pass that, during a whole year, they were assembled with the con,gregation, and taught a great multitude. Aud the disciples were called Christians first in
Antioch.

the house where I was, sent from Caesarea to me.

And in those days prophets came down from 27 Jerusalem to Antioch. And one of them, named 28 Agabus, having stood up made known through
the Spirit that there

12

13

14
15

16

17

me go with them, doubting And, moreover, these six brethren accompanied me and we entered into the man's house and he told us, how he had seen the messenger in ids house, who stood aud said to him Send to Joppa, aud call for Simon, whose surname is Peter, who will tell you words, by which you and all your house shall be saved. And as I began to speak, the Holy Spirit fell on them, as on us in the beginning. Then I remembered the declaration of the Lord, how he said, John, indeed, immersed in water, but you shall be immersed in the Holy Spirit. Since, then, God gave them the same gift even as he did to us, when we believed on the Lord Jesus Christ who was I that I could withstand
the Spirit bade

And

would be a great famine


the disciples, every one, 29

nothing.

throughout

all

the land, which occurred in the

days of Claudius.
according to his
lief to the

Then
ability,

determined to send
;

re-

brethren that dwelt in Judea


;

and sent it to hands of Barnabas and Saul.


they also did

which 30 the Elders by the

XII.

Now, about that

time,

Herod, the king,


certain
2

stretched forth his hands to persecute

persons of the congregation.

And

he killed

James, the brother of John, with the sword.

And

because he saw that it pleased the Jews, he proceeded further to seize Peter also. (And then were the days of the unleavened loaves.)

18

God?
were

When
silent,

they heard
glorified

these

things

they

And

God, saying, God, then, indeed, has also granted to the Gentiles
the reformation to
life.

and

prison,

having apprehended him, he put him in aud delivered him to four quarternions
Pe-

of soldiers, to guard him, intending, after the

passover, to bring him forth to the people.

19

Now

they

who were

scattered abi-oad, upon

ter,

therefore,

was kept

in prison, but earnest

the persecution that arose about Stephen, ii-avel-

prayer, without ceasing,

was made by the

con-

cd as far as Phenicia, and Cyprus, and Antioch,


20 speaking the word to none but Jews.
of them were

gregation to

God

for him.

And some

And when Herod would have


forth, in that night,

brought hira
chains
the

men

of Cyprus and Cyrene, who,

Peter was sleeping between

having come into Antioch, spoke to the Hellenists,

two

soldiers,

bound with
messenger of

two
tlie

and
near, 7

preaching the gospel of the Lord Jesus.


the Imnd of the

keepers, before the door, guarded

prison.

21

Aud

Lord was with them, and a

And

1)e]iolda

Lord stood

great number believed and turned to the Lord.

and a

light shone in the prison, and, striking


side, lie raised

22 Then tidings of these things came to the ears of the congregation which was in Jerusalem and
;

they sent forth Barnabas, that he should go

23 tlirough to Antioch
beheld the grace of

when he came and God, was glad, and exhorted


;

wlio,

them

all,

that with purpose of heart, they should

24 adhere to the Lord.

For he was a good man,


Spirit

aud

full

of the

Holy

and of

faith.

And

25 great multitude was added to the Lord.

Then

him up, saying, Rise from his hands. Aud the messenger said to him. Gird And he did yourself and bind on your sandals. And he said to him. Cast your garment so. around you, and follow me. And Peter went out and followed him, and had not perceived that what was done by the messenger was real, but thought that he saw a vision.
Peter on the

up quickly.

And

his chains fell off

206
10

ACTB OF THE APOSTLES.


Wlien
tlicy

had passed the

first

and the

smote
glory.

liim

second watch, they came to the iron gate, that


leads
into

because he did not give God the And, having been eaten by worms, he

the city
;

<)usly to

them

wliicli opened spontaneand they went out, and passed


;

expired.

on through one
ing

street.

And
liini.

fortliwith the mes-

11 senger departed from

Then

Peter, havI

come

to

liiuisclf,

said,

Now

certainly

know

that the

Lord has sent

his messenger,

and

But the word of God continued to grow, and 24 And Barnabas and Saul returned from 25 Jerusalem, when they had fulfilled their ministry, and took witli tlicm Jolm, wlioso surname was Mark.
extend.

has delivered

me

out of the hands of Hei'od,

and from the Jews.


12

all

the expectation of the people of

XIII.

'Now

there were in the congregation

And when
wont
to the

lie

Iiad

considered the matter, he

tlie mother of John, was Mark, wlicre many were 13 assembled, praying. And when he knocked at the door of the gate, a maid servant, named And recognizing 14 Rlioda, went to hearken.

house of Mary,

wliose surname

Peter's voice, she did not open

tlie

gate, for
tliat

gladness
to her.

but ran in and told them

Peter

15 was standing before the gate.

And

they said

You

are crazy.
it

But she confidently


so.

affirmed that

was even

Tlicn they said,

16 It

But Peter continued his knocking. And wlien they had opened tlie 17 door, and saw liim, tliey were astonislied. But lie, beckoning to them with the hand to be quiet, declared to them how tlie Lord had brought him out of the prison. And he said. Go tell these things to James, and to the brctlircn. And lie departed and went to another
is

messenger.

and Barnabas and Simeon, who is called Niger, and Lucius the Cyrenian, and Manaen, who liad been brought up with Herod the Tetrarch, and Saul. While they were ministering to the Lord, and fasting, the Holy Spirit said, Separate for me Barnabas and Saul to the work, for which I have called them. And wlien they had fasted, and prayed, and laid their hands on them, they sent them away. So they, being sent forth by tlie Holy Spirit, went down into Seleucia and tlicnce tliey sailed into Cyprus. And when they were in Salainis, they jireaelied tlie word of God in the synagogue of the Jews, and they liad also John as their attendant. And when they had gone through
that existed in Antioch, certain prophets
teachers, as
;

the wliole island as far as Paphos, they found

certain

sorcerer,

false

propliet,

whose name was Bar- Jesus


dent

who was with

a Jew,
the
7

proconsul of the country, Sergius Paulus, a pru-

place.

man

who

called for
tlie
(fin-

18

Now,
small

as soon as

it

was day,

tliere

was no

and desired
Elymas,
tlie

to hear

stir

among

the soldiers, as to wJiat liad

sorcerer

Barnabas and Saul, of God. But so is his name, being

word

And when ITcrod had sought and did not find liim, lie examined tlie keepers, and commanded tliat they should lie put to death. And he went from Judea to Cxsarea, and abode there. 20 And Herod being enraged at lliose of Tyre and Sidon, tliey came with one accord to him, and, having made Blastus, the king's chamber19 become of Peter.
for him,
lain, their friend, desired

translated), opposed
tlie

tlioni,

seeking to turn aside

proconsul from the

faitli.

called Paul), filled with the

Then Saul (also Holy Spirit, liaving

5)

looked earnestly upon


subtilty

liim, said,

O
of

i'ull

of

all

10

and
all

all

mischief,

son

tlie

Devil,

enemy of

righteousness, will you not cease

to pervert the right

ways

of the

Lord?
is

And

11

now

behold the hand of the Lord


shall be
l)liiid,

upon you,

peace because their country was supported by tlie king's country.


;

and you
season.
mist,

not seeing the sun for a

21 And, on an appointed day, Ilcrod, arrayed in royal apparel, sat on his throne, and made a

22 speech to them.

And

tlie

people shouted, say-

fell on liim a and a darkness and he went about seeking some ])ersons to lead him liy the hands. Then the proconsul, having seen what was 12
;

And

immediately there

ing, It is the voice of a

23

And

immediately

God, and not of a man. a messenger of the Lord

done, belie\ed, being astonished at the doctrine

of the Lord.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


13

207

And, loosing- from Paphos, llioy -who were with Paul came into Perga of Pampliilia and John, departing from them, returned into Jeru;

in him, yet

they desired Pilate to put him to

salem.

'But they themselves, departing from Perga, came into Antioch of Pisidia, and went into the synagogue on the sahbatli-day, and sat down. 15 And, after the reading of the Law and the
1*1

they had fulfilled all that 29 was written of him, they took him down from the tree, and laid him in a sepulchre. But God 30 raised him from the dead and he was seen 31 many days by those who came up with him
death.
;

And when

from Galilee into Jerusalem, who are his witnesses to the people.

And we
God

are declaring to 32

Prophets, the rulers of the synagogue sent to


tliem, saying, Brethren, if

you glad

tidings,

how

that the promise, which


lias

you

liave a
it.

word of

was made
fulfilled the

to

the fathers,

completely 33

exhortation for the people, fpcak

same
;

to us their children, he

having

16

Then Paul stood


hand,
lie

said

and waving with his Israelites, and you who fear


up,

raised up Jesus

as

it

is

also written in the

second Psalm,

"

Thou

art

my

Son, to-day I have

17 God, hearken.

Tiic

God

of

tliis

people chose

our Fathers and exalted the people,

when they

dwelt as strangers in the land of Egypt, and with a high arm lie brought them out of it.
18

him up 34 from the dead, no more to return to corruption, he said thus, " I will give to you the faithful
begotten thee."
that he raised

And

mercies of David."

And

for

about the period of forty years he


tlic

19 nourished them in

wilderness.

And when

he had subjected seven nations, in the land of Canaan, he divided their land to them by lot.
20

And

after tlieso things, during about four hunfifty

Wherefore he says also, in 35 wilt not give up thy Holy One to see corruption." For David, indeed, 36 after he had served his own generation by the will of God, fell asleep, and was added to his fathers, and saw corruption. But he whom God 37
another psahn,
"

Thou

dred and
21

years, he

gave

tiicni

judges until

raised again, did not see corruption.

Samuel, the Prophet.

And
selves.

after that they asked a king for them-

And God
man
years.

granted to them Saul the son


him,
to

of Kish, a

of the tribe of Benjamin, during

22 forty

And having removed


;

he

raised up for them David, to be king

whom

also he testified, saying, " I liave found David,

the son of Jesse, a

man
all

after

my own
to

heart,"

23 who shall perform

my

desires.

Of
;

this

man's
2
1

seed

has

God,

according

pi-omise,

brought up for Israel a saviour


having
first

;Jcsus

John
all

preached, before his

entrance on
the

you therefore, bretlircn, that is announced to you the forgiveness of sins. And by him all that believe are justified from all things from which you could not be justified by the law of Moses. Beware, then, lest that come upon you which is written in the prophets Behold, you despisers, and wonder and perish. For I execute a work in your days, a work which you will not believe, though any one should fully declare it to And as they were going out, the Gentiles you. besought them, that these words might be

Be

it

known

to

38 39

through this person

40 41

42 43

his work,

an immersion of reformation to

spoken to them the next sabbath.


the

Now when
many
of the

25 people of Israel.
pose
is

Now
I

while John was com-

congregation was dispersed,


religious

pleting his course, he said,

me

to

be?

am
tlie

not he.

coining after me,

do you supBut behold, one shoes of whose feet I am

Whom

Jews and

proselytes

followed Paul

2G not worthy
of

to loose.

Brethren, sons of the race

Abraham, and those among you who fear God, to you is the word of this salvation sent. 27 For they who dwell in Jerusalem, and their rulers, not knowing him, and the utterances of the prophets, which are read every sabbath, 28 have, in condemning him, fulfillal them. And
although they found not the least cause of death

and Barnabas, who, addressing them, persuaded them to persevere in the grace of God. And 44 on the next sabbath, almost the whole city assembled to hear the word of God. But when 45 the Jews saw tlie multitudes, they were filled with zeal, and spoke against those things which were spoken by Paul, contradicting and revilThen Paul and Barnabas became bold, 46 ing. and said
;

It

was necessary

that the

word

of

God

should

first

have been spoken to you.

But

208
seeing you put

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


are

47

48

49

f>()

51

52

it from you, and judge yourunworthy selves of the everlasting life, beliold turn to tlic Gentiles. For so has the Lord ^ye commanded us, saying I have placed you for a liglit of nations that you miglit be for salvaOn hearing tion even to the ends of the earth. this the Gentiles rejoiced, and glorified the word of the Lord, and as many, as were dctermined for everlasting life, believed. And the word of the Lord was pul)lislied througliout all the region. But the Jews stirred up the devout and liouorable women, and tiic chief men of the city, and raised a persecution against Paul and Barnabas, and expelled them out of their borBut they shook oil' the dust of their feet ders. against them, and went into Iconium. And the disciples were JiUed with joy and with the Holy
;

come down
they

to

us, in

the likeness of men.

And
Then
city,

called

Barnabas, Zeus, and he was


the
chief

Paul, 12

Hermes, because

speaker.

the jjriest of the Zeus that

was before the 13

brought oxen and garlands to the gates,

and, wdtli the people, wished to otfer sacrifices


to

them.

Which when

the Apostles, Barnabas 14


clothes,

and Paul, heard, they rent their


saying.

and
arc

leaped forth into the crowd, crying out, and 15

Why

do yon do these things

We

men

of like nature with yourselves, declaring to


tidings, that
to

you should turn from these God, who made the heaven, and the earth, and the sea, and all you glad
vanities

the

living

things that are in thcni

who,

in

the ages past, 16

suffered all the nations to

go on in their own

Spirit.

ways. Nevertheless, he did not leave himself 17 without testimony, in that he did good, and gave

XIV.

And

it

occurred in Iconium, that they,

you rain from heaven, and fruitful seasons, filling your hearts with food and gladness. And with 18
these sayings they scarcely restrained the people,

at the same time,

went

into
tliat

tlie
a,

synagogue of

the Jews, and spoke so

great multitude,

that they did not offer sacrifice to them.

Tlien 19
:

both of the Jews, and also of the Hellenists,


2 believed.

Jews came over from Antioch and Iconium


having persuaded
tiie

and

But the unbelieving Jews stirred up the Gentiles, and disafl'ected tlicir minds against

multitudes, and

having

3 the brethren.

For a long

time, therefore, they

stoned Paul, they were dragging him out of the But, while 20 city, supposing that he was dead.
the disciples were standing about him, rising up,

continued there speaking boldly respecting the

Lord who
ing
signs

attested the

word of
to

his grace, grant-

and wonders

be done by their

he entered into the city. And the next day he went out with Barnabas into Derbe. And when 21
they had announced the glad tidings to that
city,

hands.

But the multitude of the city was divided. Some were with the Jews, and the others with 5 the Apostles. And when there was a rush, both by the Gentiles, and also by the Jews with their rulers, to use tliem spitefully, and to stone them, G they, being aware of it, fled down into Lystra and Derbe, cities of Lycaonia, and into the sur7 rounding country. And there they announced
the gospel.
8

and made many disciples, they returned into Lystra. and Iconium, and Antioch, confirming 22
the souls of the disciples, exhorting thera to continue in the faith, saying that

we

must, through

much
God.

tribulation,

enter into the

kingdom of

And, having appointed for them ciders 23 in every congregation, and having prayed with fastings, they commended them to the Lord, in whom they believed. And, having passed 24
tlirougli Pisidia,

And, a certain man


potent in his
feet,

in Lystra

was

sitting, im;

they came to Pampiiylia.

And

25

a cripple from his birth

who

when

they had spoken the


into Attalia
;

word

in Perga, they
2ri

walked. The same heard Paul who, looking intently upon him, and perceiving that he had fiiith to be healed, 10 said with a loud voice, Stand upright on your 11 feet. And he leaped and walked. And when
9 had

never
;

went down
to

speak

to Antioch,

and thence they sailed whence they had been commended the grace of God, for the work which they

performed.

And

wlien they came, and had assembled the 27


all

the people

saw what Paul had done, they raised


gods

congregation, they rehearsed

that

God had

their voices, saying in the Lycaonian, Tlie

done with them, and that

lie

had ojiened a door

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


28 of faith to the nations.
little

209
15

And

they continued no

And
as

with this the words of the propliets agree


written. After this I will return,

time with the disciples.

XV.

And

certain persons tliat

came down

from Judea, taught the brethren, saying, Unless you are circumcised after tlic custom of

and l(j will rebuild the tabernacle of David which is fallen down, and I will rebuild its ruins, and I will set it up that the rest of men may seek 17 after the Lord, even all the nations, upon whom
it is
;

you can not be saved. When, therefore, Paul and Barnabas had no little dissension and discussion with them, they determined that Paul and Barnabas and certain others of them, should go up into Jerusalem to the Apostles 3 and elders about this question. And being brought on their way by the congregation, they passed through Phenicia and Samaria, declaring the conversion of the Gentiles and caused
2 Moses,
;

who does all God from everlasting are all his works. Wherefore my judgment is, not to trouble those who from among the Gentiles turn to God but to write to them, that
is called,

my name

says the Lord,


to

these things.

Known

18

19 20

they abstain from pollutions of the idols, and


fornication,

and things strangled, and blood.

For, from ancient times, Moses has, in every 21


city,

those

who preach

him, being read in the

great joy to

all the

brethren.

synagogues every sabbath.


into Jerusalem,

And when

they were

come

Then
with

it

pleased the Apostles and the elders, 22


wliole

they were received by the congregation, and by


the Apostles and elders, and they declared all

tlic

congregation, to send chosen

5 things that
of the sect

God had done by them. But some of the Pharisees, who believed, rose
was necessary to command them to keep
circumcise
tlie

men, from among themselves, to Antioch, with Paul and Barnabas Judas, surnamed Barsabas,
;

and

Silas,

leading

men among

tlie

brethren.

up, saying, that it

And

them, and to

law of

Moses.
6

And

the Apostles

and elders came together

7 to consider of this matter.

And when

there

had been much discussion, Peter rose up and

know that at first God made choice among us, that the Gentiles, by my mouth, should hear the word of the Gospel, and believe. And God, who knows the
said to them. Brethren, 3'ou
hearts, bore
;

them tliese words: The 23 Apostles, and elders, and brctlircn, greeting To the brethren of the Gentiles in Antioch, and Syria, and Cilicia. Since we luive heard, that 24 some persons who went out from us, have troubled you with Avords, subverting your souls, saying. You must be circumcised, and keep the it 25 to whom we gave no commandment law seemed good to us, being assembled witli one
they wrote by
;

accord, to send chosen

men
;

to you,

with our be-

them testimony, giving them the 9 Holy Spirit, even as to us and put no difference between us and them, having purified their 10 hearts by the faith. Now, therefore, why do you try God by putting a yoke upon the neck of tlie disciples, which neither our fathers, nor 11 we, were able to bear? But, through the grace of the Lord Jesus, we believe that we shall be
saved, even as they.

loved Barnalias and Paul

arded their lives for the We have sent, therefore, Judas and 27 Christ. Silas, who also themselves will tell you the

men who have haz- 26 name of our Lord Jesus

same things by word of mouth. For it se^pied 28 good to the Holy Spirit, and to us, to lay on vou no greater burden than these necessary
things to abstain from meats offered to idols, 29 and from blood, and from things strangled, and from which, if you keep from fornication Farewell. So, 30 yourselves, you will do well. then, having been dismissed, they came into Antioch and when they had assembled the multiand having 31 tude, they delivered the epistle
; ;
:

12

Then all tlic multitude were silent, and heard Barnabas and Paul declaring what signs and wonders God liad wrouglit among the Gentiles
l)y

them.

13

James addressed 14 them, saying, Brethren, hearken to me. Simeon


after they

And

were

silent,

read

it,

they

rejoiced
Silas,

over
being

tlie

consolation.

has declared
to

how God

first visited

the Gentiles,

And Judas and


prophets,

also

themselves 32

take out of them, a people for his name.

exhorted

the

brethren

with

many

210

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


diately endeavored to go forth into Macedonia,

And after tliey 33 words, and established them. had made some stay, they were dismissed, witli
34 peace from the l)rethren to tlie Apostles. But 35 it pleased Silas to remain there still. Paul and
Barnaljas, also, continued in Antioeh, teaching and preaching the word of the Lord, with many
othei's also.

being assured that the Lord had called us to preach the gospel to them. Therefore, loosing 11

Paul said to Barnabas, Let us visit the brethren in every city, in which we have preached the word of the Lord, to see And Barnabas determined to 37 how they do. whose surname was Mark. them, take John with not proper to take him thought it 38 But Paul from them in Pamphydeparted who with them, them into the work. with not go lia, and did
36

And some

days

after,

from Troas, we ran by a straight course to Samothrace, and the next day to Neapolis and 12 thence to Philippi, which is a chief city of that part of Macedonia, and a colony. And we abode in that city some days. And on the sab- 13
;

bath,

out of the city by the side of a where there was a customary place of prayer and we sat down, and spoke to the women that resorted there. And a woman, 14

we went
;

river,

arose a contention so that they and Barnabas one from the other separated Cyprus. But Paul into sailed and ilark, 40 took chose Silas, and departed, being commended by And he 41 the brethren to the favor of God. went through Syria and Cilicia, establishing the

39

And

there

named Lydia, a seller of purple, of the city of Thyatira, who worshiped God, heard us whose heart the Lord opened, to attend to the things spoken by Paul. And when she was immersed, 15 and her household, she besought us, saying.
;

Since you have judged

me

to be faithful to the

Lord, come into my house, and there remain. And she constrained us. And as we went to prayer, a certain maid, 16

congregations.

having a
to

spirit of divination,

met

us,

Avho brought
Tlic 17

her masters

much gain by

soothsaying.

Derbc and Lystra and, behold, a disciple was there, named Timothy (the son of a woman who was a Jewess and

XVI.

Then Paul came

same followed Paul and us, and cried, saying. These men are the servants of the most high God, who show to us the way of salvation.

was a Greek), who was in Lystra and 3 leonium. Paul wished him to go forth with him, and took and circumcised him, because of the Jews who were in these quarters for they all 4 knew that his father was a Greek. And as they went through the cities, they delivered to them, for their observance, the decrees that had been ordained by the Apostles and elders who were
2 a believer, but his father

And

this she did

many days but


;

Paul, outraged, IS

well attested by the brethren

turned and said to the spirit, I command you in the name of Jesus Christ to come out of her.

And

he came out the same hour.

And when
was and drew

19

the masters saw that the hope of their gain

gone, they caught Paul

5 in Jerusalem.

And

so

were the congregations

and Silas, them into the market-place, before the magistrates. And brought them to the magistrates, 20 saying. These men, being Jews, do exceedingly trouble our city, and teach customs, which are 21
not lawful for us to receive, or to observe, being Romans. And the multitude rose up together 22
against tliem, and the magistrates, having torn
off

established in the faith, and daily inci-cased in

number.

Now when they had gone throughout Plirygia, and the region of Galatia, and (being forbidden by the Holy Spirit to speak the word in Asia) 7 after they came to Mysia, they attempted to go but the Spirit suflercd them not. into Bithynia 8 So passing along Mysia, they came to Troas. And a vision appeared to Paul in the night. Tiiere stood a man, a Macedonian, who besought him, saying, come over into Macedonia, and help 10 us. And after he had seen the vision, we imme;

their garments,

And when
to

they had laid

commanded to beat them. many stripes on them, 23


who, having received such 24

they cast them into prison, charging the jailer

keep them safely

a charge, thrust, them into the inner prison, and made their feet fast in the stocks. And at mid- 25
night Paul and Silas prayed and sung jiraiscs to

God

and the prisoners heard them

and sudden- 26
tlic

ly there

was

a great earthquake, so that

foun-

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


dations of the prison were sliakcn, and immediately all the doors
Christ.

211
of them believed and adher;

And some

were opened, and every one's

27 bands

28

29
30
31

32 33

34

And the keeper of the were loosed. out of liis sleep, and seeing the awaking prison-doors open, drew his sword, and would have killed himself, supposing that the prisonei'S had fled. But Paul cried with a loud voice, saying, Do yourself no harm for we are all here. Then he called for lights, and sprung in, and came trembling, and fell down before Paul and Silas, and brought them out, and said. Sirs, what must I do, in order to be saved? And they said. Believe on the Lord Jesus Christ, and you shall be saved, and your family. And they spoke to him the word of the Lord, and to all who were in his house. And he took them tlie same hour of the night, and washed their stripes, and was immediately immersed, he and all his family. And when he had brought them into his house, he set food before them, and rejoiced,
prison,
:

and of the devout Greeks a great multitude, and of the principal women
ed to Paul and Silas
not a few.

But the Jews who did not


envy, gathered some vile
idlers,

believe,

moved with
the
street

men

of

and raised a mob, and set all the city in an uproar, and assaulted the house of Jason, and sought to bring them out to the people but
;

not landing them, they dragged Jason and certain brethren before the city rulers, exclaiming.

These men, who have turned the world upside down, are come hither also whom Jason has and all these act contrary to the dereceived crees of CiEsar, saying, That there is another
; ;

king,

Jesus.

And

they troubled the people,

and the
things.

rulers of the city,

when they heard

these

35 believing in

God with

all

his

family.

And
the

when
36

it

was day, the magistrates sent the


saying, Release those men.

officers,

And

And having taken security of Jason 9 and the others, they dismissed them. And the 10 brethren immediately sent away Paul and Silas by night to Berea, who coming thither went into Now these were 11 the synagogue of the Jews. than those of Thessalonica, more noble-minded
in that they received the

keeper of the prison told Paul, The magistrates


37 part, and go in peace.

word with
Therefore

all readi-

have sent to release you now, therefore, deBut Paul said to them,
;

ness of mind, searching the Scriptures daily, io


see if

these things were so.


;

many

of 12

They have beaten

us openly uncondemned, be-

ing Romans, and have cast us into prison, and

now do

they cast us out privately?

Nay,

in-

come themselves, and lead us 38 out. And the officers told these words to the magistrates, and they feared when they heard 39 that they were Romans. And they came and besought them, and led tliem out, and desired 40 them to depart out of the city. And they went out of the prison, and entered into the house of Lydia, and when they had seen the brethren, they exhorted them, and departed.
deed, but let them

them believed were Greeks, and men, not a few. But when 13 the Jews of Thessalonica knew that the word of of God was preached by Paul in Berea, they came thither also, and stirred up the rabble.

also of honorable women, who

And

then the brethren, immediately sent

away 14

Paul even to the sea. But Silas abode there still. And they who conducted 15 and having rePaul, brought him to Athens ceived a commandment to Silas and Timothy to
;

and Timothy

come

to him, as soon as possible, they departed.

Now

while Paul was waiting for tliem at 16

XVII. Now when Paul and Silas had passed through Amphipolis and ApoUonia, they came
to

Athens, his spirit was roused in him, when he saw the city Avholly devoted to idols. There- 17
fore he disputed
in

the

synagogue, with

tJie

Thessalonica,

where there was the syna-

gogue of the Jews. And Paul, as his custom was, went in to them, and three sabbaths 3 reasoned with them from the Scriptures, opening them and setting forth that the Christ must suffer, and rise again from the dead and that this Jesus, whom I announce to you, is the
2
;

Jews, and with the devout persons, and in the mai-ket, daily, with those who met with him.

Then

certain

philosophers of the Epicureans 18


;

and of the Stoics encountered him and some said, What would this chatterer say? and
others, lie seems to be a publisher of foreign

gods, because he announced to them Jesus and

212
19 the

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


pagite,

resurrection. Now tliey took him and brought him to the Areopagus, saying, Can wc kno-w what this new doctrine is, of which you
?

and a woman named Dainaris, and others

with them.

20 speak

our ears.
21

For you bring some strange things to Wc wish, tlierefore, to know what
Athenians and strangers who were

XVIII. and went


certain
lately

After
to

these things Paul left Athens,

Corinth.

And

these tilings mean.

Jew named

Aquila,

having found a born in Pontus,

For

all

come from

Italy,

with his wife Priscilla

there, sjjcnt their time in nothing else, but either

(because Claudius had counnanded all the Jews


to depart

22 in telling or hearing some

new

thing.

Then

from Rome), he came to them.


lie

And
abode

2'i

Paul stood up in the midst of the Areopagus, and said, Athenians I perceive that, in every respect, you are exceedingly devotional. For
!

because he was of the same trade,

with

thenij

and worked

for

by occupation
he reasoned in 4
5

they were tent-makers.


to persuade both
Silas

And

as I

passed along and observed

the

objects

the synagogue every sabbath, and endeavored

of your worsliip, I found an altar with this


inscription.
therefore,

To

an

Unknown

God

him,

whom

you, not knowing, worship, I


the world and all things in

declare to you.

24

God who made


seeing that he
is

it,

Lord of heaven and of


;

earth,

25 dwells not in temples made with hands neither is ministered to by men's hands, as though he
?.()

needed anything, seeing he gives to all life and breath, and all things and has made of one blood every nation of men, to dwell on all the
;

Jews and Greeks. But when and Timothy were come from Macedonia, Paul was constrained in spirit, earnestly testifying to the Jews that Jesus was the Christ. And when they resisted and reviled, he shook his raiment, and said to them. Your blood be on your own heads. I am clean. Henceforth I will go to the Gentiles. And he departed thence, and entered into the house of a certain man named Justus, who worshiped God, whose But house was adjacent to the synagogue.
Crispus, the chief ruler of the synagogue, be-

face of the earth, having determined the

ap-

27 pointed seasons and limits of their abode

that

lieved on the

Lord with

all his

family

and

they should seek

the Lord,

if,

perhaps, they

many

of the Corinthians, hearing, believed, and

might

feel

after
is

him and

fiud

him

although,
;

28 indeed, he

not far from any one of us for by him wc live, and move, and have our being
;

as even some of your


For wo,

own

poets have said

were immersed. Then the Lord said to Paul, in 9 a vision by night. Be not afraid, but speak, aiad be not silent for I am with you, and no man 10 for I have many shall assail you to hurt you
; :

iiuleeil. bis

oHVpriug are.

people in this city.

And

he continued there a 11

year and six months, teaching the word of


29
Since,
tlicn,

God

we

are

tlie

offspring of God,

we

ought not to think that the Godhead is like to gold or silver, graved by art or man's device.
30

among them. And when

Gallio was governing Achaia as 12

proconsul, the Jews,

with one consent, made

And

the

times

of

this

ignorance

God

over-

insurrection against Paul, and brought him to

31 to reform.
that

all men every where, Because he has appointed a day, in which he will judge the woi'ld in righteousness,

looked, but

now commands

the judgment-seat, saying. This fellow jicrsuadcs 13

men

to

worship
as Paul

God

contrary to
to

tlie

law.

And

was about
Jews,

open his mouth, 14


it,

b}'

man whom
to
all,

assurance

he has appointed, giving having raised him from the


they heard of a resurrection
;

Gallio said to the

Were

indeed,

32 dead.

And when

matter of wrong, or a wicked act, Jews, it would be reasonable that I should bear with you. But 15
if it

of the dead, some

We
33
ter.

will hear

mocked and others said. you again concerning this matdeparted

be a question concerning a doctrine, and


it
:

names, and your law, look you to

for I will

So Paul

from
to

among them.
him and
be-

34 But certain persons adhered


lieved
:

not be a judge of these matters. them from the judgment-seat.

And
Then

he drove 16
all

the 17

among whom was Dionysius

the Areo-

Greeks took Sosthenes, the ruler of the syna-

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


and beat liim before the judgmeut-seat and Gallio cared for none of these things. 18 And Paul tarried yet many days, and, having
gnii-iic,

213

sion.

Then

said Paul, John, indeed, administered


tlie

an immersion of reformation, saying to


ple, tliat

peo-

bid adieu to the brethren, sailed forth into Syria,

19

20
21

22

him PrisciUa and Aquila liaving for he had a vow. And he came into Ephesus, and left tliem there. But he himself, entering into the synagogue, reasoned with the Jews, and thougli they requested him to remain longer time with them, he did not consent but bade them farewell, saying, I must by all means keep the approaching feast at Jerusalem but I will return to you again, if God will and he sailed from Ephesus. And after he had gone down to Cesarea, and gone up and saluted the congregation, he went

and

witli

shorn his head in Cenchrea

they should believe on him who would come after him, that is, on Jesus the Christ. Having heard tliis, they were immersed into tlie name of the Lord Jesus. And when Paul had laid his hands on them, the Holy Spirit came on them, and they spoke with tongues, and prophesied now all the men were about twelve. And he went into the synagogue, and spoke boldly for about three months, discussing and persuading as to things concerning the kingdom of God. But when some were hardened, and
:

7 8

Ijelieved not,

but spoke evil of the way, in the


disciples, discussing daily in

presence of the multitude, he departed from them

and separated the


during two years

down
23

to Antioch.

the school of one Tyrannus.


;

And

this

continued 10

And having
parted,

spent some time there, he detlirough


all

so that all those

who dwelt

passing

the

country

of
all

Galatia and Phrygia, in order, establishing


the disciples.

24

And

a certain Jew,

uamed

Apollos, born at
tlie

Alexandria, an eloquent man, and mighty in

25 Scriptures, came

was instructed

in

down to Ephesus. This man the way of the Lord, and being knew

in Asia heard the word of tlie Lord Jesus, both Jews and Greeks. And God worked special 11 miracles by the hands of Paul so that from his 12 body were carried to the sick, handkerchiefs, or aprons, and the diseases departed from them, and tlie evil spirits went out of them. Then 13 certain of the Jewish exorcists, who went about
:

fervent in spirit, he spoke and taugjit diligently

from place to place, also attempted to pronounce

the things concerning the Lord, though he

26 only the immersion of Jolui. And he began to whom, when speak boldly in the synagogue
:

Aquila and PrisciUa had lieard, they took him to them, and expounded to him the way of God
27 more accurately.

And when he was


:

disposed to

pass into Achaia, the brethren wrote, exhorting


the disciples to receive him

who, when he had


to

come, afforded

much

aid

them who had


:

28 believed, through the gift which he had

for he

powerfully and thoroughly in public convinced


the Jews, clearly showing by the Scriptures, that

Jesus Avas

tlie

Christ.

XIX.

And
;

wliile

Apollos was at Corinth,

Lord Jesus upon those who had We adjure you by the Jesus whom Paul preaches. And there were seven sons of one Sceva, a Jew and chief of the priests, who did so. And tlie evil spirit answered and but said, Jesus I acknowledge, and Paul I know who are you ? And the man in whom the evil spirit was, leaped on them, and overcame them, so that they fled and prevailed against them And out of that house naked and wounded. this was known to all the Jews and Greeks dweland fear fell on them all, and ling at Ejiliesus the name of the Lord Jesus was magnified. And many who believed came, and confessed, and declared their deeds. Many of them also,
the

name of

the

evil spirits, saying,

14 15 16

17

18

19

Paul having passed through the upper parts, came into Ephesus and finding certain disciples there, 2 he said to them. Did you on believing receive the Holy Spirit? And they said to liim, we have
not, indeed, heard, that there is a

who

practiced magic arts, brought together their

books, and burnt them in the presence of all, and they counted the price of them, and fomid
it fifty

Holy

Spirit.

And

he said to them. Into what then were you

immersed?

And

they said, Into John's immcr-

thousand pieces of silver. So powerfully 20 grew the word of God, and prevailed. When these things were ended, Paul firmly 21 purposed in spirit, when he had passed through

214

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


Macedonia, and Acliaia, to go to Jerusalem, saying, after I liave

been there, I must also sec

22 Rome.

So he sent into Macedonia two of those to him, Timotliy and Erastus: 23 but he himself stayed in Asia for a season. And the same time there arose no small stir about 24 the way. For a certain man, named Demetrius, a silversmith, who made silver slirines for Artemis, brouglit no small gain to the artisans

who ministered

you ought to be quiet, and to do For you have brought hither 37 these men, who are neither robbers of temples, Tliercfore, 38 nor yet revilers of your goddess. if Demetrius, and the artisans that are with him, have a complaint against any man, the law is open, and there are proconsuls let them But if you inquire any 39 accuse one another.
against,

nothing rashly.

thing concerning other matters,

it shall

be deterin

25

whom
like
that,

lie

called together, with the

occupation, and said. Sirs,

workmen of you- know well


prospei-ity.

mined

in the lawful assembly.

For we are

40

by

this

employment we have our

26 Moreover, you see and hear that, not only at

danger of being galled in question for this day's uproar, there being no cause in reference to which we shall be able to give an account of
this concourse.

Ephesus, but almost throughout Asia, this Paul

And when

he had thus spoken, 41

has persuaded and turned aside


27 with hands
in

many

people,

he dismissed the assembly.


after the disturbance had ceased, Paul called to him the disciples, and embracing And them, departed to go into Macedonia. when he had gone over those parts, and had

saying that they are no gods which are


;

made
is

so that not only this our trade


;

XX. -AxD

danger of coming into contempt

but also

that the temple of the great goddess Artemis

and her magnificence destroyed, whom all Asia and the world worship. 28 And when they heard tliis, they were full of wrath, and cried out, saying. Great is Artemis
will be despised,

given tlicm

much

exhortation,

he came into
3

Greece, and having spent three months there,

20 of the Ephesians.
filled

And the whole city ^was with tumult, and having caught Gains and Aristarchus, Macedonians, Paul's companions in
travel, they

he resolved to return through Macedonia, the Jews having laid wait for him, as he was about

rushed with one accord into the


in

30 theatre.
to
tlie

And when Paul would have gone


of the chief

people, the disciples suffered him not.

31

And some

men

of Asia,

who were
to

And there accompanied to embark for Syria. him to Asia, Sopater of Berea, and of the Thessalonians, Aristarchus and Secundus and Gaius and of Asia, Tychicus of Dcrbe, and Timothy and Trophimus. And these going before, tarAnd we sailed away ried for us at Troas.
; ;

5 6

his friends, sent to him, entreating

him not
:

from Philippl, after

the

days of unleavened

32 venture himself into the theatre.


fore, cried

Some, therefor the

bread, and came to them to Troas, in five days,

one thing, and some another

assembly was confused, and the greater part knew not wherefore they were come together.
33
they drew Alexander out of the crowd, the Jews urging him forward. And Alexander, waving the hand, would have made his defense 34 to the people. l>ut when they knew that he was a Jew, all with one voice, about the space of two hours, cried out. Great is Artemis of the
Ephesians.

where we abode seven days. And on the first day of the week, when we came together for the breaking a loaf, Paul
discour.sed with tlicm, ready to

And

depart on the
till

morrow, and continued his speech


there

midniglit.

35

And when

the city-clerk had appeased the

people, he says, Ephesians,

what man
city

is

there

who knows not


ians
is

that

tlic

of the Ephes-

a worshiper of the great Artemis, and

fell down from Jupiter? 36 Seeing then that these things can not be spoken

of the image whicli

were many lamps in the upper 8 And where we were assembled together. chamber, And there sat in the open window a certain 9 young man, named Eutyclius, who had fallen into a deep sleep and as Paul was long discoursing, he sunk down with sleep, and fell from tlie third story, and was taken up dead. And Paul went down, and fell njion liini, and 10 embracing him, said, Be not troubled, for his life is in him. And when he had come up, 11 and had broken the loaf, and eaten, and talked
:

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


a long while, even till day-break, so lie departAnd tliey brought the young man alive,
little

215

blood.

For

know

this, that after

my

dcpar- 29

12 ed.

turc fierce wolves will enter in

13 and were not a

comforted.

And
so

Ave

went
had
foot.
in,

sparing the flock.


selves,

among you, not Also from among your own- 30

forward to the
intending to
appointed,
1-1

ship,

and

sailed to Assos, there


:

men

will arise, speaking perverse things,

take

in

Paul

for
to

he

intending himself

go on

And when
came
thence,

he met us at Assos,
to

we took him

draw away disciples after them. Therefore 31 watch, and remember, that during three years I ceased not to warn every one night and day
to

15 and

Mitylene.

And having

sailed

with tears.
to

And now,
to the

brethren, I
of
liis

commend you 32
is

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

day over against Chios and the next day we arrived at Samos, and remained at Trogyllium and the next day we came to Miletus for Paul had determined to sail past Ephesus, tliat he might not spend for he hastened, if it were the time in Asia possible for him, to be at Jerusalem on the day And from Miletus he sent to of Pentecost. Ephesus, and called for the elders of the congregation. And when they were come to liim, he said to them You well know from the first day that I came into Asia, in Avhat manner I have always been with you, serving the Lord with all humility of mind, and (vitli many tears and trials, which befell me by the plots of tlie Jews and that I have kept back nothing that was profitable, but have declared to you, and have taught you both publicly, and from house to house, testifying both to the Jews and Greeks, reformation toward God, and faith toward our Lord Jesus Christ. And now behold, I go bound in spirit to Jerusalem, not knowing the things which will befall me there
the next
; ;
;

we came

God, and

word

grace, which

able to build you up, and to give you an inherit-

ance among

all

them who are


man's
silver,

sanctified.

33

have

coveted

no

or

gold,

or

apparel.

You

yourselves

know,

that

tLose 31

hands have ministered to my necessities, ai.i I have shown you 35 to those that were with me. in all respects that by so laboring you ought to support the weak, and to remember the

words of the Lord Jesus, that he himself said. It is more blessed to give than to receive. And when he had said this, he kneeled down, 36 and prayed with them all. And they all n'ept 37 much, and having fallen on Paul's neck, they kissed him, sorrowing especially for the words 38 which he had spoken, that they would see his And they accompanied him to face no more.
the ship.

XXI.
put to
sea,

When now

it

came

to pass that

we

having departed from them, we came with a straight course to Cos, and the day following to Rhodes, and thence to Patara. And
having found a ship crossing over to Plicnicia, we went on board, and set sail. Now having had a view of Cyprus, and having left it behind on the left hand, we sailed to Syria, and landed
at

23 except that the Holy Spirit


city, saying, that

testifies

in every

bonds and

afflictions

await me.
finish

21 But none of these things move me, neither count


I

my

life

dear to myself so that I


joj',

may

my

course with

and the ministry which

have

Tyre

for there the ship

was

to tmladc her

received from the Lord Jesus, to testify the

cargo.

And having

sought out the disciples,


;

we

25 gospel of the grace of God.

And now behold, I know that you all, among whom I have gone preaching the kingdom of God, will see my
this day, that I

26 face no more, wherefore I take you to witness

am

clear

from the blood of

all.

27 For I have kept nothing back, but have declar28 ed to you the whole counsel of God.
heed, therefore, to yourselves, and to

Take
all

the

remained there seven days who said to Paul, through the Spirit, that he should not go up to Jerusalem. But having completed the days, we went on our way and they all with their wives and children conducted us on our way, till we were out of the city and having kneeled down on the shore, we prayed. And having embraced one another, we went on board the ship, and
; ;

flock in which the Holy Spirit has constituted you overseers, to feed the congregation of the Lord, which he has purchased with his own

they returned home.


pleted
the voyage,

Now

we, having com-

Ptolemais,

and

came down from Tyre to and the brethren, saluted

216
8

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


-witli

rcmaiued

them one day.

And

tlie
;

next

things of which they were informed concerning

day

-WG

departed, and came to Cesarea


tlic

and

entering into

liouse of Pliilip the evangelist,

we remained with same man had four daughters, 10 virgins, who prophesied. And as we remained tliere several days, there came down from Judea And when 11 a certain prophet, named Agabus. took Paul's girdle, and bindhe came to us, he ing his own hands and feet, said. Thus says the Holy Spirit, So shall the Jews at Jerusalem bind the man who owns this girdle, and shall deliver him into the liands of the Gentiles. who was one
of the seven,

9 him.

Now

tlie

are nothing, but that you yourself also walk orderly, and keep the law. But as respects the Gentiles who have believ- 25 ed, we have already written and concluded that
you,

they observe no such thing

only that

they

abstain from things offered to idols, and from


blood, and from things strangled, and from all

kinds of lewdness.

Then Paul took


purifying

the men,

and the next day 26

himself with them, entered into the


the offerings should be oflorcd

temple, announcing the fulfillment of the days of


purification,
till

li
13

Now when we
and they of that
II])

heard these things, both we,

for each

one of them.
as the seven

place, Ijesouglit

Paul not to go

Now

days were about to be 2"

to Jerusalem.

Then Paul answered, What

completed, the Jews


people,

who were

of Asia,

when
the
out,

do you, weeping and breaking my heart ? for I am ready not only to be bound, but also to die at Jerusalem for the name of the Lord Jesus.
14

they saw him in the temple, stirred up

all

and

laid
!

hands on him,
is

crying

28

Israelites, help

This

the

man who

teaches all

And when he could


saying,

not bo persuaded,

we

ceased,

men every where


law,

against this people, and the


:

Lord be done 15 And after those days we jwckod up our bag10 gage, and went up to Jerusalem. There went
will of the

The

with us certain of the disciples of Cesarea,


bringing us to Mnason, a Cyprian, an old
ple,
disci-

and further also has and this place brought Greeks into the temple, and has polluted this holy place. For they had formerly seen 29 with him in the city, Trophimus, an Ephesian, whom they supposed that Paul had brought into
the temple.

with

whom we

should lodge.
to Jerusalem, the

And

all

the city was moved, and 30

17

Now when we

were come

the people ran together, and seizing Paul, they

18 brethren gladly received

us.

And

the

day
all

dragged
diately

liini

out of the
to kill him,

teuqilc shut.

and immeas

following Paul went in with us to James, and

tlie

doors were

And

they 31

19 the elders were present.

And when

he had

were seeking
in

word came up

to the

saluted them, he related i)articularly

what things
it,

chiliarch of the cohort, that all Jerusalem

was

20

God had wrought among And when his ministry.


glorified the Lord,

the Gentiles through

they heard

they

and said to Paul, You see, brother, what myriads of Jews there are who have believed and they are all zealous for the 21 law now thcv have been informed concernin": you, tliat you teach all the Jews who are among the Gentiles apostasy from Moses, saying that
; ;

who immediately took soldiers 32 and centurions, and ran down npon them. And when they saw the chiliarch and the soldiers, Then the 33 they ceased from beating Paul.
confusion
;

drew near and took him, and commanded him to be boimd with two chains, and inquired who he might be, and what he had
chiliarch

done.

But some

in the

they

ought not to circumcise their children,


to

one thing, and some another


could not

crowd were shouting 34 and when he


:

walk after the customs. What then is it ? The multitude must needs come together 23 for they will hear that you have come. Do this, therefore, which we say to you We have four 2-4 men who have a vow on themselves taking
22 neither
:
: ;

know

the certainty,

on account of
led into
stairs, it 3.5

commanded him to be And when he was on the the castle. came to pass that he was borne by the
the tumult, he

soldiers,

on account of the violence of the crowd.


!

For 30

these with yourself, pnrifv yourself with them,

and bear the charges


shave their heads
:

for them, that they


all will

may

the multitude of the people followed, crying out, And as Paul was about to be 37 ^Vway with him led into the castle, he said to the chiliarch,

and

know

that those

May

ACTS OP THE APOSTLES.


I speak to you?

217

Who

said,

Do you know

38 Greek

Are you not then that Egyptian, who before these days made an uproar, and led out
?

into the wilderness the four thousand assassins ?

39 But Paul

said, I

am, indeed, a

Jew from

Tarsus,
;

a city in Cilicia, a citizen of no mean city and I beseech you to permit me to speak to the

40 people.

he had permitted him, Paid and waved with his hand to and when there was made a great the people silence, he spoke to them in the Hebrew tongue,
stood on the
;

And when
stairs,

and said to me. Brother Saul, receive and the same hour I looked up upon him. And he said, The God of our fathers has 14 chosen you, that yoii should know his will, and see that Just One, and hoar the voice of his mouth. For you shall be his witness to all 15 men, of what you have seen and heard. And 16 now why do you delay ? Arise, and be immersed, and wash away your sins, invoking the name
stood,

your

sight,

of the Lord.

And

Avlien I

returned to Jcrusa- 17
tlie

lem, even while I prayed in

saying

a trance
haste,

temple, I was in and beheld him saying to me. Make 18 for and go quickly out of Jerusalem
; ;

Brethren, and fathers Hear my And when 2 defense which I now make to you. they heard that he spoke the Hebrew tongue,

XXII.

they will not receive your testimony concerning

me.

And

said.

Lord,

they

know

that

I 19

imprisoned, and beat in every synagogue those

3 they kept the greater silence.

And he

says, I

am

who

believed on thee

and when the blood of 20

indeed a Jew, born in Tarsus in Cilicia, yet

brought up in
fathers,

this city,

and taught at the

feet of

Stephen thy witness, was shed, I also was standing by, consenting, and kept the raiment of

Gamaliel, according to the perfect law of our

and was

as zealous

toward God, as you


those of

them who slew him. And he said to me, 21 Depart for I will send you out far hence to the
;

all

are this day.

And

I persecuted

Gentiles.

this

way

to death, binding

and delivering into


as also the high

And

they heard him up to this word, and 22

5 prison both
priest

men and women,


;

then raised their voices, and said. such a fellow from the earth
that he should live.
;

Away
is

with
fit

and the whole body of the elders can bear me testimony from whom also I received letters to the brethren, and went to Damascus, to bring those that were bound there to Jeru6 salem, to be punished. And as I was on my journey, and was come nigh to Damascus about noon, suddenly there shone from heaven a great and I fell to the ground, and 7 light around me heard a voice saying to me, Saul, Saul, why do
:

for it

not

And

as they shouted, and 23

threw up their
air,

clothes,

and cast dust into the


to

the chiliarch

commanded him

be brought 24

into the castle,

and ordered that he should be examined by scourging, that he might ascertain

wherefore they cried out against him. And as 25 they were binding him with thongs, Paul said
to
for

the

centurion

who

stood by. Is

it

lawful

you persecute me
thou.

And

I answered.

Who

art

Lord ?

9 Nazareth,

And he said to me, I am Jesus of whom you persecute. And they who
light,

were with me, saw indeed the


afraid
:

and were
shall

but they understood not the voice of

10 him that spake to me.


I do.

And
;

I said.

What

you to scourge a man who is a Roman, and uncondemned? When the centurion heard 26 that, he went and told tlie chiliarch, saying. Take heed what you are about to do for this man is a Roman. Then the chiliarch came, and 27 He said to him, Tell me, are you a Roman?
;

Lord

and go into told you concerning 11 appointed you to do.

Lord said to me. Arise, and there it shall be Damascus


the
all

And

the

things which are


as I could not see

And

was led by the hand by those who were with me, and came And one Ananias, a devout 12 into Damascus. man according to the law, well spoken of among 13 all the Jews who dwelt there, came to me, and
for the splendor of that light, I

And the chiliarch answered. With 28 sum I obtained this citizenship and Paul said. But I was born with it. Then imme- 29 diately they departed from him who were aljout and the chiliarch also to have examined him was afraid after he knew that he was a Roman, and because he had bound him.
said,

Yes.

a great

On

the next day, being desirous to

know with 30

certainty on

what account he was accused by

218

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


the Jews, lie loosed him from his lionds, and comm:uulcd the chief priests and all their council to appear, and Jiaving brought down Paul, he placed him before thcra.

a great curse, that

we

will eat nothing

till

we
he

we have
the

slain Paul.

Now,
to

therefore,
cliiliarch

you with 15
that

council,

signify
to

the

XXIII.
council,

And

Paul, earnestly beholding the


to

said,

Brethren, I have lived

2 with

all

good conscience

until this day.

God And
who

the high- priest Ananias coniiuanded them

by him, to strike liini on the mouth. 3 Then Paul said to him, God will strike you, you wliited wall: for do j'ou sit do judge me according to the law, and command me to be 4 struck contrary to the law ? And they who stood by, said, Do you revile God's high jiriest?
stood
5

you to-morrow, as though you would inquire somotliing more exactly concerning him and we, before he can come near, will be ready to kill him. And when Paul's sister's son heard of the 16 ambush, he went and entered into the castle, and told Paul. Then Paul called one of the 17
:

bring him

down

centurions to him, and said. Bring this young


nuAu to the chiliarch
to tell him.
;

for he has a certain thing

Then said Paul, I knew not, brethren, that ho was the high priest for it is written. You shall
;

not speak evil of the ruler of your people.

But when Paul perceived that the one part were Sadducces, and the other Pharisees, he cried out in the council, Brethren, I am a Pharisee, the son of a Pharisee concerning a hope and a resurrection of the dead I am now judged. 7 And when he had so said, there arose a dissension between the Pharisees and the Sad8 ducees and the multitude was divided. For the Sadducees say that there is no resurrection nor angel, nor spirit but the Pharisees confess
6
: ; ;

and brought and says, Paul the prisoner called mo to him, and requested mo to bring this young man to you. Then the chiliarch took him by the hand, and went with him aside privately, and asked him. What is that you have to say to me? And he said, The Jews have agreed to request you, that you would bring down Paul to-morrow into the council, as though they would inquire something about him more perfectly. But do not you yield to them for there lie in wait for him more than forty men of them, who have bound themselves with
so he took him,

And

18

him

to the chiliarch,

19

20

21

an oath, that they will neither cat nor drink


they have killed him
;

till

9 both.

And
and

there arose a great clamor

and

the scribes
arose,
:

who were
if

of the Pharisees' party

strove, saying.

We

find

no

evil in this

10

man but, And when


chiliarch,

an angel or spirit spoke to him,


that Paul

there arose a great dissension, the

fearing

would have been

pulled in pieces by them,

diery to

commanded the solgo down, and take him by force from


to bring

11

him into the castle. Lord stood by him, and said, Take courage, for as you have testified of mc in Jerusalem, so must you also bear testimony in Rome. And when it was day, the Jews, having 12 formed a combination, bound themselves under a curse, saying that they would neither cat nor 13 drink till they had killed Paul and there were more than forty who had formed this con14 spiracy. And they went to the chief priest and ciders, and said, Wo have bound ourselves under

among them, and

And

the night following, the

and now are they ready, looking for the promise from you. So the chiliarch let the young man depart, and charged him, Tell no person that you have showed these things to mo. And he called to him some two of the centurions, saying. Make read}- two hundred soldiers, and seventy horsemen, and two hundred spearmen, to go to Cesarca, at the third hour of the night and let them provide beasts on which they may place Paul, and bring him safe to Felix the governor. And he wrote a letter after this manner Claudius Lysias, to the most excellent governor Felix, sends greeting. This man was taken by the Jews, and but I came Avas about to be killed by them with the soldiery, and rescued him, having learned that he was a Roman. And when I wished to know the cause for which they accused him, I brought him forth into their council and found him to be accused about questions of their law, but to have nothing laid to his charge worthy of death, or of bonds.
;
:

22

23

24
25 26 27

28

29

ACTS OF TBE APOSTLES.


30

219

And when

it

was

told

mc

liow the Jews laid

there are yet but twelve days since I

wen t up

to

wait for the man, I sent him immediately to


you, aud gave commandemeiit
also, to

Jerusalem

to worslii]).

And

they neither found 12

to his accusers

me

in the temple disputing with

any man, neither

say before you what they had against


the soldiers, as

Farewell.
31

Then
tris

it

was commanded them,

took Paul, and brought him by night to Antipa-

up the people, neither in the synagogue, neither can they prove the 13 nor in the city But this 1 14 things of which they now accuse me. confess to you, that after the way which they call
stirring
:

and on the morrow they left the horsemen to go with him (and returned to the castle) 33 who, when they came to Cesarea, and delivered the epistle to the governor, presented Paul also 34 before him. And when the governor had read the And letter, he asked of what province he was. when he understood that he was of Cilicia, he 35 said, I will hear you, when your accusers are also come. And he commanded him to be kept under guard in the pretorium of Herod.
32
; :

sect,

so

worship the

God

of mj' fathers,

believing all things which are written in the law

and in the prophets and have a hope towards 15 God, which they themselves also entertain, that
:

there

is

to be a resurrection of the dead, both

of the just and also of the unjust.

And

in this 16

do

I exercise myself, to

A'oid

have always a conscience of oflense towards God and men.


after

bring alms to

XXIV.
elders,
lus,

Now

after five days,

Ananias the

high priest came

down

to

Cesarea with the

and with a certain orator named Tertulwho appeared before the governor against Paul. And when he was called, TertuUus
to accuse

came in order to 17 and to make offerings on which occasion certain Jews from Asia found 18 me purified in the temple, but neither with a who ought to have 19 crowd, nor with tiunult me, had they any accuse you to hero before been

Xow,

many

years, I

my

nation,

charge against
say, if

me

or else let these themselves 20

they found any evil in mc,


the council, except
it

when

I stood

proceeded

him, saying. Seeing that

before

be for this one 21


them.

through you we enjoy much peace, and that


very worthy deeds are done
this nation
;

many
it

expression which I

made standing amoag

through
in

Concerning the resurrection of the dead I


this day called in question.

am

3 your prudent administration

we

receive

every way, and everywhere, most noble Felix,

And when

Felix heard these things, knowing 22

4 with

.')

all thankfulness. But that I may not weary you longer, I pray you of your clemency to hear a few words from us. For we have found this man a pest, and exciting disturbance among all the Jews throughout the world, a chief-leader 6 of the sect of Nazarenes who also has gone
:

more accurately the things in regard to the way, he deferred them, and said, When Lysias the
chiliarch shall

come down,

will thoroughly

examine
kept,

the

matters between you.

And

he 23

commanded

the centurion that Paul should be

about to profane the temple

whom we

took,
:

and would have judged according to our law 7 but tlie chiliarch Lysias came upon us, and with great violence took him away out of our hands, by 8 commanding his accusers to come to you examining of whom you yourself may obtain knowledge of all these thing whereof wo accuse
:

and that he should have a relaxation, and that he should forbid none of his acquaintance And, after some 24 to minister, or come to him.

when Felix came with his wife Drusilla (who was a Jewess), he sent for Paul, and heard him concerning the faith in relation to Christ.
days,

he reasoned concerning justice, self- 25 government, and the judgment to come, Felix

And

as

Jews also assailed him, saying that these things were so. Then Paul, after that the governor had beck10 Knowing oned to him to speak, answered
9 him.
the
:

And

trembled, and answered. Go your way for this time when I have a convenient season,' I will
;

that you have been for


this nation, I

many

years a judge for

the same time hoping that 26 money would have been given him by Paul, that he might release him, he therefore sent for him

send for you.

At

do the more cheerfully answer for

the oftener,

11 myself

it

being iu your power to

know

that

and conversed with him. But after 27 two years Felix had a successor, Porcius Festus
;

120

ACTS OP THE APOSTLES.


and Felix, ATilling Paul bound.
to

show the Jews a

favor, left

tlieraselves

justice
It is

against

him

to

whom

Ifi

answered
to

not the custom of the


to

Romans
is

XXV. ^Now when


province,
after

deliver

any man

die before he that

Festus had come into the


days,

accused have his accusers face to face, and have

three

2 Cesarea to Jerusalem.

Then

he went up frojn the high priest,

and the chief of the Jews, informed him against


3 Paul, and besought him, asking for themselves a
,

an opportunity to answer for himself concerning the charge. Therefore, when they had come 17 hither, without any delay on the morrow, I sat on the judgment-seat, and commanded the man to be brought against whom, when the accu- 18 sers stood up, they brought no accusation of
;

favor against him, that he would send for him to

Jerusalem, preparing au aniljush to kill him on


i the way.

But Festus answered that Paul should


shortly

such

things as I surmised

but kad certain


their
died,

l!)

be kept in custody at Cesarea, and that he bim5 self

questions
religion,

against

him
Ijc

respecting

own

Avould

depart thither.
there

Let

the

and of one

Jesus,

who had

whom
I 20 I

powerful among you, said he, go doAvn with

me

Paul affirmed to
doubted

alive.

And

because
questions,

and accuse
in him.

this

man,

if

is

any wickedness

how

to

investigate such

had tarried among them more down to Cesarea and the next day sitting on the judgment-seat, comAnd when he was 7 raanded Paul to be brought. come, the Jews who came down from Jerusalem stood around him, and laid many and heavy complaints against Paul, which they could not while he answered for himself. Neither 8 prove against "the law of the Jews, nor against the temple, nor yet against Cesar have I at all 9 offended. But Festus, willing to do the Jews a favor, answered Paul, and said, Will you go up to Jerusalem, and there be judged of these
lie

And when

tkan ten days, he went

asked him whether he would go to Jerusalem, and be judged concerning these matters but 21 Paul having appealed, to be kept as a px-isoner, with a view to the examination of Augustus, I
:

to Cesar.
self also

commanded him to be kept till Then Agrippa said

I shall

send him

my- 22 would wish to hear the man. To-morrow, said he, you shall hear him. And on the morrow, when Agrippa had come, 23 and Bcrnice, with much pomp, and had entered
to Festus, I

into the place of audience, with the chiliarchs

10 things before
Cesar's

me?

Then
I

said Paul, I stand at

judgment-seat, where I
:

judged

to the

Jews

ought to be have done no wrong, as

11 you yourself very well

know.

For

if

am
if

doing wrong, and have committed any thing

worthy of death,
there
is

refuse not to die

but

nothing in these matters of which they

and principal men of the city, at the command Then 2-4 of Festus, Paul was brought forth. men who are Agrippa, and all Festus says, King this man about whom you see present Avith us, all the multitude of the Jews have interceded witlnne, both at Jerusalem, and also here, crying out that he ought not to live any longer. But 25 when I found that he had committed nothing worthy of death, and he himself havjng appealed of 26 to Augustus, I detei-mined to send him
:

accuse me, no

man

can deliver rae up to them

12 I appeal to Cesar.

Then

Festus,

when he had

whom I have nothing certain to write to my sovereign, wherefore I have brought him forth
before you
;

talked with the council, answered,


13

You have

appealed to Cesar, to Cesar shall you go.

Agrip]ia, that after

And
Bernicc

after

certain
to

days, king
to

Agrippa and
salute

something to
reasonable to

came

Cesarea

Pestas.
days,

and especially before you, king examination, I may have For it seems to me un- 27 write. send a prisoner, and not alsa to

14

And when

they had been there

many

signify the charges against him.

Festus set forth to the king the facts concerning Paul, saying, There 15 prisoner by Felix
the
;

is

a certain

man
I

left

XXVI.

Then Agrippa
to

says to Paul,

You
Then
2

about whom, when

was

at

are permitted

speak for yourself.

Jerusalem, the chief priests and the ciders of

Jews brought an information, asking

for

Paul stretched forth his hand, and answered for himself I think myself happy, king Agrippa,
:

ACTS OP THE APOSTLES.


because I shall auswcr for myself this day before
you, conceming all the things of which I aoi
3 accused

221

receive forgiveness of sins,

among them

that are sanctified,

and an inheritance by the faith

by Jews

because

know you

to

be

respecting mo.

especially skilled in all customs


;

and questions

which are among Jews wherefore I beseech you to hear me patiently. My manner of life from my youtli, wliich was
at the first
all

the

5 the

among my own nation at Jerusalem, Jews know, who have known me from beginning, if they would testify, that, after

was not disobedient 19 showed first to those 20 of Damascus, and at Jerusalem, and throughout all the region of Judea, and then to the GenGod, tiles, that they should reform and turn to For 21 reformation. proper for works do and
Whence, king Agrippa,
I

to the heavenly vision, but

these causes the

the strictest sect of our religion, I lived a Pharisee.

6 of the promise
to
tJie

And now I stand, and am judged for the hope made by God to our fathers
accomplishncnt of whicli promise our twelve
earnestly serving
;

7 tribes,

God day and

night,

hope to attain
8 Agrippa, I

am

accused by Jews.

on account of which hope, king Wliat Is it


!

Jews seized me in the temple, Having, however, obtain- 22 and to this day, testi-* continue I God, of help the ed saying no other great, and small both to fying and Moses prophets the which those than things was to 23 Christ the that come would did say from resui-rection his by first, he that and suffer, to and people, the to light show would the dead,
tried to kill me.
:

judged incredible with you tliat God raises the I, indeed, thought with myself that I 9 dead ? ought to do many things against the name of
"Whicli things I also did in 10 Jesus of Nazareth. Jerusalem and many of the saints I shut up in
:

the Gentiles.
as he thus spoke for himself, Festus said 2'i with a loud voice, Paul, you are mad, much learning has made you ma*. But he says, I am 25

And

prisons, having received authority


priests
;

from the chief

not mad, most excellent Festus but speak the words of truth and of a Sound mind. For the 26
;

gave And punisliing them 11 my vote against them. often throughout all the synagogues, I compelled them to revile Jesus, and being exceedingly mad against them, I persecuted them even to foreign 12 cities. In doing this, as I went to Damascus, with

and vrhen they were put

to death, I

king well knows concerning these things, before whom, therefore, I speak boldly for I am persuaded that none of these things are hidden
;

from him

for this thing has not been

done in a

King Agrippa, do you believe the 27 corner. I know that you believe them. prophets?" Then Agrippa
said to Paul,

authority and commission from the chief priests,

You

in a little time 28

13 at mid-day,

king, I saw along the

way

a light

from heaven, above the brightness of the sun, shining round about me, and those that jour14 neyed with me. And when we had all fallen to the earth, I heard a voice speaking to me,

persuade me to become a Christian. And Paul 29 said, I would to God, that not only you, but
also all that hear

me

this day, were, in

little

and saying

in the

why do you
thou.

persecute

Hebrew me ?

tongue, Saul, Saul,


It is

hard

for

you
art

am, except these bonds. or much these things, the king 30 said And when he had and Bernice, and governor, rose up, and the when they had 31 and they who sat with them,
time, such as I

15 to kick against goads.

And

I said.

Who

gone

aside,

they talked

among

themselves,

16 you persecute.
:

he said, I am Jesus whom But rise, and stand upon jouv feet for I have appeared to you for this purpose, to make you a minister and a witness both of those things you have seen, and of those deliver17 things in which I will appear to you ing you from the people, and from the Gentiles, IS to whom I now send you, to open their eyes, that they may turn from darkness to light, and fi'om tlie power of Satan to God, that they may

Lord?

And

saying. This man does nothing worthy of death, Then Agrippa saick to Festus, or of bonds. This man might have been set at liberty, if he

had not appealed

to Cesar.

XXVII. And when it was determined that we should sail to Italy, they delivered Paul and
certain other prisoners to a centui-ion of the Augustan cohort, named Julius. And entering 2
into a vessel of

Adramyttium, we put to

sea.

^.0.0.

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


to

4
5

,9

sail by the coasts of Asia, Macedonian of Tiiessalonica, being witli iis. And the next day vfe landed at Sidon and Julius courteously treated Paul, and gave him liberty to go to tlie friends, to partalce of their kindness. And when we had loosed from thence, we sailed under Cyprus, because the winds were contrary. And when we had sailed over the sea along Cilicia and Pamphylia, we came to Myra, a city of Lycia and there the centurion found a sliip of Alexandria sailing into Ital}', and he pnt us on lioard of it. And when we had sailed slowly many days, and witli difficulty came off Cnidus, the wind not permitting ns, wc sailed under Crete, over against Salmone and coasting along it with difficulty, came to a certain place called, The Fair Havens near which was the city of Lasea. Now a long time having elapsed, the navi-

being about
Aristarelius,

And when neither sun nor stars had for 20 many days appeared, and no small tempest lay on ns, at last all lio]jc that we should be saved
ship.

was utterly taken away. But after much abstinence, Paul stood in the 21 midst of them, and said. Sirs, you should have hearkened to me, and not have loosed from Crete, and so have sustained this harm and loss. Yet now I exhort you to be of good cheer for
;

tliere

shall

be no loss of any man's


tlie

life

among

you, except

ship.

For there stood l\v nie this night the angel of God, whose I am, and whom 1 also worship,
before Cesar

gation being

now

unsafe (Itecause also the fast


tiiem, saying,

you must be brought 24 has given to you all Wherefore, sirs, bo 25 those who sail with you. for I believe God, that it shall of good cheer be even as it was told mo. But still, we must 20 be east upon some island. But when the fourteenth night was come, as 27
saying. Fear not, Paul
:
;

and

lo,

God

was already
violence and
11

past), P!iul exiiorted

we were borne along


;

10 Sirs, I perceive that the voyage will be with

much

loss,

not only of the cargo


Nevertheless
those
things

and
the

ship, but also

of our lives.

in the Adriatic sea. about midnight the seamen thought that tliey drew near to some land and sounded, and ibund it 28 and when tliey had gone a twenty fathoms
;

centurion
of

believed the helmsman and the


ship
:

little

furtlicr,

they sounded again, and found

it

owner

the

rather than

fifteen

i'aUioms.

Then

fearing lest

we

should 29

12 spoken by Paul

and because the haven was


winter
in,

incommodious
advised
to

to

the majority also


if

depart thence,
of
Crete,

by any means
southwest and

have fallen upon rocks, the}' cast four anchors out of the stern, and longed for day. And as the seamen were about to flee out of 30
tlie

they might attain to Phoi-nis, to winter, whicli


is

ship,

when they had

let

down

the boat into

a haven

facing

the sea, under pretense of carrying anchors out

northwest.

of the foresliip, Paul said to the centurion, and 31

13

Now when

a south-wind

blew moderately,
Ijy

to the soldiers. Unless these abide in the ship,

thinking to have gained their purpose, having

you can not be saved.


off
tlie

Then the
was

soldiers cut 32
it

14 weighed anchor, they sailed close


15 struck
against
the

Crete.

But

ropes of the boat, and let


tlie

fall

off.

immediately a wliirlwind, called Eiiroclvdon,


shi]i.

And

while

day

And

wlien

it

was

besought them

all

Paul 33 to take food, saying, This is


on.

coming

borne away, and could not bear up against the

the fourteenth day that you have been waiting,

wo let it drive. And running under a cettain small island, called Clauda, with dilliculty we were able to secure the boat: 17 whicli when they had taken uii. Iliey used helps, undergirding tlie ship and fearing lest they
IG wind, giving up,
;

and continue fasting, having taken nothing. Wherefore I ]nay you to take some food, for 34 for this is necessary for your preservation
:

there shall not a hair ])erish from the head of

should

be stranded
sail,

IS lowered the

on the sand bank, thev and so were driven. Now we

being exceedingly tempest tossed, the next day 19 they lightened tlie ship and the third day we
;

cast out with our

own hands

the tacklino: of the

And when he had thus s]ioken. any of you. having taken a loaf he gave thanks to Cod in and when lie liad broken presence of them all Then were they all of good it, he began to eat. cheer, and they also themselves took some food. Now all the souls together in the ship were two
;

:!()

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


38 liundred and i?cvonty-six.

And when

tliey

had

received
ously.
fever,

us,

and lodged us three days courtethe father of Publius lay sick of a


:

eaten enough, they lightened the ship, and cast

And

out the wlicat into the sea.

39

And when
the

it

was day, they recognized not

land, but they perceived a certain inlet

having a shore, into which they determined,

40 Avere

it

possible, to thrust the ship.

And

hav-

ing entirely cut

away

the anchors, they aban-

doned them to the sea, and at the same time having unfastened the rudder-bands, and hoisted up the foresail to the wind, they made toward

And having fallen into a place where two currents met, they ran the ship aground and the prow sticking fast, remained immovable, but the stern was broken by the violence of the 42 waves. And the soldiers' counsel was to kill the prisoners, lest any of them should swim out, But the captain, willing to save 43 and escape. them from their purpose, and comPaul, kept
41 shore.
;

and of a bloody flux to whom Paul went, and prayed, and laid his hands upon him, and healed him. So when this was done, others 9 also who had diseases in the island, came, and were healed who also honored us with many 10 honors and when we departed, they laded us with such things ;is were necessary. And after three months we departed in a ship 11 of Alexandria, which had wintered in the isle, whose sign was Castor and Pollux. And land- 12
; ;

ing at Syracuse,

we

tarried there three days.

And

and came to 13 and after one day, the south wind having risen, we came the next day to Puteoli where we found brethren, and were desii-ed to 14 tarry with them seven days, and then we went
thence
:

we

coasted round,

Rhegium

towards Rome.
far as Appii

And from
us,

thence,

when

the 15

manded
44 and the
they
all

that they

who

could swim should cast


;

brethren heard of

they came to meet us as

themselves

first into

the sea, and get to land

some on boards, and others on And so some of Ihe things from the ship.
rest,

Forum, and the Three Taverns whom when Paul saw he thanked God, and took com-age. And when we came to Rome, 16
the

escaped safe to land.

centurion delivered the prisoners to


of the camp, but
it

the

commander

was permitted to

XXVIII.
then
vce

And when we had

fully escaped,

ascertained that the island

was called

2 Mclitc.

And the barlmrous people showed us for they kindled a no common philanthropy
:

fire,

and brought us all to it, because of the present rain, and because of the cold. And when Paul had gathered a great number of dry sticks, and laid them on the fire, there came a viper out of the heat, and fastened on And when the barbarians saw the his hand. venomous creature hanging on his hand, they said among themselves, No doubt this man is a murderer, whom, though he has escaped the sea, yet Justice permits not to live. And he shook off the creature into the fire, and suffered no harm but they expected that he would be inflamed, or that he would suddenly fall down dead. But after they had looked a great while, and saw no harm come to him, they changed their minds, and said that he was a god. In the same parts wero possessions of the chief of the island, whose name was Publius who
;
;

Paul to dwell by himself, with a soldier who guarded him. And after three days, he called 17 the chief of the Jews together, and when they were come together, he said to them. Brethren, though I have committed nothing against our people, or the customs of our fathers, yet I wns
delivered

prisoner

from Jerusalem
;

into

the

who when hands of the Romans examined me, would have released me, because But when 19 there was no cause of death in me. the Jews spoke against it, I was compelled to appeal to Cesar; not that I had anything to
they had 18

charge against
fore, I

my nation. On this account, there:

20

have invited you, that I might see you, and speak with you for on account of the hope of Israel I am compassed with this chain.

And
letters

they said to him,

We

neither received 21

from Judca concerning you, nor has any one of the bretJiren who came, reported or said any harm of you but wo think it ]n-opcr In 22 for as it hear from you, wliat you think is every that it respects this sect, we know
;
:

where

si)okcn against.

224
23

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.


And
wlitm

they had
to

appointed him a duy,


into his lodging;

there came

many

liim

to

he expoimded and testified flic kingdom of God, persuading them of the things concerning Jesus, both out of the law of Moses, and out

whom

and they have closed their eyes, lest they should see with their eyes, and hear with their cars, and understand with their heart, and
ing,

should be converted, and 1 should heal them.

Be
will

it

known,

therefore,
is

to

you, tliat the sal- 28

24 of the prophets, from morning

to evening.

And

vation of

God

sent to the Gentiles, and they

some helieved the things that were spoken, and So not agreeing 25 others believed them not. Paul having departed, among themselves, they Spirit by Holy the spoke said one word. Well
20 Isaiah the prophet to onr fathers, saying,
this people,

hear

things, the

And when he had said these 29 it. Jews departed, and had much reasonin his

ins

among themselves. And Paul remained

own

hired house 30

Go

to

Hearing you v.'ill hoar, and and seeing you will see, will not understand for the heart of this people 27 and not perceive ears are dull of heartheir and is become gross,

and

say,

during two whole years, and gladly received all vi'lio came to him, announcing the kingdom of 31

God, and teaching the things concerning the Lord Jesus Christ, with all boldness, and without molestation.

REALISED

ENG
PUBLISHED,

AND FOR SALE BY THE


i

AMBHXCA
No. 350

BIBLE UNIOH,
Street,

Broome

New

York,

AND TUE

BIBLE REVISION ASSOCIATION, LOUISVILLE, KY,


ETcry
re-i-isions

friend

of foithful versions, should have

tlie

primary

of

tlie

Bible Union.

They show the

necessity of the

great work, and furnish to our friends irresistible arguments in


its favor.

These primary revisions are taking rank among the


learning.

most thorough works on sacred

The

time, labor, and

expense connected with their production, has been immense.

The

consultation of authorities extending frequently to hundreds of


writers, in different languages, on a single word, increases the

value of the notes, and furnishes to the reader, in a small compass,

what has hitherto been


learned.

inaccessible even to a vast


is in

number

of the

Each volume

itself

a library.

On any

passage,

the various views of translators and commentators are grouped


together, and set before the reader on the

same jmge with the

Divine Original, the Old Version, and the Revision.

Any
price,

one of the following works will be sent by mail, /ccc of

postage, to

any part of the United


;

States,

on the receipt of the

accompanying the order


to wholesale purchasers
:

and a

liberal discount will

be

made

MATTHEW. Chs. I.-in.


word fianri^co
{Baptizo).

Containing a very extended

Philological Investigation of the meaning of the Greek


Beautifully bound

SO 50
80
1

MARK. Complete.
ACTS.

Bound uniform with Matthew

" EPHESIANS. I. II. THESSALONIAKS.

"

HEBREWS.
II.

PETER.REVELATION.
OLD TESTAMENT.

JOB.I.
JOB. 11.

Philological Notes.

English Xotes.

"

"

m^;^;

You might also like